Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 3525

__________

HIGHLIGHTS

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHAPTER 34
__________

L.E.P. 1-24 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING


NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 53
34-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
3 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 240-249, 251-299, 313-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1, 3- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 240-249, 251-299, 313-399,
4 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


201, 203- CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204, 207- 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
208, 210, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
219- 220, 528-599,
223 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-10-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


301- 326 MOD.20653P1014 INCORPORATED ALL
NAVIGATION - REPLACE PITOT PROBES.
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
DELETION OF CALL OUT POST SB 34-1354 01 ALL
NAVIGATION - SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCH
ING - INSTALL THALES PITOT PROBES P/N C16195B
A.
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-10-00 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,


502, 507, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
513 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-11-00 01 REPRINTED 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,


2 201-203,

34-11-00 02 MOD.38480P10660 INCORPORATED 524-526, 528-599,


1- 31 NAVIGATION - ADIRU - INSTALL HONEYWELL
ADIRU BLOCK III STANDARD L3.5
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION 524-526, 528-599,

34-11-00 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1- 15, REPRINTED 051-099, 106-149, 204-249,
17- 26, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
28- 29, 501-509, 511-523,
31- 37 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-523,

34-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


508- 509, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED
512, 514, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 240-249, 251-299, 313-399,
516- 517, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
526- 529

34-11-15 MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED ALL


401- 403, ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
406, 408- TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
412 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
ADDED WARNING 3439 IN PARA. 4.A.(12).
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,
311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-11-15 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


602, 604- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
608 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-11-16 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 407, MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED ALL
410- 415 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
ADDED WARNING RELATED TO SPECIFIED SEQUENCE
FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER OPENING.
REPRINTED 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
151-199, 201-220, 236-238,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 159-199,
211-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-11-17 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401, 403- CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
404, 408- 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
410, 412- 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
413 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 103-149, 151-199,
203-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-11-17 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,


503 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-11-18 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 404, MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED ALL
406, 408- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
410, 413- TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
414 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
ADDED WARNING RELATED TO SPECIFIED SEQUENCE
FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER OPENING.
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-11-18 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


502- 503, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
505 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-11-18 MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED ALL


602- 603 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-11-19 MOD.20446P1579 REMOVED ALL


401- 413 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - PROBE HEAT COMPU-
TER - REPLACE POWER SUPPLY COMPUTERS.
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
ADDED WARNING W34/44 RELATED TO THE DRAIN HOL
E.
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-12-00 02 MOD.30368P6578 INCORPORATED 524-526, 528-599,


1- 29 INDICATING RECORDING SYSTEMS-
EIS-INSTALL DMC, DU AND DISKETTES
FOR EIS2
MOD.38480P10660 INCORPORATED 524-526, 528-599,
NAVIGATION - ADIRU - INSTALL HONEYWELL
ADIRU BLOCK III STANDARD L3.5
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION 524-526, 528-599,

34-12-00 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1, 3, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 204-249,
5- 7, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
9- 10, 501-509, 511-523,
14- 19,
21- 24,
28- 31,
33, 35-
36, 38-
41

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 4 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-12-34 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,


402- 403, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
406- 407 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-12-34 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


606 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 240-249, 251-299, 313-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-12-51 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL


402, 405, MODIFIED TOLERANCE VALUES FOR X AND Y.
407, 411- TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
413 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-13-00 02 MOD.38480P10660 INCORPORATED 524-526, 528-599,


1- 55 NAVIGATION - ADIRU - INSTALL HONEYWELL
ADIRU BLOCK III STANDARD L3.5
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION 524-526, 528-599,

34-13-00 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1, 3- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 204-249,
17, 19- 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
30, 38- 501-509, 511-523,
77

34-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


404- 405 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 240-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


502, 505, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
510, 516- MODIFIED NOTE IN PARA.4
520, 528, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
531, 533- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
534, 536, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
540- 541, 511-526, 528-599,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 5 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

543- 546, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
554- 555, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
557, 567- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
570, 574- 511-526, 528-599,
577, 597,
A502-A505,
A507-A509,
A513-A514,
A521-A524,
A531-A532,
A539-A543

34-13-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,


603 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-14-00 02 MOD.33240P8194 INCORPORATED 524-526, 528-599,


1- 68 NAVIGATION - ADIRS
ACTIVATE ALIGNMENT IMPROVEMENT FUNCTION
ON ADIRU
MOD.38480P10660 INCORPORATED 524-526, 528-599,
NAVIGATION - ADIRU - INSTALL HONEYWELL
ADIRU BLOCK III STANDARD L3.5
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION 524-526, 528-599,

34-14-00 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1- 3, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 204-249,
5- 7, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
11- 14, 501-509, 511-523,
16- 19,
21, 23-
25, 28-
31, 34-
39, 54-
65, 68-
72, 75,
78-A041

34-14-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


502- 503, MOD.38480P10660 INCORPORATED 524-526, 528-599,
505, 509- NAVIGATION - ADIRU - INSTALL HONEYWELL
510, 513, ADIRU BLOCK III STANDARD L3.5
515, 517, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
519- 520, MODIFIED STEP (5). ADDED (IR2) (IR3). 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
522- 549 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-523,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 6 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-15-21 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 240-249, 251-299, 313-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-18-00 02 MOD.38480P10660 INCORPORATED 524-526, 528-599,


1- 50 NAVIGATION - ADIRU - INSTALL HONEYWELL
ADIRU BLOCK III STANDARD L3.5
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION 524-526, 528-599,

34-18-00 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1, 3- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 204-249,
8, 10, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12- 13, 501-509, 511-523,
15, 17,
19, 21-
23, 26,
28- 29,
32, 34,
36, 38,
41- 42,
44- 74,
76

34-20-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


501 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-21-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,


505, 507- ADDED NOTE IN PARA.4A. 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,
508, 523

34-21-22 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,


401- 402, ADDED EXTRACTING TOOL REFERENCE F1402369. 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,
405- 406

34-21-25 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,


401- 402 ADDED EXTRACTING TOOL REFERENCE F1402369.

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 7 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-21-26 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,


401- 402 ADDED EXTRACTING TOOL REFERENCE F1402369. 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-22-00 02 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1- 27, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
29- 44 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


503, 507- LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
508, 511- 151-199, 201-239, 301-312,
533, 535- 401-499,
536 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-22-23 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 402, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
404- 406 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-22-24 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,


401- 404, ADDED EXTRACTING TOOL REFERENCE F1402369. 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,
407- 408

34-22-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


301- 307 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 402, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
404- 411 ADDED EXTRACTING TOOL REFERENCE F1402369. 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 8 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


501- 510, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
515- 523 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


601- 603 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


701- 703 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-36-00 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1- 51 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-249, 251-299,
301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-249, 251-299,
301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-36-00 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


501- 519 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-249, 251-299,
301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-249, 251-299,
301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-36-11 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,


402, 407, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
409- 410 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 9 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

151-199, 201-234, 236-249,


251-299, 301-307, 311-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-36-16 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


402- 403, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
405, 408, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
410, 414, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
417- 418 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-36-18 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL


402, 406- CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,
407, 409- 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
410 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-234, 236-249,
251-299, 301-307, 311-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-36-31 01 MOD.26377P4789 INCORPORATED ALL


407- 430 NAVIGATION - ILS - INSTALL ADDITIONAL
WIRING PROVISIONS FOR MMR INSTALLATION
MOD.28655P6042 INCORPORATED ALL
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC COMMON INSTALLATION
- STANDARDIZE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FUNCTIONAL
DESIGNATION PLACARDS
MOD.37446P10134 INCORPORATED 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,
NAVIGATION - ILS (MMR)- INSTALL THALES 201-234, 236-249, 251-299,
MMR STANDARD P/N TLS755-01-0102A 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
SB 34-1147 21 INCORPORATED ALL
NAVIGATION - ILS - REMOVE ILS COMPUTER AND IN
STALL ADDITIONAL WIRING PROVISIONS FOR MMR IN
STALLATION
SB 34-1373 INCORPORATED 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,
NAVIGATION - ILS (MMR) - INSTALL THALES MMR S 201-234, 236-249, 251-299,
TANDARD P/N TLS755-01-0102A. 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

34-41-00 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1, 7, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 10 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14- 16, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,


21, 23, 528-599,
27, 29, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
31- 33, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
38- 39, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
45, 50- 511-526, 528-599,
53, 57-
64, 66-
68, 71-
72, 74-
75, 78-
79, 81,
85- 86,
93, 97,
A001-A004,
A008,A012,
A025-A027,
A030,A032-
A033,A039-
A044,A049-
A050,A054,
A058,A063,
A065,A067,
A072,A079-
A083

34-41-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


503- 504, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,
509- 512, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
520, 528- 528-599,
530, 533, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 151-199,
536, 539, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
543 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-41-11 03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


402- 403, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
406, 408- ADDED TORQUE VALUES. 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
415 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,
311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 11 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

401- 402, MOD.34315P8614 INCORPORATED 106-149, 229-235, 239-249,


404, 406- NAVIGATION - WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM - 251-299, 302-399, 401-499,
409 DEACTIVATE THE LINK BETWEEN WXR2-EGPWS 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(2ND PART: DEACTIVATION OF THE DISCRET)
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,
311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-41-33 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 403, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,
405- 407 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,
311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-41-37 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 402, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 151-199,
404, 406- 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
407, 409, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
413- 414 528-599,

34-41-41 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,


401, 408 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 239-249, 251-299,
311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-42-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1- 2, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
5 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-42-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 427 MOD.150716P11728 INCORPORATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
NAVIGATION - RADIO ALTIMETER - INSTALL 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
A NEW GASKET BETWEEN RADIO ALTI ANTENNA 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
AND A/C SKIN 511-526, 528-599,
SIL34-0069 01 REMOVED/REJECTED ALL
NAVIGATION - NEW TEFLON SEAL FOR LLRA
MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 12 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

151-199, 201-249, 251-299,


301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-43-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


6- 8, REPRINTED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
11- 12, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
14, 18, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
23- 26, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
30, 32- 511-526, 528-599,
34, 46-
48, 50-
51, 58,
67- 70,
72- 73,
83, 85,
95- 99,
A006-A007,
A015,A018-
A019,A035,
A041-A042,
A046,A048-
A049,A051,
A054,A062,
A064,A069,
A075,A079,
A082,A084,
A087-A089,
A091-A092,
A094-A095,
B000,B007-
B008

34-43-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


307- 311 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-43-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


502- 503, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
506, 512- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
513 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 13 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-43-11 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


402- 404, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
411- 413 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-48-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


12- 13, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
17, 19, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
22, 29- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
30, 32, 511-526, 528-599,
38, 40,
42,A001-
A006,A027,
A032,A034,
A037,A054-
A057,A065,
A068,A070-
A071,A076,
A092,A097-
B000,B008,
B013,B015,
B044,B054,
B062,B065-
B066,B076-
B077,B084-
B086,B089-
B090

34-48-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


502, 513- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-061, 101-149,
514, 517- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
526, 528- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
530 511-526, 528-599,

34-51-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


6, 11, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 201-249,
20- 23, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
25- 26, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
32, 35-
36, 39,
43- 44,
46- 47,
50, 52,
56- 58

34-51-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


506, 508, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,
510, 512, 528-599,
518- 519

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 14 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-52-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


5- 6, REPRINTED ALL
9, 11, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
13- 14, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
19- 20, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
22, 35- 511-526, 528-599,
36, 38-
39, 66,
83- 91,
94, 96-
A049

34-52-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


502- 503, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,
512, 520, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
530, 534- 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
539 528-599,

34-52-33 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 403, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
406- 407 151-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-53-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


1- 2, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
4, 7, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
11- 12, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
14- 15, 511-526, 528-599,
17, 19-
21, 23,
26, 32-
36, 39,
41, 44-
45, 47,
49- 50,
52- 53,
55- 61

34-53-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


501- 502, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
506- 507, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
512- 516, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
519 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 15 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

511-526, 528-599,

34-53-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 403, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
407, 409- 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
411 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

34-53-31 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 403, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
406- 407 151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

34-55-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


2- 3, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
10, 15, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
22- 25, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
27, 29- 528-599,
30, 32,
36, 39-
44, 48,
52, 55,
57, 60,
62- 65

34-55-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


501- 502, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
509- 510, 151-199, 251-299, 501-509,
515- 517, 511-526, 528-599,
524- 526

34-55-18 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


401- 403, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
406 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 16 of 16
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD T. of C. R 38 Feb01/10 34-10-00 212 Aug01/08


OF TEMP. T. of C. R 39 Feb01/10 34-10-00 213 Feb01/08
REVISION T. of C. R 40 Feb01/10 34-10-00 214 Feb01/08
T. of C. R 41 Feb01/10 34-10-00 215 Feb01/08
L.E.P. R 1-24 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 42 Feb01/10 34-10-00 216 Feb01/08
T. of C. R 1 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 43 Feb01/10 34-10-00 217 Feb01/08
T. of C. R 2 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 44 Feb01/10 34-10-00 218 Feb01/08
T. of C. R 3 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 45 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 219 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 4 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 46 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 220 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 5 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 47 Feb01/10 34-10-00 221 Feb01/08
T. of C. R 6 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 48 Feb01/10 34-10-00 222 Feb01/08
T. of C. R 7 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 49 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 223 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 8 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 50 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 301 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 9 Feb01/10 T. of C. R 51 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 302 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 10 Feb01/10 T. of C. N 52 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 303 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 11 Feb01/10 T. of C. N 53 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 304 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 12 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 305 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 13 Feb01/10 34-00-00 1 Feb01/08 34-10-00 R 306 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 14 Feb01/10 34-00-00 2 May01/02 34-10-00 R 307 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 15 Feb01/10 34-00-00 R 3 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 308 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 16 Feb01/10 34-00-00 4 Feb01/08 34-10-00 R 309 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 17 Feb01/10 34-00-00 5 Feb01/08 34-10-00 R 310 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 18 Feb01/10 34-00-00 6 Feb01/08 34-10-00 R 311 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 19 Feb01/10 34-00-00 7 Feb01/08 34-10-00 R 312 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 20 Feb01/10 34-00-00 8 Feb01/08 34-10-00 R 313 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 21 Feb01/10 34-00-00 9 Feb01/08 34-10-00 R 314 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 22 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 315 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 23 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 1 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 316 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 24 Feb01/10 34-10-00 2 Feb01/08 34-10-00 R 317 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 25 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 3 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 318 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 26 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 4 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 319 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 27 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 201 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 320 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 28 Feb01/10 34-10-00 202 Nov01/05 34-10-00 R 321 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 29 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 203 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 322 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 30 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 204 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 323 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 31 Feb01/10 34-10-00 205 Aug01/08 34-10-00 R 324 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 32 Feb01/10 34-10-00 206 Feb01/08 34-10-00 N 325 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 33 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 207 Feb01/10 34-10-00 N 326 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 34 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 208 Feb01/10 34-10-00 401 May01/04
T. of C. R 35 Feb01/10 34-10-00 209 Feb01/08 34-10-00 402 May01/04
T. of C. R 36 Feb01/10 34-10-00 R 210 Feb01/10 34-10-00 501 Feb01/98
T. of C. R 37 Feb01/10 34-10-00 211 Aug01/08 34-10-00 R 502 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-10-00 503 Feb01/00 34-11-00 02 N 2 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 22 Feb01/10


34-10-00 504 Feb01/00 34-11-00 02 N 3 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 23 Feb01/10
34-10-00 505 Feb01/98 34-11-00 02 N 4 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 24 Feb01/10
34-10-00 506 Feb01/01 34-11-00 02 N 5 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 25 Feb01/10
34-10-00 R 507 Feb01/10 34-11-00 02 N 6 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 26 Feb01/10
34-10-00 508 May01/04 34-11-00 02 N 7 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 27 Feb01/08
34-10-00 509 Nov01/00 34-11-00 02 N 8 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 28 Feb01/10
34-10-00 510 Nov01/00 34-11-00 02 N 9 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 29 Feb01/10
34-10-00 511 Nov01/00 34-11-00 02 N 10 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 30 Nov01/07
34-10-00 512 May01/08 34-11-00 02 N 11 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 31 Feb01/10
34-10-00 R 513 Feb01/10 34-11-00 02 N 12 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 32 Feb01/10
34-10-00 514 Aug01/08 34-11-00 02 N 13 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 33 Feb01/10
34-10-00 515 May01/08 34-11-00 02 N 14 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 34 Feb01/10
34-10-00 516 May01/08 34-11-00 02 N 15 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 35 Feb01/10
34-10-00 517 May01/04 34-11-00 02 N 16 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 36 Feb01/10
34-11-00 02 N 17 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 N 37 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 1 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 18 Feb01/10 34-11-00 501 Aug01/09
34-11-00 01 R 2 Feb01/10 34-11-00 02 N 19 Feb01/10 34-11-00 502 Feb01/02
34-11-00 01 3 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 20 Feb01/10 34-11-00 503 Aug01/09
34-11-00 01 4 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 21 Feb01/10 34-11-00 504 Feb01/09
34-11-00 01 5 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 22 Feb01/10 34-11-00 505 Aug01/08
34-11-00 01 6 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 23 Feb01/10 34-11-00 506 Feb01/02
34-11-00 01 7 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 24 Feb01/10 34-11-00 507 Feb01/98
34-11-00 01 8 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 25 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 508 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 9 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 26 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 509 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 10 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 27 Feb01/10 34-11-00 510 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 11 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 28 Feb01/10 34-11-00 511 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 12 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 29 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 512 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 13 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 30 Feb01/10 34-11-00 513 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 14 May01/05 34-11-00 02 N 31 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 514 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 15 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 1 Feb01/10 34-11-00 515 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 16 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 2 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 516 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 17 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 3 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 517 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 18 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 4 Feb01/10 34-11-00 518 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 19 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 5 Feb01/10 34-11-00 519 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 20 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 6 Feb01/10 34-11-00 520 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 21 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 7 Feb01/10 34-11-00 521 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 22 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 8 Feb01/10 34-11-00 522 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 23 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 9 Feb01/10 34-11-00 523 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 24 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 10 Feb01/10 34-11-00 524 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 25 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 11 Feb01/10 34-11-00 525 Feb01/08
34-11-00 01 26 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 12 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 526 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 27 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 13 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 527 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 28 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 14 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 528 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 29 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 15 Feb01/10 34-11-00 R 529 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 30 May01/05 34-11-00 03 16 Nov01/06 34-11-15 R 401 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 31 May01/05 34-11-00 03 R 17 Feb01/10 34-11-15 R 402 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 32 Aug01/07 34-11-00 03 R 18 Feb01/10 34-11-15 R 403 Feb01/10
34-11-00 01 33 Aug01/07 34-11-00 03 R 19 Feb01/10 34-11-15 404 Nov01/01
34-11-00 01 34 Aug01/07 34-11-00 03 R 20 Feb01/10 34-11-15 405 Nov01/09
34-11-00 02 N 1 Feb01/10 34-11-00 03 R 21 Feb01/10 34-11-15 R 406 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-11-15 407 Nov01/09 34-11-17 R 413 Feb01/10 34-11-19 606 May01/07


34-11-15 R 408 Feb01/10 34-11-17 414 Feb01/07
34-11-15 R 409 Feb01/10 34-11-17 415 Feb01/09 34-12-00 01 1 Feb01/08
34-11-15 R 410 Feb01/10 34-11-17 501 Feb01/98 34-12-00 01 2 May01/05
34-11-15 R 411 Feb01/10 34-11-17 502 May01/05 34-12-00 01 3 May01/05
34-11-15 R 412 Feb01/10 34-11-17 R 503 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 4 Nov01/05
34-11-15 501 Feb01/98 34-11-17 504 Feb01/00 34-12-00 01 5 May01/05
34-11-15 502 May01/00 34-11-18 R 401 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 6 Nov01/05
34-11-15 503 Feb01/98 34-11-18 R 402 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 7 Nov01/05
34-11-15 601 Nov01/09 34-11-18 R 403 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 8 Nov01/05
34-11-15 R 602 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 404 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 9 Feb01/08
34-11-15 603 Nov01/09 34-11-18 405 Nov01/09 34-12-00 01 10 Feb01/08
34-11-15 R 604 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 406 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 11 Nov01/05
34-11-15 R 605 Feb01/10 34-11-18 407 May01/08 34-12-00 01 12 Nov01/05
34-11-15 R 606 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 408 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 13 Nov01/05
34-11-15 R 607 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 409 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 14 Nov01/05
34-11-15 R 608 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 410 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 15 Nov01/05
34-11-15 609 Nov01/09 34-11-18 411 Nov01/09 34-12-00 01 16 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 401 Feb01/10 34-11-18 412 Nov01/09 34-12-00 01 17 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 402 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 413 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 18 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 403 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 414 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 19 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 404 Feb01/10 34-11-18 415 Nov01/09 34-12-00 01 20 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 405 Feb01/10 34-11-18 501 Feb01/09 34-12-00 01 21 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 406 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 502 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 22 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 407 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 503 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 23 Feb01/08
34-11-16 408 Nov01/09 34-11-18 504 Feb01/09 34-12-00 01 24 Nov01/05
34-11-16 409 Nov01/09 34-11-18 R 505 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 25 Feb01/08
34-11-16 R 410 Feb01/10 34-11-18 506 May01/09 34-12-00 01 26 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 411 Feb01/10 34-11-18 601 Nov01/06 34-12-00 01 27 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 412 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 602 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 28 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 413 Feb01/10 34-11-18 R 603 Feb01/10 34-12-00 01 29 Nov01/05
34-11-16 R 414 Feb01/10 34-11-18 604 Aug01/09 34-12-00 02 N 1 Feb01/10
34-11-16 R 415 Feb01/10 34-11-19 R 401 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 2 Feb01/10
34-11-16 501 Feb01/98 34-11-19 R 402 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 3 Feb01/10
34-11-16 502 May01/00 34-11-19 R 403 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 4 Feb01/10
34-11-16 503 Feb01/98 34-11-19 R 404 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 5 Feb01/10
34-11-16 601 Nov01/07 34-11-19 R 405 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 6 Feb01/10
34-11-16 602 Nov01/07 34-11-19 R 406 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 7 Feb01/10
34-11-16 603 Nov01/07 34-11-19 R 407 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 8 Feb01/10
34-11-17 R 401 Feb01/10 34-11-19 R 408 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 9 Feb01/10
34-11-17 402 May01/99 34-11-19 R 409 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 10 Feb01/10
34-11-17 R 403 Feb01/10 34-11-19 R 410 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 11 Feb01/10
34-11-17 R 404 Feb01/10 34-11-19 R 411 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 12 Feb01/10
34-11-17 405 Feb01/00 34-11-19 R 412 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 13 Feb01/10
34-11-17 406 Nov01/06 34-11-19 R 413 Feb01/10 34-12-00 02 N 14 Feb01/10
34-11-17 407 Nov01/06 34-11-19 D 414 34-12-00 02 N 15 Feb01/10
34-11-17 R 408 Feb01/10 34-11-19 601 May01/07 34-12-00 02 N 16 Feb01/10
34-11-17 R 409 Feb01/10 34-11-19 602 May01/07 34-12-00 02 N 17 Feb01/10
34-11-17 R 410 Feb01/10 34-11-19 603 May01/07 34-12-00 02 N 18 Feb01/10
34-11-17 411 Aug01/07 34-11-19 604 May01/07 34-12-00 02 N 19 Feb01/10
34-11-17 R 412 Feb01/10 34-11-19 605 May01/07 34-12-00 02 N 20 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-12-00 02 N 21 Feb01/10 34-12-12 402 Feb01/08 34-13-00 01 14 Nov01/09


34-12-00 02 N 22 Feb01/10 34-12-12 403 Feb01/08 34-13-00 01 15 Nov01/09
34-12-00 02 N 23 Feb01/10 34-12-12 404 Feb01/08 34-13-00 01 16 Nov01/09
34-12-00 02 N 24 Feb01/10 34-12-12 405 Feb01/08 34-13-00 01 17 Feb01/08
34-12-00 02 N 25 Feb01/10 34-12-12 406 Feb01/08 34-13-00 01 18 Feb01/08
34-12-00 02 N 26 Feb01/10 34-12-12 407 Feb01/08 34-13-00 01 19 Feb01/08
34-12-00 02 N 27 Feb01/10 34-12-34 401 May01/04 34-13-00 01 20 Feb01/08
34-12-00 02 N 28 Feb01/10 34-12-34 R 402 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 21 Feb01/07
34-12-00 02 N 29 Feb01/10 34-12-34 R 403 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 22 Feb01/07
34-12-00 03 R 1 Feb01/10 34-12-34 404 Feb01/05 34-13-00 01 23 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 2 Nov01/08 34-12-34 405 Feb01/02 34-13-00 01 24 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 3 Feb01/10 34-12-34 R 406 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 25 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 4 Feb01/08 34-12-34 R 407 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 26 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 5 Feb01/10 34-12-34 408 May01/04 34-13-00 01 27 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 6 Feb01/10 34-12-34 409 Feb01/02 34-13-00 01 28 Nov01/09
34-12-00 03 R 7 Feb01/10 34-12-34 601 Aug01/09 34-13-00 01 29 Nov01/09
34-12-00 03 8 Feb01/08 34-12-34 602 Aug01/09 34-13-00 01 30 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 9 Feb01/10 34-12-34 603 May01/03 34-13-00 01 31 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 10 Feb01/10 34-12-34 604 Aug01/09 34-13-00 01 32 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 11 Feb01/08 34-12-34 605 Aug01/09 34-13-00 01 33 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 12 Feb01/08 34-12-34 R 606 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 34 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 13 Feb01/08 34-12-34 607 Aug01/09 34-13-00 01 35 Nov01/09
34-12-00 03 R 14 Feb01/10 34-12-34 608 Aug01/09 34-13-00 01 36 Nov01/09
34-12-00 03 R 15 Feb01/10 34-12-34 609 Aug01/09 34-13-00 01 37 Nov01/09
34-12-00 03 R 16 Feb01/10 34-12-51 401 Feb01/09 34-13-00 01 38 Nov01/09
34-12-00 03 R 17 Feb01/10 34-12-51 R 402 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 39 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 18 Feb01/10 34-12-51 403 Aug01/08 34-13-00 01 40 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 19 Feb01/10 34-12-51 404 Feb01/09 34-13-00 01 41 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 20 Aug01/08 34-12-51 R 405 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 42 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 21 Feb01/10 34-12-51 406 Feb01/09 34-13-00 01 43 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 22 Feb01/10 34-12-51 R 407 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 44 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 23 Feb01/10 34-12-51 408 Aug01/08 34-13-00 01 45 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 24 Feb01/10 34-12-51 409 Aug01/08 34-13-00 01 46 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 25 Aug01/08 34-12-51 410 Aug01/08 34-13-00 01 47 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 26 Aug01/08 34-12-51 R 411 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 48 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 27 Aug01/08 34-12-51 R 412 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 49 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 28 Feb01/10 34-12-51 R 413 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 50 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 29 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 51 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 30 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 1 May01/05 34-13-00 01 52 Nov01/09
34-12-00 03 R 31 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 2 May01/05 34-13-00 01 53 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 32 Aug01/08 34-13-00 01 3 May01/05 34-13-00 01 54 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 R 33 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 4 May01/05 34-13-00 01 55 Feb01/08
34-12-00 03 34 Aug01/08 34-13-00 01 5 May01/05 34-13-00 02 N 1 Feb01/10
34-12-00 03 R 35 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 6 May01/05 34-13-00 02 N 2 Feb01/10
34-12-00 03 R 36 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 7 May01/05 34-13-00 02 N 3 Feb01/10
34-12-00 03 37 Aug01/08 34-13-00 01 8 May01/05 34-13-00 02 N 4 Feb01/10
34-12-00 03 R 38 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 9 May01/05 34-13-00 02 N 5 Feb01/10
34-12-00 03 R 39 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 10 May01/05 34-13-00 02 N 6 Feb01/10
34-12-00 03 R 40 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 11 Nov01/09 34-13-00 02 N 7 Feb01/10
34-12-00 03 R 41 Feb01/10 34-13-00 01 12 Feb01/08 34-13-00 02 N 8 Feb01/10
34-12-12 401 Feb01/08 34-13-00 01 13 Feb01/08 34-13-00 02 N 9 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-13-00 02 N 10 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 6 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 57 Feb01/10


34-13-00 02 N 11 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 7 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 58 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 12 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 8 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 59 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 13 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 9 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 60 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 14 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 10 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 61 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 15 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 11 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 62 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 16 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 12 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 63 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 17 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 13 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 64 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 18 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 14 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 65 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 19 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 15 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 66 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 20 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 16 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 67 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 21 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 17 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 68 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 22 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 18 Nov01/09 34-13-00 03 R 69 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 23 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 19 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 70 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 24 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 20 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 71 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 25 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 21 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 72 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 26 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 22 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 73 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 27 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 23 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 74 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 28 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 24 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 75 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 29 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 25 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 76 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 30 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 26 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 N 77 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 31 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 27 Feb01/10 34-13-00 401 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 32 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 28 Feb01/10 34-13-00 402 May01/08
34-13-00 02 N 33 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 29 Feb01/10 34-13-00 403 May01/08
34-13-00 02 N 34 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 30 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 404 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 35 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 31 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R 405 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 36 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 32 Nov01/09 34-13-00 406 May01/08
34-13-00 02 N 37 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 33 Nov01/09 34-13-00 407 May01/08
34-13-00 02 N 38 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 34 Nov01/09 34-13-00 501 May01/05
34-13-00 02 N 39 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 35 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R 502 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 40 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 36 Nov01/09 34-13-00 503 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 41 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 37 Nov01/09 34-13-00 504 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 42 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 38 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 505 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 43 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 39 Feb01/10 34-13-00 506 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 44 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 40 Feb01/10 34-13-00 507 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 45 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 41 Feb01/10 34-13-00 508 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 46 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 42 Feb01/10 34-13-00 509 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 47 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 43 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 510 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 48 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 44 Feb01/10 34-13-00 511 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 49 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 45 Feb01/10 34-13-00 512 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 50 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 46 Feb01/10 34-13-00 513 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 51 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 47 Feb01/10 34-13-00 514 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 52 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 48 Feb01/10 34-13-00 515 Feb01/08
34-13-00 02 N 53 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 49 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 516 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 54 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 50 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 517 Feb01/10
34-13-00 02 N 55 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 51 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 518 Feb01/10
34-13-00 03 R 1 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 52 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 519 Feb01/10
34-13-00 03 2 Nov01/09 34-13-00 03 R 53 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 520 Feb01/10
34-13-00 03 R 3 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 54 Feb01/10 34-13-00 521 Aug01/08
34-13-00 03 R 4 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 55 Feb01/10 34-13-00 522 Feb01/08
34-13-00 03 R 5 Feb01/10 34-13-00 03 R 56 Feb01/10 34-13-00 523 May01/09

34-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-13-00 524 May01/09 34-13-00 R 575 Feb01/10 34-13-00 A526 Nov01/09


34-13-00 525 May01/09 34-13-00 R 576 Feb01/10 34-13-00 A527 Nov01/09
34-13-00 526 Aug01/09 34-13-00 R 577 Feb01/10 34-13-00 A528 Aug01/08
34-13-00 527 Feb01/08 34-13-00 578 Nov01/09 34-13-00 A529 Aug01/08
34-13-00 R 528 Feb01/10 34-13-00 579 Nov01/09 34-13-00 A530 Aug01/08
34-13-00 529 Nov01/09 34-13-00 580 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A531 Feb01/10
34-13-00 530 Feb01/08 34-13-00 581 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A532 Feb01/10
34-13-00 R 531 Feb01/10 34-13-00 582 Nov01/09 34-13-00 A533 Aug01/08
34-13-00 532 Feb01/08 34-13-00 583 Nov01/09 34-13-00 A534 Aug01/08
34-13-00 R 533 Feb01/10 34-13-00 584 Nov01/09 34-13-00 A535 Aug01/08
34-13-00 R 534 Feb01/10 34-13-00 585 Nov01/09 34-13-00 A536 Aug01/08
34-13-00 535 Feb01/08 34-13-00 586 Nov01/09 34-13-00 A537 Aug01/08
34-13-00 R 536 Feb01/10 34-13-00 587 Nov01/08 34-13-00 A538 Aug01/08
34-13-00 537 Feb01/08 34-13-00 588 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A539 Feb01/10
34-13-00 538 Feb01/08 34-13-00 589 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A540 Feb01/10
34-13-00 539 Feb01/08 34-13-00 590 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A541 Feb01/10
34-13-00 R 540 Feb01/10 34-13-00 591 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A542 Feb01/10
34-13-00 R 541 Feb01/10 34-13-00 592 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A543 Feb01/10
34-13-00 542 Feb01/08 34-13-00 593 Nov01/09 34-13-00 601 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 543 Feb01/10 34-13-00 594 Nov01/09 34-13-00 602 May01/06
34-13-00 R 544 Feb01/10 34-13-00 595 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R 603 Feb01/10
34-13-00 R 545 Feb01/10 34-13-00 596 Nov01/09 34-13-00 604 Nov01/09
34-13-00 R 546 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R 597 Feb01/10
34-13-00 547 Feb01/08 34-13-00 598 Nov01/09 34-14-00 01 1 Aug01/06
34-13-00 548 Feb01/09 34-13-00 599 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 2 Aug01/06
34-13-00 549 May01/08 34-13-00 A500 Aug01/09 34-14-00 01 3 Aug01/06
34-13-00 550 May01/08 34-13-00 A501 Nov01/09 34-14-00 01 4 Aug01/06
34-13-00 551 May01/08 34-13-00 R A502 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 5 Feb01/08
34-13-00 552 May01/08 34-13-00 R A503 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 6 Feb01/07
34-13-00 553 May01/08 34-13-00 R A504 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 7 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 554 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R A505 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 8 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 555 Feb01/10 34-13-00 A506 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 9 Feb01/07
34-13-00 556 May01/08 34-13-00 R A507 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 10 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 557 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R A508 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 11 Feb01/07
34-13-00 558 Aug01/09 34-13-00 R A509 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 12 Feb01/07
34-13-00 559 May01/08 34-13-00 A510 Nov01/08 34-14-00 01 13 Feb01/07
34-13-00 560 Feb01/09 34-13-00 A511 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 14 Feb01/07
34-13-00 561 Aug01/09 34-13-00 A512 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 15 Feb01/07
34-13-00 562 May01/08 34-13-00 R A513 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 16 Feb01/07
34-13-00 563 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A514 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 17 Feb01/07
34-13-00 564 May01/08 34-13-00 A515 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 18 Feb01/07
34-13-00 565 Nov01/09 34-13-00 A516 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 19 Feb01/07
34-13-00 566 May01/08 34-13-00 A517 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 20 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 567 Feb01/10 34-13-00 A518 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 21 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 568 Feb01/10 34-13-00 A519 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 22 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 569 Feb01/10 34-13-00 A520 Aug01/08 34-14-00 01 23 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 570 Feb01/10 34-13-00 R A521 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 24 Feb01/07
34-13-00 571 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A522 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 25 Feb01/07
34-13-00 572 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A523 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 26 Feb01/07
34-13-00 573 Nov01/09 34-13-00 R A524 Feb01/10 34-14-00 01 27 Feb01/07
34-13-00 R 574 Feb01/10 34-13-00 A525 Nov01/09 34-14-00 01 28 Feb01/07

34-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-14-00 01 29 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 4 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 55 Feb01/10


34-14-00 01 30 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 5 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 56 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 31 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 6 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 57 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 32 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 7 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 58 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 33 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 8 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 59 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 34 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 9 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 60 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 35 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 10 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 61 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 36 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 11 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 62 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 37 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 12 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 63 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 38 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 13 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 64 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 39 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 14 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 65 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 40 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 15 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 66 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 41 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 16 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 67 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 42 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 17 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 68 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 43 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 18 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 1 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 44 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 19 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 2 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 45 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 20 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 3 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 46 Feb01/08 34-14-00 02 N 21 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 4 Nov01/09
34-14-00 01 47 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 22 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 5 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 48 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 23 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 6 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 49 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 24 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 7 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 50 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 25 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 8 Nov01/09
34-14-00 01 51 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 26 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 9 Nov01/09
34-14-00 01 52 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 27 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 10 Nov01/09
34-14-00 01 53 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 28 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 11 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 54 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 29 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 12 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 55 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 30 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 13 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 56 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 31 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 14 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 57 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 32 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 15 Feb01/08
34-14-00 01 58 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 33 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 16 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 59 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 34 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 17 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 60 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 35 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 18 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 61 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 36 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 19 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 62 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 37 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 20 Feb01/08
34-14-00 01 63 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 38 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 21 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 64 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 39 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 22 Feb01/08
34-14-00 01 65 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 40 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 23 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 66 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 41 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 24 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 67 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 42 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 25 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 68 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 43 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 26 May01/09
34-14-00 01 69 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 44 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 27 Nov01/09
34-14-00 01 70 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 45 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 28 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 71 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 46 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 29 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 72 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 47 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 30 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 73 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 48 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 31 Feb01/10
34-14-00 01 74 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 49 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 32 Nov01/09
34-14-00 01 75 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 50 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 33 Nov01/09
34-14-00 01 76 Feb01/07 34-14-00 02 N 51 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 34 Feb01/10
34-14-00 02 N 1 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 52 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 35 Feb01/10
34-14-00 02 N 2 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 53 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 36 Feb01/10
34-14-00 02 N 3 Feb01/10 34-14-00 02 N 54 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 37 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-14-00 03 R 38 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 89 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 40 Feb01/10


34-14-00 03 R 39 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R 90 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 N A 41 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 40 May01/09 34-14-00 03 R 91 Feb01/10 34-14-00 501 Feb01/98
34-14-00 03 41 May01/09 34-14-00 03 R 92 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 502 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 42 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R 93 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 503 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 43 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R 94 Feb01/10 34-14-00 504 May01/08
34-14-00 03 44 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R 95 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 505 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 45 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R 96 Feb01/10 34-14-00 506 May01/08
34-14-00 03 46 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R 97 Feb01/10 34-14-00 507 Feb01/08
34-14-00 03 47 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R 98 Feb01/10 34-14-00 508 Feb01/08
34-14-00 03 48 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R 99 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 509 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 49 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 0 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 510 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 50 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 1 Feb01/10 34-14-00 511 Feb01/08
34-14-00 03 51 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 2 Feb01/10 34-14-00 512 Feb01/08
34-14-00 03 52 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 3 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 513 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 53 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 4 Feb01/10 34-14-00 514 Feb01/08
34-14-00 03 R 54 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 5 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 515 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 55 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 6 Feb01/10 34-14-00 516 Feb01/08
34-14-00 03 R 56 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 7 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 517 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 57 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 8 Feb01/10 34-14-00 518 Feb01/08
34-14-00 03 R 58 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 9 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 519 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 59 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 10 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 520 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 60 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 11 Feb01/10 34-14-00 521 Feb01/08
34-14-00 03 R 61 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 12 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 522 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 62 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 13 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 523 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 63 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 14 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 524 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 64 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 15 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 525 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 65 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 16 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 526 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 66 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 17 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 527 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 67 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 18 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 528 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 68 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 19 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 529 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 69 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 20 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 530 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 70 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 21 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 531 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 71 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 22 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 532 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 72 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 23 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 533 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 73 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 24 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 534 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 74 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 25 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 535 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 75 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 26 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 536 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 76 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 27 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 537 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 77 Nov01/09 34-14-00 03 R A 28 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 538 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 78 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 29 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 539 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 79 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 30 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 540 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 80 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 31 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 541 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 81 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 32 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 542 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 82 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 33 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 543 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 83 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 34 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 544 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 84 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 35 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 545 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 85 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 36 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 546 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 86 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 37 Feb01/10 34-14-00 R 547 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 87 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 38 Feb01/10 34-14-00 N 548 Feb01/10
34-14-00 03 R 88 Feb01/10 34-14-00 03 R A 39 Feb01/10 34-14-00 N 549 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-15-21 R 401 Feb01/10 34-18-00 01 50 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 31 Feb01/10


34-18-00 01 51 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 32 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 1 May01/08 34-18-00 01 52 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 33 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 2 May01/05 34-18-00 01 53 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 34 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 3 Feb01/08 34-18-00 01 54 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 35 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 4 May01/05 34-18-00 01 55 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 36 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 5 May01/05 34-18-00 01 56 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 37 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 6 May01/05 34-18-00 01 57 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 38 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 7 May01/05 34-18-00 01 58 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 39 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 8 May01/05 34-18-00 01 59 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 40 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 9 May01/05 34-18-00 01 60 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 41 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 10 May01/05 34-18-00 01 61 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 42 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 11 May01/05 34-18-00 01 62 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 43 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 12 May01/05 34-18-00 01 63 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 44 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 13 May01/05 34-18-00 01 64 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 45 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 14 Aug01/06 34-18-00 01 65 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 46 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 15 May01/05 34-18-00 01 66 Feb01/07 34-18-00 02 N 47 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 16 May01/05 34-18-00 01 67 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 48 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 17 May01/05 34-18-00 01 68 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 49 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 18 May01/05 34-18-00 01 69 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 50 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 19 Feb01/08 34-18-00 01 70 Feb01/08 34-18-00 03 R 1 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 20 May01/05 34-18-00 02 N 1 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 2 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 21 May01/05 34-18-00 02 N 2 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 3 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 22 May01/05 34-18-00 02 N 3 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 4 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 23 May01/05 34-18-00 02 N 4 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 5 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 24 May01/05 34-18-00 02 N 5 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 6 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 25 May01/05 34-18-00 02 N 6 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 7 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 26 May01/05 34-18-00 02 N 7 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 8 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 27 May01/05 34-18-00 02 N 8 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 9 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 28 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 9 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 10 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 29 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 10 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 11 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 30 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 11 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 12 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 31 May01/08 34-18-00 02 N 12 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 13 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 32 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 13 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 14 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 33 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 14 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 15 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 34 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 15 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 16 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 35 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 16 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 17 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 36 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 17 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 18 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 37 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 18 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 19 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 38 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 19 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 20 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 39 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 20 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 21 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 40 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 21 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 22 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 41 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 22 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 23 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 42 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 23 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 24 Aug01/09
34-18-00 01 43 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 24 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 25 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 44 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 25 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 26 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 45 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 26 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 27 Feb01/08
34-18-00 01 46 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 27 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 28 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 47 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 28 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 R 29 Feb01/10
34-18-00 01 48 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 29 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 30 Nov01/09
34-18-00 01 49 Feb01/08 34-18-00 02 N 30 Feb01/10 34-18-00 03 31 Nov01/09

34-L.E.P. Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-18-00 03 R 32 Feb01/10 34-21-00 4 Aug01/09 34-21-26 R 401 Feb01/10


34-18-00 03 33 Feb01/08 34-21-00 5 May01/05 34-21-26 R 402 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 34 Feb01/10 34-21-00 6 Feb01/08 34-21-26 403 Feb01/07
34-18-00 03 35 Feb01/08 34-21-00 7 May01/05 34-21-26 404 Feb01/08
34-18-00 03 R 36 Feb01/10 34-21-00 8 Feb01/08 34-21-26 405 Aug01/09
34-18-00 03 37 Feb01/08 34-21-00 9 May01/05 34-21-26 406 Aug01/09
34-18-00 03 R 38 Feb01/10 34-21-00 10 Feb01/08 34-21-26 407 Aug01/09
34-18-00 03 39 Nov01/09 34-21-00 11 Aug01/09 34-21-26 408 Aug01/09
34-18-00 03 40 Nov01/09 34-21-00 12 Aug01/09 34-21-26 409 Feb01/08
34-18-00 03 R 41 Feb01/10 34-21-00 501 May01/08 34-21-26 410 Aug01/09
34-18-00 03 R 42 Feb01/10 34-21-00 502 Aug01/09 34-21-26 501 Aug01/09
34-18-00 03 43 Feb01/08 34-21-00 503 Aug01/09 34-21-26 502 Aug01/09
34-18-00 03 R 44 Feb01/10 34-21-00 504 Aug01/09
34-18-00 03 R 45 Feb01/10 34-21-00 R 505 Feb01/10 34-22-00 01 1 Feb01/08
34-18-00 03 R 46 Feb01/10 34-21-00 506 Aug01/08 34-22-00 01 2 May01/05
34-18-00 03 R 47 Feb01/10 34-21-00 R 507 Feb01/10 34-22-00 01 3 Feb01/08
34-18-00 03 R 48 Feb01/10 34-21-00 R 508 Feb01/10 34-22-00 01 4 Feb01/08
34-18-00 03 R 49 Feb01/10 34-21-00 509 Aug01/08 34-22-00 01 5 Feb01/08
34-18-00 03 R 50 Feb01/10 34-21-00 510 Aug01/09 34-22-00 01 6 May01/05
34-18-00 03 R 51 Feb01/10 34-21-00 511 Aug01/09 34-22-00 01 7 Feb01/08
34-18-00 03 R 52 Feb01/10 34-21-00 512 Aug01/09 34-22-00 01 8 Feb01/08
34-18-00 03 R 53 Feb01/10 34-21-00 513 Feb01/09 34-22-00 02 R 1 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 54 Feb01/10 34-21-00 514 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 2 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 55 Feb01/10 34-21-00 515 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 3 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 56 Feb01/10 34-21-00 516 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 4 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 57 Feb01/10 34-21-00 517 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 5 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 58 Feb01/10 34-21-00 518 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 6 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 59 Feb01/10 34-21-00 519 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 7 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 60 Feb01/10 34-21-00 520 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 8 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 61 Feb01/10 34-21-00 521 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 9 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 62 Feb01/10 34-21-00 522 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 10 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 63 Feb01/10 34-21-00 R 523 Feb01/10 34-22-00 02 R 11 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 64 Feb01/10 34-21-22 R 401 Feb01/10 34-22-00 02 R 12 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 65 Feb01/10 34-21-22 R 402 Feb01/10 34-22-00 02 R 13 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 66 Feb01/10 34-21-22 403 Feb01/07 34-22-00 02 R 14 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 67 Feb01/10 34-21-22 404 Feb01/08 34-22-00 02 R 15 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 68 Feb01/10 34-21-22 R 405 Feb01/10 34-22-00 02 R 16 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 69 Feb01/10 34-21-22 R 406 Feb01/10 34-22-00 02 R 17 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 70 Feb01/10 34-21-22 407 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 18 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 71 Feb01/10 34-21-22 408 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 19 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 72 Feb01/10 34-21-22 409 Feb01/08 34-22-00 02 R 20 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 73 Feb01/10 34-21-22 410 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 21 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 74 Feb01/10 34-21-22 501 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 22 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 75 Feb01/08 34-21-22 502 Aug01/09 34-22-00 02 R 23 Feb01/10
34-18-00 03 R 76 Feb01/10 34-21-25 R 401 Feb01/10 34-22-00 02 R 24 Feb01/10
34-21-25 R 402 Feb01/10 34-22-00 02 R 25 Feb01/10
34-20-00 R 501 Feb01/10 34-21-25 403 Feb01/07 34-22-00 02 R 26 Feb01/10
34-21-25 404 Feb01/07 34-22-00 02 R 27 Feb01/10
34-21-00 1 Aug01/09 34-21-25 405 Feb01/07 34-22-00 02 28 Aug01/09
34-21-00 2 May01/05 34-21-25 406 Feb01/07 34-22-00 02 R 29 Feb01/10
34-21-00 3 Feb01/08 34-21-25 407 Feb01/07 34-22-00 02 R 30 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-22-00 02 R 31 Feb01/10 34-22-00 R 533 Feb01/10 34-22-25 511 Aug01/09


34-22-00 02 R 32 Feb01/10 34-22-00 534 Nov01/09 34-22-25 512 Aug01/08
34-22-00 02 R 33 Feb01/10 34-22-00 R 535 Feb01/10 34-22-25 513 Aug01/08
34-22-00 02 R 34 Feb01/10 34-22-00 R 536 Feb01/10 34-22-25 514 Aug01/08
34-22-00 02 R 35 Feb01/10 34-22-00 537 Nov01/09 34-22-25 R 515 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 36 Feb01/10 34-22-00 538 Nov01/09 34-22-25 R 516 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 37 Feb01/10 34-22-23 R 401 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 517 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 38 Feb01/10 34-22-23 R 402 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 518 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 39 Feb01/10 34-22-23 403 May01/05 34-22-25 R 519 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 40 Feb01/10 34-22-23 R 404 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 520 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 41 Feb01/10 34-22-23 R 405 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 521 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 42 Feb01/10 34-22-23 R 406 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 522 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 43 Feb01/10 34-22-23 407 May01/00 34-22-25 R 523 Feb01/10
34-22-00 02 R 44 Feb01/10 34-22-23 601 May01/05 34-22-25 R 601 Feb01/10
34-22-00 03 1 Aug01/09 34-22-23 602 Feb01/98 34-22-25 R 602 Feb01/10
34-22-00 03 2 Nov01/03 34-22-24 R 401 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 603 Feb01/10
34-22-00 03 3 Nov01/03 34-22-24 R 402 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 701 Feb01/10
34-22-00 03 4 Nov01/03 34-22-24 R 403 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 702 Feb01/10
34-22-00 03 5 Nov01/03 34-22-24 R 404 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 703 Feb01/10
34-22-00 501 Nov01/06 34-22-24 405 Aug01/09
34-22-00 502 Feb01/08 34-22-24 406 Aug01/09 34-36-00 01 1 May01/05
34-22-00 R 503 Feb01/10 34-22-24 R 407 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 2 May01/05
34-22-00 504 Feb01/08 34-22-24 R 408 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 3 May01/05
34-22-00 505 Feb01/09 34-22-25 R 301 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 4 May01/05
34-22-00 506 Feb01/09 34-22-25 R 302 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 5 May01/05
34-22-00 R 507 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 303 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 6 May01/05
34-22-00 R 508 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 304 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 7 May01/05
34-22-00 509 Feb01/09 34-22-25 R 305 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 8 May01/05
34-22-00 510 Feb01/09 34-22-25 R 306 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 9 May01/05
34-22-00 R 511 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 307 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 10 May01/05
34-22-00 R 512 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 401 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 11 May01/05
34-22-00 R 513 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 402 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 12 May01/05
34-22-00 R 514 Feb01/10 34-22-25 403 Aug01/09 34-36-00 01 13 May01/05
34-22-00 R 515 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 404 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 14 May01/05
34-22-00 R 516 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 405 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 15 May01/05
34-22-00 R 517 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 406 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 16 May01/05
34-22-00 R 518 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 407 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 17 May01/05
34-22-00 R 519 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 408 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 18 May01/05
34-22-00 R 520 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 409 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 19 May01/05
34-22-00 R 521 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 410 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 20 May01/05
34-22-00 R 522 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 411 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 21 May01/05
34-22-00 R 523 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 501 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 22 May01/05
34-22-00 R 524 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 502 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 23 May01/05
34-22-00 R 525 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 503 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 24 May01/05
34-22-00 R 526 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 504 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 25 May01/05
34-22-00 R 527 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 505 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 26 May01/05
34-22-00 R 528 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 506 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 27 May01/05
34-22-00 R 529 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 507 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 28 May01/05
34-22-00 R 530 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 508 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 29 May01/05
34-22-00 R 531 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 509 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 30 May01/05
34-22-00 R 532 Feb01/10 34-22-25 R 510 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 31 May01/05

34-L.E.P. Page 11
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-36-00 01 32 May01/05 34-36-00 02 16 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 4 Feb01/10


34-36-00 01 33 May01/05 34-36-00 02 17 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 5 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 34 May01/05 34-36-00 02 18 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 6 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 35 May01/05 34-36-00 02 19 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 7 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 36 May01/05 34-36-00 02 20 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 8 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 37 May01/05 34-36-00 02 21 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 9 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 38 May01/05 34-36-00 02 22 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 10 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 39 May01/05 34-36-00 02 23 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 11 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 40 May01/05 34-36-00 02 24 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 12 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 41 May01/05 34-36-00 02 25 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 13 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 42 May01/05 34-36-00 02 26 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 14 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 43 May01/05 34-36-00 02 27 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 15 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 44 May01/05 34-36-00 02 28 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 16 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 45 May01/05 34-36-00 02 29 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 17 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 46 May01/05 34-36-00 02 30 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 18 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 47 May01/05 34-36-00 02 31 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 19 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 48 May01/05 34-36-00 02 32 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 20 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 49 May01/05 34-36-00 02 33 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 21 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 50 May01/05 34-36-00 02 34 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 22 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 51 May01/05 34-36-00 02 35 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 23 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 52 May01/05 34-36-00 02 36 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 24 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 53 May01/05 34-36-00 02 37 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 25 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 54 May01/05 34-36-00 02 38 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 26 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 55 May01/05 34-36-00 02 39 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 27 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 56 May01/05 34-36-00 02 40 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 28 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 57 May01/05 34-36-00 02 41 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 29 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 58 May01/05 34-36-00 02 42 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 30 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 59 May01/05 34-36-00 02 43 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 31 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 60 May01/05 34-36-00 02 44 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 32 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 61 May01/05 34-36-00 02 45 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 33 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 62 May01/05 34-36-00 02 46 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 34 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 63 May01/05 34-36-00 02 47 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 35 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 64 May01/05 34-36-00 02 48 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 36 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 65 May01/05 34-36-00 02 49 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 37 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 66 May01/05 34-36-00 02 50 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 38 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 67 May01/05 34-36-00 02 51 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 39 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 1 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 52 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 40 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 2 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 53 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 41 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 3 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 54 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 42 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 4 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 55 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 43 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 5 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 56 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 44 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 6 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 57 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 45 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 7 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 58 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 46 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 8 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 59 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 47 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 9 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 60 Feb01/09 34-36-00 03 R 48 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 10 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 61 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 49 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 11 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 62 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 50 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 12 Nov01/09 34-36-00 02 63 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 51 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 13 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 1 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 501 Aug01/08
34-36-00 02 14 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 2 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 502 May01/05
34-36-00 02 15 Nov01/09 34-36-00 03 R 3 Feb01/10 34-36-00 01 503 May01/05

34-L.E.P. Page 12
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-36-00 01 504 May01/05 34-36-11 401 Aug01/98 34-36-31 01 N 413 Feb01/10


34-36-00 01 505 May01/05 34-36-11 R 402 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 414 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 506 May01/05 34-36-11 403 May01/05 34-36-31 01 N 415 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 507 May01/05 34-36-11 404 May01/05 34-36-31 01 N 416 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 508 May01/05 34-36-11 405 May01/05 34-36-31 01 N 417 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 509 May01/05 34-36-11 406 May01/09 34-36-31 01 N 418 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 510 May01/05 34-36-11 R 407 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 419 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 511 May01/05 34-36-11 408 May01/05 34-36-31 01 N 420 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 512 May01/05 34-36-11 R 409 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 421 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 513 May01/05 34-36-11 R 410 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 422 Feb01/10
34-36-00 01 514 May01/05 34-36-16 401 Feb01/09 34-36-31 01 N 423 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 501 Nov01/09 34-36-16 R 402 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 424 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 502 Nov01/09 34-36-16 R 403 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 425 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 503 Nov01/09 34-36-16 404 Feb01/09 34-36-31 01 N 426 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 504 Nov01/09 34-36-16 R 405 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 427 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 505 Feb01/09 34-36-16 406 Feb01/09 34-36-31 01 N 428 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 506 Nov01/09 34-36-16 407 Feb01/09 34-36-31 01 N 429 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 507 Nov01/09 34-36-16 R 408 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 430 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 508 Nov01/09 34-36-16 409 Feb01/09
34-36-00 02 509 Nov01/09 34-36-16 R 410 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R 1 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 510 Nov01/09 34-36-16 411 Feb01/09 34-41-00 03 2 May01/09
34-36-00 02 511 Nov01/09 34-36-16 412 Feb01/09 34-41-00 03 3 May01/09
34-36-00 02 512 Nov01/09 34-36-16 413 Feb01/09 34-41-00 03 4 May01/09
34-36-00 02 513 Nov01/09 34-36-16 R 414 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 5 Nov01/09
34-36-00 02 514 Nov01/09 34-36-16 415 Feb01/09 34-41-00 03 6 May01/09
34-36-00 02 515 Nov01/09 34-36-16 416 Feb01/09 34-41-00 03 R 7 Feb01/10
34-36-00 02 516 Nov01/09 34-36-16 R 417 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 8 Nov01/09
34-36-00 02 517 Nov01/09 34-36-16 R 418 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 9 Nov01/08
34-36-00 02 518 Nov01/09 34-36-16 419 Feb01/09 34-41-00 03 10 Feb01/09
34-36-00 02 519 Nov01/09 34-36-18 401 May01/05 34-41-00 03 11 Nov01/08
34-36-00 02 520 Nov01/09 34-36-18 R 402 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 12 May01/09
34-36-00 02 521 Nov01/09 34-36-18 403 May01/05 34-41-00 03 13 Nov01/09
34-36-00 03 R 501 Feb01/10 34-36-18 404 May01/05 34-41-00 03 R 14 Feb01/10
34-36-00 03 R 502 Feb01/10 34-36-18 405 May01/05 34-41-00 03 R 15 Feb01/10
34-36-00 03 R 503 Feb01/10 34-36-18 R 406 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R 16 Feb01/10
34-36-00 03 R 504 Feb01/10 34-36-18 R 407 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 17 May01/09
34-36-00 03 R 505 Feb01/10 34-36-18 408 May01/09 34-41-00 03 18 Nov01/08
34-36-00 03 R 506 Feb01/10 34-36-18 R 409 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 19 Nov01/08
34-36-00 03 R 507 Feb01/10 34-36-18 R 410 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 20 May01/09
34-36-00 03 R 508 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 401 Nov01/09 34-41-00 03 R 21 Feb01/10
34-36-00 03 R 509 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 402 May01/09 34-41-00 03 22 May01/09
34-36-00 03 R 510 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 403 Nov01/09 34-41-00 03 R 23 Feb01/10
34-36-00 03 R 511 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 404 May01/09 34-41-00 03 24 Nov01/09
34-36-00 03 R 512 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 405 May01/09 34-41-00 03 25 Nov01/09
34-36-00 03 R 513 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 406 May01/09 34-41-00 03 26 May01/09
34-36-00 03 R 514 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 407 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R 27 Feb01/10
34-36-00 03 R 515 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 408 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 28 Nov01/09
34-36-00 03 R 516 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 409 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R 29 Feb01/10
34-36-00 03 R 517 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 410 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 30 May01/09
34-36-00 03 R 518 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 411 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R 31 Feb01/10
34-36-00 03 R 519 Feb01/10 34-36-31 01 N 412 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R 32 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 13
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-41-00 03 R 33 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 84 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 35 May01/09


34-41-00 03 34 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R 85 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 36 May01/09
34-41-00 03 35 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R 86 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 37 May01/09
34-41-00 03 36 May01/09 34-41-00 03 87 Aug01/09 34-41-00 03 A 38 May01/09
34-41-00 03 37 May01/09 34-41-00 03 88 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 39 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 38 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 89 Aug01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 40 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 39 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 90 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 41 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 40 Aug01/09 34-41-00 03 91 Aug01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 42 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 41 May01/09 34-41-00 03 92 Aug01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 43 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 42 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R 93 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 44 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 43 Nov01/08 34-41-00 03 94 Aug01/09 34-41-00 03 A 45 May01/09
34-41-00 03 44 Nov01/08 34-41-00 03 95 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 46 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 45 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 96 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 47 May01/09
34-41-00 03 46 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R 97 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 48 Nov01/09
34-41-00 03 47 Nov01/08 34-41-00 03 98 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 49 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 48 Nov01/08 34-41-00 03 99 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 50 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 49 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 0 Nov01/09 34-41-00 03 A 51 Aug01/09
34-41-00 03 R 50 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 1 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 52 Aug01/09
34-41-00 03 R 51 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 2 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 53 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 52 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 3 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 54 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 53 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 4 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 55 May01/09
34-41-00 03 54 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 5 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 56 May01/09
34-41-00 03 55 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 6 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 57 May01/09
34-41-00 03 56 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 7 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 58 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 57 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 8 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 59 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 58 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 9 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 60 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 59 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 10 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 61 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 60 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 11 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 62 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 61 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 12 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 63 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 62 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 13 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 64 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 63 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 14 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 65 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 64 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 15 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 66 May01/09
34-41-00 03 65 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 16 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 67 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 66 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 17 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 68 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 67 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 18 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 69 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 68 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 19 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 70 May01/09
34-41-00 03 69 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 20 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 71 May01/09
34-41-00 03 70 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 21 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 72 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 71 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 22 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 73 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 72 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 23 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 74 May01/09
34-41-00 03 73 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 24 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 75 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 74 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 25 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 76 May01/09
34-41-00 03 R 75 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 26 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 77 May01/09
34-41-00 03 76 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 27 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 78 May01/09
34-41-00 03 77 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 28 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 79 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 78 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 A 29 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 80 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 79 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 30 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 81 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 80 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 31 May01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 82 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 R 81 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 32 Feb01/10 34-41-00 03 R A 83 Feb01/10
34-41-00 03 82 Aug01/09 34-41-00 03 R A 33 Feb01/10 34-41-00 501 Nov01/07
34-41-00 03 83 May01/09 34-41-00 03 A 34 May01/09 34-41-00 502 Nov01/07

34-L.E.P. Page 14
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-41-00 R 503 Feb01/10 34-41-11 03 R 410 Feb01/10 34-42-00 R 2 Feb01/10


34-41-00 R 504 Feb01/10 34-41-11 03 R 411 Feb01/10 34-42-00 3 Aug01/05
34-41-00 505 Feb01/08 34-41-11 03 R 412 Feb01/10 34-42-00 4 Nov01/09
34-41-00 506 Feb01/08 34-41-11 03 R 413 Feb01/10 34-42-00 R 5 Feb01/10
34-41-00 507 Feb01/08 34-41-11 03 R 414 Feb01/10 34-42-00 6 Nov01/09
34-41-00 508 Feb01/09 34-41-11 03 N 415 Feb01/10 34-42-00 7 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 509 Feb01/10 34-41-12 R 401 Feb01/10 34-42-00 8 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 510 Feb01/10 34-41-12 R 402 Feb01/10 34-42-00 9 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 511 Feb01/10 34-41-12 403 May01/05 34-42-00 10 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 512 Feb01/10 34-41-12 R 404 Feb01/10 34-42-00 11 Nov01/09
34-41-00 513 Nov01/06 34-41-12 405 May01/05 34-42-00 12 Nov01/09
34-41-00 514 Nov01/06 34-41-12 R 406 Feb01/10 34-42-00 13 Nov01/09
34-41-00 515 Nov01/06 34-41-12 R 407 Feb01/10 34-42-00 14 Nov01/09
34-41-00 516 May01/09 34-41-12 R 408 Feb01/10 34-42-00 15 Nov01/09
34-41-00 517 May01/09 34-41-12 N 409 Feb01/10 34-42-00 16 Nov01/09
34-41-00 518 May01/09 34-41-33 R 401 Feb01/10 34-42-00 17 Nov01/09
34-41-00 519 Feb01/09 34-41-33 R 402 Feb01/10 34-42-00 18 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 520 Feb01/10 34-41-33 R 403 Feb01/10 34-42-00 19 Nov01/09
34-41-00 521 May01/09 34-41-33 404 Nov01/09 34-42-00 20 Nov01/09
34-41-00 522 Feb01/08 34-41-33 R 405 Feb01/10 34-42-00 21 Nov01/09
34-41-00 523 Feb01/08 34-41-33 R 406 Feb01/10 34-42-00 22 Nov01/09
34-41-00 524 Feb01/09 34-41-33 R 407 Feb01/10 34-42-00 23 Nov01/09
34-41-00 525 Feb01/08 34-41-33 408 May01/05 34-42-00 24 Nov01/09
34-41-00 526 Nov01/06 34-41-33 409 May01/05 34-42-00 25 Nov01/09
34-41-00 527 Nov01/06 34-41-37 R 401 Feb01/10 34-42-00 26 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 528 Feb01/10 34-41-37 R 402 Feb01/10 34-42-00 27 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 529 Feb01/10 34-41-37 403 May01/05 34-42-00 28 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 530 Feb01/10 34-41-37 R 404 Feb01/10 34-42-00 29 Nov01/09
34-41-00 531 Feb01/08 34-41-37 405 May01/05 34-42-00 30 Nov01/09
34-41-00 532 Feb01/08 34-41-37 R 406 Feb01/10 34-42-00 31 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 533 Feb01/10 34-41-37 R 407 Feb01/10 34-42-00 32 Nov01/09
34-41-00 534 Feb01/09 34-41-37 408 May01/05 34-42-00 33 Nov01/09
34-41-00 535 May01/09 34-41-37 R 409 Feb01/10 34-42-00 34 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 536 Feb01/10 34-41-37 410 May01/05 34-42-00 35 Nov01/09
34-41-00 537 May01/08 34-41-37 411 May01/05 34-42-00 36 Nov01/09
34-41-00 538 Nov01/09 34-41-37 412 May01/09 34-42-00 501 Feb01/98
34-41-00 R 539 Feb01/10 34-41-37 R 413 Feb01/10 34-42-00 502 Nov01/09
34-41-00 540 Nov01/09 34-41-37 R 414 Feb01/10 34-42-00 503 Nov01/09
34-41-00 541 Nov01/09 34-41-41 R 401 Feb01/10 34-42-00 504 Nov01/09
34-41-00 542 May01/08 34-41-41 402 May01/05 34-42-00 505 Nov01/09
34-41-00 R 543 Feb01/10 34-41-41 403 Feb01/98 34-42-00 506 Nov01/09
34-41-00 544 May01/08 34-41-41 404 Feb01/98 34-42-00 507 May01/09
34-41-11 03 401 Nov01/03 34-41-41 405 Feb01/98 34-42-00 508 May01/09
34-41-11 03 R 402 Feb01/10 34-41-41 406 May01/05 34-42-00 509 May01/09
34-41-11 03 R 403 Feb01/10 34-41-41 407 Feb01/98 34-42-00 510 Nov01/09
34-41-11 03 404 May01/05 34-41-41 R 408 Feb01/10 34-42-00 511 Nov01/09
34-41-11 03 405 May01/09 34-41-41 409 May01/05 34-42-00 512 Nov01/09
34-41-11 03 R 406 Feb01/10 34-41-41 410 May01/07 34-42-00 513 Nov01/09
34-41-11 03 407 Feb01/08 34-41-41 411 Feb01/98 34-42-00 514 Nov01/09
34-41-11 03 R 408 Feb01/10 34-42-00 515 Nov01/09
34-41-11 03 R 409 Feb01/10 34-42-00 R 1 Feb01/10 34-42-00 516 Nov01/09

34-L.E.P. Page 15
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-42-00 517 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 1 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 52 Nov01/09


34-42-11 R 401 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 2 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 53 May01/09
34-42-11 R 402 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 3 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 54 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 403 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 4 May01/09 34-43-00 01 55 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 404 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 5 May01/09 34-43-00 01 56 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 405 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 6 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 57 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 406 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 7 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 58 Feb01/10
34-42-11 R 407 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 8 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 59 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 408 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 9 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 60 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 409 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 10 May01/09 34-43-00 01 61 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 410 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 11 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 62 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 411 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 12 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 63 May01/09
34-42-11 R 412 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 13 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 64 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 413 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 14 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 65 May01/09
34-42-11 R 414 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 15 May01/09 34-43-00 01 66 May01/09
34-42-11 R 415 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 16 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 67 Feb01/10
34-42-11 R 416 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 17 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R 68 Feb01/10
34-42-11 R 417 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 18 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 69 Feb01/10
34-42-11 R 418 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 19 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 70 Feb01/10
34-42-11 R 419 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 20 May01/09 34-43-00 01 71 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 420 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 21 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 72 Feb01/10
34-42-11 R 421 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 22 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 73 Feb01/10
34-42-11 R 422 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 23 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 74 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 423 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 24 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 75 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 424 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 25 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 76 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 425 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 26 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 77 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 426 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 27 May01/09 34-43-00 01 78 Nov01/09
34-42-11 R 427 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 28 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 79 Nov01/09
34-42-11 D 428 34-43-00 01 29 May01/09 34-43-00 01 80 Nov01/09
34-42-11 D 429 34-43-00 01 R 30 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 81 Nov01/09
34-42-11 D 430 34-43-00 01 31 May01/09 34-43-00 01 82 Nov01/09
34-42-11 D 431 34-43-00 01 R 32 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 83 Feb01/10
34-42-33 401 Feb01/98 34-43-00 01 R 33 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 84 Nov01/09
34-42-33 402 Aug01/98 34-43-00 01 R 34 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 85 Feb01/10
34-42-33 403 Aug01/98 34-43-00 01 35 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 86 Nov01/09
34-42-33 404 Feb01/98 34-43-00 01 36 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 87 Nov01/09
34-42-33 405 Aug01/98 34-43-00 01 37 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 88 May01/09
34-42-33 406 Feb01/02 34-43-00 01 38 May01/09 34-43-00 01 89 May01/09
34-42-33 407 Feb01/98 34-43-00 01 39 May01/09 34-43-00 01 90 May01/09
34-42-45 401 Feb01/98 34-43-00 01 40 May01/09 34-43-00 01 91 Nov01/09
34-42-45 402 Feb01/98 34-43-00 01 41 May01/09 34-43-00 01 92 Nov01/09
34-42-45 403 Feb01/98 34-43-00 01 42 May01/09 34-43-00 01 93 May01/09
34-42-45 404 Feb01/98 34-43-00 01 43 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 94 May01/09
34-42-45 405 Aug01/02 34-43-00 01 44 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 95 Feb01/10
34-42-45 406 Aug01/02 34-43-00 01 45 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 96 Feb01/10
34-42-45 407 Feb01/98 34-43-00 01 R 46 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 97 Feb01/10
34-42-45 701 Aug01/02 34-43-00 01 R 47 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 98 Feb01/10
34-42-45 702 Aug01/02 34-43-00 01 R 48 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 99 Feb01/10
34-42-45 703 Aug01/02 34-43-00 01 49 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 0 Nov01/09
34-42-45 704 Aug01/02 34-43-00 01 R 50 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 1 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 R 51 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 2 Nov01/09

34-L.E.P. Page 16
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-43-00 01 A 3 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 54 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 B 5 Nov01/09


34-43-00 01 A 4 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 55 May01/09 34-43-00 01 B 6 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 5 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 56 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R B 7 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 R A 6 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 57 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R B 8 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 R A 7 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 58 May01/09 34-43-00 01 B 9 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 8 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 59 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 301 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 9 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 60 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 302 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 10 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 61 May01/09 34-43-00 01 303 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 11 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 62 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 304 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 12 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 63 May01/09 34-43-00 01 305 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 13 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 64 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 306 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 14 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 65 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R 307 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 R A 15 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 66 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R 308 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 16 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 67 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R 309 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 17 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 68 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 310 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 R A 18 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R A 69 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 311 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 R A 19 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 70 May01/09 34-43-00 01 312 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 20 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 71 May01/09 34-43-00 01 313 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 21 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 72 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 314 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 22 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 73 May01/09 34-43-00 01 315 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 23 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 74 May01/09 34-43-00 01 316 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 24 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 75 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 401 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 25 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 76 May01/09 34-43-00 01 402 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 26 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 77 May01/09 34-43-00 01 403 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 27 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 78 May01/09 34-43-00 01 404 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 28 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 79 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 501 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 29 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 80 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 502 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 30 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 81 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R 503 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 31 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 82 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 504 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 32 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 A 83 May01/09 34-43-00 01 505 May01/09
34-43-00 01 A 33 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 84 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 506 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 34 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 85 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 507 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 R A 35 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 86 May01/09 34-43-00 01 508 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 36 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 87 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 509 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 37 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 88 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 510 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 38 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 89 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 511 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 39 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 90 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R 512 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 40 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 91 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R 513 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 R A 41 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R A 92 Feb01/10 34-43-11 01 401 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 R A 42 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 93 May01/09 34-43-11 01 R 402 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 43 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 94 Feb01/10 34-43-11 01 R 403 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 44 May01/09 34-43-00 01 R A 95 Feb01/10 34-43-11 01 R 404 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 45 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 96 May01/09 34-43-11 01 405 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 R A 46 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 97 May01/09 34-43-11 01 406 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 47 May01/09 34-43-00 01 A 98 Nov01/09 34-43-11 01 407 May01/09
34-43-00 01 R A 48 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 A 99 May01/09 34-43-11 01 408 May01/09
34-43-00 01 R A 49 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 R B 0 Feb01/10 34-43-11 01 409 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 A 50 May01/09 34-43-00 01 B 1 May01/09 34-43-11 01 410 Nov01/09
34-43-00 01 R A 51 Feb01/10 34-43-00 01 B 2 May01/09 34-43-11 01 R 411 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 52 May01/09 34-43-00 01 B 3 Nov01/09 34-43-11 01 R 412 Feb01/10
34-43-00 01 A 53 Nov01/09 34-43-00 01 B 4 Nov01/09 34-43-11 01 R 413 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 17
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-43-11 01 414 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 41 May01/09 34-48-00 01 92 Nov01/09


34-43-11 01 415 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R 42 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 93 Nov01/09
34-43-11 01 416 May01/09 34-48-00 01 43 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 94 Nov01/09
34-43-11 01 417 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 44 May01/09 34-48-00 01 95 Nov01/09
34-43-34 01 401 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 45 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 96 Nov01/09
34-43-34 01 402 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 46 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 97 Nov01/07
34-43-34 01 403 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 47 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 98 Nov01/07
34-43-34 01 404 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 48 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 99 Nov01/07
34-43-34 01 405 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 49 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 A 0 Nov01/07
34-43-34 01 406 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 50 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 R A 1 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 51 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 R A 2 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 1 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 52 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 R A 3 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 2 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 53 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 R A 4 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 3 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 54 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 R A 5 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 4 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 55 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 R A 6 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 5 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 56 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 A 7 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 6 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 57 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 A 8 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 7 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 58 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 A 9 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 8 May01/09 34-48-00 01 59 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 A 10 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 9 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 60 Nov01/07 34-48-00 01 A 11 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 10 May01/09 34-48-00 01 61 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 12 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 11 May01/09 34-48-00 01 62 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 13 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R 12 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 63 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 14 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R 13 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 64 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 15 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 14 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 65 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 16 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 15 May01/09 34-48-00 01 66 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 17 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 16 May01/09 34-48-00 01 67 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 18 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 R 17 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 68 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 19 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 18 May01/09 34-48-00 01 69 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 20 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 R 19 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 70 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 21 Feb01/08
34-48-00 01 20 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 71 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 22 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 21 May01/09 34-48-00 01 72 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 23 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R 22 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 73 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 24 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 23 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 74 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 25 May01/08
34-48-00 01 24 May01/09 34-48-00 01 75 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 26 May01/08
34-48-00 01 25 May01/09 34-48-00 01 76 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 R A 27 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 26 May01/09 34-48-00 01 77 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 28 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 27 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 78 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 29 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 28 May01/09 34-48-00 01 79 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 30 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R 29 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 80 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 31 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R 30 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 81 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R A 32 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 31 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 82 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 33 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 R 32 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 83 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R A 34 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 33 May01/09 34-48-00 01 84 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 35 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 34 May01/09 34-48-00 01 85 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 36 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 35 May01/09 34-48-00 01 86 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R A 37 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 36 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 87 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 38 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 37 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 88 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 39 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R 38 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 89 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 40 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 39 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 90 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 41 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R 40 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 91 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 42 Nov01/09

34-L.E.P. Page 18
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-48-00 01 A 43 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 94 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 45 Nov01/09


34-48-00 01 A 44 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 A 95 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 46 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 45 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 A 96 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 47 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 46 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R A 97 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 48 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 47 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R A 98 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 49 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 48 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R A 99 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 50 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 49 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 0 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 51 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 50 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 1 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 52 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 51 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 2 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 53 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 52 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 3 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 54 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 53 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 4 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 55 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R A 54 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 5 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 56 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 R A 55 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 6 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 57 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 R A 56 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 7 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 58 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 R A 57 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 R B 8 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 59 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 58 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 9 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 60 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 59 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 10 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 61 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 60 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 11 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R B 62 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 61 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 12 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 63 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 62 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 13 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 64 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 63 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 14 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R B 65 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 64 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R B 15 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 R B 66 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 R A 65 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 16 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 67 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 66 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 17 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 68 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 67 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 18 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 69 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R A 68 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 19 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 70 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 69 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 20 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 71 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R A 70 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 21 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 72 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 R A 71 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 22 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 73 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 72 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 23 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 74 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 73 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 24 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 75 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 74 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 25 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 76 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 75 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 26 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 77 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 R A 76 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 27 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 78 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 77 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 28 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 79 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 78 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 29 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 80 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 79 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 30 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 81 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 80 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 31 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 82 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 81 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 B 32 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 83 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 82 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 33 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 84 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 83 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 34 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 85 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 84 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 35 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 86 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 85 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 36 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 87 Nov01/08
34-48-00 01 A 86 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 37 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 88 Nov01/09
34-48-00 01 A 87 Feb01/08 34-48-00 01 B 38 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 89 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 88 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 39 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 R B 90 Feb01/10
34-48-00 01 A 89 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 40 Nov01/08 34-48-00 02 1 Feb01/07
34-48-00 01 A 90 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 41 Nov01/08 34-48-00 02 2 May01/06
34-48-00 01 A 91 Nov01/08 34-48-00 01 B 42 Nov01/09 34-48-00 02 3 Feb01/07
34-48-00 01 R A 92 Feb01/10 34-48-00 01 B 43 Nov01/09 34-48-00 02 4 Feb01/07
34-48-00 01 A 93 Nov01/09 34-48-00 01 R B 44 Feb01/10 34-48-00 02 5 Feb01/07

34-L.E.P. Page 19
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-48-00 02 6 Feb01/07 34-48-00 302 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 6 Feb01/10


34-48-00 02 7 Feb01/07 34-48-00 303 Nov01/09 34-51-00 7 May01/05
34-48-00 02 8 Feb01/07 34-48-00 304 Nov01/09 34-51-00 8 May01/05
34-48-00 02 9 Feb01/07 34-48-00 501 Nov01/09 34-51-00 9 Nov01/08
34-48-00 02 10 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 502 Feb01/10 34-51-00 10 Nov01/08
34-48-00 02 11 Feb01/07 34-48-00 503 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 11 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 12 Feb01/07 34-48-00 504 May01/09 34-51-00 12 Nov01/07
34-48-00 02 13 Feb01/07 34-48-00 505 May01/09 34-51-00 13 Nov01/07
34-48-00 02 14 Feb01/07 34-48-00 506 May01/09 34-51-00 14 Nov01/07
34-48-00 02 15 Feb01/07 34-48-00 507 May01/09 34-51-00 15 Feb01/08
34-48-00 02 16 Feb01/07 34-48-00 508 May01/09 34-51-00 16 Feb01/08
34-48-00 02 17 Feb01/07 34-48-00 509 May01/09 34-51-00 17 Nov01/08
34-48-00 02 18 Feb01/07 34-48-00 510 May01/09 34-51-00 18 Nov01/08
34-48-00 02 19 Feb01/07 34-48-00 511 May01/09 34-51-00 19 Nov01/08
34-48-00 02 20 Feb01/07 34-48-00 512 May01/09 34-51-00 R 20 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 21 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 513 Feb01/10 34-51-00 R 21 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 22 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 514 Feb01/10 34-51-00 R 22 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 23 Feb01/07 34-48-00 515 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 23 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 24 Feb01/07 34-48-00 516 Nov01/09 34-51-00 24 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 25 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 517 Feb01/10 34-51-00 R 25 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 26 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 518 Feb01/10 34-51-00 R 26 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 27 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 519 Feb01/10 34-51-00 27 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 28 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 520 Feb01/10 34-51-00 28 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 29 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 521 Feb01/10 34-51-00 29 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 30 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 522 Feb01/10 34-51-00 30 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 31 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 523 Feb01/10 34-51-00 31 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 32 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 524 Feb01/10 34-51-00 R 32 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 33 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 525 Feb01/10 34-51-00 33 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 34 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 526 Feb01/10 34-51-00 34 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 35 Feb01/07 34-48-00 527 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 35 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 36 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 528 Feb01/10 34-51-00 R 36 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 37 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 529 Feb01/10 34-51-00 37 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 38 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 530 Feb01/10 34-51-00 38 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 39 Feb01/07 34-48-00 531 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 39 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 40 Feb01/07 34-48-00 532 Nov01/09 34-51-00 40 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 41 Feb01/07 34-48-00 533 Nov01/09 34-51-00 41 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 42 Feb01/07 34-48-00 534 Nov01/09 34-51-00 42 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 43 Feb01/07 34-48-00 535 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 43 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 44 Feb01/07 34-48-00 536 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 44 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 45 Feb01/07 34-48-34 401 Nov01/09 34-51-00 45 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 46 Feb01/07 34-48-34 402 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 46 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 47 Feb01/07 34-48-34 403 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 47 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 48 Feb01/07 34-48-34 404 Nov01/09 34-51-00 48 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 49 Feb01/07 34-48-34 405 Nov01/09 34-51-00 49 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 50 Feb01/07 34-48-34 406 Nov01/09 34-51-00 R 50 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 51 Feb01/07 34-51-00 51 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 52 Feb01/07 34-51-00 1 Aug01/07 34-51-00 R 52 Feb01/10
34-48-00 02 53 Feb01/07 34-51-00 2 Feb01/98 34-51-00 53 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 54 Feb01/07 34-51-00 3 May01/05 34-51-00 54 Nov01/09
34-48-00 02 55 Feb01/07 34-51-00 4 May01/05 34-51-00 55 Nov01/09
34-48-00 301 Nov01/09 34-51-00 5 Nov01/08 34-51-00 R 56 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 20
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-51-00 R 57 Feb01/10 34-52-00 15 May01/09 34-52-00 R 66 Feb01/10


34-51-00 R 58 Feb01/10 34-52-00 16 May01/09 34-52-00 67 May01/09
34-51-00 501 Feb01/98 34-52-00 17 May01/09 34-52-00 68 May01/09
34-51-00 502 Nov01/08 34-52-00 18 May01/09 34-52-00 69 May01/09
34-51-00 503 Feb01/98 34-52-00 R 19 Feb01/10 34-52-00 70 Nov01/07
34-51-00 504 May01/05 34-52-00 R 20 Feb01/10 34-52-00 71 Nov01/07
34-51-00 505 Nov01/08 34-52-00 21 May01/09 34-52-00 72 Nov01/07
34-51-00 R 506 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 22 Feb01/10 34-52-00 73 May01/09
34-51-00 507 Aug01/08 34-52-00 23 May01/09 34-52-00 74 May01/09
34-51-00 R 508 Feb01/10 34-52-00 24 May01/09 34-52-00 75 May01/09
34-51-00 509 Nov01/08 34-52-00 25 May01/09 34-52-00 76 May01/09
34-51-00 R 510 Feb01/10 34-52-00 26 May01/09 34-52-00 77 May01/09
34-51-00 511 Aug01/08 34-52-00 27 May01/09 34-52-00 78 May01/09
34-51-00 R 512 Feb01/10 34-52-00 28 May01/09 34-52-00 79 May01/09
34-51-00 513 Nov01/08 34-52-00 29 May01/09 34-52-00 80 May01/09
34-51-00 514 Aug01/08 34-52-00 30 May01/09 34-52-00 81 May01/09
34-51-00 515 Aug01/08 34-52-00 31 May01/09 34-52-00 82 May01/09
34-51-00 516 Nov01/08 34-52-00 32 May01/09 34-52-00 R 83 Feb01/10
34-51-00 517 Nov01/08 34-52-00 33 May01/09 34-52-00 R 84 Feb01/10
34-51-00 R 518 Feb01/10 34-52-00 34 May01/09 34-52-00 R 85 Feb01/10
34-51-00 R 519 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 35 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 86 Feb01/10
34-51-00 520 Aug01/08 34-52-00 R 36 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 87 Feb01/10
34-51-11 401 Feb01/98 34-52-00 37 May01/09 34-52-00 R 88 Feb01/10
34-51-11 402 Feb01/98 34-52-00 R 38 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 89 Feb01/10
34-51-11 403 Feb01/98 34-52-00 R 39 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 90 Feb01/10
34-51-11 404 Feb01/98 34-52-00 40 May01/09 34-52-00 R 91 Feb01/10
34-51-11 405 Feb01/09 34-52-00 41 May01/09 34-52-00 92 May01/09
34-51-11 406 Aug01/08 34-52-00 42 May01/09 34-52-00 93 May01/09
34-51-11 407 Aug01/08 34-52-00 43 May01/09 34-52-00 R 94 Feb01/10
34-51-11 408 Aug01/07 34-52-00 44 May01/09 34-52-00 95 May01/09
34-51-33 401 Feb01/98 34-52-00 45 May01/09 34-52-00 R 96 Feb01/10
34-51-33 402 Feb01/98 34-52-00 46 May01/09 34-52-00 R 97 Feb01/10
34-51-33 403 Feb01/98 34-52-00 47 May01/09 34-52-00 R 98 Feb01/10
34-51-33 404 Feb01/02 34-52-00 48 May01/09 34-52-00 R 99 Feb01/10
34-51-33 405 Feb01/98 34-52-00 49 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 0 Feb01/10
34-51-33 406 Feb01/02 34-52-00 50 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 1 Feb01/10
34-52-00 51 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 2 Feb01/10
34-52-00 1 Aug01/05 34-52-00 52 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 3 Feb01/10
34-52-00 2 Nov01/08 34-52-00 53 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 4 Feb01/10
34-52-00 3 Nov01/08 34-52-00 54 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 5 Feb01/10
34-52-00 4 May01/09 34-52-00 55 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 6 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R 5 Feb01/10 34-52-00 56 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 7 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R 6 Feb01/10 34-52-00 57 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 8 Feb01/10
34-52-00 7 May01/09 34-52-00 58 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 9 Feb01/10
34-52-00 8 May01/09 34-52-00 59 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 10 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R 9 Feb01/10 34-52-00 60 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 11 Feb01/10
34-52-00 10 May01/09 34-52-00 61 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 12 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R 11 Feb01/10 34-52-00 62 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 13 Feb01/10
34-52-00 12 May01/09 34-52-00 63 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 14 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R 13 Feb01/10 34-52-00 64 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 15 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R 14 Feb01/10 34-52-00 65 May01/09 34-52-00 R A 16 Feb01/10

34-L.E.P. Page 21
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-52-00 R A 17 Feb01/10 34-52-00 516 May01/07 34-53-00 R 1 Feb01/10


34-52-00 R A 18 Feb01/10 34-52-00 517 May01/07 34-53-00 R 2 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 19 Feb01/10 34-52-00 518 May01/07 34-53-00 3 Aug01/05
34-52-00 R A 20 Feb01/10 34-52-00 519 May01/07 34-53-00 R 4 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 21 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 520 Feb01/10 34-53-00 5 May01/09
34-52-00 R A 22 Feb01/10 34-52-00 521 May01/07 34-53-00 6 May01/09
34-52-00 R A 23 Feb01/10 34-52-00 522 May01/07 34-53-00 R 7 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 24 Feb01/10 34-52-00 523 May01/07 34-53-00 8 May01/09
34-52-00 R A 25 Feb01/10 34-52-00 524 Aug01/07 34-53-00 9 May01/09
34-52-00 R A 26 Feb01/10 34-52-00 525 May01/07 34-53-00 10 May01/09
34-52-00 R A 27 Feb01/10 34-52-00 526 May01/07 34-53-00 R 11 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 28 Feb01/10 34-52-00 527 May01/07 34-53-00 R 12 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 29 Feb01/10 34-52-00 528 May01/07 34-53-00 13 May01/09
34-52-00 R A 30 Feb01/10 34-52-00 529 Aug01/09 34-53-00 R 14 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 31 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 530 Feb01/10 34-53-00 R 15 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 32 Feb01/10 34-52-00 531 May01/07 34-53-00 16 May01/09
34-52-00 R A 33 Feb01/10 34-52-00 532 May01/07 34-53-00 R 17 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 34 Feb01/10 34-52-00 533 Aug01/09 34-53-00 18 May01/09
34-52-00 R A 35 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 534 Feb01/10 34-53-00 R 19 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 36 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 535 Feb01/10 34-53-00 R 20 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 37 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 536 Feb01/10 34-53-00 R 21 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 38 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 537 Feb01/10 34-53-00 22 Nov01/09
34-52-00 R A 39 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 538 Feb01/10 34-53-00 R 23 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 40 Feb01/10 34-52-00 R 539 Feb01/10 34-53-00 24 Nov01/09
34-52-00 R A 41 Feb01/10 34-52-00 540 May01/07 34-53-00 25 Nov01/09
34-52-00 R A 42 Feb01/10 34-52-00 541 May01/07 34-53-00 R 26 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R A 43 Feb01/10 34-52-00 542 May01/07 34-53-00 27 Nov01/09
34-52-00 R A 44 Feb01/10 34-52-00 543 May01/07 34-53-00 28 Aug01/09
34-52-00 R A 45 Feb01/10 34-52-11 401 Feb01/98 34-53-00 29 Nov01/09
34-52-00 R A 46 Feb01/10 34-52-11 402 Feb01/03 34-53-00 30 Nov01/09
34-52-00 R A 47 Feb01/10 34-52-11 403 Feb01/98 34-53-00 31 Nov01/09
34-52-00 R A 48 Feb01/10 34-52-11 404 Feb01/98 34-53-00 R 32 Feb01/10
34-52-00 N A 49 Feb01/10 34-52-11 405 Feb01/09 34-53-00 R 33 Feb01/10
34-52-00 201 Aug01/07 34-52-11 406 Feb01/09 34-53-00 R 34 Feb01/10
34-52-00 202 Aug01/07 34-52-11 407 Feb01/09 34-53-00 R 35 Feb01/10
34-52-00 203 Aug01/07 34-52-11 408 Feb01/09 34-53-00 R 36 Feb01/10
34-52-00 501 May01/08 34-52-11 409 Feb01/09 34-53-00 37 Aug01/09
34-52-00 R 502 Feb01/10 34-52-12 401 Feb01/03 34-53-00 38 Aug01/09
34-52-00 R 503 Feb01/10 34-52-12 402 Nov01/01 34-53-00 R 39 Feb01/10
34-52-00 504 Feb01/04 34-52-12 403 Feb01/98 34-53-00 40 Aug01/09
34-52-00 505 Feb01/04 34-52-12 404 Feb01/03 34-53-00 R 41 Feb01/10
34-52-00 506 May01/04 34-52-12 405 Feb01/98 34-53-00 42 Aug01/09
34-52-00 507 Nov01/07 34-52-33 R 401 Feb01/10 34-53-00 43 Aug01/09
34-52-00 508 Nov01/07 34-52-33 R 402 Feb01/10 34-53-00 R 44 Feb01/10
34-52-00 509 Nov01/07 34-52-33 R 403 Feb01/10 34-53-00 R 45 Feb01/10
34-52-00 510 Nov01/07 34-52-33 404 Aug01/02 34-53-00 46 Aug01/09
34-52-00 511 May01/07 34-52-33 405 Feb01/99 34-53-00 R 47 Feb01/10
34-52-00 R 512 Feb01/10 34-52-33 R 406 Feb01/10 34-53-00 48 Nov01/09
34-52-00 513 May01/07 34-52-33 R 407 Feb01/10 34-53-00 R 49 Feb01/10
34-52-00 514 May01/07 34-52-33 408 Feb01/99 34-53-00 R 50 Feb01/10
34-52-00 515 May01/07 34-52-33 409 Feb01/02 34-53-00 51 Nov01/09

34-L.E.P. Page 22
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-53-00 R 52 Feb01/10 34-55-00 1 May01/05 34-55-00 R 52 Feb01/10


34-53-00 R 53 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 2 Feb01/10 34-55-00 53 Nov01/07
34-53-00 54 Nov01/09 34-55-00 R 3 Feb01/10 34-55-00 54 Nov01/09
34-53-00 R 55 Feb01/10 34-55-00 4 Aug01/05 34-55-00 R 55 Feb01/10
34-53-00 R 56 Feb01/10 34-55-00 5 May01/04 34-55-00 56 Nov01/07
34-53-00 R 57 Feb01/10 34-55-00 6 May01/05 34-55-00 R 57 Feb01/10
34-53-00 R 58 Feb01/10 34-55-00 7 May01/05 34-55-00 58 Nov01/07
34-53-00 R 59 Feb01/10 34-55-00 8 May01/05 34-55-00 59 Nov01/07
34-53-00 R 60 Feb01/10 34-55-00 9 Nov01/08 34-55-00 R 60 Feb01/10
34-53-00 R 61 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 10 Feb01/10 34-55-00 61 Nov01/07
34-53-00 R 501 Feb01/10 34-55-00 11 May01/05 34-55-00 R 62 Feb01/10
34-53-00 R 502 Feb01/10 34-55-00 12 May01/05 34-55-00 R 63 Feb01/10
34-53-00 503 Feb01/98 34-55-00 13 Nov01/08 34-55-00 R 64 Feb01/10
34-53-00 504 Nov01/08 34-55-00 14 Nov01/08 34-55-00 R 65 Feb01/10
34-53-00 505 May01/09 34-55-00 R 15 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 501 Feb01/10
34-53-00 R 506 Feb01/10 34-55-00 16 Nov01/07 34-55-00 R 502 Feb01/10
34-53-00 R 507 Feb01/10 34-55-00 17 Nov01/07 34-55-00 503 Feb01/98
34-53-00 508 May01/09 34-55-00 18 Nov01/08 34-55-00 504 Nov01/08
34-53-00 509 May01/09 34-55-00 19 Nov01/08 34-55-00 505 Nov01/08
34-53-00 510 May01/09 34-55-00 20 Nov01/08 34-55-00 506 Nov01/08
34-53-00 511 May01/09 34-55-00 21 Nov01/08 34-55-00 507 Nov01/08
34-53-00 R 512 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 22 Feb01/10 34-55-00 508 Nov01/08
34-53-00 R 513 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 23 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 509 Feb01/10
34-53-00 R 514 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 24 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 510 Feb01/10
34-53-00 R 515 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 25 Feb01/10 34-55-00 511 Nov01/08
34-53-00 R 516 Feb01/10 34-55-00 26 Nov01/07 34-55-00 512 Nov01/07
34-53-00 517 May01/09 34-55-00 R 27 Feb01/10 34-55-00 513 Nov01/08
34-53-00 518 May01/09 34-55-00 28 Nov01/09 34-55-00 514 Nov01/07
34-53-00 R 519 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 29 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 515 Feb01/10
34-53-00 520 May01/09 34-55-00 R 30 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 516 Feb01/10
34-53-11 R 401 Feb01/10 34-55-00 31 Nov01/09 34-55-00 R 517 Feb01/10
34-53-11 R 402 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 32 Feb01/10 34-55-00 518 Nov01/07
34-53-11 R 403 Feb01/10 34-55-00 33 Nov01/09 34-55-00 519 Nov01/07
34-53-11 404 Aug01/09 34-55-00 34 Nov01/09 34-55-00 520 Nov01/07
34-53-11 405 May01/09 34-55-00 35 Nov01/09 34-55-00 521 Nov01/08
34-53-11 406 May01/04 34-55-00 R 36 Feb01/10 34-55-00 522 Nov01/08
34-53-11 R 407 Feb01/10 34-55-00 37 Nov01/09 34-55-00 523 Nov01/08
34-53-11 408 Aug01/08 34-55-00 38 Nov01/09 34-55-00 R 524 Feb01/10
34-53-11 R 409 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 39 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 525 Feb01/10
34-53-11 R 410 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 40 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 526 Feb01/10
34-53-11 R 411 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 41 Feb01/10 34-55-00 527 Nov01/07
34-53-11 412 May01/09 34-55-00 R 42 Feb01/10 34-55-00 528 Nov01/07
34-53-11 413 May01/04 34-55-00 R 43 Feb01/10 34-55-00 529 Nov01/07
34-53-31 R 401 Feb01/10 34-55-00 R 44 Feb01/10 34-55-11 401 May01/05
34-53-31 R 402 Feb01/10 34-55-00 45 Nov01/07 34-55-11 402 May01/05
34-53-31 R 403 Feb01/10 34-55-00 46 Nov01/07 34-55-11 403 Feb01/98
34-53-31 404 May01/09 34-55-00 47 Nov01/07 34-55-11 404 Feb01/98
34-53-31 405 May01/09 34-55-00 R 48 Feb01/10 34-55-11 405 May01/05
34-53-31 R 406 Feb01/10 34-55-00 49 Nov01/07 34-55-11 406 May01/07
34-53-31 R 407 Feb01/10 34-55-00 50 Nov01/09 34-55-11 407 May01/00
34-53-31 408 May01/09 34-55-00 51 Nov01/07 34-55-11 408 May01/00

34-L.E.P. Page 23
Feb 01/10

CES
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

34-55-11 409 Feb01/98


34-55-18 R 401 Feb01/10
34-55-18 R 402 Feb01/10
34-55-18 R 403 Feb01/10
34-55-18 404 Aug01/05
34-55-18 405 Feb01/09
34-55-18 R 406 Feb01/10
34-55-18 407 May01/07
34-55-18 408 Aug01/07
34-55-31 401 Feb01/98
34-55-31 402 Feb01/98
34-55-31 403 Feb01/98
34-55-31 404 Feb01/02
34-55-31 405 Feb01/98
34-55-31 406 Feb01/02

34-57-22 01 401 May01/05


34-57-22 01 402 May01/05
34-57-22 01 403 May01/07
34-57-22 01 404 May01/05
34-57-22 01 405 May01/05
34-57-22 02 401 Nov01/08
34-57-22 02 402 Nov01/08
34-57-22 02 403 Nov01/08
34-57-22 02 404 Nov01/08
34-57-22 02 405 Nov01/08

34-58-00 1 May01/05

34-L.E.P. Page 24
Feb 01/10

CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
NAVIGATION - GENERAL
____________________ 34-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
ADIRS 1 ALL
Integrated Standby Instrument 4 ALL
System (ISIS) (optional system)
Landing and Taxiing Aids 4 ALL
Independent Position Determining 6 ALL
Dependent Position Determining 8 ALL

__________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
_______
(ADIRS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

___________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
________
(ADIRS)
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
ADIRS Start Procedure 201 ALL
IR Alignment Procedure 206 ALL
ADIRS Stop Procedure 222 ALL

___________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
________
(ADIRS)
SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Pitot Probe 301 ALL
Drain-Holes
Flushing of the Principal Total 305 ALL
Pressure Lines
Flushing of the Principal Static 312 ALL
Pressure Lines
Draining and Flushing of Standby 315 001-049, 051-099
Pneumatic Circuits 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238

___________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
________
(ADIRS)
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
ADIRS - Check of all Flight 401 ALL
Control Accelerometers for Correct
Operation
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-10-01 401 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

___________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
________
(ADIRS)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Check of the ADIRS CDU Brightness 501 ALL
and Display
Test of the Angle of Attack 505 ALL
Warning
Operational Test of the 5-minute 511 ALL
Time Delay of ADIRU 2 and 3 Power
Disconnection in Emergency
Configuration

SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING 34-11-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
General 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Component Location 2 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Power Supply 5 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
General 5 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
ADIRS Power Supply Distribution 7 001-049, 101-105
in Normal Configuration 151-199, 201-203
ADIRS Power Supply Distribution 9 001-049, 101-105
after Loss of Main Electrical 151-199, 201-203
Generation
Circuit Breakers 11 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Component Description 12 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Static Probes 12 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Pitot Probes 12 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Air Data Modules (ADM) 15 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Total Air Temperature (TAT) 25 001-049, 101-105
Sensor 151-199, 201-203
Angle Of Attack (AOA) Sensor 27 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Selector Switches 32 001-049, 101-105
151-199,

34-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Selector Switches 34 201-203,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 524-526, 528-599
General 1 524-526, 528-599
Component Location 2 524-526, 528-599
Power Supply 5 524-526, 528-599
General 5 524-526, 528-599
ADIRS Power Supply Distribution 7 524-526, 528-599
in Normal Configuration
ADIRS Power Supply Distribution 9 524-526, 528-599
after Loss of Main Electrical
Generation
Circuit Breakers 11 524-526, 528-599
Component Description 12 524-526, 528-599
Static Probes 12 524-526, 528-599
Pitot Probes 12 524-526, 528-599
Air Data Modules (ADM) 12 524-526, 528-599
Total Air Temperature (TAT) 23 524-526, 528-599
Sensor
Angle Of Attack (AOA) Sensor 26 524-526, 528-599
Selector Switches 30 524-526, 528-599
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
General 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Component Location 2 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Power Supply 5 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
General 5 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
ADIRS Power Supply Distribution 7 051-099, 106-149
in Normal Configuration 204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
ADIRS Power Supply Distribution 10 051-099, 106-149
after Loss of Main Electrical 204-249, 251-299

34-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Generation 301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Circuit Breakers 11 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Component Description 12 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Static Probes 12 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Pitot Probes 12 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Air Data Modules (ADM) 15 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Total Air Temperature (TAT) 26 051-099, 106-149
Sensor 204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Angle Of Attack (AOA) Sensor 29 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Selector Switches 34 051-099, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-523,
Selector Switches 37 106-149, 204-249
301-399,

SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING 34-11-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Functional Test of the ADM 501 ALL
Test of the Monitoring of the 507 ALL
ADR/AOA 26VAC Power Supply
Test of the Monitoring of the 515 ALL
ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)
PROBE - PITOT 34-11-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 401 ALL
9DA2, 9DA3)
Installation of the Pitot Probe 406 ALL
(9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
PROBE - PITOT 34-11-15
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Test of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 501 ALL
9DA2, 9DA3) without the CFDS
PROBE - PITOT 34-11-15
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Pitot 601 ALL
Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
PROBE - STATIC 34-11-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Static Probe (7DA1, 401 ALL
7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2, 8DA3)
Installation of the Static Probe 408 ALL
(7DA1, 7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2,
8DA3)
PROBE - STATIC 34-11-16
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Test of the Static Probe (7DA1, 501 ALL
8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2, 7DA3, 8DA3)
without the CFDS.
PROBE - STATIC 34-11-16
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection of the Static Probe 601 ALL
(7DA1, 7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2,
8DA3)
MODULE - AIR DATA 34-11-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Air Data Module 401 ALL
(19FP1, 19FP2, 19FP3, 19FP4,
19FP5, 19FP6, 19FP7, 19FP8)
Installation of the Air Data 410 ALL
Module (19FP1, 19FP2, 19FP3,
19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6, 19FP7, 19FP8)
MODULE - AIR DATA 34-11-17
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Test of the Air Data Module 501 ALL
without the CFDS
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE 34-11-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 401 ALL
11FP2)
Installation of the TAT Sensor 407 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
(11FP1, 11FP2)
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE 34-11-18
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Test of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 501 ALL
11FP2) without the CFDS
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE 34-11-18
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the TAT Sensor 601 ALL
(11FP1, 11FP2)
SENSOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK 34-11-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Angle of Attack 401 ALL
Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
Installation of the Angle of 405 ALL
Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
SENSOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK 34-11-19
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 001-049, 101-105
151-158, 201-209
Inspection of the Angle-Of-Attack 601 001-049, 101-105
Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3) 151-158, 201-209

AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-12-00


(ADIRU & CDU OR MSU)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
General 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Component Location 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Interface 4 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Mechanical Interface 4 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Electrical Interface 4 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Component Description 23 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
ADIRS CDU 23 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
ADIRU 25 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203

AIR DATA, INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-12-00


(ADIRU & CDU OR MSU)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 524-526, 528-599
General 1 524-526, 528-599

34-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Component Location 1 524-526, 528-599
Interface 4 524-526, 528-599
Mechanical Interface 4 524-526, 528-599
Electrical Interface 4 524-526, 528-599
Component Description 22 524-526, 528-599
ADIRS CDU 22 524-526, 528-599
ADIRU 26 524-526, 528-599

AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-12-00


(ADIRU & CDU OR MSU)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
General 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Component Location 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Interface 7 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Mechanical Interface 7 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Electrical Interface 7 051-099, 106-149
204-239, 301-312
401-499,
Electrical Interface 9 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509
511-523,
Component Description 31 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
ADIRS CDU 31 051-099, 106-149
204-239, 301-312
401-499,
ADIRS MSU 35 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509

34-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-523,
ADIRU 38 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
CONTROL AND DISPLAY UNIT (CDU) - ADIRS 34-12-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-239, 301-312
401-499,
Removal of the ADIRS CDU (2FP) 401 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-239, 301-312
401-499,
Installation of the ADIRS CDU 405 001-049, 051-099
(2FP) 101-149, 151-199
201-239, 301-312
401-499,
REFERENCE UNIT - AIR DATA/INERTIAL 34-12-34
(ADIRU)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 401 ALL
1FP3)
Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 405 ALL
1FP2, 1FP3)
REFERENCE UNIT - AIR DATA/INERTIAL 34-12-34
(ADIRU)
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
ADIRU Removal Criteria 601 ALL
MOUNT - ADIRU 34-12-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ADIRU Mount 401 ALL
Installation of the ADIRU Mount 405 ALL

AIR DATA 34-13-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
General 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
System Description 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
ADR Operation 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Operation/Control and Indicating 38 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Control 38 001-049, 101-105

34-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
151-199, 201-203
Indicating 38 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Warnings 47 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 524-526, 528-599
General 1 524-526, 528-599
System Description 1 524-526, 528-599
ADR Operation 1 524-526, 528-599
Operation/Control and Indicating 38 524-526, 528-599
Control 38 524-526, 528-599
Indicating 38 524-526, 528-599
Warnings 47 524-526, 528-599
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
General 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
System Description 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
ADR Operation 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Operation/Control and Indicating 56 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Control 56 051-099, 106-149
204-239, 301-312
401-499,
Control 56 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509
511-523,
Indicating 59 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Warnings 67 051-099, 106-149
204-239, 301-312
401-499,

34-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Warnings 67 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509
511-523,

AIR DATA 34-13-00


REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
PFD Mach Number - Overspeed Check 401 ALL
Reactivation of PFD Mach Number - 407 ALL
Overspeed Check

AIR DATA 34-13-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the AIR DATA 501 ALL
Switching Function
Operational Test of the VMO/MMO 508 ALL
Overspeed Warnings
Operational Test of the ALT 522 ALL
Comparison Warning
Operational Test of the ALT 527 ALL
DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
Operational Test of the CAS 532 ALL
DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
Operational Test of the AOA SENSOR 537 ALL
TEST
Operational Test of the Overspeed 538 ALL
Warnings in the Slats/Flaps and
Landing Gear Extended (VFE/VLE)
Configuration
Functional Test of the Altitude 558 001-049, 051-099
and Airspeed Data 101-105, 151-158
201-209,
Functional Test of the Altitude 567 001-049, 101-149
and Airspeed Data (A/C with RVSM 151-199, 201-249
capability on three ADIRUs) 251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Leak Test of the Principal Static 599 ALL
and Total Air Data System
INTERFACE TEST of the ADR A511 ALL
SYSTEM TEST of the ADR A529 ALL
Read the CFDIU for the ADR CURRENT A534 001-049, 101-105
STATUS 151-199, 201-203
Read the CFDIU for the ADR INPUT A539 051-099, 106-149
STATUS 204-249, 251-299

34-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,

AIR DATA 34-13-00


INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Check of Pitot probes, 601 ALL
Static ports and AOA sensors

ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION 34-14-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
General 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
System Description 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
General 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Inputs 2 001-004,
Inputs 3 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Inputs 5 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Software Computation 10 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
IR, GPS and GPIRS Output Data 15 001-004,
IR, GPS and GPIRS Output Data 24 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Operation/Control and Indicating 46 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Control 46 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Indicating 55 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Indicating 55 201-203,
Warnings 67 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
ADIRUs Performance Criteria 74 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 524-526, 528-599
General 1 524-526, 528-599
System Description 1 524-526, 528-599
General 1 524-526, 528-599
Inputs 2 524-526, 528-599
Software Computation 7 524-526, 528-599

34-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
IR, GPS, and GPIRS Output Data 17 524-526, 528-599
Operation/Control and Indicating 42 524-526, 528-599
Control 42 524-526, 528-599
Indicating 50 524-526, 528-599
Warnings 59 524-526, 528-599
ADIRUs Performance Criteria 59 524-526, 528-599
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
General 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
System Description 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
General 1 051-057, 059-060
062-099, 106-149
204-215, 217-217
219-219, 221-225
227-233, 236-238
301-304,
Inputs 2 051-057, 059-060
062-099, 106-149
204-215, 217-217
219-219, 221-225
227-233, 236-238
301-304,
General 2 058-058, 061-061
216-216, 218-218
220-220, 226-226
234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-523,
Inputs 3 058-058, 061-061
216-216, 218-218
220-220, 226-226
234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-523,
Software Computation 19 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299

34-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-514
Software Computation 24 515-523,
IR Output Data 42 051-057, 059-060
062-099, 106-149
204-215, 217-217
219-219, 221-225
227-233, 236-238
301-304,
IR, GPS, and GPIRS Output Data 54 058-058, 061-061
216-216, 218-218
220-220, 226-226
234-235, 239-249
251-299, 305-399
401-499, 501-509
511-523,
Operation/Control and Indicating 99 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Control 99 051-099, 106-149
204-239, 301-312
401-499,
Control A 3 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509
511-523,
Indicating A 15 051-099, 106-149
204-239, 301-312
401-499,
Indicating A 16 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509
511-523,
Warnings A 30 051-099, 106-149
204-239, 301-312
401-499,
Warnings A 36 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509
511-523,
ADIRUs Performance Criteria A 38 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523

ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION 34-14-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the 501 ALL
Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG)
Switching Function
Operational Test of the 507 ALL
Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG)
Comparison Warning
Interface Test of the IR 516 ALL
Read CFDIU for IR CURRENT STATUS 536 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Read CFDIU for IR INPUT STATUS 540 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
SYSTEM TEST of the Inertial 545 ALL
Reference (IR)
INDICATOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK 34-15-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the AOA Indicator 401 240-249, 251-299
(17FN1, 17FN2) 313-399, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

ADIRS - BITE 34-18-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304, 401-402
General 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Component Location 3 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Computers Directly Linked to the 3 001-049, 101-105
CFDS 151-199, 201-203
ADIRS Control Panel 3 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Other LRUs of the System 4 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
System Description 5 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Reporting Function 5 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Interactive Function 33 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-203
Power-up Test Initialization and 64 001-049, 101-105

34-CONTENTS Page 14
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Cockpit Repercussions 151-199, 201-203

AIR DATA, INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-18-00


(ADIRS) BUILT-IN TEST EQUIPMENT (BITE)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 524-526, 528-599
General 1 524-526, 528-599
Component Location 3 524-526, 528-599
Computers Directly Linked to the 3 524-526, 528-599
CFDS
ADIRS Control Panel 3 524-526, 528-599
Computers Directly Linked to the 3 524-526, 528-599
CFDS
Other LRUs of the System 3 524-526, 528-599
System Description 5 524-526, 528-599
Reporting Function 5 524-526, 528-599
Interactive Function 23 524-526, 528-599
Power-up Test Initialization and 50 524-526, 528-599
Cockpit Repercussions

ADIRS - BITE 34-18-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
General 1 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Component Location 5 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Computers Directly Linked to the 5 051-099, 106-149
CFDS 204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
ADIRS Control Panel 5 051-099, 106-149
204-239, 301-312
401-499,
ADIRS Control Panel 6 240-249, 251-299
313-399, 501-509
511-523,
Other LRUs of the System 7 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499

34-CONTENTS Page 15
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
501-509, 511-523
System Description 8 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Reporting Function 8 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Interactive Function 47 051-099, 106-149
204-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-523
Power-up Test Initialization and 75 051-099, 106-149
Cockpit Repercussions 204-239, 301-312
401-499,
Power-up Test Initialization and 76 240-249, 251-299
Cockpit Repercussions 313-399, 501-509
511-523,

__________________________
STANDBY NAVIGATION SYSTEMS 34-20-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ISIS Reset 501 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,

STANDBY DATA : ALTITUDE AND AIRSPEED 34-21-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Component Location 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
System Description 4 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Standby Altimeter 11 001-049, 051-099

34-CONTENTS Page 16
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Standby Airspeed Indicator 11 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Metric Altimeter 12 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Metric Altimeter 12 213-213,

STANDBY DATA : ALTITUDE AND AIRSPEED 34-21-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Low-Range Leak Test of the Standby 501 001-049, 051-099
Pneumatic Circuits 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Functional Test of the Standby 512 001-049, 051-099
Airspeed Indicator 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Functional Test of the Standby 518 001-049, 051-099
Altimeter 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
ALTIMETER - STANDBY 34-21-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Removal of the Standby Altimeter 401 001-049, 051-099
(3FN) 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Installation of the Standby 406 001-049, 051-099
Altimeter (3FN) 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
ALTIMETER - STANDBY 34-21-22
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
ADJUSTING/ALIGNING/CALIBRATING of 501 001-049, 051-099
the Standby Altimeter 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
ALTIMETER - METRIC 34-21-25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Removal of the Metric Altimeter 401 001-049, 051-099
(15FN) 101-105,
Installation of the Metric 404 001-049, 051-099

34-CONTENTS Page 17
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Altimeter (15FN) 101-105,
INDICATOR - STANDBY AIRSPEED 34-21-26
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Removal of the Standby Airspeed 401 001-049, 051-099
Indicator (9FN) 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Installation of the Standby 406 001-049, 051-099
Airspeed Indicator (9FN) 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
INDICATOR - STANDBY AIRSPEED 34-21-26
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
ADJUSTING/ALIGNING/CALIBRATING of 501 001-049, 051-099
the Standby Airspeed Indicator 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238

STANDBY DATA : ATTITUDE AND HEADING 34-22-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-212, 214-220
236-238,
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-212, 214-220
236-238,
Standby Heading 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-212, 214-220
236-238,
Standby Attitude 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-212, 214-220
236-238,
Component Location 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-212, 214-220
236-238,
System Description 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-212, 214-220
236-238,
Standby Compass 4 001-049, 051-061
101-105, 201-203

34-CONTENTS Page 18
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Standby Compass 4 062-099, 151-199
204-212, 214-220
236-238,
Standby Horizon Indicator 4 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-212, 214-220
236-238,

STANDBY DATA : INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-00


INSTRUMENT SYSTEM (ISIS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ISIS Indicator 1 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Standby Compass 1 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Location 1 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Description 1 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ISIS Indicator 1 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Standby Compass 16 106-149, 221-235

34-CONTENTS Page 19
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power Supply 16 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ISIS Indicator 16 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Standby Compass 21 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Interface 21 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Mechanical Interface 21 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Peripherals 21 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Description 27 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
External Description 27 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Internal Description 27 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299

34-CONTENTS Page 20
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operation 33 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
System Performance 33 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Control and Indicating 36 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Test 39 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
BITE Description 39 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,

STANDBY DATA : ATTITUDE AND HEADING 34-22-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 213-213,
General 1 213-213,
Standby Heading 1 213-213,
Standby Attitude 1 213-213,
Component Location 1 213-213,
System Description 1 213-213,
Standby Compass 1 213-213,
Standby Horizon Indicator 2 213-213,

STANDBY DATA : ATTITUDE AND HEADING 34-22-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Check of the standby 501 ALL
compass including light test and
visual check
Compensation Adjustment/Test of 505 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 21
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
the Standby Compass
Compensation Adjustment/Test of 524 ALL
the Standby Compass with the
Standby Compass Calibrator
COMPASS - STANDBY 34-22-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Standby Compass 401 ALL
(2FN)
Installation of the Standby 405 ALL
Compass (2FN)
COMPASS - STANDBY 34-22-23
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Standby Compass Damping Fluid
INDICATOR - STANDBY HORIZON 34-22-24
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Removal of the Standby Horizon 401 001-049, 051-099
Indicator (7FN) 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
Installation of the Standby 405 001-049, 051-099
Horizon Indicator (7FN) 101-105, 151-199
201-220, 236-238
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
SERVICING 301 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Draining and Flushing of the 301 106-149, 221-235
Standby Static and Standby Total 239-249, 251-299
Pressure lines (ISIS) 301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the ISIS Indicator 401 106-149, 221-235
(22FN) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499

34-CONTENTS Page 22
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the ISIS Indicator 406 106-149, 221-235
(22FN) 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Operational Check of ISIS DC HOT 501 106-149, 221-235
Bus SUPPLY 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
BITE Test of the ISIS Indicator 504 106-149, 221-235
with the pushbutton switches on 239-249, 251-299
the Face of the Indicator. 301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Low range Leak Test of the Standby 507 106-149, 221-235
Pneumatic circuits 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Functional Test of the ISIS 518 106-149, 221-235
Indicator 239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ISIS Inspection for Legibility 601 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,

34-CONTENTS Page 23
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cleaning of the ISIS Indicator 701 106-149, 221-235
239-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,

ILS 34-36-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-004, 051-060
General 1 001-004, 051-060
Component Location 1 001-004, 051-060
System Description 3 001-004, 051-060
Principle 3 001-004, 051-060
System Architecture 3 001-004, 051-060
Utilization Technical Data 7 001-004, 051-060
Warnings 14 001-004, 051-060
Power Supply 14 001-004, 051-060
Interface 14 001-004, 051-060
Receiver 14 001-004,
Receiver 16 051-060,
Antennas 40 001-004, 051-060
Component Description 40 001-004, 051-060
Control 40 001-004, 051-060
Reconfiguration Switching 42 001-004, 051-060
Operation 42 001-004, 051-060
Access to ILS Sub-Menu Functions 44 001-004,
Activation of the Self-Test 44 001-004,
Activation of the Functional 44 001-004,
Test
Access to ILS Sub-Menu Functions 50 051-060,
Activation of the Receiver Face 50 051-060,
Test
Activation of the Functional 51 051-060,
Test
Power-up Tests Initialization 51 001-004, 051-060
and Cockpit Repercussions
CFDIU Interface 53 001-004, 051-060

ILS ((MMR)) 34-36-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 001-049, 051-099

34-CONTENTS Page 24
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
General 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
ILS Receiver 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
GPS Receiver 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Component Location 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
System Description 3 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
ILS Operation 3 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
GPS Operation 3 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Maintenance Operation 6 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Power Supply 6 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Interface 7 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
ILS Interface 7 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311

34-CONTENTS Page 25
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499,
GPS Interface 9 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Component Description 13 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
MMR 13 051-099,
MMR 19 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-238
301-311, 401-499
GPS Antenna 23 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Localizer Antenna 23 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Glide Slope Antenna 23 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Operation 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
ILS Operation 26 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
GPS Function 34 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
BITE Function 43 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
CFDIU Interface 43 051-099,
CFDIU Interface 58 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-238
301-311, 401-499
BITE Implementation 62 051-099,

34-CONTENTS Page 26
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ _
C ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
General 1 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ILS Receiver 1 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
GPS Receiver 1 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Location 1 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Description 3 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ILS Operation 3 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
GPS Operation 3 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399

34-CONTENTS Page 27
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Maintenance Operation 6 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power Supply 6 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Interface 7 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ILS Interface 7 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
GPS Interface 9 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Description 13 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
MMR 13 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
GPS Antenna 18 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234

34-CONTENTS Page 28
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Localizer Antenna 20 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Glide Slope Antenna 20 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation 22 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ILS Operation 22 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
GPS Function 30 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
BITE Function 39 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
CFDIU Interface 39 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

34-CONTENTS Page 29
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

ILS 34-36-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 1 501 001-004, 051-060
BITE Test of the ILS 501 001-004, 051-060
Operational Test of the ILS 507 001-004, 051-060
Functional Test of the ILS 510 001-004, 051-060

ILS ((MMR)) 34-36-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 2 501 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
BITE Test of the MMR 501 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Operational Test of the GPS 507 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Operational Test of the ILS 513 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Functional Test of the ILS 516 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 3 501 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
BITE Test of the MMR 501 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operational Test of the GPS 506 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509

34-CONTENTS Page 30
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
Operational Test of the MMR 512 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Functional Test of the MMR 515 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ANTENNA - LOCALIZER 34-36-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Localizer Antenna 401 ALL
(3RT)
Installation of the Localizer 405 ALL
Antenna (3RT)
ANTENNA - GPS ACTIVE 34-36-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the GPS Active Antenna 401 ALL
(43RT1, 43RT2)
Installation of the GPS Active 406 ALL
Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2) with Teflon
Seal
Installation of the GPS Active 412 ALL
Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2) without
Teflon Seal
ANTENNA - GLIDE/SLOPE 34-36-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Glide/Slope Antenna 401 ALL
(4RT)
Installation of the Glide/Slope 405 ALL
Antenna (4RT)
RECEIVER - ILS 34-36-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 ALL
Removal of the ILS Receiver (2RT1, 401 001-004, 051-060
2RT2)
Installation of the ILS Receiver 404 001-004, 051-060
(2RT1, 2RT2)
Installation of the ILS Receiver 407 ALL
(2RT1, 2RT2)
Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver 411 001-049, 051-099
(40RT1, 40RT2) 101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311

34-CONTENTS Page 31
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499,
Installation of the Multi Mode 415 001-049, 051-099
Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2) 101-149, 151-199
201-238, 301-311
401-499,
Installation of the Multi Mode 419 ALL
Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver 423 001-049, 101-149
(40RT1, 40RT2) 151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Installation of the Multi Mode 427 001-049, 101-149
Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2) 151-199, 201-234
236-249, 251-299
301-307, 312-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM 34-41-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 5 ALL
System Description 16 ALL
General 25 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-238
301-310, 401-499
General 27 051-099, 239-249
251-299, 311-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Peripherals 31 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Peripherals 33 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499,
General Technical 37 ALL
Characteristics
Power Supply 38 ALL
Interface 39 ALL
Digital Interface Special for 39 ALL
Weather Radar

34-CONTENTS Page 32
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Component Description 45 ALL
Transceiver 45 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Transceiver 53 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Weather Radar System 58 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Weather Radar Antenna 67 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Weather Radar Antenna 67 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Weather Radar Control Unit 71 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Weather Radar Control Unit 71 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499,
Weather Radar Wave Guide and 71 ALL
Wave Guide Switch
Operation 72 ALL
Operation 72 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Operation 73 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Timing of Transmitted Pulses in 85 001-049, 101-105
WX/MAP Mode and in Doppler Mode 151-199, 501-509
(Turbulence) and W/S Mode 511-526, 528-599
Timing of Transmitted Pulses in 87 051-099, 106-149
WX/MAP Mode, in Doppler Mode 201-233, 236-238
(Turbulence) and in W/S Mode
Pulse Duration and Range Timing 87 234-235, 239-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499,
Controls and Indicating 92 ALL
Utilization of Controls and A 0 001-049, 101-149
Indicating 151-199, 201-238
301-310, 401-499

34-CONTENTS Page 33
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Utilization of Controls and A 1 051-099, 239-249
Indicating 251-299, 311-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Reconfiguration switching A 48 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-238
301-310, 401-499
Reconfiguration switching A 49 051-099, 239-249
251-299, 311-399
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Test A 50 ALL
BITE Description A 50 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
BITE Description A 50 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Self-Test A 82 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM 34-41-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Functional test of the Tilt 501 ALL
Control of the Weather-Radar
Antenna Drive-Unit
BITE Test of the Weather Radar 508 ALL
System Test of the Weather Radar 532 ALL
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - WEATHER RADAR 34-41-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 3 401 ALL
Removal of the Weather Radar 401 ALL
Antenna Assembly (7SQ, 11SQ)
Installation of the Weather Radar 409 ALL
Antenna Assembly (7SQ, 11SQ)
CONTROL UNIT - WEATHER RADAR 34-41-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Weather Radar 401 ALL
Control Unit (3SQ)
Installation of the Weather Radar 406 ALL
Control Unit (3SQ)
TRANSCEIVER - WEATHER RADAR 34-41-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Weather Radar 401 ALL
Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)

34-CONTENTS Page 34
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Weather Radar 406 ALL
Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
MOUNTING TRAY - WEATHER RADAR 34-41-37
TRANSCEIVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Weather Radar 401 ALL
Transceiver Mounting Tray (9SQ)
Installation of the Weather Radar 409 ALL
Transceiver Mounting Tray (9SQ)
WAVE GUIDE ASSEMBLY 34-41-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Wave Guide Assembly 401 ALL
Installation of the Wave Guide 406 ALL
Assembly

RADIO ALTIMETER 34-42-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 5 ALL
Principle 5 ALL
System Architecture 5 ALL
Utilization Technical Data 5 ALL
Warnings 9 ALL
Power Supply 9 ALL
Component Description 9 ALL
Transceiver 9 ALL
Antennas 20 ALL
Fans 20 ALL
Operation 22 ALL
Control 22 ALL
Reconfiguration Switching 22 ALL
Test 22 ALL
Access to Radio Altimeter 22 ALL
Sub-menu Functions
Activation of the Test Function 25 ALL
Activation of the Test Function 26 001-004,
Power-up Tests Initialization 27 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions
CFDIU Interface 31 001-004,

RADIO ALTIMETER 34-42-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter 501 ALL
Operational Check and Detailed 505 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 35
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Inspection for Contamination of
the Radio Altimeter Fan
Ramp Test of the Radio Altimeter 510 ALL
Warning Test of the Radio 515 ALL
Altimeter
ANTENNA - RADIO ALTIMETER 34-42-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Radio Altimeter 401 ALL
Antennas 5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2
Installation of the Radio 414 ALL
Altimeter Antennas 5SA1, 5SA2,
6SA1, 6SA2
TRANSCEIVER - RADIO ALTIMETER 34-42-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Radio Altimeter 401 ALL
Transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2
Installation of the Radio 404 ALL
Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and
2SA2
FAN - RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER 34-42-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Radio 401 ALL
Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1
(3SA2)
Installation of the Radio 405 ALL
Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1
(3SA2)
FAN - RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER 34-42-45
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of the Radio Altimeter 701 ALL
Transceiver Fan

TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM 34-43-00


(TCAS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Presentation 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 208-209
Presentation 3 051-099, 251-299
Presentation 4 201-207,
Presentation 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Presentation 8 106-149, 201-207
210-249, 301-399
401-499,
Principle 9 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 36
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Advisories 9 ALL
Display 11 ALL
Coordination 11 ALL
Component Location 11 ALL
System Description 14 ALL
TCAS Computer 14 ALL
Directional Antennas 19 ALL
ATC/TCAS Control Unit 19 ALL
Associated Items 19 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Peripherals 20 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Associated Items 21 051-099, 251-299
Peripherals 22 051-099, 251-299
Associated Items 23 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Peripherals 24 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power Supply 26 ALL
Component Description 26 ALL
TCAS Computer 26 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
TCAS Computer 34 051-099, 251-299
TCAS Computer 37 201-209,
TCAS Computer 40 106-149, 201-207
210-249, 301-399
401-499,
ATC/TCAS Control Unit 49 ALL
TCAS Antennas 50 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
TCAS Antennas 50 051-099, 251-299
TCAS Antennas 50 106-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Operation 54 ALL
Intruder Detection 54 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Intruder Detection 58 051-099, 251-299
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Measurement of Intruder 70 001-049, 101-105
Parameters 151-199, 501-509

34-CONTENTS Page 37
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
511-526, 528-599
Measurement of Intruder 73 051-099, 251-299
Parameters
Measurement of Intruder 74 106-149, 201-249
Parameters 301-399, 401-499
Coordination 76 ALL
Principles of Computation 81 ALL
Definition of Target Aircraft 90 001-049, 051-061
101-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Definition of Target Aircraft 93 062-099,
Definition of Target Aircraft 95 001-049, 051-061
101-105, 151-199
251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Sensitivity Level A 9 001-049, 101-105
Sensitivity Level A 12 051-099, 251-299
Sensitivity Level A 16 201-207,
Sensitivity Level A 18 001-049, 101-149
151-199, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Information Display A 20 ALL
ATC/TCAS Control Unit A 29 ALL
Operational Use
Test A 33 ALL
Self-Test A 33 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Self-Test A 36 051-099, 251-299
Self-Test A 38 106-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Self-Test A 41 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
CFDS A 43 ALL

TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM 34-43-00


(TCAS)
SERVICING 1 301 ALL
Uploading Procedure with Portable 301 001-049, 051-061
Data Loader (SFIM or equivalent) 101-105,
to Load the Operational Software
of the TCAS
Uploading Procedure to Load the 307 106-149, 151-199
Operational Software of the TCAS 201-249, 251-299

34-CONTENTS Page 38
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Uploading Procedure with Portable 312 062-099,
Data Loader (SFIM or equivalent)
to Load the Operational Software
of the TCAS

TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM 34-43-00


(TCAS)
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 1 401 ALL
Deactivation of the TCAS 401 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-43-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of the TCAS 403 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-43-01 403 ALL

TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM 34-43-00


(TCAS)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 1 501 ALL
BITE Test of the TCAS 501 ALL
Functional Test of the TCAS 507 ALL
Antennas
Read the TCAS CONFIGURATION Data 512 501-509, 511-526
of the TCAS 528-599,
ANTENNA - TCAS 34-43-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 ALL
Removal of the TCAS Antenna (7SG1, 401 ALL
7SG2)
Installation of the TCAS Antenna 409 ALL
(7SG1, 7SG2)
COMPUTER - TCAS 34-43-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 ALL
Removal of the TCAS Computer (1SG) 401 ALL
Installation of the TCAS Computer 404 ALL
(1SG)

ENHANCED GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM 34-48-00


(GPWS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Basic GPWS Modes 3 ALL
Enhanced Features 5 ALL
Component Location 7 ALL
System Description 14 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 39
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
General 14 ALL
Warnings 14 ALL
Digital Data Inputs 14 105-105,
Digital Data Inputs 16 001-049, 051-099
101-104, 151-199
201-228, 236-238
301-302,
Digital Data Inputs 19 001-049, 051-099
101-104, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Digital Data Inputs 22 105-105,
Digital Data Inputs 22 106-149, 220-233
301-304, 401-403
Discrete Data Inputs 24 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-214,
Discrete Data Inputs 28 001-049, 101-105
Discrete Data Inputs 29 051-099, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Warning Outputs 30 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-214,
Warning Outputs 36 001-049, 061-099
101-105, 151-199
201-214, 251-299
Warning Outputs 38 051-060, 106-149
215-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Monitor Outputs 39 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304, 401-403
Monitor Outputs 39 ALL
Bus Output 40 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Bus Output 40 001-049, 051-099
101-102, 106-149
201-202, 211-249
251-299, 301-399

34-CONTENTS Page 40
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
401-499,
Bus Output 40 103-105, 151-199
203-210,
Audio Output 40 ALL
Power Supply 40 ALL
Interface 43 ALL
Digital Outputs 43 105-105,
Digital Outputs 61 001-049, 051-099
101-104, 106-149
151-199, 201-233
236-238, 301-304
401-403,
Digital Outputs 78 ALL
Component Description 95 ALL
Enhanced GPWC 95 105-105,
Enhanced GPWC A 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Enhanced GPWC A 7 001-049, 051-099
101-104, 106-149
151-199, 201-233
236-238, 301-304
401-403,
Enhanced GPWC A 12 001-049, 051-099
101-104, 106-149
151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499,
Enhanced GPWC A 17 105-105,
Pushbutton Switches A 24 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-310, 401-499
Pushbutton Switches A 27 ALL
Operation A 30 ALL
General A 30 ALL
Detailed Operation - Modes 1 A 35 ALL
through 5
Envelope Modulation A 61 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304, 401-403
Envelope Modulation A 61 ALL
Enhanced Features A 68 ALL
Warning Generation and B 25 106-149, 215-233
Inhibition 236-238, 301-304
Warning Generation and B 32 401-403,

34-CONTENTS Page 41
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Inhibition
Warning Generation and B 35 001-049, 051-099
Inhibition 101-105, 151-199
201-214,
Warning Generation and B 42 ALL
Inhibition
Enhanced GPWC Maintenance Output B 54 001-049, 051-099
101-102, 106-149
201-202, 211-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Test B 54 ALL
Self-Tests B 56 106-149, 215-233
236-238, 301-304
Self-Tests B 59 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
201-214,
Self-Tests B 61 ALL
CFDS Interface B 66 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304, 401-403
CFDS Interface B 75 ALL
BITE Implementation B 88 ALL
Power-up Test Initialization and B 89 061-099, 105-149
Cockpit Repercussions 151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599

GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM (GPWS) 34-48-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
General 1 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Component Location 4 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
System Description 5 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
General 5 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Warnings 5 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Digital Data Inputs 5 001-004, 051-060
Digital Data Inputs 5 001-049, 051-060

34-CONTENTS Page 42
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
101-104,
Discrete Data Inputs 8 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Discrete Data Inputs 8 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Warning Outputs 11 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Warning Outputs 13 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Monitor Output 13 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Bus Output 15 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Audio Output 15 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Power Supply 15 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Component Description 15 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
GPWC (1WZ) 15 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Pushbutton Switches 22 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
SYS Pushbutton Switch 9WZ 23 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Operation 24 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
General 24 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Detailed Operation - Modes 1 31 001-049, 051-060
through 5 101-104,
Envelope Modulation 37 001-004, 051-060
Envelope Modulation 40 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Warning Generation and 42 001-049, 051-060
Inhibition 101-104,
GPWC Maintenance Output 44 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Test 44 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Airborne Self-test 46 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Ground Self-Test 46 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Airborne Self-test 47 001-049, 051-060
101-104,

34-CONTENTS Page 43
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Ground Self-Test 47 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Ground Vocabulary Test 47 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Status History Test 48 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
CFDS Interface 51 001-049, 051-060
101-104,
Power-up Tests Initialization 52 001-049, 051-060
and Cockpit Repercussions 101-104,

GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM (GPWS) 34-48-00


SERVICING 301 ALL
Uploading of the Enhanced GPWC 301 ALL
Database

GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM (GPWS) 34-48-00


ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Enhanced 501 ALL
GPWS Ground Self-Test Function
Operational Test of the Enhanced 527 ALL
GPWS with Stall Warning Test and
Activation of the GPWS/SYS
Pushbutton Switch and EMER CANC
Key
BITE Test of the Enhanced GPWS 534 ALL
COMPUTER - GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING 34-48-34
(GPWC)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the GPWC (1WZ) 401 ALL
Installation of the GPWC (1WZ) 404 ALL

DME 34-51-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Principle 1 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
System Architecture 3 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Utilization Technical Data 3 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Principle 13 051-099,

34-CONTENTS Page 44
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
System Architecture 13 051-099,
Utilization Technical Data 14 051-099,
Principle 15 106-149, 201-233
236-238, 301-304
System Architecture 15 106-149, 201-233
236-238, 301-304
Utilization Technical Data 16 106-149, 201-233
236-238, 301-304
Principle 18 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
System Architecture 18 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
Utilization Technical Data 19 234-235, 239-249
305-399, 401-499
Principle 20 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Architecture 20 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Utilization Technical Data 21 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power Supply 21 ALL
Component Description 23 ALL
DME Interrogator 23 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
DME Interrogator 25 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
DME Antenna 37 ALL
Operation 39 ALL
Control 39 ALL
Reconfiguration Switching 41 ALL
BITE Function 41 ALL
Access to DME Sub-menu Functions 41 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Activation of the Test Function 41 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Access to DME Sub-menu Functions 43 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Activation of the Test Function 43 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499

34-CONTENTS Page 45
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
CFDIU Interface 43 ALL
BITE Implementation 54 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
BITE Implementation 55 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 301-399
401-499,
BITE Implementation 56 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power-up Tests Initialization 57 001-049, 051-099
and Cockpit Repercussions 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 301-399
401-499,
Power-up Tests Initialization 58 251-299, 501-509
and Cockpit Repercussions 511-526, 528-599

DME 34-51-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the DME 501 ALL
Operational Test of the DME 508 ALL
Functional Test of the DME 512 ALL
ANTENNA - DME 34-51-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the DME Antenna (3SD1, 401 ALL
3SD2)
Installation of the DME Antenna 404 ALL
(3SD1, 3SD2)
INTERROGATOR - DME 34-51-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the DME Interrogator 401 ALL
(2SD1, 2SD2)
Installation of the DME 404 ALL
Interrogator (2SD1, 2SD2)

ATC/MODE S (SELECT) 34-52-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 6 ALL
System Description 6 ALL
Principle 6 001-049, 101-105
151-199, 201-220
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Principle 9 051-099, 251-299

34-CONTENTS Page 46
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Principle 10 106-149, 221-249
301-399, 401-499
System Architecture 11 ALL
Warning 14 ALL
Power Supply 14 ALL
Interface 14 051-099, 106-149
221-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Control Panel Buses 16 051-099,
Transponder Buses 17 051-099,
Transponder Input Data 19 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Transponder output buses 21 106-149, 221-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Component Description 21 ALL
ATC Transponder 21 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
ATC Transponder 23 051-099, 251-299
ATC Transponder 25 106-149, 221-249
301-399, 401-499
ATC Transponder 34 201-210,
ATC Transponder 35 211-220,
ATC Transponder 35 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ATC/TCAS Control Unit 92 ALL
Antenna 94 ALL
Operation 94 ALL
Control 94 ALL
Reconfiguration Switching 97 ALL
Test 97 ALL
Maintenance Test 97 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
CFDIU Interface 99 051-099,
CFDIU Interface A 28 106-149, 221-249
301-399, 401-499
CFDIU Interface A 37 201-210,
CFDIU Interface A 39 211-220,
CFDIU Interface A 41 251-299,
CFDIU Interface A 43 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

34-CONTENTS Page 47
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
BITE Implementation A 46 051-099, 251-299
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
BITE Implementation A 47 106-149, 201-210
221-249, 301-399
401-499,
Power-up Tests Initialization A 48 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions

ATC/MODE S (SELECT) 34-52-00


MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Change of ICAO Address (after a 201 ALL
Change of Aircraft Registration
Number)

ATC 34-52-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the ATC 501 ALL
Operational Test of the ATC 505 ALL
Functional Test of the Altitude 507 ALL
Reporting Function
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S 511 ALL
Transponder
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S 519 ALL
Transponder
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S 528 ALL
Transponder
Functional Test of the ATC 541 ALL
Antennas
ANTENNA - ATC 34-52-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ATC Antenna (7SH1, 401 ALL
7SH2, 7SH3, 7SH4)
Installation of the ATC Antenna 405 ALL
(7SH1, 7SH2, 7SH3, 7SH4)
CONTROL UNIT - ATC/TCAS 34-52-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control 401 ALL
Unit (3SH)
Installation of the ATC/TCAS 404 ALL
Control Unit (3SH)
TRANSPONDER - ATC/MODE S 34-52-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ATC/Mode S 401 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 48
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Transponder (1SH1, 1SH2)
Installation of the ATC/Mode S 406 ALL
Transponder (1SH1, 1SH2)

ADF 34-53-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
Principle 4 ALL
System Architecture 7 ALL
Utilisation Technical Data 14 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Utilisation Technical Data 17 251-299,
Warning 20 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Warning 21 251-299,
Power Supply 21 ALL
Component Description 22 ALL
ADF Receiver 22 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
ADF Receiver 23 051-051, 053-099
106-149, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
ADF Receiver 27 052-052,
Loop and Sense Antenna 39 ALL
Operation 39 ALL
Test 41 ALL
Maintenance Test 41 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Maintenance Test 44 106-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Maintenance Test 47 251-299,
CFDIU Interface 47 001-049, 051-051
053-099, 101-149
151-199, 201-249

34-CONTENTS Page 49
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power-up Tests Initialization 60 001-049, 051-099
and Cockpit Repercussions 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power-up Tests Initialization 61 251-299,
and Cockpit Repercussions

ADF 34-53-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the ADF 501 ALL
Operational Test of the ADF 512 ALL
ANTENNA - ADF LOOP AND SENSE 34-53-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ADF Loop and Sense 401 ALL
Antenna
Installation of the ADF Loop and 408 ALL
Sense Antenna
RECEIVER - ADF 34-53-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 401 ALL
2RP2)
Installation of the ADF Receiver 406 ALL
(2RP1, 2RP2)

VOR/MARKER 34-55-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Foreword 1 001-004, 051-060
VOR System 1 001-004, 051-060
MARKER System 1 001-004, 051-060
Foreword 1 ALL
VOR System 2 ALL
MARKER System 2 ALL
Component Location 2 ALL
System Description 6 ALL
Principle 6 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
System Architecture 6 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
Utilization Technical Data 8 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199

34-CONTENTS Page 50
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Warning 18 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
Principle 18 106-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
System Architecture 19 106-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Utilization Technical Data 19 106-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Warning 22 106-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Principle 22 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
System Architecture 23 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Utilization Technical Data 24 251-299, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Power Supply 26 ALL
Component Description 27 ALL
VOR/MKR Receiver 27 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
VOR/MKR Receiver 29 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Antennas 45 ALL
Operation 48 ALL
Control 48 ALL
Reconfiguration Switching 50 ALL
BITE Function 50 ALL
Access to the VOR/MKR Sub-menu 50 001-049, 101-105
Functions 151-199,
Activation of the Test Function 50 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
Access to the VOR/MKR Sub-menu 52 051-099, 106-149
Functions 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Activation of the Test Function 52 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
BITE Test 52 001-049, 101-105
151-199,

34-CONTENTS Page 51
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
CFDIU Interface 52 001-049, 101-105
151-199,
BITE Test 57 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
CFDIU Interface 57 051-099, 106-149
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Power-up Tests Initialization 63 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions

VOR/MARKER 34-55-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the VOR/MKR 501 ALL
Operational Test of the VOR/MKR 512 ALL
Functional Test of the VOR/MKR 515 ALL
ANTENNA - VOR 34-55-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the VOR Antenna 4RS 401 ALL
Installation of the VOR Antenna 405 ALL
4RS
ANTENNA - MARKER 34-55-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Marker Antenna 401 ALL
(1RS)
Installation of the Marker Antenna 405 ALL
(1RS)
RECEIVER - VOR/MARKER 34-55-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the VOR/MKR Receiver 401 ALL
(3RS1, 3RS2)
Installation of the VOR/MKR 404 ALL
Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
RMI - VOR/DME 34-57-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
Removal of the VOR/DME RMI (11FN) 401 001-049, 051-099
101-105, 151-199
Installation of the VOR/DME RMI 404 001-049, 051-099
(11FN) 101-105, 151-199
RMI - VOR/ADF/DME 34-57-22

34-CONTENTS Page 52
Feb 01/10

CES
CHAPTER 34
__________

NAVIGATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ _
C ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 106-149, 201-249
301-399, 401-499
Removal of the VOR/ADF/DME RMI 401 106-149, 201-249
(21FN) 301-399, 401-499
Installation of the VOR/ADF/DME 404 106-149, 201-249
RMI (21FN) 301-399, 401-499

SATELLITE NAVIGATION 34-58-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

34-CONTENTS Page 53
Feb 01/10

CES
NAVIGATION - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The aircraft navigation systems provide the crew with the data required for
flight within the most appropriate safety requirements.
These data can be divided into four groups :
- Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
- Landing and taxing aids
- Independent position determining
- Dependent position determining.

2. __________________
System Description

A. ADIRS
This part of the navigation system comprises :
- three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU)
- standby systems.
Each ADIRU performs :
- the air data function through its Air Data Reference (ADR) portion.
- the attitude, heading and position function through its Inertial
Reference (IR) portion.

(1) Air data function


Air data are provided by four independent sources :

(a) Three main systems


Each of the three main systems includes static probes, pitot
probes and their associated Air Data Modules (ADM), Total Air
Temperature (TAT) sensors and Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors.
They provide the ADR portion of the ADIRU with the necessary data
for the generation of parameters which are transmitted to the
Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and Navigation Displays (ND) and
the Angle of Attack (AOA) indicator (optional) and to the various
aircraft systems.

(b) A standby system

1
_ The standby system includes a standby altimeter, a standby
R airspeed indicator and a metric altimeter (optional) (Ref.
R 34-21) and the optional system ISIS (Ref. 34-22). They are
R provided with pressure by static probes and pitot probe linked
R to the ADIRU 3.
More explanations are given in the ADIRU system (Ref. 34-13).



EFF :

ALL  34-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R Navigation - Systems Overvieww
R Figure 001



EFF :

ALL  34-00-00

Page 2
May 01/02
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(2) Attitude, heading and position function


Attitude, heading and position data are provided by four independent
sources:

(a) Three main systems


The three main systems are made up of the following components :
- three IR portions
- a Control and Display Unit (CDU).
They provide inertial reference information, attitude (pitch,
roll and yaw), heading, ground speed and present position.
The primary information of rotation rates and linear acceleration
measured by the IR portions are directly used by the Auto Flight
System (AFS), by the Flight Augmentation Computer (FAC) and the
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC).
The IR data are transmitted to the indicators (PFD, ND and RMI)
and to the various aircraft systems.

(b) A standby system

1
_ The standby system includes a standby horizon indicator and a
standby compass (Ref. 34-22).
More explanations are given in the ADIRU system (Ref. 34-14).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(2) Attitude, heading and position function


Four sources that operate independently supply the attitude, heading
and position data.

(a) Three primary systems


The three primary systems have the components that follow:
- Three IR portions
- A Mode Selector Unit (MSU).
They supply inertial reference, attitude (pitch, roll and yaw),
heading, ground speed and position data.
The Auto Flight System (AFS), the Flight Augmentation Computer
(FAC) and the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
directly use the primary data related to the rotation rates and
linear acceleration measured by the IR parts.
The IR data is transmitted to the indicators (PFD, ND and RMI)
and to the different aircraft systems.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-00-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R (b) A standby system

R 1
_ The standby system includes a standby horizon indicator and a
R standby compass (Ref. 34-22).
R More data is given in the ADIRU system chapter (Ref. 34-14).

R **ON A/C ALL

B. Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) (optional system)


The Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) indicator replaces the
three conventional standby instruments i.e.:
- the standby altimeter (and standby altimeter in meters -optional-)
- the standby airspeed indicator
- the standby horizon indicator.
The standby heading is given by a magnetic compass, which is an
independent instrument.

(1) The ISIS indicator, provides the following standby data on a Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) installed in place of the standby horizon:
- Attitude,
- Standard or baro-corrected altitude and related barometric pressure
- Indicated airspeed and Mach number
- Lateral acceleration
and the following optional parameters:
- ILS deviation
- V-bar aircraft symbol
- Barometric pressure in hPa or in hPa and in.Hg
- Altitude in meters.
In addition, two specific functions are available:
- Display and adjustment of four airspeed bugs and four airspeed
altitude bugs
- Automatic test procedure.
More explanations are given in the ISIS system (Ref. 34-22).

C. Landing and Taxiing Aids


This part of the navigation system comprises :

(1) Paravisual Indicator (PVI) (optional system)


The aircraft is equipped with one PVI installed on the glareshield
panel 131VU, Captains side.
This system provides the Captain with an image which serves as a
piloting aid for take-off and landing in reduced visibility
conditions.
The system receives parameters from the DMC1 which can be switched to
the DMC3, and generates the image.
More explanations are given in the PVI system (Ref. 34-34).



EFF :

ALL  34-00-00

Page 4
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(2) Head Up Display (HUD) (optional system)
The aircraft is equipped with :
- a HUDC (Head Up Display Computer)
- a OHU (Optical Head Unit).
This system provides the Captain with an image superimposed on the
outside world in his field of view. This image gives the guidance
information in take-off, landing or approach configurations.
The HUDC processes the input parameters received from the Display
Management Computer 1 (DMC1), which can be switched to the DMC3, and
sends them to the OHU after transformation.
More explanations are given in the HUD system (Ref. 34-35).

(3) Instrument Landing System (ILS) or Multi-Mode Receiver (MMR)


(optional system)
Both ILS or MMR receivers are controlled from FMGCs and Radio
Management Panels (RMPs) featuring two output channels, one command
output and one dialog output.
All data are shown on the EFIS displays.
More explanations are given in the ILS system (Ref. 34-36).

(a) The ILS system enables to know the aircraft position during the
landing phase with respect to a predetermined descent path.
This system is composed of:
- two ILS receivers
- a Localizer antenna
- a Glide/Slope antenna.

(b) The MMR system is a navigation system with two internal


receivers, the Instrument Landing System (ILS) and the Global
Positioning System (GPS).

1
_ The ILS function is to provide the crew and the airborne
system users with lateral (LOC) and vertical (Glide/Slope)
deviations signals, with respect to the approach ILS radio
beam transmitted by a ground station.

2
_ The GPS function is a radio aid to worldwide navigation which
provides:
- the crew with a readout of accurate navigation information,
e.g. position, track and speed.
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) with
position information, for accurate position fixing.
The MMR system is composed of:
- two MMR receivers
- a Localizer antenna
- a Glide/Slope antenna
- two GPS ACTIVE antennas.



EFF :

ALL  34-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
D. Independent Position Determining
This part of the navigation system, which is basically independent of
ground installations, provides data on the position of the aircraft. It
comprises :

(1) Weather radar system


The weather radar system is a X-band system which can be capable of
the Predictive Windshear function. This system enables:
- detection and localization of the atmospheric disturbances in the
area defined by the antenna scanning with visual display of their
intensity
- presentation of terrain mapping information by the combination of
the orientation of the radar beam and of the receiver gain
- detection and presentation of windshear events in the area defined
by the antenna scanning (if the Predictive Windshear function is
operative).

NOTE : The Electronic Flight Instrumental System (EFIS) controls the


____
operation and superimposes the weather picture on the
Navigation Display.

This system is made up of the following components :


- one or two transceivers (transceiver 2 is optional)
- a control unit
- a flat plate antenna and its drive unit.
More explanations are given in the W/R system (Ref. 34-41).

(2) Radio altimeter


The function of the radio altimeter is to determine precisely and
continuously, the height of the aircraft from 0 to 2500 ft above the
terrain independently of the atmospheric pressure.
The Height and Decision Height data are displayed on the PFD. The
selection and reading of Decision Height are performed on the
Multipurpose Control and Display unit (MCDU).
The radio altimeter system is composed of:
- two transceivers
- four identical antennas, one for transmission and one for reception
for each transceiver.
More explanations are given in the RA system (Ref. 34-42).

(3) Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) (optional system)


The TCAS is designed to protect a volume of airspace around the TCAS
equipped aircraft. The function of the TCAS II is to determine the
range, altitude and bearing of other aircraft equipped with ATC
transponders. The system monitors the trajectory of the other
aircraft for the purpose of determining if any of them constitute a
potential collision hazard. If a potential conflict exists, the



EFF :

ALL  34-00-00

Page 6
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
system provides the pilots with aural and visual advisories which
indicate the vertical avoidance maneuvers.
The aircraft is equipped with :
- a TCAS computer unit
- two TCAS antennas.
The system exchanges data with the Air Traffic Control (ATC) System.
Traffic advisories are shown on the EFIS displays.
More explanations are given in the TCAS system (Ref. 34-43).

(4) Gound Proximity Warning System (GPWS)


This system is used to inform the crew if the aircraft is in a
dangerous configuration when approaching the ground in a
non-predetermined manner.

(a) The GPWS generates aural and visual warnings if the aircraft
adopts a potentially hazardous condition with respect to:
- Mode 1 - Excessive rate of descent
- Mode 2 - Excessive closure rate with terrain
- Mode 3 - Descent after takeoff and minimum terrain clearance
- Mode 4 - Unsafe terrain clearance
- Mode 5 - Descent below glide slope.
The system is operative between 30ft and 2450ft radio altitude.

(b) Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (Enhanced GPWS)


(optional system)
The purpose of the Enhanced GPWS is to alert the flight crew of
potentially hazardous conditions with respect to the terrain.
The following Enhanced features have been added to existing basic
Ground Proximity Warning Modes 1 to 5 which are the backbone of
the system:
- Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF) function. It creates an
increasing terrain clearance envelope around the intended
airport runway directly related to the distance from the
runway. The TCF function generates aural and visual alerts.
- Terrain Awareness alerting and Display (TAD) function. This
function uses aircraft geographic position, aircraft altitude
and a terrain data base to predict potential conflicts between
the aircraft flight path and the terrain, and to provide
graphic displays of the conflicting terrain on the NDs.
The terrain awareness alerting algorithms continuously compute
terrain clearance envelopes ahead of the aircraft.
More explanations are given in the GPWS system (Ref. 34-48).



EFF :

ALL  34-00-00

Page 7
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
E. Dependent Position Determining
This part of the navigation system comprises :

(1) Distance Measuring Equipment (DME)


The DME enables the distance separating the aircraft from one or two
DME station being received to be known.
The DME is made up of two systems comprising respectively :
- a DME interrogator
- a transmission/reception antenna.
The system receives frequency information from FMGCs or RMPs.
The slant range distance is displayed on NDs and PFDs.
More explanations are given in the DME system (Ref. 34-51).
The slant range distance is displayed also on a VOR/DME Radio
Magnetic Indicator (RMI) or a VOR/ADF/DME RMI (optional) (Ref.
34-57).

(2) Air Traffic Control (ATC)


The ATC allows an operator of the corresponding equipment on the
ground to locate and identify the aircraft in flight without having
to communicate with the crew.
The system is made up of the following components :
- two ATC transponders
- a ATC/TCAS control unit
- four ATC antennas: two bottom antennas and two top antennas
(optional).
More explanations are given in the ATC system (Ref. 34-52).

(3) Automatic Direction Finder (ADF)


The ADF enables the bearings of one or two ADF ground transmitter
stations to be permanently indicated with respect to the aircraft
heading.
The system is made up of the following components :
- one or two transceivers (transceiver 2 is optional)
- two ADF loop and sense antennas.
The system receives frequency information from FMGCs or RMPs.
The ADF bearings are displayed on:
- two EFIS Navigation Displays (in Rose mode).
- a Radio Magnetic Indicator (RMI) (optional) (Ref. 34-57).
More explanations are given in the ADF system (Ref. 34-53).

(4) VHF Omni-Range (VOR)


The VOR firstly enables the bearings of one or two VOR ground
transmitter stations to be permanently indicated with respect to the
aircraft heading, and secondly it indicates the aircraft course
deviation with respect to a preselected course.
The system is made up of the following components :
- two VOR/MKR receivers



EFF :

ALL  34-00-00

Page 8
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
- a VOR antenna to supply the two VOR/MKR receivers
- a MARKER antenna to supply the VOR/MKR receiver 1 which is the only
one to ensure the MARKER function.
The system receives frequency information from FMGCs or RMPs.
VOR data are displayed on:
- two EFIS PFDs
- two EFIS NDs
- a VOR/DME Radio magnetic Indicator (RMI) or a VOR/ADF/DME RMI
(optional) (Ref. 34-57).
Marker data are displayed on CAPT and F/O PFDs and NDs.
More explanations are given in the VOR/MARKER system (Ref. 34-55).

(5) Global Positioning System (GPS) (optional system)


The GPS system is a radio aid to worldwide navigation which provides:
- the crew with a readout of accurate navigation information, e.g.
position, track and speed.
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) with position
information for accurate position fixing.
To this end, the GPS system uses signals broadcast by a constellation
of 24 satellites at a frequency of 1575.42 MHz.
The GPS system is composed of:
- two GPS Sensor Units (GPSSUs)
- two GPS antennas.
More explanations are given in the GPS system (Ref. 34-58).



EFF :

ALL  34-00-00

Page 9
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 001)


The main air data and heading/attitude data are provided by a three-channel
Air Data Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).
This configuration provides for triple redundant information for all
inertial and air data functions.
Each channel is isolated from the others and provides independent
information as defined by ARINC Characteristic 738.
The ADIRS comprises:
- Three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU) (ATA 34-12)
- A control and Display Unit (CDU) (ATA 34-12)
- Three pitot probes (ATA 34-11)
- Six static probes (ATA 34-11)
- Eight Air Data Modules (ADM) Linked to the pitot and static probes (ATA
34-11)
- Two Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensors (ATA 34-11)
- Three Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors (ATA 34-11)
Each of the ADIRUs contains two portions:
- The Air Data Reference (ADR) portion which supplies air data parameters
(ATA 34-13)
- The Inertial Reference (IR) portion which supplies attitude and navigation
parameters (ATA 34-14).
The parameters are transmitted to the user systems on ARINC 429 buses.
The Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) is included in the ADIRUs and the ADMs.
It detects and identifies a failure related to the ADIRS and reports it to
the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) (ATA 34-18).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 001A)


A three-channel Air Data Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) supplies the
primary air data and heading/attitude data.
This configuration has triple redundant data for all the inertial and air
data functions.
Each channel is isolated from the other channels and supplies data
independently as given in the ARINC Characteristic 738.
The ADIRS has:
- Three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU) (ATA 34-12)
- A Mode Selector Unit (MSU) (ATA 34-12)
- Three pitot probes (ATA 34-11)



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - Block Diagram
Figure 001


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-10-00

Page 2
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRU - Block Diagram
Figure 001A


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-10-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- Six static probes (ATA 34-11)
- Eight Air Data Modules (ADM) connected to the pitot and static probes (ATA
34-11)
- Two Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensors (ATA 34-11)
- Three Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors (ATA 34-11)
Each of the ADIRUs has two parts:
- The Air Data Reference (ADR) part which supplies air data parameters (ATA
34-13)
- The Inertial Reference (IR) portion which supplies attitude and navigation
parameters (ATA 34-14).
The parameters are transmitted to the user systems through the ARINC 429
buses.
The Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) is included in the ADIRUs and the ADMs.
It senses and identifies a failure related to the ADIRS and sends it to the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) (ATA 34-18).


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-10-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-10-00-860-002

ADIRS Start Procedure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-061

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 401-499,

R Subtask 34-10-00-860-061-A

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONS ARE AWAY FROM THE SATCOM ANTENNAS
_______
R (MORE THAN 3 METERS) WHEN YOU DO THIS TEST. THE SATCOM ANTENNAS
R USE HIGH POWER WHEN THEY TRANSMIT AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
R PERSONS.

R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


R 002).

R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
R 860-001).

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-10-00-010-065

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 202
Nov 01/05
 
CES 
Subtask 34-10-00-865-070

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-10-00-710-065

A. ADIRS Start Procedure.

(1) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU:

(a) Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

(b) Make sure that the ON BAT light comes on for 5 seconds and the
ALIGN legend of the IR1, IR2 and IR3 annunciators comes on.

(c) Make sure that the FAULT and OFF legends of the ADR1, ADR2 and
ADR3 pushbutton switches are off.

(2) On the CAPT and F/O main instrument panels, on the PFDs :
- make sure that the CAS, ALT and V/S come into view.
- make sure that the attitude data come into view 40 seconds
approximetaly after the three selector switches are at NAV.

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the SYS DISPLAY selector switch to 1 and the
DATA DISPLAY selector switch to PPOS, and make sure that dashes are
shown on the CDU display.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-10-00-710-065-A

A. ADIRS Start Procedure.

(1) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS MSU:

(a) Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

(b) Make sure that the ON BAT light comes on for 5 seconds and then
goes off.

(c) Make sure that the FAULT and OFF legends of the ADR1, ADR2 and
ADR3 pushbutton switches are off.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(d) Make sure that the FAULT and OFF legends of the IR1, IR2 and IR3
pushbutton switches are off.

(2) On the CAPT and F/O main instrument panels, on the PFDs :
- Make sure that the CAS, ALT and V/S come into view.
- Make sure that the attitude data come into view 40 seconds
approximetaly after the three selector switches are at NAV.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-410-065

A. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 205
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
TASK 34-10-00-860-004

IR Alignment Procedure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-057

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 206
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(3) On the overhead panel:
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (the OFF legends are
on).
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.

(4) On the glareshield, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
FCU, set the mode selector switches to ROSE/NAV.

NOTE : (1) During the alignment phase until the NAV mode is got, the
____
aircraft must not move.

NOTE : (2) During the alignment phase necessary to get the NAV mode,
____
the time for alignment is shown:
- in the right part of the display of the ADIRS CDU, if the
DATA DISPLAY selector switch is at HDG. The indication is as
follows: TTN5
- on the upper ECAM display unit, minute after minute (from 6
MN to 1 MN) as follows: IRS IN ALIGN 6 MN.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-057-B

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the overhead panel:


- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (the OFF legends are
on).
- On the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.

(4) On the glareshield, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
FCU, set the mode selector switches to ROSE/NAV.

NOTE : (1) During the alignment phase until the NAV mode is got, the
____
aircraft must not move.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-10-00

Page 207
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
NOTE : (2) During the alignment phase necessary to get the NAV mode,
____
the time for alignment is shown:
- On the upper ECAM display unit, minute after minute (from 6
MN to 1 MN) as follows: IRS IN ALIGN 6 MN.

**ON A/C 401-499,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-057-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONS ARE AWAY FROM THE SATCOM ANTENNAS
_______
(MORE THAN 3 METERS) WHEN YOU DO THIS TEST. THE SATCOM ANTENNAS
USE HIGH POWER WHEN THEY TRANSMIT AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the overhead panel:


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.

(4) On the glareshield, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
FCU, set the mode selector switches to ROSE/NAV.

NOTE : (1) During the alignment phase until the NAV mode is got, the
____
aircraft must not move.

NOTE : (2) During the alignment phase necessary to get the NAV mode,
____
the time for alignment is shown:
- in the right part of the display of the ADIRS CDU, if the
DATA DISPLAY selector switch is at HDG. The indication is as
follows: TTN5
- on the upper ECAM display unit, minute after minute (from 6
MN to 1 MN) as follows: IRS IN ALIGN 6 MN.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-10-00

Page 208
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-10-00-010-062

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-10-00-865-079

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18


121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 209
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 31-1163 For A/C 155-156,208-209,

121VU CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP 8TW J17



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 210
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-058

A. IR Alignment from the ADIRS CDU

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - the OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
selector switches to NAV ADR3 pushbutton switches stays off.
- the ON BAT light stays on for 5
seconds.
- the ALIGN legend comes on.
After approximately 40 seconds:
- on the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
. the ATT warning flags go out of
view.
. the attitude data come into view.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
memo section shows IRS IN ALIGN > 7
MN.

- set the DATA DISPLAY selector


switch to PPOS
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector
switch to 1

- on the CDU keyboard, enter the The ADIRS CDU shows the coordinates
present position (example for N 43-36-8 (in the left part of the
Toulouse): display) and
N 43 36 8 then push the ENT E 1-21-9 (in the right part of the
key, display).
E 1 21 9 then push the ENT
key.

NOTE : If the coordinates are


____
incorrect, push the CLR
key and enter new data as
above.

NOTE : If an incorrect longitude


____
is entered two times in
sequence during PPOS



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 211
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
entry, the ADIRUs will
accept this position until
the subsequent alignment.

- set the SYS DISPLAY selector After a time delay of approximately 5


switch to 2, then to 3 and make minutes:
sure that the coordinates shown - on the CAPT and F/O NDs , the HDG
are the same for the three warning flags go out of view and the
ADIRUs. Set the SYS DISPLAY heading dial comes into view.
selector switch to 1. After a time delay of approximately 10
minutes:
- on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
the IR1, IR2 and IR3 annunciators
goes off
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IRS IN ALIGN 1 MN indication goes out
of view (the ADIRUs are in the NAV
mode).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MAINTENANCE INDICATION | DESCRIPTION |
R | ON THE CDU | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - IRU FAULT | Critical failure. Remove the IRU for |
R | | maintenance. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - DELAYED MAINT | Non critical failure. Remove the IRU |
R | | if necessary. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - ENTER P POS | Enter the present position. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - SELECT ATT | Non critical failure. Set the ATT mode |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - XCESS MOTION | Excessive movements of the aircraft |
R | | during the alignment. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - ADR FAULT | ADR non valid. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - CHECK CK/BK | Do the check of the circuit breaker. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - CDU FAULT | Remove the CDU for maintenance. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | STS - ENT MAG HDG | Enter the magnetic heading in |
R | | attitude mode. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-10-00

Page 212
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
NOTE : These status indications are given to help you. They come into
____
view only when the DATA DISPLAY selector switch on the ADIRS CDU
is at STS, after a fault detection.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,


R 401-499,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-059

B. IR Alignment from the MCDU:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel


121VU:
- open the circuit breaker 10CA2.

2. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:


R - set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - The OFF legend of the ADR pushbutton
R selector switches to NAV. switches flashes two times, then goes
R off.
R - The ON BAT light comes on for 5
R seconds.
R - The ALIGN legend of the IR1, IR2 and
R IR3 annunciators comes on.
On the upper ECAM display unit the memo
section shows IRS IN ALIGN > 7 MN (only
R if one FMGC (1 or 2) is energized)
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- CAS, V/S and ALT data come into view.
- after approximately 40 seconds the
ATT warning flags go out of view and
the attitude data come into view.

- set the SYS DISPLAY selector


switch to 1 (2 or 3) and the
DATA DISPLAY selector switch to
PPOS.

3. On the MCDU1 or 2: On the MCDU1 or 2:

- turn the BRT knob (or push the


BRT key)

R - Push the MCDU MENU mode key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-10-00

Page 213
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to
R the FMGC indication.

R - Push the INIT mode key. The INIT A page comes into view.

R - Enter an airline code route The code number is shown in the


R with the keyboard. scratchpad line (bottom part of the
R MCDU).

R - Push the line key adjacent to - The code number comes into view below
R the CO RTE indication the CO RTE indication.
- The latitude and longitude are shown
below the LAT and LONG indications.
R The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
R adjacent to the LAT indication are
R shown.
- The ALIGN IRS indication is shown on
the line above the LONG coordinates.

NOTE : You can increase or decrease the


____
LAT or/and LONG magnitude as
indicated in para. 4 and 5. If
no LAT or LONG change is
necessary, go to the para. 6.

NOTE : If an incorrect longitude is


____
entered two times in sequence
R during PPOS entry, the ADIRU
R will accept this position until
R the subsequent alignment.

4. For the LAT change:

- on the MCDU keyboard, push one The LAT coordinates increase or


of the two slew keys. decrease:
- by 1 minute, each time you push the
slew key
- by 1 minute/second, if you push and
hold the slew key.

5. For the LONG change:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
 34-10-00

Page 214
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - on the MCDU, push the line key The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
R adjacent to the LONG move to the LONG indication.
coordinates.

- on the MCDU keyboard, push one The LONG coordinates increase or


of the two slew keys. decrease as for the LAT.

6. On the MCDU, push the line key On the MCDU, the ALIGN IRS indication
adjacent to the ALIGN IRS goes out of view.
indication.

7. On the ADIRS CDU, set the SYS The coordinates which are in view on
DISPLAY selector switch to 2, the ADIRS CDU are the same as the
then to 3 and make sure that the coordinates shown on the MCDU
R coordinates shown are the same After approximately 5 minutes:
for the three ADIRUs. Set the SYS - on the CAPT and F/O NDs, the HDG
DISPLAY selector switch to 1 warning flags go out of view and the
heading dial comes into view.
R After approximately 10 minutes:
- on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
the IR1, IR2 and IR3 goes off.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IRS IN ALIGN 1 MN indication goes out
of view.

R 8. On the related circuit breaker


R panel:
- open the circuit breaker 10CA1
(49VU).
- close the circuit breaker 10CA2
(121VU).

9. Do the same test from the para. Same results.


2.

10. On the related circuit breaker


panel, close the circuit breaker
10CA1.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
 34-10-00

Page 215
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-239, 305-312,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-059-A

B. IR Alignment from the MCDU:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel


121VU:
- open the circuit breaker 10CA2.

2. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:


R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - The OFF legend of the ADR pushbutton
R selector switches to NAV. switches flashes two times, then goes
R off.
R - The ON BAT light comes on for 5
R seconds.
R - The ALIGN legend of the IR1, IR2 and
R IR3 annunciators comes on.
On the upper ECAM display unit the memo
section shows IRS IN ALIGN > 7 MN (only
if the FMGC 1 and 2 energized)
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- CAS, V/S and ALT data come into view.
- after approximately 40 seconds the
ATT warning flags go out of view and
the attitude data come into view.

- set the SYS DISPLAY selector


switch to 1 (2 or 3) and the
DATA DISPLAY selector switch to
PPOS.

3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

R - Turn the BRT knob. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R - Push the MCDU MENU mode key.

R - Push the line key adjacent to The A/C status page comes into view.
R the FMGC indication.

R - Push the INIT mode key. The INIT page comes into view.


R

EFF :

234-235, 239-239, 305-312,  34-10-00

Page 216
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Enter an airline code route (or The code number is shown in the
R FROM/TO destination). scratchpad line (bottom part of the
R MCDU).

R - Push the line key adjacent to - The code number comes into view below
R the CO RTE indication (or the CO RTE indication (or FROM/TO
R FROM/TO indication). indication).

- Push the line key adjacent to - The IRS INIT page comes into view.
the IRS INIT indication. - The latitude and longitude are shown
below the LAT and LONG indications.
R The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
R adjacent to the LAT indication are
R shown.
- The ALIGN IRS indication is shown on
the line above the LONG coordinates.

NOTE : You can increase or decrease the


____
LAT or/and LONG magnitude as
indicated in para. 4 and 5. If
no LAT or LONG change is
necessary, go to the para. 6.

NOTE : If an incorrect longitude is


____
entered two times in sequence
R during PPOS entry, the ADIRU
R will accept this position until
R the subsequent alignment.

4. For the LAT change:

- on the MCDU keyboard, push one The LAT coordinates increase or


of the two slew keys. decrease:
- by 1 minute, each time you push the
slew key
- by 1 minute/second, if you push and
hold the slew key.

5. For the LONG change:

R - on the MCDU, push the line key The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
R adjacent to the LONG move to the LONG indication.
coordinates.


R

EFF :

234-235, 239-239, 305-312,  34-10-00

Page 217
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - On the MCDU keyboard, push one The LONG coordinates increase or
R of the two slew keys. decrease as for the LAT.

6. On the MCDU, push the line key On the MCDU, the ALIGN IRS indication
adjacent to the ALIGN IRS goes out of view.
indication.

7. On the ADIRS CDU, set the SYS The coordinates which are in view on
DISPLAY selector switch to 2, the ADIRS CDU are the same as the
then to 3 and make sure that the coordinates shown on the MCDU
R coordinates shown are the same After approximately 5 minutes:
R for the three ADIRUs. Set the SYS - On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the HDG
R DISPLAY selector switch to 1 warning flags go out of view and the
R heading dial comes into view.
R After approximately 10 minutes:
R - On the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
R the IR1, IR2 and IR3 goes off.
R - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
R IRS IN ALIGN 1 MN indication goes out
R of view.

R 8. On the related circuit breaker


R panel:
R - Open the circuit breaker 10CA1.
R - Close the circuit breaker
R 10CA2.

9. Do the same test from the para. Same results.


2.

10. On the related circuit breaker


panel, close the circuit breaker
10CA1.


R

EFF :

234-235, 239-239, 305-312,  34-10-00

Page 218
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-059-B

B. IR Alignment from the MCDU:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel


121VU:
- Open the circuit breaker 10CA2.

2. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:


- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - The OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
selector switches to NAV. ADR3 pushbutton switches flashes two
times,then goes off.
- The FAULT legend of the IR1, IR2 and
IR3 pushbutton switches is off.
- The ON BAT light comes on for 5
seconds.
On the upper ECAM display unit the memo
section shows IRS IN ALIGN > 7 MN (only
if the FMGC 1 and 2 are energized)
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- CAS, V/S and ALT data come into view.
- After approximately 40 seconds the
ATT warning flags go out of view and
the attitude data come into view.

3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- Turn the BRT knob. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
- Push the MCDU MENU mode key.

- Push the line key adjacent to The A/C status page comes into view.
the FMGC indication.

- Push the INIT mode key. The INIT page comes into view.

- Enter an airline code route (or The code number is shown in the
FROM/TO destination). scratchpad line (bottom part of the
MCDU).


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-10-00

Page 219
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the line key adjacent to - The code number comes into view below
the CO RTE indication (or the CO RTE indication (or FROM/TO
FROM/TO indication). indication).

- Push the line key adjacent to - The IRS INIT page comes into view.
the IRS INIT indication. - The latitude and longitude are shown
below the LAT and LONG indications.
The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
adjacent to the LAT indication are
shown.
- The ALIGN IRS indication is shown on
the line above the LONG coordinates.

NOTE : You can increase or decrease the


____
LAT or/and LONG magnitude as
indicated in para. 4 and 5. If
no LAT or LONG change is
necessary, go to the para. 6.

NOTE : If an incorrect longitude is


____
entered two times in sequence
during PPOS entry, the ADIRU
will accept this position until
the subsequent alignment.

4. For the LAT change:

- On the MCDU keyboard, push one The LAT coordinates increase or


of the two slew keys. decrease:
- By 1 minute, each time you push the
slew key
- By 1 minute/second, if you push and
hold the slew key.

5. For the LONG change:

- On the MCDU, push the line key The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
adjacent to the LONG move to the LONG indication.
coordinates.

- On the MCDU keyboard, push one The LONG coordinates increase or


of the two slew keys. decrease as for the LAT.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-10-00

Page 220
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6. On the MCDU, push the line key On the MCDU, the ALIGN IRS indication
R adjacent to the ALIGN IRS goes out of view.
R indication. After approximately 5 minutes:
R - On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the HDG
R warning flags go out of view and the
R heading dial comes into view.
R After approximately 10 minutes:
R - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
R IRS IN ALIGN 1 MN indication goes out
R of view.

R 7. On the related circuit breaker


R panel:
R - Open the circuit breaker 10CA1.
R - Close the circuit breaker
R 10CA2.

R 8. Do the same test from the para. Same results.


R 2.

R 9. On the related circuit breaker


R panel, close the circuit breaker
R 10CA1.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-410-062

A. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 221
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
TASK 34-10-00-860-005

ADIRS Stop Procedure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-10-00-860-069

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING control panel 8VU:


- set the AIR DATA selector switch to NORM
- set the ATT HDG selector switch to NORM.

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-070

A. ADIRS Stop Procedure

(1) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 222
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-070-A

A. ADIRS Stop Procedure

(1) On the ADIRS MSU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-860-071

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 223
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - SERVICING
______________________________________________________

R TASK 34-10-00-170-004

R Cleaning of the Pitot Probe Drain-Holes

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R - To remove dust and particles from the pitot probes.

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific dry nitrogen source of 2 bars (29 psi)


R No specific WIRE-NYLON, dia. 0.7mm (0.027in.)
R No specific 0.8mm (0.031in.)
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
R 98D34103004001 1 CLEANER-PITOT PROBE
R 98F34103003000 1 TBD

R B. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
R System

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 34-10-00-861-063

R A. Energize the ground service network


R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 301
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Subtask 34-10-00-010-067

R B. Get access to the Avionics Compartment

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position :


R - At zone 125 to get access to pitot probes 1 (9DA1) and 3 (9DA3)
R - At zone 126 to get access to pitot probe 2 (9DA2).

R (2) Open the applicable access door:


R FOR 9DA1, 9DA3
R 812
R FOR 9DA2
R 822.

R Subtask 34-10-00-860-079

R C. Connection of the Dry Nitrogen Source

R (1) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling from the total Pitot probe 1
R (2 or 3).

R (2) Connect TBD (98F34103003000) to a 3-pin adapter (98D34103002100) and


R to the quick-disconnect coupling of the pitot probe 1 (2 or 3). Then
R connect it to a dry nitrogen source of 2 bars (29 psi).

R (3) Attach the hose to prevent movement.

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 34-10-00-170-057

R A. Cleaning of the Pitot Probe Drain-Holes

R (1) Blow the gas into the hose at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi) for
R approximately 3 minutes, and at the same time:
R - clean draining hole of the pitot probe 1 (2 or 3) with a CLEANER-
R PITOT PROBE (98D34103004001) and a WIRE-NYLON, dia. 0.7mm
R (0.027in.) and 0.8mm (0.031in.).

R NOTE : The WIRE-NYLON must have a length of 5 mm (0.1968 in.) to


____
R prevent contact between the metal tool element and the pitot
R probe.

R (2) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at


R the outlet of the pitot probe 1 (2 or 3).

R (3) Stop the flow of gas.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 302
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (4) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.

R (5) Remove the 3-pin adapter.

R (6) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling to the Pitot probe 1 (2 or 3).

R (7) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
R coupling.

R (8) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to make sure that it is correctly


R attached.

R Subtask 34-10-00-170-058

R B. After the Cleaning Procedure

R WARNING : IF ONE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING IS DISCONNECTED IN ONE SYSTEM,


_______
R MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL
R INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO
R MECHANICS MUST SIGN OFF THE JOB.
R IF TWO OR MORE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS ARE DISCONNECTED IN
R TWO OR MORE SYSTEMS, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC
R DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING
R CONNECTIONS AND DOES THE LEAK TEST. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN
R OFF THE JOB.

R (1) Release the hose.

R (2) If one quick-disconnect coupling is disconnected in one total


R pressure line:

R (a) A second qualified mechanic must do a visual inspection of the


R quick-disconnect coupling connection.

R (3) If two (or more) quick-disconnect coupling are disconnected in two


R (or more) total pressure lines:

R (a) A second qualified mechanic must do a visual inspection of the


R quick-disconnect coupling connections.

R (b) Do the leak test of the principal static and total air-data
R system (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-002).

R (4) The two mechanics must sign off the job.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 303
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 34-10-00-410-067

R A. Close Access

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Close the applicable access door:


R FOR 9DA1, 9DA3
R - 812
R FOR 9DA2
R - 822.

R (3) Remove the access platform(s).

R Subtask 34-10-00-862-064

R B. De-energize the ground service network


R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 304
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-10-00-170-001

Flushing of the Principal Total Pressure Lines

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-07

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi)


No specific WIRE-NYLON dia. 0,7 and 0,8mm
No specific WIRE-NYLON, dia. 0.6mm
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
98D34103002000 1 ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING
R
98D34103004001 1 CLEANER-PITOT PROBE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
System
34-10-00-991-001 Fig. 301

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R

34-10-00-991-003 Fig. 302



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 305
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 34-10-00-991-001)

NOTE : The hose couplings are self-sealing.


____

Subtask 34-10-00-010-059

A. Get access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 123 at the access
door 812 (in the zone 122 at the access door 822).

(2) Open the access door: for ADM 19FP1 (19FP2): 812 (822).
R

Subtask 34-10-00-860-051-A

B. Connect the Dry Nitrogen Source

(1) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling from the ADM 19FP1 (19FP2).

(2) Connect an ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 3-pin adapter


(98D34103002100) to the total pressure hose. Then connect it to the
dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi).

(3) Attach the hose to prevent movement.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 306
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Routing of Pressure Lines
Figure 301/TASK 34-10-00-991-001


R

EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 307
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-10-00-170-050-B

A. Flushing of the Total Pressure Line

(1) Blow the gas into the hose at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi) for
approximately 3 minutes.

(2) Clean draining hole of the pitot probe 1(2) with CLEANER-PITOT PROBE
and a WIRE-NYLON, dia. 0.6mm.

NOTE : The WIRE-NYLON must have a length of 5mm (0.196in) to prevent


____
contact between the metallic tool element and the pitot probe.

(3) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at


the outlet of the pitot probe 1(2).

(4) Stop the flow of gas.

(5) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.

(6) Remove the 3-pin adapter.

(7) Release the hose.

(8) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling to the ADM 19FP1 (19FP2).


(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 34-10-00-991-003)

(9) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.

(10) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly


attached.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 308
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
Figure 302/TASK 34-10-00-991-003



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 309
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,

R Subtask 34-10-00-170-050-A

R A. Flushing of the Total Pressure Line

R (1) Blow the gas into the hose at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi) for
R approximately 3 minutes.

R (2) Clean draining hole of the pitot probe 1(2) with CLEANER-PITOT PROBE
R and WIRE-NYLON dia. 0,7 and 0,8mm.

R (3) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at


R the outlet of the pitot probe 1(2).

R (4) Stop the flow of gas.

R (5) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.

R (6) Remove the 3-pin adapter.

R (7) Release the hose.

R (8) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling to the ADM 19FP1 (19FP2).


R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 34-10-00-991-003)

R (9) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
R coupling.

R (10) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly


R attached.


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-10-00

Page 310
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-10-00-170-053

B. After the flushing.

WARNING : IF ONE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING IS DISCONNECTED IN ONE SYSTEM,


_______
MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL
INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO
MECHANICS MUST SIGN OFF THE JOB.
IF TWO OR MORE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS ARE DISCONNECTED IN
TWO OR MORE SYSTEMS, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC
DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING
CONNECTIONS AND DOES THE LEAK TEST. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN
OFF THE JOB.

(1) If one quick disconnect coupling is disconnected in one total


pressure line does a visual inspection of the quick disconnect
coupling by a second qualified mechanic.

(2) If two (or more) quick disconnect coupling are disconnected in two
(or more) total pressure lines:

(a) Do a visual inspection of the quick disconnect coupling


connections by a second qualified mechanic.

(b) Do the leak test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
System (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-002).

(c) The two mechanics must sign off the job.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-410-059

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 812 (822).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 311
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
TASK 34-10-00-170-002

Flushing of the Principal Static Pressure Lines

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
98D34103002000 1 ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
System
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-10-00-991-001 Fig. 301
34-10-00-991-003 Fig. 302

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 34-10-00-991-001)

NOTE : The hose couplings are self-sealing.


____

Subtask 34-10-00-010-060

A. Get access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 128 at the access
door 824.

(2) Open the access door 824.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 312
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-10-00-860-052

B. Connect the Dry Nitrogen Source

(1) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling from the ADM 19FP4 or 19FP5
(19FP6 or 19FP7).

(2) Connect a ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING (98D34103002000) 3-pin


adapter (98D34103002100) to the static pressure hose. Then connect it
to the dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi).

(3) Attach the hose to prevent movement.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-10-00-170-051

A. Flushing of the Static Pressure Line

(1) Blow the gas into the hose at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi) for
approximately 1 minute.

(2) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at


the outlet of the L or R static probe 1 (L or R static probe 2).

(3) Stop the flow of gas.

(4) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.

(5) Remove the 3-pin adapter .

(6) Release the hose.

(7) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling to the ADM 19FP4 or 19FP5


(19FP6 or 19FP7).
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 34-10-00-991-003)

(8) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.

(9) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly


attached.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 313
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-10-00-170-054

B. After the flushing.

WARNING : IF ONE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING IS DISCONNECTED IN ONE SYSTEM,


_______
MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL
INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO
MECHANICS MUST SIGN OFF THE JOB.
IF TWO OR MORE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS ARE DISCONNECTED IN
TWO OR MORE SYSTEMS, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC
DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING
CONNECTIONS AND DOES THE LEAK TEST. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN
OFF THE JOB.

(1) If one quick disconnect coupling is disconnected in one static


pressure line does a visual inspection of the quick disconnect
coupling by a second qualified mechanic.

(2) If two (or more) Quick Disconnect coupling are disconnected on the
two (or more) Static Pressure Lines:

(a) Do a visual inspection of the Quick Disconnect coupling


connections by a second qualified mechanic.

(b) Do the leak test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
System (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-002).

(c) The two mechanics must sign off the job.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 314
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

TASK 34-10-00-170-003

Draining and Flushing of Standby Pneumatic Circuits

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 342100-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking cap


No specific dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi)
No specific WIRE-NYLON 0,7 and 0,8mm
No specific WIRE-NYLON, dia. 0.6mm
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
98D34003500000 2 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
98D34103002000 1 ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING
98D34103003000 1 ADAPTER, PITOT - PNEUMATIC CLEANER
98D34103004001 1 CLEANER-PITOT PROBE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-34-600-001 Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System


34-21-00-790-001 Low-Range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic Circuits
34-21-22-000-001 Removal of the Standby Altimeter (3FN)
34-21-22-400-001 Installation of the Standby Altimeter (3FN)
34-21-25-000-001 Removal of the Metric Altimeter (15FN)
34-21-25-400-001 Installation of the Metric Altimeter (15FN)
34-21-26-000-001 Removal of the Standby Airspeed Indicator (9FN)
34-21-26-400-001 Installation of the Standby Airspeed Indicator (9FN)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-10-00

Page 315
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

34-10-00-991-002 Fig. 303

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-10-00-991-002-A Fig. 303A

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-10-00-991-004 Fig. 304

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 34-10-00-991-002)

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 34-10-00-991-002-A)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

NOTE : The hose couplings are self-sealing.


____

Subtask 34-10-00-010-061

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 110 at the access
door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-10-00

Page 316
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
Location of Components Related to the Standby Pressure Lines-Schematic
Figure 303/TASK 34-10-00-991-002


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-10-00

Page 317
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Location of Components Related to the Standby Pressure Lines-Schematic
Figure 303A/TASK 34-10-00-991-002-A


R

EFF :

151-199, 201-220, 236-238,  34-10-00

Page 318
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-053

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).

(2) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (4) from the ADM 19FP8 and
the quick-disconnect coupling (8) from the ADM 19FP3.

(3) Disconnect the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch 14WN (3) from


the static pipe. Put a blanking cap on the pressure switch.

(4) Remove the water drain plug (2) from the water drain (1).

(5) In the cockpit, on the center instrument panel:


- remove the standby altimeter 3FN (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-000-001)
- remove the standby airspeed indicator (6) 9FN (Ref. TASK 34-21-26-
000-001)
- remove the metric altimeter (15FN) (Ref. TASK 34-21-25-000-001).

(6) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (7) from the red 2-pin
coupling of the standby airspeed indicator (6) and disconnect the
quick-disconnect couplings (5) from the yellow 3-pin couplings of the
standby instruments 3FN, 9FN and 15FN.

(7) Connect a ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 3-pin adapter


(98D34103002100) to the hose of the standby altimeter and a ADAPTERS-
AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 2-pin adapter (98D34103002102) to the hose
(7). Then connect them to the dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi).

(8) Connect the ADAPTER, PITOT - PNEUMATIC CLEANER to the dry nitrogen
source - 2 bars (29 psi).

(9) Attach the hoses to prevent movement.


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-10-00

Page 319
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-053-A

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).

(2) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (4) from the ADM 19FP8 and
the quick-disconnect coupling (8) from the ADM 19FP3.

(3) Disconnect the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch 14WN (3) from


the static pipe. Put a blanking cap on the pressure switch.

(4) Remove the water drain plug (2) from the water drain (1).

(5) In the cockpit, on the center instrument panel:


- remove the standby altimeter 3FN (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-000-001)
- remove the standby airspeed indicator (6) 9FN (Ref. TASK 34-21-26-
000-001).

(6) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (7) from the red 2-pin
coupling of the standby airspeed indicator (6) and disconnect the
quick-disconnect couplings (5) from the yellow 3-pin couplings of the
standby instruments 3FN and 9FN.

(7) Connect a ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 3-pin adapter


(98D34103002100) ) to the hose of the standby altimeter and a
ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 2-pin adapter (98D34103002102) to
the hose (7). Then connect to the dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29
psi).

(8) Connect the ADAPTER, PITOT - PNEUMATIC CLEANER to the dry nitrogen
source - 2 bars (29 psi).

(9) Attach the hoses to prevent movement.


R

EFF :

151-199,  34-10-00

Page 320
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-053-B

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).

(2) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (4) from the ADM 19FP8 and
the quick-disconnect coupling (8) from the ADM 19FP3.

(3) Disconnect the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch 14WN (3) from


the static pipe. Put a blanking cap on the pressure switch.

(4) Remove the water drain plug (2) from the water drain (1).

(5) In the cockpit, on the center instrument panel:


- remove the standby altimeter 3FN (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-000-001)
- remove the standby airspeed indicator (6) 9FN (Ref. TASK 34-21-26-
000-001).

(6) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (7) from the red 2-pin
coupling of the standby airspeed indicator (6) and disconnect the
quick-disconnect couplings (5) from the yellow 3-pin couplings of the
standby instruments 3FN and 9FN.

(7) Connect a ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 3-pin adapter


(98D34103002100) to the hose of the standby altimeter and a ADAPTERS-
AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 2-pin adapter (98D34103002102) to the hose
(7). Then connect to the dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi).

(8) Attach the hoses to prevent movement.


R

EFF :

201-220, 236-238,  34-10-00

Page 321
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-10-00-170-052-B

A. Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and the Standby Total
Pressure Lines

(1) Blow the gas into each of the instrument hoses (5) and into the hose
(7), from one to the other, at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi). Do this
for approximately 5 minutes.

(2) Clean draining hole of the pitot probe 3 with CLEANER-PITOT PROBE and
a WIRE-NYLON, dia. 0.6mm.

NOTE : The WYRE-NYLON must have a length of 5mm (0.196inch) to


____
prevent contact between the metallic tool element and the
pitot probe.

(3) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at


these outlets:
- L static probe 3 and R static probe 3
- Pitot probe 3
- Water drain
- Pipe of the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch.

(4) Put an ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT on the L static probe 3 then on the
R static probe 3.

(5) Make sure that the flow of gas is correct at :


- the pipe of the pressure switch
- the water drain.

(6) Stop the flow of gas.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-10-00

Page 322
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 201-220, 236-238,

R Subtask 34-10-00-170-052-A

R A. Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and the Standby Total
R Pressure Lines

R (1) Blow the gas into each of the instrument hoses (5) and into the hose
R (7), from one to the other, at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi). Do this
R for approximately 5 minutes.

R (2) Clean draining hole of the pitot probe 3 with CLEANER-PITOT PROBE and
R WIRE-NYLON 0,7 and 0,8mm.

R (3) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at


R these outlets:
R - L static probe 3 and R static probe 3
R - Pitot probe 3
R - Water drain
R - Pipe of the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch.

R (4) Put an ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT on the L static probe 3 then on the
R R static probe 3.

R (5) Make sure that the flow of gas is correct at :


R - the pipe of the pressure switch
R - the water drain.

R (6) Stop the flow of gas.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-054

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.

(2) Remove the adapters.

(3) Install the water drain plug (2) on the water drain (1).

(4) Remove the blanking cap from the pressure switch 14WN (3).

(5) Connect the static pipe to the pressure switch 14WN (3).


R

EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-220,  34-10-00

Page 323
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(6) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (8) to the ADM 19FP3 and the
quick-disconnect coupling (4) to the ADM 19FP8.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 34-10-00-991-004)

(7) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
couplings (4) and (8).

(8) Pull the quick-disconnect couplings connectors to be sure that they


are correctly attached.

(9) Install the standby airspeed indicator (Ref. TASK 34-21-26-400-001)


the standby altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-400-001) and the metric
altimeter (15FN) (Ref. TASK 34-21-25-400-001) on the center
instrument panel.

(10) Release the hoses.

(11) Do a visual inspection only, of the quick-disconnect fitting


connection, by a second qualified mechanic, with a sign off by both
mechanics.

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-10-00-860-054-A

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.

(2) Remove the adapters.

(3) Install the water drain plug (2) on the water drain (1).

(4) Remove the blanking cap from the pressure switch 14WN (3).

(5) Connect the static pipe to the pressure switch 14WN (3).

(6) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (8) to the ADM 19FP3 and the
quick-disconnect coupling (4) to the ADM 19FP8.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 34-10-00-991-004)

(7) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
couplings (4) and (8).

(8) Pull the quick-disconnect couplings to be sure that they are


correctly attached.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-10-00

Page 324
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
Figure 304/TASK 34-10-00-991-004



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-10-00

Page 325
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(9) Install the standby airspeed indicator (Ref. TASK 34-21-26-400-001)
and the standby altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-400-001) on the center
instrument panel.

(10) Release the hoses.

(11) Do a visual inspection only, of the quick-disconnect fitting


connection, by a second qualified mechanic, with a sign off by both
mechanics.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-10-00-790-052

C. Leak test

(1) Make sure that all the hoses are connected correctly.

(2) Do a leak test of the standby air data system


(Ref. TASK 34-21-00-790-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-410-061

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(3) Close the access door 811.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-10-00

Page 326
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
______________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-10-00-040-002

ADIRS - Check of all Flight Control Accelerometers for Correct Operation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-10-01


Air data inertial reference
ADIRS
ADIRS (FAA Only)

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-96-00-740-001 BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-10-00-860-077

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the STS key
(on the lower ECAM DU, the STATUS page comes into view).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 401
May 01/04
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-10-00-040-050

A. Make sure that there is no F/CTL maintenance status on the STATUS page.
If there is the F/CTL maintenance status:

(1) Do the BITE test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-
740-001).

(2) Make sure that there are no maintenance messages related to the
flight control accelerometers 12CE1, 12CE2, 12CE3 and 12CE4.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-860-078

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) Make an entry in the logbook.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 402
May 01/04
R  
CES 
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________

TASK 34-10-00-710-001

Check of the ADIRS CDU Brightness and Display

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-10-00-860-063

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002)

(2) on the panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 501
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
Subtask 34-10-00-010-063

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-10-00-865-050

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-10-00-710-050

A. Check from the ADIRS CDU:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switches to NAV

- set the DATA DISPLAY selector - the display (LCD) segments come on
switch to TEST and keep it in - the ENT and CLR keys come on green.
this position.

2. Release the DATA DISPLAY selector


switch.

Subtask 34-10-00-710-051

B. Check from the INT LT ANN LT switch:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the panel 25VU, set the INT LT On the ADIRS CDU:


ANN LT switch to TEST. - the display (LCD) segments come on
- the ENT and CLR keys come on green
- the ON BAT light comes on
- the FAULT/OFF legends of the ADR
pushbutton switches come on. The
FAULT/ALIGN legends of the IR
annunciators come on.

2. Set the INT LT ANN LT switch to


BRT or DIM.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 503
Feb 01/00
 
CES 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-860-064

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002)

Subtask 34-10-00-410-063

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 504
Feb 01/00
R  
CES 
TASK 34-10-00-710-007

Test of the Angle of Attack Warning

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 505
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AOA SENSOR CAN MOVE FREELY DURING THE TEST (IT
_______
R WILL MOVE FROM THE STANDBY POSITION TO THE TEST POSITION).

Subtask 34-10-00-860-065

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) On the overhead panel:


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- On the panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.

(3) Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009)

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.

(4) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(5) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page


(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

Subtask 34-10-00-010-064

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 506
Feb 01/01
 
CES 
Subtask 34-10-00-865-064

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-10-00-865-076

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-10-00-710-062

A. Test of the Angle of Attack Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - make sure that the CAS, ALT, V/S data
selector switches to NAV. are shown.
- make sure that the attitude data is
shown 40 seconds after start up.

2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) comes into view.
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the AOA SENSOR TEST page comes into
the AOA SENSOR TEST indication. view with these indications: AOA
SENSOR COMMANDED TO FIXED POSITION
MAKE SURE THAT THE AURAL STALL
WARNING IS GENERATED.
On the L (R) side of the fuselage, in
the zone 231 (232) (127), the angle of



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 508
May 01/04
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
attack sensor 3FP1 (3FP2) (3FP3) under
test moves to the test position.
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash.
You can hear the cricket aural warning
and the STALL voice.

- Push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU:


the YES indication. - the TEST OK indication comes into
view.

- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.


the RETURN indication until the The warning goes out of view.
CFDS menu page comes into view. On the MCDU:
- the CFDS menu page comes into view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-860-066

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the ADIRS CDU, set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 34-10-00-865-077

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 509
Nov 01/00
 
CES 
Subtask 34-10-00-410-064

C. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 510
Nov 01/00
 
CES 
TASK 34-10-00-710-009

Operational Test of the 5-minute Time Delay of ADIRU 2 and 3 Power


Disconnection in Emergency Configuration

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-05

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-10-00-860-067

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 511
Nov 01/00
R  
CES 
(3) On the overhead panel:
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.

R (4) On the SWICHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA and ATT HDG
R selector switches are at NORMAL position.

Subtask 34-10-00-010-057

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-10-00-865-068

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 512
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

Subtask 34-10-00-710-064-A

A. Operational Test of the 5-minute Time Delay of ADIRU 2 and 3 Power


Disconnection in Emergency Configuration

NOTE : Ignore the ECAM warnings that can occur when you open the circuit
____
breakers 9FP, 10FP, 4FP2, 4FP3 and 2WC.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ALIGN legend comes on.


switches related to the IR 2 - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
and IR 3 to NAV. seconds.

- push the ADR 2 and ADR 3 - the OFF legends come on.
pushbutton switches. On the F/O PFD:
- after approximately 35 seconds, the
attitude is shown.

2. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:


121VU:

- open the circuit breakers 2WC, - the ADR OFF legend goes off.
10FP and 4FP2. - the ON BAT light comes on.
- the ALIGN legend of the IR 2
annunciator stays on.
After 5 minutes
- the ALIGN legend of the IR 2
annunciator and the ON BAT light go
off.
On the F/O PFD:
- the ATT warning flag is shown.

3. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:


121VU:

- close the circuit breakers 4FP2 - the ALIGN legend of the IR 2


and 10FP. annunciator comes on.
- the ON BAT light comes on for 5
seconds.

4. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:


121VU:

- open the circuit breakers 9FP - the ON BAT light comes on.
and 4FP3. After 5 minutes:
- the ALIGN legend of the IR 3
annunciator and the ON BAT light go
off.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-10-00

Page 514
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. On the circuit breaker panel
121VU:

- close the circuit breakers 2WC, - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
9FP and 4FP3. seconds.
- the ALIGN legend of the IR 3
annunciator comes on.

6. On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the two OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switches to OFF.

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1249 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-199,201-203,

Subtask 34-10-00-710-064

A. Operational Test of the 5-minute Time Delay of ADIRU 2 and 3 Power


Disconnection in Emergency Configuration

NOTE : Ignore the ECAM warnings that can occur when you open the circuit
____
breakers 9FP, 10FP, 4FP2, 4FP3 and 2WC.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

R
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ALIGN legend comes on.
R switches related to the IR 2 - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
R and IR 3 to NAV. seconds.

- push the ADR 2 and ADR 3 - the OFF legend comes on.
pushbutton switches. On the F/O PFD:
- after approximately 35 seconds, the
attitude is shown.

2. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:


121VU:

R - open the circuit breakers 2WC, - the ON BAT light comes on.



EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 515
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4FP2 and 10FP. - the ALIGN legend of the IR 2
annunciator stays on.
- the OFF legend ADR2 p/b sw goes off.
After 5 minutes
- the ALIGN legend of the IR 2
annunciator and the ON BAT light go
off.
On the F/O PFD:
- the ATT warning flag is shown.

3. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:


121VU:

R - close the circuit breakers 10FP - the ON BAT light can flash for 5
R and 4FP2. seconds,
R - the ALIGN legend of the IR 2
R annunciator comes on,
R - the OFF/FAULT legend ADR 2 p/bsw can
R flash for 3 seconds.

4. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:


121VU:

- open the circuit breakers 9FP - the ON BAT light comes on.
and 4FP3. After 5 minutes:
- the ALIGN legend of the IR 3
annunciator, the OFF legend ADR3 p/b
sw and the ON BAT light go off.

5. On the circuit breaker panel


121VU:

R - close the circuit breakers 2WC, - the ON BAT light stays off,
R 4FP3 and 9FP. - the ALIGN legend of the IR 3
R annunciator comes on,
R - the OFF/FAULT legend ADR 3 p/bsw can
R flash for 3 seconds.

6. On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the two OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switches to OFF.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 516
May 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-10-00-860-068

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 34-10-00-410-057

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-10-00

Page 517
May 01/04
 
CES 
SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The aircraft is equipped with three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units
(ADIRUs).
Each ADIRU receives data from the four types of sensors after:
- three pitot probes which provide total pressure data,
- six static probes which provide static pressure data,
- two Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensors which provide air temperature
data,
- three Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors which provide angle of attack data of
the aircraft.
The TAT sensors and the angle of attack sensors are directly connected to
the ADIRUs. The pitot probes and the static probes are connected to eight
Air Data Modules (ADM) which convert pressure data before they send them to
the ADIRUs.
The sensors, the probes, the ADMs and the ADIRUs are power supplied as
follows:

-------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28VDC | 115VAC | 26VAC |
-------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | X | X | X |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | X | X |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | X | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | X | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | X | | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| ADM |13.5VAC from ADIRU |
-------------------------------------------

In normal configuration, the Captain Primary Flight Display (PFD) and


Navigation Display (ND) show the data computed by the ADIRU 1.
The First Officer PFD and ND show the data computed by the ADIRU 2.
The data from the ADIRU 3 can be displayed by action on the AIR DATA
selector switch or on the ATT HDG selector switch located on the SWITCHING
panel.
These selector switches which define a priority order for the ADIRUs are
also used by several other aircraft systems (Ref. Para. 4.F.).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 1
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The sensors, probes and ADMs are located on the aircraft as follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 3FP1 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 1 231 34-11-19
R 3FP2 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 2 232 34-11-19
R
3FP3 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 3 127 824 34-11-19
11FP1 SENSOR-TAT, 1 121 34-11-18
11FP2 SENSOR-TAT, 2 122 34-11-18
19FP1 ADM-L TOTAL PRESSURE NONE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP2 ADM-R TOTAL PRESSURE 126 822 34-11-17
19FP3 ADM-STBY TOTAL PRESSURE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP4 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP5 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP6 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP7 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP8 ADM-STBY STATIC PRESSURE 121 811 34-11-17
7DA1 PROBE-L STATIC, 1 127 824 34-11-16
7DA2 PROBE-L STATIC, 2 127 824 34-11-16
7DA3 PROBE-L STATIC, 3 121 811 34-11-16
8DA1 PROBE-R STATIC, 1 128 824 34-11-16
8DA2 PROBE-R STATIC, 2 128 824 34-11-16
8DA3 PROBE-R STATIC, 3 122 811 34-11-16
9DA1 PROBE-PITOT, 1 125 812 34-11-15
9DA2 PROBE-PITOT, 2 126 822 34-11-15
9DA3 PROBE-PITOT, 3 125 812 34-11-15



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 2
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Probe and Sensor Location
Figure 001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 3
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
The different ADIRS switching devices are located on the aircraft as
follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12FP RELAY-ADIRS ON BAT/GROUND WARN 103VU 126 34-11-00
13FP SEL SW-ATT HDG 8VU 210 34-11-00
14FP RELAY-ADIRS 3 PWR SHEDDING 103VU 126 34-11-00
15FP SEL SW-AIR DATA 8VU 210 34-11-00
16FP RELAY-ADIRS 3 28VDC CONTROL 103VU 126 34-11-00
17FP RELAY-ADIRS 2 PWR SHEDDING 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP1 RELAY-AOA1 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP2 RELAY-AOA2 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP3 RELAY-AOA3 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
22FP SW-L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION 188VU 128 34-11-00
23FP RELAY-ADIRS LGCIU GND POS 103VU 126 34-11-00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : The function of the switch (22FP) is described in 34-12-00.


____


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 4
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
3. ____________
Power Supply

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The ADIRU is normally supplied with 115VAC, 400 Hz power for the ADR and
IR functions. However its AOA resolver converter module is supplied with
26VAC, 400 Hz.
The 28VDC back-up generation is provided by batteries and is
automatically used when the main power exceeds its normal limits.
At the beginning of each power cycle, the ADIRU switches from the main to
the back-up power to test the electrical generation.
The table below gives the power consumption of each unit of the ADIRS:

------------------------------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28VDC | 115VAC | 26VAC |
| |-------------------|-------------------| |
| | Typical | Maximum | Typical | Maximum | |
------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | 57 W | 71 W | 61 VA | 76 VA | 1 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | | 250 VA | 320 VA |3.5 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | | 281 VA | 360 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | | 200 VA | 350 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | | 2X75 W | | | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PHC | | 14 W | | | |
------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) ADIRU power consumption includes the supply of three ADMs.


With ON BAT annunciator, add 0.6 W.
With IR FAULT annunciator at I = 250 mA, add 1.3 W.
Other annunciators are open/ground discretes and so they are
energized by a power which is different from the ADIRU power.
When the ADIRU is in the OFF mode, all the circuitry in the ADIRU is
de-energized except for any logic associated with the power off
function. Power consumption does not exceed 3.0 W on 115VAC and 0.3 W
on 28VDC.
Each ADIRU supplies the power for the ADM of its side (CAPT, F/O,
STBY).
The ADIRU also supplies the CDU with a 28VDC signal. The consumption
of the CDU is 4.1 W (typical) and 19.1 W (maximum with additional
11.2 W for the first 2 minutes of turn-on at -15 for LCD heaters).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 5
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS - Power Supply Distribution
Figure 002


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 6
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
B. ADIRS Power Supply Distribution in Normal Configuration

(1) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC SHED ESS BUS
801XP-A. The back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP.
The resolvers of the AOA sensor 1 and the AOA resolver converter
module of the ADIRU 1 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC ESS BUS
431XP-A.
The sensors and probes (static, TAT, pitot, AOA) are supplied for
heating through the Probe Heat Computer 1:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC SHED ESS BUS 801XP
- the heating element of the TAT sensor 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 101XP-A
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 1 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 1 101PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC ESS BUS 401XP.
(Ref. Fig. 003)

NOTE : the ADIRS/PHC Interface figure is a principle diagram and does


____
not show the interface between the PHC and the sensors.
(Ref. 30-31-00 for more details on probe ice protection).

(2) First Officer side


The ADIRU 2 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC BUS 2 204XP-C. The
back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 702PP. The resolvers
of the AOA sensor 2 and the AOA resolver converter module of the
ADIRU 2 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC BUS 2 231XP-A.
The sensors and probes are supplied for heating through the PHC 2:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-B
- the heating element of the TAT sensor 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-C
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 2 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 2 206PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-B.

(3) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC BUS 1 101XP-C. The
back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP. The resolvers
of the AOA sensor 3 and the AOA resolver converter module of the
ADIRU 3 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC BUS 1 131XP-A.
The sensors and probes are supplied for heating through the PHC 3:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 3 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 103XP


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 7
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS/PHC Interface
Figure 003


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 8
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 3 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 1 103PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 3 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 103XP.
In normal configuration of the aircraft electrical generation, the
distribution described before is independent of the switching
selector switches.

C. ADIRS Power Supply Distribution after Loss of Main Electrical Generation

(1) Loss of the main generation and ATT HDG selector switch in NORM
position

(a) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied as in normal configuration.
(Ref.Para B.(1)).

(b) First Officer side


The ADIRU 2 is no more supplied with 115VAC and 26VAC. When the
26VAC is lost, the ADR detects a fault and flags the output
parameters. The ADIRU is still powered with 28VDC from the 28VDC
HOT BUS 702PP but the Time Delay Opening (TDO) relay 17FP will
cut this supply after 5 minutes in emergency configuration.
The ADR 2 function is lost immediately.
The IR 2 function is lost after 5 minutes.

(c) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is no more supplied with 115VAC and 26VAC.
When the 26VAC is lost, the ADR detects a fault and flags the
output parameters. The ADIRU is still powered with 28VDC from the
28VDC HOT BUS 701PP but the Time Delay Opening (TDO) relay 14FP
will cut this supply after 5 minutes in emergency configuration.
The ADR3 function is lost immediately.
The IR 3 function is lost after 5 minutes.

(2) Loss of the main generation and ATT HDG selector switch in CAPT/3
position
The CAPT/3 position of the ATT HDG selector switch corresponds to the
selection of the ADR 3 in place of the ADR 1. The power supply
distribution must then be modified to keep the ADR 3 in emergency
configuration.

(a) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied as in normal configuration
(Ref. Para. B.(1)).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 9
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
(b) First Officer side
ADIRU 2 supply: Ref. Para. (1)(b).

(c) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is no more supplied with 115VAC. The ADIRU 3 is still
powered with 28VDC from the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP.
The ADR 3 function is lost immediately.
The IR 3 function is available.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 10
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
D. Circuit Breakers
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN PANEL/ DESIGNATION BUS ATA. REF. AMM
LOCATION P. BLOCK 001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4FP1 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 801XP-A 34-11-00
4FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 204XP-C 34-11-00
4FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 101XP-C 34-11-00
5FP1 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU1 & 431XP-A 34-11-00
AOA/26VAC
5FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 231XP-A 34-11-00
5FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 131XP-A 34-11-00
6FP1 105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 704PP 34-11-00
6FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 702PP 34-11-00
6FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 701PP 34-11-00
8FP 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU 3/ 401PP 34-11-00
SWTG/SPLY
9FP 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3 SWTG/SPLY 301PP 34-11-00
10FP 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2 PWR/SHED 206PP 34-11-00
1DA1 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 101XP-A 30-31-00
1DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 202XP-C 30-31-00
2DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 401PP 30-31-00
2DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 206PP 30-31-00
2DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 101PP 30-31-00
3DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 401XP-B 30-31-00
3DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 202XP-B 30-31-00
3DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 103XP-C 30-31-00
4DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/AOA 801XP-C 30-31-00
4DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 202XP-B 30-31-00
4DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 103XP-C 30-31-00
5DA1 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 101PP 30-31-00
5DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 206PP 30-31-00
5DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 103PP 34-11-00


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 11
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
4. _____________________
Component Description

A. Static Probes
(Ref. Fig. 004)
Each of the three systems (CAPT (1), F/O (2), STBY (3)) comprises two
static probes which are linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs through
five ADMs.
The probe is protected from icing with a 28VDC heater circuit.
The static probes linked to ADIRU 1 and ADIRU 2 are set at 48.64 deg.
below the fuselage datum line (Z=0).
The static probes linked to ADIRU 3 are set at 29.5 deg. below the
fuselage datum line.

B. Pitot Probes
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Each system comprises one pitot probe (CAPT (1), F/O (2), STBY (3)) which
is linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs through one ADM.
The probe is protected from icing with a 115VAC - 400 Hz heater circuit.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 12
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS - Static Probe
Figure 004


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 13
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS - Pitot Probe
Figure 005


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 14
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
C. Air Data Modules (ADM)
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The term Air Data Module (ADM) refers to any remotely located LRU which
senses pressure information and transmits it to the ADIRU in ARINC 429
format.
The ADMs are remotely mounted near and above the level of the pitot and
static probes, this in order to make the ADM pneumatic plumbing self
draining when the aircraft is stationary on the ground.

(1) Internal description


The ADM comprises the following components
(Ref. Fig. 007)

(a) Pressure sensor


The sensor delivers a pressure frequency (Fp) signal and a
temperature frequency (Ft) signal corresponding to the measured
pressure.

(b) Processor board


The electronic card comprises the following circuits:
- a micro-controller 80C31
- two memories: ROM (storage of software program and pressure
sensor modelling coefficients) and RAM (temporary storage of
data)
- an ARINC 429 transmitter.
The processor board uses the Ft and Fp signals sent by the
pressure sensor and the sensor modelling coefficients stored in
the EEPROM to compute the pressure.

(c) EMI/lightning board


This board comprises the following devices:
- power supply: the ADM is supplied by the associated ADIRU with
+/- 13.5VAC. Power consumption is less than 200 mA on the
+13.5VDC input and less than 40 mA on the -13.5VDC input.
- EMI filters
- lightning protection
- input discretes filtering.

(2) Modes of operation


The ADM has two modes of operation:
- power-up
- normal operation.

(a) Power-up
Two types of reset are available depending on the following
conditions :


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 15
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
Air Data Module
Figure 006


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 16
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADM - Block Diagram
Figure 007


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 17
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
1
_ Complete reset
The equipment performs a complete hardware and software reset
cycle whenever the equipment is switched on or after a power
cut greater than 100 ms.
In this case, the equipment is fully operational after 2
seconds.
The complete reset includes all that is necessary to
initialize the operation of the equipment :
- initialize the RAM, variables, counters.
- tests :
* discrete input parity :
After the 5 SDI discretes have been acquired, and position
identification and parity checks have been made, the parity
bits are checked to ensure that there is an odd number of
logic 1s.
* ARINC output :
Two additionnal configurations are looped back, and the
words thus received are checked bit by bit.
* An algorithm requiring a significant number of
instructions is run for the Arithmetic and Logic Unit test.
* The internal RAM is checked by means of a write-read
sequence.
- wait for sensor periods to be set and initialization of the
pressure filter.
- transmission on ARINC :
* no transmission during the reset hard (0.1 s)
* transmission of discrete words with bits set to the pass
condition
* transmission of pressure parameter : the Status Sign
Matrix is set to Functional Test and the data is set to
zero.

2
_ Modified reset
The equipment performs a modified reset after a power cut
equal or less than 10 ms.
In this case, the equipment is fully operational within 100 ms
+/- 5 ms.
The modified reset includes the following initializations :
- initialize the RAM, variables, counters.
- initialize the pressure filter after 2 calculated pressure
(30 ms).
- no transmission on ARINC during this reset.

3
_ The equipment performs either type of reset after a power cut
greater than 10 ms and less than 100 ms.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 18
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
(b) Normal operation mode
The ADM enters the Normal Operation Mode after the completion of
the Power-up Mode. It remains in the Normal Operation Mode until
either power is removed from the ADM, or an internal failure
activates the Watchdog Timer, or an internal BITE detects an
unsafe condition at which time a failure warning is annunciated
or ARINC 429 transmissions cease.
The ADM performs the following functions in the Normal Operation
Mode:
- measures the pressure and temperature outputs from the pressure
sensor
- uses filtering or averaging techniques consistent with the
noise, resolution, and dynamic frequency response requirements
- computes the Applied Pressure based upon the pressure and
temperature signals
- filters the Computed Pressure
- formats the ARINC 429 word to be transmitted
- transmits the ARINC 429 Computed Pressure Word
- formats and transmits two ADM discrete words (labels 270, 271)
- performs the BITE functions
- formats and transmits ADM software and equipment I.D. words
(labels 040,377).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 19
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
(3) Discrete inputs
Table 1 gives the identification of the ADM discrete inputs:

--------------------------------------------
| ADM Pin | Identification |
--------------------------------------------
| K | SDI 1 (LSB) (2) |
| L | SDI 2 (MSB) (2) |
| M | Configuration code 1 (3) |
| N | Configuration code 2 (3) |
| P | Parity (1) |
--------------------------------------------

Table 1 = Discrete Inputs

NOTE : (1) An odd number of pins K, L, M, N and P must be grounded to


____
signify a valid installation. After the desired Source Data
Identifier (SDI) and the configuration pins have been
selected, the parity pin P must be selectively left open or
grounded to ensure that an odd number of pins K through P
inclusive have been grounded.

NOTE : (2) Program pins used for identification of the installation


____
position on the aircraft and the corresponding SDI code to be
transmitted. The code definition is provided in table 2.

NOTE : (3) The ADM transmits the measured pressure with a label
____
depending on the configuration code input discretes. The
configuration code definition is provided in table 3.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Input discrete SDI output |Input discrete SDI output |Installation|
| pin L Bit 10 state| pin K Bit 09 state| |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| open 0 | open 0 | Invalid |
| open 0 | ground 1 | 1 |
| ground 1 | open 0 | 2 |
| ground 1 | ground 1 | 3 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 2 = SDI Code


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 20
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Installation function | Config. code 1 | Config. code 2 | Label |
| | Pin N | Pin M | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Total pressure | open | open | 242 |
| Left static pressure | open | ground | 176 |
| Right static pressure | ground | open | 177 |
| Averaged static | ground | ground | 245 |
| pressure (uncorrected)| | | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 3 = Configuration Code

(4) Output bus


All data are transmitted via a single ARINC 429 low-speed serial
digital output bus. The outputs from the ADM are a single pressure
word having an installation selectable label, two discrete data
words, and two identification words.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code parameters are given in the table 4 below:
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
All these parameters are given in the table 4 below:


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 21
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 242 |TOTAL |100-1400 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 176 |LEFT STAT |100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |RIGHT STAT|100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |AVERAGED |100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |STATIC |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
| |PRESSURE | | | | | | | | |
| |(UNCORRTD)| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DISCRETE |Table 5 | | | |250-|BCD | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DISCRETE |Table 6 | | | |250-|BCD | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIPMENT |Table 7 | | | |250-|BCD | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 040 |SOFTWARE |Table 8 | | | |250-|BCD | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |500 | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 = Digital Outputs


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 22
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 270 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-20 |P/N coded in binary (currently 329) |
| 21-27 |Version number coded in binary |
| 28-29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to NO for a maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 5 = Discrete Word 1 (Label 270)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data | Bit Status |
| Position | | 0 | 1 |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 271 | | |
| 9-10 |SDI | | |
| 11-13 |Logic 0 | 0 | |
| 14 |EEPROM program memory | Failure | OK |
| 15 |Discrete input parity | Failure | OK |
| 16 |CPU | Failure | OK |
| 17 |ARINC output | Failure | OK |
| 18-20 |Logic 1 | | 1 |
| 21 |Pressure period range |off.range | OK |
| 22 |Temperature period range |off.range | OK |
| 23 |Absolute pressure range |off.range | OK |
| 24-26 |Logic 1 | | 1 |
| 27 |Pressure counter | Failure | OK |
| 28 |Temperature counter | Failure | OK |
| 29 |Logic 1 | | 1 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to NO for a | 0 | |
| |maintenance word | | |
| 32 |Odd parity | | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 6 = Discrete Word 2 (Label 271)


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 23
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 377 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-24 |Serial Number coded in binary |
| 25-29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to NO for a maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 7 = Hardware Identification word (Label 377)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 040 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-12 |Logic 0 |
| 13-16 |LSD software version number |
| 17-20 |MSD software version number |
| 21-24 |LSD manufacturer ident number |
| 25-28 |MSD manufacturer ident number |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to NO for a maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 8 = Software Ident (Label 040)


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 24
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
D. Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The aircraft is equipped with two TAT sensors with two sensing elements
each. The sensing elements of the sensor have variable resistances. The
TAT sensor 1 is linked to the ADR portion of ADIRUs 1 and 3, the TAT
sensor 2 is linked to the ADR portion of ADIRU 2.
The TAT sensors are set at 2.33 m from the nose and at 0.60 m of the
aircraft axis below the fuselage. The TAT sensor 1 is located on the left
side and the TAT sensor 2 on the right side.
The air flow enters the scoop of the sensor, goes through a calibrated
choke and flows over the hermetically sealed platinum resistance sensing
element where the temperature is measured. The speed of the flow over the
element is controlled by the choke in the element tube.
The ADR portion is designed to operate with 500 ohms (at 0 deg. C)
temperature sensor unit corresponding to the basic Callender - Van Dusen
equation. To improve the accuracy of the sensor, a network of precision
resistors is used. This technique is identified by the term Precision
Calibration Interchangeability (PCI).
These sensors are heated with 115VAC through the probe heating system.
The heating element must not be energized on the ground.
The heating element is implanted in the scoop and strut and keeps the
probe free of ice under the most severe icing conditions.

NOTE : Probe ice protection is described in 30-31-00.


____


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 25
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS - TAT Sensor
Figure 008


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 26
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
E. Angle Of Attack (AOA) Sensor

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-102, 201-203,

(Ref. Fig. 009)

R **ON A/C 103-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 009A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

The aircraft is equipped with three AOA sensors. Two are located on the
left side and one on the right side of the fuselage. Each of these AOA
sensors is respectively linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs. The AOA
sensors 1 and 3 are set at 6.08 deg. and 31 deg. below the fuselage datum
line (Z = 0) on the left side. The AOA sensor 2 is set at 6.08 deg. below
the fuselage datum line (Z = 0) on the right side.
The angle of attack sensor is of the wind vane type. Its sensing element
is a small wing which is positioned in the direction of airflow. The
small wing is mechanically linked to a free turn-shaft which drives the
devices transmitting the local angle of attack signal. These transmitting
devices are made up of resolver transformers which convert the angular
information into proportional electrical information (angle sine and
cosine). The resolvers are supplied with a 26VAC signal. The same signal
is also received by the ADIRU as a reference for the decoding of AOA
values. Each sensor has three resolver outputs but only two are wired to
the ADIRU.
The whole mechanism is stabilized around the rotation axis. In addition,
a damping device enables a satisfactory dynamic response to be obtained
(filtering of mechanical oscillation).
A self-regulated heating element (CTP resistances: positive coefficient
of temperature) inserted into the vane eliminates or avoids icing. It is
supplied with 115VAC through the PHC (Ref. 30-31-00).
The AOA sensor is equipped with a self-test device which is activated by
a 28VDC signal, from the ADR (through the relay 21FP1, 21FP2 or 21FP3)
when the test is entered via the maintenance system (CFDIU and MCDU). The
self-test positions the vane at a resolver angle of +15 deg. (left side
test) or -15 deg. (right side test).
The mounting and wing of AOA resolvers determine the relationship between
the measured resolver angle and indicated angle of attack. This
relationship for each resolver input is as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 010)


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 27
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS - AOA Sensor
Figure 009


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-102, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 28
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS - AOA Sensor
Figure 009A


R

EFF :

103-105, 151-199,  34-11-00

Page 29
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
AOA Sensors - Installation Definition
Figure 010


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 30
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indicated AOA: | +85 | +60 | +25 | 0 | -35 |
| AOA 1 and AOA 3 |----------------------------------------------------|
| in degrees | Resolver angle: | -60 | -35 | 0 | +25 | +60 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indicated AOA: | +85 | +60 | +25 | 0 | -35 |
| AOA 2 |-----------------------------------------------------
| in degrees | Resolver angle: | +60 | +35 | 0 | -25 | -60 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ADRs receive the same 26VAC, 400 Hz reference as the AOA resolvers.
This reference is common to both AOA resolver inputs 1 and 2.
Characteristics:
Excitation : 26 V 400 Hz
Phase shift : 18 deg. to 30 deg.
Resolver transformer :
ratio RT : 0.4029 to 0.4629
Rotor impedance : Zro = 125 + j175 ohms +/-20%
Stator impedance : Zso = 115 + j90 ohms +/-30%
Range : +/-60 deg.
Scale factor : 1 deg. resolver/1 deg. local AOA
The accuracy of the AOA sensor, at 100 knots, is +/-0.3 deg.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 31
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

F. Selector Switches
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The two selector switches AIR DATA and ATT HDG are rotary selector
switches with 3 positions: CAPT/3, NORM and F/O/3.
These selector switches are used for the functions listed below (Ref. the
respective section for more details):
- AIR DATA SEL SW (15FP):
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-52-00 ATC mode S
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC
- ATT HDG SEL SW (13FP):
34-11-00 Power Supply
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-41-00 Weather Radar
R
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-11-00

Page 32
Config-1 Aug 01/07
 
CES 
ADIRS Switching
Figure 011


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 33
Config-1 Aug 01/07
 
CES 
**ON A/C 201-203,

F. Selector Switches
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The two selector switches AIR DATA and ATT HDG are rotary selector
switches with 3 positions:
CAPT/3, NORM and F/O/3.
These selector switches are used for the functions listed below (Ref. the
respective section for more details):
- AIR DATA SEL SW 15FP =
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by IR3
34-52-00 ATC mode S
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC
- ATT HDG SEL SW 13FP =
34-11-00 Power Supply
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by IR3
34-41-00 Weather Radar
R
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC.


R

EFF :

201-203,  34-11-00

Page 34
Config-1 Aug 01/07
 
CES 
SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The aircraft is equipped with three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units
(ADIRUs).
Each ADIRU receives data from four types of sensors:
- three pitot probes which provide total pressure data,
- six static probes which provide static pressure data,
- two Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensors which provide air temperature
data,
- three Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors which provide angle of attack data of
the aircraft.
The TAT sensors and the angle of attack sensors are directly connected to
the ADIRUs. The pitot probes and the static probes are connected to eight
Air Data Modules (ADM) which convert pressure data before sending them to
the ADIRUs.
The sensors, the probes, the ADMs and the ADIRUs are power supplied as
follows:

-------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28VDC | 115VAC | 26VAC |
-------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | X | X | X |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | X | X |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | X | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | X | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | X | | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| ADM |13.5VAC from ADIRU |
-------------------------------------------

In normal configuration, the Captain Primary Flight Display (PFD) and the
Navigation Display (ND) show the data computed by the ADIRU 1.
The First Officer PFD and ND show the data computed by the ADIRU 2.
The data from the ADIRU 3 can be displayed by action on the AIR DATA
selector switch or on the ATT HDG selector switch located on the SWITCHING
panel.
These selector switches, which define a priority order for the ADIRUs, are
also used by several other aircraft systems (Ref. Para. 4.F.).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The sensors, probes and ADMs are located on the aircraft as follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3FP1 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 1 231 34-11-19
3FP2 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 2 232 34-11-19
3FP3 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 3 127 824 34-11-19
11FP1 SENSOR-TAT, 1 121 34-11-18
11FP2 SENSOR-TAT, 2 122 34-11-18
19FP1 ADM-L TOTAL PRESSURE NONE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP2 ADM-R TOTAL PRESSURE 126 822 34-11-17
19FP3 ADM-STBY TOTAL PRESSURE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP4 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP5 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP6 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP7 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP8 ADM-STBY STATIC PRESSURE 121 811 34-11-17
7DA1 PROBE-L STATIC, 1 127 824 34-11-16
7DA2 PROBE-L STATIC, 2 127 824 34-11-16
7DA3 PROBE-L STATIC, 3 121 811 34-11-16
8DA1 PROBE-R STATIC, 1 128 824 34-11-16
8DA2 PROBE-R STATIC, 2 128 824 34-11-16
8DA3 PROBE-R STATIC, 3 122 811 34-11-16
9DA1 PROBE-PITOT, 1 125 812 34-11-15
9DA2 PROBE-PITOT, 2 126 822 34-11-15
9DA3 PROBE-PITOT, 3 125 812 34-11-15



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Probe and Sensor Location
Figure 001



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The different ADIRS switching devices are located on the aircraft as
follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12FP RELAY-ADIRS ON BAT/GROUND WARN 103VU 126 34-11-00
13FP SEL SW-ATT HDG 8VU 210 34-11-00
14FP RELAY-ADIRS 3 PWR SHEDDING 103VU 126 34-11-00
15FP SEL SW-AIR DATA 8VU 210 34-11-00
16FP RELAY-ADIRS 3 28VDC CONTROL 103VU 126 34-11-00
17FP RELAY-ADIRS 2 PWR SHEDDING 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP1 RELAY-AOA1 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP2 RELAY-AOA2 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP3 RELAY-AOA3 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
22FP SW-L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION 188VU 128 34-11-00
23FP RELAY-ADIRS LGCIU GND POS 103VU 126 34-11-00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : The function of the switch (22FP) is described in 34-12-00.


____



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. ____________
Power Supply

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The ADIRU is normally supplied with 115 VAC, 400 Hz power for the ADR and
IR functions. However, its AOA resolver converter module is supplied with
26 VAC, 400 Hz.
The 28 VDC back-up generation is provided by batteries and is
automatically used when the main power exceeds its normal limits.
At the beginning of each power cycle, the ADIRU switches from the main to
the back-up power to test the electrical generation.
The table below gives the power consumption of each unit of the ADIRS:

------------------------------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28VDC | 115VAC | 26VAC |
| |-------------------|-------------------| |
| | Typical | Maximum | Typical | Maximum | |
------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | 48 W | 61 W | 79 VA | 98 VA | 1 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | | 250 VA | 320 VA |3.5 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | | 281 VA | 360 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | | 200 VA | 350 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | | 2X75 W | | | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PHC | | 14 W | | | |
------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) The ADIRU power consumption includes the supply of three ADMs.
With the ON BAT annunciator, add 5 W.
With the IR FAULT annunciator at I = 250 mA, add 10.5 W.
Other annunciators are open/ground discretes and so they are
energized by a power which is different from the ADIRU power.
When the ADIRU is in the OFF mode, all the circuitry in the ADIRU is
de-energized except for any logic associated with the power-off
function. The current does not exceed 10 mA DC.
Each ADIRU supplies power for the ADM of its side (CAPT, F/O, STBY).
The ADIRU also supplies the CDU with a 28 VDC signal. The consumption
of the CDU is 6 W (typical) and 10 W (maximum).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Power Supply Distribution
Figure 002



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. ADIRS Power Supply Distribution in Normal Configuration

(1) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied with 115 VAC by the 115 VAC SHED ESS BUS
801XP-A. The back-up 28 VDC is provided by the 28 VDC HOT BUS 702PP.
The resolvers of the AOA sensor 1 and the AOA resolver converter
module of the ADIRU 1 are supplied with 26 VAC by the 26 VAC ESS BUS
431XP-A.
The sensors and probes (static, TAT, pitot, AOA) are supplied for
heating through the PHC 1:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 1 receives 115 VAC from the
115 VAC SHED ESS BUS 801XP,
- the heating element of the TAT sensor 1 receives 115 VAC from the
115 VAC BUS 1 101XP-A,
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 1 receives 28 VDC
from the 28 VDC BUS 1 101PP,
- the heating element of the pitot probe 1 receives 115 VAC from the
115VAC ESS BUS 401XP.
(Ref. Fig. 003)

NOTE : The ADIRS/PHC Interface figure is a principle diagram and does


____
not show the interface between the PHC and the sensors.
(Ref. 30-31-00 for more details on probe ice protection).

(2) First Officer side


The ADIRU 2 is supplied with 115 VAC by the 115 VAC BUS 2 204XP. The
back-up 28 VDC is provided by the 28 VDC HOT BUS 702PP. The resolvers
of the AOA sensor 2 and the AOA resolver converter module of the
ADIRU 2 are supplied with 26 VAC by the 26 VAC BUS 2 231XP-A.
The sensors and probes are supplied for heating through the PHC 2:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 2 receives 115 VAC from the
115 VAC BUS 2 202XP-B,
- the heating element of the TAT sensor 2 receives 115 VAC from the
115 VAC BUS 2 202XP-C,
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 2 receives 28 VDC
from the 28 VDC BUS 2 206PP,
- the heating element of the pitot probe 2 receives 115 VAC from the
115 VAC BUS 2 202XP-B.

(3) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is supplied with 115 VAC by the 115 VAC BUS 1 101XP-C.
The back-up 28 VDC is provided by the 28 VDC HOT BUS 701PP. The
resolvers of the AOA sensor 3 and the AOA resolver converter module
of the ADIRU 3 are supplied with 26 VAC by the 26 VAC BUS 1 131XP-A.
The sensors and probes are supplied for heating through the PHC 3:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 3 receives 115 VAC from the
115 VAC BUS 1 103XP,



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS/PHC Interface
Figure 003



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 3 receives 28 VDC
from the 28 VDC BUS 1 103PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 3 receives 115 VAC from the
115 VAC BUS 1 103XP.
In normal configuration of the aircraft electrical generation, the
distribution described before is independent of the switching
selector switches.

C. ADIRS Power Supply Distribution after Loss of Main Electrical Generation

(1) Loss of the main generation and ATT HDG selector switch in NORM
position

(a) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied as in normal configuration.
(Ref. Para B.(1)).

(b) First Officer side


The ADIRU 2 is no more supplied with 115 VAC and 26 VAC. When the
26 VAC is lost, the ADR detects a fault and flags the output
parameters. The ADIRU is still powered with 28 VDC from the 28
VDC HOT BUS 702PP but the Time Delay Opening (TDO) relay 17FP
will cut this supply after 5 minutes in emergency configuration.
The ADR 2 function is lost immediately.
The IR 2 function is lost after 5 minutes.

(c) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is no more supplied with 115 VAC and 26 VAC.
When the 26 VAC is lost, the ADR detects a fault and flags the
output parameters. The ADIRU is still powered with 28 VDC from
the 28 VDC HOT BUS 701PP but the Time Delay Opening (TDO) relay
14FP will cut this supply after 5 minutes in emergency
configuration.
The ADR3 function is lost immediately.
The IR 3 function is lost after 5 minutes.

(2) Loss of the main generation and ATT HDG selector switch in CAPT/3
position
The CAPT/3 position of the ATT HDG selector switch corresponds to the
selection of the IR 3 in place of the IR 1. The power supply
distribution must then be modified to keep the IR 3 in emergency
configuration.

(a) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied as in normal configuration
(Ref. Para. B.(1)).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) First Officer side
ADIRU 2 supply: Ref. Para. (1)(b).

(c) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is no more supplied with 115 VAC. The ADIRU 3 is
still powered with 28 VDC from the 28 VDC HOT BUS 701PP.
The ADR 3 function is lost immediately.
The IR 3 function is available.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
D. Circuit Breakers
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN PANEL/ DESIGNATION BUS ATA. REF. AMM
LOCATION P. BLOCK 001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4FP1 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 801XP-A 34-11-00
4FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 204XP-C 34-11-00
4FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 101XP-C 34-11-00
5FP1 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU1 & 431XP-A 34-11-00
AOA/26VAC
5FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 231XP-A 34-11-00
5FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 131XP-A 34-11-00
6FP1 105VU ADIRS/ADIRU/1/28VDC 702PP 34-11-00
6FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 702PP 34-11-00
6FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 701PP 34-11-00
8FP 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU 3/ 401PP 34-11-00
SWTG/SPLY
9FP 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3 SWTG/SPLY 301PP 34-11-00
10FP 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2 PWR/SHED 206PP 34-11-00
1DA1 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 101XP-A 30-31-00
1DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 202XP-C 30-31-00
2DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 401PP 30-31-00
2DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 206PP 30-31-00
2DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 101PP 30-31-00
3DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 401XP-B 30-31-00
3DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 202XP-B 30-31-00
3DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 103XP-C 30-31-00
4DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/AOA 801XP-C 30-31-00
4DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 202XP-B 30-31-00
4DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 103XP-C 30-31-00
5DA1 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 101PP 30-31-00
5DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 206PP 30-31-00
5DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 103PP 34-11-00



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. _____________________
Component Description

A. Static Probes
(Ref. Fig. 004)
Each of the three systems (CAPT (1), F/O (2), STBY (3)) comprises two
static probes which are linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs through
five ADMs.
The probe is protected from icing with a 28 VDC heater circuit.
The static probes linked to the ADIRU 1 and ADIRU 2 are set at 48.64 deg.
below the fuselage datum line (Z=0).
The static probes linked to ADIRU 3 are set at 29.5 deg. below the
fuselage datum line.
The pitot probe comprises a three-pin connector defined as follows:

B. Pitot Probes
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Each system comprises one pitot probe (CAPT (1), F/O (2), STBY (3)) which
is linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs through one ADM.
The probe is protected from icing with a 115 VAC - 400 Hz heater circuit.
The pitot probes 1 and 2 are set at 40.08 deg. below the fuselage datum
line (Z=0).
The pitot probe 3 is set at 59.56 deg. below the fuselage datum line
(Z=0).

C. Air Data Modules (ADM)


(Ref. Fig. 006)
The term Air Data Module (ADM) refers to any remotely-located LRU which
senses pressure information and transmits it to the ADIRU in ARINC 429
format.
The ADMs are remotely mounted near and above the level of the pitot and
static probes, this in order to make the ADM pneumatic plumbing self
draining when the aircraft is stationary on the ground.

(1) Internal description


The ADM comprises the following components:
(Ref. Fig. 007)

(a) Transducer board


This device provides two signals (Pressure Time Pulse (PTP) and
Temperature Time Pulse (TTP)) used by the processor board.

(b) Processor board


The microcomputer comprises the following circuits:
- a micro-controller 80C31,
- two memories: ROM (storage of software program) and RAM
(temporary storage of data),



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 12
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Static Probe
Figure 004



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 13
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Pitot Probe
Figure 005



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Air Data Module
Figure 006



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADM - Block Diagram
Figure 007



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- a Non Volatile Memory (NVM) (Storage of transducer modeling
coefficients and failure information),
- a RS-232C Serial Digital Input/Output (used for bench test and
calibration purposes),
- an ARINC 429 transmitter.
The processor board uses the PTP and TTP signals sent by the
transducer board and the transducer modeling coefficients stored
in the NVM to compute the pressure.

(c) EMI/lightning board


This board comprises the following devices:
- power supply: the ADM is supplied by the associated ADIRU with
+/- 13.5 VAC. The power consumption is less than 200 mA on the
+13.5 VDC input and less than 50 mA on the -13.5 VDC input.
- EMI filters
- lightning protection
- filtering of input discretes.

(2) Modes of operation


The ADM has three modes of operation:
- initialization
- normal operation
- Memory Access/Calibration (MA/C).

(a) Initialization mode


The ADM automatically enters the initialization mode immediately
after power is applied to the device or after a Watchdog Timer is
activated due to an ADM failure.
The ADM performs several tasks while in the initialization mode:
- initializes software variables and hardware interfaces,
- performs various self-monitoring tests to determine if the ADM
operates properly,
- reads the fixed Program Pin discretes.
The ARINC 429 bus is disabled during the initialization mode. The
ADM does not output any data on the ARINC 429 bus.
The initialization mode is completed within 900 ms (maximum)
after valid power is applied to the ADM. Upon completion of the
initialization mode, the ADM automatically enters the normal
operation mode.

(b) Normal operation mode


The ADM enters the normal operation mode after the completion of
the initialization mode. It remains in the normal operation mode
until either power is removed from the ADM, or an internal
failure activates the Watchdog Timer, or an internal BITE detects
an unsafe condition, at which time a failure warning is
annunciated or ARINC 429 transmissions cease.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 17
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The ADM performs the following functions in the normal operation
mode:
- measures the pressure and temperature outputs from the
transducer,
- uses filtering or averaging techniques consistent with the
noise, resolution, and dynamic frequency response requirements
- computes the Applied Pressure based upon the pressure and
temperature signals,
- filters the Computed Pressure,
- formats the ARINC 429 word to be transmitted,
- transmits the ARINC 429 Computed Pressure word,
- formats and transmits two ADM discrete words (labels 270, 271),
- reads and debounces the MA/C discretes,
- performs the BITE functions,
- formats and transmits ADM software and equipment I.D. words
(labels 040,377).

(c) Memory access/calibration mode


The Memory access/calibration (MA/C) mode is used for purposes of
transducer calibration and fault analysis. The MA/C mode requires
external test equipment which interfaces to the ADM via a RS-232C
bus. This mode can be considered as an auxiliary mode which is
accessible in a repair shop environment only.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 18
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) Discrete inputs
Table 1 gives the identification of the ADM discrete inputs:

--------------------------------------------
| ADM Pin | Identification |
--------------------------------------------
| K | SDI 1 (LSB) (2) |
| L | SDI 2 (MSB) (2) |
| M | Configuration code 1 (3) |
| N | Configuration code 2 (3) |
| P | Parity (1) |
| a | Memory Access/Calibration 1 |
| b | NVM reset discrete |
| c | Memory Access/Calibration 2 |
--------------------------------------------

Table 1 = Discrete Inputs

NOTE : (1) An odd number of pins K, L, M, N and P must be grounded to


____
signify a valid installation. After the desired Source Data
Identifier (SDI) and the configuration pins have been
selected, the parity pin P must be selectively left open or
grounded to ensure that an odd number of pins K through P
inclusive have been grounded.

NOTE : (2) Program pins used for identification of the installation


____
position on the aircraft and the corresponding SDI code to be
transmitted. The code definition is provided in table 2.

NOTE : (3) The ADM transmits the measured pressure with a label
____
depending on the configuration code input discretes. The
configuration code definition is provided in table 3.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Input discrete SDI output |Input discrete SDI output |Installation|
| pin L Bit 10 state| pin K Bit 09 state| |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| open 0 | open 0 | Invalid |
| open 0 | ground 1 | 1 |
| ground 1 | open 0 | 2 |
| ground 1 | ground 1 | 3 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 2 = SDI Code



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 19
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Installation function | Config. code 2 | Config. code 1 | Label |
| | Pin N | Pin M | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Total pressure | open | open | 242 |
| Left static pressure | open | ground | 176 |
| Right static pressure | ground | open | 177 |
| Averaged static | ground | ground | 245 |
| pressure (uncorrected)| | | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 3 = Configuration Code

(4) Output bus


All data are transmitted via a single ARINC 429 low-speed serial
digital output bus. The outputs from the ADM are a single pressure
word having an installation selectable label, two discrete data words
and two identification words.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code parameters are given in the table 4 below:
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
All these parameters are given in the table 4 below:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 242 |TOTAL |100-1400 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 176 |LEFT STAT |100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |RIGHT STAT|100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |AVERAGED |100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |STATIC |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
| |PRESSURE | | | | | | | | |
| |(UNCORRTD)| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DISCRETE |Table 5 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DISCRETE |Table 6 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIPMENT |Table 7 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 040 |SOFTWARE |Table 8 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |500 | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 = Digital Outputs

NOTE : - the survival range of the ADM is 0 - 1900 hPa


____
- accuracy = three sigma tolerance at time of delivery over
-15 deg. C to +85 deg. C range at thermal steady state. (It
does not include long-term drift).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 21
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 270 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-12 |Logic 0 |
| 13-16 |LSD device revision number (currently 4H) |
| 17-20 |MSD device revision number (currently 0H) |
| 21-24 |LS device revision letter (currently CH) |
| 25-28 |MS device revision letter (currently AH) |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 5 = Discrete Word 1 (Label 270)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 271 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-13 |Logic 0 |
| 14 |ADM LRU Status |
| 15 |Pin configuration status |
| 16 |Environment status |
| 17-24 |Current fault byte matrix |
| 25-28 |Word counter |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 6 = Discrete Word 2 (Label 271)



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 22
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 377 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-14 |LSD equipment identification (8H) |
| 15-18 |MSD equipment identification (3H) |
| 19-29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 7 = Equipment Ident (Label 377)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 040 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-12 |Logic 0 |
| 13-16 |LSD software revision number |
| 17-20 |MSD software revision number |
| 21-24 |LSD manufacturer ident number (1H) |
| 25-28 |MSD manufacturer ident number (0H) |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 8 = Software Ident. (Label 040)

D. Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor


(Ref. Fig. 008)
The aircraft is equipped with two TAT sensors with two sensing elements
each. The sensing elements of the sensor have variable resistances. The
TAT sensor 1 is linked to the ADR portion of the ADIRUs 1 and 3, the TAT
sensor 2 is linked to the ADR portion of the ADIRU 2.
The TAT sensors are set at 2.33 m from the nose and at 0.60 m of the
aircraft axis below the fuselage. The TAT sensor 1 is located on the left
side and the TAT sensor 2 on the right side.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 23
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - TAT Sensor
Figure 008



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 24
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The air flow enters the scoop of the sensor, goes through a calibrated
choke and flows over the hermetically-sealed platinum resistance sensing
element where the temperature is measured. The speed of the flow over the
element is controlled by the choke in the element tube.
The ADR portion is designed to operate with 500 ohms (at 0 deg. C)
temperature sensor unit corresponding to the basic Callender - Van Dusen
equation. To improve the accuracy of the sensor, a network of precision
resistors is used. This technique is identified by the term Precision
Calibration Interchangeability (PCI).
These sensors are heated with 115 VAC through the probe heating system.
The heating element must not be energized on the ground.
The heating element is implanted in the scoop and strut and keeps the
probe free of ice under the most severe icing conditions.

NOTE : Probe ice protection is described in 30-31-00.


____



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 25
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
E. Angle Of Attack (AOA) Sensor
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The aircraft is equipped with three AOA sensors. Two are located on the
left side and one on the right side of the fuselage. Each of these AOA
sensors is respectively linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs. The AOA
sensors 1 and 3 are set at 6.08 deg. and 31 deg. below the fuselage datum
line (Z = 0) on the left side. The AOA sensor 2 is set at 6.08 deg. below
the fuselage datum line (Z = 0) on the right side.
The angle of attack sensor is of the wind vane type. Its sensing element
is a small wing which is positioned in the direction of the airflow. The
small wing is mechanically linked to a free-turn shaft which drives the
devices transmitting the local angle of attack signal. These transmitting
devices are made up of resolver transformers which convert the angular
information into proportional electrical information (angle sine and
cosine). The resolvers are supplied with a 26 VAC signal. The same signal
is also received by the ADIRU as a reference for the decoding of AOA
values. Each sensor has three resolver outputs but only two are wired to
the ADIRU.
The whole mechanism is stabilized around the rotation axis. In addition,
a damping device enables a satisfactory dynamic response to be obtained
(filtering of mechanical oscillation).
A self-regulated heating element (PTC resistors: positive coefficient of
temperature) inserted into the vane eliminates or avoids icing. It is
supplied with 115 VAC through the PHC (Ref. 30-31-00).
The AOA sensor is equipped with a self-test device which is activated by
a 28 VDC signal, from the ADR (through the relay 21FP1, 21FP2 or 21FP3)
when the test is entered via the maintenance system (CFDIU and MCDU). The
self-test positions the vane at a resolver angle of +15 deg. (left side
test) or -15 deg. (right side test).
The mounting and wing of AOA resolvers determine the relationship between
the measured resolver angle and the indicated angle of attack. This
relationship for each resolver input is as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 010)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indicated AOA: | +85 | +60 | +25 | 0 | -35 |
| AOA 1 and AOA 3 |----------------------------------------------------|
| in degrees | Resolver angle: | -60 | -35 | 0 | +25 | +60 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indicated AOA: | +85 | +60 | +25 | 0 | -35 |
| AOA 2 |----------------------------------------------------|
| in degrees | Resolver angle: | +60 | +35 | 0 | -25 | -60 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ADRs receive the same 26 VAC, 400 Hz reference as the AOA resolvers.
This reference is common to both AOA resolver inputs 1 and 2.
Characteristics:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 26
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - AOA Sensor
Figure 009



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 27
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AOA Sensor - Installation Definition
Figure 010



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 28
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Excitation : 26 V 400 Hz
Phase shift : 18 deg. to 30 deg.
Resolver transformer
ratio RT : 0.4029 to 0.4629
Rotor impedance : Zro = 125 + j175 ohms +/-20%
Stator impedance : Zso = 115 + j90 ohms +/-30%
Range : +/-60 deg.
Scale factor : 1 deg. resolver/1 deg. local AOA
The accuracy of the AOA sensor, at 100 knots, is +/-0.3 deg.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 29
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
F. Selector Switches
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The two selector switches AIR DATA and ATT HDG are rotary selector
switches with three positions: CAPT/3, NORM and F/O/3.
These selector switches are used for the functions listed below (Ref. the
respective section for more details):
- AIR DATA SEL SW (15FP):
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-52-00 ATC mode S
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC
- ATT HDG SEL SW (13FP):
34-11-00 Power Supply
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-41-00 Weather Radar
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 30
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS Switching
Figure 011



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-11-00

Page 31
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The aircraft is equipped with three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units
(ADIRUs).
Each ADIRU receives data from the four types of sensors after:
- three pitot probes which provide total pressure data,
- six static probes which provide static pressure data,
- two Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensors which provide air temperature
data,
- three Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors which provide angle of attack data of
the aircraft.
The TAT sensors and the angle of attack sensors are directly connected to
the ADIRUs. The pitot probes and the static probes are connected to eight
Air Data Modules (ADM) which convert pressure data before they send them to
the ADIRUs.
The sensors, the probes, the ADMs and the ADIRUs are power supplied as
follows:

-------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28VDC | 115VAC | 26VAC |
-------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | X | X | X |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | X | X |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | X | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | X | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | X | | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| ADM |13.5VAC from ADIRU |
-------------------------------------------

In normal configuration, the Captain Primary Flight Display (PFD) and


Navigation Display (ND) show the data computed by the ADIRU 1.
The First Officer PFD and ND show the data computed by the ADIRU 2.
The data from the ADIRU 3 can be displayed by action on the AIR DATA
selector switch or on the ATT HDG selector switch located on the SWITCHING
panel.
These selector switches which define a priority order for the ADIRUs are
also used by several other aircraft systems (Ref. Para. 4.F.).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The sensors, probes and ADMs are located on the aircraft as follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 3FP1 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 1 231 34-11-19
R 3FP2 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 2 232 34-11-19
R
3FP3 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 3 127 824 34-11-19
11FP1 SENSOR-TAT, 1 121 34-11-18
11FP2 SENSOR-TAT, 2 122 34-11-18
19FP1 ADM-L TOTAL PRESSURE NONE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP2 ADM-R TOTAL PRESSURE 126 822 34-11-17
19FP3 ADM-STBY TOTAL PRESSURE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP4 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP5 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP6 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP7 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP8 ADM-STBY STATIC PRESSURE 121 811 34-11-17
7DA1 PROBE-L STATIC, 1 127 824 34-11-16
7DA2 PROBE-L STATIC, 2 127 824 34-11-16
7DA3 PROBE-L STATIC, 3 121 811 34-11-16
8DA1 PROBE-R STATIC, 1 128 824 34-11-16
8DA2 PROBE-R STATIC, 2 128 824 34-11-16
8DA3 PROBE-R STATIC, 3 122 811 34-11-16
9DA1 PROBE-PITOT, 1 125 812 34-11-15
9DA2 PROBE-PITOT, 2 126 822 34-11-15
9DA3 PROBE-PITOT, 3 125 812 34-11-15


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 2
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Probe and Sensor Location
Figure 001


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The different ADIRS switching devices are located on the aircraft as
follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12FP RELAY-ADIRS ON BAT/GROUND WARN 103VU 126 34-11-00
13FP SEL SW-ATT HDG 8VU 210 34-11-00
14FP RELAY-ADIRS 3 PWR SHEDDING 103VU 126 34-11-00
15FP SEL SW-AIR DATA 8VU 210 34-11-00
16FP RELAY-ADIRS 3 28VDC CONTROL 103VU 126 34-11-00
17FP RELAY-ADIRS 2 PWR SHEDDING 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP1 RELAY-AOA1 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP2 RELAY-AOA2 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP3 RELAY-AOA3 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
22FP SW-L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION 188VU 128 34-11-00
23FP RELAY-ADIRS LGCIU GND POS 103VU 126 34-11-00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : The function of the switch (22FP) is described in 34-12-00.


____


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 4
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. ____________
Power Supply

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The ADIRU is normally supplied with 115VAC, 400 Hz power for the ADR and
IR functions. However its AOA resolver converter module is supplied with
26VAC, 400 Hz.
The 28VDC back-up generation is provided by batteries and is
automatically used when the main power exceeds its normal limits.
At the beginning of each power cycle the ADIRU switches from the main to
the back-up power to test the electrical generation.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

The table below gives the power consumption of each unit of the ADIRS:

------------------------------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28VDC | 115VAC | 26VAC |
| |-------------------|-------------------| |
| | Typical | Maximum | Typical | Maximum | |
------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU (1) | 67 W | 84 W | 79 VA | 98 VA | 1 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | | 250 VA | 320 VA |3.5 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | | 281 VA | 360 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | | 200 VA | 350 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | | 2X75 W | | | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PHC | | 14 W | | | |
------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) ADIRU power consumption includes the supply of three ADMs.


With ON BAT annunciator, add 5 W.
With IR FAULT annunciator at I = 250 mA, add 10.5 W.
Other annunciators are open/ground discretes and so they are
energized by a power which is different from the ADIRU power.
When the ADIRU is in the OFF mode, all the circuitry in the ADIRU is
de-energized except for any logic associated with the power off
function. Current does not exceed 10 mA DC.
Each ADIRU supplies the power for the ADM of its side (CAPT, F/O,
STBY).
The ADIRU also supplies the CDU with a 28VDC signal. The consumption
of the CDU is 6 W (typical) and 10 W (maximum).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Power Supply Distribution
Figure 002


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 6
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

The table below gives the power consumption of each unit of the
ADIRS:

------------------------------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28 VDC | 115 VAC |26 VAC |
| |-------------------|-------------------|--------
| | Typical | Maximum | Typical | Maximum | |
------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU (1) | 67 W | 84 W | 79 VA | 98 VA | 1 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | | 250 VA | 320 VA |3.5 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | | 281 VA | 360 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | | 200 VA | 350 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | | 2X75 W | | | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PHC | | 14 W | | | |
------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) The ADIRU power consumption includes the supply of three ADMs.
With the ON BAT annunciator, add 5 W.
With the IR FAULT annunciator at I = 250 mA, add 10.5 W.
Other annunciators are open/ground discretes and so they are
energized by a power which is different from the ADIRU power.
When the ADIRU is in the OFF mode, all the circuitry in the ADIRU is
de-energized except for any logic associated with the power-off
function. The current does not exceed 10 mA DC.
Each ADIRU supplies the power for the ADM of its side (CAPT, F/O,
STBY).

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

B. ADIRS Power Supply Distribution in Normal Configuration

(1) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC SHED ESS BUS
801XP-A. The back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP.
The resolvers of the AOA sensor 1 and the AOA resolver converter
module of the ADIRU 1 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC ESS BUS
431XP-A.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 7
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The sensors and probes (static, TAT, pitot, AOA) are supplied for
heating through the Probe Heat Computer 1:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC SHED ESS BUS 801XP
- the heating element of the TAT sensor 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 101XP-A
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 1 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 1 101PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC ESS BUS 401XP.
(Ref. Fig. 003)

NOTE : Figure ADIRS/PHC Interface, is a principle diagram which does


____
not show the interface between the PHC and the sensors.
(Ref. 30-31-00 for more details on probe ice protection).

(2) First Officer side


The ADIRU 2 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC BUS 2 204XP. The
back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 702PP. The resolvers
of the AOA sensor 2 and the AOA resolver converter module of the
ADIRU 2 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC BUS 2 231XP-A.
The sensors and probes are supplied for heating through the PHC 2:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-B
- the heating element of the TAT sensor 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-C
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 2 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 2 206PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-B.

(3) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC BUS 1 101XP-C. The
back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP. The resolvers
of the AOA sensor 3 and the AOA resolver converter module of the
ADIRU 3 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC BUS 1 131XP-A.
The sensors and probes are supplied for heating through the PHC 3:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 3 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 103XP
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 3 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 1 103PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 3 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 103XP.
In normal configuration of the aircraft electrical generation, the
distribution described before is independent of the switching
selector switches.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 8
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS/PHC Interface
Figure 003


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 9
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
C. ADIRS Power Supply Distribution after Loss of Main Electrical Generation

(1) Loss of the main generation and ATT HDG selector switch in NORM
position

(a) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied as in normal configuration.
(Ref.Para B.(1)).

(b) First Officer side


The ADIRU 2 is no more supplied with 115VAC and 26VAC. When the
26VAC is lost, the ADR detects a fault and flags the output
parameters. The ADIRU is still powered with 28VDC from the 28VDC
HOT BUS 702PP but the Time Delay Opening (TDO) relay 17FP will
cut this supply after 5 minutes in emergency configuration.
The ADR 2 function is lost immediately.
The IR 2 function is lost after 5 minutes.

(c) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is no more supplied with 115VAC and 26VAC.
When the 26VAC is lost, the ADR detects a fault and flags the
output parameters. The ADIRU is still powered with 28VDC from the
28VDC HOT BUS 701PP but the Time Delay Opening (TDO) relay 14FP
will cut this supply after 5 minutes in emergency configuration.
The ADR3 function is lost immediately.
The IR 3 function is lost after 5 minutes.

(2) Loss of the main generation and ATT HDG selector switch in CAPT/3
position
The CAPT/3 position of the ATT HDG selector switch corresponds to the
selection of the IR 3 in place of the IR 1. The power supply
distribution must then be modified to keep the IR 3 in emergency
configuration.

(a) Captain side


The ADIRU 1 is supplied as in normal configuration
(Ref. Para. B.(1)).

(b) First Officer side


ADIRU 2 supply: Ref. Para. (1)(b).

(c) Standby side


The ADIRU 3 is no more supplied with 115VAC. The ADIRU 3 is still
powered with 28VDC from the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP.
The ADR 3 function is lost immediately.
The IR 3 function is available.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 10
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
D. Circuit Breakers
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN PANEL/ DESIGNATION BUS ATA. REF. AMM
LOCATION P. BLOCK 001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4FP1 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 801XP-A 34-11-00
4FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 204XP-C 34-11-00
4FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 101XP-C 34-11-00
5FP1 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU1 & 431XP-A 34-11-00
AOA/26VAC
5FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 231XP-A 34-11-00
5FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 131XP-A 34-11-00
6FP1 105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 704PP 34-11-00
6FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 702PP 34-11-00
6FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 701PP 34-11-00
8FP 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU 3/ 401PP 34-11-00
SWTG/SPLY
9FP 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3 SWTG/SPLY 301PP 34-11-00
10FP 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2 PWR/SHED 206PP 34-11-00
1DA1 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 101XP-A 30-31-00
1DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 202XP-C 30-31-00
2DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 401PP 30-31-00
2DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 206PP 30-31-00
2DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 101PP 30-31-00
3DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 401XP-B 30-31-00
3DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 202XP-B 30-31-00
3DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 103XP-C 30-31-00
4DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/AOA 801XP-C 30-31-00
4DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 202XP-B 30-31-00
4DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 103XP-C 30-31-00
5DA1 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 101PP 30-31-00
5DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 206PP 30-31-00
5DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 103PP 34-11-00


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 11
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. _____________________
Component Description

A. Static Probes
(Ref. Fig. 004)
Each of the three systems (CAPT (1), F/O (2), STBY (3)) comprises two
static probes which are linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs through
five ADMs.
The probe is protected from icing with a 28VDC heater circuit.
The static probes linked to ADIRU 1 and ADIRU 2 are set at 48.64 deg.
below the fuselage datum line (Z=0).
The static probes linked to ADIRU 3 are set at 29.5 deg. below the
fuselage datum line.

B. Pitot Probes
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Each system comprises one pitot probe (CAPT (1), F/O (2), STBY (3)) which
is linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs through one ADM.
The probe is protected from icing with a 115VAC - 400 Hz heater circuit.
The pitot probes 1 and 2 are set at 40.08 deg. below the fuselage datum
line (Z=0).
The pitot probe 3 is set at 59.56 deg. below the fuselage datum line
(Z=0).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 12
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Static Probe
Figure 004


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 13
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Pitot Probe
Figure 005


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 14
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
C. Air Data Modules (ADM)

**ON A/C 051-061,

(Ref. Fig. 006)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 006A)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

The term Air Data Module (ADM) refers to any remotely located LRU which
senses pressure information and transmits it to the ADIRU in ARINC 429
format.
The ADMs are remotely mounted near and above the level of the pitot and
static probes, this in order to make the ADM pneumatic plumbing self
draining when the aircraft is stationary on the ground.

(1) Internal description


The ADM comprises the following components
(Ref. Fig. 007)

(a) Transducer board


This device provides two signals (Pressure Time Pulse (PTP) and
Temperature Time Pulse (TTP)) used by the processor board.

(b) Processor board


The microcomputer comprises the following circuits:
- a micro-controller 80C31
- two memories: ROM (storage of software program) and RAM
(temporary storage of data)
- a Non Volatile Memory (NVM) (Storage of transducer modelling
coefficients and failure information)
- a RS-232C Serial Digital Input/Output (used for bench test and
calibration purposes)
- an ARINC 429 transmitter.
The processor board uses the PTP and TTP signals sent by the
transducer board and the transducer modelling coefficients stored
in the NVM to compute the pressure.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 15
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Air Data Module
Figure 006


R

EFF :

051-061,  34-11-00

Page 16
Config-3 Nov 01/06
 
CES 
Air Data Module
Figure 006A


R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 17
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADM - Block Diagram
Figure 007


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 18
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) EMI/lightning board
This board comprises the following devices:
- power supply: the ADM is supplied by the associated ADIRU with
+/- 13.5VAC. Power consumption is less than 200 mA on the
+13.5VDC input and less than 50 mA on the -13.5VDC input.
- EMI filters
- lightning protection
- input discretes filtering.

(2) Modes of operation


The ADM has three modes of operation:
- initialization
- normal operation
- Memory Access/Calibration (MA/C).

(a) Initialization mode


The ADM automatically enters the initialization mode immediately
after power is applied to the device or after a Watchdog Timer is
activated due to an ADM failure.
The ADM performs several tasks while in the initialization mode.
It:
- initializes software variables and hardware interfaces
- performs various self-monitoring tests to determine if the ADM
operates properly
- reads the fixed Program Pin discretes.
The ARINC 429 bus is disabled during the initialization mode. The
ADM does not output any data on the ARINC 429 bus.
The initialization mode is completed within 900 ms (maximum)
after valid power is applied to the ADM. Upon completion of the
initialization mode, the ADM automatically enters the normal
operation mode.

(b) Normal operation mode


The ADM enters the normal operation mode after the completion of
the initialization mode. It remains in the normal operation mode
until either power is removed from the ADM, or an internal
failure activates the Watchdog Timer, or an internal BITE detects
an unsafe condition at which time a failure warning is
annunciated or ARINC 429 transmissions cease.
The ADM performs the following functions in the normal operation
mode.
It:
- measures the pressure and temperature outputs from the
transducer
- uses filtering or averaging techniques consistent with the
noise, resolution, and dynamic frequency response requirements


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 19
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- computes the Applied Pressure based upon the pressure and
temperature signals
- filters the Computed Pressure
- formats the ARINC 429 word to be transmitted
- transmits the ARINC 429 Computed Pressure word
- formats and transmits two ADM discrete words (labels 270, 271)
- reads and debounces the MA/C discretes
- performs the BITE functions
- formats and transmits ADM software and equipment I.D. words
(labels 040,377).

(c) Memory Access/Calibration mode


The Memory Access/Calibration (MA/C) mode is used for purposes of
transducer calibration and fault analysis. The MA/C mode requires
external test equipment which interfaces to the ADM via a RS-232C
bus. This mode can be considered as an auxiliary mode which is
accessible in a repair shop environment only.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 20
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) Discrete inputs
Table 1 gives the identification of the ADM discrete inputs:

--------------------------------------------
| ADM Pin | Identification |
--------------------------------------------
| K | SDI 1 (LSB) (2) |
| L | SDI 2 (MSB) (2) |
| M | Configuration code 1 (3) |
| N | Configuration code 2 (3) |
| P | Parity (1) |
| a | Memory Access/Calibration 1 |
| b | NVM reset discrete |
| c | Memory Access/Calibration 2 |
--------------------------------------------

Table 1 = Discrete Inputs

NOTE : (1) An odd number of pins K, L, M, N and P must be grounded to


____
signify a valid installation. After the desired Source Data
Identifier (SDI) and the configuration pins have been
selected, the parity pin P must be selectively left open or
grounded to ensure that an odd number of pins K through P
inclusive have been grounded.

NOTE : (2) Program pins used for identification of the installation


____
position on the aircraft and the corresponding SDI code to be
transmitted. The code definition is provided in table 2.

NOTE : (3) The ADM transmits the measured pressure with a label
____
depending on the configuration code input discretes. The
configuration code definition is provided in table 3.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Input discrete SDI output |Input discrete SDI output |Installation|
| pin L Bit 10 state| pin K Bit 09 state| |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| open 0 | open 0 | Invalid |
| open 0 | ground 1 | 1 |
| ground 1 | open 0 | 2 |
| ground 1 | ground 1 | 3 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 2 = SDI Code


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 21
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Installation function | Config. code 1 | Config. code 2 | Label |
| | Pin N | Pin M | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Total pressure | open | open | 242 |
| Left static pressure | open | ground | 176 |
| Right static pressure | ground | open | 177 |
| Averaged static | ground | ground | 245 |
| pressure (uncorrected)| | | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 3 = Configuration Code

(4) Output bus


All data are transmitted via a single ARINC 429 low-speed serial
digital output bus. The outputs from the ADM are a single pressure
word having an installation selectable label, two discrete data
words, and two identification words.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code parameters are given in the table 4 below:
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
All these parameters are given in the table 4 below:


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 22
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 242 |TOTAL |100-1400 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 176 |LEFT STAT |100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |RIGHT STAT|100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |AVERAGED |100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |STATIC |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
| |PRESSURE | | | | | | | | |
| |(UNCORRTD)| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DISCRETE |Table 5 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DISCRETE |Table 6 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIPMENT |Table 7 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 040 |SOFTWARE |Table 8 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |500 | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 = Digital Outputs


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 23
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 270 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-12 |Logic 0 |
| 13-16 |LSD device revision number (currently 4H) |
| 17-20 |MSD device revision number (currently 0H) |
| 21-24 |LS device revision letter (currently CH) |
| 25-28 |MS device revision letter (currently AH) |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 5 = Discrete Word 1 (Label 270)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 271 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-13 |Logic 0 |
| 14 |ADM LRU Status |
| 15 |Pin configuration status |
| 16 |Environment status |
| 17-24 |Current fault byte matrix |
| 25-28 |Word counter |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 6 = Discrete Word 2 (Label 271)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 24
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 377 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-14 |LSD equipment identification (8H) |
| 15-18 |MSD equipment identification (3H) |
| 19-29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 7 = Equipment Ident (Label 377)

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 040 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-12 |Logic 0 |
| 13-16 |LSD software revision number |
| 17-20 |MSD software revision number |
| 21-24 |LSD manufacturer ident number (1H) |
| 25-28 |MSD manufacturer ident number (0H) |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 8 = Software Ident (Label 040)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 25
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
D. Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-238, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 008)

R **ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 008A)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

The aircraft is equipped with two TAT sensors with two sensing elements
each. The sensing elements of the sensor have variable resistances. The
TAT sensor 1 is linked to the ADR portion of ADIRUs 1 and 3, the TAT
sensor 2 is linked to the ADR portion of ADIRU 2.
The TAT sensors are set at 2.33 m from the nose and at 0.60 m of the
aircraft axis below the fuselage. The TAT sensor 1 is located on the left
side and the TAT sensor 2 on the right side.
The air flow enters the scoop of the sensor, goes through a calibrated
choke and flows over the hermetically sealed platinum resistance sensing
element where the temperature is measured. The speed of the flow over the
element is controlled by the choke in the element tube.
The ADR portion is designed to operate with 500 ohms (at 0 deg. C )
temperature sensor unit corresponding to the basic Callender - Van Dusen
equation. To improve the accuracy of the sensor, a network of precision
resistors is used. This technique is identified by the term Precision
Calibration Interchangeability (PCI).
These sensors are heated with 115VAC through the probe heating system.
The heating element must not be energized on the ground.
The heating element is implanted in the scoop and strut and keeps the
probe free of ice under the most severe icing conditions.

NOTE : Probe ice protection is described in 30-31-00.


____


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 26
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - TAT Sensor
Figure 008


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-238, 301-310,  34-11-00

Page 27
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS - TAT Sensor
Figure 008A


R

EFF :
511-523,
239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509,  34-11-00

Page 28
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
E. Angle Of Attack (AOA) Sensor

**ON A/C 051-061,

(Ref. Fig. 009)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 009A)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

The aircraft is equipped with three AOA sensors. Two are located on the
left side and one on the right side of the fuselage. Each of these AOA
sensors is respectively linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs. The AOA
sensors 1 and 3 are set at 6.08 deg. and 31 deg. below the fuselage datum
line (Z = 0) on the left side. The AOA sensor 2 is set at 6.08 deg. below
the fuselage datum line (Z = 0) on the right side.
The angle of attack sensor is of the wind vane type. Its sensing element
is a small wing which is positioned in the direction of airflow. The
small wing is mechanically linked to a free turn-shaft which drives the
devices transmitting the local angle of attack signal. These transmitting
devices are made up of resolver transformers which convert the angular
information into proportional electrical information (angle sine and
cosine). The resolvers are supplied with a 26VAC signal. The same signal
is also received by the ADIRU as a reference for the decoding of AOA
values. Each sensor has three resolver outputs but only two are wired to
the ADIRU.
The whole mechanism is stabilized around the rotation axis. In addition,
a damping device enables a satisfactory dynamic response to be obtained
(filtering of mechanical oscillation).
A self-regulated heating element (CTP resistances: positive coefficient
of temperature) inserted into the vane eliminates or avoids icing. It is
supplied with 115VAC through the PHC (Ref. 30-31-00).
The AOA sensor is equipped with a self-test device which is activated by
a 28VDC signal, from the ADR (through the relay 21FP1, 21FP2 or 21FP3)
when the test is entered via the maintenance system (CFDIU and MCDU). The
self-test positions the vane at a resolver angle of +15 deg. (left side
test) or -15 deg. (right side test).
The mounting and wing of AOA resolvers determine the relationship between
the measured resolver angle and indicated angle of attack. This
relationship for each resolver input is as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 010)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 29
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - AOA Sensor
Figure 009


R

EFF :

051-061,  34-11-00

Page 30
Config-3 Nov 01/07
 
CES 
ADIRS - AOA Sensor
Figure 009A


R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 31
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AOA Sensor - Installation Definition
Figure 010


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 32
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indicated AOA: | +85 | +60 | +25 | 0 | -35 |
| AOA 1 and AOA 3 |----------------------------------------------------|
| in degrees | Resolver angle: | -60 | -35 | 0 | +25 | +60 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indicated AOA: | +85 | +60 | +25 | 0 | -35 |
| AOA 2 |----------------------------------------------------|
| in degrees | Resolver angle: | +60 | +35 | 0 | -25 | -60 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ADRs receive the same 26VAC, 400 Hz reference as the AOA resolvers.
This reference is common to both AOA resolver inputs 1 and 2.
Characteristics:
Excitation : 26 V 400 Hz
Phase shift : 18 deg. to 30 deg.
Resolver transformer
ratio RT : 0.4029 to 0.4629
Rotor impedance : Zro = 125 + j175 ohms +/-20%
Stator impedance : Zso = 115 + j90 ohms +/-30%
Range : +/-60 deg.
Scale factor : 1 deg. resolver/1 deg. local AOA
The accuracy of the AOA sensor, at 100 knots, is +/-0.3 deg.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 33
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

F. Selector Switches
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The two selector switches AIR DATA and ATT HDG are rotary selector
switches with 3 positions: CAPT/3, NORM and F/O/3.
These selector switches are used for the functions listed below (Ref. the
respective section for more details):
- AIR DATA SEL SW (15FP):
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-52-00 ATC mode S
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC
- ATT HDG SEL SW (13FP):
34-11-00 Power Supply
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-41-00 Weather Radar
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC.


R

EFF :
511-523,
051-099, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,  34-11-00

Page 34
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-11-00

Page 35
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS Switching
Figure 011


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-11-00

Page 36
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 106-149, 204-249, 301-399,

F. Selector Switches
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The two selector switches AIR DATA and ATT HDG are rotary selector
switches with 3 positions: CAPT/3, NORM and F/O/3.
These selector switches are used for the functions listed below (Ref. the
respective section for more details):
- AIR DATA SEL SW (15FP):
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-52-00 ATC mode S
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC
- ATT HDG SEL SW (13FP):
34-11-00 Power Supply
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-41-00 Weather Radar
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC.



EFF :

106-149, 204-249, 301-399,  34-11-00

Page 37
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-00-720-001

Functional Test of the ADM

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific ARINC reader
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
R 36122 3 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 501
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
R 52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-00-010-050

A. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position and open the access door 824.

Subtask 34-11-00-860-056

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the center pedestral, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that
the AIR DATA selector switch is at NORM.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 502
Feb 01/02
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-00-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

Subtask 34-11-00-480-050

D. Install the Ground Pressure Generator and the ARINC Reader.

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes and the pitot
probes.

(2) Connect the static port of the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100
MB to the static and/or total probes on which you do the test :

(a) the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT


(98D34003500102)
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) and F/O circuit (ADIRU 2):
- 7DA1 ZONE 127 STA 8750 for the LH static pressure ADM (19FP5)
- 7DA2 ZONE 127 STA 8700 for the LH static pressure ADM (19FP7)
and
- 8DA1 ZONE 128 STA 9300 for the RH static pressure ADM (19FP4)
- 8DA2 ZONE 128 STA 9350 for the RH static pressure ADM (19FP6)

(b) the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT


(98D34003500100)
For the standby circuit (ADIRU 3) :
- 7DA3 ZONE 121 STA 4250 for the static pressure ADM (19FP8) or
- 8DA3 ZONE 122 STA 4250 for the static pressure ADM (19FP8)

R (c) the pitot probes with the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE or


equivalent
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) :
- 9DA1 ZONE 125 STA 5500 for the total pressure ADM (19FP1)
For F/O circuit (ADIRU 2) :
- 9DA2 ZONE 126 STA 5500 for the total pressure ADM (19FP2)
For the standby circuit (ADIRU 3) :
- 9DA3 ZONE 125 STA 5500 for the total pressure ADM (19FP3)



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 503
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
(3) seal the Stby probes:

CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.

(a) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probes with a piece of plastic
and colored adhesive tape of very bright color.

(b) Seal the opposite static probe of the standby ADM with the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500103).

(4) Start the ground pressure generator.

(5) Connect the ARINC reader to :


- the connector 199VC (pins GG/HH) for the CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1)
- the connector 198VC (pins GG/HH) for the F/O circuit (ADIRU 2)
- the connector 199VC (pins <Y/<Z) for the standby circuit (ADIRU 3)

(6) Start the ARINC reader.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-11-00-720-050

A. Functional Test of the ADM

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the ARINC reader, compare the


set a static pressure as given in pressure values of the static and total
the table below. ADM read on the following labels :
ADIRU 1
NOTE : You can also set an other
____ - Label 242 (ADM 19FP1)
pressure value. The - Label 176 (ADM 19FP5)
tolerance for the values - Label 177 (ADM 19FP4)
read on the ARINC reader ADIRU 2



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 504
Feb 01/09
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
is the same as these - Label 242 (ADM 19FP2)
indicated in the table - Label 176 (ADM 19FP7)
below. - Label 177 (ADM 19FP6)
ADIRU 3
- Label 242 (ADM 19FP3)
- Label 245 (ADM 19FP8)

2. On the ground pressure generator, The rate of descent must not be more
slowly decrease the pressure. than 6000 ft/mn.

3. Stop the ground pressure The test procedure stops.


generator.

-----------------------------------------------------
| PT | Altitude | Pressure value from |
| | (approx.) | the ADM |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
R | 836 hPa | 5000 ft | 836 +/- 0.3 hPa |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
R | 690 hPa | 10000 ft | 690 +/- 0.3 hPa |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
R | 460 hPa | 20000 ft | 460 +/- 0.3 hPa |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
R | 300 hPa | 30000 ft | 300 +/- 0.3 hPa |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
R | 196 hPa | 39000 ft | 196 +/- 0.3 hPa |
-----------------------------------------------------

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-00-080-050

A. Remove the Ground Pressure Generator

(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(2) Make sure that there is no remaining piece of plastic and/or adhesive
tape on the pitot probes. Make sure that the pitot drain holes are
serviceable.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 505
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-00-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

Subtask 34-11-00-410-050

C. Close Access

R (1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 34-11-00-860-051

D. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the slip on covers on the static probes and on the pitot
probes.

(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 506
Feb 01/02
 
CES 
TASK 34-11-00-710-001

Test of the Monitoring of the ADR/AOA 26VAC Power Supply

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-00-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position in zone 126 at the access door
822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 507
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-11-00-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the overhead panel:


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-00-860-052-A

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the overhead panel:


- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
- On the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-11-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-00-865-053

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-11-00-710-050

A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADR/AOA 26VAC Power Supply

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the CAPT and F/O PFDs show the speed
switch related to the IR1, IR2 and altitude indications.
and IR3 to NAV.

2. On the panel 49VU (121VU):

- open the circuit breaker 5FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT legend of
(5FP2). the ADR1 (ADR2) pushbutton switch
comes on.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and
ALT warning flags come into view.
- on the lower ECAM DU, on the status
page, in the INOP SYST section, the
ADR1 indication comes into view.

3. On the panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector - on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
switch to CAPT/3 (F/O/3). altitude indications come into view.

4. On the panel 121VU:

- open the circuit breaker 5PF3. - on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and
ALT warning flags come into view.
- on the lower ECAM display unit, in
the INOP SYST section, the ADR 1 + 3
(ADR 2 + 3) indication comes into
view.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 510
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT legend of
the ADR3 pushbutton switch comes on.

5. On the panel 49VU (121VU):

- close the circuit breaker 5FP1 - on the lower ECAM display unit, in
(5FP2). the INOP SYST section, the ADR3
indication comes into view.
- on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT legend of
the ADR1 (ADR2) pushbutton switch
goes off.

6. On the panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector - on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
switch to NORM. altitude indications come into view.

7. On the panel 121VU:

- close the circuit breaker 5FP3. - on the lower ECAM display unit, in
the INOP SYST section, the ADR3
indication goes out of view.
- on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT legend of
the ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.

8. Refer to the indications in the You must get the same results on the
parentheses specified in the F/O side.
para. 1 to 5 and do the ADR2
test.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-11-00

Page 511
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-00-710-050-A

A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADR/AOA 26VAC Power Supply

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The CAPT and F/O PFDs show the speed
switch related to the IR1, IR2 and altitude indications.
and IR3 to NAV.

2. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU


(121VU):

- Open the circuit breaker 5FP1 - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT legend of
(5FP2). the ADR1 (ADR2) pushbutton switch
comes on.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and
ALT warning flags come into view.
- On the lower ECAM DU, on the status
page, in the INOP SYST section, the
ADR1 indication comes into view.

3. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- Set the AIR DATA selector - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
switch to CAPT/3 (F/O/3). altitude indications come into view.

4. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:

- Open the circuit breaker 5PF3. - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and
ALT warning flags come into view.
- On the lower ECAM display unit, in
the INOP SYST section, the ADR 1 + 3
(ADR 2 + 3) indication comes into
view.
- On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT legend of
the ADR3 pushbutton switch comes on.

5. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU


(121VU):


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Close the circuit breaker 5FP1 - On the lower ECAM display unit, in
R (5FP2). the INOP SYST section, the ADR3
R indication comes into view.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT legend of
R the ADR1 (ADR2) pushbutton switch
R goes off.

R 6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

R - Set the AIR DATA selector - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
R switch to NORM. altitude indications come into view.

R 7. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:

R - Close the circuit breaker 5FP3. - On the lower ECAM display unit, in
R the INOP SYST section, the ADR3
R indication goes out of view.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT legend of
R the ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.

R 8. Refer to the indications in the You must get the same results on the
R parentheses specified in the F/O side.
R para. 1 to 5 and do the ADR2
R test.

R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-11-00-860-053

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) On the ADIRS CDU, set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 513
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-00-860-053-A

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) On the ADIRS MSU, set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-00-410-051

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover of the 105VU with two bolts.

(2) Close the access door 822.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-11-00-710-002

Test of the Monitoring of the ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-00-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position in zone 126 at the access door
822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 515
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-11-00-860-054

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the overhead panel:


- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- On the ADIRS CDU, on the panel 20VU, make sure that the 3
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
- On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-00-860-054-A

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the overhead panel:


- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- On the ADIRS MSU, on the overhead panel 20VU, make sure that the
three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
- On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-11-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-00-865-054

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

Subtask 34-11-00-710-051-A

A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)

NOTE : Ignore all warnings / indications which are not related to this
____
test.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the panel 49VU (121VU):


- open the circuit breaker 4FP1
(4FP2).

2. On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR 1 (IR
2) to NAV.

- set the SYS DISPLAY selector - on the ADIRS CDU:


switch to 1 (2). * the ON BAT light is on,
* the related ALIGN legend is on,
* the related FAULT legend flashes.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR 1 FAULT (IR 2 FAULT) warning comes
into view.
- on the GLARESHIELD panels 130VU and
131VU, the MASTER CAUT lights are on.
- you can hear the single chime.
- after a time delay of 15 s, you can
hear the horn.

3. On the panel 49VU (121VU):

- close the circuit breaker 4FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU:


(4FP2). * the related FAULT legend goes off,
* the ON BAT light goes off,
* the related ALIGN legend stays on.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 518
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR1 FAULT (IR2 FAULT) warning goes
out of view.
- the horn stops.

4. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU, the related ALIGN
switch related to the IR 1 (IR legend goes off.
2) to OFF.

5. On the GLARESHIELD panels 130VU


and 131VU:

- push and release the MASTER - on the GLARESHIELD panels 130VU and
CAUT lights. 131VU, the MASTER CAUT lights go off.

6. Do the IR 2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
para. 1 to 5. F/O side.

7. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU:


switch related to the IR 1 (IR * the related ALIGN legend comes on,
2) to NAV. * then, the ON BAT light comes on
during 5 s.

8. On the panel 49VU (121VU):

- open the circuit breaker 4FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
(4FP2). comes on.
- in the nose gear well:
* after a time delay of 15 s approx
you can hear the horn,
* on the door 121AL, on the EXT PWR
panel 108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS VENT
light comes on.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the attitude
indications are shown.

9. On the panel 49VU (121VU):

- close the circuit breaker 4FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
(4FP2). goes off.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 519
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the horn stops.

10. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU, the related ALIGN
switch related to the IR 1 (IR legend goes off.
2) to OFF. - on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the attitude
indications go off.

11. Do the IR 2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
para. 7 to 10. F/O side.

12. On the panel 121VU:


- open the circuit breaker 4FP3.

13. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the ATT HDG selector - on the CAPT PFD and ND the attitude
switch to CAPT/3. and heading indications from the IR 1
are not shown.

14. On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR 3 to
NAV.

- set the SYS DISPLAY selector - on the ADIRS CDU:


switch to 3. * the ON BAT light is on,
* the related ALIGN legend is on,
* the related FAULT legend flashes.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR 3 FAULT warning comes into view.
- on the GLARESHIELD panels 130VU and
131VU, the MASTER CAUT lights are on.
- you can hear the single chime.
- after a time delay of 15 s, you can
hear the horn.

15. On the panel 121VU:

- close the circuit breaker - on the ADIRS CDU:


4FP3. * the related FAULT legend goes off,
* the ON BAT light goes off,
* the related ALIGN legend stays on.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 520
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR 3 FAULT warning goes off.

16. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend
switch related to the IR 3 to goes off.
OFF.

17. On the GLARESHIELD panels 130VU


and 131VU:

- push and release the MASTER - on the GLARESHIELD panels 130VU and
CAUT lights. 131VU, the MASTER CAUT lights go off.

18. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU:


switch related to the IR 3 to * the related ALIGN legend comes on,
NAV. * then, the ON BAT light comes on
during 5 s.

19. On the panel 121VU:

- open the circuit breaker 4FP3. - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
comes on.
- in the nose gear well:
* after a time delay of 15 s approx
you can hear the horn,
* on the door 121AL, on the EXT PWR
panel 108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS VENT
light comes on.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the attitude
indications stay in view.

20. On the panel 121VU:

- close the circuit breaker - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
4FP3. goes off.
- the horn stops.

21. On the ADIRS CDU:


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-11-00

Page 521
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU, the related ALIGN
switches to OFF. legend goes off.

22. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:


- set the ATT HDG selector
switch to NORM.

23. On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the SYS DISPLAY selector
switch to OFF.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-11-00-710-051

A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)

NOTE : Ignore all warnings / indications which are not related to this
____
test.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the panel 49VU (121VU):


- open the circuit breaker 4FP1
(4FP2).

2. On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR 1 (IR
2) to NAV.

- set the SYS DISPLAY selector - on the ADIRS CDU:


switch to 1 (2). * the related ALIGN legend is on,
* the ON BAT light is on,
* the related FAULT legend flashes.
- On the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR 1 FAULT (IR 2 FAULT) warning comes
into view.
- on the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER CAUT lights are on.
- you can hear the single chime.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-11-00

Page 522
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- after a time delay of 15 s, you can
hear the horn.

3. On the panel 49VU (121VU), close - on the ADIRS CDU,


the circuit breaker 4FP1 (4FP2). The related FAULT legend continues to
flash.
The ON BAT light goes off.
The ALIGN legend stays on.
- The horn stops.

4. On the ADIRS CDU: - on the ADIRS CDU, the related FAULT


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector legend continues to flash then goes
switch related to the IR 1 (IR off after a short time,
2) to OFF. - on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR1 FAULT (IR2 FAULT) warning goes
out of view.
- on the panels 130VU and 131VU the
MASTER CAUT lights go off,
- on the ADIRS CDU, the related ALIGN
legend goes off.

5. Do the IR 2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
para. 1 to 4. F/O side.

6. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the related ALIGN legend comes on,
switch related to the IR 1 (IR - then, the ON BAT light comes on
2) to NAV. during 5 s.

7. On the panel 49VU (121VU):

- open the circuit breaker 4FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
(4FP2). comes on.
- in the nose gear wheel:
* after a time delay of 15 s approx
you can hear the horn.
* on the door 121AL, on the panel
108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS VENT light
comes on.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD and ND, the
attitude indications are shown.

8. On the panel 49VU (121VU):


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-11-00

Page 523
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- close the circuit breaker 4FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
(4FP2). goes off.
- the horn stops.

9. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:


set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector the ALIGN legend goes off.
switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
to OFF.

10. Do the IR 2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
para. 6 to 8. F/O side.

11. On the panel 121VU:


- open the circuit breaker 4FP3.

12. On the panel 8VU:

- set the ATT HDG selector - on the CAPT PFD and ND the attitude
switch to CAPT/3. and heading indications from the IR 1
are not shown.

13. On the ADIRS CDU:


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR 3 to
NAV.

- set the SYS DISPLAY selector - on the ADIRS CDU:


switch to 3. * the related ALIGN legend is on,
* the ON BAT light is on.
* the related FAULT legend flashes.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR 3 FAULT warning comes into view.
- on the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER CAUT lights are on.
- you can hear the single chime.
- after a time delay of 15 s, you can
hear the horn.

14. On the panel 121VU:

- close the circuit breaker - on the ADIRS CDU:


4FP3. * the related FAULT legend goes off.
* the ON BAT light goes off.
* the ALIGN legend stays on.



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-11-00

Page 524
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU:


switch related to the IR 3 to * the related FAULT legend continues
OFF. to flash then goes off after a short
time,
* the ALIGN legend goes off.

16. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU:


switch related to the IR 3 to * the ON BAT light comes on during 5
NAV. s.
* then, the ALIGN legend comes on.

17. On the panel 121VU:

- open the circuit breaker 4FP3. - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
comes on.
- in the nose gear well:
* after a time delay of 15 s approx
you can hear the horn.
* on the door 121AL, on the panel
108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS VENT light
comes on.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD , the attitude
indications stay in view.

18. On the panel 121VU: - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
- close the circuit breaker goes off.
4FP3. - the horn stops.

19. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The related ALIGN legend goes off.
switches to OFF.

20. On the panel 8VU:


- set the ATT HDG selector
switch to NORM.



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-11-00

Page 525
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-00-710-051-B

A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)

NOTE : Ignore all warnings / indications which are not related to this
____
test.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU - On the ADIRS MSU:


(121VU): * The ON BAT light is on.
- Open the circuit breaker 4FP1 * The related FAULT legend flashes.
(4FP2). - On the upper ECAM display unit, the

2. On the ADIRS MSU: IR1 FAULT (IR2 FAULT) warning comes


- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector into view.
switch related to the IR1 (IR2) - On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
to NAV. panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER
CAUT lights are on.
- You can hear the single chime.
- After a time delay of 15 s, you can
hear the horn.

3. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU - On the ADIRS MSU:


(121VU), close the circuit The related FAULT legend continues to
breaker 4FP1 (4FP2). flash.
The ON BAT light goes off.
- The horn stops.

4. On the ADIRS MSU: - On the ADIRS MSU, the related FAULT


- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector legend continues to flash then goes
switch related to the IR1 (IR2) off after a short time.
to OFF. - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR1 FAULT (IR2 FAULT) warning goes
out of view.
- On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
panels 130VU and 131VU the MASTER
CAUT lights go off.

5. Do the IR2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
para. 1 to 4. F/O side.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on during 5 s.
switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
to NAV.

7. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU


(121VU):

- Open the circuit breaker 4FP1 - On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
(4FP2). comes on.
- In the nose gear wheel:
* After a time delay of 15 s approx
you can hear the horn.
* On the door 121AL, on the external
power panel 108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS
VENT light comes on.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and ND, the
attitude indications are shown.

8. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU


(121VU):

- Close the circuit breaker 4FP1 - On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
(4FP2). goes off.
- The horn stops.

9. On the ADIRS MSU:


Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
to OFF.

10. Do the IR2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
para. 6 to 8. F/O side.

11. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:


- Open the circuit breaker 4FP3.

12. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- Set the ATT HDG selector - On the CAPT PFD and ND the attitude
switch to CAPT/3. and heading indications from the IR1
are not shown.

13. On the ADIRS MSU: - On the ADIRS MSU:


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector * The ON BAT light is on.
switch related to the IR3 to * The related FAULT legend flashes.
NAV. - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR3 FAULT warning comes into view.
- On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER
CAUT lights are on.
- You can hear the single chime.
- After a time delay of 15 s, you can
hear the horn.

14. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:

- Close the circuit breaker - On the ADIRS MSU:


4FP3. * The related FAULT legend goes off.
* The ON BAT light goes off.

15. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - On the ADIRS MSU:


switch related to the IR3 to * The related FAULT legend continues
OFF. to flash then goes off after a short
time.

16. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - On the ADIRS MSU:


switch related to the IR3 to * The ON BAT light comes on during 5
NAV. s.

17. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:

- Open the circuit breaker 4FP3. - On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
comes on.
- In the nose gear well:
* After a time delay of 15 s approx
you can hear the horn.
* On the door 121AL, on the external
power panel 108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS
VENT light comes on.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the attitude
indications stay in view.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18. On the rear C/B panel 121VU: - On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
- Close the circuit breaker goes off.
4FP3. - The horn stops.

19. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT


selector switches to OFF.

20. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:


- Set the ATT HDG selector
switch to NORM.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-00-860-055

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) On the overhead panel:


- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are pushed. The off legends are off.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-11-00-410-052

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
PROBE - PITOT (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-15-000-001

Removal of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

R WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3), 4DA1(2,3)


_______
R AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF
R YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
R - THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
R - THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
R PERSONNEL.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking cap


No specific blanking plug
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-11-15-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-15-860-058

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Remove the protective covers from the sensors and the probes (AOA,
Static, Pitot and TAT).

Subtask 34-11-15-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 9DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-15-865-061

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 9DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16

Subtask 34-11-15-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 125 to get access to
pitot probes 1 and 3 and at zone 126 to get access to pitot probe 2.

(2) Open the access door:


FOR 9DA1, 9DA3
812
FOR 9DA2
822

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-15-991-001)

Subtask 34-11-15-020-050

A. Removal of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)

CAUTION : BE VERY CAREFUL WITH THE PITOT PROBES:


_______
- DO NOT LET THEM FALL
- DO NOT BEND THEM
- DO NOT CAUSE SCRATCHES.

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2).

(2) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (1).

(3) Put a blanking cap on the disconnected electrical connector (2).

(4) Put a blanking plug on the quick-disconnect coupling (1).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Pitot Probe
R Figure 401/TASK 34-11-15-991-001



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 404
Nov 01/01
 
CES 
(5) Loosen the two nuts (3) from the inner side of the aircraft.

NOTE : A second person is necessary to hold the pitot probe from the
____
outer side of the aircraft.

(6) Carefully remove the pitot probe (5) from the fuselage.

(7) Remove and discard the gasket (4).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 405
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
TASK 34-11-15-400-001

Installation of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
- THERE IS NO SIGN OF CORROSION OR DAMAGE ON THE EQUIPMENT
- THERE IS NO FOREIGN OBJECT IN THE EQUIPMENT
TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE IN THE SYSTEM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 gasket 34-11-01 03 -040


4 gasket 34-11-01 03 -040A
R



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different


Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
30-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)
34-11-15-710-001 Test of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3) without
the CFDS
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-11-15-991-001 Fig. 401
34-11-15-991-003 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-15-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 125 to get
access to pitot probes 1 and 3 and at zone 126 to get access to pitot
probe 2.

(2) Make sure that the access door are open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002):
FOR 9DA1, 9DA3
812
FOR 9DA2
822

R (3) Make sure that the protective covers of the sensors and probes (AOA,
R static, Pitot and TAT) are removed.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 407
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-15-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 9DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-11-15-865-062

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 9DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-15-991-001)

Subtask 34-11-15-420-050

A. Installation of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Install the new gasket (4).

NOTE : A second person is necessary to hold the pitot probe from the
____
outer side of the aircraft.

(4) Carefully install the pitot probe (5).

NOTE : You must turn the sensor element (6) to the front of the
____
aircraft.

R (5) TORQUE the two nuts (3) to 0.85 m.daN (75.22 lbf.in) from the inner
R side of the fuselage.

(6) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (2).

(7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(8) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the pitot probe (5).

(9) Remove the blanking plug from the quick-disconnect coupling (1).

(10) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (1) to the pitot probe (5).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-11-15-991-003)

(11) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
Figure 402/TASK 34-11-15-991-003



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 410
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
(12) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly
attached.

WARNING : IF YOU REPLACE PITOT PROBE 3 (9DA3), OR IF YOU REPLACE MORE


_______
THAN ONE PITOT PROBE, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED
MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT
COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN OFF THE
JOB.

(13) Check the bonding contact resistance between the pitot probe (5) and
the fuselage structure (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).

Subtask 34-11-15-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1, 5SQ2
FOR 9DA1
1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 9DA2
1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2
FOR 9DA3
2DA3, 3DA3, 4DA3, 5DA3

Subtask 34-11-15-710-050

C. Do the tests that follow:

(1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection.


(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001).

NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test


____
without the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-11-15-710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-15-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials. (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 411
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
(3) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002) :
FOR 9DA1, 9DA3
812
FOR 9DA2
822

(4) Install the protective covers on the sensors and probes (AOA, static,
Pitot and TAT).

(5) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 412
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
PROBE - PITOT (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-15-710-001

Test of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3) without the CFDS

CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE TEST.
_______

CAUTION : DO NOT CONTINUE THE TEST FOR MORE THAN ONE MINUTE TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO THE PROBES.

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE PROBES IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE TEST.


_______
THEY ARE HOT AND CAN BURN YOU.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Do this test after the removal/installation of the Pitot Probe


(9DA1,9DA2,9DA3) when the CFDS is unserviceable.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-15-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure ECAM only(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 501
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure for the related system:
For 9DA1
ADIRU1
For 9DA2
ADIRU2
For 9DA3
ADIRU3
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

Subtask 34-11-15-865-056

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
R FOR 9DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
R FOR 9DA3
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-11-15-710-051

A. Heating Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel on the


PROBE/WINDOW HEAT section of the
panel 25VU:

- push the AUTO pushbutton switch the ON legend comes on.

2. On the circuit breaker panel :

- on the panel 49VU, open the - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
circuit breaker 3DA1 MASTER CAUT lights come on
- you can hear the single chime
- on the upper ECAM display unit the
ANTI ICE CAPT PITOT indication comes
into view.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 502
May 01/00
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- or on the panel 122VU, open the - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
circuit breaker 3DA2 MASTER CAUT lights come on
- you can hear the single chime
- on the upper ECAM display unit the
ANTI ICE F/O PITOT indication comes
into view.

- or on the panel 122VU, open the - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
circuit breaker 3DA3. MASTER CAUT lights come on
- you can hear the single chime
- on the upper ECAM display unit the
ANTI ICE STBY PITOT indication comes
into view.

3. Close the circuit breaker(s) that - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
you opened before. MASTER CAUT lights go off.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
indication given above goes out of
view.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
MEMO page comes into view.

4. On the overhead panel, on the


PROBE/WINDOW HEAT section of the
panel 25VU:

- release the AUTO pushbutton The ON legend goes off.


switch

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-15-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER
DISPLAY and LOWER DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.

(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 503
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
PROBE - PITOT (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-15-200-001

Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

The purpose of this Task is to do a Visual inspection of the Pitot probe.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-10-00-170-001 Flushing of the Principal Total Pressure Lines (for


corrective action)
34-10-00-170-003 Draining and Flushing of Standby Pneumatic Circuits
(for corrective action)
34-11-15-000-001 Removal of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3) (for
corrective action)
34-11-15-400-001 Installation of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
(for corrective action)
34-22-25-170-001 Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and
Standby Total Pressure lines (ISIS) (for corrective
action)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

34-11-15-991-002 Fig. 601



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 601
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

34-11-15-991-002-B Fig. 601A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-15-865-053

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
FOR 9DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16

Subtask 34-11-15-860-054

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the access platform in position in Zone 125 to get access to the
pitot probes 1 and 3 and in Zone 126 to get access to the pitot probe
2.

(2) Remove the cover of the pitot probe.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 34-11-15-991-002)



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Pitot Probe Tip Configuration
Figure 601/TASK 34-11-15-991-002


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,  34-11-15

Page 603
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 34-11-15-991-002-B)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-11-15-220-050

A. Inspection/Check of the Pitot probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)

(1) Do a general visual inspection of the Pitot probe.

(a) Color
During the ageing of the probe, the color of the tube becomes
brownish and/or blackish.
This coloration has no effect on the operation of the probe.

(b) Internal obstruction

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP AND/OR METAL TOOLS OR OBJECTS TO CLEAN


_______
THE PITOT PROBE. SUCH TOOLS OR OBJECTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE PITOT PROBE.

Make sure that Pitot probe is clean, without obstruction.


If not, remove the Pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-000-001), blow
compressed air into the Pitot tube at the pneumatic connector and
out of the tube entrance.
Maximum air pressure: 57 psi (3.9300 bar).

NOTE : The compressed air line must have an oil trap to make sure
____
that no oil gets into the Pitot probe.

Install the Pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-400-001).

(c) External condition.


Make sure that the Pitot probe tube is not bent and has no holes
or cracks. If you find damage, replace the Pitot probe (Ref. TASK
34-11-15-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-400-001).

(d) Make sure that the drain holes are not blocked.
If they are blocked, do the flushing of the total pressure lines:
- for Pitot probe 1 and/or 2 (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-001)
- for Pitot probe 3 (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-003) (only standby
total pressure line part).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-11-15

Page 604
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Pitot Probe Tip Configuration
Figure 601A/TASK 34-11-15-991-002-B


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-15

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(e) If the inspection/check is not satisfactory, you must reject the
Pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-
400-001).
If the protective cover melted on the probe and the other
criteria are correct, you must reject the Pitot probe.

NOTE : If the Pitot probe is not in correct condition, you can do


____
a check of the probe in workshop during scheduled
maintenance procedures (A or C Checks, etc.). Refer to the
Inspection part of the CMM 341153.

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-15-220-050-B

A. Inspection/Check of the Pitot probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)

(1) Do a general visual inspection of the Pitot probe.

(a) Color
During the ageing of the probe, the color of the tube becomes
brownish and/or blackish.
This coloration has no effect on the operation of the probe.

(b) Internal obstruction (b)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP AND/OR METAL TOOLS OR OBJECTS TO CLEAN


_______
THE PITOT PROBE. SUCH TOOLS OR OBJECTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE PITOT PROBE.

Make sure that Pitot probe is clean, without obstruction.


If not, remove the Pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-000-001), blow
compressed air into the Pitot tube at the pneumatic connector and
out of the tube entrance.
Maximum air pressure: 57 psi (3.9300 bar).

NOTE : The compressed air line must have an oil trap to make sure
____
that no oil gets into the Pitot probe.

Install the Pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-400-001).

(c) External condition


Make sure that the Pitot probe tube is not bent and has no holes
or cracks. If you find damage, replace the Pitot probe.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
 34-11-15

Page 606
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(d) Make sure that the drain holes are not blocked.
If they are blocked, do the flushing of the total pressure lines:
- for Pitot probe 1 and/or 2 (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-001)
- for Pitot 3 (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-170-001) (only standby total
pressure line part).

(e) If the inspection/check is not satisfactory, you must reject the


Pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-
400-001).
If the protective cover melted on the probe and the other
criteria are correct, you must reject the Pitot probe.

NOTE : If the Pitot probe is not in correct condition, you can do


____
a check of the probe in workshop during scheduled
maintenance procedures (A or C Checks, etc.). Refer to the
Inspection part of the CMM 341109.

**ON A/C 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-11-15-220-050-A

A. Inspection/Check of the Pitot probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)

(1) Do a general visual inspection of the Pitot probe.

(a) Color
During the ageing of the probe, the color of the tube becomes
brownish and/or blackish.
This coloration has no effect on the operation of the probe.

(b) Internal obstruction (b)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP AND/OR METAL TOOLS OR OBJECTS TO CLEAN


_______
THE PITOT PROBE. SUCH TOOLS OR OBJECTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE PITOT PROBE.

Make sure that Pitot probe is clean, without obstruction.


If not, remove the Pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-000-001), blow
compressed air into the Pitot tube at the pneumatic connector and
out of the tube entrance.
Maximum air pressure: 57 psi (3.9300 bar).

NOTE : The compressed air line must have an oil trap to make sure
____
that no oil gets into the Pitot probe.

Install the Pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-400-001).


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-15

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) External condition
Make sure that the Pitot probe tube is not bent and has no holes
or cracks. If you find damage, replace the Pitot probe.

(d) Make sure that the drain holes are not blocked.
If they are blocked, do the flushing of the total pressure lines:
- for Pitot probe 1 and/or 2 (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-001)
- for Pitot probe 3 (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-003) (only the
standby total-pressure line part).

(e) If the inspection/check is not satisfactory, replace the Pitot


probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-400-
001).
If the protective cover melted on the probe and the other
criteria are correct, you must reject the Pitot probe.

NOTE : If the Pitot probe is not in correct condition, you can do


____
a check of the probe in workshop during scheduled
maintenance procedures (A or C Checks, etc.). Refer to the
Inspection part of the CMM 341109.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-15-860-053

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the cover on the Pitot probe.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Remove the access platform.

Subtask 34-11-15-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 9DA1
3DA1
FOR 9DA2
3DA2



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 608
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
FOR 9DA3
3DA3



EFF :

ALL  34-11-15

Page 609
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
PROBE - STATIC (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-16-000-001

Removal of the Static Probe (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
- THE STATIC PROBE IS NOT HOT
- THE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY TO THE HEATING ELEMENT OF THE PROBE IS
ISOLATED
BEFORE YOU START THE TASK.

R WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3), 4DA1(2,3)


_______
R AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF
R YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
R - THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
R - THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
R PERSONNEL.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plug


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,

34-11-16-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-11-16-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-16-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Remove the protective covers from the sensors and the probes (AOA,
static, Pitot and TAT).

Subtask 34-11-16-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 7DA1, 8DA1



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-11-16-865-061

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16

Subtask 34-11-16-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the zone 128 for the static
probes 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2 and 8DA2.

(2) Put the access platform in position at the zone 120 for static probes
7DA3 and 8DA3.

(3) Open the access door :


FOR 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2
824
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
811



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-16-991-001)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-11-16-991-001-A)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,

Subtask 34-11-16-020-050

A. Removal of the Static Probe

NOTE : This procedure is the same for the six static probes.
____

(1) Remove the covers (12).

(2) Remove the two nuts (8), the washers (10) and the bolts (11).

(3) Disconnect the nut (1) and remove the static line (13).

(4) Put a blanking plug on the nut (1).

(5) Remove the union (2).

(6) Remove the packing (4) and discard it.

(7) Remove the four nuts (3).

(8) Remove the static probe (5).

(9) Remove the packing (6) and discard it.

(10) Keep the bolts (7).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Static Probe
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-16-991-001


R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-11-16

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Static Probe
Figure 401A/TASK 34-11-16-991-001-A


R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-16

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-16-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Static Probe

NOTE : This procedure is the same for the six static probes.
____

(1) Remove the covers (12).

(2) Remove the two nuts (8), the washers (10) and the bolts (11).

(3) Disconnect the nut (1) and remove the static line (13).

(4) Put a blanking plug on the nut (1).

(5) Remove the union (2).

(6) Remove the packing (4) and discard it.

(7) Remove the four nuts (3).

(8) Remove the washer (16) and the bonding strip (15).

(9) Remove the static probe (5).

(10) Remove the packing (6) and discard it.

(11) Keep the bolts (7).


R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-16

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 34-11-16-400-002

Installation of the Static Probe (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
- THERE IS NO SIGN OF CORROSION OR DAMAGE ON THE EQUIPMENT
- THERE IS NO FOREIGN OBJECT IN THE EQUIPMENT
TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE IN THE SYSTEM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)


No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 packing 34-11-01 02 -060


4 packing 34-11-01 02A-060
6 packing 34-11-01 02 -030
6 packing 34-11-01 02A-030



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 408
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive


Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
30-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
34-11-16-710-001 Test of the Static Probe
(7DA1,8DA1,7DA2,8DA2,7DA3,8DA3) without the CFDS.
34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
System
34-21-00-790-001 Low-Range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic Circuits
34-22-25-790-001 Low range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic circuits
FOR FIN 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-16-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the zone 128 for
the static probes 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2 and 8DA2.

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the zone 120 for
the static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3.

(3) Open the access door:


FOR 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2
824
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
811

R (4) Make sure that the protective covers of the sensors and probes (AOA,
R static Pitot and TAT) are removed.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 409
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-16-865-055

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 7DA1, 8DA1


49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-11-16-865-062

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,

Subtask 34-11-16-420-051

A. Installation of the Static Probe

WARNING : IF YOU REPLACE STATIC PROBE 3 (7DA3 OR 8DA3), OR IF YOU REPLACE


_______
MORE THAN ONE STATIC PROBE, YOU MUST DO A LEAK TEST ON THE
RELATED CIRCUITS.

NOTE : This procedure is the same for the six static probes.
____

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Install a new packing (6).

(4) Carefully engage the static probe (5) on the bolts (7).

NOTE : The heating element must point to the nose of the aircraft for
____
static probes 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2 and 8DA2. It must point down
for static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3.

(5) Install the four nuts (3).

(6) Tighten the nuts which are diagonally opposite (X sequence) and
TORQUE them to 0.1 m.daN (8.84 lbf.in).

(7) Install a new packing (4).

(8) Install the union (2).

(9) Remove the blanking plug from the nut (1).

(10) Install the static line (13).

(11) Connect the nut (1).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 411
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
(12) Install the lugs (9) on the terminals (14) with the bolts (11), the
washers (10) and the nuts (8).

NOTE : The covers (12) of the static probe (8DA2) must not touch the
____
static line. Thus, make sure that the lugs (9) connected to
the terminals (14) are correctly installed as shown in the
figure given in this procedure.

(13) Install the covers (12).

R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-16-420-051-A

A. Installation of the Static Probe

WARNING : IF YOU REPLACE STATIC PROBE 3 (7DA3 OR 8DA3), OR IF YOU REPLACE


_______
MORE THAN ONE STATIC PROBE, YOU MUST DO A LEAK TEST ON THE
RELATED CIRCUITS.

NOTE : This procedure is the same for the six static probes.
____

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Install a new packing (6).

(4) Carefully engage the static probe (5) on the bolts (7).

NOTE : The heating element must point to the nose of the aircraft for
____
static probes 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2 and 8DA2. It must point down
for static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3.

(5) Install the bonding strip (15) and the washer (16) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-004).

(6) Install the four nuts (3).

(7) Tighten the nuts which are diagonally opposite (X sequence) and
TORQUE them to 0.1 m.daN (8.84 lbf.in).

(8) Install a new packing (4).

(9) Install the union (2).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-11-16

Page 412
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(10) Remove the blanking plug from the nut (1).

(11) Install the static line (13).

(12) Connect the nut (1).

(13) Install the lugs (9) on the terminals (14) with the bolts (11), the
washers (10) and the nuts (8).

NOTE : The covers (12) of the static probe (8DA2) must not touch the
____
static line. Thus, make sure that the lugs (9) connected to
the terminals (14) are correctly installed as shown in the
figure given in this procedure.

(14) Install the covers (12).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-16-865-056

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1, 5SQ2
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
2DA3, 3DA3, 4DA3, 5DA3

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-11-16-790-051

C. Leak Test

NOTE : The leak test is mandatory if you installed one static probe 3
____
R (7DA3 or 8DA3) or more than two static probes.

(1) Do a leak test of the main static system (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-
002).

(2) Do a leak test of the standby static system


(Ref. TASK 34-21-00-790-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-16-790-051-A

C. Leak Test

NOTE : The leak test is mandatory if you installed one static probe 3
____
(7DA3 or 8DA3) or more than two static probes.

(1) Do a leak test of the main static system (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-
002).

(2) Do a leak test of the standby air data system


(Ref. TASK 34-22-25-790-001).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-16-710-052

D. Do an operational test of the Static Probe with the CFDS:


Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection
(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001).

NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test


____
without the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-11-16-710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-16-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door :


FOR 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2
824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
811

(3) Install the protective covers on the sensors and probes (AOA, static,
Pitot and TAT).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 415
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
PROBE - STATIC (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-16-710-001

Test of the Static Probe (7DA1,8DA1,7DA2,8DA2,7DA3,8DA3) without the CFDS.

CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE TEST.
_______

CAUTION : DO NOT CONTINUE THE TEST FOR MORE THAN ONE MINUTE TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO THE PROBES.

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE PROBES IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE TEST.


_______
THEY ARE HOT AND CAN BURN YOU.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Do this test after the removal/installation of the Static Probe


(7DA1,8DA1,7DA2,8DA2,7DA3,8DA3) when the CFDS is unserviceable.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-16-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 501
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure for the related system:
For 7DA1,8DA1
ADIRU1
For 7DA2,8DA2
ADIRU2
For 7DA3,8DA3
ADIRU3
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

Subtask 34-11-16-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
R FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
R FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-11-16-710-051

A. Heating test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel, on the


PROBE/WINDOW HEAT section of the
panel 25VU :

- push the AUTO pushbutton - the ON legend comes on.


switch.

2. On the circuit breaker panel


122VU :

- Open the circuit breaker - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
ANTI-ICE PROBES 1 STATIC-5DA1 MASTER CAUT lights come on.
or - you can hear the single chime.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 502
May 01/00
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANTI-ICE PROBES 2 STATIC-5DA2 - on the upper ECAM display unit, this
or indication comes into view:
ANTI-ICE PROBES 3 STATIC-5DA3. ANTI ICE CAPT L STAT (R STAT) or,
ANTI ICE F/O L STAT (R STAT) or,
ANTI ICE STBY L STAT (R STAT).

3. Close the circuit breaker(s) that - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
you opened before. MASTER CAUT lights go off.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
MEMO page comes into view.

4. On the overhead panel, on the


PROBE/WINDOW HEAT section of the
panel 25VU :

- release the AUTO pushbutton - the ON legend goes off.


switch.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-16-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER
DISPLAY and LOWER DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.

(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 503
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
PROBE - STATIC (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-16-200-001

Inspection of the Static Probe (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
- THE STATIC PROBE IS NOT HOT
- THE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY TO THE HEATING ELEMENT OF THE PROBE IS
ISOLATED
BEFORE YOU START THE TASK.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To do a visual inspection of the static probe.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


FOR FIN 7DA3, 8DA3
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
FOR FIN 7DA1, 7DA2, 8DA1, 8DA2
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-11-16-000-001 Removal of the Static Probe


(7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)
34-11-16-400-002 Installation of the Static Probe
(7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 601
Nov 01/07
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-16-865-059

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-11-16-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) FOR 7DA1, 7DA2, 8DA1, 8DA2


- Put an access platform in position at the zone 128.

(2) FOR 7DA3, 8DA3


- Put an access platform in position at the zone 120.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-11-16-220-050

A. Inspection of the Static Probe

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Do the inspection of the static probes.

A. For lightning Two marks are permitted. If there are more than two
strike damage. marks, replace the static
probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-16-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-11-16-400-002).

A damage diameter or If the diameter or length


length of 1.5 mm (0.06 of damage is more than 1.5



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 602
Nov 01/07
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
in.) is permitted. mm (0.06 in.), replace the
static probe (Ref. TASK
34-11-16-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 34-11-16-400-
002).

A damage depth of 0.15 If the depth of damage is


mm (0.006 in.) is more than 0.15 mm (0.006
permitted. in.), replace the static
probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-16-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-11-16-400-002).

The surface of the If the surface of the


static probe is smooth. static probe is not
smooth, replace the static
probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-16-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-11-16-400-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-16-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 34-11-16-865-060

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
5DA1.
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
5DA2.
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
5DA3.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-16

Page 603
Nov 01/07
 
CES 
___________________________________________________________________
MODULE - AIR DATA (19FP1,19FP2,19FP3,19FP4,19FP5,19FP6,19FP7,19FP8)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 34-11-17-000-001

Removal of the Air Data Module (19FP1,19FP2,19FP3,19FP4,19FP5,19FP6,


19FP7,19FP8)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-102, 151-199, 201-202,

34-11-17-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 062-099, 103-149, 203-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-11-17-991-001-A Fig. 401A



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-17-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position :

(a) In the zone 123 for the Total Pressure ADM 19FP1 and 19FP3.

(b) In the zone 122 for the Total Pressure ADM 19FP2.

(c) In the zone 128 for the Static Pressure ADM 19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6
and 19FP7.

(d) In zone 110 for the Static Pressure ADM 19FP8.

(e) At the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door :


FOR 19FP1, 19FP3
812
FOR 19FP2
822
FOR 19FP5, 19FP7
824
FOR 19FP8
811
FOR 19FP4, 19FP6
824

(3) Open the access door 822.

(4) On the battery power center 105VU:


-loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 402
May 01/99
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-17-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 19FP1, 19FP4, 19FP5
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
FOR 19FP2, 19FP6, 19FP7

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 19FP3, 19FP8

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-102, 151-199, 201-202,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-17-991-001)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 103-149, 203-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-11-17-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-17-020-050

A. Removal of the ADM

(1) Precaution :

NOTE : During the removal of the Static Pressure ADM 19FP4 and 19FP6,
____
you must close the door 824. Before you close, put a warning
notice in position to tell persons not to open the door.

(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (7).

(3) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (6).

(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (7) and
(8).

(5) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected quick-disconnect couplings (5)


and (6).

(6) Remove the four screws (3) and the washers (4); when you do this,
hold the ADM (2).

(7) Remove the ADM (2).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-11-17

Page 405
Feb 01/00
 
CES 
Pressure ADM
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-17-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF :
201-202,
001-049, 051-061, 101-102, 151-199,  34-11-17

Page 406
Nov 01/06
 
CES 
Pressure ADM
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-17-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF :
201-202,
001-049, 051-061, 101-102, 151-199,  34-11-17

Page 407
Nov 01/06
 
CES 
Pressure ADM
Figure 401A/TASK 34-11-17-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF : 062-099, 103-149, 203-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-17

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Pressure ADM
Figure 401A/TASK 34-11-17-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF : 062-099, 103-149, 203-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-17

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-11-17-400-001

Installation of the Air Data Module (19FP1,19FP2,19FP3,19FP4,19FP5,19FP6,


19FP7,19FP8)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-11-17-710-001 Test of the Air Data Module without the CFDS


34-13-00-740-003 SYSTEM TEST of the ADR
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-102, 151-199, 201-202,

34-11-17-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 062-099, 103-149, 203-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-11-17-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

34-11-17-991-002 Fig. 402


FOR FIN 19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6, 19FP7
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-17-860-050

A. Get Access

NOTE : During the installation of the Static Pressure ADM 19FP4 and
____
R 19FP6, you must close the door 824. Before you close it, put a
R warning notice in position to tell persons not to open the door.

(1) Make sure that the access platform are in position:

(a) In the zone 123 for the Total Pressure ADM 19FP1 and 19FP3.

(b) In the zone 122 for the Total Pressure ADM 19FP2.

(c) In the zone 128 for the Static Pressure ADM 19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6
and 19FP7.

(d) In zone 110 for the Static Pressure ADM 19FP8.

(e) At the access door 822.

R (2) Make sure that the access door are open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002):
FOR 19FP1, 19FP3
812
FOR 19FP2
822
FOR 19FP5, 19FP7
824
FOR 19FP8
811
FOR 19FP4, 19FP6
824

(3) Make sure that the protective cover is removed from the battery power
center 105VU.

(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 411
Aug 01/07
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-17-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 19FP1, 19FP4, 19FP5
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
FOR 19FP2, 19FP6, 19FP7

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 19FP3, 19FP8

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-102, 151-199, 201-202,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-17-991-001)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 103-149, 203-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-11-17-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-17-420-050

A. Installation of the ADM

(1) Put the ADM (2) in position on its support and hold it in this
position.

(2) Attach the ADM (2) with the four screws (3) and the washers (4).

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the disconnected electrical connectors
(7) and (8).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are in the correct
condition.

(5) Connect the electrical connector (7).

(6) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected quick-disconnect


couplings (5) and (6).

(7) Make sure that the quick-disconnect coupling are in the correct
condition.

(8) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (6).


(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-11-17-991-002)

(9) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
R Figure 402/TASK 34-11-17-991-002



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 414
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
(10) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly
attached.

R WARNING : IF YOU REPLACE MORE THAN ONE ADM, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND
_______
R QUALIFIED MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-
R DISCONNECT COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN
R OFF THE JOB.

Subtask 34-11-17-710-050

B. Do the SYSTEM TEST of the ADR with the CFDS


(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-003).

NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test


____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 34-11-17-710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-17-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002):


FOR 19FP1, 19FP3
812
FOR 19FP2
822
FOR 19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6, 19FP7
824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002)
FOR 19FP8
811

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(5) Tighten the two screws.

(6) Close the access door 822.

(7) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 415
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
___________________________________________________________________
MODULE - AIR DATA (19FP1,19FP2,19FP3,19FP4,19FP5,19FP6,19FP7,19FP8)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST

TASK 34-11-17-710-001

Test of the Air Data Module without the CFDS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Do this test after the removal/installation of the Air Data Module when the
CFDS is unserviceable.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 501
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-17-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (ADIRU related to the installed ADM
only)
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002)

(3) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only).


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)

Subtask 34-11-17-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-11-17-865-053

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 502
May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-11-17-710-051

A. Make sure that the PFD of the onside ADIRU related to the installed ADM
shows the correct altitude (the ALT flag goes out of view and the SPD
flag goes out of view on the speed scale).

NOTE : To do the check of the altitude display with the ADIRU3 set the
____
AIR DATA selector switch to CAPT/3 (F/O/3) on the SWITCHING panel
8VU.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-17-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-11-17-410-051

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 503
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-17

Page 504
Feb 01/00
 
CES 
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE (11FP1,11FP2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-18-000-001

Removal of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

R WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3), 4DA1(2,3)


_______
R AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF
R YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
R - THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
R - THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
R PERSONNEL.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

34-11-18-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-11-18-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-18-860-058

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Remove the protective covers from the sensors and the probes (AOA,
static, Pitot and AOA).

Subtask 34-11-18-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 11FP1



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 11FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-18-865-056

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 11FP2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12

Subtask 34-11-18-860-052

D. Put the access platform in position at zone 120.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-18-991-001)

R **ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-11-18-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-18-020-051

A. Removal of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)

(1) Loosen the six screws (6).

(2) Pull the sensor (5) from its housing (2).

(3) Hold the sensor (5) and disconnect the connector (1).

(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1) and
(4).

(5) Remove the sensor (5).

(6) Remove and discard the seal (3).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-18-991-001


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-310, 401-499,
 34-11-18

Page 405
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor
Figure 401A/TASK 34-11-18-991-001-A


R

EFF : 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-18

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-11-18-400-001

Installation of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
- THERE IS NO SIGN OF CORROSION OR DAMAGE ON THE EQUIPMENT
- THERE IS NO FOREIGN OBJECT IN THE EQUIPMENT
TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE IN THE SYSTEM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 seal 34-11-01 01 -040


R



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 407
May 01/08
 
CES 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different


Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
30-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
34-11-18-710-001 Test of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2) without the
CFDS

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

34-11-18-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-11-18-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-18-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 120.

(2) Make sure that the protective covers of the sensors and probes (AOA,
static Pitot and TAT) are removed.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-18-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 11FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 11FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11

Subtask 34-11-18-865-057

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 11FP2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-18-991-001)

R **ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-11-18-991-001-A)



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-18-420-051

A. Installation of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Install the new seal (3) on the sensor (5).

(4) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (1) and (4).

(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(6) Connect the connector (1) to the sensor (5) out of the housing (2).

(7) Install the sensor (5) in its housing (2) and hold it.

NOTE : Make sure that the seal (3) is in the correct position.
____

(8) Tighten the six screws (6).

(9) Check the bonding contact resistance between the TAT Sensor (5) and
the fuselage structure (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).

Subtask 34-11-18-860-053

B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 34-11-18-865-052

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1, 5SQ2
FOR 11FP1
4FP1, 4FP3, 1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 11FP2
4FP2, 1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 411
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 401-499,

Subtask 34-11-18-710-050-A

D. Do the operational test of the TAT sensor with the CFDS.

(1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection.


(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001)

(2) Do the operational test of the CURRENT STATUS:

NOTE : The TAT sensor 1 is related to the ADIRU 1 and 3. The TAT
____
sensor 2 is related to the ADIRU 2.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center pedestal, on one On the MCDU:


MCDU:

- push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the CFDS MENU page comes into view.
the CFDS indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST into view.
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page comes
the NAV indication. into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication (related to the
removed TAT sensor).

- push the line key adjacent to - the CURRENT STATUS page comes into
the CURRENT STATUS indication. view.

- push NEXT PAGE key until you - CURRENT STATUS pages 5/8 and 7/8 come
get ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)/CURRENT into view:
STATUS pages 5/8 and 7/8. do a check of the TAT data (OPEN, XXX
DEGC).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 401-499,
 34-11-18

Page 412
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-11-18-710-001).

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-18-710-050-B

D. Do the operational test of the TAT sensor with the CFDS.

(1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection.


(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001)

(2) Do the operational test of the INPUT STATUS:

NOTE : The TAT sensor 1 is related to the ADIRU 1 and 3. The TAT
____
sensor 2 is related to the ADIRU 2.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center pedestal, on one On the MCDU:


MCDU:

- push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the CFDS MENU page comes into view.
the CFDS indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST into view.
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page comes
the NAV indication. into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication (related to the
removed TAT sensor).

- push the line key adjacent to - the INPUT STATUS page comes into
the INPUT STATUS indication. view.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-11-18

Page 413
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push NEXT PAGE key until you - INPUT STATUS pages 3/8 and 7/8 come
get ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)/INPUT into view:
STATUS pages 3/8 and 7/8. do a check of the TAT data (OPEN, XXX
C).

NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test


____
without the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-11-18-710-001).

**ON A/C 301-399,

Subtask 34-11-18-710-050

D. Do the operational test of the TAT sensor with the CFDS.

(1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection.


(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001)

(2) Do the operational test of the CURRENT STATUS:

NOTE : The TAT sensor 1 is related to the ADIRU 1 and 3. The TAT
____
sensor 2 is related to the ADIRU 2.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center pedestal, on one On the MCDU:


MCDU:

- push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the CFDS MENU page comes into view.
the CFDS indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST into view.
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page comes
the NAV indication. into view.


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-18

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) 1/2 page
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) comes into view.
indication (related to the
removed TAT sensor).

- push the line key adjacent to - the CURRENT STATUS page comes into
the CURRENT STATUS indication. view.
- if you found no defect after the
installation of the new sensor, the
NO FAULTS indication comes into view.

NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test


____
without the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-11-18-710-001).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-18-860-055

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU , push the MCDU MENU mode key.

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (4) Install the protective covers on the sensors and probes (AOA, static,
R Pitot and TAT).

R (5) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 415
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE (11FP1,11FP2) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-18-710-001

Test of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2) without the CFDS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Do this test after the removal/installation of the TAT Sensor (11FP1,11FP2)


when the CFDS is unserviceable.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
FOR FIN 11FP2
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,

Subtask 34-11-18-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure


FOR 11FP1
Lower ECAM DU and CAPT ND only
FOR 11FP2
Lower ECAM DU only
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 501
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure
FOR 11FP1
ADIRU 1 and 3 only
FOR 11FP2
ADIRU 2 only
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-18-860-051-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure


FOR 11FP1
Lower ECAM DU and CAPT ND only
FOR 11FP2
F/O ND only
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure


FOR 11FP1
ADIRU 1 and 3 only
FOR 11FP2
ADIRU 2 only
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-11-18

Page 502
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-11-18-865-053

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11FP1
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12


FOR 11FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 503
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,

Subtask 34-11-18-710-051

A. Test of the TAT Sensor

(1) Operational test of the TAT sensor 11FP1:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the ECAM/ND XFR selector - the display of the lower ECAM DU
switch to CAPT. moves to the CAPT ND.
- make sure that the SAT and TAT
indications are shown at the bottom
of the CAPT ND, on the left side.

- set the AIR DATA selector switch - make sure that the SAT and TAT
to CAPT/3. indications stay in view on the CAPT
ND.

- set the ECAM/ND XFR and AIR DATA


selector switches to NORM.

(2) Operational test of the TAT sensor 11FP2:


- Make sure that the SAT and TAT indications are shown at the bottom
section of the lower ECAM DU, on the left side.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 504
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,

Subtask 34-11-18-710-051-A

A. Test of the TAT Sensor

(1) Operational test of the TAT sensor 11FP1:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the lower ECAM DU:


- make sure that the selector - the TAT indication is shown at the
switches are at the NORM position. bottom section of the lower ECAM DU,
on the left side.

- set the ECAM/ND XFR selector - the display of the lower ECAM DU
switch to CAPT. moves to the CAPT ND.
- make sure that the SAT and TAT
indications are shown at the bottom
of the CAPT ND, on the left side.

- set the ECAM/ND XFR selector


switch to NORM.

- set the AIR DATA selector switch - make sure that the SAT and TAT
to CAPT/3. indications are shown at the bottom
section of the lower ECAM DU, on the
left side (from ADIRU 3).

- set the ECAM/ND XFR selector - make sure that the SAT and TAT
switch to F/O. indications are shown at the bottom
- set the AIR DATA selector switches of the F/O ND, on the left side (from
to F/O/3. ADIRU 3).

- set the ECAM/ND XFR selector


switch to NORM.
- set the AIR DATA selector switches
to NORM..

(2) Operational test of the TAT sensor 11FP2:

(a) set the ECAM/ND XFR selector switch to F/O.


- make sure that the SAT and TAT indications are shown at the
bottom of the F/O ND, on the left side.


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-11-18

Page 505
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) set the ECAM/ND XFR selector switch to NORM.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-18-860-050

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R (1) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

R (2) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, set the LOWER
R DISPLAY potentiometer to OFF.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 506
May 01/09
 
CES 
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE (11FP1,11FP2) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-18-200-002

Inspection/Check of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

The purpose of this Task is to do a Visual Inspection of the TAT sensor

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 0.30 m (12 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-11-18-000-001 Removal of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2) (for


corrective action)
34-11-18-400-001 Installation of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2) (for
corrective action)



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 601
Nov 01/06
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-18-865-054

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 11FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 11FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11

Subtask 34-11-18-860-056

B. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position in zone 120.

(2) Remove the TAT sensor slip-on cover.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-11-18-220-050

A. Inspection/Check of the TAT sensors (11FP1, 11FP2)

(1) Do a general visual inspection of the TAT sensors.

(a) Color
During the ageing of the sensor, the color of the sensor becomes
brownish and/or blackish.
This coloration has no effect on the operation of the sensor.

(b) Internal Obstruction

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP AND/OR METAL TOOLS OR OBJECTS TO CLEAN


_______
THE TAT SENSOR. SUCH TOOLS OR OBJECTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE TAT SENSOR.

Make sure that the TAT sensor is not clogged.


If the TAT sensor is clogged, remove it (Ref. TASK 34-11-18-000-
001).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- Clean the TAT sensor as described in CMM 341863.
- Reinstall the TAT sensor (Ref. TASK 34-11-18-400-001).

NOTE : If the TAT sensor is not in correct condition (oxidation,


____
impact mark, crack, ...), refer to the visual inspection
part of the CMM 341863.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-18-865-055

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1, 5SQ2
FOR 11FP1
4FP1, 4FP3, 1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 11FP2
4FP2, 1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2

Subtask 34-11-18-860-057

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the TAT sensor slip-on cover.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-18

Page 604
Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
SENSOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK (3FP1,3FP2,3FP3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-19-000-001

Removal of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)

R WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3), 4DA1(2,3)


_______
R AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF
R YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
R - THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
R - THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
R PERSONNEL.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-19-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Remove the protective covers from the sensors and the probes (AOA,
static, Pitot and TAT).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-19-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 3FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 3FP3

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-11-19-865-055

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 3FP2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
FOR 3FP3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-19-860-050

D. Put an access platform in position in zone 231 for 3FP1 (232 for 3FP2)
(127 for 3FP3).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-11-19-020-050

A. Removal of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)

CAUTION : DO NOT HOLD THE AOA SENSOR BY THE VANE WHEN YOU MOVE IT. IF YOU
_______
DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AOA SENSOR.

NOTE : The procedure is the same for angle of attack sensors 3FP1, 3FP2
____
and 3FP3.

(1) Remove the potting compound from the screw (6).

(2) Loosen the seven screws (8).

(3) Remove the blanking plate (7).

(4) Remove the screw (6).

NOTE : Carefully remove the plate so as not to cause damage to the


____
sensor (5).

(5) Disengage and hold the sensor (5).

(6) Disconnect the connector (1).

(7) Remove the angle of attack sensor (5).

(8) Remove and discard the seal (3).

(9) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1) and
(9).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 404
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
TASK 34-11-19-400-001

Installation of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)

CAUTION : DO NOT HOLD THE AOA SENSOR BY THE VANE WHEN YOU MOVE IT. IF YOU DO,
_______
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AOA SENSOR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-008 USA MIL-S-8802 CLASS A


NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
R METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 seal 34-11-02 01 -070


3 seal 34-11-02 01A-070



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different


Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
30-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
34-10-00-710-007 Test of the Angle of Attack Warning
34-11-00-710-001 Test of the Monitoring of the ADR/AOA 26VAC Power
Supply
34-11-19-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-11-19-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 231 for
3FP1 (232 for 3FP2) (127 for 3FP3).

(2) Make sure that the protective covers of the sensors and probes (AOA,
static Pitot and TAT) are removed.

Subtask 34-11-19-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 406
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 3FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 3FP3

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16


122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-11-19-865-057

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 3FP2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
FOR 3FP3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-11-19-420-050

A. Installation of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)

(1) Angle of Attack Sensor without drain hole.

NOTE : The procedure is the same for angle of attack sensors 3FP1,
____
3FP2 and 3FP3.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent


area.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (1) and (9).

(d) Make sure that the connectors (1) and (9) are clean and in the
correct condition.

(e) Put the seal (3) in its housing (2).

(f) Connect the connector (1).

(g) Push the connector (1) into the fuselage.

(h) Put the angle of attack sensor (5) in position with the stud (4)
and hold it.

(i) Tighten the screw (6).

NOTE : During installation, the screw (6) must be inserted in the


____
only c-sink hole of the AOA sensor (5).As the other holes
have no c-sink, mounting the screw (6) in one of them may
create non-flush surface.

(j) Install and hold the blanking plate (7).

NOTE : The AOA blanking plate (7) is manufactured with a radius


____
that corresponds to the fuselage curve.The rotation of
this plate around the AOA sensor may also create non-flush
surface.
The blanking plate (7) contains 8 attaching holes.Out of
these 8 holes, 7 have a c-sink, 1 has not. Whilst mounting
the blanking plate (7), it must be ensured that the only
hole without the c-sink is aligned with the screw (6).

NOTE : The 7 remaining screws (8) must all be inserted in each of


____
the 7 c-sink holes of the blanking plate (7).

NOTE : Carefully install plate so as not to cause damage to the


____
sensor (5).

(k) Tighten the seven screws (8).

(l) Check the bonding contact resistance between the AOA Sensor (7)
and the fuselage struture (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).

(m) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No.


09-008) (better curing time) on the screw (6) head and around the
blanking plate (7).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 409
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
NOTE : If the cure time of the sealant will cause a flight delay,
____
the aircraft can operate without the sealant for a maximum
period of 48 hours from installation of the sensor.
Before application of the sealant, it is necessary to make
R sure that the surfaces are clean and in the correct
R condition (no moisture, dust, insects, sand etc...).
R - If not, clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
R No. 11-003).

(2) Angle of Attack Sensor with drain hole.

NOTE : The procedure is the same for angle of attack sensors 3FP1,
____
3FP2 and 3FP3.

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent


area.

(c) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (1) and (9).

(d) Make sure that the connectors (1) and (9) are clean and in the
correct condition.

(e) Put the seal (3) in its housing (2).

(f) Connect the connector (1).

(g) Push the connector (1) into the fuselage.

(h) Put the angle of attack sensor (5) in position with the stud (4)
and hold it.

(i) Tighten the screw (6).

NOTE : During installation, the screw (6) must be inserted in the


____
only c-sink hole of the AOA sensor (5). As the other holes
have no c-sink, mounting the screw (6) in one of them may
create non-flush surface. illustration.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-19-991-002)

(j) Install and hold the blanking plate (7).

NOTE : The AOA blanking plate (7) is manufactured with a radius


____
that corresponds to the fuselage curve.The rotation of
this plate around the AOA sensor may also create non-flush
surface.



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Angle of Attack Sensor.
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-19-991-002



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 411
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
The blanking plate (7) contains 8 attaching holes. Out of
these 8 holes, 7 have a c-sink, 1 has not. Whilst mounting
the blanking plate (7), it must be ensured that the only
hole without the c-sink is aligned with the screw (6).
Make sure that the drain hole (10) is at 6 Oclock
position.

NOTE : The 7 remaining screws (8) must all be inserted in each of


____
the 7 c-sink holes of the blanking plate (7).

NOTE : Carefully install plate so as not to cause damage to the


____
sensor (5).

(k) Tighten the seven screws (8).

(l) Check the bonding contact resistance between the AOA Sensor (7)
and the fuselage struture (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).

(m) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No.


09-008) (better curing time) on the screw (6) head and around the
blanking plate (7).

NOTE : If the cure time of the sealant will cause a flight delay,
____
the aircraft can operate without the sealant for a maximum
period of 48 hours from installation of the sensor.
Before application of the sealant, it is necessary to make
R sure that the surfaces are clean and in the correct
R condition (no moisture, dust, insects, sand etc.).

R (n) Check the drain hole (10).


R

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN HOLE (10) IS CLEAR AFTER YOU
_______
R INSTALL AND SEAL THE AOA BLANKING PLATE (7).

Subtask 34-11-19-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3FP1
4FP1, 5FP1, 9FP, 1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 3FP2
4FP2, 5FP2, 10FP, 1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2
FOR 3FP3
4FP3, 5FP3, 9FP, 2DA3, 3DA3, 4DA3, 5DA3



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-19-710-050

C. Test

(1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection


(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001).

(2) Do the test of the angle of attack warning.


(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-710-007).

NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do an operational test


____
without the CFDS.
(Ref. TASK 34-11-00-710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-11-19-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the protective covers on the sensors and probes (AOA, static,
Pitot and TAT).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-11-19

Page 413
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
SENSOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK (3FP1,3FP2,3FP3) - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________________

TASK 34-11-19-200-001

R Inspection of the Angle-Of-Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Make sure that there is no paint on the vane and on the movable part of the
three AOA sensors.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific lint-free cloth
No specific access platform 3.40 m (11 ft. 2 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 12-005B USA MIL-R-25134


CHLORINATED,NON PHENOLIC STRIPPERS (Ref. 20-31-00)

3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

R Post SB 34-1222 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-158,201-209,

Subtask 34-11-19-860-053

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position in zone 231 for AOA sensor 3FP1
(232 for 3FP2) (127 for 3FP3).

R (2) Remove the AOA sensor slip-on cover.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,  34-11-19

Page 601
May 01/07
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-19-865-053

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10

R **ON A/C 151-158, 204-209,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

R Post SB 34-1222 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-158,201-209,

FOR 3FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07

R **ON A/C 151-158, 204-209,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,  34-11-19

Page 602
May 01/07
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

R Post SB 34-1222 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-158,201-209,

FOR 3FP3

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06

R **ON A/C 151-158, 204-209,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15

4. Procedure
_________

CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE AOA VANE IMMEDIATELY AFTER POWER-OFF BECAUSE IT
_______
IS VERY HOT AND CAN BURN YOU. LET THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AOA VANE
DECREASE FOR A FEW MINUTES BEFORE YOU TOUCH IT.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

R Post SB 34-1222 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-158,201-209,

Subtask 34-11-19-210-051

A. Make sure that there is no paint on the vane and mounting base of the
three AOA sensors.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,  34-11-19

Page 603
May 01/07
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-19-210-052

B. If there is paint, remove it very carefully with STRIPPERS (Material No.


12-005B) and a lint-free cloth.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT NO LIQUID GOES INTO THE BEARING THROUGH THE
_______
SPACE BETWEEN THE AOA VANE AND BODY. LIQUID IN THE AOA SENSOR
CAN CAUSE CORROSION AND DAMAGE.

Subtask 34-11-19-210-053

C. Manually turn the AOA sensor from the maximum to the minimum mechanical
stops (+ 85 to - 35) and make sure that there is no hard point.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

5. Close-up
________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

R Post SB 34-1222 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-158,201-209,

Subtask 34-11-19-860-054

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the AOA sensor slip-on cover.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,  34-11-19

Page 604
May 01/07
 
CES 
Subtask 34-11-19-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10

R **ON A/C 151-158, 204-209,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

R Post SB 34-1222 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-158,201-209,

FOR 3FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07

R **ON A/C 151-158, 204-209,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,  34-11-19

Page 605
May 01/07
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

R Post SB 34-1222 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-158,201-209,

FOR 3FP3

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06

R **ON A/C 151-158, 204-209,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,  34-11-19

Page 606
May 01/07
 
CES 
R _______________________________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRU & CDU OR MSU)
R DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) provides the main air data
R and heading/attitude/navigation data to the aircraft systems.
R The main computers of the ADIRS are the three Air Data/Inertial Reference
R Units (ADIRU) which are controlled by the ADIRS Control and Display Unit
R (CDU).
R The ADIRS is a three channel system. Each channel is isolated from the
R others and provides independent information as defined in ARINC 738.
R Each ADIRU contains:
R - an Air Data Reference (ADR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-13
R - an Inertial Reference (IR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-14.
R Power supply is common for ADR and IR and described in 34-11.

2. __________________
Component Location
R
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
R The three ADIRUs are installed in the avionics compartment.
R The ADIRS CDU is installed in the cockpit.

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
R 1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
R 1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34
R 2FP CDU-ADIRS 20VU 211 831 34-12-12



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 1
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS - Component Location
Figure 001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 2
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Component Location
Figure 002


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 3
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
3. Interface
_________

A. Mechanical Interface
The ADIRUs are installed and aligned on a specific mounting tray in the
avionics compartment in accordance with the installation design defined
in ARINC 738. The ADIRU is to 4 MCU size. In order to ensure attitude and
azimuth accuracy, the mounting tray orientation complies with the
following tolerances:
- pitch and roll: plus or minus 12 minutes
- azimuth: plus or minus 12 minutes.

B. Electrical Interface

(1) ADIRS CDU

(Ref. Fig. 003)


The ADIRS CDU contains three identical connectors. Each connector is
linked to one ADIRU.
The four annunciator discretes ADR OFF, ADR FAULT, IR ALIGN and IR
FAULT are linked to the ADIRS CDU from the ADIRU, through the
annunciator light test and interface boards.
The CDU panel lighting and LCD backlighting are provided by bulbs
supplied with 5VAC (from the A/C electrical generation).
The CDU exchanges data with the ADIRU.
The data sent by the CDU can be used for the initialization of the IR
portion. The data received by the CDU are displayed on the Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD).

R (2) ADIRU
R The ADIRU receives data and computes outputs in accordance with ARINC
R 738. It uses an ARINC 600 type 2 floating-connector.

R (a) Digital inputs


R - Air Data Module (ADM) inputs
R The ADR provides up to five ADM input buses. Only three of them
R are used to receive air mass data from remotely mounted ADM
R (Ref. 34-11), two linked to the static probe and one linked to
R the pitot probe.

R NOTE : For the ADIRU 3, only two ADM input buses are used: one
____
R for the total pressure data and the other for the averaged
R static pressure data.

R - digital baro-correction inputs


R The ADR provides two baro-correction digital data input ports.
R The incoming data from the Flight Control Unit (FCU) are in
R ARINC 429 low speed format.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 4
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Electrical Interface
Figure 003


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 5
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R The ADR receives data from baro-correction bus A.
R The baro-correction is used to compensate baro-corrected
R altitude output.
R - initialization data inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from either ARINC 702
R Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC). The data are in
R ARINC 429 low speed format. The initialization parameters are
R latitude and longitude or magnetic heading.
R - CFDIU input
R The ADIRU provides one Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
R (CFDIU) input bus. The data are in ARINC 429 low speed format.
R The CFDIU continuously transmits data to all systems. The ADIRU
R uses these data to accept commands from the CFDIU.
R - Air Data Reference inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU provides two digital data input
R ports for receiving data from the other ADIRUs.
R The incoming data are in ARINC 429 low speed format and include
R altitude and true airspeed.

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R - CDU inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from one ARINC 738
R CDU. The data are in ARINC 429 low speed format. These data are
R initialization parameters (latitude and longitude or magnetic
R heading) and CDU status.
R - GPS inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from two ARINC 743
R GPS receivers. The data are in ARINC 429 high speed format.
R These data concern various parameters such as position,
R velocity, integrity,...
R - the ADIRU provides provision for digital input buses.

(b) Analog inputs


- analog AOA input
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts two resolver inputs of
indicated angle of attack.
The characteristics of the resolvers, as seen by the ADR, are
as follows:
. scale factor: 1/Degree of AOA
. index reference: 0 resolver input = 25 AOA
- Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensor
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts a standard 500 ohm
platinum sensing element input from the TAT sensor.
The ADR derives the measured temperature from the TAT sensor
input using the Callender-Van Dusen equation from ARINC 738.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 6
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
- GPS Time Mark inputs
These two inputs (one for each GPS sensor) allow the ADIRU to
be synchronized with the GPS receivers.
- 115VAC
The ADIRU operates from the 115VAC/400 Hz primary power.
- 28VDC back-up
The ADIRU can operate from the 28VDC back-up power.
- 26VAC reference
The ADIRU accepts up to three 26VAC resolver reference inputs.
Only one is used for the AOA resolver.
The ADIRU provides provisions for analog inputs (two 26VAC
reference inputs and three analog baro-correction inputs are
reserved).
R

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

R - CDU inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from one ARINC 738
R CDU. The data are in ARINC 429 low speed format. These data are
R initialization parameters (latitude and longitude or magnetic
R heading) and CDU status.
R - GPS inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from the GPS portion
R of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs). The data are in ARINC 429
R high speed format. These data concern various parameters such
R as position, velocity, integrity,...
R - the ADIRU provides provision for digital input buses.

(b) Analog inputs


- analog AOA input
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts two resolver inputs of
indicated angle of attack.
The characteristics of the resolvers, as seen by the ADR, are
as follows:
. scale factor: 1/Degree of AOA
. index reference: 0 resolver input = 25 AOA
- Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensor
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts a standard 500 ohm
platinum sensing element input from the TAT sensor.
The ADR derives the measured temperature from the TAT sensor
input using the Callender-Van Dusen equation from ARINC 738.
- GPS Time Mark inputs
These two inputs (one for each Multi-Mode Receiver) allow the
ADIRU to be synchronized with the GPS portion of the MMRs.
- 115VAC
The ADIRU operates from the 115VAC/400 Hz primary power.
- 28VDC back-up
The ADIRU can operate from the 28VDC back-up power.
- 26VAC reference



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 7
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
The ADIRU accepts up to three 26VAC resolver reference inputs.
Only one is used for the AOA resolver.
The ADIRU provides provisions for analog inputs (two 26VAC
reference inputs and three analog baro-correction inputs are
reserved).
R



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 8
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

(c) Discrete inputs


These inputs are generally pin programs except for:
- Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and AOA correction and
selection discretes which come from the Slat and Flap Control
Computers (SFCC) and are linked to flap position
(Ref. Fig. 004)
- heat discretes which come from the associated Probe Heat
Computer (PHC)
- VMO/MMO discrete provided by the position of the L/G DOWN
VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
- ADR selection:
It indicates, to the IR, the air data source to be used.
- CDU ON/OFF :
It indicates, to the ADIRU, whether the ADIRU data are
currently displayed on CDU.
- ADR OFF:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, that the crew has pushed the ADR
pushbutton switch on the ADIRS CDU. This commands the ADIRU to
stop the transmission of the ADR output buses.
- IR MODE SELECT:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, the position of the associated
selector switch on the CDU. Three positions can be coded: OFF,
NAV, ATT. This gives the computer operating mode.

The functions of the pin program discretes are:


- aircraft identification:
nine discretes provide the ADIRU with the identification of the
aircraft.
They are used by the ADR to select the appropriate SSEC and AOA
correction laws and by the IR to select the appropriate
filtering (bandwidth) of the output labels.
- baro-correction source selection:
This discrete provides the ADIRU with the following:
. the form (digital or analog) in which the baro-correction
transmission is made
. the number of sources (2 or 3)
. the type of transmission used by the digital sources (single
bus or various buses).
On the A/C the FCU transmits the CAPT and F/O baro-correction
in digital form on separate buses.
- AOA average/unique:
The ADIRU receives the AOA on two resolvers.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 9
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-12-00

Page 10
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS - ADIRUs/SFCCs Interface
Figure 004



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 11
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
This discrete indicates whether the computation must use an
average value from the two resolvers or the value of resolver 1
in priority with the second as a back-up in case of failure.
This last solution is chosen on the A/C.
- ADR ARINC filter select:
This permits to choose between two sets of filter
characteristics for the ADR outputs.
- mounting position:
This indicates the orientation of the unit to the IR portion.
It is used to know where are the longitudinal and lateral axes
of the aircraft and the sign of motion measured.
- SDI:
This indicates on which side (CAPT, F/O, Standby) the ADIRU is
installed.
- CMC-CFDS message select:
The ADIRU could be installed on the Long Range. In this case,
the ADIRU selects a table of maintenance messages different
from the Standart Bodies one, with a different vocabulary.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 12
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-102,

(d) Digital outputs


- The ADR portion of the ADIRU provides eight identical ARINC 429
Low Speed buses. Two of these buses are dedicated to the
interface with the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
The number of these buses is 5 and 6.
The system users are described in the table below:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| USERS |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ADIRU 1 | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 2 | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 3 | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 1 |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 3 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 2 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CFDIU | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU ENG 1 | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU ENG 2 | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|



EFF :

001-049, 101-102,  34-12-00

Page 13
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| USERS |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|SFCC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 1 | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|GPWC | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMU | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|PRESSURE | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |* | | | |
|CONTROLLER1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ZONE TEMRERATURE | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|TEST 1 CONNECTORS | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11 : ADR Data Users


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-102,  34-12-00

Page 14
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
**ON A/C 103-105,

(d) Digital outputs


- The ADR portion of the ADIRU provides eight identical ARINC 429
Low Speed buses. Two of these buses are dedicated to the
interface with the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
The number of these buses is 5 and 6.
The system users are described in the table below:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| USERS |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ADIRU 1 | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 2 | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 3 | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 1 |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 3 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 2 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CFDIU | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU ENG 1 | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU ENG 2 | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|



EFF :

103-105,  34-12-00

Page 15
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| USERS |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|SFCC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 1 | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|GPWC | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|PRESSURE | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |* | | | |
|CONTROLLER1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ZONE TEMRERATURE | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|TEST 1 CONNECTORS | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11 : ADR Data Users


R

EFF :

103-105,  34-12-00

Page 16
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
**ON A/C 151-199, 203-203,

(d) Digital outputs


- The ADR portion of the ADIRU provides eight identical ARINC 429
Low Speed buses. Two of these buses are dedicated to the
interface with the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
The number of these buses is 5 and 6.
The system users are described in the table below:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| USERS |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ADIRU 1 | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 2 | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 3 | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 1 |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 3 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 2 | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 2 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CFDIU | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU ENG 1 | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|



EFF :

151-199, 203-203,  34-12-00

Page 17
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| USERS |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ECU ENG 2 | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 1 | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|GPWC | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|PRESSURE | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |* | | | |
|CONTROLLER1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ZONE TEMRERATURE | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|TEST 1 CONNECTORS | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11 : ADR Data Users


R

EFF :

151-199, 203-203,  34-12-00

Page 18
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
**ON A/C 201-202,

(d) Digital outputs


- The ADR portion of the ADIRU provides eight identical ARINC 429
Low Speed buses. Two of these buses are dedicated to the
interface with the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
The number of these buses is 5 and 6.
The system users are described in the table below:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| USERS |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ADIRU 1 | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 2 | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 3 | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 1 |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 3 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 2 | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 2 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CFDIU | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU ENG 1 | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|



EFF :

201-202,  34-12-00

Page 19
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| USERS |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ECU ENG 2 | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 1 | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|GPWC | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMU | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|PRESSURE | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |* | | | |
|CONTROLLER1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ZONE TEMRERATURE | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|TEST 1 CONNECTORS | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11 : ADR Data Users


R

EFF :

201-202,  34-12-00

Page 20
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

- The IR portion of the ADIRU provides four identical ARINC 429


High Speed buses. The system users are described in the table
below:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|FAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 1 | * | | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|--- |
|DMC 3 | | | * | | | | * | | * | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CDU | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FQIC | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|BSCU | | * | | | | | * | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CFDIU | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPWC (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 21
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 2 (1)| | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TCAS (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMU (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 1 (1)| | * | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 2 (1)| | | | | | * | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 1 (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 2 (1)| | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-VOR/DME| | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI (1)| | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
|VOR/ADF/DME| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-ADF (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TEST PLUG | | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Optional system

Table 12 : IR Data Users - Basic version

(e) Analog outputs


The ADIRUs, through analog outputs, supply the ADMs with
+13.5/-13.5VDC and the CDU with 28VDC.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 22
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
**ON A/C 151-199,

(f) Discrete outputs


The discrete outputs are either open/ground or open/28VDC
discretes (for ON BAT, IR FAILURE WARNING and ALIGN NOT READY
discretes). The LOW SPEED WARNING discretes are set according to
a speed threshold (with an hysteresis of 4 knots). These
thresholds are respectively:

---------------------------------
|Lower threshold|Upper threshold|
| value | value |
--------------------------|---------------|---------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | 100 | 104 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | 50 | 54 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | 155 | 159 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | 260 | 264 |
-----------------------------------------------------------

The LOW SPEED WARNING 1 discrete is used in the Ram Air Turbine
extension logic and in the power generation logic. The LOW SPEED
WARNING 2 discrete is used in the power generation logic.
The following discretes are used to control the CDU annunciators:
- ON BAT
- ADR OFF
- ADR FAILURE WARNING
- IR FAILURE WARNING
- IR ALIGN.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

4. _____________________
Component Description
R

R A. ADIRS CDU
R (Ref. Fig. 005)
R The CDU is a three-channel unit. Each CDU channel is dedicated to one
R separate ADIRU and includes the following features:
R - a three-position mode selector switch. The modes are:
R . power off (OFF)
R . navigation (NAV)
R . reversionary attitude (ATT)
R - an indicator announcing when the IR is aligning (ALIGN legend of IR
R annunciator)
R - an IR fault indicator (FAULT legend of IR annunciator)



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 23
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU
Figure 005



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 24
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
R - a pushbutton switch to disable ADR output buses. It is a momentary
R action pushbutton switch
R - an indicator announcing when the ADR output buses are turned off (OFF
R legend of ADR pushbutton switch)
R - an ADR fault indicator (FAULT legend of ADR pushbutton switch).
R The following items of equipment are shaped between the three channels :
R - a keyboard to enter the initial position in degrees, minutes and tenth
R of minutes or magnetic heading in the attitude mode
R - two data pushbutton switches (ENT and CLR) with cue lights
R - a liquid crystal display for selected parameters. The LCD has 16 digits
R and each digit has 14 segments
R - a DATA DISPLAY selector switch to select parameters for display on the
R LCD:
R * wind (WIND)
R * present position (PPOS)
R * true heading (HDG)
R * status of selected system (STS)
R * track and ground speed (TK/GS)
R * test values (TEST)
R - a SYS DISPLAY selector switch with four positions: OFF, 1, 2, 3. The
R OFF position disables the display of the CDU but the mode control of
R the ADIRUs remains active
R - an ON BAT annunciator.
The CDU contains three identical connectors referenced J1, J2 and J3.
(Ref. Fig. 006)
No cooling air is provided to the CDU.
The CDU is supplied with 28VDC from the selected ADIRU to drive internal
circuits and the data display. The 28VDC inputs are isolated from each
other. The aircraft supplies 5VAC power for panel lighting/LCD
backlighting and for annunciator lighting.

B. ADIRU
(Ref. Fig. 007)

(1) General
The ADIRU is contained in a 4 MCU case as defined in ARINC 600. The
ADIRU has to be aligned on a special shelf in the avionics
compartment in accordance with the installation design described in
ARINC 738. This installation involves modification of the ARINC 600
standard to include three alignment pins and a floating connector.
Pins 12 and 13 of the bottom plug have been modified with a reducer
to accept power input instead of coax input as defined in ARINC 738.
All input discretes are electrically isolated by an in-line diode or
an equivalent device. The discrete outputs are protected by means of
diodes to permit a wired OR circuit with other outputs.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 25
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Internal Block Diagram
Figure 006



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 26
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
ADIRU - General View
Figure 007



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 27
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
As each ADIRU is a common point to all engines installed on the
aircraft, special care is taken to make impossible any electrical
disturbance to propagate through the ADIRU/engine interface to other
inputs/outputs dedicated to engines.
The ADIRU is designed to reach a high level of protection for
lightning and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). The lightning
protection circuitry is made up of high-powered Zener diode type
semiconductors called Transzorbs on I/O connector pins.
Power supply inputs are protected by Mov or by Zener type suppressor
mounted adjacent to I/O connector.
A 80960 microprocessor is shared between the ADR and IR functions to
perform computations, BITE and input/output.
The ADIRU contains an ADR and an IR portion supplied by a common
power (115VAC, 28VDC).

(2) ADR portion


(Ref. Fig. 008)
Five resolvers can be used for the analog baro-correction and the AOA
inputs. The ADR provides eight ARINC 429 low-speed output buses
(buses 5 to 8 are reserved for engine control).
Each bus can drive twenty ARINC bus loads.

(3) IR portion
(Ref. Fig. 008)
A DSP (Digital Signal Processing) C25 microprocessor is used to
interface between the sensor block and the 80960 microprocessor.
The gyros/accel sensors block contains three accels and three gyros
mounted along each axis. This sensor block is supplied by a high
voltage power supply provided by the IR portion.
The IR provides four ARINC 429 High-Speed output buses. Each bus can
drive twenty loads.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 28
Config-1 Nov 01/05
R  
CES 
ADIRU - Block Diagram
Figure 008



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-12-00

Page 29
Config-1 Nov 01/05
 
CES 
________________________________________________________
AIR DATA, INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRU & CDU OR MSU)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________

1. _______
General
The Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) provides the main air data
and heading/attitude/navigation data to the aircraft systems.
The main computers of the ADIRS are the three Air Data/Inertial Reference
Units (ADIRU) which are controlled by the ADIRS Control and Display Unit
(CDU).
The ADIRS is a three channel system. Each channel is isolated from the
others and provides independent information as defined in ARINC 738.
Each ADIRU contains:
- An Air Data Reference (ADR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-13.
- An Inertial Reference (IR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-14.
The power supply is common for the ADR and IR portions and described in
34-11.

2. Component
__________________
Location
L
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The three ADIRUs are installed in the avionics compartment.
The ADIRS CDU is installed in the cockpit.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34
2FP CDU-ADIRS 20VU 211 831 34-12-12



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Component Location
Figure 001



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Component Location
Figure 002



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. Interface
_________

A. Mechanical Interface
The ADIRUs are installed and aligned on a specific mounting tray in the
avionics compartment in accordance with the installation design defined
in ARINC 738. The ADIRU is to 4 MCU size. In order to ensure attitude and
azimuth accuracy, the mounting tray orientation complies with the
following tolerances:
- pitch and roll: plus or minus 12 minutes
- azimuth: plus or minus 12 minutes.

B. Electrical Interface

(1) ADIRS CDU

(a) General

(Ref. Fig. 003)


The ADIRS CDU contains three identical connectors. Each connector
is linked to one ADIRU by means of an insert position keying.
The four annunciator discretes ADR OFF, ADR FAULT, IR ALIGN and
IR FAULT are linked to the ADIRS CDU from the ADIRU, through the
annunciator light test and interface boards.
The CDU panel lighting and LCD backlighting are provided by bulbs
supplied with 5 VAC (from the A/C electrical generation).
The CDU exchanges data with the ADIRU.
The data sent by the CDU can be used for the initialization of
the IR portion. The data received by the CDU is displayed on the
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).

(b) CDU digital form


The tables below contain all the output parameters in the digital
form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following tables give:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is
given in milliseconds.
- CODE:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Electrical Interface
Figure 003



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
1
_ CDU bus inputs
The CDU receives an ARINC 429 High-Speed bus from the IR
portion of each ADIRU.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PRESENT |90S-90N |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |POS LAT-D |(POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | |NORTH FROM |MIN | | | | | |
| | |0 DEG) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 011 |PRESENT |180E-180W |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |POS LONG-D |(POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | |EAST FROM |MIN | | | | | |
| | |0 DEG) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 012 |GROUND |0-2000 |Kt | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |SPEED-D |(ALWAYS | | | | | | |
| | |POSITIVE) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 013 |TRACK |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |ANGLE TRUE |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 014 |MAGNETIC |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |HEADING |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED |0-256 |Kt | | 3 | | BCD| |
| | |(ALWAYS | | | | | | |
| | |POSITIVE) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 016 |WIND DIR |0-359 |DEG | | 3 | | BCD| |
| |TRUE |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 044 |TRUE |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |HEADING |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 270 |IR DISCRETE| | | | 19 | | DIS| |
| |(1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 277 |CDU TEST | | | | 18 | | DIS| |
| |WORD (1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | 19 | | DIS| |
| |CODE (1) | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDU IR Input Labels

NOTE : (1) The complete definition of labels 270, 277 and 350
____
is detailed in 34-14-00 Para. 2.D.(1).

2
_ CDU bus outputs
The CDU sends the parameters detailed in the following table
to the IR portion of each ADIRU:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 041 |SET | 90S-90N |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |LATITUDE | (POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | | NORTH) |MIN | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 0.1| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 042 |SET | 180E-180W |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |LONGITUDE | (POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | | EAST) |MIN | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 0.1| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------| -----------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 043 |SET | 0-359 |DEG | | 3 | | BCD| |
| |MAGNETIC | (POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| |HDG | CW FROM N) | | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 277 |CDU TEST | | | | 19 | | DIS| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDU Output Labels

(2) ADIRU
The ADIRU receives data and computes outputs in accordance with ARINC
738. It uses an ARINC 600 type 2 floating-connector.

(a) Digital inputs


- Air Data Module (ADM) inputs
The ADR provides up to five ADM input buses. Only three of them
are used to receive air mass data from remotely mounted ADM
(Ref. 34-11), two linked to the static probe and one linked to
the pitot probe.

NOTE : For the ADIRU 3, only two ADM input buses are used: one
____
for the total pressure data and the other for the averaged
static pressure data.

- digital baro-correction inputs


The ADR provides two baro-correction digital data input ports.
The incoming data from the Flight Control Unit (FCU) is in
ARINC 429 low-speed format.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The ADR receives data from baro-correction bus A.
The baro-correction is used to compensate baro-corrected
altitude output.
- initialization data inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from either ARINC 702
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC). The data is in
ARINC 429 low-speed format. The initialization parameters are
latitude and longitude or magnetic heading.
- CFDIU input
The ADIRU provides one Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU) input bus. The data is in ARINC 429 low-speed format.
The CFDIU continuously transmits data to all systems. The ADIRU
uses this data to accept commands from the CFDIU.
- Air Data Reference inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU provides two digital data input
ports for receiving data from the other ADIRUs.
The incoming data is in ARINC 429 low-speed format and includes
altitude and true airspeed.
- the ADIRU provides provision for digital input buses (two buses
are reserved for the Global Positioning System (GPS)).
- CDU inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from one ARINC 738
CDU. The data is in ARINC 429 low-speed format. These items of
data are initialization parameters (latitude and longitude or
magnetic heading) and CDU status.

(b) Analog inputs


- analog AOA input
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts two resolver inputs of
indicated angle of attack.
The characteristics of the resolvers, as seen by the ADR, are
as follows:
. scale factor: 1/Degree of AOA
. index reference: 0 resolver input = 25 AOA
- Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensor
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts a standard 500 ohm
platinum sensing element input from the TAT sensor.
The ADR derives the measured temperature from the TAT sensor
input using the Callender-Van Dusen equation from ARINC 738.
- GPS Time Mark inputs
This allows the ADIRU to be synchronized with the GPS portion
of the MMRs.
- 115 VAC
The ADIRU operates from the 115 VAC/400 Hz primary power.
- 28 VDC back-up
The ADIRU can operate from the 28 VDC back-up power.
- 26 VAC reference



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The ADIRU accepts up to three 26 VAC resolver reference inputs.
Only one is used for the AOA resolver.
The ADIRU provides provisions for analog inputs (two 26 VAC
reference inputs, and three analog baro-correction inputs are
reserved).

(c) Analog inputs


- analog AOA input
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts two resolver inputs of
indicated angle of attack.
The characteristics of the resolvers, as seen by the ADR, are
as follows:
. scale factor: 1/Degree of AOA
. index reference: 0 resolver input = 25 AOA
- Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensor
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts a standard 500 ohm
platinum sensing element input from the TAT sensor.
The ADR derives the measured temperature from the TAT sensor
input using the Callender-Van Dusen equation from ARINC 738.
- 115 VAC
The ADIRU operates from the 115 VAC/400 Hz primary power.
- 28 VDC back-up
The ADIRU can operate from the 28 VDC back-up power.
- 26 VAC reference
The ADIRU accepts up to three 26 VAC resolver reference inputs.
Only one is used for the AOA resolver.
The ADIRU provides provisions for analog inputs (two 26 VAC
reference inputs and three analog baro-correction inputs are
reserved).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(d) Discrete inputs
These inputs are generally pin programs except for:
- Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and AOA correction and
selection discretes which come from the Slat and Flap Control
Computers (SFCC) and are linked to flap position,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
- heat discretes which come from the associated Probe Heat
Computer (PHC),
- VMO/MMO discrete provided by the position of the L/G DOWN
VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
- ADR selection:
It indicates, to the IR, the air data source to be used.
- CDU ON/OFF:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, whether the ADIRU data is currently
displayed on the CDU.
- ADR OFF:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, that the crew has pushed the ADR
pushbutton switch on the ADIRS CDU. This commands the ADIRU to
stop the transmission of the ADR output buses.
- IR MODE SELECT:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, the position of the associated
selector switch on the CDU. Three positions can be coded: OFF,
NAV, ATT. This gives the computer operating mode.

The functions of the pin program discretes are:


- aircraft identification:
seven discretes provide the ADIRU with the identification of
the aircraft.
They are used by the ADR to select the appropriate SSEC and AOA
correction laws and by the IR to select the appropriate
filtering (bandwidth) of the output labels.
- baro-correction source selection:
This discrete provides the ADIRU with the following:
. the form (digital or analog) in which the baro-correction
transmission is made.
. the number of sources (2 or 3)
. the type of transmission used by the digital sources (single
bus or various buses).
On the A/C, the FCU transmits the CAPT and F/O baro-correction
in digital form on separate buses.
- AOA average/unique:
The ADIRU receives the AOA on two resolvers.
This discrete indicates whether the computation must use an
average value from the two resolvers, or the value of resolver
1 in priority with the second as a back-up in case of failure.
This last solution is chosen on the A/C.
- ADR ARINC filter select:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 12
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - ADIRUs/SFCCs Interface
Figure 004



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 13
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
This permits to choose between two sets of filter
characteristics for the ADR outputs.
- mounting position:
This indicates the orientation of the unit to the IR portion.
It is used to know where are the longitudinal and lateral axes
of the aircraft and the sign of motion measured.
- SDI:
This indicates on which side (CAPT, F/O, Standby) the ADIRU is
installed.
- CFDS message select:
The ADIRU selects a table of maintenance messages.
- GPS sensor present:
This indicates, to the ADIRU, the presence on-board the
aircraft of one or two MMRs (GPS portion).
- GPS priority select:
This indicates, to the ADIRU, the priority for using the MMRs
(GPS portion).
- Mag. Var. select:
This discrete is not used anymore. In previous standards, it
selected between two different magnetic variation tables.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(e) Digital outputs
- The ADR portion of the ADIRU provides eight identical ARINC 429
Low-Speed buses. Two of these buses are dedicated to the
interface with the Electronic Control Units (ECU).
The number of these buses is 5 and 6.
The system users are described in the table below:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ADIRU 1 | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 2 | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 3 | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 1 |* | | | | | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 2 | |* | | | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 3 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 2 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CFDIU | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU or EEC ENG 1 | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|PVIS (1) | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|Passenger Visual | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|Information | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|Landscape Camera (1)| | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|AINS (1)| | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|Aircraft Information| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|Network System | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU or EEC ENG 2 | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 1 | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 1 (option PWS) | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 2 (option PWS) | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMU (option) | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|AOA CAPT INDICATOR | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|(option) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|AOA F/O INDICATOR | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|(option) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|GPWC (option) | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMU (option) | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |* | | | |
|CONTROLLER1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ZONE TEMPERATURE | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|TEST 1 CONNECTORS | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11: ADR Data Users


- The IR portion of the ADIRU provides four identical ARINC 429
High-Speed buses. The system users are described in the table
below:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|FAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 1 | * | | | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 3 | | | * | | | | * | | * | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CDU | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 17
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FQIC | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|BSCU | | * | | | | | * | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CFDIU | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPWC (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 2 (1)| | | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TCAS | | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|/T2CAS(1) | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMU (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 1 (1)| | * | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 2 (1)| | | | | * | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 1 (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 2 (1)| | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-VOR/DME| | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-ADF (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TEST PLUG | | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ISIS | | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MCDU 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MCDU 2 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ATC 1 | | * | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 18
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ATC 2 | | | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|PVIS (1)| | | | | | | * | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SATCOM (1)| | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|HFDR 1 (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|HFDR 2 (1)| | | | | | * | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Optional system

Table 12 : IR Data Users - Basic version


- The IR portion of the ADIRU provides four identical ARINC 429
High-Speed buses. The system users are described in the table
below:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|FAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 1 | * | | | | | | | | | | * | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 3 | | | * | | | | * | | * | | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 19
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|CDU | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FQIC | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|BSCU | | * | | | | | * | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CFDIU | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPWC | | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WX 2 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMU | | * | | | | | * | | | | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-VOR/DME | | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
|---------------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TEST PLUG | | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 12 : IR Data Users - Basic version



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(f) Analog outputs
The ADIRUs, through analog outputs, supply the ADMs with
+13.5/-13.5 VDC and the CDU with 28 VDC.

(g) Discrete outputs


The discrete outputs are either open/ground or open/28 VDC
discretes (for ON BAT, IR FAILURE WARNING and ALIGN NOT READY
discretes). The LOW SPEED WARNING discretes are set according to
a speed threshold (with a hysteresis of 4 knots). These
thresholds are respectively:

---------------------------------
|Lower threshold|Upper threshold|
| value | value |
--------------------------|---------------|---------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | 100 | 104 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | 50 | 54 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | 155 | 159 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | 260 | 264 |
-----------------------------------------------------------

The LOW SPEED WARNING 1 discrete is used in the Ram Air Turbine
extension logic and in the power generation logic. The LOW SPEED
WARNING 2 discrete is used in the power generation logic.
The following discretes are used to control the CDU annunciators:
- ON BAT
- ADR OFF
- ADR FAILURE WARNING
- IR FAILURE WARNING
- IR ALIGN.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 21
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. _____________________
Component Description

A. ADIRS CDU
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The CDU is a three-channel unit. Each CDU channel has the following
features:
- a three-position mode selector switch. The modes are:
. power off (OFF)
. navigation (NAV)
. reversionary attitude (ATT)
- an indicator announcing when the IR is aligning (ALIGN legend of IR
annunciator)
- an IR fault indicator (FAULT legend of the IR annunciator)
- a pushbutton switch to disable ADR output buses. It is a momentary
action pushbutton switch
- an indicator announcing when the ADR output buses are turned off (OFF
legend of the ADR pushbutton switch)
- an ADR fault indicator (FAULT legend of the ADR pushbutton switch).
The following items of equipment are shaped between the three channels:
- a keyboard to enter the initial position in degrees, minutes and tenth
of minutes or magnetic heading in the attitude mode
- two data pushbutton switches (ENT and CLR) with cue lights
- a liquid crystal display for selected parameters. The LCD has 16 digits
and each digit has 14 segments
- a DATA DISPLAY selector switch to select parameters for display on the
LCD:
* wind (WIND)
* present position (PPOS)
* true heading (HDG)
* status of selected system (STS)
* track and ground speed (TK/GS)
* test values (TEST)
- a SYS DISPLAY selector switch with four positions: OFF, 1, 2, 3. The
OFF position disables the display of the CDU but the mode control of
the ADIRUs remains active
- an ON BAT annunciator.
The CDU contains three identical connectors referenced J1, J2 and J3.
(Ref. Fig. 006)
This LRU uses an Intel 8031 microprocessor. The CDU receives an IR bus
from each ADIRU to display navigation data.
It provides one bus per ADIRU to permit IR initialization.
(Ref. Fig. 007)
No cooling air is provided to the CDU.
The CDU is supplied with 28 VDC from the selected ADIRU to drive internal
circuits and the data display. The 28 VDC inputs are isolated from each
other. The aircraft supplies 5 VAC power for panel lighting/LCD
backlighting and for annunciator lighting.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 22
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU
Figure 005



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 23
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Identical Connectors
Figure 006



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 24
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Internal Block Diagram
Figure 007



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 25
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. ADIRU
(Ref. Fig. 008)

(1) General
The ADIRU is contained in a 4 MCU case as defined in ARINC 600. The
ADIRU has to be aligned on a special shelf in the avionics
compartment in accordance with the installation design described in
ARINC 738. This installation involves modification of the ARINC 600
standard to include three alignment pins and a floating connector.
Pins 12 and 13 of the bottom plug have been modified with a reducer
to accept power input instead of coax input as defined in ARINC 738.
All input discretes are electrically isolated by an in-line diode or
an equivalent device. The discrete outputs are protected by means of
diodes to permit a wired OR circuit with other outputs.
The ADIRU is designed to reach a high level of protection for
lightning and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). The lightning
protection circuitry is made up of discrete components which consist
of high-powered Zener diode type semiconductors called Transzorbs.
Varistors are used on the power supply input lines. Varistors are
voltage-controlled resistors that go to a low impedance state when a
voltage above their clamp voltage is applied, thus shunting the
lightning current.
As each ADIRU is a common point to all engines installed on the
aircraft, special care is taken to make impossible any electrical
disturbance to propagate through the ADIRU/engine interface to other
inputs/outputs dedicated to engines.
The ADIRU contains an ADR and an IR portion supplied by a common
power (115 VAC,28 VDC).

(2) ADR portion


(Ref. Fig. 009)
This portion uses a 68000 microprocessor. Five resolvers can be used
for the analog baro-correction and the AOA inputs. The ADR provides
eight ARINC 429 Low-Speed output buses (buses 5 to 8 are reserved for
engine control).
A bus isolation is provided using in-line fuses in all ADR buses 5-8
reserved to the engine control.
Each bus can drive twenty ARINC bus loads.

(3) IR portion
(Ref. Fig. 010)
This portion uses a 80960 microprocessor.
It provides a high-voltage power supply used by the gyros.
The gyros/accel sensor block contains three accels and three gyros
mounted along each axis.
The IR provides four ARINC 429 High-Speed output buses. Each bus can
drive twenty loads.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 26
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - General View
Figure 008



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 27
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - ADR Block Diagram
Figure 009



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 28
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - Block Diagram
Figure 010



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-12-00

Page 29
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
Post SB 34-1249 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-199,201-203,

_______________________________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRU & CDU OR MSU)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

1. General
_______

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

The Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) provides the main air data
and heading/attitude/navigation data to the aircraft systems.
The main computers of the ADIRS are the three Air Data/Inertial Reference
Units (ADIRU) which are controlled by the ADIRS Control and Display Unit
(CDU).
The ADIRS is a three channel system. Each channel is isolated from the
others and provides independent information as defined in ARINC 738.
Each ADIRU contains:
- an Air Data Reference (ADR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-13
- an Inertial Reference (IR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-14.
Power supply is common for ADR and IR and described in 34-11.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

The Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) provides the main air data
and heading/attitude/navigation data to the aircraft systems.
The main computers of the ADIRS are the three Air Data/Inertial Reference
Units (ADIRU) which are controlled by the ADIRS Mode Selector Unit (MSU).
The ADIRS is a three-channel system. Each channel is isolated from the
others and provides independent information as defined in ARINC 738.
Each ADIRU contains:
- An Air Data Reference (ADR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-13.
- An Inertial Reference (IR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-14.
The power supply is common for the ADR and IR and described in 34-11.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

2. __________________
Component Location


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-12-00

Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-523, 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)


The three ADIRUs are installed in the avionics compartment.
The ADIRS CDU is installed in the cockpit.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34
2FP CDU-ADIRS 20VU 211 831 34-12-12



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 2
Config-3 Nov 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS - Component Location
Figure 001


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Component Location
Figure 002


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 4
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

L
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002A)
The three ADIRUs are installed in the avionics compartment.
The ADIRS MSU is installed in the cockpit.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34

3. ______________
Not Applicable


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS MSU - Component Location
Figure 002A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 6
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

3. Interface
_________

A. Mechanical Interface
The ADIRUs are installed and aligned on a specific mounting tray in the
avionics compartment in accordance with the installation design defined
in ARINC 738. The ADIRU is to 4 MCU size. In order to ensure attitude and
azimuth accuracy, the mounting tray orientation complies with the
following tolerances:
- pitch and roll: plus or minus 12 minutes
- azimuth: plus or minus 12 minutes.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

B. Electrical Interface

(1) ADIRS CDU

(a) General

(Ref. Fig. 003)


The ADIRS CDU contains three identical connectors. Each connector
is linked to one ADIRU by means of an insert position keying.
The four annunciator discretes ADR OFF, ADR FAULT, IR ALIGN and
IR FAULT are linked to the ADIRS CDU from the ADIRU, through the
annunciator light test and interface boards.
The CDU panel lighting and LCD backlighting are provided by bulbs
supplied with 5VAC (from the A/C electrical generation).
The CDU exchanges data with the ADIRU.
The data sent by the CDU can be used for the initialization of
the IR portion. The data received by the CDU are displayed on the
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 7
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Electrical Interface
Figure 003


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 8
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

B. Electrical Interface

(1) ADIRS MSU

(a) General

(Ref. Fig. 003A)


The ADIRS MSU contains three identical connectors. Each connector
is linked to one ADIRU by means of an insert position keying.
The four annunciator discretes ADR OFF, ADR FAULT, IR OFF and IR
FAULT are linked to the ADIRS MSU from the ADIRU, through the
annunciator light test and interface boards.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(b) CDU Digital Form


The tables below contain all the output parameters in the digital
form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following tables give:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is
given in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 9
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS MSU - Electrical Interface
Figure 003A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 10
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
1
_ CDU bus inputs
The CDU receives an ARINC 429 High Speed bus from the IR
portion of each ADIRU.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PRESENT |90S-90N |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |POS LAT-D |(POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | |NORTH FROM |MIN | | | | | |
| | |0 DEG) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 011 |PRESENT |180E-180W |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |POS LONG-D |(POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | |EAST FROM |MIN | | | | | |
| | |0 DEG) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 012 |GROUND |0-2000 |Kt | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |SPEED-D |(ALWAYS | | | | | | |
| | |POSITIVE) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 013 |TRACK |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |ANGLE TRUE |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 014 |MAGNETIC |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |HEADING |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED |0-256 |Kt | | 3 | | BCD| |
| | |(ALWAYS | | | | | | |
| | |POSITIVE) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 11
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 016 |WIND DIR |0-359 |DEG | | 3 | | BCD| |
| |TRUE |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 044 |TRUE |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |HEADING |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 270 |IR DISCRETE| | | | 19 | | DIS| |
| |(1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 277 |CDU TEST | | | | 18 | | DIS| |
| |WORD (1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | 19 | | DIS| |
| |CODE (1) | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDU IR Input Labels

NOTE : (1) The complete definition of the labels 270, 277 and
____
350 is detailed in 34-14-00 Para. 2.D.(1).


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 12
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
2
_ CDU bus outputs
The CDU sends the parameters detailed in the following table
to the IR portion of each ADIRU:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 041 |SET | 90S-90N |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |LATITUDE | (POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | | NORTH) |MIN | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 0.1| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 042 |SET | 180E-180W |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |LONGITUDE | (POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | | EAST) |MIN | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 0.1| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------| -----------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 043 |SET | 0-359 |DEG | | 3 | | BCD| |
| |MAGNETIC | (POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| |HDG | CW FROM N) | | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 277 |CDU TEST | | | | 19 | | DIS| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDU Output Labels

(2) ADIRU
The ADIRU receives data and computes outputs in accordance with ARINC
738. It uses an ARINC 600 type 2 floating-connector.

(a) Digital inputs


- Air Data Module (ADM) inputs
The ADR provides up to five ADM input buses. Only three of them
are used to receive air mass data from remotely mounted ADM
(Ref. 34-11), two linked to the static probe and one linked to
the pitot probe.

NOTE : For the ADIRU 3, only two ADM input buses are used: one
____
for the total pressure data and the other for the averaged
static pressure data.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 13
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
- digital baro-correction inputs
The ADR provides two baro-correction digital data input ports.
The incoming data from the Flight Control Unit (FCU) are in
ARINC 429 low speed format.
The ADR receives data from baro-correction bus A.
The baro-correction is used to compensate baro-corrected
altitude output.
- initialization data inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from either ARINC 702
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC). The data are in
ARINC 429 low speed format. The initialization parameters are
latitude and longitude or magnetic heading.
- CFDIU input
The ADIRU provides one Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU) input bus. The data are in ARINC 429 low speed format.
The CFDIU continuously transmits data to all systems. The ADIRU
uses these data to accept commands from the CFDIU.
- Air Data Reference inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU provides two digital data input
ports for receiving data from the other ADIRUs.
The incoming data are in ARINC 429 low speed format and include
altitude and true airspeed.
- CDU inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from one ARINC 738
CDU. The data are in ARINC 429 low speed format. These data are
initialization parameters (latitude and longitude or magnetic
heading) and CDU status.
- GPS inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from the GPS portion
of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
The data are in ARINC 429 high speed format. These data concern
various parameters such as position, velocity, and integrity.
- the ADIRU provides provision for digital input buses.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(2) ADIRU
The ADIRU receives data and computes outputs in accordance with ARINC
738. It uses an ARINC 600 type-2 floating-connector.

(a) Digital inputs


- Air Data Module (ADM) inputs
The ADR provides up to five ADM input buses. Only three of them
are used to receive air mass data from remotely-mounted ADM
(Ref. 34-11), two linked to the static probe and one linked to
the pitot probe.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 14
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NOTE : For the ADIRU 3, only two ADM input buses are used: one
____
for the total pressure data and the other one for the
averaged static pressure data.

- Digital baro-correction inputs


The ADR provides two baro-correction digital data input ports.
The data incoming from the Flight Control Unit (FCU) is in
ARINC 429 low-speed format.
The ADR receives data from baro-correction bus A.
The baro-correction is used to compensate baro-corrected
altitude output.
- Initialization data inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from either ARINC 702
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC). The data is in
ARINC 429 low-speed format. The initialization parameters are
latitude and longitude or magnetic heading.
- CFDIU input
The ADIRU provides one Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU) input bus. The data is in ARINC 429 low-speed format.
The CFDIU continuously transmits data to all systems. The ADIRU
uses this data to accept commands from the CFDIU.
- Air Data Reference inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU provides two digital data input
ports for receiving data from the other ADIRUs.
The incoming data are in ARINC 429 low-speed format and
includes altitude and true airspeed.
- GPS inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from the GPS portion
of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
The data is in ARINC 429 high-speed format. This data is
related to various parameters such as position, velocity and
integrity.
- The ADIRU has provision for digital input buses.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(b) Analog inputs


- analog AOA input
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts two resolver inputs of
indicated angle of attack.
The characteristics of the resolvers, as seen by the ADR, are
as follows:
. scale factor: 1/Degree of AOA
. index reference: 0 resolver input = 25 AOA
- Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensor
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts a standard 500 ohm
platinum sensing element input from the TAT sensor.
The ADR derives the measured temperature from the TAT sensor
input using the Callender-Van Dusen equation from ARINC 738.
- GPS Time Mark inputs


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 15
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
This allows the ADIRU to be synchronized with the GPS portion
of the MMRs.
- 115VAC
The ADIRU operates from the 115VAC/400 Hz primary power.
- 28VDC back-up
The ADIRU can operate from the 28VDC back-up power.
- 26VAC reference
The ADIRU accepts up to three 26VAC resolver reference inputs.
Only one is used for the AOA resolver.
The ADIRU provides provisions for analog inputs (two 26VAC
reference inputs, and three analog baro-correction inputs are
reserved).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 16
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-12-00

Page 17
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(c) Discrete inputs


These inputs are generally pin programs except for:
- Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and AOA correction and
selection discretes which come from the Slat and Flap Control
Computers (SFCC) and are linked to flap position
(Ref. Fig. 004)
- heat discretes which come from the associated Probe Heat
Computer (PHC)
- VMO/MMO discrete provided by the position of the L/G DOWN
VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
- ADR selection:
It indicates, to the IR, the air data source to be used.
- CDU ON/OFF:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, whether the ADIRU data are
currently displayed on the CDU.
- ADR OFF:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, that the crew has pushed the ADR
pushbutton switch on the ADIRS CDU. This commands the ADIRU to
stop the transmission of the ADR output buses.
- IR MODE SELECT:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, the position of the associated
selector switch on the CDU. Three positions can be coded: OFF,
NAV, ATT. This gives the computer operating mode.

The functions of the pin program discretes are:


- aircraft identification:
seven discretes provide the ADIRU with the identification of
the aircraft.
They are used by the ADR to select the appropriate SSEC and AOA
correction laws and by the IR to select the appropriate
filtering (bandwidth) of the output labels.
- baro-correction source selection:
This discrete provides the ADIRU with the following:
. the form (digital or analog) in which the baro-correction
transmission is made
. the number of sources (2 or 3)
. the type of transmission used by the digital sources (single
bus or various buses).
On the A/C, the FCU transmits the CAPT and F/O baro-correction
in digital form on separate buses.
- AOA average/unique:
The ADIRU receives the AOA on two resolvers.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 18
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - ADIRUs/SFCCs Interface
Figure 004


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 19
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
This discrete indicates whether the computation must use an
average value from the two resolvers or the value of resolver 1
in priority with the second as a back-up in case of failure.
This last solution is chosen on the A/C.
- ADR ARINC the filter select:
Unused (the selection of the ADR outputs filtering is done by
the A/C ident pin programming).
- mounting position:
This indicates the orientation of the unit to the IR portion.
It is used to know where are the longitudinal and lateral axes
of the aircraft and the sign of motion measured.
- SDI:
This indicates on which side (CAPT, F/O, Standby) the ADIRU is
installed.
- CMC-CFDS message select:
The ADIRU could be installed on other A/C version. In this
case, the ADIRU selects a table of maintenance messages with a
different syntax.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 20
Config-3 Aug 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(c) Discrete inputs


These inputs are generally pin programs except for:
- Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and AOA correction and
selection discretes which come from the Slat and Flap Control
Computers (SFCC) and are linked to flap position
(Ref. Fig. 004)
- heat discretes which come from the associated Probe Heat
Computer (PHC)
- VMO/MMO discrete provided by the position of the L/G DOWN
VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
- ADR selection:
It indicates, to the IR, the air data source to be used.
- ADR OFF, IR OFF:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, that the crew has pushed the ADR
pushbutton switch on the ADIRS MSU. This commands the ADIRU to
stop the transmission of the ADR output buses.
- IR MODE SELECT:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, the position of the associated
selector switch on the MSU. Three positions can be coded: OFF,
NAV, ATT. This gives the computer operating mode.

The functions of the pin program discretes are:


- aircraft identification:
seven discretes provide the ADIRU with the identification of
the aircraft.
They are used by the ADR to select the appropriate SSEC and AOA
correction laws and by the IR to select the appropriate
filtering (bandwidth) of the output labels.
- baro-correction source selection:
This discrete provides the ADIRU with the following:
. the form (digital or analog) in which the baro-correction
transmission is made
. the number of sources (2 or 3)
. the type of transmission used by the digital sources (single
bus or various buses).
On the A/C, the FCU transmits the CAPT and F/O baro-correction
in digital form on separate buses.
- AOA average/unique:
The ADIRU receives the AOA on two resolvers.
This discrete indicates whether the computation must use an
average value from the two resolvers or the value of resolver 1
in priority with the second as a back-up in case of failure.
This last solution is chosen on the A/C.
- ADR ARINC the filter select:


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 21
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Unused (the selection of the ADR outputs filtering is done by
the A/C ident pin programming).
- mounting position:
This indicates the orientation of the unit to the IR portion.
It is used to know where are the longitudinal and lateral axes
of the aircraft and the sign of motion measured.
- SDI:
This indicates on which side (CAPT, F/O, Standby) the ADIRU is
installed.
- CMC-CFDS message select:
The ADIRU could be installed on other A/C version. In this
case, the ADIRU selects a table of maintenance messages with a
different syntax.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

- GPS sensor present:


This indicates, to the ADIRU, the presence on-board the
aircraft of one or two MMRs (GPS portion).
- GPS priority select:
This indicates, to the ADIRU, the priority for using the MMRs
(GPS portion).

R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


R 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

- Mag. Var. select:


This discrete selects between two different magnetic variation
tables:
* one standard coverage model optimized for year 2010 and one
expanded coverage model optimized for year 2015.

**ON A/C 001-049, 052-052, 101-149, 151-199, 201-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

- Mag. Var. select:


This discrete selects between two different magnetic variation
tables:
* one standard coverage model optimized for year 2005 and one
expanded coverage model optimized for year 2010.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-12-00

Page 22
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-523, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

(d) Digital outputs


- The ADR portion of the ADIRU provides eight identical ARINC 429
Low Speed buses. Two of these buses are dedicated to the
interface with the Electronic Control Units (ECU).
The number of these buses is 5 and 6.
The system users are described in the table below:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ADIRU 1 | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 2 | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 3 | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 1 |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 3 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 2 (1)| | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 2 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CFDIU | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU or EEC ENG 1 | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 23
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ECU or EEC ENG 2 | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 1 | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|AOA CAPT INDIC. (1)| | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|AOA F/O INDIC. (1)| | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|GPWC (1)| | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMU (1)| |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |* | | | |
|CONTROLLER1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ZONE TEMPERATURE | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|TEST 1 CONNECTORS | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Optional system

Table 11 : ADR Data Users


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 24
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

- The IR portion of the ADIRU provides four identical ARINC 429


High Speed buses. The system users are described in the table
below:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|FAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 1 | * | | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 3 | | | * | | | | * | | * | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CDU | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FQIC | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|BSCU | | * | | | | | * | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CFDIU | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPWC (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 25
Config-3 Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 2 (1)| | | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TCAS (1)| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMU (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 1 (1)| | * | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 2 (1)| | | | | * | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 1 (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 2 (1)| | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SDU | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-VOR/DME| | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-ADF (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TEST PLUG | | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Optional system

Table 12 : IR Data Users - Basic version



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 26
Config-3 Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
(e) Analog outputs
The ADIRUs, through analog outputs, supply the ADMs with
+13.5/-13.5VDC and the CDU with 28VDC.

(f) Discrete outputs


The discrete outputs are either open/ground or open/28VDC
discretes (for ON BAT, IR FAILURE WARNING and ALIGN NOT READY
discretes). The LOW SPEED WARNING discretes are set according to
a speed threshold (with an hysteresis of 4 knots). These
thresholds are respectively:

---------------------------------
|Lower threshold|Upper threshold|
| value | value |
--------------------------|---------------|---------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | 100 | 104 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | 50 | 54 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | 155 | 159 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | 260 | 264 |
-----------------------------------------------------------

The LOW SPEED WARNING 1 discrete is used in the Ram Air Turbine
extension logic and in the power generation logic. The LOW SPEED
WARNING 2 discrete is used in the power generation logic.
The following discretes are used to control the CDU annunciators:
- ON BAT
- ADR OFF
- ADR FAILURE WARNING
- IR FAILURE WARNING
- IR ALIGN.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 27
Config-3 Aug 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

- The IR portion of the ADIRU provides four identical ARINC 429


high-speed buses. The system users are described in the table
below:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|FAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 1 | * | | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 3 | | | * | | | | * | | * | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FQIC | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|BSCU | | * | | | | | * | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CFDIU | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPWC (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 2 (1)| | | | | | * | | | | | | |


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 28
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TCAS (1)| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMU (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 1 (1)| | * | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 2 (1)| | | | | * | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 1 (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 2 (1)| | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SDU | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-VOR/DME| | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-ADF (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TEST PLUG | | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Optional system

Table 12 : IR Data Users - Basic version


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 29
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(e) Analog outputs
The ADIRUs, through analog outputs, supply the ADMs with
+13.5/-13.5 VDC.

(f) Discrete outputs


The discrete outputs are either open/ground or open/28 VDC
discretes (for ON BAT, IR FAILURE WARNING and IR OFF discretes).
The LOW SPEED WARNING discretes are set according to a speed
threshold (with a hysteresis of 4 knots). These thresholds are
respectively:

---------------------------------
|Lower threshold|Upper threshold|
| value | value |
--------------------------|---------------|---------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | 100 | 104 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | 50 | 54 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | 155 | 159 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | 260 | 264 |
-----------------------------------------------------------

The LOW SPEED WARNING 1 discrete is used in the Ram Air Turbine
extension logic and in the power generation logic. The LOW SPEED
WARNING 2 discrete is used in the power generation logic.
The following discretes are used to control the MSU annunciators:
- ON BAT
- ADR OFF
- IR OFF
- ADR FAILURE WARNING
- IR FAILURE WARNING.


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 30
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

4. _____________________
Component Description

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

A. ADIRS CDU
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The CDU is a three-channel unit. Each CDU channel includes the following
features:
- a three-position mode selector switch. The modes are:
. power off (OFF)
. navigation (NAV)
. reversionary attitude (ATT)
- an indicator announcing when the IR is aligning (ALIGN legend of IR
annunciator)
- an IR fault indicator (FAULT legend of IR annunciator)
- a pushbutton switch to disable ADR output buses. It is a momentary
action pushbutton switch
- an indicator announcing when the ADR output buses are turned off (OFF
legend of ADR pushbutton switch)
- an ADR fault indicator (FAULT legend of ADR pushbutton switch).
The following items of equipment are shaped between the three channels :
- a keyboard to enter the initial position in degrees, minutes and tenth
of minutes or magnetic heading in the attitude mode
- two data pushbutton switches (ENT and CLR) with cue lights
- a liquid crystal display for selected parameters. The LCD has 16 digits
and each digit has 14 segments
- a DATA DISPLAY selector switch to select parameters for display on the
LCD:
* wind (WIND)
* present position (PPOS)
* true heading (HDG)
* status of selected system (STS)
* track and ground speed (TK/GS)
* test values (TEST)
- a SYS DISPLAY selector switch with four positions: OFF, 1, 2, 3. The
OFF position disables the display of the CDU but the mode control of
the ADIRUs remains active
- an ON BAT annunciator.
The CDU contains three identical connectors referenced J1, J2 and J3.
(Ref. Fig. 006)
This LRU uses an Intel 8031 microprocessor. The CDU receives an IR bus
from each ADIRU to display navigation data.
It provides one bus per ADIRU to permit IR initialization.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 31
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU
Figure 005


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 32
Config-3 Aug 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS MSU
Figure 005A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 33
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Identical Connectors
Figure 006


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 34
Config-3 Aug 01/08
 
CES 
(Ref. Fig. 007)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

A. ADIRS MSU
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
The MSU is a three-channel unit. Each MSU channel is dedicated to one
separate ADIRU and includes the following features:
- a three-position mode selector switch. The modes are:
. power off (OFF)
. navigation (NAV)
. reversionary attitude (ATT)
- a pushbutton switch to disable IR output buses. It is a momentary
action pushbutton switch
- an indicator announcing when the IR output buses are turned off (OFF
legend IR pushbutton switch)
- an IR fault indicator (FAULT legend of IR annunciator)
- a pushbutton switch to disable ADR output buses. It is a momentary
action pushbutton switch
- an indicator announcing when the ADR output buses are turned off (OFF
legend of ADR pushbutton switch)
- an ADR fault indicator (FAULT legend of ADR pushbutton switch).
An ON BAT annunciator is shared by the three channels.
The MSU contains three identical connectors referenced J1, J2 and J3.
(Ref. Fig. 006A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

No cooling air is provided to the CDU.


The CDU is supplied with 28VDC from the selected ADIRU to drive internal
circuits and the data display. The 28VDC inputs are isolated from each
other. The aircraft supplies 5VAC power for panel lighting/LCD
backlighting and for annunciator lighting.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 35
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS MSU - Identical Connectors
Figure 006A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-12-00

Page 36
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS CDU - Internal Block Diagram
Figure 007


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-12-00

Page 37
Config-3 Aug 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

B. ADIRU
(Ref. Fig. 008)

(1) General
The ADIRU is contained in a 4 MCU case as defined in ARINC 600. The
ADIRU has to be aligned on a special shelf in the avionics
compartment in accordance with the installation design described in
ARINC 738. This installation involves modification of the ARINC 600
standard to include three alignment pins and a floating connector.
Pins 12 and 13 of the bottom plug have been modified with a reducer
to accept power input instead of coax input as defined in ARINC 738.
All input discretes are electrically isolated by an in-line diode or
an equivalent device. The discrete outputs are protected by means of
diodes to permit a wired OR circuit with other outputs.
The ADIRU is designed to reach a high level of protection for
lightning and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). The lightning
protection circuitry is made up of discrete components which consist
of high-powered Zener diode type semiconductors called Transzorbs.
Varistors are used on the power supply input lines. Varistors are
voltage-controlled resistors that go to a low impedance state when a
voltage above their clamp voltage is applied, thus shunting the
lightning current.
As each ADIRU is a common point to all engines installed on the
aircraft, special care is taken to make impossible any electrical
disturbance to propagate through the ADIRU/engine interface to other
inputs/outputs dedicated to engines.
The ADIRU contains an ADR and an IR portion supplied by a common
power (115VAC, 28VDC).

(2) ADR portion


(Ref. Fig. 009)
This portion uses a 68000 microprocessor. Five resolvers can be used
for the analog baro-correction and the AOA inputs. The ADR provides
eight ARINC 429 Low-Speed output buses (buses 5 to 8 are reserved for
engine control).
A bus isolation is provided using in-line fuses in all ADR buses 5-8
reserved to the engine control.
Each bus can drive twenty ARINC bus loads.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 38
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - General View
Figure 008


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 39
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - Block Diagram
Figure 009


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 40
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) IR portion
(Ref. Fig. 009)
This portion uses a 80960 microprocessor.
It provides a high-voltage power supply used by the gyros.
The gyros/accel sensors block contains three accels and three gyros
mounted along each axis.
The IR provides four ARINC 429 High-Speed output buses. Each bus can
drive twenty loads.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-12-00

Page 41
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
CONTROL AND DISPLAY UNIT (CDU) - ADIRS (2FP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-12-12-000-001

Removal of the ADIRS CDU (2FP)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-12-12-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-12-12-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105 VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-12-12

Page 401
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Subtask 34-12-12-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

122VU LIGHTING/TST/BOARD/SPLY 30LP X06


122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 1 26LP X04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-12-991-001)

Subtask 34-12-12-020-050

A. Removal of the ADIRS CDU (2FP)

(1) Hold the CDU (4) and loosen the four quarter turn fasteners (5).

(2) Disengage the CDU (4) from its housing (1).

(3) Disconnect the three electrical connectors (2).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-12-12

Page 402
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS - Control and Display Unit (CDU)
Figure 401/TASK 34-12-12-991-001


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-12-12

Page 403
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(4) Remove the CDU (4).

(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2) and
(3).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-12-12

Page 404
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
TASK 34-12-12-400-001

Installation of the ADIRS CDU (2FP)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-10-00-710-001 Check of the ADIRS CDU Brightness and Display


34-12-12-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-12-12-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
822.

(2) Make sure that the access door 822 is open.

(3) Make sure that the protective cover is removed from the battery power
center 105VU.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-12-12

Page 405
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Subtask 34-12-12-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

122VU LIGHTING/TST/BOARD/SPLY 30LP X06


122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 1 26LP X04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-12-991-001)

Subtask 34-12-12-420-050

A. Installation of the ADIRS CDU (2FP)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-12-12

Page 406
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and (3).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the related receptacles (3).

(6) Install the CDU (4) in its housing (1).

(7) Tighten the four quarter turn fasteners (5).

Subtask 34-12-12-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
4FP1, 4FP2, 4FP3, 6FP1, 6FP2, 6FP3, 3LF, 26LP, 27LP, 30LP

Subtask 34-12-12-710-050

C. Do the test of the ADIRS CDU brightness and display.


(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-710-001)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-12-12-860-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 34-12-12-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-12-12

Page 407
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
___________________________________________________________
REFERENCE UNIT - AIR DATA/INERTIAL (ADIRU) (1FP1,1FP2,1FP3)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 34-12-34-000-001

Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)

CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE RACK OF THIS UNIT.


_______
PRECISION ADJUSTMENT IS NECESSARY TO INSTALL THE RACK CORRECTLY. THE
MANUFACTURER DOES THIS ADJUSTMENT BEFORE DELIVERY OF THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-12-34-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-12-34-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 401
May 01/04
R  
CES 
(4) Put the access platform in position in the zone 128 at the acces door
824

(5) Open the access door 824

Subtask 34-12-34-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1FP1
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
FOR 1FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 1FP3
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-34-991-002)

Subtask 34-12-34-020-050

A. Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)

NOTE : The procedure is the same for the three ADIRUs 1FP1, 1FP2 and
____
1FP3.

(1) Loosen the nuts (4).

(2) Lower the nuts (4).

(3) Pull the ADIRU (6) on its rack (3) to disconnected the electrical
connectors (1).

(4) Remove the ADIRU (6) from its rack (3).

(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
Figure 401/TASK 34-12-34-991-002



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 404
Feb 01/05
 
CES 
TASK 34-12-34-400-001

Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


34-13-00-740-002 INTERFACE TEST of the ADR
34-14-00-740-001 Interface Test of the IR
R 52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-12-34-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-12-34-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824.

(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 405
Feb 01/02
 
CES 
Subtask 34-12-34-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
822.

(2) Make sure that the access door is open.

(3) Make sure that the protective cover is removed from the battery power
center 105VU.

Subtask 34-12-34-865-051

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1FP1
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
FOR 1FP2

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04

**ON A/C ALL

FOR 1FP3
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-34-991-002)

Subtask 34-12-34-420-050

A. Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.

(5) Push the ADIRU (6) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).

NOTE : Make sure that the ADIRU (6) correctly engages in the
____
centering pins (2).

(6) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-12-34-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 1FP1
4FP1, 5FP1, 6FP1
FOR 1FP2
4FP2, 5FP2, 6FP2, 10FP
FOR 1FP3
4FP3, 5FP3, 6FP3, 8FP, 9FP

Subtask 34-12-34-740-050

C. BITE Test

(1) Do the BITE Test of the ADIRS (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002) (Ref. TASK
34-14-00-740-001).

NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT 3 conditions, do


____
the LAND CAT III capability test
(Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).

(2) As an alternative procedure, you can do an operational test without


the CFDS (installed ADIRU only)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-12-34-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the overhead panel 23VU, release and push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and
FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches (the OFF legend comes on and goes
off).

(2) On the overhead panel 24VU, release and push the FLT CTL/ELAC2, FLT
CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3 pushbutton switches (the OFF legend comes
on and goes off).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 408
May 01/04
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-12-34-410-050

B. Close Access

R (1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

(2) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(3) Tighten the two screws.

(4) Close the access door 822.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 409
Feb 01/02
 
CES 
REFERENCE UNIT - AIR DATA/INERTIAL (ADIRU) (1FP1,1FP2,1FP3) - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-12-34-200-001

ADIRU Removal Criteria

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the performance parameters of the ADIRUs are satisfactory
for operation in Class II navigation airspace in the range specified in the
FAR drift rate requirement.
To do this, do a check of the ADIRUs for:
- Radial position errors
- Residual ground speed errors.
This procedure gives accurate removal criteria.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-12-34-000-001 Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-34-400-001 Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-34-991-008 Fig. 601
R 34-12-34-991-011 Fig. 602
R 34-12-34-991-009 Fig. 603



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 601
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-12-34-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that
the AIR DATA selector switch is at NORM.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-12-34-740-051

A. Radial Position Error (RPE)


R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 34-12-34-991-008, 602/TASK 34-12-34-991-011)

NOTE : At the end of the flight, the pilot must make an entry of the RPE
____
in the logbook.

NOTE : Do this procedure only at the end of a flight:


____
- before the ADIRUs are off and
- before you start a new alignment and
- before you load a new flight plan into the FMGC.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the center pedestal, on one MCDU: On the MCDU:

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The FMGC page comes into view.
FMGC indication

2. On the keyboard, push the DATA The DATA INDEX page comes into view.
mode key

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The POSITION MONITOR page comes into
POSITION MONITOR indication view.



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 602
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
ADIRU - Radial Position Error - Removal Criteria
Figure 601/TASK 34-12-34-991-008



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 603
May 01/03
 
CES 
R ADIRU -
R Figure 602/TASK 34-12-34-991-011



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 604
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Record each IRS position error
shown on line 5.

(1) Calculate the NAV time of the ADIRU as follows:


- record the flight time of the previous flight given in the logbook
and add 30 minutes to this time.

NOTE : This 30-minute period is the assumed time interval from the
____
end point of the ADIRU alignment and aircraft door closing
before pushback.

(2) Compare the recorded values with the curve at the time value
calculated.

(a) If the RPE is below the grey band (refer to AREA 1):
- the ADIRU is serviceable and no action is necessary.

(b) If the RPE is in the grey band (refer to AREA 2):


- it is not necessary to replace the ADIRU but you must do a
second check of the RPE immediately after the subsequent
flight. If the RPE is again in the grey band, replace the ADIRU
(Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).

(c) If the RPE is above the grey band (refer to AREA 3):
- replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-12-34-400-001).

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-12-34-740-052

B. Residual Ground Speed Error

NOTE : Do this procedure only at the end of a flight:


____
- before the ADIRUs are off and
- before you start a new alignment.

Record the residual ground speed for each IR at the end of the
flight when the aircraft is fully stopped.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 605
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
(1) Record the residual ground speed on the ADIRS CDU on the overhead
panel (20VU):
- set the DATA DISPLAY selector switch to TK/GS
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector switch to 1, 2 and 3
- read the related ground speed on the ADIRS CDU display.

NOTE : You can also read the ground speed on the CAPT ND (IR1) and
____
F/O ND (IR2). To read the residual ground speed for IR3 on the
CAPT (F/O) ND, set the ATT HDG selector switch on the
SWITCHING panel (8VU) to CAPT/3 (F/O/3). But, because of DMC
processing, the ground speed value shown on the ND can be
different from the value on the ADIRS CDU by 1 Kt.

(2) Compare the recorded ground speed values with these limits:

(a) If the residual ground speed error is less than 15 Kts:


- the ADIRU is serviceable and no action is necessary.

(b) If the residual ground speed error is equal to 15 Kts or is


between 15 and 21 Kts:
- it is not necessary to replace the ADIRU but you must do a
second check of the residual ground speed error immediately
after the subsequent flight. If the value is again equal to 15
Kts or is between 15 and 21 Kts, replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK
34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001);

(c) If the residual ground speed error is equal to or more than 21


Kts:
- replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-12-34-400-001).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-12-34-740-052-A

B. Residual Ground Speed Error

NOTE : Do this procedure only at the end of a flight:


____
- Before the ADIRUs are off and
- Before you start a new alignment.

Record the residual ground speed for each IR at the end of the
flight when the aircraft is fully stopped.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-12-34

Page 606
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(1) Record the ground speed on the CAPT ND (IR1) and F/O ND (IR2). To
read the residual ground speed for IR3 on the CAPT (F/O) ND, set the
ATT HDG selector switch on the SWITCHING panel (8VU) to CAPT/3
(F/O/3).

(2) Compare the recorded ground speed values with these limits:

(a) If the residual ground speed error is less than 15 Kts:


- The ADIRU is serviceable and no action is necessary.

(b) If the residual ground speed error is equal to 15 Kts or is


between 15 and 21 Kts:
- It is not necessary to replace the ADIRU but you must do a
second check of the residual ground speed error immediately
after the subsequent flight. If the value is again equal to 15
Kts or is between 15 and 21 Kts, replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK
34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001);

(c) If the residual ground speed error is equal to or more than 21


Kts:
- Replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-12-34-400-001).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-12-34-740-053

C. Drift Rate
The Drift Rate criteria are directly derived from the RPE removal
criteria, divided by the NAV TIME (T).
R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 34-12-34-991-009)

NOTE : Do this procedure only at the end of a flight:


____
- before the ADIRUs are off and
- before you start a new alignment and
- before you load a new flight plan into the FMGC.



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 607
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
ADIRU - Drift Rate - Removal Criteria
R Figure 603/TASK 34-12-34-991-009



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 608
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the center pedestal, on one MCDU: On the MCDU:

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The FMGC page comes into view.
FMGC indication

2. On the keyboard, push the DATA The DATA INDEX page comes into view.
mode key

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The IRS MONITOR page comes into view.
IRS MONITOR indication

4. Record each IRS NAV DRIFT.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-12-34-860-053

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-12-34

Page 609
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
MOUNT - ADIRU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________

TASK 34-12-51-000-001

Removal of the ADIRU Mount

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

08-22-00-200-001 Precise Leveling


21-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Check Valve (2140HM)
21-26-42-000-001 Removal of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation Duct
R 21-26-43-000-006 Removal of the Filter Assembly (2081HM, 2082HM,
R 2083HM)
34-12-34-000-001 Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-51-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-12-51-210-050

A. Do the aircraft precise leveling (Ref. TASK 08-22-00-200-001) to put the


aircraft in position to have a 0 degree pitch, 0 degree roll. Use the
standard reference marks of the aircraft (tolerance +/- 5 minutes).

NOTE : You must keep the aircraft in this position during the removal and
____
installation procedures.



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 401
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-12-51-020-050

B. Remove the ADIRUs 1FP1, 1FP2 and 1FP3 (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-12-51-020-051

A. Removal of the ADIRU Mount


(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-51-991-001)

(1) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (8) and the screws (7) which attach
the bonding leads (5) to the mount (13).

(2) Remove the nuts (14) from the screws (11).

(3) Remove the electrical connectors (12) from the mount (13). Use some
straps to attach the electrical connectors (12).

R (4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(5) Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the screws (6).

(6) Lift the mount (13) off its support. Be careful not to cause damage
to the peel shims (3) and the air conditioning pipe (9).

(7) Put marks on the peel shims (3) with a felt-tip pen or equivalent, to
make sure that you put them back in their initial positions when you
install the mount (13).

(8) Remove the nuts (10).

(9) Remove the air conditioning pipe (9).

(10) Remove the mount (13).

Subtask 34-12-51-020-052

B. Removal of the Air Conditioning Pipes

(1) Remove the check valve (2140HM) (Ref. TASK 21-26-41-000-001).

(2) Remove the filter assembly (2081HM, 2082HM, 2083HM) (Ref. TASK 21-26-
43-000-006).



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU Mount
Figure 401/TASK 34-12-51-991-001


R

EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 403
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
R (3) Remove the avionics equipment ventilation-duct (Ref. TASK 21-26-42-
000-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 404
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
TASK 34-12-51-400-001

Installation of the ADIRU Mount

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.8 m (5 ft. 11 in.)


3028000 1 CLINOMETER - REPLACED BY P/N 3028011001
R 950-315 1 DIGITAL PROTRACTOR
98D34103000000 1 ALIGNMENT,TOOL-IRU PLATFORM BRACKETS
98D34203000000 1 ALIGNMENT,TOOL-MOUNT,ADIRU

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 peel shims 34-11-01 11B-130


2 peel shims 34-11-01 11C-130
2 peel shims 34-11-01 11D-130
5 cotter pins 32-21-01 01 -010
7 packings 32-21-01 01 -075



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations


08-22-00-200-001 Precise Leveling
21-26-41-400-001 Installation of the Check Valve (2140HM)
21-26-42-400-001 Installation of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation
Duct
R 21-26-43-400-006 Installation of the Filter Assembly (2081HM, 2082HM,
R 2083HM)
34-12-34-400-001 Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-51-991-001 Fig. 401
34-12-51-991-002 Fig. 402
34-12-51-991-003 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-12-51-210-051

A. Make sure that the aircraft is in precise leveling (Ref. TASK 08-22-00-
200-001). Do this procedure to put the aircraft in position to have a 0
degree pitch and a 0 degree roll. Use the standard reference marks of the
aircraft (tolerance +/- 5 minutes).

Subtask 34-12-51-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position in the zone 126 at
the access door 822.

(2) Make sure that the access door 822 is open.

(3) Make sure that the two screws and the protective cover are removed
from the battery power center 105VU.

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position in the zone 128 at
the access door 824.

(5) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 406
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-12-51-865-050

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-12-51-210-052

A. Heading Check

CAUTION : IF YOU MUST MOVE THE TOOL IN THE AIRCRAFT, BE CAREFUL NOT TO
_______
DAMAGE THE PEEL SHIMS OF THE SUPPORTS OF THE ADIRU MOUNT.

NOTE : Assemble the tool in the aircraft avionics compartment. The


____
assembled tool is too large to go through the access door of the
zone.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-12-51-991-002)

(1) Installation of the ALIGNMENT,TOOL-IRU PLATFORM BRACKETS


(98D34103000000)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (5).

(b) Remove the nuts (4) and the washers (3).

(c) Remove the flanges (6) from the pintles (1) of the nose gear.

(d) Remove and discard the packings (7) and (2).

(e) Install the support shafts (8) on the pintles (1) of the nose
gear.

(f) Install the washers (3) and the nuts (4).

(g) Install the new cotter pins (5).

(h) Assemble the three parts of the tool (11) with the bolts (9).

NOTE : The left and right parts of the tool are not
____
interchangeable. Make sure that they are installed on the
correct side.

(i) Install the tool (11) on the support shafts (8). To do this:
- tilt the top of the tool (11) forward to engage it on the
support shafts (8).
- let the tool (11) turn down until it touches the surfaces of
the ADIRU mount support.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 408
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
Installation Platform - IRU Brackets
Figure 402/TASK 34-12-51-991-002


R

EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 409
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
(j) Install the shim (13) between the tool (11) and the right support
shaft (8) to prevent movement in the Y-axis (Roll) direction.

(k) Install and tighten the knurled nuts (12) on each support shaft
(8).

(2) Heading Check

(a) Manually push the four pins (10) into the inspection bushes of
the tool (11). The pins (10) must go easily in the attachment
holes of the ADIRU mount support.

NOTE : If it is not easy manually to push the four pins (10) into
____
the attachment holes for the ADIRU mount support, there is
a heading angle mismatch.
You must get more information from the Airbus Customer
Service.

(3) Removal of the ALIGNMENT,TOOL-IRU PLATFORM BRACKETS (98D34103000000)

(a) Remove the four pins (10).

(b) Remove the knurled nuts (12).

(c) Remove the tool (11) and the shim (13) from the support shafts
(8).

(d) Remove the bolts (9) and disassemble the three parts of the tool
(11).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (5).

(f) Remove the nuts (4) and the washers (3).

(g) Remove the support shafts (8) from the pintles (1) of the nose
gear.

(h) Install the new packings (7) (7) and (2) and the flanges (6) on
the pintles (1) of the nose gear.

(i) Install the washers (3) and the nuts (4).

(j) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and
119.46 Ibf.in).

(k) Install the new cotter pins (5).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 410
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
Subtask 34-12-51-210-053

B. Flatness Check
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 34-12-51-991-003)

(1) If necessary, replace the damaged peel shims (2). Carefully clean the
sealing bearing on the support surfaces of the ADIRU mount. Remove
the unwanted thickness from the peel shims (2).

(2) Put the ALIGNMENT,TOOL-MOUNT,ADIRU (98D34203000000) (1) in position


on the three peel shims (2) with the right angle of the tool (1) at
position 2.

R (3) Put a CLINOMETER - REPLACED BY P/N 3028011001 (3028000) or DIGITAL


R PROTRACTOR (950-315) on the two perpendicular arms of the tool (1).

(4) Adjust the assembly until it is horizontal. To do this, remove the


unwanted thickness from the peel shims (2).
Tolerance for X (pitch)= +/-530 (+/-0.09).
Tolerance for Y (roll)= +/-3.30 (+/-0.06).

(5) Turn the tool (1) 180 degrees until its right angle is at position 4.

(6) Adjust the assembly until it is horizontal. To do this, remove the


unwanted thickness from the peel shims (2).

(7) Do a check to make sure that all the assembly is horizontal. If not,
go back to step (2).

(8) Remove the CLINOMETER - REPLACED BY P/N 3028011001 (3028000) or


R DIGITAL PROTRACTOR (950-315) and the tool (1).

Subtask 34-12-51-420-050

C. Installation of the Air Conditioning Pipes

(1) Install the avionics equipment ventilation-duct (Ref. TASK 21-26-42-


400-001).

(2) Install the filter assembly (2081HM, 2082HM, 2083HM) (Ref. TASK 21-
26-43-400-006).

(3) Install the check valve (2140HM) (Ref. TASK 21-26-41-400-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Alignment Tool - ADIRU Mount
Figure 403/TASK 34-12-51-991-003



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-12-51-420-051

D. Installation of the ADIRU Mount


(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-51-991-001)

(1) Install the air conditioning pipe (9).

(2) Install the nuts (10).

R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(4) Install the electrical connectors (12) on the mount (13).

(5) Install the nuts (14).

(6) Install the mount (13) on the peel shims (3). Be careful not to cause
damage to the peel shims (3).

(7) Install the screws (6), the washers (2) and the nuts (1).

(8) Install the bonding leads (5), the screws (7) and the washers (8).

(9) Install the nuts (4).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-12-51-420-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the ADIRUs 1FP1, 1FP2 and 1FP3 (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).

(3) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-12-51

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AIR DATA - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________

1. _______
General
The Air Data Reference (ADR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) provides main data sources which are air data references for the
aircraft avionics systems.
The ADR receives and processes the outputs of the Air Data Modules (ADM) and
other sensors (Ref. 34-11-00). It computes the aerodynamic parameters in the
form of ARINC 429 low speed buses.
For more details concerning the user systems, ref. 34-12-00.

2. __________________
System Description

A. ADR Operation

(1) General
The ADR software performs five basic computational elements which are
under the air data calculations as follows:
- pressure altitude functions (ALT/ALT rate)
- Mach calculation (M)
- airspeed calculation (CAS/TAS)
- temperature calculation (SAT/TAT)
- output signal processing.
Aircraft-dependent calculations are also included in the operational
software:
- static source error correction
- angle of attack (AOA)
- maximum operating speed (MMO/VMO).
The system tests include continuous in-flight monitoring and
manually-activated test modes. The in-flight monitoring includes test
of:
- input signal integrity
- input interface integrity
- memory integrity
- computational integrity
- output signal integrity.
The continuous monitoring detects and annunciates faults in the ADR
during normal operation.
Faults are stored in BITE history EEROM and sent to the Centralized
Fault Display System (CFDS) via digital words (ref. 34-18-00).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 1
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
(2) Inputs

(a) Digital inputs

1
_ Air Data Modules (ADM) inputs
The ADR receives three input buses from its corresponding ADM.
These buses transmit the following input data words depending
on the ADM installation:
Label 242 : Total Pressure
Label 176 : Left Static Pressure
Label 177 : Right Static Pressure
Label 245 : Averaged Static Pressure.
Each of these words is a 32-bit word with the following
format:

----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Pressure Value |
| 29 | Sign bit (0 = positive) |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity bit |
----------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 - ADM Input Label

These data words are output on all eight Air Data output data
buses and used for calculation of corrected pressure data.

2
_ Flight Control Unit (FCU) inputs
The ADR receives one input bus from the FCU, for digital baro
corrections.
The FCU output bus sends:
BCD label 234 Baro Correction 1(hPa) for CAPT side
BCD label 236 Baro Correction 2(hPa) for F/O side.
Each ADR receives the two FCU output bus according to the
discrete selection as explained in Para. 2.A.(2)(c) (discrete
inputs).
Each of these words is a 32-bit BCD word with the following
format:


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 2
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Value |
| 29 | Sign bit |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity |
-----------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 - FCU Input Label

3
_ Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) input
For maintenance purposes, the ADR receives one input bus from
the CFDIU.
For more details, ref. 34-18-00.

4
_ Air Data Reference (ADR) input
Each ADR receives two intercommunication buses from the other
ADRs for cross channel comparison purpose.

(b) Analog inputs

1
_ Total Air Temperature (TAT) input
The ADR measures the resistance of the sensing element of the
TAT sensor (Ref. 34-11-00).
The ADR subtracts a fixed value function of system number from
the measured input resistance to compensate for aircraft
wiring resistance.

2
_ Angle of Attack (AOA) inputs
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The ADR receives two resolver inputs for angle of attack
computation.
The following requirements apply to the analog resolver
inputs:
- load: 15 kilohms minimum
- reference: 26V, 400 Hz (same as AOA)
- transformer ratio: 0.415 nominal plus or minus 10 %
- phase shift: 24 deg. leading
- source impedance:
Zro = A + jB A less than 315, B less than 725
Zso = C + jD C less than 150, D less than 165
- electrical range input: plus or minus 60 deg.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 3
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
AOA/ADR Wiring
Figure 001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 4
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
3
_ Analog baro correction inputs
The ADR receives three resolver inputs for analog baro
correction (from the altimeter for example).
These inputs are not used.

(c) Discrete inputs (Ref. Table 3)


For pin assignment, Ref. 34-12-00.
The ADR is provided with the following input discretes:

----------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| ADR ARINC Filter Select | Open/GND | Type A/Type B |
| CFDS Message Select | Open/GND | Active/ Not Active |
| SDI LSB (Middle Insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI MSB (Middle Insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Pitot Probe Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| Right Static Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| Left Static Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| TAT Ht Disc | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA 1 Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| AOA Average/Unique | Open/GND | Average/Unique |
| VMO/MMO Disc 1 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 2 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 3 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 4 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| SSEC Alternate Disc A | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| SSEC Alternate Disc B | Open/GND | N0/Yes |
| AOA Alternate Disc 1A | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 1B | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 2A | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 2B | Open/GND | Off/On |
| Baro Port A | Open/GND | Port B/Port A |
| Zero MACH SSEC | Open/GND | Use SSEC/Ignore SSEC |
| Zero AOA SSEC | Open/GND | Use SSEC/Ignore SSEC |
| AIR FRM ID Code 1/0 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 2/0 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 4/0 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 8/0 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 16/0 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 32/0 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 64/0 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code Parity | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| ADR Remote Test | Open/GND | No Test/Test |
| ADR OFF DISCR Input | Open/GND | Released/Pressed |
| Dual Baro | Open/GND | Sgl Port/Dual Port |
| Baro Analog/Digital Sel.| Open/GND | Digital/Analog |


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 5
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| Baro Corr. 3 Active | Open/GND | Not Active/Active |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3 - Discrete Input Signal

NOTE : Open means either a high logic voltage level or the


____
binary zero state.
GND means either a low logic voltage level or the
binary one state.

1
_ ADR ARINC Filter Select discrete
This discrete is used to select the characteristics of the ADR
output filter.
Two sets of characteristics are available:
Open/Ground = Type A/Type B
Type A : No filtering except for the Altitude Rate (3dB filter
bandwidth : 0.17 Hz)
The A/C is defined with the ADR ARINC filter select discrete
open.

2
_ CFDS Message Select discrete
Open = CFDS message.
When open, this discrete is used to select and display fault
messages.

3
_ Source Data Identifier (SDI) program pins
These discretes code the installation side of the ADIRU. This
item of information is used to choose the appropriate
correction laws (for Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and
corrected angle of attack).
The following table gives the ADR side according to the SDI:

--------------------------------------------------------
| DEBOUNCED STATUS | | |
|-----------------------------| SDI | ADIRU |
| SDI-MSB | SDI-LSB | CODE | NUMBER |
|------------------------------------------------------|
| OPEN | GND | 01 | 1 |
| GND | OPEN | 10 | 2 |
| GND | GND | 11 | 3 |
--------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 - ADR SDI Code


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 6
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
4
_ sensor heat status discretes
These discrete inputs are used to provide the sensors heat
status to the ADR.
These discretes are of the open/ground type.
When the TAT HEAT DISC is grounded, the TAT sensor is heated.
When one of the STATIC, PITOT or AOA HEAT discretes is
grounded, it means that the output of the Probe Heat Computer
(PHC) heating power supply is faulty and that the concerned
probe is no longer heated.
In this case, the ADR operates as a relay which sends these
information signals to the FWC for warning purposes.

5
_ AOA Average/Unique program pin
The ADR uses the AOA Average/Unique program pin to determine
whether one or two angle of attack resolver inputs are used
for angle of attack computations. When this program pin
indicates Unique, the ADR uses only a single angle of attack
input.
If this first AOA input fails, the ADR uses the opposite AOA
input, as shown in table 5 below. When this program pin
indicates Average, the ADR calculates angle of attack based
on the average of the angle of attack inputs 1 and 2.

-------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM | INITIAL NON-FAULT | INPUT TO ADR |
| NUMBER | INPUT TO ADR | AFTER FAULT |
-------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | input number 1 | input number 2 |
| 2 | input number 2 | input number 1 |
| 3 | input number 1 | input number 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------
Table 5 - AOA Resolver Input

The characteristics of these discretes are OPEN/GROUND =


AVERAGE/UNIQUE.
The A/C is defined with the AOA average/unique discrete
grounded.

6
_ VMO/MMO Program Discretes 1 through 4
These discretes are used to select alternate VMO/MMO levels.
There are four alternates and a basic VMO/MMO for each
aircraft type. Table 6 below defines VMO/MMO versus state of
the VMO/MMO program discretes.
With no VMO/MMO discretes in the ground state (yes) the ADR
defaults to the BASIC LAW values for VMO/MMO.
Only one of the four VMO/MMO program discretes can be in the
ground state at any one time.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 7
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
If more than one VMO/MMO program discrete is in the ground
state at any one time, the ADR defaults to the lowest
available alternate condition.

7
_ on the A/C only the VMO/MMO DISC 2 is available and is
provided by the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch 22FP.
The normal position of this switch is open and it is grounded
after crew action for particular flights (ferry flight for
example).
Table 6 below defines VMO/MMO state according to the position
of the switch 22FP.

----------------------------------------------------------
| | VMO | MMO | SWITCH |
| LAW | (kts) | (Mach) | 22FP |
----------------------------------------------------------
| BASIC | 350 | 0.82 | OPEN |
| ALT 1 * | 235 | 0.60 | N/A |
| ALT 2 | 235 | 0.60 | GROUND |
| ALT 3 * | 235 | 0.60 | N/A |
| ALT 4 * | 235 | 0.60 | N/A |
----------------------------------------------------------
* Spare. Default value included for safety and BITE purpose.

Table 6 - VMO/MMO Selection

8
_ SSEC Alternate discrete
The ADR is provided with two Static Source Error Correction
(SSEC) data sets to be stored in the computer, for each SDI
and each aircraft type, one for use in normal conditions and
one for use in alternate conditions.
With the two SSEC selection discretes open (no), the ADR
employs the normal SSEC curve for the aircraft type in which
it is installed. With the two SSEC selection discretes
grounded (yes), the ADR employs the alternate condition
curve.

9
_ AOA Alternate discrete
The ADR uses the alternate discrete inputs from the two
redundant SFCCs to select the angle of attack correction which
is appropriate for the current slat and flap settings.
Three laws are available for each aircraft type and SDI:
- the normal law is activated when all the discretes are open,
- the alternate 1 law is activated when discretes 1A and 2A
are grounded,
- the alternate 2 law is activated when discretes 1A, 2A, 1B
and 2B are grounded.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 8
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
10
__ Baro Port A discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select which ARINC 429 port is
used as a source for all baro-correction input data.
If this discrete is grounded, the baro port A is selected.
If this discrete is open, the baro port B is selected.
The A/c is wired with this discrete grounded (Ref. Dual Baro
discrete).

11
__ Dual Baro discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select which ARINC 429 port is
used as a source for all baro-correction input data.
If this discrete is grounded, the baro port A and the baro
port B are selected and the baro port A discrete selection is
overriden. If this discrete is open, the baro port A or the
baro port B is selected depending on the baro port A discrete
selection. The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

12
__ Zero MACH SSEC discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select the SSEC as a function of
Mach. When this program pin indicates Use SSEC (open), the
SSEC as a function of Mach is computed. When this program pin
indicates Ignore SSEC (ground), the ADR uses zero correction.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

13
__ Zero AOA SSEC discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select the SSEC as a function of
angle of attack. When this program pin indicates Use SSEC
(open), the SSEC as a function of AOA is computed. When this
program pin indicates Ignore SSEC (ground), the ADR uses zero
correction.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

14
__ AIR FRM ID Code discrete
The ADR uses input discretes to identify the aircraft (type,
engine model) on which the ADIRU is fitted, and to select the
appropriate set of correction laws for Static Source Error
Correction (SSEC) and AOA corrections.
The ADIRU memory has the capacity to store 128 different sets
of laws.
To perform this coding, the ADR wires seven input discretes
and one discrete for parity to a common.

15
__ ADR Remote Test discrete
The ADR uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 9
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
The A/C is wired with this discrete open (unused).
The test is activated via the CFDIU (Ref. 34-18-00).

16
__ ADR OFF DISCR input discrete
The ADR uses this discrete input to toggle its state between
ON and OFF at each press on the momentary contact switch. When
the ADR is OFF, the output buses are disabled and the ADR
FAULT annunciator is inhibited (reset if already set).

17
__ Baro Analog/Digital Sel discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select either the analog or
digital baro correction.
When this discrete is grounded, the analog baro correction is
selected.
When this discrete is open, the digital baro correction is
selected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

18
__ Baro Corr 3 Active discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to determine for BITE purposes
whether the baro correction 3 is connected or not.
When the discrete is grounded, the baro correction 3 is
connected.
When the discrete is open, the baro correction 3 is not
connected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 10
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
(3) Acquisition and processing of the sensor inputs
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)

(a) Pressure computation


Based on pressure data received from the ADM (Ref. para.
2.A.(2)(a)1), the software converts the pressure inputs into
corrected pressure data.
From the average static pressure (Psm), the software calculates
the corrected static pressure based on the SSEC factor:
( G1 G2 )
Psc = Psm (1 + ---- + ----)
( 1000 1000)
- G1 depends on flaps and Mach is interpolated in a table (2
flaps position and 19 Mach values are considered)
- G2 depends on Mach and AOA corrected and is interpolated in a
table (6 AOA values and 19 Mach values are considered).
The correct SSEC factor depends on the sensor location and on the
aircraft configuration.
The ADR memory contains several tables and the appropriate one is
selected according to the following input discretes:
. SDI
. aircraft Ident
. SSEC Alternate.
Two input discretes can be used to force the SSEC factor to be
independent from AOA or Mach:
. zero MACH SSEC
. zero AOA SSEC.
Ref. Para. 2.A.(2)(c) for more details.
During correction of total pressure, the software calculates the
limited total pressure in a range of 100 to 1400hPa from the ADM
inputs.
From the measured total pressure (Ptm) and the measured static
pressure (Psm), the software calculates a corrected total
pressure:
(Ptm + Psm)
Pt = Ptm + --------------- X 0.38
Psm
The results of the above computation is available on these output
labels:
. label 176 Left Static Pressure
. label 177 Right Static Pressure
. label 242 Total Pressure
. label 245 Averaged Static Pressure
. label 246 Corrected Static Pressure



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 11
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
Pressure Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 002



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 12
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
CAS/Mach Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 003



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 13
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
(b) Temperature computation
The resistance measured by the ADR and compensated for aircraft
wiring is then converted into a temperature value (TAT) according
to the Callender-Van Dusen equation given for a 500 ohm platinum
sensing element:
- -
| 3|
Rt | (TAT ) (TAT ) (TAT ) (TAT) |
-- = 1 + a | TAT - d (--- -1) (--- ) - b (--- -1) (---) |
Ro | (100 ) (100 ) (100 ) (100) |
- -
TAT = temperature in deg.C
Rt = Resistance at temperature TAT
Ro = Resistance at 0 deg.C = 500 ohm
a = 0.003832
d = 1.81
b = 0.1 for temperature below 0 deg.C
b = 0 for temperature above 0 deg.C
The computation also compensates the TAT value for heating
effect. The ADR knows when the sensor is heated by the state of
the TAT Heat input discrete from the PHC. The heating
compensation law is provided by the TAT sensor supplier and is
function of Mach and air density.
The PHC 1 controls the heating of the TAT sensor 1 and the PHC 2
controls the heating of the TAT sensor 2. On the ground, the
sensors are not heated (Ref. 30-31-00 for more details).
The result of the above computation is available on the following
output labels:
- label 211 Total Air Temperature (BNR)
- label 231 Total Air Temperature (BCD).



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 14
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
(c) AOA computation
The A/C is wired in the AOA unique selection, so the ADR computes
the AOA with the reading of one resolver. The second resolver is
used as a back-up. The monitoring function is described in 34-18.
The ADR determines the corrected angle of attack value which
depends on the system number and the slat/flap position.
For a CAS less than 60 kts: AOAc is still computed but coded NCD.
The corrected angle of attack is calculated as follows:
AOA ind
AOAc = ------- + I
K
where:
AOA ind = Indicated Angle of Attack (Ref. 34-11-00 for the
relation between resolver and AOA indication)
K, I = Correction coefficients which depend on system
number, slat and flap configuration and magnitude
AOA indication.
The configuration is defined by the status of four input
discretes (Ref. 2.A.(2)(c)).
The results of the above computation is available on the labels:
- label 221 = Indicated Angle of Attack
- label 241 = Corrected Angle of Attack



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 15
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
(4) Parameter computation

(a) General
The operational software of the ADR performs the following
computations:
- pressure altitude and pressure altitude rate function (ALT)
- Mach function (M)
- airspeed function (CAS/TAS)
- temperature function (SAT/TAT)
- maximum operating speed function (VMO/MMO).

(b) Altitude computation


The ADR software computes these different parameters:
label 203 Altitude
label 212 Altitude Rate (BNR)
label 204 Baro Corrected Altitude 1 (CAPT)
label 220 Baro Corrected Altitude 2 (F/O)
label 232 Altitude rate (BCD)

1
_ Altitude and altitude rate computation
The altitude is derived from the corrected static pressure.
Standard altitude is computed as :
* For Ps graeter or equal to 226,323 hPa
0,190263
Altitude = 145442,156 * (1- (Ps / Po) )
* For Ps < 226,323 hPa
Altitude = 148897,4 - 47907,18 * Log (Ps)
with Ps = Corrected Static Pressure
Po = Standard day sea level pressure (1013,25 hPa)
The accepted range is (-2000 ft, +50.000 ft).
The altitude rate is calculated by multiplying the rate of
change of the corrected static pressure by the derivative of
altitude with respect to corrected static pressure:
dH d Ps dH
-- = ---- x ----
dt dt d Ps

2
_ Corrected altitude computation
The ADR receives the baro correction introduced on the FCU by
each crew member. The ADR uses the values in hPa (labels 234
and 236 from the FCU).
The corrected altitude is calculated by a shift of the
pressure altitude to a value corresponding to the entered baro
correction. The result is sent on label 204 for CAPT baro



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 16
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
corrected altitude and label 220 for F/O baro corrected
altitude.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 17
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-13-00

Page 18
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-13-00

Page 19
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-13-00

Page 20
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(c) CAS/Mach computation
The ADR software computes these different parameters:
label 206 Computed Airspeed
label 205 Mach
label 207 Maximum Allowable Airspeed.
The CAS and Mach computation is based on the conversion of the
impact pressure:
impact pressure = Pt - Ps.
- the CAS computation converts input of impact pressure to output
corresponding to computed airspeed with:
_______________________
/ Qc 2/7
CAS = Cso X V 5 X ((-- + 1) - 1)
Po
CAS = Computed Airspeed in knots
Cso = Speed of sound under standard day sea level
conditions = 661.4746 kts
Qc = Impact pressure in hPa
Po = Standard day sea level pressure = 1013.25 hPa
For accuracy reason, the CAS is output with a valid (NO) SSM
only after 30 kts. If the CAS is below 30 kts, the label 206
indicates 0 kt with SSM = NCD.
- the Mach computation converts Qc/Ps to Mach, with:
_______________________
/ Qc 2/7
MACH = V 5 ((-- + 1) - 1)
Ps
MACH = Mach number
Qc/Ps = Ratio of impact pressure to static pressure
If Mach is below 0.1, the label 205 indicates 0 with SSM = NCD.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 21
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
(d) SAT/TAS computation
The ADR software calculates these different parameters:
label 213 BNR Static Air Temperature (SAT)
label 233 BCD Static Air Temperature (SAT)
label 210 BNR True Airspeed (TAS)
label 230 BCD True Airspeed (TAS).
- the calculation of the BNR SAT converts TAT to SAT with:
TAT
SAT = --------- - 273.15
2
1 + 0.2M
SAT = Static Air Temperature (in deg. C)
TAT = Total Air Temperature (in deg. Kelvin)
M = Mach number (corrected for static source error)
- the calculation converts Static Air Temperature from BNR to BCD
format.
- the calculation of the BNR TAS converts Mach and SAT to TAS
with:
___
/
TAS = 38.96695 x M x V SAT
TAS = True Airspeed (in knots)
M = Mach Number (corrected for Static Source Error)
SAT = Static Air Temperature (in deg. Kelvin)
- the calculation converts True Airspeed from BNR to BCD format.
For accuracy reason, the TAS is output with a valid (NO) SSM
only after 60 kts. If TAS is below 60 kts, the label 210
indicates 0 kt with SSM = NCD.

(e) VMO/MM0 computation


The software determines the normal or alternate VMO/MMO law
selected by the VM0/MM0 input 2 discrete state; then it computes
the label 207 Maximum Allowable Airspeed.
This airspeed is based on the Maximum Allowable Airspeed under a
certain altitude and on the Maximum Allowable Mach above this
altitude. It is always indicated in knots and decreases when the
altitude increases.

NOTE : At a constant Mach, the Vc value decreases when the


____
altitude increases.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 22
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
(5) ADR data outputs
The ADR data outputs are transmitted in two forms: digital and
discrete.

(a) Digital form


The table below contains all the output parameters in the digital
form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI : (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- RANGE ACCURACY : measurement range maximum value transmitted.
When the digital value changes, the change step is equal to the
accuracy
- UNIT : unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT : indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS : number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- UPD/MSEC : output transmission interval. The refresh rate is
given in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
R



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 23
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 047 |S/W IDENT | | | | |1000|BCD | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 176 |L STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 18 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |R STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 18 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 203 |STANDARD |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | ALT | |
| |ALTITUDE |-2000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-40 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 204 |BARO CORR |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 1 |-2000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-47 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 205 |MACH |W4096 |Mach| | 16 |125 |BNR | MN | |
| | |0.1 to 1.00 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 6.25 E-5 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-0.015 | | | | | | | |
| | |(0.1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 206 |COMPUTED |W1024 |Kts | | 14 |125 |BNR | CAS | |
| |AIRSPEED |30 to 450 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |2 (100) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 207 |MAXIMUM |W1024 |Kts | | 12 |125 |BNR | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 24
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |ALLOWABLE |150 to 450 | | | | | | | |
| |AIRSPEED |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 210 |TRUE |W2048 |Kts | | 15 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 211 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | TAT | |
| |TEMP |-60 to +100 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 212 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 32768 |ft/ | 29 | 11 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |+/- 20000 |mn | | | | | | |
| | |R 2 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 213 |STATIC AIR|W+/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | SAT | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 215 |IMPACT |W512 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |0 to 372.5 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 220 |BARO CORR |W +/- 131072| ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 2 |-2000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |47 (30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 221 |IND ANGLE |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |OF ATTACK |-40 to +90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 25
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 230 |TRUE |W +/- 799 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 231 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 2 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-60 to +100 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 232 |ALTITUDE |W +/- 79999 |ft/ | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |RATE |0 TO |mn | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 20,000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 233 |STATIC AIR|W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 2 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 234 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 235 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 236 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 26
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 237 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 240 |VMO/MMO | | | | |500 |BCD | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 241 |CORRECTED |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | AOA | |
| |ANGLE OF |-40 to +90 | | | | | | | |
| |ATTACK |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |TOTAL |W2048 |hPa | | 18 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1400 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |UNCRCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 18 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 246 |CORCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 18 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 272 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 277 |ADR TEST | | | | |1000|DIS | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 27
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 352 |DSCT WORD | | | | |1000|DIS | | |
| | 4 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | |500 |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 | CFDIU | | | | | |ISO | | |
| |INTFC WORD| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQPT IDENT| | | | |1000|HEX | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7 - Output Label



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 28
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 |--- |
| 12 | | LSD --- |
| 13 | | | |
| 14 |--- | Program Modification xx |
| 15 |--- | |
| 16 | | MSD --- |
| 17 | | |
| 18 |--- |
| 19 |--- |
| 20 | | LSD ----- |
| 21 | | | |
| 22 |--- | |
| 23 |--- | |
| 24 | | MSD --| Program Version xx |
| 25 | | |
| 26 |--- |
| 27 | 0 |
| 28 | 0 |
| 29 | 0 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 8 : Label 047 - S/W Ident



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 29
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 |--- |
| 12 | | Least significant (Hundredths) digit of MMO |
| 13 | | |
| 14 |--- |
| 15 |--- |
| 16 | | Most significant (Tenths) digit of MMO |
| 17 | | |
| 18 |--- |
| 19 |--- |
| 20 | | Least significant (Units) BCD digit of VMO |
| 21 | | |
| 22 |--- |
| 23 |--- |
| 24 | | Middle (Tens) BCD digit of VMO |
| 25 | | |
| 26 |--- |
| 27-28 |--- Most significant (Hundreds) BCD digit of VMO |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 9 : Label 240 - VMO/MMO



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 30
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Icing Detector Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 12 | Pitot Probe Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 13 | ADR FAULT | FAULT | NO FAULT |
| 14 | Right Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 15 | Left Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 16 | TAT Heat | HEAT | NO HEAT |
| 17 | AOA 1 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 18 | AOA 2 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 19 | Overspeed Warning | WARN | NO WARN |
| 20 | Spare (Primary AOA Fault) | | |
| 21 | AOA Average/Unique | UNIQUE | AVERAGE |
| 22 | VMO/MMO 1 | YES | NO |
| 23 | VMO/MMO 2 | YES | NO |
| 24 | VMO/MMO 3 | YES | NO |
| 25 | VMO/MMO 4 | YES | NO |
| 26 | SSEC Alternate Select 1 | YES | NO |
| 27 | SSEC Alternate Select 2 | YES | NO |
| 28 | Baro Port A Select | Port A | Port B |
| 29 | Zero Mach SSEC Select | YES | NO |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 10 : Label 270 - Discrete Word 1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Zero AOA SSEC Select | YES | NO |
| 12 | AOA Test Active | ACTIVE | NOT |
| 13 | Low Speed Warning 1 | FAST | SLOW |
| 14 | Low Speed Warning 2 | FAST | SLOW |
| 15 | Low Speed Warning 3 | FAST | SLOW |
| 16 | Low Speed Warning 4 | SLOW | FAST |
| 17 | Spare | | |
| 18 | Spare | | |
| 19 | Spare | | |
| 20 | AOA Correction 1A | YES | NO |
| 21 | AOA Correction 1B | YES | NO |
| 22 | AOA Correction 2A | YES | NO |
| 23 | AOA Correction 2B | YES | NO |
|24 to 29| Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11 : Label 271 - Discrete Word 2



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 31
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | SDI 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | SDI 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 13 | Dual Baro Select | INPUT A | INPUT B |
| 14 | Analog Baro Select | YES | NO |
| 15 | Spare IDSC 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 16 | Spare IDSC 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 17 | Spare IDSC 3 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 18 | Baro 3 Present | PRESENT | ABSENT |
| 19 | Spare IDSC 4 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 20 | CFDS Select | NOT ACTI.| ACTIVE |
| 21 | ADR Filter Select | FILTERED | NOT |
| 22 | BITE Memory Clear Enable | ENABLE | DISABLE |
| 23 | BITE Write Inhibit | INHIBIT | ENABLE |
| 24 | ADR Interface Test | TEST | NORMAL |
| 25 | ADR Off Command | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | Reserved | | |
| 27 | ADR On/Off Status | On | Off |
| 28 | Spare | | |
| 29 | Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 12 : Label 272 - Discrete Word 3



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 32
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Test Pattern | |
| BIT N | 0 | 1 | FT | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 12 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |
| 13 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 14 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |
| 15 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 16 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |
| 17 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 18 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |
| 19 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 20 | 1 | 0 | 1 | Test patterns 0 and 1 alternate |
| 21 | 0 | 1 | 1 | every other transmission. The FT |
| 22 | 1 | 0 | 1 | test pattern is used when the |
| 23 | 0 | 1 | 1 | interface test discrete is set. |
| 24 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |
| 25 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 26 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |
| 27 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 28 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |
| 29 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 30 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |
| 31 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
| 32 | P | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 13 : Label 277 - ADR test word



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 33
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | A/C ID Code 32/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | A/C ID Code 64/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
|13 to 23| Spare | | |
| 24 | A/C ID Code 1/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 25 | A/C ID Code 2/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | A/C ID Code 4/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 27 | A/C ID Code 8/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 28 | A/C ID Code 16/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 29 | A/C ID Parity | GROUND | OPEN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 14 : Label 352 - Discrete Word 4

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | = 0 -- |
| 12 | = 1 | LSD = 6 |
| 13 | = 1 | |
| 14 | = 0 -- |
| 15 | = 0 -- |
| 16 | = 0 | MSD = 0 |
| 17 | = 0 | |
| 18 | = 0 -- |
|19 to 29| Spare |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 15 : Label 377 - Equipment Ident



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 34
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
- On the ground the output labels are in the following state:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 047 | S/W Ident | NO | |
| 203 | Altitude | NO | |
| 204 | Baro Corr Alt 1 | NO | |
| 220 | Baro Corr Alt 2 | NO | |
| 251 | Baro Corr Alt 3 | NO | |
| 205 | Mach | NCD | 0 Mach less than 0.1 |
| 206 | Computed Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 30 kts |
| 207 | Max Allowable Airspeed | NO | |
| 210 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 211 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 212 | Altitude Rate | NO | |
| 213 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 215 | Impact Pressure | NO | |
| 221 | Indicated AOA | NCD | NOTE CAS less than 60 kts |
| 230 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 231 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 232 | Altitude Rate | NO | |
| 233 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 234 | Baro Corr (hPa) 1 | NO | |
| 236 | Baro Corr (hPa) 2 | NO | |
| 235 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 1 | NO | |
| 237 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 2 | NO | |
| 240 | VMO/MMO | NO | |
| 241 | Corrected AOA | NCD | Cmptd value CAS less than 60Kts |
| 242 | Total Pressure | NO | |
| 176 | L. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 177 | R. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 245 | Uncrctd Avg Stat Pressure| NO | |
| 246 | Corctd Avg Stat Pressure | NO | |
| 270 | Discrete word 1 | NO | |
| 271 | Discrete word 2 | NO | |
| 272 | Discrete word 3 | NO | |
| 277 | ADR test | NO | |
| 352 | Discrete word 4 | NO | |
| 354 | LRU ident | NO | |
| 377 | Equipement ident | NO | |
| 356 | CFDIU interface word | N/A | N/A |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 16 - Output Label Value on Ground



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 35
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
(b) Discrete form
The ADR provides seven standard OPEN/GROUND output discretes
(Ref. table 17).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | PIN | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|------------------------------|------------|-------------|--------------|
| ADR OFF Status | TP- 4E | OPEN/GROUND | ON/OFF |
| ADR FAULT | TP- 4D | OPEN/GROUND | NO/FAULT |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 1 | TP- 2F | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 2 | TP- 2G | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 3 | TP- 6F | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 4 | TP-13H | OPEN/GROUND | FAST/SLOW |
| AOA Special Test | TP-12G | OPEN/28VDC | NO/TEST |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 17 - ADR - Discrete Output Signals

1
_ ADR OFF Status
When the ADR is commanded OFF, it issues a ground state to the
ADR OFF light discrete to enable the legend to come on.

2
_ ADR FAULT
When an ADR FAULT is detected, the ADR issues a ground state
to the ADR FAULT discrete to enable the legend to come on.

3
_ Low speed warning discretes 1, 2, 3, 4
The ADR provides four standard Open/Ground low speed-warning
output discretes.
- Airspeed conditions
Airspeed decreasing
Discrete 1 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 100
knots
Discrete 2 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 50
knots
Discrete 3 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 155
knots
Discrete 4 = GROUND for Airspeed less than or equal to 260
knots
Airspeed increasing
Discrete 1 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 104 knots
Discrete 2 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 54 knots
Discrete 3 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 159 knots
Discrete 4 = OPEN for Airspeed greater than 264 knots
- Power off conditions
Discrete 1 = OPEN
Discrete 2 = OPEN
Discrete 3 = OPEN



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 36
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
Discrete 4 = OPEN
- CAS detected failure condition
Discrete 1 = previous state
Discrete 2 = previous state
Discrete 3 = previous state
Discrete 4 = OPEN

4
_ AOA special test
The ADR provides an OPEN/GROUND output discrete to drive the
AOA self-test.
The AOA self-test is commanded via the CFDS interface bus.
When the AOA test is active, the AOA sensor is offset to +15
deg. (plus or minus 1 deg.). All AOA dependent parameters
reflect this offset and their SSMs indicate Functional Test
(FT).
The RETURN command from the MCDU results in the discrete
output set to OPEN.
Ref. 34-18-00 for more details.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 37
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
3. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

A. Control

(1) ADIRS Control and Display Unit (CDU)


(Ref. Fig. 004)
The ADIRS CDU provides the control and warning of the three ADRs by
means of three ADR illuminated pushbutton switches:
- the pushbutton switch is used to disable the ADR output buses. It
is a momentary action pushbutton switch
- when the ADR output buses are disabled, the ADR controls the
activation of the ADR OFF legend by its output discrete: ADR OFF
status
- when an ADR failure is detected, the ADR controls the activation of
the ADR FAULT legend by its output discrete: ADR FAULT
- each ADR is de-energized when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch is set to OFF
- when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch is set to NAV or
ATT, each ADR is switched on independently of the previous
selection on the ADR pushbutton switch.

B. Indicating
Altitude (ALT), Computed Airspeed (CAS), Mach number (M) and Vertical
Speed (V/S) are computed by the ADIRU (ADR portion), processed by the
associated DMC and displayed on the PFDs.
True Airspeed (TAS) is supplied in the same way but is displayed on the
NDs.
In normal configuration, with the AIR DATA selector switch in NORM
position, the ADR 1 displays information on CAPT PFD and ND. The ADR 2
displays information on F/O PFD and ND.
Static Air Temperature (SAT) and Total Air Temperature (TAT) are also
supplied in the same way but are permanently displayed on the lower part
of the lower ECAM DU.
These items of information are displayed by the ADR 2 when EIS 1 is
installed, by ADR 1 when EIS 2 is installed.

(1) PFD display


For further details concerning speed, altitude or vertical speed
scale, Ref. 31-64-00.

(a) Computed Airspeed (CAS)


(Ref. Fig. 005)
The CAS indication is displayed in analog form by means of a
white tape with graduations every 10 kts and digital values every
20 kts. This tape moves up and down so as to indicate the A/C
actual speed value in front of a fixed yellow reference line.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 38
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
ADR Control on CDU
Figure 004



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 39
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
Computed Airspeed and Mach Indication Display
Figure 005



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 40
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
The displayed part of the scale represents an 84 kts range. The
scale is graduated from 30 kts to 520 kts and the digital values
from 40 to 520 kts (item A).
In no case can the displayed CAS be lower than 30 kts.
In case of computed airspeed failure, the speed scale goes out of
view and is replaced by a red SPD flag (item B).

(b) Mach number (M)


When the Mach number is above 0.5, it is displayed just below the
speed scale.
In case of failure, a red MACH flag is presented.

(c) Altitude (ALT)


(Ref. Fig. 006)
The baro altitude indication is provided by means of a tape which
moves up and down behind a window within which the A/C actual
altitude is displayed.
The tape of the scale is graduated every 100 ft and digital
values are displayed every 500 ft in hundreds.
The A/C actual altitude is provided by a counter located at the
middle of the scale in which the actual value is displayed in
green digits.
The hundreds of feet are written in a large size whereas the tens
and units are displayed by a drum operating as a classical
mechanical altimeter.
Small white marks are positioned in front of each number on the
tape (item A).
If the altitude is negative, a NEG white indication is added at
the left of the digital value. The digital value is limited to
minus 1500 ft (item B).
Different displays are presented depending on the baro setting
reference (standard or baro corrected), Ref. 31-64-00.
In case of baro altitude failure, the scale goes out of view and
a red ALT flag flashes for a few seconds in the altitude window
then remains steady (item C).
In case of discrepancy between the altitude given by the CAPT air
data source and the altitude given by the F/O air data source, a
CHECK ALT amber flag is presented on the right side of the
altitude scale (item D).

(d) Vertical Speed (V/S)


(Ref. Fig. 007)
The baro vertical speed is automatically displayed in the right
side of the PFD when the inertial vertical speed is not available
(item A).
It is a degraded mode.
The vertical speed scale consists of:



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 41
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
Altitude Indication Display
Figure 006



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 42
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
Vertical Speed Indication Display
Figure 007



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 43
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
- a trapezoidal grey background colored surface
- a fixed white scale with 500 ft/mn spaced marks from -2000
ft/mn to +2000 ft/mn
- a needle giving in analog form the actual vertical speed value
- a number in a moving amber window. This window accompanies the
needle (above the needle if V/S > 0, below if V/S < 0).
The number gives the V/S value in hundreds of ft/mn.
Between -200 ft/mn and +200 ft/mn, both the window and the
number disappear.
- above +6000 ft/mn (or below -6000 ft/mn), the needle remains
stopped where it is.
When the vertical speed exceeds +6000 ft/mn or -6000 ft/mn, the
digital indication and the analog needle change from green to
amber.
In addition, those indications change to amber in approach, in
the following cases:
- V/S less than -2000 ft/mn below 2500 ft RA
- V/S less than -1200 ft/mn below 1000 ft RA.
In case of a failure warning, the vertical speed scale is removed
and replaced by a red V/S flag which flashes for a few seconds
then remains steady (item B).

(2) ND display
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The true airspeed (TAS) is displayed on the ND in ROSE, ARC and PLAN
mode (item A).
The TAS information is displayed by a numerical indication of three
digits preceded by TAS indication. This information is displayed in
the left upper corner of the ND for speed higher than 100 kts. Below
this value TAS indication remains visible but is followed by three
dashes (item B).

(3) Display on the lower ECAM DU


(Ref. Fig. 009)
The Static Air Temperature (SAT) and the Total Air Temperature (TAT)
are permanently displayed on the lower part of the lower ECAM DU by a
numerical indication of two digits preceded by the plus or minus sign
(item A).
R These data are delivered by the ADR 2 when EIS 1 is installed, by ADR
R 1 when EIS 2 is installed.
In case of failure or when NCD information is received from the ADR
2, these data are replaced by crosses (item B).



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 44
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
True Airspeed Indication Display
Figure 008



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 45
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
TAT/SAT Indication Display
Figure 009



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 46
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
(4) Reconfiguration display
In case of loss of AIR DATA parameters on CAPT or F/O PFD and ND, the
ADR 3 can be used as a back up source by placing the AIR DATA
selector switch in CAPT/3 position for EFIS 1 and F/O/3 position for
EFIS 2.
In case of loss of TAT/SAT parameters on the lower ECAM DU, the ADR 3
can be used as a back up source by placing the AIR DATA selector
R switch in F/O/3 position when EIS 1 is installed, in CAPT/3 position
R when EIS 2 is installed.

C. Warnings
In addition to the AIR DATA flags displayed on the PFDs and NDs and on
the CDU, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the upper
ECAM DU.
Two kinds of warning messages can be displayed:
- failure warning messages in case of loss of AIR DATA parameters
- configuration warning messages in case of dangerous configuration of
the aircraft.
When the CLR key is pushed on the ECAM control panel, a STATUS page is
displayed on the lower ECAM DU and indicates the STATUS and INOP SYS
(systems).

(1) Failure warning messages


(Ref. Fig. 010, 011, 012)

(a) NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT


NAV ADR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the FAULT legend of the ADR pushbutton switch on the CDU comes
on.

(b) NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY


(Ref. Fig. 013)
This message is displayed when a difference higher than plus or
minus 250 ft is detected by the external comparison inside the
FWCs between the baro-corrected altitude (or plus or minus 500 ft
for the standard altitude) provided by two ADRs.
When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ALT message appears on the PFD.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 47
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT Message
Figure 010



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 48
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
NAV ADR 1+3(2+3) FAULT Message
Figure 011



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 49
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
NAV ADR 1 + 2 FAULT Message
Figure 012



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 50
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 013



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 51
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
(2) Configuration warning messages
(Ref. Fig. 014, 015)

(a) OVERSPEED VM0/MM0


OVERSPEED VFE/VLE
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER WARN lights on the glareshield flash
- the Continuous Repetitive Chime (CRC) sounds.
OVERSPEED VMO/MMO warning processed by the FWC is triggered when
the CAS/Mach calculated by the ADR exceed the VMO/MMO threshold
by more than 4 kts/0.006 Mach.
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE processed by the FWC is a function of CAS and
depends on slat/flap position for the VFE and landing gear
position for the VLE.
For overspeed VLE, the warning is triggered at 284 knots.

(b) Stall warning


(Ref. Fig. 016)
When this warning is activated:
- the MASTER WARN lights on the glareshield flash
- the cricket and the voice STALL sound.
This warning is processed by the FWC and is a function of angle
R of attack value and slat position following these conditions:
- normal law:
if corrected angle of attack exceeds 23 or if corrected angle
of attack exceeds 15 and slat < 15 and aircraft in clean
configuration
- alternate law
if corrected angle of attack exceeds 13 or if corrected angle
of attack exceeds 8 and slat < 15.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 52
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
OVERSPEED VMO/MMO Message
Figure 014



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 53
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE Message
Figure 015



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 54
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
Stall Warning Message
Figure 016



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page 55
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
AIR DATA - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________

1. _______
General
The Air Data Reference (ADR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) provides main data sources which are air data references for the
aircraft avionics systems.
The ADR receives and processes the outputs of the Air Data Modules (ADM) and
other sensors (Ref. 34-11-00). It computes the aerodynamic parameters in the
form of ARINC 429 low-speed buses.
For more details concerning the user systems, ref. 34-12-00.

2. __________________
System Description

A. ADR Operation

(1) General
The ADR software performs five basic computational elements which are
under the air data calculations as follows:
- pressure altitude functions (ALT/ALT rate)
- Mach calculation (M)
- airspeed calculation (CAS/TAS)
- temperature calculation (SAT/TAT)
- output signal processing.
Aircraft-dependent calculations are also included in the operational
software:
- static source error correction
- angle of attack (AOA)
- maximum operating speed (MMO/VMO).
The system tests include continuous in-flight monitoring and
manually-activated test modes. The in-flight monitoring includes test
of:
- input signal integrity
- input interface integrity
- memory integrity
- computational integrity
- output signal integrity.
The continuous monitoring detects and annunciates faults in the ADR
during normal operation.
Faults are stored in BITE history in Non Volatile Memory (NVM) and
sent to the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) via digital
words.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) Inputs

(a) Digital inputs

1
_ Air Data Modules (ADM) inputs
The ADR receives three input bus from its corresponding ADM.
These buses transmit the following input data words depending
on the ADM installation:
Label 242: Total Pressure
Label 176: Left Static Pressure
Label 177: Right Static Pressure
Label 245: Averaged Static Pressure
Each of these words is a 32-bit word with the following
format:

----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Pressure Value |
| 29 | Sign bit (0 = positive) |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity bit |
----------------------------------------------------------
ADM Input Label

These data words are output on all eight Air Data output data
buses and used for calculation of corrected pressure data.

2
_ Flight Control Unit (FCU) inputs
The ADR receives one input bus from the FCU, for digital baro
corrections.
The FCU output bus sends:
BCD label 234 Baro Correction 1(hPa) for CAPT side
BCD label 236 Baro Correction 2(hPa) for F/O side.
Each ADR receives the two FCU output buses according to the
discrete selection as explained in Para. 2.A.(2)(c) (discrete
inputs).
Each of these words is a 32-bit BCD word with the following
format:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Value |
| 29 | Sign bit |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity |
-----------------------------------------------------------
FCU Input Label

3
_ Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) input
For maintenance purposes, the ADR receives one input bus from
the CFDIU.
For more details, ref. 34-18-00.

4
_ Air Data Reference (ADR) input
Each ADR receives two intercommunication buses from the other
ADRs for cross channel comparison purpose.

(b) Analog inputs

1
_ Total Air Temperature (TAT) input
The ADR measures the resistance of the sensing element of the
TAT sensor (Ref. 34-11-00).
The ADR subtracts a fixed value (1.04 ohm) from the measured
input resistance to compensate for aircraft wiring resistance.

2
_ Angle of Attack (AOA) inputs
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The ADR receives two resolver inputs for angle of attack
computation.
The following requirements apply to the analog resolver
inputs:
- load: 15 kilohms minimum
- reference: 26 V, 400 Hz (same as AOA)
- transformer ratio: 0.415 nominal plus or minus 10 %
- phase shift: 8.8 to 30 deg. leading
- source impedance:
Zro = A + jB A less than 315, B less than 725
Zso = C + jD C less than 150, D less than 165
- voltage range: 23 to 31.7 VRMS
- peak factor: 1.31 to 1.51
- electrical range input: plus or minus 60 deg.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AOA/ADR Wiring
Figure 001



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3
_ Analog baro correction inputs
The ADR receives three resolver inputs for analog baro
correction (from the altimeter for example).
These inputs are not used.

(c) Discrete inputs


For pin assignment, Ref. 34-12-00.
The ADR is provided with the following input discretes:

----------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| ADR ARINC Filter Select | Open/GND | Type A/Type B |
| CFDS Message Select | Open/GND | Active/Not Active |
| SDI LSB (Middle Insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI MSB (Middle Insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Pitot Probe Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| Right Static Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| Left Static Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| TAT Ht Disc | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA 1 Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| AOA Average/Unique | Open/GND | Average/Unique |
| VMO/MMO Disc 1 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 2 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 3 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 4 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| SSEC Alternate Disc A | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| SSEC Alternate Disc B | Open/GND | N0/Yes |
| AOA Alternate Disc 1A | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 1B | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 2A | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 2B | Open/GND | Off/On |
| Baro Port A | Open/GND | Port B/Port A |
| Zero MACH SSEC | Open/GND | Use SSEC/Ignore SSEC |
| Zero AOA SSEC | Open/GND | Use SSEC/Ignore SSEC |
| AIR FRM ID Code 1/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 2/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 4/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 8/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 16/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code Parity |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| ADR Remote Test | Open/GND | No Test/Test |
| ADR OFF DISCR Input | Open/GND | Released/Pressed |
| Dual Baro | Open/GND | Sgl Port/Dual Port |
| Baro Analog/Digital Sel.| Open/GND | Digital/Analog |
| Baro Corr. 3 Active | Open/GND | Not Active/Active |
----------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Input Signal

NOTE : Open means either a high logic voltage level or the


____
binary zero state.
GND means either a low logic voltage level or the
binary one state.
A.I. Com means grounded to the Aircraft Ident Common
pin through a resistance of 10 ohms or less.
For program pin inputs other than Aircraft I.D., GND
means grounded to the Program Pin Common pin through a
resistance of 10 ohms or less.

1
_ ADR ARINC Filter Select discrete
This discrete is used to select the characteristics of the ADR
output filter.
Two sets of characteristics are available:
Open/Ground = Type A/Type B
The A/C is defined with the ADR ARINC filter select discrete
open.

--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | TYPE A | TYPE B |
| OCTAL | | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM |
| LABEL | SIGNAL | 3db FILTER | 3db FILTER |
| | | BANDWIDTH | BANDWIDTH |
| | | (HZ)(1) | (HZ) |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 |Altitude | 8 | 3 |
| 204 |Baro Cor. Alt. 1 | 8 | 3 |
| 205 |Mach | 8 | 3 |
| 206 |Computed Airspeed | 8 | 3 |
| 207 |Max Allow. Airspeed | 8 | 8 |
| 210 |True Airspeed | 8 | 3 |
| 211 |Total Air Temp | 4 | 3 |
| 212 |Altitude Rate | 1.8 | 1.8 |
| 213 |Static Air Temp | 4 | 3 |
| 215 |Impact Pressure | 8 | 3 |
| 220 |Baro Cor. Alt. 2 | 8 | 3 |
| 221 |Ind. Angle of Attack | 8 | 3 |
| 241 |Cor. Angle of Attack | 8 | 3 |
| 242 |Total Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 176 |Left Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 177 |Right Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 245 |Uncorr Avg Static Pressure| N/A (2) | N/A (2) |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | TYPE A | TYPE B |
| OCTAL | | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM |
| LABEL | SIGNAL | 3db FILTER | 3db FILTER |
| | | BANDWIDTH | BANDWIDTH |
| | | (HZ)(1) | (HZ) |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| 246 |Corr Avg Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 251 |Baro Cor. Alt. 3 | 8 | 3 |
--------------------------------------------------------------
ADR Output Filter Characteristics

NOTE : (1) Filters present only as provisions, except for


____
Altitude Rate.
(2) Filtering of pressure data is performed by the ADM.

2
_ CFDS Message Select discrete
When open, this discrete is used to select and display fault
messages.

3
_ Source Data Identifier (SDI) program pins
These discretes code the installation side of the ADIRU. This
item of information is used to choose the appropriate
correction laws (for Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and
corrected angle of attack).
The following table gives the ADR side according to the SDI:

--------------------------------------------------------
| DEBOUNCED STATUS | | |
|-----------------------------| SDI | ADIRU |
| SDI-MSB | SDI-LSB | CODE | NUMBER |
|------------------------------------------------------|
| OPEN | GND | 01 | 1 |
| GND | OPEN | 10 | 2 |
| GND | GND | 11 | 3 |
--------------------------------------------------------
ADR SDI Code

4
_ Sensor heat status discretes
These discrete inputs are used to provide the sensors heat
status to the ADR.
These discretes are of the open/ground type.
When the TAT HEAT DISC is grounded, the TAT sensor is heated.
When one of the STATIC, PITOT or AOA HEAT discretes is
grounded, it means that the output of the Probe Heat Computer
(PHC) heating power supply is faulty and that the concerned
probe is no longer heated.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
In this case the ADR operates as a relay which sends these
information signals to the FWC for warning purposes.

5
_ AOA Average/Unique program pin
The ADR uses the AOA Average/Unique program pin to determine
whether one or two angle of attack resolver inputs are used
for angle of attack computations. When this program pin
indicates Unique, the ADR uses only a single angle of attack
input.
If this first AOA input fails, the ADR uses the opposite AOA
input, as shown in the table below. When this program pin
indicates Average, the ADR calculates the angle of attack
based on the average of the angle of attack inputs 1 and 2.

-------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM | INITIAL NON-FAULT | INPUT TO ADR |
| NUMBER | INPUT TO ADR | AFTER FAULT |
-------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | input number 1 | input number 2 |
| 2 | input number 2 | input number 1 |
| 3 | input number 1 | input number 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------
AOA Resolver Input

The characteristics of these discretes are OPEN/GROUND =


AVERAGE/UNIQUE.
The A/C is defined with the AOA average/unique discrete
grounded.

6
_ VMO/MMO Program Discretes 1 through 4
These discretes are used to select alternate VMO/MMO levels.
There are four alternates and a basic VMO/MMO for each
aircraft type. The table below defines VMO/MMO versus state of
the VMO/MMO program discretes.
With no VMO/MMO discretes in the ground state (yes), the ADR
defaults to the BASIC LAW values for VMO/MMO.
Only one of the four VMO/MMO program discretes can be in the
ground state at any one time.
If more than one VMO/MMO program discrete is in the ground
state at any one time, the ADR defaults to the lowest
available alternate condition.

7
_ On the A/C, only the VMO/MMO DISC 2 is available and is
provided by the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
The normal position of this switch is open and it is grounded
after crew action for particular flights (ferry flight for
example).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The table below defines VMO/MMO state according to the switch
(22FP) position.

----------------------------------------------------------
| | VMO | MMO | SWITCH |
| LAW | (kts) | (Mach) | 22FP |
----------------------------------------------------------
| BASIC | 350 | 0.82 | OPEN |
| ALT 1 | | | |
| ALT 2 | 235 | 0.60 | GROUND |
| ALT 3 | | | |
| ALT 4 | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------

VMO/MMO Selection

8
_ SSEC Alternate discrete
The ADR is provided with two Static Source Error Correction
(SSEC) data sets stored in the computer for each SDI and for
each of sixteen aircraft types, one for use in normal
conditions and the other for use in alternate conditions.
With the two SSEC selection discretes open (no), the ADR uses
the normal SSEC curve for the aircraft type in which it is
installed. With the two SSEC selection discretes grounded
(yes), the ADR uses the alternate condition curve.

9
_ AOA Alternate discrete
The ADR uses the alternate discrete inputs from the two
redundant SFCCs to select the angle of attack correction which
is appropriate for the current slat and flap settings.
Three laws are available for each aircraft type and SDI:
- the normal law is activated when all the discretes are open
- the alternate 1 law is activated when discretes 1A and 2A
are grounded
- the alternate 2 law is activated when discretes 1A, 2A, 1B
and 2B are grounded.

10
__ Baro Port A discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select which ARINC 429 port is
used as a source for all baro-correction input data.
If this discrete is grounded, the baro port A is selected.
If this discrete is open, the baro port B is selected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete grounded (Ref. Dual Baro
discrete).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
11
__ Dual Baro discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select which ARINC 429 port is
used as a source for all baro-correction input data.
If this discrete is grounded, the baro port A and the baro
port B are selected and the baro port A discrete selection is
overridden. If this discrete is open, the baro port A or the
baro port B is selected depending on the baro port A discrete
selection. The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

12
__ Zero MACH SSEC discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select the SSEC as a function of
Mach. When this program pin indicates Use SSEC (open), the
SSEC as a function of Mach is computed. When this program pin
indicates Ignore SSEC (ground), the ADR uses zero correction.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

13
__ Zero AOA SSEC discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select the SSEC as a function of
the angle of attack. When this program pin indicates Use SSEC
(open), the SSEC as a function of AOA is computed. When this
program pin indicates Ignore SSEC (ground), the ADR uses zero
correction.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

14
__ AIR FRM ID Code discrete
The ADR uses input discretes to identify the aircraft (type,
engine model) on which the ADIRU is fitted, and to select the
appropriate set of correction laws for Static Source Error
Correction (SSEC) and AOA corrections.
The ADIRU memory has the capacity to store 128 different sets
of laws.
To perform this coding, the ADR wires seven input discretes
and one discrete for parity to a common.

15
__ ADR Remote Test discrete
The ADR uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open (unused).
The test is activated via the CFDS (Ref. 34-18-00).

16
__ ADR OFF DISCR input discrete
The ADR uses this discrete input to toggle its state between
ON and OFF. When the ADR is OFF, the output buses are disabled
and the ADR FAULT legend is inhibited whenever the momentary
action ADR pushbutton switch is pushed. When the ADR is ON,



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
the output bus output data and the ADR FAULT legend operate
normally. The ADR OFF DISCR input does not modify Air Data
computation.

17
__ Baro Analog/Digital Sel discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select either the analog or
digital baro correction.
When this discrete is grounded, the analog baro correction is
selected.
When this discrete is open, the digital baro correction is
selected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

18
__ Baro Corr 3 Active discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to determine for BITE purposes
whether the baro correction 3 is connected or not.
When the discrete is grounded, the baro correction 3 is
connected.
When the discrete is open, the baro correction 3 is not
connected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) Acquisition and processing of the sensor inputs

(a) Pressure computation


(Ref. Fig. 002)
Based on pressure raw data received from the ADM (Ref. para.
2.A.(2)(a)1), the software converts the asynchronous pressure
inputs into regularly-scheduled pressure data.
During correction of static pressure, the software calculates the
limited left, right and average static pressure in a range of 100
to 1100 hPa from the ADM inputs.
From the average static pressure (Psm), the software calculates
the corrected static pressure based on the SSEC factor:
( G1 G2 )
Psc = Psm (1 + ---- + ----)
( 1000 1000)
- G1 depends on flaps and Mach is interpolated in a table (2
flaps position and 19 Mach values are considered)
- G2 depends on Mach and AOA corrected and is interpolated in a
table (6 AOA values and 18 Mach values are considered).
The correct SSEC factor depends on the sensor location and on the
aircraft configuration.
The ADR memory contains several tables and the appropriate one is
selected according to the following input discretes:
. SDI
. aircraft Ident
. SSEC Alternate.
Two input discretes can be used to force the SSEC factor to be
independent from AOA or Mach:
. zero MACH SSEC
. zero AOA SSEC.
Ref. Para. 2.A.(2)(c) for more details.
No correction is needed for the total pressure received from the
ADM.
The results of the above computation is available on these output
labels:
. label 176 Left Static Pressure
. label 177 Right Static Pressure
. label 242 Total Pressure
. label 245 Averaged Static Pressure
. label 246 Corrected Static Pressure



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 12
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Pressure Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 002



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 13
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Temperature computation
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The resistance measured by the ADR and compensated for aircraft
wiring is then converted into a temperature value (TAT) according
to the Callender-Van Dusen equation given for a 500 ohm platinum
sensing element:
- -
| 3|
Rt | (TAT ) (TAT ) (TAT ) (TAT) |
-- = 1 + a | TAT - d (--- -1) (--- ) - b (--- -1) (---) |
Ro | (100 ) (100 ) (100 ) (100) |
- -
TAT = temperature in deg.C (TAT)
Rt = Resistance at temperature TAT
Ro = Resistance at 0 deg.C = 500 ohm
a = 0.003832
d = 1.81
b = 0.1 for temperature below 0 deg.C
b = 0 for temperature above 0 deg.C
The computation also compensates the TAT value for heating
effect. The ADR knows when the sensor is heated by the state of
the TAT Heat input discrete from the PHC. The heating
compensation law is provided by the TAT sensor supplier and is a
function of Mach and air density.
The PHC 1 controls the heating of the TAT sensor 1 and the PHC 2
controls the heating of the TAT sensor 2. On the ground, the
sensors are not heated (Ref. 30-31-00 for more details).
The result of the above computation is available on the following
output labels:
- label 211 Total Air Temperature (BNR)
- label 231 Total Air Temperature (BCD).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Temperature (TAT) Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 003



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) AOA computation
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The A/C is wired in the AOA unique selection, so the ADR computes
the AOA with the reading of one resolver. The second resolver is
used as a back-up. The monitoring function is described in 34.18
The ADR determines the corrected angle of attack value which
depends on the system number and the slat/flap position.
For a CAS less than 60 kts: AOAc = 0 and status matrix is coded
NCD.
For a CAS more than or equal to 60 kts, the corrected angle of
attack is calculated as follows:
AOA ind
AOAc = ------- + I
K
where:
AOA ind = Indicated Angle of Attack (Ref. 34-11-00 for
the relation between resolver and AOA indication)
K, I = Correction coefficients which depend on system
number, slat and flap configuration and magnitude
AOA indication.
The configuration is defined by the status of four input
discretes (Ref. 2.A.(2)(c)).
The results of the above computation is available on the labels:
- label 221 = Indicated Angle of Attack
- label 241 = Corrected Angle of Attack



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
SFCC/AOA - AOA Alternate Discrete Signals
Figure 004



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 17
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) Parameter computation

(a) General
The operational software of the ADR performs the following
computations:
- pressure altitude and pressure altitude rate function (ALT)
- Mach function (M)
- airspeed function (CAS/TAS)
- temperature function (SAT/TAT)
- maximum operating speed function (VMO/MMO).

(b) Altitude computation


The ADR software computes these different parameters:
label 203 Pressure Altitude
label 212 Altitude Rate
label 204 Baro Corrected Altitude 1 (CAPT)
label 220 Baro Corrected Altitude 2 (F/O)
label 235 Baro Correction In Hg 1 (CAPT)
label 237 Baro Correction In Hg 2 (F/O)

1
_ Altitude pressure and altitude rate computation
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The altitude is derived from the corrected static pressure.
The conversion from pressure to altitude is based on the
geopotential altitude tables of the US Standard Atmosphere,
1962. The accepted range is (-2000 ft, +50,000 ft).
The altitude rate is calculated by multiplying the rate of
change of the corrected static pressure by the derivative of
altitude with respect to corrected static pressure:
dH d Ps dH
-- = ---- x ----
dt dt d Ps

2
_ Corrected altitude computation
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The ADR receives the baro correction introduced on the FCU by
each crew member. The ADR uses the values in hPa (labels 234
and 236 from the FCU).
The ADR also converts these values into inches of mercury (in.
Hg) and the result is sent on the output labels 235, 237.
The corrected altitude is calculated by a shift of the
pressure altitude to a value corresponding to the entered baro
correction. The result is sent on label 204 for CAPT baro
corrected altitude and label 220 for F/O baro corrected
altitude.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 18
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Altitude and Altitude Rate Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 005



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 19
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Corrected Altitude Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 006



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) CAS/Mach computation
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The ADR software computes these different parameters:
label 206 Computed Airspeed
label 205 Mach
label 207 Maximum Allowable Airspeed.
The CAS and Mach computation is based on the conversion of the
impact pressure:
impact pressure = Pt - Ps.
- the CAS computation converts input of impact pressure to output
corresponding to computed airspeed with:
______________________
/ Qc 2/7
CAS = Cso X V 5 X ((-- + 1) - 1)
Po
CAS = Computed Airspeed in knots
Cso = Speed of sound under standard day sea level
conditions = 661.4746 kts
Qc = Impact pressure in hPa
Po = Standard day sea level pressure = 1013.25 hPa
For accuracy reason, the CAS is output with a valid (NO) SSM
only after 30 kts. If the CAS is below 30 kts, label 206
indicates 0 kt with SSM = NCD.
- the Mach computation converts Qc/Ps to Mach, with:
_______________________
/ Qc 2/7
MACH = V 5 ((-- + 1) - 1)
Ps
MACH = Mach number
Qc/Ps = Ratio of impact pressure to static pressure
If Mach is below 0.1, label 205 indicates 0 with SSM = NCD.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 21
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
CAS/Mach Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 007



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 22
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(d) SAT/TAS computation
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The ADR software calculates these different parameters:
label 213 BNR Static Air Temperature (SAT)
label 233 BCD Static Air Temperature (SAT)
label 210 BNR True Airspeed (TAS)
label 230 BCD True Airspeed (TAS).
- the calculation of the BNR SAT converts TAT to SAT with:
TAT
SAT = --------- - 273.15
2
1 + 0.2M
SAT = Static Air Temperature (in deg. C)
TAT = Total Air Temperature (in deg. Kelvin)
M = Mach number (corrected for static source error)
- the calculation converts Static Air Temperature from BNR to BCD
format.
- the calculation of the BNR TAS converts Mach and SAT to TAS
with:
___
/
TAS = 38.96695 x M x V SAT
TAS = True Airspeed (in knots)
M = Mach Number (corrected for Static Source Error)
SAT = Static Air Temperature (in deg. Kelvin)
- the calculation converts True Airspeed from BNR to BCD format.
For accuracy reason, the TAS is output with a valid (NO) SSM
only after 60 kts. If TAS is below 60 kts, label 210 indicates
0 kt with SSM = NCD.

(e) VMO/MM0 computation


(Ref. Fig. 009)
The software determines the normal or alternate VMO/MMO law
selected by the VM0/MM0 input 2 discrete state; then it computes
the label 207 Maximum Allowable Airspeed.
This airspeed is based on the Maximum Allowable Airspeed under a
certain altitude and on the Maximum Allowable Mach above this
altitude. It is always indicated in knots and decreases when the
altitude increases.

NOTE : At a constant Mach, the Vc value decreases when the


____
altitude increases.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 23
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
SAT/TAS Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 008



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 24
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
VMO/MMO Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 009



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 25
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(5) ADR data outputs
The ADR data outputs are transmitted in two forms: digital and
discrete.

(a) Digital form


The table below contains all the output parameters in the digital
form.
They are sorted in numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is
given in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 26
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 176 |L STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |R STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 203 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | ALT | |
| |1013.25mb |-2000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 204 |BARO CORR |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 1 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 205 |MACH |W4096 |Mach| | 16 |125 |BNR | MN | |
| | |0.1 to 1.00 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 6.25 E-5 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-0.010 | | | | | | | |
| | |(0.1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 206 |COMPUTED |W1024 |Kts | | 14 |125 |BNR | CAS | |
| |AIRSPEED |30 to 450 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+1.5 (100) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 207 |MAXIMUM |W1024 |Kts | | 12 |125 |BNR | | |
| |ALLOWABLE |150 to 450 | | | | | | | |
| |AIRSPEED |R 0.25 +/- 1| | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 210 |TRUE |W2048 |Kts | | 15 |125 |BNR | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 27
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 211 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | TAT | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 212 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 32768 |ft/ | 29 | 11 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |-20,000 to |mn | | | | | | |
| | | 20,000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 16.0 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 213 |STATIC AIR|W+/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | SAT | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 215 |IMPACT |W512 |hPa | | 14 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |0 to 372.5 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 220 |BARO CORR |W +/- 131072| ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 2 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/- 30 | | | | | | | |
| | | (30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 221 |IND ANGLE |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |OF ATTACK |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 230 |TRUE |W +/- 799 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 28
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 231 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 2 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 233 |STATIC AIR|W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 2 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 234 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 235 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 236 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 237 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 240 |VMO/MMO |W 399/0.99 |Kts/| |3/2 |1000|BCD | | |
| |STATUS |0 to 399 / |Mach| | | | | | |
| | |0 to 0.99 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 /0.01 | | | | | | | |
| | |1 / 0.01 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 29
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 241 |CORRECTED |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | AOA | |
| |ANGLE OF |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| |ATTACK |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |TOTAL |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1400 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |UNCRCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 246 |CORCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 272 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 30
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 155 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 4 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU ID | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |FAULT STAT| | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQPT IDENT| | | | |500 |HEX | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Icing Detector Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 12 | Pitot Probe Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 13 | ADR FAULT | FAULT | NO FAULT |
| 14 | Right Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 15 | Left Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 16 | TAT Heat | HEAT | NO HEAT |
| 17 | AOA 1 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 18 | AOA 2 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 19 | Overspeed Warning | WARN | NO WARN |
| 20 | Spare (Primary AOA Fault) | | |
| 21 | AOA Average/Unique | UNIQUE | AVERAGE |
| 22 | VMO/MMO 1 | YES | NO |
| 23 | VMO/MMO 2 | YES | NO |
| 24 | VMO/MMO 3 | YES | NO |
| 25 | VMO/MMO 4 | YES | NO |
| 26 | SSEC Alternate Select 1 | YES | NO |
| 27 | SSEC Alternate Select 2 | YES | NO |
| 28 | Baro Port A Select | Port A | Port B |
| 29 | Zero Mach SSEC Select | YES | NO |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 270 - Discrete Word 1



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 31
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Zero AOA SSEC Select | YES | NO |
| 12 | AOA Test Active | ACTIVE | NOT ACTIVE |
| 13 | Low Speed Warning 1 | FAST | SLOW |
| 14 | Low Speed Warning 2 | FAST | SLOW |
| 15 | Low Speed Warning 3 | FAST | SLOW |
| 16 | Low Speed Warning 4 | SLOW | FAST |
| 17 | Spare | | |
| 18 | Spare | | |
| 19 | Spare | | |
| 20 | AOA Correction 1A | YES | NO |
| 21 | AOA Correction 1B | YES | NO |
| 22 | AOA Correction 2A | YES | NO |
| 23 | AOA Correction 2B | YES | NO |
|24 to 29| Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 271 - Discrete Word 2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | SDI 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | SDI 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 13 | Dual Baro Select | DUAL PORT | SINGLE PORT|
| 14 | Analog Baro Select | ANALOG | DIGITAL |
| 15 | Spare IDSC 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 16 | Spare IDSC 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 17 | Spare IDSC 3 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 18 | Baro 3 Present | PRESENT | ABSENT |
| 19 | Spare IDSC 4 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 20 | CFDS Select | NOT ACTIVE| ACTIVE |
| 21 | Spare | | |
| 22 | BITE Memory Clear Enable | ENABLE | DISABLE |
| 23 | BITE Write Inhibit | INHIBIT | ENABLE |
| 24 | ADR Interface Test | TEST | NORMAL |
| 25 | ADR Off Command | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | Reserved | | |
| 27 | ADR On/Off Status | OFF | ON |
| 28 | Spare | | |
| 29 | Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 272 - Discrete Word 3



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 32
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | A/C ID Code 32/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | A/C ID Code 64/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
|13 to 23| Spare | | |
| 24 | A/C ID Code 1/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 25 | A/C ID Code 2/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | A/C ID Code 4/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 27 | A/C ID Code 8/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 28 | A/C ID Code 16/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 29 | A/C ID Parity | GROUND | OPEN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 352 - Discrete Word 4

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | = 0 -- |
| 12 | = 1 | LSD = 6 |
| 13 | = 1 | |
| 14 | = 0 -- |
| 15 | = 0 -- |
| 16 | = 0 | MSD = 0 |
| 17 | = 0 | |
| 18 | = 0 -- |
|19 to 29| Spare |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 377 - Equipment Ident.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 33
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- On the ground the output labels are in the following state:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 | Altitude | NO | |
| 204 | Baro Corr Alt 1 | NO | |
| 220 | Baro Corr Alt 2 | NO | |
| 251 | Baro Corr Alt 3 | NO | |
| 205 | Mach | NCD | 0 Mach less than 0.1 |
| 206 | Computed Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 30 kts |
| 207 | Max Allowable Airspeed | NO | |
| 210 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 211 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 212 | Altitude Rate | NO | |
| 213 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 215 | Impact Pressure | NO | |
| 221 | Indicated AOA | NCD | NOTE CAS less than 60 kts |
| 230 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 231 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 233 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 234 | Baro Corr (hPa) 1 & 2 & 3| NO | |
| 236 | Baro Corr (hPa) 2 | NO | |
| 034 | Baro Corr (hPa) 3 | NO | |
| 235 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 1 | NO | |
| 237 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 2 | NO | |
| 035 | Baro corr (in.Hg) 3 | NO | |
| 240 | VMO/MMO status | NO | |
| 241 | Corrected AOA | NCD | 0 CAS less than 60 kts |
| 242 | Total Pressure | NO | |
| 176 | L. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 177 | R. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 245 | Uncrctd Avg Stat Pressure| NO | |
| 246 | Corctd Avg Stat Pressure | NO | |
| 270 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 271 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 272 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 350 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 351 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 352 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 377 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 354 | LRU ID | N/A | N/A |
| 356 | Fault Status | N/A | N/A |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label Value on Ground



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 34
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- On the ground the output labels are in the following state:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 35
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Discrete form
The ADR provides seven standard OPEN/GROUND output discretes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | PIN | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|------------------------------|------------|-------------|--------------|
| ADR OFF Light | TP- 4E | OPEN/GROUND | ON/OFF |
| ADR FAULT | TP- 4D | OPEN/GROUND | NO/FAULT |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 1 | TP- 2F | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 2 | TP- 2G | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 3 | TP- 6F | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 4 | TP-13H | OPEN/GROUND | FAST/SLOW |
| AOA Special Test | TP-12G | OPEN/28VDC | NO/TEST |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADR - Discrete Output Signals

NOTE : The ADR OFF light, the low speed warning 4 and ADR FAULT
____
discretes are forced to the ground state when the watchdog
timer (WDT) has timed out.

1
_ ADR OFF Light
When the ADR is commanded OFF, it issues a ground state to the
ADR OFF light discrete to enable the legend to come on.

2
_ ADR FAULT
When an ADR FAULT is detected, the ADR issues a ground state
to the ADR FAULT discrete to enable the legend to come on.

3
_ Low speed warning discretes 1, 2, 3, 4
The ADR provides four standard Open/Ground low speed warning
output discretes.
- Airspeed conditions
Airspeed decreasing
Discrete 1 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 100
knots
Discrete 2 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 50
knots
Discrete 3 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 155
knots
Discrete 4 = GROUND for Airspeed less than or equal to 260
knots
Airspeed increasing
Discrete 1 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 104 knots
Discrete 2 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 54 knots
Discrete 3 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 159 knots
Discrete 4 = OPEN for Airspeed greater than 264 knots
- Power off conditions



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 36
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Discrete 1 = OPEN
Discrete 2 = OPEN
Discrete 3 = OPEN
Discrete 4 = OPEN
- CAS detected failure condition
Discrete 1 = previous state
Discrete 2 = previous state
Discrete 3 = previous state
Discrete 4 = OPEN

4
_ AOA special test
The ADR provides an OPEN/GROUND output discrete to drive the
AOA self-test.
The AOA self-test is commanded via the CFDIU interface bus.
When the AOA test is active, the AOA sensor is offset to +15
deg. (plus or minus 1 deg.). All AOA dependent parameters
reflect this offset and their SSMs indicate Functional Test
(FT).
The RETURN command from the MCDU results in the discrete
output set to OPEN.
Ref. 34-18-00 for more details.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 37
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

A. Control

(1) ADIRS Control and Display Unit (CDU)


(Ref. Fig. 010)
The ADIRS CDU provides the control and warning of the three ADRs by
means of three ADR illuminated pushbutton switches:
- The pushbutton switch is used to disable the ADR output buses. It
is a momentary action pushbutton switch.
- When the ADR output buses are disabled, the ADR controls the
activation of the ADR OFF legend by its output discrete: ADR OFF
status.
- When an ADR failure is detected, the ADR controls the activation of
the ADR FAULT legend by its output discrete: ADR FAULT.
- Each ADR is de-energized when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch is set to OFF.
- When the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch is set to NAV or
ATT, each ADR is switched on independently of the previous
selection on the ADR pushbutton switch.

B. Indicating
Altitude (ALT), Computed Airspeed (CAS), Mach number (M) and Vertical
Speed (V/S) are computed by the ADIRU (ADR portion), processed by the
associated DMC and displayed on the PFDs.
True Airspeed (TAS) is supplied in the same way but is displayed on the
NDs.
In normal configuration, with the AIR DATA selector switch in NORM
position, the ADR 1 displays information on CAPT PFD and ND. The ADR 2
displays information on F/O PFD and ND.
Static Air Temperature (SAT) and Total Air Temperature (TAT) are also
supplied in the same way but are permanently displayed on the lower part
of the lower ECAM DU.
These items of information are displayed by the ADR 2 when EIS 1 is
installed, and by ADR 1 when the EIS 2 is installed.

(1) PFD display


For further details concerning speed, altitude or vertical speed
scale, Ref. 31-64-00.

(a) Computed Airspeed (CAS)


(Ref. Fig. 011)
The CAS indication is displayed in analog form by means of a
white tape with graduations every 10 kts and digital values every
20 kts. This tape moves up and down so as to indicate the A/C
actual speed value in front of a fixed yellow reference line.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 38
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADR Control on CDU
Figure 010



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 39
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Computed Airspeed and Mach Indication Display
Figure 011



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 40
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The displayed part of the scale represents an 84 kt range. The
scale is graduated from 30 kts to 520 kts and the digital values
from 40 to 520 kts (item A).
In no case can the displayed CAS be lower than 30 kts.
In case of computed airspeed failure, the speed scale goes out of
view and is replaced by a red SPD flag (item B).

(b) Mach number (M)


When the Mach number is above 0.5, it is displayed just below the
speed scale.
In case of failure, a red MACH flag is presented.

(c) Altitude (ALT)


(Ref. Fig. 012)
The baro altitude indication is provided by means of a tape which
moves up and down behind a window within which the A/C actual
altitude is displayed.
The tape of the scale is graduated every 100 ft and digital
values are displayed every 500 ft in hundreds.
The A/C actual altitude is provided by a counter located at the
middle of the scale in which the actual value is displayed in
green digits.
The hundreds of feet are written in a large size whereas the tens
and units are displayed by a drum operating as a classical
mechanical altimeter.
Small white marks are positioned in front of each number on the
tape (item A).
If the altitude is negative, a NEG white indication is added at
the left of the digital value. The digital value is limited to
minus 1500 ft (item B).
Different displays are presented depending on the baro setting
reference (standard or baro corrected), Ref. 31-64-00.
In case of baro altitude failure, the scale goes out of view and
a red ALT flag flashes for a few seconds in the altitude window,
then remains steady (item C).
In case of discrepancy between the altitude given by the CAPT air
data source and the altitude given by the F/O air data source, a
CHECK ALT amber flag is presented on the right side of the
altitude scale (item D).

(d) Vertical Speed (V/S)


(Ref. Fig. 013)
The baro vertical speed is automatically displayed on the right
side of the PFD when the inertial vertical speed is not available
(item A). It is a degraded mode.
The vertical speed scale consists of:
- a trapezoidal grey background colored surface



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 41
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Altitude Indication Display
Figure 012



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 42
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Vertical Speed Indication Display
Figure 013



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 43
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- a fixed white scale with 500 ft/min spaced marks from -2000
ft/min to +2000
- ft/min a needle giving, in analog form, the actual vertical
speed value
- a number in a moving amber window. This window accompanies the
needle (above the needle if V/S > 0, below if V/S < 0).
The number gives the V/S value in hundreds of ft/min.
Between -200 ft/min and +200 ft/min, both the window and the
number disappear.
- above +6000 ft/min (or below -6000 ft/min), the needle remains
stopped where it is.
When the vertical speed exceeds +6000 ft/min or -6000 ft/min, the
digital indication and the analog needle change from green to
amber.
In addition, those indications change to amber in approach, in
the following cases:
- V/S less than -2000 ft/min below 2500 ft RA
- V/S less than -1200 ft/min below 1000 ft RA.
In case of a failure warning, the vertical speed scale is removed
and replaced by a red V/S flag which flashes for a few seconds,
then remains steady (item B).

(2) ND display
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The true airspeed (TAS) is displayed on the ND in ROSE, ARC and PLAN
mode (item A).
The TAS information is displayed by a numerical indication of three
digits preceded by TAS indication. This information is displayed in
the left upper corner of the ND for a speed higher than 100 kts.
Below this value the TAS indication remains visible but is followed
by three dashes (item B).

(3) Display on the lower ECAM DU


(Ref. Fig. 015)
The Static Air Temperature (SAT) and the Total Air Temperature (TAT)
are permanently displayed on the lower part of the lower ECAM DU by a
numerical indication of two digits preceded by the plus or minus sign
(item A).
This data is delivered by the ADR 2 when EIS 1 is installed, and by
ADR 1 when EIS 2 is installed.
In case of failure or when NCD information is received from the ADR
2, this data is replaced by crosses (item B).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 44
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
True Airspeed Indication Display
Figure 014



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 45
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TAT/SAT Indication Display
Figure 015



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 46
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) Reconfiguration display
In case of loss of AIR DATA parameters on CAPT or F/O PFD and ND, the
ADR 3 can be used as a back-up source by placing the AIR DATA
selector switch in CAPT/3 position for EFIS 1 and in F/O/3 position
for EFIS 2.
In case of loss of TAT/SAT parameters on the lower ECAM DU, the ADR 3
can be used as a back- up source by placing the AIR DATA selector
switch in F/O/3 position when EIS 1 is installed, and in CAPT/3
position when EIS 2 is installed.

C. Warnings
In addition to the AIR DATA flags displayed on the PFDs and NDs and on
the CDU, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the upper
ECAM DU.
Two kinds of warning messages can be displayed:
- failure warning messages in case of loss of AIR DATA parameters
- configuration warning messages in case of dangerous configuration of
the aircraft.
When the CLR key is pushed on the ECAM control panel, a STATUS page is
displayed on the lower ECAM DU and indicates the STATUS and INOP SYS
(systems).

(1) Failure warning messages


(Ref. Fig. 016, 017, 018)

(a) NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT


NAV ADR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the FAULT legend of the ADR pushbutton switch on the CDU comes
on.

(b) NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY


(Ref. Fig. 019)
This message is displayed when a difference higher than plus or
minus 250 ft is detected by the external comparison inside the
FWCs between the baro-corrected altitude (or plus or minus 500 ft
for the standard altitude) provided by two ADRs.
When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ALT message appears on the PFD.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 47
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT Message
Figure 016



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 48
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ADR 1+3 (2+3) FAULT Message
Figure 017



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 49
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ADR 1 + 2 FAULT Message
Figure 018



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 50
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 019



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 51
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY
(Ref. Fig. 019)
This message is displayed when a difference higher than plus or
minus 250 ft is detected by the external comparison inside the
FWCs between the baro-corrected altitude (or plus or minus 500 ft
for the standard altitude) provided by two ADRs.
When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ALT message appears on the PFD.

(2) Configuration warning messages


(Ref. Fig. 020, 021)

(a) OVERSPEED VM0/MM0


OVERSPEED VFE/VLE
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER WARN lights on the glareshield flash
- the Continuous Repetitive Chime (CRC) sounds.
OVERSPEED VMO/MMO warning processed by the FWC is triggered when
the CAS/Mach calculated by the ADR exceeds the VMO/MMO threshold
by more than 4 kts/0.006 Mach.
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE processed by the FWC is a function of Vc and
depends on slat/flap position for the VFE and landing gear
position for the VLE.
For overspeed VLE, the warning is triggered at 284 knots.

(b) Stall warning


(Ref. Fig. 022)
When this warning is activated:
- the MASTER WARN lights on the glareshield flash
- the cricket and the voice STALL sound.
This warning is processed by the FWC and is a function of the
angle of attack value and slat position following these
conditions:
- normal law:
if the corrected angle of attack exceeds 23 or if the
corrected angle of attack exceeds 15 and slat < 15.
- alternate law
if the corrected angle of attack exceeds 13 or if the
corrected angle of attack exceeds 8 and slat < 15.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 52
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
OVERSPEED VMO/MMO Message
Figure 020



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 53
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE Message
Figure 021



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 54
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Stall Warning Message
Figure 022



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 55
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AIR DATA - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________

1. _______
General
The Air Data Reference (ADR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) provides main data sources which are air data references for the
aircraft avionics systems.
The ADR receives and processes the outputs of the Air Data Modules (ADM) and
other sensors (Ref. 34-11-00). It computes the aerodynamic parameters in the
form of ARINC 429 low speed buses.
For more details concerning the user systems, ref. 34-12-00.

2. __________________
System Description

A. ADR Operation

(1) General
The ADR software performs five basic computational elements which are
under the air data calculations as follows:
- pressure altitude functions (ALT/ALT rate)
- Mach calculation (M)
- airspeed calculation (CAS/TAS)
- temperature calculation (SAT/TAT)
- output signal processing.
Aircraft-dependent calculations are also included in the operational
software:
- static source error correction
- angle of attack (AOA)
- maximum operating speed (MMO/VMO).
The system tests include continuous in-flight monitoring and
manually-activated test modes. The in-flight monitoring includes test
of:
- input signal integrity
- input interface integrity
- memory integrity
- computational integrity
- output signal integrity.
The continuous monitoring detects and annunciates faults in the ADR
during normal operation.
Faults are stored in BITE history in Non Volatile Memory (NVM) and
sent to the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) via digital
words.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,
R 221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

(2) Inputs

(a) Digital inputs

1
_ Air Data Modules (ADM) inputs
The ADR receives three input buses from its corresponding ADM.
These buses transmit the following input data words depending
on the ADM installation:
Label 242 : Total Pressure
Label 176 : Left Static Pressure
Label 177 : Right Static Pressure
Label 245 : Averaged Static Pressure
Each of these words is a 32-bit word with the following
format:

----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Pressure Value |
| 29 | Sign bit (0 = positive) |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity bit |
----------------------------------------------------------
ADM Input Label

These data words are output on all eight Air Data output data
buses and used for calculation of corrected pressure data.

2
_ Flight Control Unit (FCU) inputs
The ADR receives one input bus from the FCU, for digital baro
corrections.
The FCU output bus sends:
BCD label 234 Baro Correction 1(hPa) for CAPT side
BCD label 236 Baro Correction 2(hPa) for F/O side.
Each ADR receives the two FCU output bus according to the
discrete selection as explained in Para. 2.A.(2)(c) (discrete
inputs).
Each of these words is a 32-bit BCD word with the following
format:


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 2
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Value |
| 29 | Sign bit |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity |
-----------------------------------------------------------
FCU Input Label

3
_ Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) input
For maintenance purposes, the ADR receives one input bus from
the CFDIU.
For more details, ref. 34-18-00.

4
_ Air Data Reference (ADR) input
Each ADR receives two intercommunication buses from the other
ADRs for cross channel comparison purpose.

R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


R 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

(2) Inputs

(a) Digital inputs

1
_ Air Data Modules (ADM) inputs
The ADR receives three input bus from its corresponding ADM.
These buses transmit the following input data words depending
on the ADM installation:
Label 242 : Total Pressure
Label 176 : Left Static Pressure
Label 177 : Right Static Pressure
Label 245 : Averaged Static Pressure
Each of these words is a 32-bit word with the following
format:


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Pressure Value |
| 29 | Sign bit (0 = positive) |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity bit |
----------------------------------------------------------
ADM Input Label

These data words are output on all eight Air Data output data
buses and used for calculation of corrected pressure data.

2
_ Flight Control Unit (FCU) inputs
The ADR receives two input buses from the FCU; one for digital
baro corrections and one for altimeter modes.
The FCU output bus which corresponds to the CAPT side is only
connected to ADIRU1 and ADIRU3, and it sends:
* BCD label 234 Baro Correction 1(hPa)
* Discrete label 272 Altimeter mode from
Barometric Bus B, FCU EIS Disc 1.
The FCU output bus which corresponds to the F/O side is only
connected to ADIRU2, and it sends:
* BCD label 236 Baro Correction 2(hPa)
* Discrete label 272 Altimeter mode from
Barometric Bus A, FCU EIS Disc 1.
Each ADR receives the two FCU output bus according to the
discrete selection as explained in Para. 2.A.(2)(c) (discrete
inputs).
Each of these words is a 32-bit BCD word with the following
format:

-----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Value |
| 29 | Sign bit |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity |
-----------------------------------------------------------
FCU Input Label


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 4
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
The Altimeter mode is coded on the label 272 according to the
following format:

-----------------------------------------
| Altimeter Mode | Label 272 Bits |
| | 29 - 28 |
|------------------|--------------------|
| STD | 0 1 |
| QNH | 1 0 |
| QFE | 0 0 |
| INVALID | 1 1 |
-----------------------------------------

3
_ Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) input
For maintenance purposes, the ADR receives one input bus from
the CFDIU.
For more details, ref. 34-18-00.

4
_ Air Data Reference (ADR) input
Each ADR receives two intercommunication buses from the other
ADRs for cross channel comparison purpose.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(b) Analog inputs

1
_ Total Air Temperature (TAT) input
The ADR measures the resistance of the sensing element of the
TAT sensor (Ref. 34-11-00).
The ADR subtracts a fixed value (1.04 ohm) from the measured
input resistance to compensate for aircraft wiring resistance.

2
_ Angle of Attack (AOA) inputs
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The ADR receives two resolver inputs for angle of attack
computation.
The following requirements apply to the analog resolver
inputs:
- load: 15 kilohms minimum
- reference: 26V, 400 Hz (same as AOA)
- transformer ratio: 0.415 nominal plus or minus 10 %
- phase shift: 8.8 to 30 deg. leading
- source impedance:
Zro = A + jB A less than 315, B less than 725
Zso = C + jD C less than 150, D less than 165
- voltage range: 23 to 31.7 VRMS


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AOA/ADR Wiring
Figure 001


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 6
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- peak factor: 1.31 to 1.51
- electrical range input: plus or minus 60 deg.

3
_ Analog baro correction inputs
The ADR receives three resolver inputs for analog baro
correction (from the altimeter for example).
These inputs are not used.

(c) Discrete inputs


For pin assignment, Ref. 34-12-00.
The ADR is provided with the following input discretes:

----------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| ADR ARINC Filter Select | Open/GND | Type A/Type B |
| CFDS Message Select | Open/GND | Active/Not Active |
| SDI LSB (Middle Insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI MSB (Middle Insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Pitot Probe Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| Right Static Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| Left Static Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| TAT Ht Disc | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA 1 Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| AOA Average/Unique | Open/GND | Average/Unique |
| VMO/MMO Disc 1 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 2 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 3 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 4 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| SSEC Alternate Disc A | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| SSEC Alternate Disc B | Open/GND | N0/Yes |
| AOA Alternate Disc 1A | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 1B | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 2A | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 2B | Open/GND | Off/On |
| Baro Port A | Open/GND | Port B/Port A |
| Zero MACH SSEC | Open/GND | Use SSEC/Ignore SSEC |
| Zero AOA SSEC | Open/GND | Use SSEC/Ignore SSEC |
| AIR FRM ID Code 1/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 2/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 4/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 8/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 16/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code Parity |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| ADR Remote Test | Open/GND | No Test/Test |
| ADR OFF DISCR Input | Open/GND | Released/Pressed |
| Dual Baro | Open/GND | Sgl Port/Dual Port |


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 7
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| Baro Analog/Digital Sel.| Open/GND | Digital/Analog |
| Baro Corr. 3 Active | Open/GND | Not Active/Active |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Input Signal

NOTE : Open means either a high logic voltage level or the


____
binary zero state.
GND means either a low logic voltage level or the
binary one state.
A.I. Com means grounded to the Aircraft Ident Common
pin through a resistance of 10 ohms or less.
For program pin inputs other than Aircraft I.D., GND
means grounded to the Program Pin Common pin through a
resistance of 10 ohms or less.

1
_ ADR ARINC Filter Select discrete
This discrete is used to select the characteristics of the ADR
output filter.
Two sets of characteristics are available:
Open/Ground = Type A/Type B
The A/C is defined with the ADR ARINC filter select discrete
open.

--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | TYPE A | TYPE B |
| OCTAL | | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM |
| LABEL | SIGNAL | 3db FILTER | 3db FILTER |
| | | BANDWIDTH | BANDWIDTH |
| | | (HZ)(1) | (HZ) |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 |Altitude | 8 | 3 |
| 204 |Baro Cor. Alt. 1 | 8 | 3 |
| 205 |Mach | 8 | 3 |
| 206 |Computed Airspeed | 8 | 3 |
| 207 |Max Allow. Airspeed | 8 | 8 |
| 210 |True Airspeed | 8 | 3 |
| 211 |Total Air Temp | 4 | 3 |
| 212 |Altitude Rate | 1.8 | 1.8 |
| 213 |Static Air Temp | 4 | 3 |
| 215 |Impact Pressure | 8 | 3 |
| 220 |Baro Cor. Alt. 2 | 8 | 3 |
| 221 |Ind. Angle of Attack | 8 | 3 |
| 241 |Cor. Angle of Attack | 8 | 3 |
| 242 |Total Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 8
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | TYPE A | TYPE B |
| OCTAL | | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM |
| LABEL | SIGNAL | 3db FILTER | 3db FILTER |
| | | BANDWIDTH | BANDWIDTH |
| | | (HZ)(1) | (HZ) |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| 176 |Left Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 177 |Right Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 245 |Uncorr Avg Static Pressure| N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 246 |Corr Avg Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 251 |Baro Cor. Alt. 3 | 8 | 3 |
--------------------------------------------------------------
ADR Output Filter Characteristics

NOTE : (1) Filters present only as provisions, except for


____
Altitude Rate.
(2) Filtering of pressure data is performed by the ADM.

2
_ CFDS Message Select discrete
When open, this discrete is used to select and display fault
messages.

3
_ Source Data Identifier (SDI) program pins
These discretes code the installation side of the ADIRU. This
item of information is used to choose the appropriate
correction laws (for Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and
corrected angle of attack).
The following table gives the ADR side according to the SDI:

--------------------------------------------------------
| DEBOUNCED STATUS | | |
|-----------------------------| SDI | ADIRU |
| SDI-MSB | SDI-LSB | CODE | NUMBER |
|------------------------------------------------------|
| OPEN | GND | 01 | 1 |
| GND | OPEN | 10 | 2 |
| GND | GND | 11 | 3 |
--------------------------------------------------------
ADR SDI Code

4
_ sensor heat status discretes
These discrete inputs are used to provide the sensors heat
status to the ADR.
These discretes are of the open/ground type.
When the TAT HEAT DISC is grounded, the TAT sensor is heated.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 9
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
When one of the STATIC, PITOT or AOA HEAT discretes is
grounded, it means that the output of the Probe Heat Computer
(PHC) heating power supply is faulty and that the concerned
probe is no longer heated.
In this case the ADR operates as a relay which sends these
information signals to the FWC for warning purposes.

5
_ AOA Average/Unique program pin
The ADR uses the AOA Average/Unique program pin to determine
whether one or two angle of attack resolver inputs are used
for angle of attack computations. When this program pin
indicates Unique, the ADR uses only a single angle of attack
input.
If this first AOA input fails, the ADR uses the opposite AOA
input, as shown in table below. When this program pin
indicates Average, the ADR calculates angle of attack based
on the average of the angle of attack inputs 1 and 2.

-------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM | INITIAL NON-FAULT | INPUT TO ADR |
| NUMBER | INPUT TO ADR | AFTER FAULT |
-------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | input number 1 | input number 2 |
| 2 | input number 2 | input number 1 |
| 3 | input number 1 | input number 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------
AOA Resolver Input

The characteristics of these discretes are OPEN/GROUND =


AVERAGE/UNIQUE.
The A/C is defined with the AOA average/unique discrete
grounded.

6
_ VMO/MMO Program Discretes 1 through 4
These discretes are used to select alternate VMO/MMO levels.
There are four alternates and a basic VMO/MMO for each
aircraft type. Table below defines VMO/MMO versus state of the
VMO/MMO program discretes.
With no VMO/MMO discretes in the ground state (yes) the ADR
defaults to the BASIC LAW values for VMO/MMO.
Only one of the four VMO/MMO program discretes can be in the
ground state at any one time.
If more than one VMO/MMO program discrete is in the ground
state at any one time, the ADR defaults to the lowest
available alternate condition.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 10
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
7
_ on the A/C only the VMO/MMO DISC 2 is available and is
provided by the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
The normal position of this switch is open and it is grounded
after crew action for particular flights (ferry flight for
example).
Table below defines VMO/MMO state according to the switch
(22FP) position.

----------------------------------------------------------
| | VMO | MMO | SWITCH |
| LAW | (kts) | (Mach) | 22FP |
----------------------------------------------------------
| BASIC | 350 | 0.82 | OPEN |
| ALT 1 | | | |
| ALT 2 | 235 | 0.60 | GROUND |
| ALT 3 | | | |
| ALT 4 | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------

VMO/MMO Selection

8
_ SSEC Alternate discrete
The ADR is provided with two Static Source Error Correction
(SSEC) data sets stored in the computer for each SDI and for
each of sixteen aircraft types, one for use in normal
conditions and the other for use in alternate conditions.
With the two SSEC selection discretes open (no), the ADR
employs the normal SSEC curve for the aircraft type in which
it is installed. With the two SSEC selection discretes
grounded (yes), the ADR employs the alternate condition
curve.

9
_ AOA Alternate discrete
The ADR uses the alternate discrete inputs from the two
redundant SFCCs to select the angle of attack correction which
is appropriate for the current slat and flap settings.
Three laws are available for each aircraft type and SDI:
- the normal law is activated when all the discretes are open
- the alternate 1 law is activated when discretes 1A and 2A
are grounded
- the alternate 2 law is activated when discretes 1A, 2A, 1B
and 2B are grounded.

10
__ Baro Port A discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select which ARINC 429 port is
used as a source for all baro-correction input data.
If this discrete is grounded, the baro port A is selected.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 11
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
If this discrete is open, the baro port B is selected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete grounded (Ref. Dual Baro
discrete).

11
__ Dual Baro discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select which ARINC 429 port is
used as a source for all baro-correction input data.
If this discrete is grounded, the baro port A and the baro
port B are selected and the baro port A discrete selection is
overriden. If this discrete is open, the baro port A or the
baro port B is selected depending on the baro port A discrete
selection. The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

12
__ Zero MACH SSEC discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select the SSEC as a function of
Mach. When this program pin indicates Use SSEC (open), the
SSEC as a function of Mach is computed. When this program pin
indicates Ignore SSEC (ground), the ADR uses zero correction.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

13
__ Zero AOA SSEC discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select the SSEC as a function of
angle of attack. When this program pin indicates Use SSEC
(open), the SSEC as a function of AOA is computed. When this
program pin indicates Ignore SSEC (ground), the ADR uses zero
correction.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

14
__ AIR FRM ID Code discrete
The ADR uses input discretes to identify the aircraft (type,
engine model) on which the ADIRU is fitted, and to select the
appropriate set of correction laws for Static Source Error
Correction (SSEC) and AOA corrections.
The ADIRU memory has the capacity to store 128 different sets
of laws.
To perform this coding, the ADR wires seven input discretes
and one discrete for parity to a common.

15
__ ADR Remote Test discrete
The ADR uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open (unused).
The test is activated via the CFDS (Ref. 34-18-00).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 12
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
16
__ ADR OFF DISCR input discrete
The ADR uses this discrete input to toggle its state between
ON and OFF. When the ADR is OFF, the output buses are disabled
and the ADR FAULT legend is inhibited whenever the momentary
action ADR pusbutton switch is pushed. When the ADR is ON, the
output buses output data and the ADR FAULT legend operates
normally. The ADR OFF DISCR input does not modify Air Data
computation.

17
__ Baro Analog/Digital Sel discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select either the analog or
digital baro correction.
When this discrete is grounded, the analog baro correction is
selected.
When this discrete is open, the digital baro correction is
selected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.

18
__ Baro Corr 3 Active discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to determine for BITE purposes
whether the baro correction 3 is connected or not.
When the discrete is grounded, the baro correction 3 is
connected.
When the discrete is open, the baro correction 3 is not
connected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 13
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) Acquisition and processing of the sensor inputs

(a) Pressure computation


(Ref. Fig. 002)
Based on pressure raw data received from the ADM (Ref. para.
2.A.(2)(a)1), the software converts the asynchronous pressure
inputs into regularly-scheduled pressure data.
During correction of static pressure, the software calculates the
limited left, right and average static pressure in a range of 100
to 1100 hPa from the ADM inputs.
From the average static pressure (Psm), the software calculates
the corrected static pressure based on the SSEC factor:
( G1 G2 )
Psc = Psm (1 + ---- + ----)
( 1000 1000)
- G1 depends on flaps and Mach is interpolated in a table (2
flaps position and 19 Mach values are considered)
- G2 depends on Mach and AOA corrected and is interpolated in a
table (6 AOA values and 18 Mach values are considered).
The correct SSEC factor depends on the sensor location and on the
aircraft configuration.
The ADR memory contains several tables and the appropriate one is
selected according to the following input discretes:
. SDI
. aircraft Ident
. SSEC Alternate.
Two input discretes can be used to force the SSEC factor to be
independent from AOA or Mach:
. zero MACH SSEC
. zero AOA SSEC.
Ref. Para. 2.A.(2)(c) for more details.
No correction is needed for the total pressure received from the
ADM.
The results of the above computation is available on these output
labels:
. label 176 Left Static Pressure
. label 177 Right Static Pressure
. label 242 Total Pressure
. label 245 Averaged Static Pressure
. label 246 Corrected Static Pressure


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 14
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Pressure Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 002


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 15
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Temperature computation
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The resistance measured by the ADR and compensated for aircraft
wiring is then converted into a temperature value (TAT) according
to the Callender-Van Dusen equation given for a 500 ohm platinum
sensing element:
- -
| 3|
Rt | (TAT ) (TAT ) (TAT ) (TAT) |
-- = 1 + a | TAT - d (--- -1) (--- ) - b (--- -1) (---) |
Ro | (100 ) (100 ) (100 ) (100) |
- -
TAT = temperature in deg.C (TAT)
Rt = Resistance at temperature TAT
Ro = Resistance at 0 deg.C = 500 ohm
a = 0.003832
d = 1.81
b = 0.1 for temperature below 0 deg.C
b = 0 for temperature above 0 deg.C
The computation also compensates the TAT value for heating
effect. The ADR knows when the sensor is heated by the state of
the TAT Heat input discrete from the PHC. The heating
compensation law is provided by the TAT sensor supplier and is
function of Mach and air density.
The PHC 1 controls the heating of the TAT sensor 1 and the PHC 2
controls the heating of the TAT sensor 2. On the ground, the
sensors are not heated (Ref. 30-31-00 for more details).
The result of the above computation is available on the following
output labels:
- label 211 Total Air Temperature (BNR)
- label 231 Total Air Temperature (BCD).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 16
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Temperature (TAT) Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 003


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 17
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,
R 221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

(c) AOA computation


(Ref. Fig. 004)
The A/C is wired in the AOA unique selection, so the ADR computes
the AOA with the reading of one resolver. The second resolver is
used as a back-up. The monitoring function is described in 34.18
The ADR determines the corrected angle of attack value which
depends on the system number and the slat/flap position.
For a CAS less than 60 kts: AOAc = 0 and status matrix is coded
NCD.
For a CAS more than or equal to 60 kts, the corrected angle of
attack is calculated as follows:
AOA ind
AOAc = ------- + I
K
where:
AOA ind = Indicated Angle of Attack (Ref. 34-11-00 for
the relation between resolver and AOA indication)
K, I = Correction coefficients which depend on system
number, slat and flap configuration and magnitude
AOA indication.
The configuration is defined by the status of four input
discretes (Ref. 2.A.(2)(c)).
The results of the above computation is available on the labels:
- label 221 = Indicated Angle of Attack
- label 241 = Corrected Angle of Attack


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 18
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
SFCC/AOA Alternate Discrete Signals
Figure 004


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 19
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,
R 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

(c) AOA computation


(Ref. Fig. 004)
The A/C is wired in the AOA unique selection, so the ADR computes
the AOA with the reading of one resolver. The second resolver is
used as a back-up. The monitoring function is described in 34.18
The ADR determines the corrected angle of attack value which
depends on the system number and the slat/flap position.
For a CAS less than 60 kts: AOAc is still computed , and status
matrix is coded NCD.
The corrected angle of attack is calculated as follows:
AOA ind
AOAc = ------- + I
K
where:
AOA ind = Indicated Angle of Attack (Ref. 34-11-00 for
the relation between resolver and AOA indication)
K, I = Correction coefficients which depend on system
number, slat and flap configuration and magnitude
AOA indication.
The configuration is defined by the status of four input
discretes (Ref. 2.A.(2)(c)).
The results of the above computation is available on the labels:
- label 221 = Indicated Angle of Attack
- label 241 = Corrected Angle of Attack


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 20
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

(4) Parameter computation

(a) General
The operational software of the ADR performs the following
computations:
- pressure altitude and pressure altitude rate function (ALT)
- Mach function (M)
- airspeed function (CAS/TAS)
- temperature function (SAT/TAT)
- maximum operating speed function (VMO/MMO).

(b) Altitude computation


The ADR software computes these different parameters:
label 203 Pressure Altitude
label 212 Altitude Rate
label 204 Baro Corrected Altitude 1 (CAPT)
label 220 Baro Corrected Altitude 2 (F/O)
label 235 Baro Correction In Hg 1 (CAPT)
label 237 Baro Correction In Hg 2 (F/O)

1
_ Altitude pressure and altitude rate computation
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The altitude is derived from the corrected static pressure.
The conversion from pressure to altitude is based on the
geopotential altitude tables of the US Standard Atmosphere,
1962. The accepted range is (-2000 ft, +50,000 ft).
The altitude rate is calculated by multiplying the rate of
change of the corrected static pressure by the derivative of
altitude with respect to corrected static pressure:
dH d Ps dH
-- = ---- x ----
dt dt d Ps

2
_ Corrected altitude computation
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The ADR receives the baro correction introduced on the FCU by
each crew member. The ADR uses the values in hPa (labels 234
and 236 from the FCU).
The ADR also converts these values into inches of mercury (in.
Hg) and the result is sent on the output labels 235, 237.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 21
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Altitude and Altitude Rate Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 005


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 22
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Corrected Altitude Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 006


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 23
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The corrected altitude is calculated by a shift of the
pressure altitude to a value corresponding to the entered baro
correction. The result is sent on label 204 for CAPT baro
corrected altitude and label 220 for F/O baro corrected
altitude.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 24
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) CAS/Mach computation
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The ADR software computes these different parameters:
label 206 Computed Airspeed
label 205 Mach
label 207 Maximum Allowable Airspeed.
The CAS and Mach computation is based on the conversion of the
impact pressure:
impact pressure = Pt - Ps.
- the CAS computation converts input of impact pressure to output
corresponding to computed airspeed with:
______________________
/ Qc 2/7
CAS = Cso X V 5 X ((-- + 1) - 1)
Po
CAS = Computed Airspeed in knots
Cso = Speed of sound under standard day sea level
conditions = 661.4746 kts
Qc = Impact pressure in hPa
Po = Standard day sea level pressure = 1013.25 hPa
For accuracy reason, the CAS is output with a valid (NO) SSM
only after 30 kts. If the CAS is below 30 kts, the label 206
indicates 0 kt with SSM = NCD.
- the Mach computation converts Qc/Ps to Mach, with:
_______________________
/ Qc 2/7
MACH = V 5 ((-- + 1) - 1)
Ps
MACH = Mach number
Qc/Ps = Ratio of impact pressure to static pressure
If Mach is below 0.1, the label 205 indicates 0 with SSM = NCD.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 25
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
CAS/Mach Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 007


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 26
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(d) SAT/TAS computation
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The ADR software calculates these different parameters:
label 213 BNR Static Air Temperature (SAT)
label 233 BCD Static Air Temperature (SAT)
label 210 BNR True Airspeed (TAS)
label 230 BCD True Airspeed (TAS).
- the calculation of the BNR SAT converts TAT to SAT with:
TAT
SAT = --------- - 273.15
2
1 + 0.2M
SAT = Static Air Temperature (in deg. C)
TAT = Total Air Temperature (in deg. Kelvin)
M = Mach number (corrected for static source error)
- the calculation converts Static Air Temperature from BNR to BCD
format.
- the calculation of the BNR TAS converts Mach and SAT to TAS
with:
___
/
TAS = 38.96695 x M x V SAT
TAS = True Airspeed (in knots)
M = Mach Number (corrected for Static Source Error)
SAT = Static Air Temperature (in deg. Kelvin)
- the calculation converts True Airspeed from BNR to BCD format.
For accuracy reason, the TAS is output with a valid (NO) SSM
only after 60 kts. If TAS is below 60 kts, the label 210
indicates 0 kt with SSM = NCD.

(e) VMO/MM0 computation


(Ref. Fig. 009)
The software determines the normal or alternate VMO/MMO law
selected by the VM0/MM0 input 2 discrete state; then it computes
the label 207 Maximum Allowable Airspeed.
This airspeed is based on the Maximum Allowable Airspeed under a
certain altitude and on the Maximum Allowable Mach above this
altitude. It is always indicated in knots and decreases when the
altitude increases.

NOTE : At a constant Mach, the Vc value decreases when the


____
altitude increases.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 27
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
SAT/TAS Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 008


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 28
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
VMO/MMO Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 009


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 29
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(5) ADR data outputs
The ADR data outputs are transmitted in two forms: digital and
discrete.

(a) Digital form


The table below contains all the output parameters in the digital
form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is
given in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 30
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,
R 221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 176 |L STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |R STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 203 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | ALT | |
| |1013.25mb |-2000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 204 |BARO CORR |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 1 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 205 |MACH |W4096 |Mach| | 16 |125 |BNR | MN | |
| | |0.1 to 1.00 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 6.25 E-5 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-0.010 | | | | | | | |
| | |(0.1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 206 |COMPUTED |W1024 |Kts | | 14 |125 |BNR | CAS | |
| |AIRSPEED |30 to 450 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+1.5 (100) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 207 |MAXIMUM |W1024 |Kts | | 12 |125 |BNR | | |
| |ALLOWABLE |150 to 450 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 31
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |AIRSPEED |R 0.25 +/- 1| | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 210 |TRUE |W2048 |Kts | | 15 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 211 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | TAT | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 212 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 32768 |ft/ | 29 | 11 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |-20,000 to |mn | | | | | | |
| | | 20,000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 16.0 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 213 |STATIC AIR|W+/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | SAT | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 215 |IMPACT |W512 |hPa | | 14 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |0 to 372.5 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 220 |BARO CORR |W +/- 131072| ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 2 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/- 30 | | | | | | | |
| | | (30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 221 |IND ANGLE |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |OF ATTACK |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 32
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 230 |TRUE |W +/- 799 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 231 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 2 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 233 |STATIC AIR|W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 2 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 234 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 235 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 236 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 237 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 240 |VMO/MMO |W 399/0.99 |Kts/| |3/2 |1000|BCD | | |
| |STATUS |0 to 399 / |Mach| | | | | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 33
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |0 to 0.99 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 /0.01 | | | | | | | |
| | |1 / 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 241 |CORRECTED |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | AOA | |
| |ANGLE OF |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| |ATTACK |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |TOTAL |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1400 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |UNCRCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 246 |CORCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 272 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 34
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 155 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 4 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU ID | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |FAULT STAT| | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQPT IDENT| | | | |500 |HEX | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Icing Detector Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 12 | Pitot Probe Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 13 | ADR FAULT | FAULT | NO FAULT |
| 14 | Right Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 15 | Left Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 16 | TAT Heat | HEAT | NO HEAT |
| 17 | AOA 1 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 18 | AOA 2 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 19 | Overspeed Warning | WARN | NO WARN |
| 20 | Spare (Primary AOA Fault) | | |
| 21 | AOA Average/Unique | UNIQUE | AVERAGE |
| 22 | VMO/MMO 1 | YES | NO |
| 23 | VMO/MMO 2 | YES | NO |
| 24 | VMO/MMO 3 | YES | NO |
| 25 | VMO/MMO 4 | YES | NO |
| 26 | SSEC Alternate Select 1 | YES | NO |
| 27 | SSEC Alternate Select 2 | YES | NO |
| 28 | Baro Port A Select | Port A | Port B |
| 29 | Zero Mach SSEC Select | YES | NO |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 35
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 270 - Discrete Word 1


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 36
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Zero AOA SSEC Select | YES | NO |
| 12 | AOA Test Active | ACTIVE | NOT ACTIVE |
| 13 | Low Speed Warning 1 | FAST | SLOW |
| 14 | Low Speed Warning 2 | FAST | SLOW |
| 15 | Low Speed Warning 3 | FAST | SLOW |
| 16 | Low Speed Warning 4 | SLOW | FAST |
| 17 | Spare | | |
| 18 | Spare | | |
| 19 | Spare | | |
| 20 | AOA Correction 1A | YES | NO |
| 21 | AOA Correction 1B | YES | NO |
| 22 | AOA Correction 2A | YES | NO |
| 23 | AOA Correction 2B | YES | NO |
|24 to 29| Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 271 - Discrete Word 2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | SDI 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | SDI 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 13 | Dual Baro Select | DUAL PORT | SINGLE PORT|
| 14 | Analog Baro Select | ANALOG | DIGITAL |
| 15 | Spare IDSC 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 16 | Spare IDSC 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 17 | Spare IDSC 3 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 18 | Baro 3 Present | PRESENT | ABSENT |
| 19 | Spare IDSC 4 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 20 | CFDS Select | NOT ACTIVE| ACTIVE |
| 21 | Spare | | |
| 22 | BITE Memory Clear Enable | ENABLE | DISABLE |
| 23 | BITE Write Inhibit | INHIBIT | ENABLE |
| 24 | ADR Interface Test | TEST | NORMAL |
| 25 | ADR Off Command | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | Reserved | | |
| 27 | ADR On/Off Status | OFF | ON |
| 28 | Spare | | |
| 29 | Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 272 - Discrete Word 3


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 37
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,
R 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 176 |L STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |R STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 203 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | ALT | |
| |1013.25mb |-2000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 204 |BARO CORR |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 1 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 205 |MACH |W4096 |Mach| | 16 |125 |BNR | MN | |
| | |0.1 to 1.00 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 6.25 E-5 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-0.010 | | | | | | | |
| | |(0.1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 206 |COMPUTED |W1024 |Kts | | 14 |125 |BNR | CAS | |
| |AIRSPEED |30 to 450 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+1.5 (100) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 207 |MAXIMUM |W1024 |Kts | | 12 |125 |BNR | | |
| |ALLOWABLE |150 to 450 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 38
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |AIRSPEED |R 0.25 +/- 1| | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 210 |TRUE |W2048 |Kts | | 15 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 211 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | TAT | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 212 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 32768 |ft/ | 29 | 11 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |-20,000 to |mn | | | | | | |
| | | 20,000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 16.0 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 213 |STATIC AIR|W+/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | SAT | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 215 |IMPACT |W512 |hPa | | 14 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |0 to 372.5 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 220 |BARO CORR |W +/- 131072| ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 2 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/- 30 | | | | | | | |
| | | (30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 221 |IND ANGLE |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |OF ATTACK |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 39
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 230 |TRUE |W +/- 799 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 231 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 233 |STATIC AIR|W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 234 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 235 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 236 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 237 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 240 |VMO/MMO |W 399/0.99 |Kts/| |3/2 |1000|BCD | | |
| |STATUS |0 to 399 / |Mach| | | | | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 40
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |0 to 0.99 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 /0.01 | | | | | | | |
| | |1 / 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 241 |CORRECTED |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | AOA | |
| |ANGLE OF |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| |ATTACK |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |TOTAL |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1400 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |UNCRCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 246 |CORCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 272 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 41
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 155 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 4 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU ID | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |FAULT STAT| | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQPT IDENT| | | | |500 |HEX | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Icing Detector Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 12 | Pitot Probe Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 13 | ADR FAULT | FAULT | NO FAULT |
| 14 | Right Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 15 | Left Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 16 | TAT Heat | HEAT | NO HEAT |
| 17 | AOA 1 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 18 | AOA 2 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 19 | Overspeed Warning | WARN | NO WARN |
| 20 | Spare (Primary AOA Fault) | | |
| 21 | AOA Average/Unique | UNIQUE | AVERAGE |
| 22 | VMO/MMO 1 | YES | NO |
| 23 | VMO/MMO 2 | YES | NO |
| 24 | VMO/MMO 3 | YES | NO |
| 25 | VMO/MMO 4 | YES | NO |
| 26 | SSEC Alternate Select 1 | YES | NO |
| 27 | SSEC Alternate Select 2 | YES | NO |
| 28 | Baro Port A Select | Port A | Port B |
| 29 | Zero Mach SSEC Select | YES | NO |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 42
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 270 - Discrete Word 1


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 43
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Zero AOA SSEC Select | YES | NO |
| 12 | AOA Test Active | ACTIVE | NOT ACTIVE |
| 13 | Low Speed Warning 1 | FAST | SLOW |
| 14 | Low Speed Warning 2 | FAST | SLOW |
| 15 | Low Speed Warning 3 | FAST | SLOW |
| 16 | Low Speed Warning 4 | SLOW | FAST |
| 17 | Spare | | |
| 18 | Spare | | |
| 19 | Spare | | |
| 20 | AOA Correction 1A | YES | NO |
| 21 | AOA Correction 1B | YES | NO |
| 22 | AOA Correction 2A | YES | NO |
| 23 | AOA Correction 2B | YES | NO |
| 24-25 | Bus A Altimeter Mode | refer to Table 11A |
| 26-27 | Bus B Altimeter Mode | refer to Table 11A |
| 28 | Spare | | |
| 29 | Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 271 - Discrete Word 2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Altimeter Mode | FCU Input | Label 271 Bus A - Bits 25 & 24 |
| | Label 272 - Bits 15 & 13 | Bus B - Bits 27 & 26 |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| STD | 01 | 01 |
|----------------|--------------------------|--------------------------------|
| QNH | 10 | 10 |
|----------------|--------------------------|--------------------------------|
| QFE | 00 | 00 |
|----------------|--------------------------|--------------------------------|
| INVALID | 11 | 11 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Altimeter Mode Conversion


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 44
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | SDI 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | SDI 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 13 | Dual Baro Select | DUAL PORT | SINGLE PORT|
| 14 | Analog Baro Select | ANALOG | DIGITAL |
| 15 | Spare IDSC 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 16 | Spare IDSC 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 17 | Spare IDSC 3 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 18 | Baro 3 Present | PRESENT | ABSENT |
| 19 | Spare IDSC 4 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 20 | CFDS Select | NOT ACTIVE| ACTIVE |
| 21 | Spare | | |
| 22 | BITE Memory Clear Enable | ENABLE | DISABLE |
| 23 | BITE Write Inhibit | INHIBIT | ENABLE |
| 24 | ADR Interface Test | TEST | NORMAL |
| 25 | ADR Off Command | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | Reserved | | |
| 27 | ADR On/Off Status | OFF | ON |
| 28 | Spare | | |
| 29 | Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 272 - Discrete Word 3


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 45
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | A/C ID Code 32/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | A/C ID Code 64/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
|13 to 23| Spare | | |
| 24 | A/C ID Code 1/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 25 | A/C ID Code 2/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | A/C ID Code 4/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 27 | A/C ID Code 8/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 28 | A/C ID Code 16/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 29 | A/C ID Parity | GROUND | OPEN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 352 - Discrete Word 4

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | = 0 -- |
| 12 | = 1 | LSD = 6 |
| 13 | = 1 | |
| 14 | = 0 -- |
| 15 | = 0 -- |
| 16 | = 0 | MSD = 0 |
| 17 | = 0 | |
| 18 | = 0 -- |
|19 to 29| Spare |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 377 - Equipment Ident


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 46
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-13-00

Page 47
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,
221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

- On the ground the output labels are in the following state:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 | Altitude | NO | |
| 204 | Baro Corr Alt 1 | NO | |
| 220 | Baro Corr Alt 2 | NO | |
| 251 | Baro Corr Alt 3 | NO | |
| 205 | Mach | NCD | 0 Mach less than 0.1 |
| 206 | Computed Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 30 kts |
| 207 | Max Allowable Airspeed | NO | |
| 210 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 211 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 212 | Altitude Rate | NO | |
| 213 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 215 | Impact Pressure | NO | |
| 221 | Indicated AOA | NCD | NOTE CAS less than 60 kts |
| 230 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 231 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 233 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 234 | Baro Corr (hPa) 1 & 2 & 3| NO | |
| 236 | Baro Corr (hPa) 2 | NO | |
| 034 | Baro Corr (hPa) 3 | NO | |
| 235 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 1 | NO | |
| 237 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 2 | NO | |
| 035 | Baro corr (in.Hg) 3 | NO | |
| 240 | VMO/MMO status | NO | |
| 241 | Corrected AOA | NCD | 0 CAS less than 60 kts |
| 242 | Total Pressure | NO | |
| 176 | L. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 177 | R. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 245 | Uncrctd Avg Stat Pressure| NO | |
| 246 | Corctd Avg Stat Pressure | NO | |
| 270 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 271 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 272 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 350 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 351 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 352 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 377 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 354 | LRU ID | N/A | N/A |
| 356 | Fault Status | N/A | N/A |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 48
Config-3 Feb 01/10
R 236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label Value on Ground


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-13-00

Page 49
Config-3 Feb 01/10
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,
R 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

- On the ground the output labels are in the following state:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 | Altitude | NO | |
| 204 | Baro Corr Alt 1 | NO | |
| 220 | Baro Corr Alt 2 | NO | |
| 251 | Baro Corr Alt 3 | NO | |
| 205 | Mach | NCD | 0 Mach less than 0.1 |
| 206 | Computed Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 30 kts |
| 207 | Max Allowable Airspeed | NO | |
| 210 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 211 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 212 | Altitude Rate | NO | |
| 213 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 215 | Impact Pressure | NO | |
| 221 | Indicated AOA | NCD | NOTE CAS less than 60 kts |
| 230 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 231 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 233 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 234 | Baro Corr (hPa) 1 & 2 & 3| NO | |
| 236 | Baro Corr (hPa) 2 | NO | |
| 034 | Baro Corr (hPa) 3 | NO | |
| 235 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 1 | NO | |
| 237 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 2 | NO | |
| 035 | Baro corr (in.Hg) 3 | NO | |
| 240 | VMO/MMO status | NO | |
| 241 | Corrected AOA | NCD | Cmptd value CAS less than 60 kts |
| 242 | Total Pressure | NO | |
| 176 | L. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 177 | R. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 245 | Uncrctd Avg Stat Pressure| NO | |
| 246 | Corctd Avg Stat Pressure | NO | |
| 270 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 271 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 272 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 350 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 351 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 352 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 377 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 354 | LRU ID | N/A | N/A |
| 356 | Fault Status | N/A | N/A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 50
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label Value on Ground


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 51
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | TYPE A | TYPE B |
| | |-------------------|-------------------|
|OCTAL| | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM |
|LABEL| SIGNAL | FILTER |TRANSPORT| FILTER |TRANSPORT|
| | |BANDWIDTH|DELAY****|BANDWIDTH|DELAY****|
| | | (HZ) | (MSEC) | (HZ) | (MSEC) |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 034 |Baro Corr mb 3 | N/A | 220 | N/A | 220 |
| 035 |Baro Corr ins hg 3 | N/A | 220 | N/A | 220 |
| 176 |Left Static Pressure | N/A *** | 119 | N/A *** | 119 |
| 177 |Right Static Pressure | N/A *** | 119 | N/A *** | 119 |
| 203 |Altitude | 8 | 86 | 3 | 120 |
| 204 |Baro Corr Alt 1 | 8 | 94 | 3 | 128 |
| 205 |Mach | 8 | 86 | 3 | 120 |
| 206 |Computed Airspeed | 8 | 86 | 3 | 120 |
| 207 |Max Allow. Aispeed | 8 | 219 | 8 | 219 |
| 210 |True Airspeed | 8 | 219 | 3 | 253 |
| 211 |Total Air Temp. | 4 | 1019 | 3 | 1049 |
| 212 |Altitude Rate | 1.8 | 415 | 1,8 | 415 |
| 213 |Static Air Temp. | 4 | 1019 | 3 | 1049 |
| 215 |Impact Pressure | 8 | 219 | 3 | 253 |
| 220 |Baro Corr Alt 2 | 8 | 94 | 3 | 128 |
| 221 |Ind. Angle of Attack | 8 | 167 | 3 | 220 |
| 230 |True Airspeed | 8 | 370 | 3 | 404 |
| 231 |Total Air Temp | 4 | 1019 | 3 | 1049 |
| 233 |Static Air Temp | 4 | 1019 | 3 | 1049 |
| 234 |Baro Corr mb 1 | N/A | 169 | N/A | 169 |
| 235 |Baro Corr ins hg 1 | N/A | 169 | N/A | 169 |
| 236 |Baro Corr mb 2 | N/A | 169 | N/A | 169 |
| 237 |Baro Corr ins hg 2 | N/A | 169 | N/A | 169 |
| 241 |Corr Angle of Attack | 8 | 167 | 3 | 220 |
| 242 |Total Pressure | N/A *** | 219 | N/A *** | 219 |
| 245 |Uncorr Avg Static Pressure| N/A *** | 119 | N/A *** | 119 |
| 246 |Corr Avg Static Pressure | N/A *** | 119 | N/A *** | 119 |
| 251 |Baro Corr Alt 3 | 8 | 94 | 3 | 128 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 15 A - ADR output filter data characteristics.

NOTE : Type A refers to A318/A319/A320/A321 and type B refers to


____
A330/A340.
* Maximum filter bandwidth and maximum transport delay are
not applicable to the following labels:
- 155 Maintenance Word 4,
- 270 Discrete Word 1,
- 271 Discrete Word 2,
- 272 Discrete Word 3,


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 52
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
- 350 Maintenance Word 1,
- 351 Maintenance Word 2,
- 356 Fault Status,
- 377 Equipment ID.

** Filters present only as provisions, except for


Altitude Rate.

*** Filtering of pressure data is performed by ADM.

**** The Transport Delay does not include the Transmit


Interval of the digital outputs. For ADR digital outputs
based on the digital inputs (such as from the ADM), the
Transport Delay is the delay between the digital input
and the corresponding digital output. It is determined
by plotting data updates vs. time for the digital inputs
and outputs, and converting these discrete data points
into continuous curves by appropriate smoothing between
points. The Transport Delay is defined as the time delay
between the input and output continuous curves. For
parameters in which wide band and narrow band data are
combined in the calculation, the transport delay
requirement applies to the wide band portion of the
computation.


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-13-00

Page 53
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

(b) Discrete form


The ADR provides seven standard OPEN/GROUND output discretes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | PIN | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|------------------------------|------------|-------------|--------------|
| ADR OFF Light | TP- 4E | OPEN/GROUND | ON/OFF |
| ADR FAULT | TP- 4D | OPEN/GROUND | NO/FAULT |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 1 | TP- 2F | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 2 | TP- 2G | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 3 | TP- 6F | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 4 | TP-13H | OPEN/GROUND | FAST/SLOW |
| AOA Special Test | TP-12G | OPEN/28VDC | NO/TEST |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADR - Discrete Output Signals

NOTE : The ADR OFF light, the low speed warning 4 and ADR FAULT
____
discretes are forced to the ground state when the watchdog
timer (WDT) has timed out.

1
_ ADR OFF Light
When the ADR is commanded OFF, it issues a ground state to the
ADR OFF light discrete to enable the legend to come on.

2
_ ADR FAULT
When an ADR FAULT is detected, the ADR issues a ground state
to the ADR FAULT discrete to enable the legend to come on.

3
_ Low speed warning discretes 1, 2, 3, 4
The ADR provides four standard Open/Ground low speed warning
output discretes.
- Airspeed conditions
Airspeed decreasing
Discrete 1 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 100
knots
Discrete 2 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 50
knots
Discrete 3 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 155
knots
Discrete 4 = GROUND for Airspeed less than or equal to 260
knots
Airspeed increasing
Discrete 1 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 104 knots
Discrete 2 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 54 knots


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 54
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Discrete 3 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 159 knots
Discrete 4 = OPEN for Airspeed greater than 264 knots
- Power off conditions
Discrete 1 = OPEN
Discrete 2 = OPEN
Discrete 3 = OPEN
Discrete 4 = OPEN
- CAS detected failure condition
Discrete 1 = previous state
Discrete 2 = previous state
Discrete 3 = previous state
Discrete 4 = OPEN

4
_ AOA special test
The ADR provides an OPEN/GROUND output discrete to drive the
AOA self-test.
The AOA self-test is commanded via the CFDIU interface bus.
When the AOA test is active, the AOA sensor is offset to +15
deg. (plus or minus 1 deg.). All AOA dependent parameters
reflect this offset and their SSMs indicate Functional Test
(FT).
The RETURN command from the MCDU results in the discrete
output set to OPEN.
Ref. 34-18-00 for more details.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 55
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

A. Control

(1) ADIRS Control and Display Unit (CDU)


(Ref. Fig. 010)
The ADIRS CDU provides the control and warning of the three ADRs by
means of three ADR illuminated pushbutton switches:
- the pushbutton switch is used to disable the ADR output buses. It
is a momentary action pushbutton switch
- when the ADR output buses are disabled, the ADR controls the
activation of the ADR OFF legend by its output discrete: ADR OFF
status
- when an ADR failure is detected, the ADR controls the activation of
the ADR FAULT legend by its output discrete: ADR FAULT
- each ADR is de-energized when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch is set to OFF
- when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch is set to NAV or
ATT, each ADR is switched on independently of the previous
selection on the ADR pushbutton switch.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

A. Control

(1) ADIRS Mode Selector Unit (MSU)


(Ref. Fig. 010A)
The ADIRS MSU provides the control and warning of the three ADRs by
means of three ADR illuminated pushbutton switches:
- The pushbutton switch is used to disable the ADR output buses. It
is a momentary action pushbutton switch.
- When the ADR output buses are disabled, the ADR controls the
activation of the ADR OFF legend by its output discrete: ADR OFF
status.
- When an ADR failure is detected, the ADR controls the activation of
the ADR FAULT legend by its output discrete: ADR FAULT.
- Each ADR is de-energized when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch is set to OFF.
- When the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch is set to NAV or
ATT, each ADR is switched on independently of the previous
selection on the ADR pushbutton switch.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 56
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADR Control on CDU
Figure 010


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-13-00

Page 57
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADR Control on MSU
Figure 010A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-13-00

Page 58
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

B. Indicating
Altitude (ALT), Computed Airspeed (CAS), Mach number (M) and Vertical
Speed (V/S) are computed by the ADIRU (ADR portion), processed by the
associated DMC and displayed on the PFDs.
True Airspeed (TAS) is supplied in the same way but is displayed on the
NDs.
In normal configuration, with the AIR DATA selector switch in NORM
position, the ADR 1 displays information on CAPT PFD and ND. The ADR 2
displays information on F/O PFD and ND.
Static Air Temperature (SAT) and Total Air Temperature (TAT) are also
supplied in the same way but are permanently displayed on the lower part
of the lower ECAM DU.
These items of information are displayed by the ADR 2 when EIS1 is
installed, by ADR1 when EIS2 is installed.

(1) PFD display


For further details concerning speed, altitude or vertical speed
scale, Ref. 31-64-00.

(a) Computed Airspeed (CAS)


(Ref. Fig. 011)
The CAS indication is displayed in analog form by means of a
white tape with graduations every 10 kts and digital values every
20 kts. This tape moves up and down so as to indicate the A/C
actual speed value in front of a fixed yellow reference line.
The displayed part of the scale represents an 84 kts range. The
scale is graduated from 30 kts to 520 kts and the digital values
from 40 to 520 kts (item A).
In no case can the displayed CAS be lower than 30 kts.
In case of computed airspeed failure, the speed scale goes out of
view and is replaced by a red SPD flag (item B).

(b) Mach number (M)


When the Mach number is above 0.5, it is displayed just below the
speed scale.
In case of failure, a red MACH flag is presented.

(c) Altitude (ALT)


(Ref. Fig. 012)
The baro altitude indication is provided by means of a tape which
moves up and down behind a window within which the A/C actual
altitude is displayed.
The tape of the scale is graduated every 100 ft and digital
values are displayed every 500 ft in hundreds.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 59
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Computed Airspeed and Mach Indication Display
Figure 011


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 60
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Altitude Indication Display
Figure 012


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 61
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The A/C actual altitude is provided by a counter located at the
middle of the scale in which the actual value is displayed in
green digits.
The hundreds of feet are written in a large size whereas the tens
and units are displayed by a drum operating as a classical
mechanical altimeter.
Small white marks are positioned in front of each number on the
tape (item A).
If the altitude is negative, a NEG white indication is added at
the left of the digital value. The digital value is limited to
minus 1500 ft (item B).
Different displays are presented depending on the baro setting
reference (standard or baro corrected), Ref. 31-64-00.
In case of baro altitude failure, the scale goes out of view and
a red ALT flag flashes for a few seconds in the altitude window,
then remains steady (item C).
In case of discrepancy between the altitude given by the CAPT air
data source and the altitude given by the F/O air data source, a
CHECK ALT amber flag is presented on the right side of the
altitude scale (item D).

(d) Vertical Speed (V/S)


(Ref. Fig. 013)
The baro vertical speed is automatically displayed in the right
side of the PFD when the inertial vertical speed is not available
(item A). It is a degraded mode.
The vertical speed scale consists of:
- a trapezoidal grey background colored surface
- a fixed white scale with 500 ft/mn spaced marks from -2000
ft/mn to +2000 ft/mn
- a needle giving, in analog form, the actual vertical speed
value
- a number in a moving amber window. This window accompanies the
needle (above the needle if V/S > 0, below if V/S < 0).
The number gives the V/S value in hundreds of ft/mn.
Between -200 ft/mn and +200 ft/mn, both the window and the
number disappear.
- above +6000 ft/mn (or below -6000 ft/mn), the needle remains
stopped where it is.
When the vertical speed exceeds +6000 ft/mn or -6000 ft/mn, the
digital indication and the analog needle change from green to
amber.
In addition, those indications change to amber in approach, in
the following cases:
- V/S less than -2000 ft/mn below 2500 ft RA
- V/S less than -1200 ft/mn below 1000 ft RA.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 62
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Vertical Speed Indication Display
Figure 013


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 63
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
In case of a failure warning, the vertical speed scale is removed
and replaced by a red V/S flag which flashes for a few seconds,
then remains steady (item B).

(2) ND display
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The true airspeed (TAS) is displayed on the ND in ROSE, ARC and PLAN
mode (item A).
The TAS information is displayed by a numerical indication of three
digits preceded by TAS indication. This information is displayed in
the left upper corner of the ND for speed higher than 100 kts. Below
this value TAS indication remains visible but is followed by three
dashes (item B).

**ON A/C 051-099, 204-233, 236-238, 301-302,

(3) Display on the lower ECAM DU


(Ref. Fig. 015)
The Static Air Temperature (SAT) and the Total Air Temperature (TAT)
are permanently displayed on the lower part of the lower ECAM DU by a
numerical indication of two digits preceded by the plus or minus sign
(item A).
These data are delivered by the ADR 2 when EIS 1 is installed, by ADR
1 when EIS 2 is installed.
In case of failure or when NCD information is received from the ADR
2, these data are replaced by crosses (item B).

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(3) Display on the lower ECAM DU


(Ref. Fig. 015)
The Static Air Temperature (SAT) and the Total Air Temperature (TAT)
are permanently displayed on the lower part of the lower ECAM DU by a
numerical indication of two digits preceded by the plus or minus sign
(item A).
These data are delivered by the ADR 2 when EIS 1 is installed, by ADR
1 when EIS 2 is installed.
In case of failure or when NCD information is received from the ADR
1, these data are replaced by crosses (item B).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 64
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
True Airspeed Indication Display
Figure 014


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 65
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TAT/SAT Indication Display
Figure 015


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 66
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

(4) Reconfiguration display


In case of loss of AIR DATA parameters on CAPT or F/O PFD and ND, the
ADR 3 can be used as a back up source by placing the AIR DATA
selector switch in CAPT/3 position for EFIS 1 and F/O/3 position for
EFIS 2.
In case of loss of TAT/SAT parameters on the lower ECAM DU, the ADR 3
can be used as a back up source by placing the AIR DATA selector
switch in F/O/3 position when EIS 1 is installed, in CAPT/3 position
when EIS 2 is installed.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

C. Warnings
In addition to the AIR DATA flags displayed on the PFDs and NDs and on
the CDU, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the upper
ECAM DU.
Two kinds of warning messages can be displayed:
- failure warning messages in case of loss of AIR DATA parameters
- configuration warning messages in case of dangerous configuration of
the aircraft.
When the CLR key is pushed on the ECAM control panel, a STATUS page is
displayed on the lower ECAM DU and indicates the STATUS and INOP SYS
(systems).

(1) Failure warning messages


(Ref. Fig. 016, 017, 018)

(a) NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT


NAV ADR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the FAULT legend of the ADR pushbutton switch on the CDU comes
on.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

C. Warnings
In addition to the AIR DATA flags displayed on the PFDs and NDs, warning
messages are displayed on the lower part of the upper ECAM DU.
Two kinds of warning messages can be displayed:
- failure warning messages in case of loss of AIR DATA parameters


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 67
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT Message
Figure 016


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 68
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ADR 1+3 (2+3) FAULT Message
Figure 017


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 69
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ADR 1 + 2 FAULT Message
Figure 018


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 70
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- configuration warning messages in case of dangerous configuration of
the aircraft.
When the CLR key is pushed on the ECAM control panel, a STATUS page is
displayed on the lower ECAM DU and indicates the STATUS and INOP SYS
(systems).

(1) Failure warning messages


(Ref. Fig. 016, 017, 018)

(a) NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT


NAV ADR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the FAULT legend of the ADR pushbutton switch on the MSU comes
on.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(b) NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY


(Ref. Fig. 019)
This message is displayed when a difference higher than plus or
minus 250 ft is detected by the external comparison inside the
FWCs between the baro-corrected altitude (or plus or minus 500 ft
for the standard altitude) provided by two ADRs.
When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ALT message appears on the PFD.

(2) Configuration warning messages


(Ref. Fig. 020)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 021)

**ON A/C 301-399,

(Ref. Fig. 021A)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 71
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 019


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 72
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
OVERSPEED VMO/MMO Message
Figure 020


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 73
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE Message
Figure 021


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 74
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE Message
Figure 021A


R

EFF :

301-399,  34-13-00

Page 75
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

(a) OVERSPEED VM0/MM0


OVERSPEED VFE/VLE
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER WARN lights on the glareshield flash
- the Continuous Repetitive Chime (CRC) sounds.
OVERSPEED VMO/MMO warning processed by the FWC is triggered when
the CAS/Mach calculated by the ADR exceed the VMO/MMO threshold
by more than 4 kts/0.006 Mach.
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE processed by the FWC is a function of Vc and
depends on slat/flap position for the VFE and landing gear
position for the VLE.
For overspeed VLE, the warning is triggered at 284 knots.

(b) Stall warning


(Ref. Fig. 022)
When this warning is activated:
- the MASTER WARN lights on the glareshield flash
- the cricket and the voice STALL sound.
This warning is processed by the FWC and is a function of angle
of attack value and slat position following these conditions:
- normal law:
if corrected angle of attack exceeds 23 or if corrected angle
of attack exceeds 15 and slat < 15.
- alternate law
if corrected angle of attack exceeds 13 or if corrected angle
of attack exceeds 8 and slat < 15.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 76
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Stall Warning Message
Figure 022



EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-13-00

Page 77
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AIR DATA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________

TASK 34-13-00-040-001

PFD Mach Number - Overspeed Check

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R NOTE : This deactivation task is not related to an AFM-CDL/MMEL item.


____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-13-00-740-002 INTERFACE TEST of the ADR

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-865-070

A. On the circuit breaker panels 49VU, 121VU and 122VU, close the circuit
breakers related to the NAVIGATION, EIS, FCU, CFDS and LGCIU systems.

Subtask 34-13-00-860-081

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 401
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)

(5) On the overhead panel :


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-056

A. Overspeed Check

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel, on the


ADIRS CDU:

- set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector The OFF legend of the 3 ADR pushbutton
switches to NAV. switches must be off.

- push the ADR3 pushbutton The related OFF legend comes on.
switch.

2. On the MCDU, on the NAV menu


page:

- push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) page comes into view.
the ADC1 (ADC2) indication.

- push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) OUTPUT TESTS page comes
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. into view.

- push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 402
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the keyboard push the NEXT The ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds ignore the


the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds:
- the black and red strip comes into
view on the speedscale on the CAPT
(F/O) PFD
- ignore the related warnings.

- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops, the warnings
the RETURN indication. above stop.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 211-239,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-056-A

A. Overspeed Check

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel, on the


ADIRS CDU:

- set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector The OFF legend of the 3 ADR pushbutton
switches to NAV. switches must be off.

- push the ADR3 pushbutton The related OFF legend comes on.
switch.

2. On the MCDU, on the NAV menu


page:

- push the line key adjacent to The ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) 1/2 page comes
the ADC1 (ADC2) indication. into view.

- push the line key adjacent to The ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST
the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-13-00

Page 403
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds ignore the
the TEST START indication warnings and indications.
(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds:
- the black and red strip comes into
view on the speedscale on the CAPT
(F/O) PFD
- ignore the related warnings.

- Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops, the warnings
the RETURN/TEST STOP above stop.
indication.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-056-B

A. Overspeed Check

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel, on the


ADIRS MSU:

- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT The OFF legend of the three ADR
selector switches to NAV. pushbutton switches must be off.

- Push the ADR3 pushbutton The related OFF legend comes on.
switch.

2. On the MCDU, on the NAV menu


page:

- Push the line key adjacent to The ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) 1/2 page comes
the ADC1 (ADC2) indication. into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to The ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST
the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds ignore the


the TEST START indication warnings and indications.
(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds:


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 211-249, 251-299,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The black and red strip comes into
view on the speedscale on the CAPT
(F/O) PFD.
- Ignore the related warnings.

- Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops, the warnings
the RETURN/TEST STOP above stop.
indication.

**ON A/C 313-399,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-056-C

A. Overspeed Check

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel, on the


ADIRS MSU:

- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT The OFF legend of the three ADR
selector switches to NAV. pushbutton switches must be off.

- Push the ADR3 pushbutton The related OFF legend comes on.
switch.

2. On the MCDU, on the NAV menu


page:

- Push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) page comes into view.
the ADC1 (ADC2) indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) OUTPUT TESTS page comes
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.

- On the keyboard push the NEXT The ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds ignore the
R the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
R (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds:
R - The black and red strip comes into
R view on the speedscale on the CAPT
R (F/O) PFD.
R - Ignore the related warnings.

R - Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops, the warnings
R the RETURN indication. above stop.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-860-082

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the ECAM control panel, set the LOWER DISPLAY and the UPPER
DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.

(2) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU mode key.

(3) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 406
May 01/08
 
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-440-001

Reactivation of PFD Mach Number - Overspeed Check

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-869-085

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-13-00-810-050

A. Do the trouble-shooting of the auto-flight function.

R (1) Refer to the trouble shooting procedure relative to the triggered


R message.
R



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 407
May 01/08
 
CES 
AIR DATA - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________

TASK 34-13-00-710-001

Operational Test of the AIR DATA Switching Function

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
R 34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
R 34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-056

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 501
May 01/05
 
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-010-057

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-13-00-865-063

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-860-057

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(3) On the overhead panel:


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.

(4) On the CAPT and F/O main instrument panels, on the PFDs:
- make sure that the altitude and airspeed data come into view.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 503
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-050

A. BITE Test of the AIR DATA Switching Function

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view (ignore the
related flag warnings).

2. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT PFD:


SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector - the speed and altitude indications
switch to CAPT/3 from the ADR3 come into view.

- set the AIR DATA selector - the speed and altitude indications go
switch to NORM. out of view (ignore the related flag
warnings).

3. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
- push the ADR2 pushbutton ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on
switch. On the F/O PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view (ignore the
related flag warnings).

4. On the center pedestal, on the On the F/O PFD:


SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector - the speed and altitude indications
switch to F/O/3 from the ADR3 come into view

- set the AIR DATA selector - the speed and altitude indications go
switch to NORM. out of view (ignore the related flag
warnings).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 504
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches again ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the speed and
altitude indications come into view.

- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT


selector switches to OFF.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-050-A

A. BITE Test of the AIR DATA Switching Function

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on.
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view (ignore the
related flag warnings).

2. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT PFD:


SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- Set the AIR DATA selector - The speed and altitude indications
switch to CAPT/3. from the ADR3 come into view.

- Set the AIR DATA selector - The speed and altitude indications go
switch to NORM. out of view (ignore the related flag
warnings).

3. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
- Push the ADR2 pushbutton ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-13-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R switch. On the F/O PFD, the speed and altitude
R indications go out of view (ignore the
R related flag warnings).

R 4. On the center pedestal, on the On the F/O PFD:


R SWITCHING panel 8VU:

R - Set the AIR DATA selector - The speed and altitude indications
R switch to F/O/3. from the ADR3 come into view.

R - Set the AIR DATA selector - The speed and altitude indications go
R switch to NORM. out of view (ignore the related flag
R warnings).

R 5. On the ADIRS MSU:

R - Push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switches again. ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
R off.
R On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the speed and
R altitude indications come into view.

R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT


R selector switches to OFF.

R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-860-058

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 506
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-410-057

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 507
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-710-002

Operational Test of the VMO/MMO Overspeed Warnings

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-13-00-740-002 INTERFACE TEST of the ADR



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 508
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-13-00-860-059

B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 34-13-00-865-064

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

Subtask 34-13-00-865-069

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 509
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-860-061

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002),

(3) On the overhead panel :


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the ADIRS CDU, on the panel 20VU, make sure that the 3
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at NAV,
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.

(4) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

(5) Make sure that the L/G doors are closed and the slats/flaps are fully
retracted.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-860-061-A

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002),

(3) On the overhead panel:


- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- On the ADIRS MSU, on the overhead panel 20VU, make sure that the
three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at NAV.
- On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-13-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R (4) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
R page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

R (5) Make sure that the L/G doors are closed and the slats/flaps are fully
R retracted.

R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-051

A. OVERSPEED Warning VMO/MMO 1 (L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION Switch 22FP at


NORM)

NOTE : This test is for the VMO/MMO overspeed warning only. Ignore the
____
warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not related to this
test.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel, on the On the ADIRS DCU:


ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 and ADR3 - the OFF legend of the ADR2 and ADR3
pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches comes on.

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 page comes into view.
the ADR1 indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.

- on the keyboard push the NEXT - the ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 511
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds, ignore the
the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
From 10 seconds and more, on the
CAPT(F/O) PFD, the speed increases to
367.7 Kts. When the value is 354 Kts:
- on the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 350/.82
- On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash.
- You can hear the continuous
repetitive chime aural warning.

- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.


the RETURN indication. The warnings above stop.

- push the line key adjacent to The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
the RETURN indication. into view.

3. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 pushbutton - the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch. switch goes off.

- push the ADR1 pushbutton - the OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.

4. On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to Same results on the F/O PFD.
the ADR2 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 2 and 3.

5. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.

6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-13-00

Page 512
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.

8. On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to Same results on the CAPT PFD.
the ADR3 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 2 and 3.

9. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.

10. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:


- set the AIR DATA selector
switch to NORM.

Subtask 34-13-00-710-052

B. OVERSPEED Warning VMO/MMO 2 (L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION Switch 22FP at


L/G DOWN)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. In the avionics compartment, on


the panel 188VU:
- remove the lockwire from the
safety cover of the L/G DOWN
VMO/MMO SELECTION switch.
- set the switch to L/G DOWN.

2. In the cockpit on the overhead On the ADIRS CDU:


panel, on the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 and ADR3 - the OFF legend of the ADR2 and ADR3
pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches comes on.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-13-00

Page 513
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 page comes into view.
the ADR1 indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.

- on the keyboard push the NEXT - the ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds, ignore the


the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds and more, on the
CAPT(F/O) PFD, the speed increases to
367.7 Kts. When the value is 239Kts:
- on the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 235/.60
- on the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash.
- you can hear the continuous
repetitive chime aural warning.

- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.


the RETURN indication. The warnings above stop.

- push the line key adjacent to The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
the RETURN indication. into view.

4. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 pushbutton switch - the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch goes off.

- push the ADR1 pushbutton - the OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.

5. On the MCDU:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-13-00

Page 514
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to Same results on the F/O PFD.
the ADR2 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 3 and 4.

6. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.

7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.

8. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.

9. On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to Same results on the CAPT PFD.
the ADR3 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 3 and 4.

10. ON the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.

11. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:


- set the AIR DATA selector
switch to NORM.

12. In the avionics compartment, on


the panel 188VU:
- set the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO
SELECTION switch to NORM.
- lock the safety cover and
secure it with lockwire.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-13-00

Page 515
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-051-B

A. OVERSPEED Warning VMO/MMO 1 (L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION Switch 22FP at


NORM)

NOTE : This test is for the VMO/MMO overspeed warning only. Ignore the
____
warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not related to this
test.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel, on the On the ADIRS MSU:


ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 and ADR3 - The OFF legend of the ADR2 and ADR3
pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches comes on.

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 page comes into view.
the ADR1 indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.

- On the keyboard push the NEXT - The ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds, ignore the


the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
From 10 seconds and more, on the
CAPT(F/O) PFD, the speed increases to
367.7 Kts. When the value is 354 Kts:
- On the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 350/.82


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER
WARN lights flash.
- You can hear the continuous
repetitive chime aural warning.

- Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.


the RETURN indication. The warnings above stop.

- Push the line key adjacent to The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
the RETURN indication. into view.

3. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 pushbutton - The OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch. switch goes off.

- Push the ADR1 pushbutton - The OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.

4. On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to Same results on the F/O PFD.
the ADR2 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 2 and 3.

5. On the ADIRS CDU:

- Push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.

6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.

7. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.

8. On the MCDU:


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the line key adjacent to Same results on the CAPT PFD.
the ADR3 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 2 and 3.

9. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.

10. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:


- Set the AIR DATA selector
switch to NORM.

Subtask 34-13-00-710-052-B

B. OVERSPEED Warning VMO/MMO 2 (L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION Switch 22FP at


L/G DOWN)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. In the avionics compartment, on


the panel 188VU:
- Remove the lockwire from the
safety cover of the L/G DOWN
VMO/MMO SELECTION switch.
- Set the switch to L/G DOWN.

2. In the cockpit on the overhead On the ADIRS MSU:


panel, on the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 and ADR3 - The OFF legend of the ADR2 and ADR3
pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches comes on.

3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 page comes into view.
the ADR1 indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 518
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.

- On the keyboard push the NEXT - The ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds, ignore the


the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds and more, on the
CAPT(F/O) PFD, the speed increases to
367.7 Kts. When the value is 239Kts:
- On the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 235/.60
- On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER
WARN lights flash.
- You can hear the continuous
repetitive chime aural warning.

- Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.


the RETURN indication. The warnings above stop.

- Push the line key adjacent to The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
the RETURN indication. into view.

4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 pushbutton - The OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch. switch goes off.

- Push the ADR1 pushbutton - The OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.

5. On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to Same results on the F/O PFD.
the ADR2 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 3 and 4.

6. On the ADIRS MSU:


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.

7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.

8. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.

9. On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to Same results on the CAPT PFD.
the ADR3 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 3 and 4.

10. ON the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.

11. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:


- Set the AIR DATA selector
switch to NORM.

12. In the avionics compartment, on


the panel 188VU:
- Set the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO
SELECTION switch to NORM.
- Lock the safety cover and
secure it with lockwire.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 520
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-860-062

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

R (2) On the overhead panel :


R - on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are pushed (on). The OFF legends are
R of.

R (3) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

R (4) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

Subtask 34-13-00-865-065

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE, 5CC1, 5CC2

Subtask 34-13-00-860-060

C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-13-00-410-052

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(3) Tighten the two screws.

(4) Close the access door 822.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 521
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-710-003

Operational Test of the ALT Comparison Warning

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-04

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-063

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 522
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-865-066

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

Subtask 34-13-00-865-071

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

Subtask 34-13-00-860-065

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(3) When the circuit breakers 5CC1 and 5CC2 are open:
- - the AUTO FLT FAC 1+2 FAULT message and the MASTER CAUT light
come on
- - you can hear the single chime.

(4) Before the test, on the ECAM Control Panel, push the CLR key to clear
the message.

(5) On the glareshield 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of
the FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE/NAV.

(6) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
menu page.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 523
May 01/09
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-13-00-710-053

A. Operational Test of the ALT Comparison Warning

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between parentheses.

NOTE : For system 3, on the center pedestal, set the SWITCHING/AIR DATA
____
selector switch 15FP to CAPT (F/O) position; the CAPT (F/O) PFD
shows the ADR3 indications.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the glareshield 13VU, on the


CAPT and F/O EFIS control
sections of the FCU:

- pull the baro reference The baro display (above the baro
selector knob. reference selector knob) shows STD.
The CAPT and F/O PFDs show the altitude
related to the standard barometric
pressure.
Below this indication the PFDs show
STD.

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) ALT DYNAMIC
the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW SLEW page comes into view.
indication.

- on the keyboard, enter: - the display shows:



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 524
May 01/09
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*the airfield altitude value / *the airfield altitude value /
(airfield altitude value plus (airfield altitude value plus 1500)
1500)
*(Example: for an airfield
altitude value of 1800ft enter:
1800 / 3300).
and push the line key adjacent
to the ALT LIMITS (FT)
indication.

- on the keyboard, enter 1000 and - the display shows 1000.


push the line key adjacent to
the ALT SLEW RATE (FT/MIN)
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to The test starts:


the UP (START SLEW) indication.
- the ADR1 ALT DYNAMIC SLEW TEST page with SLEWING IN PROGRESS 90 S
information comes into view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD the altitude increase.
When the difference of altitude between the CAPT PFD and the F/O PFD is 650
ft approximately:
- the vertical CHECK ALT indication comes into view on the two PFDs.
- the upper ECAM DU shows this warning:
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY
- on the glareshield panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER CAUT light comes on.
- you can hear the single chime.
On the MCDU:
- at the end of the test, the END OF SLEWING indication comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to


the RETURN indication until the
CFDS menu page comes into view.

NOTE : After the ADR3 test, set


____
the AIR DATA selector
switch 15FP to NORMAL.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 525
May 01/09
R  
CES 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-860-066

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, push the baro
reference selector knob.

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).


R

Subtask 34-13-00-865-072

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2
R

Subtask 34-13-00-860-064

C. Close Access

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 526
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-710-004

Operational Test of the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW TEST

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This test simulates a change in altitude.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-067

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 527
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-010-058

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover

Subtask 34-13-00-865-067

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-865-073

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

Subtask 34-13-00-860-069

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(2) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-13-00-710-054

A. Operational Test of the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW TEST

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.

NOTE : This test is an example of the altitude ramp test. Ignore the
____
warnings which are the result of a difference in altitude between
the CAPT and F/O PFD.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 529
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the glareshield 13VU, on the


CAPT and F/O EFIS control
sections of the FCU:

- pull the baro reference the baro display (above the baro
selector knob. reference selector knob) shows STD.
the CAPT and F/O PFDs show the altitude
related to the standard barometric
pressure and the STD indication.

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) ALT DYNAMIC
the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW SLEW page comes into view.
indication.

- on the keyboard, enter 0/1500 - the display shows 0/1500.


and push the line key adjacent
to the ALT LIMITS (FT)
indication.

- on the keyboard, enter 1000 and - the display shows 1000.


push the line key adjacent to
the ALT SLEW RATE (FT/MIN)
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to The test starts:


the UP (START SLEW) indication. - the CAPT (F/O) PFD shows 0 ft and the
altitude increases to 1500 ft in
approximately 90 seconds.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 530
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-410-058

A. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-865-074

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-860-068

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(2) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, push the baro
reference selector knob.

(3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-710-005

Operational Test of the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW TEST

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This test simulates a change in airspeed.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-070

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 532
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-010-059

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover

Subtask 34-13-00-865-068

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-865-075

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-860-072

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(2) on the center pedestal, on the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

(3) Put the safety barriers in position around the RAT area.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-13-00-710-055

A. Operational Test of the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW TEST

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.

NOTE : This test is an example of the CAS ramp test. Ignore the warnings
____
which are the result of an overspeed.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 534
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
SLEW TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW SLEW page comes into view.
indication.

- on the keyboard, enter these - the slew limits set come into view
limits: 175/225 and push the below the related indication.
line key adjacent to the CAS
LIMITS (FT) indication.

- on the keyboard, enter this - the slew rate comes into view below
slew rate: 0020 and push the the related indication.
line key adjacent to the CAS
SLEW RATE (FT/MIN) indication.

- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
the UP-START SLEW indication. - the speed scale moves from 175 Kts to
225 Kts.
The warnings above stop.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-410-059

A. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 535
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
(4) Remove the access platform(s).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-865-076

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 7XE

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-860-071

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(2) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.

(3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-710-006

Operational Test of the AOA SENSOR TEST

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This test controls the angle of attack (AOA) sensors to the special test
position.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-10-00-710-007 Test of the Angle of Attack Warning

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-073

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-13-00-710-060

A. Refer to the operational test of the angle of attack warning.


(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-710-007)



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 537
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-710-007

Operational Test of the Overspeed Warnings in the Slats/Flaps and Landing Gear
Extended (VFE/VLE) Configuration

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between parentheses.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure


R

EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 538
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Make sure that the nose landing gear doors are closed
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems


(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003) (NOTE : You can use the electric pumps).

Subtask 34-13-00-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

(3) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU:
- make sure that the FAC, ELAC and SEC pushbutton switches are not
pushed (in). The OFF legends are on.

(4) On the center pedestal (panel 114VU), set the flap and slat control
lever to the FULL position.

(5) On the panel 50VU, release the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1 and ENG/FADEC GND
PWR/2 pushbutton switches. The ON legends come on.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 539
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-010-060

C. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover

Subtask 34-13-00-865-082

D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 540
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-865-085

E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-860-090

F. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:


- push the CLR key until the MASTER CAUT and MASTER WARN lights go
off on the panels 131VU and 130VU.
- push the CLR key until the memo section comes into view in the
lower part of the upper ECAM display unit.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 541
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-057

A. Test of the VFE Overspeed Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel 20VU, on


the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
on.

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page which
the NAV indication contains the three ADR comes into
view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW indication SLEW page comes into view.

- on the keyboard, enter these


limits: 175/260

- push the line key adjacent to The slew limits set come into view
the CAS LIMITS (KT) indication below the related indication.

- on the keyboard, enter this


slew rate: 020



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 542
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to The slew rate set comes into view below
the CAS SLEW RATE (KTs/MIN) the related indication.
indication

- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the UP-START SLEW indication moves from 175 kts to 260 kts as
specified in the following table
On the upper ECAM display unit, make
sure that all the indications given in
the table below come into view
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash when the
speeds set come into view
The continuous repetitive chime sounds
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights go off when you set
the flap and slat control lever to a
lower position.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-057-B

A. Test of the VFE Overspeed Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the overhead panel, on the


ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
on.

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to - The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page which
the NAV indication. contains the three ADR comes into
view.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-13-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW SLEW page comes into view.
indication.

- On the keyboard, enter these


limits: 175/260

- Push the line key adjacent to The slew limits set come into view
the CAS LIMITS (KT) indication. below the related indication.

- On the keyboard, enter this


slew rate: 020

- Push the line key adjacent to The slew rate set comes into view below
the CAS SLEW RATE (KTs/MIN) the related indication.
indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the UP-START SLEW indication. moves from 175 kts to 260 kts as
specified in the following table.
On the upper ECAM display unit, make
sure that all the indications given in
the table below come into view.
On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
130VU and 131VU, the MASTER WARN lights
flash when the speeds set come into
view.
The continuous repetitive chime sounds.
On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
130VU and 131VU, the MASTER WARN lights
go off when you set the flap and slat
control lever to a lower position.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 544
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-061

B. Speed values

NOTE : Make sure that speed values are reached before you move the
____
flaps/slats control lever.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-13-00

Page 545
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SLATS AND FLAPS |
|---------------------------------|
| | |
SPEED | Position | Indication | INDICATION
IS MORE | of CTL LEVER | on the upper | ON THE UPPER ECAM
THAN | | ECAM DU | DISPLAY UNIT
| | |
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
181 Kts | FULL | FULL | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 177
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 3 | 3 | The indication goes out of view
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
189 Kts | 3 | 3 | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 185
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 2 | 2 | The indication goes out of view
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
204 Kts | 2 | 2 | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 200
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 1 | 1+F | The indication goes out of view
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
219 Kts | 1 | 1+F | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 215
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
234 Kts | 1 | 1+F | OVERSPEED
(or equal) | | - VFE 215
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| | | When OVERSPEED
| 0 | 0 | - VFE 215
| | | indication goes out of view:
| | | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 230
| | |this indication can come into view
| | |for some seconds then goes out of
| | |view.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-13-00

Page 546
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C 301-399,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-061-A

B. Speed values

NOTE : Make sure that speed values are reached before you move the
____
flaps/slats control lever.


R

EFF :

301-399,  34-13-00

Page 547
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SLATS AND FLAPS |
|---------------------------------|
| | |
SPEED | Position | Indication | INDICATION
IS MORE | of CTL LEVER | on the upper | ON THE UPPER ECAM
THAN | | ECAM DU | DISPLAY UNIT
| | |
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
194 Kts | FULL | FULL | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 190
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 3 | 3 | The indication goes out of view
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
199 Kts | 3 | 3 | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 195
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 2 | 2 | The indication goes out of view
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
219 Kts | 2 | 2 | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 215
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 1 | 1+F | The indication goes out of view
| | | (215 be shown while some seconds
| | | before the following indication.)
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
229 Kts | 1 | 1+F | The indication
| | | - VFE 225
| | | comes into view
| | |
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
239 Kts | 1 | 1+F | The indication
R | | |
| | | - VFE 225
R |----------------|----------------| goes out of view if the indication
| | |
R
| | | OVERSPEED
| 0 | 0 | -VFE 235
R | | | comes into view (for approximately
R ---------|----------------|----------------| 1 second) then goes out of view.
R When the OVERSPEED VFE 235 goes out of |
R view or if the OVERSPEED VFE 225 remained |
R displayed, move the control lever to the |
position 1 before you reach CAS 254 Kts. |
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
254 Kts | 1 | 1+F | OVERSPEED
| | | -VFE 225
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------



EFF :

301-399,  34-13-00

Page 548
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SLATS AND FLAPS |
|---------------------------------|
| | |
SPEED | Position | Indication | INDICATION
IS MORE | of CTL LEVER | on the upper | ON THE UPPER ECAM
THAN | | ECAM DU | DISPLAY UNIT
| | |
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| | | The indication goes out of view
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| | | OVERSPEED
| | | -VFE 235
| 0 | 0 |The indication comes into view for
| | |some seconds then goes out of view.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-860-053

C. Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001)


(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-059

D. Test of the VLE Overspeed Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Open the nose landing gear doors


(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

2. On the overhead panel 20VU, on


the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
on.

3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 549
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW indication SLEW page comes into view.

- on the keyboard, enter these - the slew limits come into view on the
limits: 275/290 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
MCDU.

- push the line key adjacent to - the slew limits set come into view
the CAS LIMITS (FT) indication. below the related indication.

- on the keyboard, enter this - the slew rate comes into view on the
slew rate: 025 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
MCDU.

- push the line key adjacent to - the slew rate set comes into view
the CAS SLEW RATE (FT/MIN) below the related indication.
indication.

- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the UP-START SLEW indication moves from 275 kts to 290 kts.
On the upper ECAM display unit, when
the CAS reaches 284 kts, make sure that
this indication comes into view:
OVERSPEED
VLE...............280/.67
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash
The continuous repetitive chime sounds.

- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the RETURN/STOP indication. moves down
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights do not flash
The continuous repetitive chime stops.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
301-312, 401-499,
 34-13-00

Page 550
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR1 and ADR2 - the OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
pushbutton switches. switch comes on
- the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch goes off.

5. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.


step 3.

6. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR2 and ADR3 - the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
pushbutton switches. switch comes on
- the OFF legend of the ADR3 pushbutton
switch goes off.

7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.

8. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.


the step 3.

9. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches again ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
301-312, 401-499,
 34-13-00

Page 551
May 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 211-239,

R Subtask 34-13-00-710-059-A

R D. Test of the VLE Overspeed Warning

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. Open the nose landing gear doors


R (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

R 2. On the overhead panel 20VU, on


R the ADIRS CDU:

R - push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
R on.

R 3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

R - push the line key adjacent to - the ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) 1/2 page
R the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) comes into view.
R indication

R - on the keyboard, push the NEXT - the ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) 2/2 page
R PAGE function key comes into view.

R - push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TEST page
R the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW TEST comes into view.
R indication

R - on the keyboard, enter these - the slew limits come into view on the
R limits: 275/290 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
R MCDU.

R - push the line key adjacent to - the slew limits set come into view
R the SET CAS SLEW LIMITS below the related indication.
R indication

R - on the keyboard, enter this - the slew rate comes into view on the
R slew rate: 025 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
R MCDU.


R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 211-239,  34-13-00

Page 552
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the line key adjacent to - the slew rate set comes into view
R the SET CAS SLEW RATE below the related indication.
R indication

R - push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
R the UP-START SLEW indication moves from 275 kts to 290 kts.
R On the upper ECAM display unit, when
R the CAS reaches 284 kts, make sure that
R this indication comes into view:
R OVERSPEED
R VLE...............280/.67
R On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
R MASTER WARN lights flash
R The continuous repetitive chime sounds.

R - push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
R the RETURN/STOP indication. moves down
R On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
R MASTER WARN lights do not flash
R The continuous repetitive chime stops.

R 4. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

R - push the ADR1 and ADR2 - the OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
R pushbutton switches. switch comes on
R - the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
R switch goes off.

R 5. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.


R step 3.

R 6. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

R - push the ADR2 and ADR3 - the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
R pushbutton switches. switch comes on
R - the OFF legend of the ADR3 pushbutton
R switch goes off.

R 7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
R - set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
R switch to CAPT/3. view.

R 8. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.


R the step 3.


R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 211-239,  34-13-00

Page 553
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches again ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-710-059-B

D. Test of the VLE Overspeed Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Open the nose landing-gear doors


(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

2. On the overhead panel 20VU, on


the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
on.

3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication page comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication page comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW indication SLEW page comes into view.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 211-249, 251-299,
313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 554
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- On the keyboard, enter these - The slew limits come into view on the
limits: 275/290 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
MCDU.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The slew limits set come into view
the CAS LIMITS (FT) indication. below the related indication.

- On the keyboard, enter this - The slew rate comes into view on the
slew rate: 025 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
MCDU.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The slew rate set comes into view
the CAS SLEW RATE (FT/MIN) below the related indication.
indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the UP-START SLEW indication moves from 275 kts to 290 kts.
On the upper ECAM display unit, when
the CAS reaches 284 kts, make sure that
this indication comes into view:
OVERSPEED
VLE...............280/.67
On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
130VU and 131VU, the MASTER WARN lights
flash.
The continuous repetitive chime sounds.

- Push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the RETURN/STOP indication. moves down.
On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
130VU and 131VU, the MASTER WARN lights
do not flash.
The continuous repetitive chime stops.

4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR1 and ADR2 - The OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
pushbutton switches. switch comes on.
- The OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch goes off.

5. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.


step 3.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 555
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR2 and ADR3 - The OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
pushbutton switches. switch comes on.
- The OFF legend of the ADR3 pushbutton
switch goes off.

7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.

8. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.


the step 3.

9. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches again. ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 556
May 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-865-083

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 7XE

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-860-051

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS STOP procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(5) Close the nose landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 557
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

TASK 34-13-00-720-009

Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
R 36122 3 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT



EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-13-00

Page 558
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)
34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
System

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD DUs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA selector
switch is at NORM.

(5) Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
009).

(6) On the FCU, set the CAPT (F/O) Baro-Correction to display STD below
the altitude scale on the CAPT (F/O) PFD .

(7) Do the Leak Test of the main Air Data System (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-
002).



EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-13-00

Page 559
May 01/08
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-865-086

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

Subtask 34-13-00-480-050

C. Install the Ground Pressure Generator

NOTE : For this test, use a ground pressure generator with these minimum
____
requirement:
- Static (altitude): -1000ft to 50,000ft (accuracy +/-0,31mb
(0,00453psi)),
- Pitot (speed): 0 to 500kts,
- Mach Nbr: 0 to 1.000,
- Climb Rate: 0 to +/- 6000ft/mn (accuracy +/- 7%).

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes and the pitot
probes.

R (2) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB to the static
and pitot probes of the aircraft:

NOTE : For the CAPT and F/O circuits, it is necessary to connect the
____
ground pressure generator to the two static probes (L and R).
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) and F/O circuit (ADIRU 2), connect
the ground pressure generator to the static probes with the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500102):
- L static probe 1 7DA1, zone 127, STA 8750, for the L static
pressure ADM (19FP5)
- L static probe 2 7DA2, zone 127, STA 8700, for the L static
pressure ADM (19FP7)
and



EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-13-00

Page 560
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
- R static probe 1 8DA1, zone 128, STA 9300, for the R static
pressure ADM (19FP4)
- R static probe 2 8DA2, zone 128, STA 9350, for the R static
pressure ADM (19FP6)
For the standby circuit (ADIRU 3), connect the ground pressure
generator to the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC
PORT (98D34003500100):
- L static probe 3 7DA3, zone 121, STA 4250, for the static
pressure ADM (19FP8) or
- R static probe 3 8DA3, zone 122, STA 4250, for the static
pressure ADM (19FP8).

Connect the ground pressure generator to the pitot probes with


R the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE or equivalent:
For CAPT circuit:
- pitot probe 1 9DA1, zone 125, for the L total pressure ADM
(19FP1).

For F/O circuit:


- pitot probe 2 9DA2, zone 126, for the R total pressure ADM
(19FP2).

For the standby circuit:


- pitot probe 3 9DA3, zone 125, for the standby total pressure
ADM (19FP3).

(3) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probes with a piece of platic and
colored adhesive tape.

CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.

(a) Seal the opposite static probe of the standby ADM with the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500103).

(4) Move the vane of the three AOA sensors to the upper position. Keep
the AOA sensors in position with colored adhesive tape.

(5) Start the ground pressure generator.



EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-13-00

Page 561
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 201-209,

Subtask 34-13-00-720-065

A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the table for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 and 2.

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 1 and 3.

3. At the end of the test, on the


ground pressure generator:

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.

4. Stop the pressure generator.


R

EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-13-00

Page 562
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pressure | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD
generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch
| NORM | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3
------------------------------|-----------------------|------------------------
Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2|Vc 1/2 |Mach 1/2| Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3
(ft)|(hpa)| (ft)|(hpa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) | (Kts) | | (ft) |(Kts) |
| | | | (hpa)| | +/- 2 | | | +/-2 |
R | | | | (Kts)| | | | | |
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
5308|833.4| 1829|948,1|114.7 | 5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| 5406 | 264 | 0.439 (*)
R | | | |260.9 |+/-12 | |+/-0.004|+/- 12| |+/-0.004
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
10345|687.5| 6335|801.8|114.3 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| 10485| 264 | 0.482 (*)
R | | | |260.46|+/-15 | |+/-0.004|+/- 15| |+/-0.004
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
20498|456.0|13010|619.2|163.5 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | 21135| 319 | 0.706
R | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004|+/- 22| |+/-0.004
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
30517|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 |30000 | 300 | 0.790 | 31847| 322 | 0.873
R | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003|+/- 30| |+/-0.003
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 |40000 | 250 | 0.823 | 41764| 267 | 0.904
R | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003|+/- 42| |+/-0.003
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less than 0.5.

**ON A/C 151-158,

Subtask 34-13-00-720-065-A

A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the table for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:



EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-13-00

Page 563
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 and 2.

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 1 and 3.

3. At the end of the test, on the


ground pressure generator:

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.

4. Stop the pressure generator.


R

EFF :

151-158,  34-13-00

Page 564
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pressure | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD
generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch
| NORM | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3
------------------------------|-----------------------|------------------------
Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2|Vc 1/2 |Mach 1/2| Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3
(ft)|(hpa)| (ft)|(hpa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) | (Kts) | | (ft) |(Kts) |
| | | | (hpa)| | +/- 2 | | | +/-2 |
R | | | | (Kts)| | | | | |
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
5257|835.0| 1829|948,1|113.1 | 5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| 5305 | 261 | 0.433 (*)
R | | | |259.14|+/-12 | |+/-0.004|+/- 12| |+/-0.004
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
10254|690.0| 6335|801.8|111.8 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| 10371| 261 | 0.475 (*)
R | | | |257.7 |+/-15 | |+/-0.004|+/- 15| |+/-0.004
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
20189|462.0|13010|619.2|157.2 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | 20789| 314 | 0.690
R | | | |303.7 |+/- 22| |+/-0.004|+/- 22| |+/-0.004
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
30055|300.1|20579|454.4|154.3 |30000 | 300 | 0.790 | 31363| 316 | 0.852
R | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003|+/- 30| |+/-0.003
-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------|------|------|----------
40003|187.5|30618|292.5|105.0 |40000 | 250 | 0.823 | 41319| 263 | 0.884
R | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003|+/- 42| |+/-0.003
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less than 0.5.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-209,

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-080-050

A. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Make sure that there is no remaining piece of plastic and/or adhesive
tape on the pitot probes and AOA sensors. Make sure the pitot drain holes
are operational and that the AOA sensors move freely.



EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-13-00

Page 565
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-865-088

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

Subtask 34-13-00-860-055

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.

(2) Install the slip on covers on the static probes and on the pitot
probes.

(3) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials. (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)

(4) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF :
201-209,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158,  34-13-00

Page 566
May 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1222 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-158,201-209,
Post SB 34-1252 For A/C 154-158,207-209,

TASK 34-13-00-720-009-A

Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data (A/C with RVSM capability on
three ADIRUs)

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
36122 3 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-13-00

Page 567
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-092

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD DUs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA selector
switch is at NORM.

(5) Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
009).

(6) On the FCU, set the CAPT (F/O) Baro-Correction to display STD below
the altitude scale on the CAPT (F/O) PFD .

Subtask 34-13-00-865-101

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-13-00

Page 568
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

Subtask 34-13-00-480-052

C. Install the Ground Pressure Generator

NOTE : For this test, use a ground pressure generator with these minimum
____
requirements:
- Static (altitude): -1000ft to 50,000ft (accuracy +/-0,1mb
(0.00145psi) in positive t),
- Pitot (speed) : 0 to 500Kts,
- Mach Nbr : 0 to 1.000,
- Climb Rate : 0 to +/- 6000ft/mn (accuracy +/- 7%).

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes and the pitot
probes.

(2) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB to the static
and pitot probes of the aircraft:

NOTE : For the CAPT and F/O circuits, it is necessary to connect the
____
ground pressure generator to the two static probes (L and R).
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) and F/O circuit (ADIRU 2), connect
the ground pressure generator to the static probes with the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500102):
- L static probe 1 7DA1, zone 127, STA 8750, for the L static
pressure ADM (19FP5)
- L static probe 2 7DA2, zone 127, STA 8700, for the L static
pressure ADM (19FP7)
and
- R static probe 1 8DA1, zone 128, STA 9300, for the R static
pressure ADM (19FP4)
- R static probe 2 8DA2, zone 128, STA 9350, for the R static
pressure ADM (19FP6)
For the standby circuit (ADIRU 3), connect the ground pressure
generator to the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC
PORT (98D34003500100):


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-13-00

Page 569
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
- L static probe 3 7DA3, zone 121, STA 4250, for the static
pressure ADM (19FP8) or
- R static probe 3 8DA3, zone 122, STA 4250, for the static
pressure ADM (19FP8).

Connect the ground pressure generator to the pitot probes with


the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE or equivalent:
For CAPT circuit:
- pitot probe 1 9DA1, zone 125, for the L total pressure ADM
(19FP1).

For F/O circuit:


- pitot probe 2 9DA2, zone 126, for the R total pressure ADM
(19FP2).

For the standby circuit:


- pitot probe 3 9DA3, zone 125, for the standby total pressure
ADM (19FP3).

(3) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probes with a piece of plastic and
colored adhesive tape.

CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.

(a) Seal the opposite static probe of the standby ADM with the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500103).

(4) Move the vane of the three AOA sensors to the upper position. Keep
the AOA sensors in position with colored adhesive tape.

(5) Start the ground pressure generator.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-13-00

Page 570
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 301-399,

Subtask 34-13-00-720-063-C

A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the tables for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0) and the ADIRU 2.

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0) and the ADIRU 1.

3. At the end of the test, on the


ground pressure generator:

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.

4. Stop the pressure generator.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-522,
 34-13-00

Page 571
Nov 01/09
524-599, 
CES 
(1) ADIRUs 1 and 2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch |
| | NORM | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2| Vc 1/2|Mach 1/2| |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) | (Kts) | | For ADIRU 3 to get |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/- 2 | | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| the correct values: |
| 5392|830.8| 1828|948.1|117.3 | 5000 | 250 |0.412(*)| |
R | | | | |263.73|+/-12 | |+/-0.004| - use the placard |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|10450|684.7| 6335|801.8|117.1 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| near the ADIRU3 and |
R | | | | |263.51|+/-15 | |+/-0.004| |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| refer to the tables |
|20822|449.8|13009|619.2|169.4 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | |
R | | | | |314.32|+/- 22| |+/-0.004| that follow. |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|31067|286,6|20579|454.4|167.8 |30000 | 300 | 0.790 | |
R | | | | |312.91|+/- 30| |+/-0.003| (in relation to the |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|41086| 178 |30618|292.5|114.5 |40000 | 250 | 0.823 | Trim 0ft) |
R | | | | |260.68|+/- 42| |+/-0.003| |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

301-399,  34-13-00

Page 572
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(2) ADIRU 3

(a) Aircraft with Trim = 0ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| Pressure | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5392|830.8| 1828|948.1|117.3 | 5445 | 265 |0.442 (*)|
R | | | | |263.73|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10450|684.7| 6335|801.8|117.1 | 10565| 266 |0.487 (*)|
R | | | | |263.51|+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20822|449.8|13009|619.2|169.4 | 21535| 326 | 0.725 |
R | | | | |314.32|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|31067|286.6|20579|454.4|167.8 | 32455| 328 | 0.899 |
R | | | | |312.91|+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|41086| 178 |30618|292.5|114.5 | 42430| 272 | 0.932 |
R | | | | |260.68|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

301-399,  34-13-00

Page 573
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less
than 0.5.

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-720-063-E

A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the tables for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0) and the ADIRU 2.

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0) and the ADIRU 1.

3. At the end of the test, on the


ground pressure generator:

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.

4. Stop the pressure generator.


R

EFF :

301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 574
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(1) ADIRUs 1 and 2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch |
| | NORM | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2| Vc 1/2|Mach 1/2| |
| (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | | For ADIRU 3 to get |
| | | | |(hPa) | | +/- 2| | |
| | | | |(Kts) | | | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| the correct value: |
| 5308|833.4| 1828|948.1|114.7 | 5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| |
| | | | |260.90|+/-12 | |+/-0.004| - use the placard |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|10343|687.6| 6335|801.8|114.2 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| near the ADIRU3 and |
| | | | |260.35|+/-15 | |+/-0.004| |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| refer to the tables |
|20461|456.7|13009|619.2|162.5 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | |
| | | | |308.19|+/- 22| |+/-0.004| that follow. |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|30515|293.9|20581|454.4|160.5 |30000 | 300 | 0.790 | |
| | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003| (in relation to the |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|40487|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 |40000 | 250 | 0.823 | Trim 0ft) |
| | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003| |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 575
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) ADIRU 3

(a) Aircraft with Trim = 0ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
| (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
| | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
| | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5308|833.4| 1828| 948 |114.6 | 5406 | 264 |0.439 (*)|
| | | | |260.90|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10343|687.6| 6335|801.8|114.2 | 10483| 264 |0.482 (*)|
| | | | |260.35|+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20461|456.7|13009|619.2|162.5 | 21092| 319 | 0.706 |
| | | | |308.19|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30515|293.9|20581|454.4|160.5 | 31845| 322 | 0.873 |
| | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40487|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 | 41761| 267 | 0.903 |
| | | | | |+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-13-00

Page 576
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less
than 0.5.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-206,

Subtask 34-13-00-720-063

A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the tables for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
applicable Trim) and the ADIRU 2.

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
applicable Trim) and the ADIRU 1.

3. At the end of the test, on the


ground pressure generator:

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.

4. Stop the pressure generator.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 201-206, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page 577
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(1) ADIRUs 1 and 2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch |
| | NORM | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2| Vc 1/2|Mach 1/2| |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | | For ADIRU 3 to get |
R | | | | |(hPa) | | +/- 2| | |
R | | | | |(Kts) | | | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| the correct value: |
R | 5308|833.4| 1828|948.1|114.7 | 5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| |
R | | | | |260.9 |+/-12 | |+/-0.004| - use the placard |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
R |10345|687.6| 6335|801.8|114.2 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)|near the ADIRU 3 and |
R | | | | |260.35|+/-15 | |+/-0.004| |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| refer to the tables |
|20498| 456 |13009|619.2|163.2 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | |
R | | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004| that follow. |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|30515|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 |30000 | 300 | 0.790 | |
R | | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003| (in relation to the |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 |40000 | 250 | 0.823 | applicable Trim) |
R | | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003| |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-206,  34-13-00

Page 578
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(2) ADIRU 3

(a) Aircraft with Trim = +250ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5308|833.4| 1828| 948 |114.6 | 5405 | 264 |0.439 (*)|
R | | | | |260.79|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10345|687.5| 6335|801.8|114.3 | 10485| 264 |0.482 (*)|
R | | | | |260.46|+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20498|456.0|13009|619.2|163.2 | 21291| 322 | 0.740 |
R | | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30515|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 | 32125| 325 | 0.885 |
R | | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 | 42040| 269 | 0.915 |
R | | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-206,  34-13-00

Page 579
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(b) Aircraft with Trim = +150ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5308|833.4| 1828| 948 |114.6 | 5405 | 264 |0.439 (*)|
R | | | | |260.79|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10345|687.5| 6335|801.8|114.3 | 10485| 264 |0.482 (*)|
R | | | | |260.46|+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20498|456.0|13009|619.2|163.2 | 21230| 321 | 0.711 |
R | | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30515|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 | 32010| 324 | 0.881 |
R | | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 | 41930| 268 | 0.911 |
R | | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-206,  34-13-00

Page 580
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(c) Aircraft with Trim = 0ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5308|833.4| 1828|948.1|114.7 | 5406 | 265 |0.439 (*)|
R | | | | |260.9 |+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10345|687.6| 6335|801.8|114.2 | 10483| 264 |0.482 (*)|
R | | | | |260.35|+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20498| 456 |13009|619.2|163.2 | 21135| 319 | 0.706 |
R | | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30515|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 | 31845| 322 | 0.873 |
R | | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 | 41761| 267 | 0.903 |
R | | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-206,  34-13-00

Page 581
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(d) Aircraft with Trim = -150ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5308|833.4| 1828| 948 |114.6 | 5405 | 264 |0.439 (*)|
R | | | | |260.79|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10345|687.5| 6335|801.8|114.3 | 10485| 265 |0.462 (*)|
R | | | | |260.46|+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20498|456.0|13009|619.2|163.2 | 21050| 318 | 0.702 |
R | | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30515|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 | 31685| 320 | 0.866 |
R | | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 | 41600| 265 | 0.896 |
R | | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-206,  34-13-00

Page 582
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(e) Aircraft with Trim = -250ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
| (ft)|(hpa)| (ft)|(hpa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5308|833.4| 1828| 948 |114.6 | 5405 | 264 |0.439 (*)|
R | | | | |260.79|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10345|687.5| 6335|801.8|114.3 | 10485| 265 |0.482 (*)|
R | | | | |260.46|+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20498|456.0|13009|619.2|163.2 | 21005| 317 | 0.7 |
R | | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30515|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 | 31580| 319 | 0.862 |
R | | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 | 41500| 264 | 0.892 |
R | | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------

(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less
than 0.5.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-206,  34-13-00

Page 583
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 106-149, 207-249, 251-299,

Subtask 34-13-00-720-063-B

A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the tables for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0) and the ADIRU 2.

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0) and the ADIRU 1.

3. At the end of the test, on the


ground pressure generator:

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.

4. Stop the pressure generator.



EFF :

106-149, 207-249, 251-299,  34-13-00

Page 584
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
(1) ADIRUs 1 and 2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch |
| | NORM | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2| Vc 1/2|Mach 1/2| |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | | For ADIRU 3 to get |
R | | | | |(hPa) | | +/- 2| | |
R | | | | | | | | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| the correct value: |
| 5308|833.4| 1828|948.1|114.7 | 5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| |
R | | | | |260.90|+/-12 | |+/-0.004| - use the placard |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|10345|687.6| 6335|801.8|114.2 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| near the ADIRU3 and |
R | | | | |260.35|+/-15 | |+/-0.004| |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| refer to the tables |
|20498| 456 |13009|619.2|163.2 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | |
R | | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004| that follow. |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|30515|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 |30000 | 300 | 0.790 | |
R | | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003| (in relation to the |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 |40000 | 250 | 0.823 | Trim 0ft) |
R | | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003| |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

106-149, 207-249, 251-299,  34-13-00

Page 585
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(2) ADIRU 3

(a) Aircraft with Trim = 0ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5308|833.4| 1828|948.1|114.7 | 5406 | 265 |0.439 (*)|
R | | | | |260.9 |+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10345|687.6| 6335|801.8|114.2 | 10483| 265 |0.482 (*)|
R | | | | |260.35|+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20498| 456 |13009|619.2|163.2 | 21135| 319 | 0.706 |
R | | | | |308.82|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30515|293.9|20579|454.4|160.5 | 31845| 322 | 0.873 |
R | | | | |306.38|+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40489|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 | 41761| 267 | 0.903 |
R | | | | |254.91|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

106-149, 207-249, 251-299,  34-13-00

Page 586
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less
than 0.5.

**ON A/C 151-153,

Subtask 34-13-00-720-063-A

A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the tables for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
applicable Trim) and the ADIRU 2.

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
applicable Trim) and the ADIRU 1.

3. At the end of the test, on the


ground pressure generator:

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.

4. Stop the pressure generator.


R

EFF :

106-149, 151-153, 207-249, 251-299,  34-13-00

Page 587
Nov 01/08
 
CES 
(1) ADIRUs 1 and 2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch |
| | NORM |at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2| Vc 1/2|Mach 1/2| |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | | For ADIRU 3 to get |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/- 2| | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| the correct value: |
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 |5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| |
R | | | | |259.14|+/-12 | |+/-0.004| - use the placard |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| near the ADIRU3 and |
R | | | | |257.7 |+/-15 | |+/-0.004| |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| refer to the tables |
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | |
R | | | | |303.46|+/- 22| |+/-0.004| that follow. |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|30058|300.1|20576|454.5|154.4 |30000 | 300 | 0.791 | |
R | | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003| (in relation to the |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|40004|187.5|30620|292.5| 105 |39995 | 250 | 0.823 | applicable Trim) |
R | | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003| |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

151-153,  34-13-00

Page 588
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(2) ADIRU 3

(a) Aircraft with Trim = +250ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 | 5305 | 261 |0.433 (*)|
R | | | | |259.14|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 | 10370| 261 |0.475 (*)|
R | | | | |257.7 |+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 | 20940| 316 | 0.697 |
R | | | | |303.46|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30058|300.1|20583|454.5|154.4 | 31630| 319 | 0.863 |
R | | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40004|187.5|30618|292.5| 105 | 41595| 265 | 0.896 |
R | | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

151-153,  34-13-00

Page 589
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(b) Aircraft with Trim = +150ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 | 5305 | 261 |0.433 (*)|
R | | | | |259.14|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 | 10370| 261 |0.475 (*)|
R | | | | |257.7 |+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 | 20860| 315 | 0.694 |
R | | | | |303.46|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30058|300.1|20583|454.5|154.4 | 31520| 318 | 0.859 |
R | | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40004|187.5|30618|292.5| 105 | 41485| 264 | 0.891 |
R | | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

151-153,  34-13-00

Page 590
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(c) Aircraft with Trim = 0ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 | 5305 | 261 |0.433 (*)|
R | | | | |259.14|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 |10370 | 261 |0.475 (*)|
R | | | | |257.7 |+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 |20790 | 314 | 0.690 |
R | | | | |303.46|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30058|300.1|20583|454.5|154.4 |31340 | 316 | 0.851 |
R | | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40004|187.5|30618|292.5| 105 |41320 | 263 | 0.883 |
R | | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

151-153,  34-13-00

Page 591
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(d) Aircraft with Trim = -150ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 | 5305 | 261 |0.433 (*)|
R | | | | |259.14|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 | 10370| 261 |0.475 (*)|
R | | | | |257.7 |+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 | 20720| 313 | 0.686 |
R | | | | |303.46|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30058|300.1|20583|454.5|154.4 | 31210| 314 | 0.845 |
R | | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40004|187.5|30618|292.5| 105 | 41160| 261 | 0.877 |
R | | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

151-153,  34-13-00

Page 592
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(e) Aircraft with Trim = -250ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 | 5305 | 261 |0.433 (*)|
R | | | | |259.14|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 | 10370| 261 |0.475 (*)|
R | | | | |257.7 |+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 | 20680| 312 | 0.685 |
R | | | | |303.46|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30058|300.1|20583|454.5|154.4 | 31110| 313 | 0.840 |
R | | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40004|187.5|30618|292.5| 105 | 41060| 260 | 0.872 |
R | | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------

(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less
than 0.5.


R

EFF :

151-153,  34-13-00

Page 593
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 154-199, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-720-063-D

A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the tables for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0ft) and the ADIRU 2.

- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0ft) and the ADIRU 1.

3. At the end of the test, on the


ground pressure generator:

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.

4. Stop the pressure generator.



EFF :

154-199, 401-499,  34-13-00

Page 594
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
(1) ADIRUs 1 and 2

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch |
| | NORM |at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2| Vc 1/2|Mach 1/2| |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | | For ADIRU 3 to get |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/- 2| | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| the correct values: |
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 |5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| |
R | | | | |259.14|+/-12 | |+/-0.004| - use the placard |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| near the ADIRU3 and |
R | | | | |257.7 |+/-15 | |+/-0.004| |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| refer to the tables |
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | |
R | | | | |303.46|+/- 22| |+/-0.004| that follow. |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|30058|300.1|20576|454.5|154.4 |30000 | 300 | 0.791 | |
R | | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003| (in relation to the |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|40004|187.5|30620|292.5| 105 |39995 | 250 | 0.823 | Trim 0ft) |
R | | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003| |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

154-199, 401-499,  34-13-00

Page 595
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(2) ADIRU 3

(a) Aircraft with Trim = 0ft

--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
R | (ft)|(hPa)| (ft)|(hPa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
R | | | | | (hPa)| | +/-2 | |
R | | | | | (Kts)| | | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 | 5305 | 261 |0.433 (*)|
R | | | | |259.14|+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 |10370 | 261 |0.475 (*)|
R | | | | |257.7 |+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 |20790 | 314 | 0.690 |
R | | | | |303.46|+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30058|300.1|20583|454.5|154.4 |31340 | 316 | 0.851 |
R | | | | |300.7 |+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40004|187.5|30618|292.5| 105 |41320 | 263 | 0.883 |
R | | | | |250.02|+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

154-199, 401-499,  34-13-00

Page 596
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less
than 0.5.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-080-052

A. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Make sure that there is no remaining piece of plastic and/or adhesive
tape on the pitot probes and AOA sensors. Make sure the pitot drain holes
are operational and that the AOA sensors move freely.

Subtask 34-13-00-865-102

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

Subtask 34-13-00-860-093

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.

(2) Install the slip on covers on the static probes and on the pitot
probes.

(3) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials. (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)

(4) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-13-00

Page 597
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-13-00

Page 598
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 34-13-00-790-002

Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data System

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
AUTOMATIC MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS
AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that there are no leaks in the Captain and the First Officer
pitot and static circuits.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 599
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
R 36122 2 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-074

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 34-13-00-865-061

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A500
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-13-00-480-051

C. Installation of the Main Air Data System

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes and the pitot probes
of the main system.

(2) Connect the static port of the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100
MB to the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500102).
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) and F/O circuit (ADIRU 2):
- L static probe 1 7DA1, zone 127, STA 8750, for the LH static
pressure ADM (19FP5)
- L static probe 2 7DA2, zone 127, STA 8700, for the LH static
pressure ADM (19FP7)
and
- R static probe 1 8DA1, zone 128, STA 9300, for the RH static
pressure ADM (19FP4)
- R static probe 2 8DA2, zone 128, STA 9350, for the RH static
pressure ADM (19FP6).

(3) Connect the ground pressure generator to the pitot probe with the
ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.
For CAPT circuit:
- pitot probe 1 9DA1, zone 125
For F/O circuit:
- pitot probe 2 9DA2, zone 126.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A501
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(4) Seal the drain holes:

CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.

Seal the drain holes of the pitot probes with a piece of plastic
and/or colored adhesive tape of very bright color.

(5) Move the vane of the AOA sensors 1 and 2 to the upper position.
Maintain the vane in position with colored adhesive tape.

R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-480-051-A

C. Installation of the Main Air Data System

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes and the pitot probes
of the main system.

(2) Connect the static port of the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100
MB to the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500102).
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) and F/O circuit (ADIRU 2):
- L static probe 1 7DA1, zone 127, STA 8750, for the LH static
pressure ADM (19FP5)
- L static probe 2 7DA2, zone 127, STA 8700, for the LH static
pressure ADM (19FP7)
and
- R static probe 1 8DA1, zone 128, STA 9300, for the RH static
pressure ADM (19FP4)
- R static probe 2 8DA2, zone 128, STA 9350, for the RH static
pressure ADM (19FP6).

(3) Connect the ground pressure generator to the pitot probe with the
ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.
For CAPT circuit:
- pitot probe 1 9DA1, zone 125
For F/O circuit:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-13-00

Page A502
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
- pitot probe 2 9DA2, zone 126.

(4) Move the vane of the AOA sensors 1 and 2 to the upper position.
Maintain the vane in position with colored adhesive tape.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-860-076

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only)


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU ,set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

(4) Start the ground pressure generator.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-860-076-A

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only)


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).

(3) On the ADIRS MSU ,set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

(4) Start the ground pressure generator.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-13-00

Page A503
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-790-050

A. Leak Test of the Main Air Data System

NOTE : You can do the test below for a static pressure of 691.4 hPa and
____
an impact pressure of 59 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4 hPa)
but it is less accurate.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the altitude value 10,000ft +/-30ft
and the airspeed value 180kts +/-3kts.
After 5 min:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 275 ft.
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.

NOTE : The input parameters for the ground test (speed and altitude) and
____
the values shown on the cockpit displays are different because of
the sum of the tolerances of the air data circuit (ground test
unit, ADMs, ADIRUs).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the glareshield 13VU ,on the


EFIS control section of the FCU,
set a barometric pressure of 1013
hPa.

2. On the ground pressure generator:


- set a static pressure of 455.4
hPa.

- set an impact pressure of 186.4


hPa (or a total pressure of
641.8 hPa).

3. Close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


isolate the static and total the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A504
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pressure lines of the aircraft altitude value 20,000ft +/-40ft and
from the pressure generator. the airspeed value 320kts +/-3kts.
After 5 minutes, on the CAPT (or F/O)
PFD:
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 320 ft.
After 10 minutes, on the CAPT (or
F/O) PFD:
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 10 Kts.

4. On the pressure generator: The rate of descent must not be more


- slowly balance the pressure in than 6000 ft/mn.
the main static and total
pressure lines
- open the electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.

5. Stop the pressure generator.

**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-790-050-B

A. Leak Test of the Main Air Data System

NOTE : You can do the test below for a static pressure of 691 hPa and an
____
impact pressure of 59.3 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.3 hPa) but
it is less accurate.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the altitude value 10,000ft +/-30ft
and the airspeed value 180kts +/-3kts.
After 5 min:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 275 ft.
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.

R NOTE : The input parameters for the ground test (speed and altitude) and
____
R the values shown on the cockpit displays are different because of
R the sum of the tolerances of the air data circuit (ground test
R unit, ADMs, ADIRUs).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-13-00

Page A505
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the glareshield 13VU ,on the


EFIS control section of the FCU,
set a barometric pressure of 1013
hPa.

2. On the ground pressure generator:


R - set a static pressure of 462.4
R hPa.

R - set an impact pressure of 179.1


R hPa (or a total pressure of
R 641.5 hPa).

3. Close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


R isolate the static and total the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the
R pressure lines of the aircraft altitude value 20,000ft +/-40ft and
R from the pressure generator. the airspeed value 320kts +/-3kts.
After 5 minutes, on the CAPT (or F/O)
PFD:
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 320 ft.
After 10 minutes, on the CAPT (F/O)
PFD:
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 10 Kts.

4. On the pressure generator: The rate of descent must not be more


- slowly balance the pressure in than 6000 ft/mn.
the main static and total
pressure lines
- open the electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.

5. Stop the pressure generator.


R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499,  34-13-00

Page A506
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C 301-399,

Subtask 34-13-00-790-050-A

A. Leak Test of the Main Air Data System

NOTE : You can do the test below for a static pressure of 690 hPa and an
____
impact pressure of 60.4 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4 hPa) but
it is less accurate.
Make sure that:
the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the altitude value 10,000ft +/- 30 ft
and the airspeed value 180kts +/-3 kts.
After 5 min:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 275 ft.
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.

R NOTE : The input parameters for the ground test (speed and altitude) and
____
R the values shown on the cockpit displays are different because of
R the sum of the tolerances of the air data circuit (ground test
R unit, ADMs, ADIRUs).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the glareshield 13VU ,on the


EFIS control section of the FCU,
set a barometric pressure of 1013
hPa.

2. On the ground pressure generator:


- set a static pressure of 447.9
hPa.

- set an impact pressure of 193.9


hPa (or a total pressure of
641.8 hPa).

3. Close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


isolate the static and total the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the
pressure lines of the aircraft altitude value 20,000ft +/- 40ft and
from the pressure generator. the airspeed value 320 kts +/- 3kts.
After 5 minutes, on the CAPT (or F/O)
PFD:



EFF :

301-399,  34-13-00

Page A507
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 320 ft.
After 10 minutes, on the CAPT (or
F/O) PFD:
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 10 Kts.

4. On the pressure generator: The rate of descent must not be more


- slowly balance the pressure in than 6000 ft/mn.
the main static and total
pressure lines
- open the electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.

5. Stop the pressure generator.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-13-00-080-051

A. Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(1) Remove the adapters from the static probes and the pitot probes.

(2) Remove the piece of plastic and the colored adhesive tape from the
drain holes of the pitot probe.

(3) Remove the adhesive tape from the vane of the AOA.

(4) Install the slip on covers on the static probes and the pitot probes.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A508
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-080-051-A

A. Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(1) Remove the adapters from the static probes and the pitot probes.

(2) Remove the adhesive tape from the vane of the AOA.

(3) Install the slip on covers on the static probes and the pitot probes.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-865-062

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

Subtask 34-13-00-860-075

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(5) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials. (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A509
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-13-00

Page A510
Nov 01/08
 
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-740-002

INTERFACE TEST of the ADR

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A511
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-860-077

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

(3) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(4) On the overhead panel:


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, release the FAC,ELAC and SEC
pushbutton switches. The OFF legends are on.
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selectors are at
off
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.

(5) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the STS key.

(6) On the glareshield 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of
the FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE/NAV.

(7) Put the safety barriers in position around the RAT area.

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between parentheses.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A512
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-860-077-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

(3) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(4) On the overhead panel:


- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, release the FAC, ELAC and SEC
pushbutton switches. The OFF legends are on.
- On the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selectors
are at off.
- On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.

(5) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the STS key.

(6) On the glareshield 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of
the FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE/NAV.

(7) Put the safety barriers in position around the RAT area.

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between parentheses.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-010-055

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A513
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-865-089

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A514
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-865-091

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-302,

Subtask 34-13-00-740-050

A. INTERFACE TEST of the ADR

NOTE : - Ignore the warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not
____
related to this interface test.
- When you test the ADR3, set the AIR DATA selector switch 15FP,
on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, to CAPT/3.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU:

- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT


selector switches to NAV

- push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 The OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
pushbutton switches ADR3 pushbutton switches comes on.

- push the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3), On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
only if the AIR DATA selector ADR pushbutton switch goes off
switch is to CAPT/3 or F/O/3) On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and ALT
pushbutton switch again. flags go out of view. The speed and
altitude indications (30 Kts and local
altitude) are shown


R

EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A515
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the lower ECAM display unit, the
local temperature values SAT and TAT
are shown (only with ADR2 set).

2. On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
the INTERFACE TEST indication 1/2 page comes into view.

- on the keyboard push the NEXT - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
PAGE function key. 2/2 page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 5 seconds:


the START TEST indication - on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT and OFF
legends of the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)
pushbutton switch come on then go off
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the symbols on
the speed and altitude scale go out
of view. The SPD and ALT warning
flags flash for some seconds
- on the CAPT (F/O) ND, the TAS
indication goes out of view
From 5 to 10 seconds:
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the warnings
go out of view
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the altitude
increases.
After 10 seconds:
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, these values
are shown:
CAS: 367.7 Kts
MACH: 0.66 M
ALTITUDE: 10000 Ft
- on the CAPT (F/O) ND, this value is
shown:
TAS: 433 Kts


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-302,
 34-13-00

Page A516
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the lower ECAM display unit, (if
ADR2 set) these values are shown:
TAT: + 35 deg. C
SAT: + 10 deg. C
- on the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 350/.82

- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops:


the RETURN indication. - on the upper ECAM display unit, the
OVERSPEED warning indication goes out
of view
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
altitude indications go back to their
initial value
- on the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values show the local
temperature (only with ADR2 set).

3. On the ADIRS CDU, push the ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch goes off

4. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.


the para. 1 and 2.

5. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR3 pushbutton switch On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off

- push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view.

6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 are shown.
switch to CAPT/3.

7. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.


the para. 1 and 2.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-302,
 34-13-00

Page A517
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. On the ADIRS CDU, push the ADR1 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch goes off

9. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications stay in view.
switch to NORM.

10. On the ADIRS CDU, set the three


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to
OFF.

After the ADR3 test, set the AIR


DATA selector switch 15FP to
NORMAL.

**ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-239, 303-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-13-00-740-050-B

A. INTERFACE TEST of the ADR

NOTE : - Ignore the warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not
____
related to this interface test.
- When you test the ADR3, set the AIR DATA selector switch 15FP,
on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, to CAPT/3.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU:

- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT


selector switches to NAV

- push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 The OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
pushbutton switches ADR3 pushbutton switches comes on.

- push the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3), On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
only if the AIR DATA selector related ADR pushbutton switch goes off
switch is to CAPT/3 or F/O/3) On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and ALT
pushbutton switch again. flags go out of view. The speed and


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-13-00

Page A518
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
altitude indications (30 Kts and local
altitude) are shown
On the lower ECAM display unit, the
local temperature values SAT and TAT
are shown (only with ADR1 and/or ADR3
is set).

2. On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
the INTERFACE TEST indication 1/2 page comes into view.

- on the keyboard push the NEXT - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
PAGE function key. 2/2 page comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 5 seconds:


the START TEST indication - on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT and OFF
legends of the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)
pushbutton switch come on then go off
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the symbols on
the speed and altitude scale go out
of view. The SPD and ALT warning
flags flash for some seconds
- on the CAPT (F/O) ND, the TAS
indication goes out of view
From 5 to 10 seconds:
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the warnings
go out of view
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the altitude
increases.
After 10 seconds:
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, these values
are shown:
CAS: 367.7 Kts
MACH: 0.66 M
ALTITUDE: 10000 Ft


R

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 234-235, 239-239, 303-312,  34-13-00

Page A519
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the CAPT (F/O) ND, this value is
shown:
TAS: 433 Kts
- on the lower ECAM display unit, (if
ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set) these values
are shown:
TAT: + 35 deg. C
SAT: + 10 deg. C
- on the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 350/.82

- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops:


the RETURN indication. - on the upper ECAM display unit, the
OVERSPEED warning indication goes out
of view,
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
altitude indications go back to their
initial value,
- on the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values show the local
temperature (only with ADR1 and/or
ADR3 is set).

3. On the ADIRS CDU, push the ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch goes off

4. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.


the para. 1 and 2. - on the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values are not shown
(only with ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set).

5. On the ADIRS CDU:

- push the ADR3 pushbutton switch On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off

- push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view.


R

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 234-235, 239-239, 303-312,  34-13-00

Page A520
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 are shown.
switch to CAPT/3.

7. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.


the para. 1 and 2.

8. On the ADIRS CDU, push the ADR1 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch goes off

9. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications stay in view.
switch to NORM.

10. On the ADIRS CDU, set the three


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to
OFF.

After the ADR3 test, set the AIR


DATA selector switch 15FP to
NORMAL.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-740-050-C

A. INTERFACE TEST of the ADR

NOTE : - Ignore the warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not
____
related to this interface test.
- When you test the ADR3, set the AIR DATA selector switch 15FP,
on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, to CAPT/3.


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
303-312, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page A521
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT


selector switches to NAV.

- Push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 The OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
pushbutton switches. ADR3 pushbutton switches comes on.

- Push the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3, On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
only if the AIR DATA selector ADR pushbutton switch goes off.
switch is to CAPT/3 or F/O/3) On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and ALT
pushbutton switch again. flags go out of view. The speed and
altitude indications (30 Kts and local
altitude) are shown.
On the lower ECAM display unit, the
local temperature values SAT and TAT
are shown (only with ADR1 and/or ADR3
is set).

2. On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
the INTERFACE TEST indication. 1/2 page comes into view.

- On the keyboard push the NEXT - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
PAGE function key. 2/2 page comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 5 seconds:


the START TEST indication. - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT and OFF
legends of the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)
pushbutton switch come on then go
off.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the symbols on
the speed and altitude scale go out
of view. The SPD and ALT warning
flags flash for some seconds.


R

EFF :
528-599,
240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,  34-13-00

Page A522
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- On the CAPT (F/O) ND, the TAS
indication goes out of view.
From 5 to 10 seconds:
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the warnings
go out of view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the altitude
increases.
After 10 seconds:
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, these values
are shown:
CAS: 367.7 Kts
MACH: 0.66 M
ALTITUDE: 10000 Ft
- On the CAPT (F/O) ND, this value is
shown:
TAS: 433 Kts
- On the lower ECAM display unit, (if
ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set) these values
are shown:
TAT: + 35 deg. C
SAT: + 10 deg. C
- On the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 350/.82

- Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops:


the RETURN indication. - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
OVERSPEED warning indication goes out
of view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
altitude indications go back to their
initial value.
- On the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values show the local
temperature (only with ADR1 and/or
ADR3 is set).

3. On the ADIRS MSU, push the ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch goes off.

4. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.


R

EFF :
528-599,
240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,  34-13-00

Page A523
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the para. 1 and 2. - On the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values are not shown
(only with ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set).

5. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.

- Push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on.
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view.

6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 are shown.
switch to CAPT/3.

7. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.


the para. 1 and 2.

8. On the ADIRS MSU, push the ADR1 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch goes off.

9. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- Set the AIR DATA selector indications stay in view.
switch to NORM.

10. On the ADIRS MSU, set the three


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to
OFF.

After the ADR3 test, set the AIR


DATA selector switch 15FP to
NORMAL.


R

EFF :
528-599,
240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,  34-13-00

Page A524
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 313-399,

Subtask 34-13-00-740-050-D

A. INTERFACE TEST of the ADR

NOTE : - Ignore the warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not
____
related to this interface test.
- When you test the ADR3, set the AIR DATA selector switch 15FP,
on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, to CAPT/3.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT


selector switches to NAV.

- Push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 The OFF legend of the three pushbutton
pushbutton switches. switches comes on.

- Push the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3, On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
only if the AIR DATA selector ADR pushbutton switch goes off.
switch is at CAPT/3 or F/O/3) On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and ALT
pushbutton switch again. flags go out view. The speed and
altitude indications (30 Kts and local
altitude) are shown.
- On the lower ECAM display unit, the
local temperature values SAT and TAT
are shown (only with ADR1 and/or ADR3
is set).

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) 1/2 page
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) comes into view.
indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)
the INTERFACE TEST indication. INTERFACE TEST page comes into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 5 seconds:


the TEST START indication. - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT and OFF
legends of the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)


R

EFF :

313-399,  34-13-00

Page A525
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch come on then go
off.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the symbols on
the speed and altitude scale go out
view. The SPD and ALT warning flags
flash for some seconds.
- On the CAPT (F/O) ND, the TAS
indication goes out view.
From 5 to 10 seconds:
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the warnings
go out of view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the altitude
increases.
After 10 seconds:
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, these values
are shown:
CAS: 367.7 Kts
MACH: 0.66 M
ALTITUDE: 10000 Ft
- On the CAPT (F/O) ND, this value is
shown:
TAS: 433 Kts
- On the lower ECAM display unit, (if
ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set) these values
are shown:
TAT: + 35 deg. C
SAT: + 10 deg. C
- On the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 350/.82

- Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops:


the RETURN/TEST STOP - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
indication. OVERSPEED warning indication goes out
of view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
altitude indications go back to their
initial value.
- On the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values show the local
temperature (only with ADR1 and/or
ADR3 is set).


R

EFF :

313-399,  34-13-00

Page A526
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. On the ADIRS MSU, push the ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch goes off.

4. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.


the para. 1 and 2. - On the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values are not shown
(only with ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set).

5. On the ADIRS MSU:

- Push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.

- Push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on.
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view.

6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 are shown.
switch to CAPT/3.

7. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.


the para. 1 and 2.

8. On the ADIRS MSU, push the ADR1 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch goes off.

9. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- Set the AIR DATA selector indications stay in view.
switch to NORM.

10. On the ADIRS MSU, set the three


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to
OFF.

After the ADR3 test, set the AIR


DATA selector switch 15FP to
NORMAL.


R

EFF :

313-399,  34-13-00

Page A527
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-860-078

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, push the FAC, ELAC and SEC
pushbutton switches. The related OFF legend goes off.

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-13-00-410-055

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 34-13-00-865-092

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE, 5CC1, 5CC2



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A528
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
TASK 34-13-00-740-003

SYSTEM TEST of the ADR

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-079

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A529
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
(4) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the OFF
legend of the ADR pushbutton switches is off).

Subtask 34-13-00-010-056

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platformin position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-13-00-865-093

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A530
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-207,

Subtask 34-13-00-740-051

A. SYSTEM TEST of the ADR

NOTE : - The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
- It is not necessary to do an IR alignment procedure before you
start the ADR SYSTEM TEST.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) page comes into
ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) indication view.

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The SYSTEM TEST page comes into view.
SYSTEM TEST indication

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The TEST IN PROGRESS indication comes
START TEST indication into view.
At the end of the test, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A531
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Push the line key adjacent to the These indications come into view:
TEST CLOSE UP indication - TEST CLOSE UP . IR RE-ALIGNMENT
- ENTER PPOS WITH AN UNUSED MCDU
(Refer to the NOTE given above)

5. Push the line key adjacent to the The test procedure stops.
RETURN indication

R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-052, 058-058, 061-061, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,


R 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1249 For A/C 001-049,052-052,058-058,061-061,101-105,151-199,
201-207,

Subtask 34-13-00-740-051-A

A. SYSTEM TEST of the ADR

NOTE : - The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
- It is not necessary to do an IR alignment procedure before you
start the ADR SYSTEM TEST.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) page comes into
ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) indication view.

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The TEST IN PROGRESS indication comes
SYSTEM TEST indication into view.
At the end of the test, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The test procedure stops.
RETURN indication


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-13-00

Page A532
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-860-080

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-13-00-410-056

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page A533
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

TASK 34-13-00-740-004

Read the CFDIU for the ADR CURRENT STATUS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page A534
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-083

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (ADIRU related to the installed ADM
only) (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

Subtask 34-13-00-010-061

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-13-00-865-094

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page A535
Aug 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

**ON A/C 151-199,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

Subtask 34-13-00-865-095

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page A536
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-13-00-740-052

A. Do the Operational Test of the CURRENT STATUS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the center pedestal, on one MCDU: On the MCDU:

1. Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes


page into view.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

2. On the NAV page:

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication (related to the
removed ADM)

- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CURRENT STATUS
the CURRENT STATUS indication. 1/8 page comes into view.

- if there is no defect detected after


the new ADM is installed, the NO
FAULTS indication comes into view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-410-061

A. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page A537
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-860-084

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-13-00-865-096

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 7XE


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-13-00

Page A538
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

TASK 34-13-00-740-005

Read the CFDIU for the ADR INPUT STATUS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page A539
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-085

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (ADIRU related to the installed ADM
only) (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(3) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

Subtask 34-13-00-010-062

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-13-00-865-097

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 051-061,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page A540
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-865-098

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page A541
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-13-00-740-053

A. Read the CFDIU for the ADR INPUT STATUS

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
used.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) page comes
ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) indication. into view.

2. Push the line key adjacent to the - the INPUT STATUS page 1/8 comes into
INPUT STATUS indication. view with the current on-the-ground
status of the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)
parameters.

3. Push the down arrow function key - the related pages come into view.
to set the INPUT STATUS page 2/8
to 8/8.

4. Push the line key adjacent to the - the test procedure stops.
RETURN indication.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-410-062

A. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page A542
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-13-00-860-086

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-13-00-865-099

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 7XE


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-13-00

Page A543
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
AIR DATA - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________

TASK 34-13-00-200-001

Visual Check of Pitot probes, Static ports and AOA sensors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-10-00-170-001 Flushing of the Principal Total Pressure Lines


34-10-00-170-002 Flushing of the Principal Static Pressure Lines
34-10-00-170-003 Draining and Flushing of Standby Pneumatic Circuits
34-11-19-000-001 Removal of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2,
3FP3)
R 34-11-19-200-001 Inspection of the Angle-Of-Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2,
R 3FP3)
34-11-19-400-001 Installation of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1,
3FP2, 3FP3)
34-22-25-170-001 Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and
Standby Total Pressure lines (ISIS)



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-13-00-860-094

A. Get Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 125 to get
access to the pitot probes 1 and 3 and in zone 126 to get access to
the pitot probe 2.

(2) Remove the cover from the pitot probe.

(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 128 to get
acces to the static probes 7DA1, 7DA2, 8DA1 and 8DA2.

(4) Remove the cover from the static probe.

(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in zone 120 to get acces to the
static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3.

(6) Remove the cover from the static probe.

(7) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 231
to get acces to the AOA sensor 3FP1 (232 for 3FP2) (127 for 3FP3).

(8) Remove the slip-on cover from the AOA sensor.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-13-00-220-050

A. Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probes (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)

(1) Do a general visual inspection of the pitot probes.

(a) Color
During the ageing of the probe, the color of the tube becomes
brownish and/or blackish.
This coloration has no effect on the operation of the probe.

(b) Make sure that the drain holes are not blocked.
- If a drain hole is blocked, do the flushing (Ref. TASK 34-10-
00-170-001) of the main system, or (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-003)
for the standby system.



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 602
May 01/06
R  
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-13-00-220-051

B. Inspection/Check of the Static Probes (7DA1, 7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2,


8DA3)

(1) Do a visual check of the static probes:

(a) If there is contamination, do the (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-002) of


the main static circuit, or/and the (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-003)
of the standby static circuit.

(2) Do a visual check of the structure around the static probes,


- if there is impact, refer to SRM 53-00-11 Pb101.

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-13-00-220-051-A

B. Inspection/Check of the Static Probes (7DA1, 7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2,


8DA3)

(1) Do a visual check of the static probes:

(a) If there is contamination, do the (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-002) of


the main static circuit, or/and the (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-170-001)
of the standby static circuit.

(2) Do a visual check of the structure around the static probes,


- if there is impact, refer to SRM 53-00-11 Pb101.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-13-00-220-052

C. Inspection/Check of the AOA Sensors (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)

(1) Do a visual check of the AOA sensors:

(a) Make sure that there is no paint on the vane and on the mounting
base of the three AOA sensors.
- if not, do the (Ref. TASK 34-11-19-200-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) Manually turn the vane of the AOA sensors very carefully from the
maximum to the minimum mechanical stops (+85 to -35) and make sure
that there is no hard point.

(a) if one vane has a hard point, replace the related AOA sensor
(Ref. TASK 34-11-19-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-11-19-400-001)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-13-00-860-095

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the slip-on cover on the AOA sensor.

(2) Install the static cover.

(3) Install the pitot cover.

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-13-00

Page 604
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

The Inertial Reference (IR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) provides main data sources which are precision attitude, magnetic
heading references and navigation data to the aircraft avionics systems.
The IR portion also provides selected Global Positioning System (GPS) data
and accurate GPIR hybrid position.
Attitude, heading and navigation data are displayed on the Electronic Flight
Instrument System (EFIS) displays Primary Flight Display (PFD); Navigation
Display (ND)) and on the VOR/DME RMI which recopies the heading data.

R **ON A/C 201-203,

R The Inertial Reference (IR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
R (ADIRU) provides main data sources which are precision attitude, magnetic
R heading references and navigation data to the aircraft avionics systems.
R The IR portion also provides selected GPS data and accurate GPIR hybrid
R position.
R Attitude, heading and navigation data are displayed on the Electronic Flight
R Instrument System (EFIS) displays Primary Flight Display (PFD); Navigation
R Display (ND)) and on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI which recopies the heading data.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

2. __________________
System Description

A. General
The IR portion is a strapdown inertial system which provides a quality
reference for attitude, heading (true and magnetic), angular rates and
accelerations.
The IR software also computes:
- the inertial position
- the ground velocities
- the baro inertial vertical speed
- the drift angle
- the wind data
- the flight path data.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 1
Config-1 Aug 01/06
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-004,

B. Inputs

(1) Digital inputs

(a) FMGC inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two ARINC 702 Flight Management and Guidance Computers
(FMGCs). These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 270: FMGC DISCRETES.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.

(b) CDU input


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed bus from
the CDU. This bus transmits the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 277: CDU TEST.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purpose.

(c) ADR inputs


The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the other two ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 203: ALTITUDE
- label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED.

(d) GPS inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 high speed buses
from the two ARINC 743 Global Positioning System Sensor Units
(GPSSU) which are part of the Global Positioning System (GPS).
These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 060: MEASUREMENT STATUS
- label 061: PSEUDO RANGE
- label 062: PSEUDO RANGE FINE 4
- label 063: RANGE RATE
- label 064: DELTA RANGE
- label 065: SV POSITION X
- label 066: SV POSITION X FINE 4
- label 070: SV POSITION Y
- label 071: SV POSITION Y FINE 4
- label 072: SV POSITION Z



EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 2
Config-1 Aug 01/06
 
CES 
- label 073: SV POSITION Z FINE 4
- label 074: UTC MEASURE TIME
- label 076: GPS ALTITUDE (MSL)
- label 101: HDOP
- label 102: VDOP
- label 103: GPS TRACK ANGLE TRUE
- label 110: GPS LATITUDE 2
- label 111: GPS LONGITUDE
- label 112: GPS GROUND SPEED
- label 120: GPS LATITUDE LSBS 2
- label 121: GPS LONGITUDE LSBS
- label 125: GPS UTC BCD
- label 130: GPS INTEGRITY LIMIT
- label 136: VERTICAL FIGURE OF MERIT
- label 140: UTC BIN FINE 4
- label 141: UTC BIN FRACTION 4
- label 150: GPS UTC BIN
- label 165: GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY
- label 166: GPS NORTH VELOCITY
- label 174: GPS EAST VELOCITY
- label 247: HORIZ FIGURE OF MERIT
- label 260: GPS DATE
- label 273: GPS SENSOR STATUS
- label 377: EQUIPMENT IDENT

(2) Analog inputs


The IR portion is provided with analog inputs for power supply AND
GPS/IRS synchronization purposes.
For more details Ref. 34-12-00.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

B. Inputs

(1) Digital inputs

(a) FMGC inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two ARINC 702 Flight Management and Guidance Computers
(FMGCs). These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 270: FMGC DISCRETES.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 3
Config-1 Aug 01/06
 
CES 
(b) CDU input
The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed bus from
the CDU. This bus transmits the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 277: CDU TEST.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purpose.

(c) ADR inputs


The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the other two ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 203: ALTITUDE
- label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED.

(d) GPS inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 high speed buses
from the GPS portion of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 060: MEASUREMENT STATUS
- label 061: PSEUDO RANGE
- label 062: PSEUDO RANGE FINE 4
- label 063: RANGE RATE
- label 064: DELTA RANGE
- label 065: SV POSITION X
- label 066: SV POSITION X FINE 4
- label 070: SV POSITION Y
- label 071: SV POSITION Y FINE 4
- label 072: SV POSITION Z
- label 073: SV POSITION Z FINE 4
- label 074: UTC MEASURE TIME
- label 076: GPS ALTITUDE (MSL)
- label 101: HDOP
- label 102: VDOP
- label 103: GPS TRACK ANGLE TRUE
- label 110: GPS LATITUDE 2
- label 111: GPS LONGITUDE
- label 112: GPS GROUND SPEED
- label 120: GPS LATITUDE LSBS 2
- label 121: GPS LONGITUDE LSBS
- label 125: GPS UTC BCD
- label 130: GPS INTEGRITY LIMIT
- label 136: VERTICAL FIGURE OF MERIT
- label 140: UTC BIN FINE 4
- label 141: UTC BIN FRACTION 4
- label 150: GPS UTC BIN


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 4
Config-1 Aug 01/06
 
CES 
- label 165: GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY
- label 166: GPS NORTH VELOCITY
- label 174: GPS EAST VELOCITY
- label 247: HORIZ FIGURE OF MERIT
- label 260: GPS DATE
- label 273: GPS SENSOR STATUS
- label 377: EQUIPMENT IDENT

(2) Analog inputs


The IR portion is provided with analog inputs for power supply and
GPS/IRS synchronization purposes.
For more details Ref. 34-12-00.
R

B. Inputs

(1) Digital inputs

(a) FMGC inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two ARINC 702 Flight Management and Guidance Computers
(FMGCs). These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 270: FMGC DISCRETES.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.

(b) CDU input


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed bus from
the CDU. This bus transmits the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 277: CDU TEST.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purpose.

(c) ADR inputs


The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the other two ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 203: ALTITUDE
- label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED.
- label 241: CORRECTED AOA (only from internal ADR bus).



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 5
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R (d) GPS inputs
R The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 high speed buses
R from the GPS portion of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
R These buses transmit the following data words:
R - label 060: MEASUREMENT STATUS
R - label 061: PSEUDO RANGE
R - label 062: PSEUDO RANGE FINE 4
R - label 063: RANGE RATE
R - label 064: DELTA RANGE
R - label 065: SV POSITION X
R - label 066: SV POSITION X FINE 4
R - label 070: SV POSITION Y
R - label 071: SV POSITION Y FINE 4
R - label 072: SV POSITION Z
R - label 073: SV POSITION Z FINE 4
R - label 074: UTC MEASURE TIME
R - label 076: GPS ALTITUDE (MSL)
R - label 101: HDOP
R - label 102: VDOP
R - label 103: GPS TRACK ANGLE TRUE
R - label 110: GPS LATITUDE 2
R - label 111: GPS LONGITUDE
R - label 112: GPS GROUND SPEED
R - label 120: GPS LATITUDE LSBS 2
R - label 121: GPS LONGITUDE LSBS
R - label 125: GPS UTC BCD
R - label 130: GPS INTEGRITY LIMIT
R - label 136: VERTICAL FIGURE OF MERIT
R - label 140: UTC BIN FINE 4
R - label 141: UTC BIN FRACTION 4
R - label 150: GPS UTC BIN
R - label 165: GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY
R - label 166: GPS NORTH VELOCITY
R - label 174: GPS EAST VELOCITY
R - label 247: HORIZ FIGURE OF MERIT
R - label 260: GPS DATE
R - label 273: GPS SENSOR STATUS
R - label 377: EQUIPMENT IDENT

R (2) Analog inputs


R The IR portion is provided with analog inputs for power supply and
R GPS/IRS synchronization purposes.
R For more details Ref. 34-12-00.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 6
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

(3) Discrete inputs


The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| IR OFF | Open/GND | Momentary action |
| IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code Parity | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
| GPSSU 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPSSU 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS priority select | Open/GND | Normal priority/ |
| | | Reserved priority |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs

(a) Mounting positions 1 and 2


These discrete inputs provide the IR with the unit orientation
data which give the longitudinal and lateral axis of the
aircraft.
Table 2 below gives the unit position according to the discrete
selection.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 7
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
| Position 1 | Position 2 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Open * | Open * | FWD * |
| Ground | Open | AFT |
| Open | Ground | RIGHT |
| Ground | Ground | LEFT |
---------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes

*These discretes are wired in FWD position.

(b) IR mode select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:

----------------------------------------------
| M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
| | | Selector Switch Position |
|--------------------------------------------|
| Open | Open | OFF |
| Ground | Open | NAV |
| Open | Ground | ATT |
----------------------------------------------
Table 3 : IR Mode Select

(c) ADR DADS select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know which air data
source to use:

--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Auto | Manual | IR Selection |
| ADR DADS | ADR DADS | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Open | Open | The IR uses the air data received |
| | | on port 1 |
|-------------|----------------|-----------------------------------|
| Open | Ground | The IR uses the air data received |
| | | on port 2 |
|-------------|----------------|-----------------------------------|
| Ground | Not applicable | The IR goes automatically from one|
| | | air data source to the others |
| | | according to their validity and |
| | | priority. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 : ADR DADS Select



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 8
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
The A/C is wired in the automatic ADR selection mode with the
following priority:
1: its own ADR unit
2: ADR received on port 1
3: ADR received on port 2.

(d) SDI program pins


These discretes code the installation side of the ADIRU.
The following table gives the IR side according to the SDI.

--------------------------------------------
| SDI-MSB | SDI-LSB | ADIRU NUMBER |
--------------------------------------------
| OPEN | GROUND | 1 |
| GROUND | OPEN | 2 |
| GROUND | GROUND | 3 |
--------------------------------------------
Table 5 : IR SDI Code

(e) Aircraft ident


The IR portion uses input discretes to identify the aircraft
(type, engine model) on which the ADIRU is installed, and to
select the appropriate set of filters for inertial data.
To perform this coding, the IR wires seven input discretes and
one discrete for parity to a common.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

(f) IR remote test


The IR portion uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
In normal operation this discrete is open (unused), but can be
also activated via the CFDIU (on ground).

(g) GPS present


These discretes are used to activate the GPS/IRS hybridization
function (computation, BITE output).

(h) GPS priority select


The GPIRS function uses this discrete to modify the GPS priority.
Each ADIRU receives data from the GPS portion of the two MMRs on
the primary and secondary inputs.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 9
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
For each ADIRU, the primary and secondary GPS inputs are defined
as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU SDI | PRIMARY INPUT | SECONDARY INPUT |
|---------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | GPS 1 (MMR1) | GPS 2 (MMR2) |
| 2 | GPS 2 (MMR2) | GPS 1 (MMR1) |
| 3 | GPS 1 (MMR1) | GPS 2 (MMR2) |
----------------------------------------------------------

Depending on the GPS validity and GPS priority select input


discrete status, the GPS source is defined as follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Priority | Primary | Secondary | GPS source |
| Status | GPS | GPS |--------------------------------------|
| | | | GPS priority | GPS priority |
| | | | select : open | select : GND |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | Valid | Valid | Primary | Secondary |
| 2 | Valid | Fail | Primary | Primary |
| 3 | Fail | Valid | Secondary | Secondary |
| 4 | Fail | Fail | Primary | Secondary |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

C. Software Computation
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The software contains the program memory and provides the following basic
functions:
- real-time executive
- attitude integration
- velocity integration
- position integration
- GPS/IRS hybridization
- output computation
- built-in test (Ref. 34-18-00).
The IR architecture utilizes two processors:
- DSP C25 for interface with sensors
- INTEL 80960 for I/O and maintenance functions.
The IR software operates in one of three basic modes: alignment,
navigation, or a reversionary attitude mode. These modes include various
portions of the major functions. The real-time executive and built-in
test functions interface with each function in each mode.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 10
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
ADIRU - IR Block Diagram
Figure 001



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 11
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
The GPIR function computes a hybrid GPS/IRS solution utilizing inputs
received from the IR function and GPSSUs. The GPIR function has two
operating modes: GPIR NAV mode and GPIR ATT mode, as indicated by IR mode
command. In GPIR NAV mode, all the system state transitions are slaved to
the IR function (Align, NAV).

(1) Alignment mode


The alignment is the initialization mode for the IR. Its primary
function is to initialize the attitude, velocity and position
integration functions implemented in the navigation mode. This mode
operates on the ground only.
The IR alignment mode is divided into three parts:
- coarse level processing
The coarse level processing is engaged during the first 30 seconds
of the IR alignment mode. This processing estimates the local
vertical using the three accelerometers and the measured gravity.
During coarse level processing of the alignment mode, the software
computes the level coordinate frame, pitch and roll, and associated
rates and accelerations.
- gyro-compass (or azimuth) processing and level processing
Gyro-compass processing is engaged after the 30 seconds of the IR
alignment mode (coarse level complete) and runs for a minimum of
9.5 minutes.
Gyro-compass processing is used to orient body frame to North
(using earth rotation detection by gyros).
During this alignment submode, an estimated latitude is computed
using local vertical component of the earth rotation.
During this submode, the results of the coarse level processing are
sharpened to have a better knowledge of the coordinate frame.
- position entry data processing
This position initialization can take place in coarse level
processing or gyro-compass processing.
The latitude and longitude pair processed for position
initialization is received from the same source (FMGC 1, FMGC 2 or
CDU).
As soon as a valid position initialization pair is received, the
software performs three BITE tests to check if the entered latitude
and longitude are within the following limits versus the position
recorded at the end of the last power-up cycle:

3+3T test: the entered position and the position from the previous
navigation mode must not differ by more than 3NM+(3NM/HR)*T, where
T is the duration in hours of the previous navigation mode.

Abs val( lat entered - lat recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 12
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
Abs val( long entered - long recorded ) less than or equal to 1
deg/cos(latitude) (Ref. 34-18-00).

A third BITE test is performed on the entered latitude when an


estimated latitude is available during the gyro-compass processing:

Abs val(lat est) - (lat ent) less than or equal to 0.5.

The alignment is completed after 10 minutes if a valid position


data has been received and verified by the IR.
If not, the automatic sequencing to the NAV mode will be delayed
after position data is received.
The operations to enter position and the warnings associated to the
tests performed in alignment mode are described in para. 3
(operation/control and indicating).
The IR also offers the possibility to enter into a variant of the
alignment mode called rapid realign or 30-second realign. This
mode is selected by moving the CDU selector switch from NAV to OFF,
then to NAV within five seconds, when the aircraft is on the ground
(ground speed less than 20 knots). Valid position data must be
received. During the rapid realign mode, all computed velocities
are set to zero and a fine tuning of the alignment is performed
using the attitude reference vertical and the heading data
available from the last NAV phase as initial conditions.
During the alignment mode, the IR outputs on the ARINC 429 bus may
not be available.
Position initialization of the ADIRU is transmitted to the GPSSU for
its own initialization . In addition to position, the GPSSU requires
initialization data of date and UTC. The IR portion receives date and
UTC from the FMGC and transmits the data to the GPSSUs.
The GPIR NAV mode alignment performs coarse level and ground align
processing. All the system state transitions are slaved to the IR
functions. The coarse level processing of the GPIR NAV mode
initializes a parallel virtual platform to provide hybrid navigation
data. The GPIR NAV mode ground align processing duplicates to the IR
gyro-compass processing. The chronology of the validation of the
outputs during the alignment is given in para. 2-D (IR output data).

(2) Attitude mode


The attitude mode is a reversionary mode which can be activated only
by manual selection of the ATT mode on the CDU.
The mode can be activated on the ground or in flight and is intended
to provide a rapid attitude/heading restart capability if the IR has
experienced total power shutdown or failures which do not disable the
mechanization of the attitude computation. The necessity of selecting
ATT is indicated by the IR on its action code (label 350 - code 04 =



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 13
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
select ATT) and this data is used by the FWC to display a message on
the ECAM displays and by the FMGC to display a message on the MCDU.
This mode needs a 30-second initialization phase with the aircraft in
level flight. During this phase, all the ARINC bus outputs are sent
with their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data). At the end of
the initialization phase, the IR sends valid outputs:
- body axis accelerations and angular rates
- pitch and roll attitude and rate
- vertical acceleration
- vertical velocity
- baro-inertial altitude and vertical speed.
The magnetic heading may also be valid if an initialization value
has been sent by the FMGC (through the MCDU) or the CDU (Ref. para.
D - IR output data for the complete list of valid outputs).
The GPIR ATT mode is activated when the IR is in ATT mode after
manual selection on the ADIRS CDU.
A GPIR ATT mode alignment processing is performed before Pseudo
Range or Delta Range measurement are used to update the 21-state
Kalman filter. The measurements and measurement matrices used for
updating are the same as those used in the GPIR NAV processing.

(3) Hybrid partition


The ADIRU receives Global Position System Sensor data as defined by
ARINC 743 and integrates it with the inertial reference data to
produce a hybrid navigation solution.
The Northrop Grumman ADIRU ensures the integrity of the hybrid
solution using a unique GPS/IRS integration technique called
Autonomous Integrity Monitored Extrapolation (AIME). The key to this
mechanization is the ability to detect and isolate slowly drifting
satellite clock drifts with as few as four satellites. AIME
accomplishes this through a set of Kalman filter operations and a
Failure Detection and Exclusion (FDE) mechanization.
The ADIRS operational modes are slaved to the IR operational modes of
Align, Navigate and Attitude Reference. The AIME function is not
available if the IR is in the Attitude Reference Mode.
When two MMR are installed on the aircraft, the ADIRU will select the
primary input unless a fault is detected.
In the case of a primary MMR fault, the secondary MMR will be
selected for the hybrid solution.
If both MMR are fault, the AIME may be able to extrapolate the GPIRS
data depending on the flight phase.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 14
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-004,

D. IR, GPS and GPIRS Output Data

(1) Digital output characteristics


The IRs have four independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses, designated bus output 1, 2, 3 and 4
- digital output table:
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI : (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- RANGE ACCURACY : measurement range maximum value transmitted. When
the digital value changes, the change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT : unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT : indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS : number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- UPD/MSEC : output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
When the GPS PRESENT programming pins input discretes are grounded
(indicating GPS present), both the GPSSU outputs and the GPIRS
integrated navigation solution outputs are transmitted on the IR
output buses with the IR output data.



EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 15
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD |LATP | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 011 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |180E-180W |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 012 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 4 |500 |BCD | GS | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 013 |TRK ANGLE |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TRUE |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 014 |MAG HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | MH | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED|W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | WS | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 016 |WIND DIR |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | WD | |
| |TRUE |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 041 |SET LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 042 |SET LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |& | | | | | | |
| | | |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 043 |SET MAG |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | | |



EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 16
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |HDG |R 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 044 |TRUE HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD |THDG | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 046 |SOFTWARE | | | | 19 |1000|DIS | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 052 |PITCH |W +/- 64 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 053 |ROLL |W +/- 64 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 054 |YAW |W +/- 64 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 310 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR | | |
| | |+/- 90 |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00017 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 311 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR |LONP | |
| | |R 0.00017 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 312 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 313 |TRK - TRUE|W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
| | |at 200 Kts | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 17
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 314 |TRUE HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 315 |WIND |W +/- 256 |Kts | | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 256 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 316 |WIND DIR |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |- TRUE |+/- 180 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 with | | | | | | | |
| | |50 Knots | | | | | | | |
| | |wind | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 317 |TRK - MAG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Kts | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 320 |MAG HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |82 N to 60 S| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 321 |DRIFT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | DA | |
| |ANGLE |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Kts | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 322 |FLIGHT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | FPA | |
| |PATH |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.24 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Kts | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 18
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 323 |FLT PATH |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |FPAC | |
| |ACCEL |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 % of | | | | | | | |
| | |outp over | | | | | | | |
| | |0.5 g | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 324 |PITCH |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCH | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 325 |ROLL |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 326 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |PITCH RATE|+/- 128 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 327 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |ROLL RATE |+/- 128 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 330 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |YAW | |
| |YAW RATE |+/- 128 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 331 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 332 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |



EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 19
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 333 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 334 |PLATFORM |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.40 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 335 |TRK ANGLE |W +/- 32 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.001 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.15 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Knots | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 336 |PITCH ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 337 |ROLL ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 340 |TRACK |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| |GRID |+/- 2.3 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Kts | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 341 |GRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 360 |POTENTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 | min| | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 20
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 361 |INERTIAL |W +/- 131072|ft | 29 | 20 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ALT |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 362 |ALONG TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
| | |over 0.5 g | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 363 |CROSS TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
| | |over 0.5 g | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 364 |VERTICAL |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VACC | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 365 |INERTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |IVV | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 |min | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 366 |N - S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 367 |E - W |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 275 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |



EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 21
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 276 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 277 |IRS TEST | | | | | |HYB | | |
| |WORD | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |CODE | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | |500 |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |FAULT STAT| | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | |1000|HEX | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 076 |GPS ALT - |W +/- 131072| ft | | 20 |1000|BNR | | |
| |MSL |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 101 |HDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 102 |VDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 103 |GPS TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.005493 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 110 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |1000|BNR | | |
| |POS - LAT |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 111 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |1000|BNR | | |
| |POS - LON |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 112 |GPS GROUND|W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 22
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 120 |GPS PRES |W +/- 000172|Deg | | 11 |1000|BNR | | |
| |POS - LAT |R 8.38E-8 | | | | | | | |
| |FRAC |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 121 |GPS PRES |W +/- 000172|Deg | | 11 |1000|BNR | | |
| |POS - LON |R 8.38E-8 | | | | | | | |
| |FRAC |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 125 |GPS |W 0.23:59:9 |H / | | 5 |1000|BCD | | |
| |UTC-BCD |R 0.1 min |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 130 |GPS INTEG |W 0 - 16 |NM | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |LIMIT HORI|R 6.1E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 133 |GPS INTEG |W 0 - 32768 |ft | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |LIMIT VERT|R 0,125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 136 |VERT |w 0 - 32678 |M | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |FOM-GPS |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 150 |GPS |W 0-23:59:59|H / | | 17 |1000|BNR | | |
| |UTC-BNR |R 1 sec |min/| | | | | | |
| | | |sec | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 165 |GPS VERT |w +/- 32768 |Ft/ | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 1.00 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 166 |GPS N-S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 174 |GPS E-W |w +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 247 |HORIZ FIG |W 0 - 16 |Nm | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |OF |R 6.1E-5 | | | | | | | |
| |MERIT-GPS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-14-00

Page 23
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 260 |GPS DATE |R 1 DAY |D:M:| | 6 |1000|BCD | | |
| | | |Y | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 273 |GPS SENSOR|W N/A | | | |1000|DIS | | |
| |STATUS |R N/A | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6 :IR Digital Output Characteristics

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

D. IR, GPS and GPIRS Output Data

(1) Digital output characteristics


The IRs have four independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses, designated bus output 1, 2, 3 and 4
- digital output table:
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI : (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- RANGE ACCURACY : measurement range maximum value transmitted. When
the digital value changes, the change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT : unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT : indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS : number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- UPD/MSEC : output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 24
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
When the GPS PRESENT programming pins input discretes are grounded
(indicating GPS present), both the GPSSU outputs and the GPIRS
integrated navigation solution outputs are transmitted on the IR
output buses with the IR output data.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 25
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD |LATP | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 011 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |180E-180W |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 012 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 4 |500 |BCD | GS | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 013 |TRK ANGLE |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TRUE |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 014 |MAG HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | MH | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED|W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | WS | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 016 |WIND DIR |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | WD | |
| |TRUE |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 041 |SET LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 042 |SET LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |& | | | | | | |
| | | |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 043 |SET MAG |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 26
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |HDG |R 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 044 |TRUE HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD |THDG | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 046 |SOFTWARE | | | | 19 |1000|DIS | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 052 |PITCH |W +/- 64 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 053 |ROLL |W +/- 64 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 054 |YAW |W +/- 64 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 310 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR | | |
| | |+/- 90 |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00017 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 311 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR |LONP | |
| | |R 0.00017 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 312 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 313 |TRK - TRUE|W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
| | |at 200 Kts | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 27
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 314 |TRUE HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 315 |WIND |W +/- 256 |Kts | | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 256 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 316 |WIND DIR |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |- TRUE |+/- 180 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 with | | | | | | | |
| | |50 Knots | | | | | | | |
| | |wind | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 317 |TRK - MAG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Kts | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 320 |MAG HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |82 N to 60 S| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 321 |DRIFT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | DA | |
| |ANGLE |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Kts | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 322 |FLIGHT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | FPA | |
| |PATH |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.24 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Kts | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 28
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 323 |FLT PATH |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |FPAC | |
| |ACCEL |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 % of | | | | | | | |
| | |outp over | | | | | | | |
| | |0.5 g | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 324 |PITCH |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCH | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 325 |ROLL |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 326 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |PITCH RATE|+/- 128 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 327 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |ROLL RATE |+/- 128 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 330 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |YAW | |
| |YAW RATE |+/- 128 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 331 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 332 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 29
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 333 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 334 |PLATFORM |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.40 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 335 |TRK ANGLE |W +/- 32 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.001 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.15 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Knots | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 336 |PITCH ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 337 |ROLL ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 340 |TRACK |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| |GRID |+/- 2.3 at | | | | | | | |
| | |200 Kts | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 341 |GRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 360 |POTENTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 | min| | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 30
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 361 |INERTIAL |W +/- 131072|ft | 29 | 20 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ALT |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 362 |ALONG TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
| | |over 0.5 g | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 363 |CROSS TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
| | |over 0.5 g | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 364 |VERTICAL |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VACC | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 365 |INERTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |IVV | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 |min | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 366 |N - S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 367 |E - W |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 275 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 31
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 276 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 277 |IRS TEST | | | | | |HYB | | |
| |WORD | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |CODE | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | |500 |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |FAULT STAT| | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | |1000|HEX | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 076 |GPS ALT - |W +/- 131072| ft | | 20 |1000|BNR | | |
| |MSL |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 101 |HDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 102 |VDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 103 |GPS TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.005493 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 110 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |1000|BNR | | |
| |POS - LAT |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 111 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |1000|BNR | | |
| |POS - LON |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 112 |GPS GROUND|W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 32
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 120 |GPS PRES |W +/- 000172|Deg | | 11 |1000|BNR | | |
| |POS - LAT |R 8.38E-8 | | | | | | | |
| |FRAC |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 121 |GPS PRES |W +/- 000172|Deg | | 11 |1000|BNR | | |
| |POS - LON |R 8.38E-8 | | | | | | | |
| |FRAC |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 125 |GPS |W 0.23:59:9 |H / | | 5 |1000|BCD | | |
| |UTC-BCD |R 0.1 min |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 130 |GPS INTEG |W 0 - 16 |NM | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |LIMIT HORI|R 6.1E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 131 |HYB INTEG |W 0 - 16 |NM | | 17 |1000|BNR | | |
| |LIMIT HORI|R 1,22 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 132 |HYB TRUE |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 5,5 E-3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 133 |GPS INTEG |W 0 - 32768 | ft | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |LIMIT VERT|R 0,125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 135 |HYB VERT |W 0 - 32768 | ft | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0,125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 136 |GPS VERT |W 0 - 32678 | ft | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 137 |HYB TRACK |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 5,5E-3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 150 |GPS |W 0-23:59:59|H / | | 17 |1000|BNR | | |
| |UTC-BNR |R 1 sec |min/| | | | | | |
| | | |sec | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 165 |GPS VERT |w +/- 32768 |Ft/ | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 33
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |SPEED |R 1.00 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 166 |GPS N-S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 174 |GPS E-W |w +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 |1000|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 175 |HYBRID |W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |GROUND-SPD|R 0,125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 247 |HORIZ FIG |W 0 - 16 |Nm | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |OF |R 6.1E-5 | | | | | | | |
| |MERIT-GPS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 254 |HYB PRES |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 20 | 100|BNR | | |
| |POS - LAT |R 1.72E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 255 |HYB PRES |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 20 | 100|BNR | | |
| |POS - LON |R 1.72E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 256 |HYB PRES |W+/-0,000172|Deg | | 11 | 100|BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT FR|R 8,38E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 257 |HYB PRES |W+/-0,000172|Deg | | 11 | 100|BNR | | |
| |POS-LON FR|R 8,38E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 260 |GPS DATE |R 1 DAY |D:M:| | 6 |1000|BCD | | |
| | | |Y | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 261 |HYBRID |W +/- 131072| ft | | 20 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ALTITUDE |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 263 |HYB FLIGHT|W +/- 180 |Deg | | 12 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |PATH ANGLE|R 0.044 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 264 |HYB HORIZ |W 0 - 16 |NM | | 18 |1000|BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6,1e-5 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 34
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 266 |HYB N - S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 100|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0,125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 267 |HYB E - W |W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 100|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0,125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 273 |GPS SENSOR|W N/A | | | 19 |1000|DIS | | |
| |STATUS |R N/A | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 274 |GPADIRS |W N/A | | | 19 |1000|DIS | | |
| |STATUS |R N/A | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 345 |HYBRID |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |VERT SPEED|R 1 | mn | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6 :IR Digital Output Characteristics

-----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | FUNCTION |
| No. | |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| 9 | SDI |
| 10 | SDI |
| 11 | Reserved |
| 12 | DADS Status* Present=0 , Not Present=1 |
| 13 | DADS Source* Primary=0 , Secondary=1 |
| 14 | IR/FMS Status Present=0 , Not Present=1 |
| 15 | IR/FMS Source Primary=0 , Secondary=1 |
| 16 | -- |
| 17 | | - NUMBER OF SATELLITES |
| 18 | | VISIBLE (0 - 15) |
| 19 | -- |
| 20 | -- |
| 21 | | - NUMBER OF SATELLITES |
| 22 | | TRACKED (0 - 15) |
| 23 | -- |
| 24 | SPARE |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 35
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | FUNCTION |
| No. | |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| 25 | SPARE |
| 26 | -- |
| 27 | | - GPSSU OPERATIONAL |
| 28 | -- MODE (Ref. Table Below) |
| 29 | RESERVED |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY (Odd) |
-----------------------------------------------------------
Table 7 : GPS Discrete Word 273 Output Format

* DADS input not required if altitude is received from IR/FMS inputs.

------------------------------------------------------
| GPSSU MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
|-------------------|----------|----------|----------|
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 131 |HYBRID |W 0 - 16 |Nm | | 18 |1000| | | |
| |INTEG |R 6.1E-5 | | | | | | | |
| |LIMIT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 132 |HYBRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 15 |1000| | | |
| |TRUE HDG |R 5.5e-3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 132 |HYBRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 15 | 40 | | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 36
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |TRUE HDG |R 5.5E-3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 135 |VERT |W 0-32,678 |M | | 18 |1000| | | |
| |FOM-HYBRID|R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 137 |HYBRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 15 | 40 | | | |
| |TRACK |R 5.5E-3 | | | | | | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 175 |HYBRID |W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 | | | |
| |GND SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 254 |HYBRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 20 | 100| | | |
| |PRES |R 1.72E-4 | | | | | | | |
| |POS - LAT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 255 |HYBRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 20 | 100| | | |
| |PRES |R 1.72E-4 | | | | | | | |
| |POS - LON | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 256 |HYBRID |W +/-.000172|Deg | | 11 | 100| | | |
| |LAT |R 8.38E-8 | | | | | | | |
| |FRACTIONS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 257 |HYBRID |W +/-.000172|Deg | | 11 | 100| | | |
| |LON |R 8.38E-8 | | | | | | | |
| |FRACTIONS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 261 |HYBRID |W +/- 131072|Ft | | 20 | 40 | | | |
| |ALTITUDE |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 263 |HYBRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 12 | 40 | | | |
| |FLIGHT |R 0.044 | | | | | | | |
| |PATH ANGLE| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 264 |HORIZ FIG |W 0 - 16 |Nm | | 18 |1000| | | |
| |OF MERIT -|R 6.1E-5 | | | | | | | |
| |HYBRID | | | | | | | | |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 37
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 266 |HYBRID N-S|W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 100| | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 267 |HYBRID E-W|W +/- 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 100| | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 345 |HYBRID |W +/- 32768 |Ft/ | | 15 | 40 | | | |
| |VERT |R 1.00 |mn | | | | | | |
| |VELOCITY | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 274 |GPADIRS | | | | |1000| | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8 : GPIRS Digital Output Characteristics

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | FUNCTION |
| No. | |
|-------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SPARE |
| 10 | SPARE |
| 11 | SPARE |
| 12 | SPARE |
| 13 | SPARE |
| 14 | SPARE |
| | _ |
| 15 | | SECONDARY GPSSU VALIDITY (See Table Below) |
| 16 | _| |
| | _ |
| 17 | | PRIMARY GPSSU VALIDITY (See Table Below) |
| 18 | _| |
| 19 | GPSSU SOURCE (SECONDARY = 1, PRIMARY = 0) |
| 20 | -- LSB |
| 21 | | - No. OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | -- MSB |
| 24 | SPARE |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 38
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | FUNCTION |
| No. | |
|-------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 25 | SPARE |
| 26 | -- |
| 27 | | -GPIRS OPERATIONAL MODE (See Table Below) |
| 28 | -- |
| 29 | RESERVED |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY (ODD) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 9 : GPIRS Status - Label 274

-------------------------------------------
| SECONDARY GPSSU | BIT 16 | BIT 15 |
| VALIDITY | | |
|-------------------|----------|----------|
| VALID | 0 | 0 |
| INACTIVE | 0 | 1 |
| FUNCTIONAL TEST | 1 | 0 |
| FAIL | 1 | 1 |
-------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------
| PRIMARY GPSSU | BIT 18 | BIT 17 |
| VALIDITY | | |
|-------------------|----------|----------|
| VALID | 0 | 0 |
| INACTIVE | 0 | 1 |
| FUNCTIONAL TEST | 1 | 0 |
| FAIL | 1 | 1 |
-------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
| OPERATIONAL MODE | | | |
|-------------------|----------|----------|----------|
| SELF TEST MODE | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALT/CLK AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT MODE | 1 | 1 | 1 |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 39
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
| OPERATIONAL MODE | | | |
|-------------------|----------|----------|----------|
------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. Fig. 002)

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

(Ref. Fig. 003, 004, 005)



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 40
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
GPIRS Hybrid Parameter Sign Status Matrix Requirements
Figure 002



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 41
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
IR - Binary Output Word 1/2
Figure 003



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 42
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
IR - Binary Output Word 2/2
Figure 004



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 43
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
IR - BCD and Special Output Words
Figure 005



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 44
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
(2) Discrete outputs
The IR provides three discrete outputs.
Table below defines the characteristics of these discretes.

---------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|----------|-------------|------------|
| ON BAT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR FAULT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR ALIGN | OPEN/GROUND | NO/YES |
---------------------------------------

- ON BAT
When the IR is powered with batteries, this discrete delivers a
28VDC state and sets the ON BAT light to on.
- IR FAULT
When a failure is detected by the IR, this discrete delivers a
28VDC state and sets the FAULT legend to on.
- IR ALIGN
When the IR is aligning, this discrete delivers a ground and sets
the ALIGN legend to on.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 45
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
3. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
R

R A. Control

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 006)

R **ON A/C 201-203,

R (Ref. Fig. 006A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

R (1) Modes of operation


R Operation interface with the IR is performed through the Multipurpose
R Control and Display Unit 1(2) (MCDU) or the CDU. The MCDU 1(2) is
R used for entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
R (Ref. Fig. 007)
R The CDU is used for mode selection, IR annunciation (FAULT, ALIGN),
R for entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
R The IR has three selectable modes: OFF, NAV and ATT.
R The relation between the mode selection and system response is shown
R in the figure.
R (Ref. Fig. 008)

R (2) OFF mode


R When the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the CDU is in the OFF
R position, all circuitry in the ADIRU is de-energized except for any
R logic associated with the power-off function. When the ADIRU has
R turned off, it consumes less than 10 milliamps (needed for power
R supply turn-on control). The power supply of the ADMs is switched
R off.
R A period is required between switching to OFF and actual power-off.
R During this sequence, the last position computed is stored.

(3) NAV (Navigation) mode


After selection of the NAV mode on the ground, the IR automatically
enters the NAV mode if a self-determined satisfactory alignment has
been completed. If alignment is not completed, the IR remains in the
Align submode.
No updating of the IR present position latitude and longitude is
allowed once the IR has completed the Align submode.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 46
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
IR - Operation/Control and Indicating
Figure 006


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-14-00

Page 47
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
IR - Operation/Control and Indicating
Figure 006A


R

EFF :

201-203,  34-14-00

Page 48
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
IR - Alignment Procedure from the MCDU
Figure 007



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 49
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
IR - Mode State Diagram
Figure 008



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 50
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
The IR latitude and longitude entered during alignment is the
starting point for its computation.
The following logical processes are mechanized:
- OFF to NAV provides automatic alignment in 10 minutes for latitudes
between 73N and 60S, with automatic entry to NAV mode. Requires
initial position data to be entered.

NOTE : The automatic alignment requires 15 mn delay for latitudes


____
between 73N and 82N.
For high latitudes, the alignment is provided by an
operational procedure which delays the entering of the initial
position by the crew. Accuracies of the system are slightly
degraded.

- a message on the UPPER ECAM DU indicates that the IRs are in ALIGN
submode with the maximum time until NAV
- in the NAV mode, rapid realignment of the IR is initiated by
switching the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within 5 seconds. The IR starts a 30-second realignment
submode with existing attitude and heading angles and rezeroed
velocities
- the system does not enter the rapid realignment sequence if the
ground speed is greater than 20 knots.
The CDU permits to observe some particular parameters (Ref.
34-12-00).

(a) Initialization data


(Ref. Fig. 009)
IR alignment is carried out on the ground before takeoff and
after the entry of the current aircraft coordinates on the INIT
page of the MCDU 1(2) (Ref. 22-72-00) or on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in PPOS position).
Valid initial position data must be received and verified by the
IR during the 10-minute alignment or automatic sequencing to the
NAV mode will be delayed after position data is received.
Initial position data are verified by the IR (Ref. Para.
2.C.(1)-Position entry data processing). If a miscompare exists
then:
- on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN light flashes.
- a message ENTER PPOS is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The miscompare is removed and the position data verified by the
IR when:
- the last two Set Latitudes received by the IR are identical and
the last two Set Longitudes received by the IR are identical,
or



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 51
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
MCDU - INIT Page
Figure 009



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 52
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
- the last Set Latitude and Set Longitude received by the IR
compare within one degree (or one degree divided by
cos(latitude)) of the latitude and longitude from the previous
flight.

(b) Latitude comparison


The IR compares Set Latitude with a self-computed gyro-compass
latitude after 10 minutes into alignment or any subsequent time
when a valid Set Latitude is available.
In case of discrepancy, on the ADIRS CDU the ALIGN light flashes.
The message ENTER PPOS is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The discrepancy exists when:
- the entered latitude differs from the computed latitude by more
than 0.5.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of Set Latitude
passes the test.
If latitude test fails two times with identical set latitude
inputs then:
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the CDU
- the message IR FAULT appears on the CDU liquid crystal display
(DATA DISPLAY selector switch in STS position)
- a warning message appears on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT.

(c) Excessive motion


The IR performs an excessive motion test during the Align
submode.
If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.2 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, then:
- the EXCESS MOTION message is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position)
- the following message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV
IR 1(2)(3) NOT ALIGN
EXCESS MOTION
IR 1(2)(3) IN ALIGN

- the attitude information is flagged on the PFD.


Thirty seconds after motion detection, the system reverts to a
full alignment (time to the end of alignment will revert to 9 min
30 s).
It is not necessary to re-enter the position.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 53
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
(d) Thirty-second rapid realignment
A thirty-second rapid realignment is provided by moving the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the CDU from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within five seconds.
A subsequent switching on the selector switch from NAV to OFF and
back to NAV within 5 seconds during the 30-second realignment
causes the system to start the 30-second realignment again.
The realignment is initialized with existing attitude and heading
angles. Velocities are zeroed.
Valid position data must be received and verified by the IR
during the 30-second realignment.

(4) ATT (Attitude) mode


The IR has a reversionary mode which can be activated only by manual
selection of ATT mode on the CDU. The mode can be activated on the
ground or in flight and is intended to provide a rapid
attitude/heading restart capability in the event that the IR has
experienced a total power shutdown or a failure has occurred
resulting in the following:
- IR FAULT legend flashing on the CDU
- IR 1(2)(3) FAULT message displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
IR x MODE SEL...ATT
- SELECT ATT message displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY selector
switch in STS position).
The IR is designed so that the ATT mode can be used after BITE has
detected failures which will cause excessive NAV mode data errors but
does not disable the ATT mode mechanization. However, it is
recommended to stay in NAV mode even with excessive navigation errors
because of higher accuracy of attitude signals and a more complete
signal processing. The ATT mode must always be used after loss of
power or a similar situation in flight where a new alignment/leveling
is required.
The ENTER HEADING message is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position) when the ATT mode is selected until
valid heading initialization is received from the MCDU or the CDU.
The ATT mode is normally engaged with the aircraft in level flight.
A 30-second period is needed with the aircraft in level flight to
perform an attitude erection to initialize a level attitude. During
this period, the data normally computed in ATT mode have SSMs set to
NCD.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 54
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

B. Indicating
Attitude and heading information is computed by the ADIRU (IR portion)
and processed by the associated DMC. The attitude data are displayed on
the PFD and the heading data are displayed on the PFD, the ND and the
VOR/DME RMI.
In addition, vertical speed (V/S) is displayed on the PFD and Ground
Speed and wind indications are displayed on the ND.
In normal configuration, with the ATT/HDG selector switch in NORM
position, the IR1 data are displayed on the CAPT PFD, ND and the VOR/DME
RMI (Ref. ATA 34-57-00). The IR2 data are displayed on the F/O PFD and
ND.
The following parameters can be displayed on the CDU liquid crystal
display according to the position of the DATA DISPLAY selector switch on
the CDU:
- wind (WIND)
- present position (PPOS)
- true heading (HDG)
- status of selected system conditions (STS)
- track and ground speed (TK/GS)
- test values (TEST).
The sources of the data displayed are controlled by the SYS DISPLAY
selector switch on the CDU.

**ON A/C 201-203,

B. Indicating
Attitude and heading information is computed by the ADIRU (IR portion)
and processed by the associated DMC. The attitude data are displayed on
the PFD and the heading data are displayed on the PFD, the ND and the
VOR/ADF/DME RMI.
In addition, vertical speed (V/S) is displayed on the PFD and Ground
Speed and wind indications are displayed on the ND.
In normal configuration, with the ATT/HDG selector switch in NORM
position, the IR1 data are displayed on the CAPT PFD, ND and the
VOR/ADF/DME RMI (Ref. ATA 34-57-00). The IR2 data are displayed on the
F/O PFD and ND.
The following parameters can be displayed on the CDU liquid crystal
display according to the position of the DATA DISPLAY selector switch on
the CDU:
- wind (WIND)
- present position (PPOS)
- true heading (HDG)
- status of selected system conditions (STS)



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 55
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
- track and ground speed (TK/GS)
- test values (TEST).
The sources of the data displayed are controlled by the SYS DISPLAY
selector switch on the CDU.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

(1) Attitude information


(Ref. Fig. 010)
The aircraft roll and pitch attitude is indicated in the center part
of the PFD by a sphere representing a conventional ADI drum. (Ref.
31-64-00 for sphere definition and display).

(a) Pitch angle information (item A)


The A/C present pitch angle is given by the vertical
displacements of the pitch attitude scale with respect to the
center of the A/C reference. The scale moves behind the
cut-sphere shaped window, limited by the lines of an upper and a
lower sector. The scale rotates around the center of the A/C
reference in accordance with the A/C present roll angle.
The pitch scale comprises white reference lines and associated
pitch angle values. The lines are given every 2.5 degrees from 0
to 30 degrees, then for the 50 degrees and 80 degrees values for
positive pitch angles. For negative pitch angles, the lines are
given every 2.5 degrees from 0 to 10 degrees, then for the 15
degrees, 20 degrees, 30 degrees, 50 degrees and 80 degrees
values. Beyond 30 degrees, red large arrow heads (V-shaped)
indicate an excessive attitude and the direction to follow in
order to reduce it (item B).

(b) Roll angle information (item A)


A yellow triangle which remains on the line going through the
center of the A/C reference and which is perpendicular to the
horizon line, moves against the fixed roll scale on the upper
contour of the attitude sphere.
This fixed roll scale comprises white marks for the 10 degrees,
20 degrees, 30 degrees and 45 degrees significant values, on
either side of the zero position (horizontal wings) which is
indicated by a small fixed triangle. The 60 degrees roll
indication corresponds to the limits of the upper contour of the
cut-sphere shaped window.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 56
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
IR - Attitude Information Display
Figure 010



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 57
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
(c) Attitude failure
In case of attitude failure concerning the pitch and/or roll
information, the attitude sphere goes out of view and is replaced
by a red ATT flag which flashes for a few seconds then remains
steady (item C).
In case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between the pitch or
roll attitude information presented on the CAPT and F/O PFDs, a
CHECK ATT amber message flashes for a few seconds on both PFDs,
then remains steady (item D).

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(2) Heading information


(Ref. Fig. 011)
The aircraft magnetic or true heading is displayed on the PFD, the ND
and the VOR/DME RMI.
The true heading can be displayed on the CDU.

**ON A/C 201-203,

(2) Heading information


(Ref. Fig. 011)
The aircraft magnetic or true heading is displayed on the PFD, the ND
and the VOR/ADF/DME RMI.
The true heading can be displayed on the CDU.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

(a) On the PFD


When true heading is displayed, a TRUE white message appears
above the heading scale (item A).
A blank heading scale (with 10 deg. spaced marks without any
indicated value) is provided on the horizon line. The marks are
just under this line.
This scale moves as the aircraft heading varies. For important
nose-up or nose- down the heading graduations remain at the lower
or upper sector limit.
Below the sphere, a heading scale provides the pilot with the
aircraft actual track and relative selection. This heading scale
is graduated every 5 deg. (item A).
In case of failure, the heading graduation disappears on the two
scales and a red HDG flag appears on the lower heading scale
(item B). It flashes for a few seconds, then remains steady.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 58
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the PFD
Figure 011



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 59
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
Furthermore, in case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between
CAPT and F/O heading indications, with the heading signal valid,
a CHECK HDG amber message is displayed at the center of the
heading scale (item C).

(b) On the ND
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The heading data is displayed on the ND in the three following
operating modes: ROSE, ARC and PLAN.
The ROSE mode and the ARC mode are oriented with respect to the
aircraft heading, while the PLAN mode is oriented with respect to
the true north.

1
_ True heading display
In ROSE or ARC mode, when true heading is displayed, a cyan
TRUE message appears at the top of the ND.

2
_ ROSE mode (item A)
In this mode, each pilot has three different sub-modes of
presentation on his ND: ROSE-ILS/ROSE-VOR/ROSE-NAV.
In the three ROSE sub-modes, the ND provides a display which
is similar to that of a conventional HSI, i.e. a rotating
heading dial orientated to the North and giving to the pilot
the aircraft actual magnetic or true heading with as reference
the fixed yellow lubber line at the top of the dial.

3
_ ARC mode (item B)
In this mode, the ND displays a 90 deg. heading sector ahead
of the aircraft giving the aircraft actual magnetic or true
heading with respect to the fixed yellow lubber line at the
top of the scale.

4
_ PLAN mode
The ND displays a static map orientated with respect to the
true North.

5
_ Heading failure (items C and D)
In case of heading failure, the scale and all symbols
positioned on the ROSE and ARC scales go out of view; a red
HDG flag comes into view below the scale after flashing for a
few seconds, when the DMC has detected an anomaly concerning
the heading parameter.
In addition, if a discrepancy between CAPT and F/O sides is
detected by the comparison inside the FWCs, the CHECK HDG
message is displayed in amber on both NDs (item E).



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 60
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the ND
Figure 012


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 61
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(c) On the VOR/DME RMI


(Ref. Fig. 013)
The heading indication is given by a dial which rotates in front
of a fixed index (item A).
In case of heading failure, the fire orange warning flag with the
black HDG inscription comes into view at the top of the compass
card (item B).
For more details ref. 34-57-00.

(d) On the CDU


The time heading can be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the HDG position.

**ON A/C 201-203,

(c) On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI


(Ref. Fig. 013A)
The heading indication is given by a dial which rotates in front
of a fixed index (item A).
In case of heading failure, the fire orange warning flag with the
black HDG inscription comes into view at the top of the compass
card (item B).
For more details ref. 34-57-00.

(d) On the CDU


The time heading can be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the HDG position.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

(3) Ground speed


(Ref. Fig. 014)
The ground speed is displayed in the left upper corner of the ND for
ROSE, ARC or PLAN mode (item A).
The GS title is displayed in white color and the ground speed value
in green.
In case of failure or NCD, the ground speed value is replaced by
three dashed lines (item B).
The ground speed can also be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the TK/GS position.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 62
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the VOR/DME RMI
Figure 013


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-14-00

Page 63
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
Figure 013A


R

EFF :

201-203,  34-14-00

Page 64
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
IR - GS, Wind, vertical Speed Information Display
Figure 014



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 65
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
(4) Wind indications
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The wind origin, force and direction is displayed in the left upper
corner of the ND, for ROSE, ARC and PLAN mode (item A):
- the wind origin is displayed in green color in degrees with respect
to the true North
- the wind force is displayed in green color in knots
- the wind direction, in analog form, is represented by means of a
green arrow orientated with respect to the north reference in use.
This arrow is displayed only if the wind force is greater than 2
knots.
In case of failure or NCD, the digital data are replaced by three
dashed lines and the wind direction arrow disappears (item B). The
wind indications can also be displayed on the CDU if the DATA
DISPLAY selector switch is placed in the WIND position.

(5) Vertical speed


(Ref. Fig. 014)
The inertial vertical speed is displayed in the right side of the PFD
(item C).
The vertical speed scale consists of:
- a trapezoidal grey background colored surface
- a fixed white scale with 500 ft/mn spaced marks from -2000 ft/mn to
+2000 ft/mn
- a needle giving in analog form the actual vertical speed value
- a number in a moving blanking window. This window accompanies the
needle (above the needle if V/S > 0, below if V/S < 0).
The number gives the V/S value in hundreds of ft/mn.
Between -200 ft/mn and +200 ft/mn, both the window and the number
disappear.
- above +6000 ft/mn (or below -6000 ft/mn), the needle remains
stopped where it is.
When the vertical speed exceeds +6000 ft/mn or -6000 ft/mn, the
digital indication and the analog needle change from green to amber.
In addition, those indications change to amber in approach, in the
following cases:
- V/S less than -2000 ft/mn below 2500 ft RA.
- V/S less than -1200 ft/mn below 1000 ft RA.
In case of failure, the inertial vertical speed display is
automatically replaced by the baro vertical speed display (Ref.
34-13-00).

(6) Reconfiguration display


In case of loss of inertial parameters on the CAPT or F/O PFD and ND,
the IR3 can be used as a back up source by placing the ATT HDG
selector switch in CAPT/3 position for the CAPT PFD and ND or in
F/O/3 position for the F/O PFD and ND.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 66
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
C. Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 015, 016, 017, 018, 019)

(1) In addition to the ATT or HDG flags displayed on the PFDs, NDs and on
the CDU, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the
upper ECAM DU.

(a) NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT


NAV IR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the CDU.

(b) NAV ATT DISCREPANCY


This message is displayed when a difference higher than 5 deg. is
detected by comparison inside the FWCs between the roll angle or
the pitch angle provided by two IRs. When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ATT message appears on the PFD.

(c) NAV HDG DISCREPANCY


This message is displayed when a difference higher than 7 deg.
(or 5 deg. in true heading) is detected by comparison inside the
FWCs between the heading value provided by two IRs. When it is
displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK HDG message appears on the PFDs and NDs.

(d) NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT


(Ref. Fig. 020)
The GPSSUs are monitored by the three ADIRUs using the status
word sent by the GPSSU and the BITE of the IR partion.
This message is accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield panel
- aural warning: single chime (SC).

(2) When the CLR key is pushed on the ECAM control panel, a STATUS page
is displayed on the lower ECAM DU and indicates the STATUS and INOP
SYS (systems).



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 67
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
NAV IR 1 (2) (3) FAULT Message
Figure 015



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 68
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
NAV IR 1+2 FAULT Message
Figure 016



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 69
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
NAV IR 1+3 (2+3) FAULT Message
Figure 017



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 70
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 018



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 71
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 019



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 72
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
NAV GPS - Fault Messages
Figure 020



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 73
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
D. ADIRUs Performance Criteria

(1) History
The inertial parameters to be considered to evaluate the level of
performance of an inertial system after flight completion are:
- the radial position error (in NM)
- the residual ground speed error (in kts).
Depending on their magnitude noticed at the end of the flight, the
concerned inertial system(s) shall or shall not be removed from the
aircraft.

(2) Radial position error


In order to address the statistical term of this requirement with the
most relevant approximation, the removal criteria use a limit based
on the recording of the radial position error on two consecutive
flights.
The use of a two-strike method presents the advantage to decrease the
removal rate of healthy units that have shown, by chance, or by an
inaccurate position entry at alignment, a radial position error
beyond the specified criterion.
The removal boundaries described on the figure present three
different areas:
(Ref. Fig. 021)
- Area 1 - ADIRU OK all the time
- Area 2 - ADIRU to be checked after second flight
- Area 3 - ADIRU to be replaced.

NOTE : Area 2 is applicable when the residual radial position error


____
ranges within the limits described in following Para.

(a) Lower limit for removal criteria


The integration of the drift rate results in a lower limit for
the radial position error:
Radial position error (NM) = (2 (NM/h) * T (h)) + Offset (NM)
The presence of an offset is necessary to avoid the unjustified
removal of healthy units subject to the natural Schuler effects
and to the Present Position inaccuracies entered during
initialization.
It should be pointed out that the adverse impacts of such
inaccuracies over the radial position error will reveal stronger
for short flight durations (below 1.5 hour).
- Flight duration < 1.5 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 5 NM.
- 1.5 FH < Flight duration < 10 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 2T + 2.
- Flight duration > 10 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 22 NM.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 74
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
ADIRU RPE Removal Criteria
Figure 021



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 75
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
(b) Upper limit for removal criteria
- Flight duration < 1.5 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 7.5 NM.
- 1.5 FH < Flight duration < 10 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 3T + 3.
- Flight duration > 10 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 33 NM.

(3) Residual Ground Speed Error


The residual ground speed for each IR is determined at the end of the
flight when the aircraft has come to a complete stop.

(a) Check of the residual ground speed can be made:


- On the CAPT (IR1) and F/O (IR2) Navigation Displays (ND):
The residual ground speed of the IR3 can be read on the CAPT ND
by setting the ATT HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.
- On the ADIRS CDU:
. set the DATA DISPLAY selector switch to TK/GS
. set the SYS DISPLAY selector switch to 1, 2, 3
. read the respective ground speed in the CDU display.

(b) Compare the recorded ground speed values with the following
limits:
- if the residual ground speed error is 15 kts or greater after
each of two consecutive flights, replace the ADIRU
- if the residual ground speed error is 21 kts or greater at the
end of any one flight, replace the ADIRU.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 76
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
CES 
ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The Inertial Reference (IR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) supplies the primary data that follows to the aircraft avionic
systems:
- Precision attitude
- Magnetic heading references
- Navigation data.
The attitude, heading and navigation data is shown on the displays of the
Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS):
- Primary Flight Display (PFD)
- Navigation Display (ND).
The IR portion also supplies data from the selected MMR and the accurate
GPIR hybrid position.

2. __________________
System Description

A. General
The IR portion is a strapdown inertial system which provides a quality
reference for attitude, heading (true and magnetic), angular rates and
accelerations.
The IR software also computes:
- the inertial position
- the ground velocities
- the baro inertial vertical speed
- the drift angle
- the wind data
- the flight path data.
The GPS partition integrated in the IR portion provides both the GPS
autonomous and hybrid navigation solutions. The term hybrid is
used to indicate that the navigation solution is a result of combining
the GPS, Inertial, and Air Data altitude data. The autonomous
navigation solution denotes a solution derived solely by the MMR using
only satellite data. For each type of data, hybrid and autonomous, the
software provides:
- the position
- the velocities (Ground, N/S, E/W)
- the accuracy parameters
- the integrity parameters.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. Inputs

(1) Digital inputs

(a) FMGC inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 low-speed buses
from the two ARINC 702 Flight Management and Guidance Computers
(FMGCs). These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 256: FIELD ELEVATION
- label 270: FMGC DISCRETES
- label 271: ADR discrete word 2.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes,
and barometric data setting.

(b) CDU inputs


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low-speed buses
from the CDU.
This bus transmits the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 277: CDU TEST.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.

(c) ADR inputs


The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low-speed buses
from the two other ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 203: ALTITUDE
- label 204: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 1
- label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED
- label 212: ALTITUDE RATE
- label 220: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 2
- label 241: CORRECTED AOA.

(d) CFDS input


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low-speed bus from
the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). This bus transmits
the following data words:
- label 125: UTC
- label 126: FLIGHT PHASE
- label 155: AIRCRAFT CONFIG
- label 227: CFDS COMMAND
- label 260: DATE



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- labels 233 to 236: FLIGHT NUMBER
- labels 301 to 303: AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
For more details Ref. 34-18-00.

(e) GPS inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 high-speed buses
from the GPS portion of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 057: USER RANGE ACCURACY
- label 060: MEASUREMENT STATUS
- label 061: PSEUDO RANGE
- label 062: PSEUDO RANGE FINE
- label 063: RANGE RATE
- label 064: DELTA RANGE
- label 065: SV POSITION X
- label 066: SV POSITION X FINE
- label 070: SV POSITION Y
- label 071: SV POSITION Y FINE
- label 072: SV POSITION Z
- label 073: SV POSITION Z FINE
- label 074: UTC MEASURE TIME
- label 076: GPS ALTITUDE (MSL)
- label 101: GPS HDOP
- label 102: GPS VDOP
- label 103: GPS TRACK ANGLE
- label 110: GPS LATITUDE
- label 111: GPS LONGITUDE
- label 112: GPS GROUND SPEED
- label 120: GPS LATITUDE FINE
- label 121: GPS LONGITUDE FINE
- label 125: GPS UTC BCD
- label 126: SAT DE-SELECT 1
- label 127: SAT DE-SELECT 2
- label 130: GPS HORIZONTAL INTEGRITY LIMIT
- label 136: GPS VERTICAL FOM
- label 140: GPS UTC FINE
- label 141: GPS UTC FINE FRACTIONS
- label 143: TERMINAL AREA HIL
- label 144: APPROACH AREA HIL
- label 150: GPS UTC BIN
- label 162: DESTINATION ETA
- label 163: ALT WAYPOINT ETA
- label 165: GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY
- label 166: GPS N/S VELOCITY
- label 174: GPS E/W VELOCITY
- label 226: GPS DATA LOADER
- label 247: GPS HORIZONTAL FOM



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- label 260: GPS DATE
- label 273: GPS SENSOR STATUS
- label 343: DESTINATION HIL
- label 347: ALT WAYPOINT HIL
- label 377: EQUIPMENT IDENT

(2) Analog inputs


The IR portion is provided with analog inputs for power supply and
GPS/IRS synchronization purposes (Time Mark).
For more details Ref. 34-12-00.

(3) Discrete inputs


The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| CDU ON/OFF | Open/GND |Not displayed/displayed|
| IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
| MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Reserved/expended model|
| GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
| | |Reserved priority |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(a) Mounting positions 1 and 2
These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
and lateral axes of the aircraft.
Table 2 below gives the unit position as a function of the
discrete selection.

---------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
| Position 1 | Position 2 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Open * | Open * | FWD * |
| Ground | Open | AFT |
| Open | Ground | RIGHT |
| Ground | Ground | LEFT |
---------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes

* The discretes are wired in FWD position.

(b) IR mode select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:

----------------------------------------------
| M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
| | | Selector Switch Position |
|--------------------------------------------|
| Open | Open | OFF |
| Ground | Open | NAV |
| Open | Ground | ATT |
----------------------------------------------
Table 3 : IR Mode Select

(c) ADR DADS select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know which air data
source to use:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Auto | Manual | IR Selection |
| ADR DADS | ADR DADS | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Open | Open | The IR uses the air data received |
| | | on port 1 |
|-------------|----------------|-----------------------------------|
| Open | Ground | The IR uses the air data received |
| | | on port 2 |
|-------------|----------------|-----------------------------------|
| Ground * | Open | The IR goes automatically from one|
| | | air data source to the others |
| | | according to their validity and |
| | | priority. * |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 : ADR DADS Select

* The discretes are wired in the automatic ADR selection mode


with the following priority:
1: its own ADR unit
2: ADR received on port 1
3: ADR received on port 2.

(d) SDI program pins


These discretes code the installation side of the ADIRU.
The following table gives the IR side according to the SDI.

--------------------------------------------
| SDI-MSB | SDI-LSB | ADIRU NUMBER |
--------------------------------------------
| OPEN | GROUND | 1 |
| GROUND | OPEN | 2 |
| GROUND | GROUND | 3 |
--------------------------------------------
Table 5 : IR SDI Code

(e) IR remote test


The IR portion uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
On the A/C, this discrete is open.
In normal operation this discrete is open (unused) but can also
be activated via the CFDIU on the ground (Ref. 34-18-00).

(f) CFDS message select


On the A/C, this discrete is open.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(g) GPS present
These discretes are used to activate GPS/IRS hybridization
(computation, BITE function).

(h) GPS priority select


The GPIRS function uses this discrete to modify the GPS priority.
Each ADIRU receives data from the two GPS portions of the MMRs on
the primary and secondary inputs.
For each ADIRU, the primary and secondary GPS inputs are defined
as follows:

---------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | PRIMARY | SECONDARY |
| SDI | INPUT | INPUT |
---------------------------------------------
| 1 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
| 2 | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) |
| 3 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
---------------------------------------------

Depending on the GPS validity and GPS priority select input


discrete status, the GPS source is defined as follows:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| PRIORITY | PRIMARY | SECONDARY | GPSSU SOURCE |
| STATUS | GPSSU | GPSSU |-----------------------------------
| | | | GPS PRIORITY | GPS PRIORITY |
| | | | SELECT = OPEN | SELECT = GROUND |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | Valid | Valid | Primary | Secondary |
| 2 | Valid | Fail | Primary | Primary |
| 3 | Fail | Valid | Secondary | Secondary |
| 4 | Fail | Fail | Primary | Secondary |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Software Computation
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The software contains the program memory and provides the following basic
functions:
- real-time executive
- attitude integration
- velocity integration
- position integration
- output computation
- built-in test (Ref. 34-18-00).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - IR Block Diagram
Figure 001



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - IR Signal Flow Diagram
Figure 002



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The IR software operates in one of three basic modes: alignment,
navigation, or reversionary attitude mode. These modes include various
portions of the major functions. The real-time executive and built-in
test functions interface with each function in each mode.

(1) Alignment mode


The alignment is the initialization mode for the IR. Its primary
function is to initialize the attitude, velocity and position
integration functions implemented in the navigation mode. This mode
operates on the ground only.
The IR alignment mode is divided into three parts:
- coarse level processing
The coarse level processing is engaged during the first 30 seconds
of the IR alignment mode. This processing estimates the local
vertical using the three accelerometers and the measured gravity.
During coarse level processing of the alignment mode, the software
computes the level coordinate frame, pitch and roll, and associated
rates and accelerations.
- gyro-compass (or azimuth) processing and level processing
Gyro-compass processing is engaged after the 30 seconds of the IR
alignment mode (coarse level complete) and runs for a minimum of
9.5 minutes.
Gyro-compass processing is used to point body frame to North (using
earth rotation detection by gyros).
During this alignment submode, an estimated latitude is computed
using the local vertical component of the earth rotation.
During this submode, the results of coarse level processing are
sharpened to have a better knowledge of the coordinate frame.
- position entry data processing
This position initialization can take place in coarse level
processing or gyro-compass processing.
The latitude and longitude pair processed for position
initialization is received from the same source (FMGC 1, FMGC 2 or
CDU).
As soon as a valid position initialization pair is received, the
software performs a BITE test to check if the entered latitude and
longitude are within the following limits versus the position
recorded at the end of the last power-up cycle:

Abs val(lat entered - lat recorded) less than or equal to 1 deg.

Abs val(long entered - long recorded) less than or equal to 1 deg


(Ref. 34-18-00).

A second BITE test is performed on the entered latitude when an


estimated latitude is available during the gyro-compass processing:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Abs val(cos (lat est) - cos (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.

Abs val(sin (lat est) - sin (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.

The alignment is completed if a valid position data has been


received and verified by the IR.
The typical alignment time will be calculated for a given latitude
as follows:
- ABS (5 minutes/cosine (latitude)) for latitude between 60 deg.
South and 60 deg. North
- 10 minutes at 73 deg. South < latitude < 60 deg. South
- 10 minutes at 60 deg. North < latitude < 73 deg. North
- 17 minutes at latitude < 73 deg. South
- 17 minutes at 73 deg. North < latitude.

If not, the automatic sequencing to the NAV mode will be delayed


(up to 1 minute) after the position data is received.
The operations to enter position and the warnings associated to the
tests performed in alignment mode are described in para. 3
(operation/control and indicating).
The IR also offers the possibility to enter into a variant of the
alignment mode called rapid realign or 30-second realign. This
mode is selected by moving the CDU selector switch from NAV to OFF,
then to NAV within five seconds, when the aircraft is on the ground
(ground speed less than 20 knots). A valid position data must be
received. During the rapid realign mode, all computed velocities
are set to zero and a fine tuning of the alignment is performed
using the attitude reference vertical and the heading data
available from the last NAV phase as initial conditions.
During the alignment mode, the IR outputs on the ARINC 429 bus may
not be available.
Position initialization of the ADIRU is transmitted to the MMR for
its own initialization.
In addition to this position, the MMR requires initialization data
of date and UTC. The IR portion receives the date and UTC from the
CMC and transmits the data to the MMRs. The chronology of the
validation of the outputs during the alignment is given in para.
2-D (IR output data).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) Navigation (NAV) mode
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The NAV mode is the primary operating mode for the IR and is
implemented in software as unaided strapdown inertial navigation
computation. The basic operating elements consist of three
integration functions (attitude, velocity and position) driven by
input gyro and accelerometer strapdown sensor data.
The following equations are used to compute the main parameters:

- body pitch, roll, yaw rates (labels 326, 327, 330):


they are representative of the aircraft body rotations relative to
the aircraft body axes and are directly measured by the laser
gyros.

- body longitudinal, lateral, normal accelerations (labels 331, 332,


333):
they are directly measured by the accelerometers but with the
gravity effect subtracted to have 0 g on the normal acceleration
when in level.

- pitch and roll attitude rate (labels 336, 337)

Pitch Att rate = Q. cos (Ra) - R. sin (Ra)


Q. sin (Ra) + R. cos (Ra)
Roll Att rate = P + -------------------------
cos (Pa)/sin (Pa)
where: Ra = Roll angle
Pa = Pitch angle
P = Body roll rate
Q = Body pitch rate
R = Body yaw rate

- flight path angle (label 322) = angle between the aircraft velocity
vector and the horizontal plane
(VZ)
FPA = Arc tan (--)
(VG)
where: VZ = inertial vertical speed (label 365)
VG = ground speed (label 312)



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 12
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - Navigation Mode Functions
Figure 003



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 13
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- flight path acceleration (label 323) = aircraft acceleration along
the total velocity vector
Vx.Ax + Vy.Ay + Vz.Az
Flt Path Accel = ---------------------
______________
/ 2 2 2
V Vx + Vy + Vz
where: Ax, Ay, Az, Vx, Vy, Vz: accelerations and velocities in the
earth frame.

- wind speed and direction computation (labels 315 and 316)


___________________
/ 2 2
Wind speed = V Vwind N + Vwind E
(Vwind E)
Wind direction = Arc tan (-------) + 180 deg.
(Vwind N)
Vwind E = Veast - cos (Pa). sin (Hdg). TAS

Vwind N = Vnorth - cos (Pa). cos (Hdg). TAS

where : Veast = east velocity = label 367


Vnorth = north velocity = label 366
Pa = pitch angle = label 324
Hdg = heading = label 314
TAS = true airspeed.

The TAS is received from the ADR. The ADR source to be used is
selected according to the configuration of the discretes described
in para. 2.B.(3)(d). The IR does not compute the wind if the TAS is
less than 100 knots or if the air data sources are no more
available. In this case, the wind labels are sent with their status
matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).

- inertial vertical speed and inertial altitude computation (labels


365 and 361)
The IR software contains a baro-inertial loop to compute the
Inertial Vertical Speed and Inertial Altitude. This loop permits to
take advantage of the different qualities of the inertial and air
data systems. The IR brings its better behaviour in dynamic
maneuvers while the ADR brings its stability in time (no drift of
the outputs like in IR). The principle of the baro-inertial loop is
given in the figure
(Ref. Fig. 004)



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Baro Inertial Altitude Filter
Figure 004



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The ADR source to be used is selected according to the
configuration of the discretes described in para. 2.B.(3)(d). When
no ADR source is available, labels 361 and 365 are sent with their
status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).

- magnetic deviation computation


The principle of the inertial system is based on geographic
referenced measurements and computation. To create the labels which
are magnetic references (magnetic heading, magnetic track angle,
labels 320, 317), the IR computes a magnetic variation which is
added to the true values (labels 314, 313).
The magnetic variation is computed as a function of the present
position (latitude and longitude) within the range of 82N to 60S
excluding the magnetic polar region (latitude exceeds 73N and
longitude between 120W and 92W). The magnetic variation at any
given point is calculated by using four grid intersection data
values and a two-dimensional linear interpolation. The grid data
comes from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and
must be updated every 10 years in order to meet the accuracy
requirements.
Normally the computation and display of navigation data by the FMGS
and the EIS are in magnetic references (using magnetic referenced
labels from the IR).
- GPS/IRS hybridization computation
At the end of GPIR NAV mode ground align processing, an 18-state
PR/DR (Pseudo Range / Delta Range) mechanized Kalman filter is
engaged to estimate the system error states. The hybrid solution is
then corrected by removing its errors estimated from the Kalman
filter.

(3) Attitude mode


The attitude mode is a reversionary mode which can be activated only
by manual selection of the ATT mode on the CDU.
The mode can be activated on the ground or in flight and is intended
to provide a rapid attitude/heading restart capability if the IR has
experienced total power shutdown or failures which do not disable the
mechanization of the attitude computation. The necessity of selecting
ATT is indicated by the IR in its action code (label 350 - code 04 =
select ATT) and this data is used by the FWC to display a message on
the ECAM displays.
On the CDU, the STS-SELECT ATT indication comes into view if the
DISPLAY/DATA selector switch is in STS (status) position.
This mode needs a 20-second initialization phase with the aircraft in
level flight. During this phase, all the ARINC bus outputs are sent
with their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data). At the end of
the initialization phase the IR sends valid outputs of:
- body axis accelerations and angular rates



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- pitch and roll attitude and rate
- vertical acceleration
- vertical velocity
- baro-inertial altitude and vertical speed (Ref. para. D - IR output
data, list of valid labels).
The magnetic heading may also be valid if an initialization value
has been sent by the FMGC (through the MCDU) or the CDU. (Ref.
para. D - IR output data for the complete list of valid outputs).

D. IR, GPS, and GPIRS Output Data

(1) Digital output characteristics


The IRs have 4 independently-buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses, designated bus output 1, 2, 3 and 4
- digital output table:
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted in numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available.
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name.
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy.
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted.
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available.
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label.
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code.
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
When the input discretes of THE GPS PRESENT programming pins are
grounded (indicating GPS present), both the MMR outputs and the
GPIRS integrated navigation solution outputs are transmitted on the
IR output buses with the IR output data.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 17
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PPOS LAT |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD |LATP | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 011 |PPOS LONG |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |180E-180W |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 012 |GROUND |W 0 to 2000 |Kts | | 4 |500 |BCD | GS | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 013 |TRK ANGLE |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TRUE |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 014 |MAG HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | MH | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED|W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | WS | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 016 |WIND DIR |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | WD | |
| |TRUE |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 041 |SET LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 042 |SET LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 043 |SET MAG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 18
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |HDG |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 044 |TRUE HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD |THDG | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 052 |PITCH |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 053 |ROLL |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 054 |YAW |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 310 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR | | |
| | |+/- 90 |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00017 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 311 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR |LONP | |
| | |R 0.00017 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 312 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 313 |TRK - TRUE|W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 314 |TRUE HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 19
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 315 |WIND |W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 316 |WIND DIR |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |- TRUE |+/- 180 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 317 |TRK - MAG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 320 |MAG HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |82 N to 60 S| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 321 |DRIFT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | DA | |
| |ANGLE |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 322 |FLIGHT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | FPA | |
| |PATH |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.28 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 323 |FLT PATH |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |FPAC | |
| |ACCEL |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 % of | | | | | | | |
| | |outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 324 |PITCH |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCH | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 325 |ROLL |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 326 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |PITCH RATE|+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 327 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |ROLL RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 330 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |YAW | |
| |YAW RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 331 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 332 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 333 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 334 |PLATFORM |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 21
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 335 |TRK ANGLE |W +/- 32 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.001 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.17 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 336 |PITCH ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 337 |ROLL ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 340 |TRACK |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| |GRID |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 341 |GRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 360 |POTENTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 | min| | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 361 |INERTIAL |W +/- 131072|ft | 29 | 20 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ALT |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 362 |ALONG TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 363 |CROSS TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 22
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 364 |VERTICAL |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VACC | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 365 |INERTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |IVV | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 |min | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 366 |N - S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 367 |E - W |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 275 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 276 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 277 |IRS TEST | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |WORD | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |CODE | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |IR MAINT | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 23
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | |ISO | | |
| |STAT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | |500 |HEX | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |BODY PITCH|W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |RATE |+/-128 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 342 |BODY ROLL |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |RATE |+/-45 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 344 |BODY YAW |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | YAW | |
| |RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 346 |PITCH ATT |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0,0039 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 173 |PITCH |W +/-180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PITCH| |
| |ANGLE |-90 to +90 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 202 |ROLL |W +/-180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to +90 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 372 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 24
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 373 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 374 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 076 |GPS ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |(MLS) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 101 |HDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 102 |VDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 103 |GPS TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 110 |GPS PRES |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 111 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LONG |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 112 |GPS GROUND|W 0 to 4096 |KTS | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 120 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 121 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 25
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |POS-LONG |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 125 |GPS UTC |W 23:59.9 |H/ | | 5 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 130 |GPS INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 1.2 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 131 |HYB INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 132 |HYB TRUE |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 135 |HYB VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 136 |GPS VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 137 |HYB TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 143 |TERMINAL |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| |AREA HIL |R 1.22 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 150 |GPS UTC |W 23:59:59 |H:M | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 1.0 |:S | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 162 |DESTINA- |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION ETA |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 163 |ALT |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
| |ETA | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 165 |GPS VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 26
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |SPEED |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 166 |GPS N/S |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 174 |GPS E/W |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 175 |HYB GROUND|W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 247 |GPS HORIZ |W 0 TO 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 254 |HYB LAT |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 255 |HYB LONG |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 256 |HYB LAT |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 257 |HYB LONG |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 260 |GPS DATE |W 31:12:99 |D:M | | 6 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 1 |:D | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 261 |HYB ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 | 40|BNR | | |
| |(MSL) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 263 |HYB FLIGHT|W +/- 90 |DEG | | 12 | 40|BNR | | |
| |PATH ANGLE|R 0.044 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 264 |HYB HORIZ |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-S | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 27
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 266 |HYB N/S |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 267 |HYB E/W |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 273 |GPS SENSOR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 274 |GPIRS | | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |SENSOR | N/A | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 343 |DESTINA- |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 345 |HYB VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 347 |ALT |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 | 333|BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT | | | | | | | | |
| |HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |GPSSU RCVR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 353 |GPIRS | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT WORD| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 355 |GPSSU NAV | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7A :IR Digital Output Characteristics



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 28
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - | |
| 2 | 0 | | |
| 3 | 1 | | |
| 4 | 1 | LABEL 270 | |
| 5 | 1 | | |
| 6 | 0 | | |
| 7 | 0 | | |
| 8 | 0 - | |
| 9 | SDI - LSB | |
| 10 | SDI - MSB | |
| 11 | Alignment Not Ready| In Align Submode |
| 12 | Rev Att Mode | In Attitude Mode |
| 13 | Nav Mode | In Nav Mode |
| 14 | Valid Set Heading | A valid set heading has to be input to the |
| | | IR. Magnetic heading outputs are no longer |
| | | being computed, but have the characteristics |
| | | of a Free Direction Gyro. |
| 15 | Attitude Invalid | Attitude Critical Fault |
| 16 | DC Fail | DC Power Less Than 18 V |
| 17 | On DC | On DC Power |
| 18 | ADR Fault | The IR has detected an ADR input (TAS, ALT |
| | | and ALT RATE) as FW or NCD. Note functional |
| | | test data is ignored by the IR and last valid |
| | | input is used. |
| 19 | IR Failure | Navigation (Non Critical) Fault |
| 20 | DC Fail - On DC | The IR has detected that a DC fail occurred |
| | | while on DC from last turn on. |
| 21 | Align Fault | The IR has detected a position miscompare |
| | | or a Quality of Align fault. |
| 22 | No IR Initial | IR does not have position data or data |
| | | received is invalid. |
| 23 | Excess Motion Error| X or Y velocity greater than 0.011 ft/s |
| | | during align. |
| 24 | ADR/IR Fault | No data has been received from the ADR or |
| | | was received with a parity error. |
| 25 | Extreme Latitude | Latitude exceeds 73N (+/-0.5 hysteresis) |
| | | while Longitude is between 120W and 90W |
| | | (+/-2.5 hysteresis) or Latitude exceeds |
| | | 82N (+/-0.5 hysteresis) or Latitude |
| | | exceeds 60S (+/-0.5 hysteresis). |
| | | Magnetic Deviation is set to zero. |
| 26 | Align Time Status | Bits 28 27 26 Time Until Nav |
| 27 | | 1 1 1 7 - 10 minutes |
| 28 | | 1 1 0 6 minutes |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 29
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 1 5 minutes |
| | | 1 0 0 4 minutes |
| | | 0 1 1 3 minutes |
| | | 0 1 0 2 minutes |
| | | 0 0 1 1 minute |
| | | 0 0 0 IN NAV MODE ONLY |
| 29 | COMPUT LAT MISCOMP | SIN/COS OF LATITUDE TEST FAILED |
| 30 | SSM | |
| 31 | SSM | |
| 32 | Parity | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 270 (IR Discretes)

(Ref. Fig. 005, 006, 007, 008)


The data field of the test word 277 (21 bits) alternates between the
four first patterns shown in the table below, except during the
REALIGN DECISION submode and the POWER OFF submode. During these
submodes, the data field shall be as shown in pattern 5.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - |
| 2 | 0 | |
| 3 | 1 | |
| 4 | 1 | LABEL 277 |
| 5 | 1 | |
| 6 | 1 | |
| 7 | 1 | |
| 8 | 1 - |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI |
| 10 | SDI |
|---------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
| |PATTERN 1 |PATTERN 2|PATTERN 3|PATTERN 4| PATTERN 5 |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 11 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | BCD MODE TIMER |
| 12 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | (LSD) |
| 13 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | (REALIGN AND |
| 14 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | POWER OFF) |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------------------------------|
| 15 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | BCD MODE TIMER |
| 16 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | (MSD) |
| 17 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | (REALIGN AND |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 30
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Digital Word 275 IR Discrete 2
Figure 005



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 31
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Digital Word 276 IR Discrete 3
Figure 006



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 32
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Digital Word 351 IR Maintenance
Figure 007



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 33
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - BCD and Special Output Words
Figure 008



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 34
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 18 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | POWER OFF) |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------------------------------|
| | | | | | MODE FLAG: |
| 19 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 00 = PWR OFF SUBMODE |
| 20 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 11 = REALIGN DECISION |
| | | | | | SUBMODE |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 21 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| 24 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 25 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 26 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 27 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| 28 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 29 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 30 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 31 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 32 | Parity |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 277 (CDU Test Word)

NOTE : Time (seconds) remaining in the POWER OFF submode and the time
____
(seconds) remaining in the REALIGN DECISION submode are
transmitted with the BCD data (bits 11-18).

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - |
| 2 | 1 | |
| 3 | 1 | |
| 4 | 0 | LABEL 350 |
| 5 | 1 | |
| 6 | 0 | |
| 7 | 0 | |
| 8 | 0 - |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI - LSB |
| 10 | SDI - MSB |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 11 TO 14 | SPARE |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 35
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 15 | TIME UNTIL NAV LEAST |
| 16 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
| 17 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
| 18 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 19 | TIME UNTIL NAV MOST |
| 20 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
| 21 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
| 22 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 23 | Action Code (1) Least |
| 24 | Action Code (1) Significant |
| 25 | Action Code (1) Digit |
| 26 | Action Code (1) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 27 | Action Code (1) Most |
| 28 | Action Code (1) Significant |
| 29 | Action Code (1) Digit |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | Parity |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 350 (Action Code)

NOTE : (1) The action codes corresponding to the maintenance messages


____
are listed in the following table.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION CODE | MAINTENANCE MESSAGE | DESCRIPTION |
|-------------|---------------------|-------------------------------------|
| 01 | IR FAULT | Critical failure; Remove ADIRU for |
| | | maintenance |
| 02 | DELAYED MAINT | Non-Critical failure; Service ADIRU |
| | | when convenient |
| 03 | ENTER PPOS | Enter present position |
| 04 | SELECT ATT | Hard failure; Select ATTITUDE MODE |
| 05 | EXCESS MOTION | Excess motion detected during ALIGN |
| 06 | SWITCH ADR | Air Data Reference invalid |
| 07 | CHK C/B | Check circuit breakers |
| 08 | CDU FAULT | Remove CDU for maintenance |
| 09 | ENTER HEADING | Enter heading for ATTITUDE MODE |
| 10 | | Unassigned TBD |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 36
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION CODE | MAINTENANCE MESSAGE | DESCRIPTION |
|-------------|---------------------|-------------------------------------|
Action Code - Maintenance Messages

(Ref. Fig. 005, 006, 009)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI |
| 10 | SDI |
| 11 | MSB OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (16) |
| 12 | DADS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
| 13 | DADS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 14 | IRS/FMS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
| 15 | IRS/FMS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 16 | - |
| 17 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (0-15) |
| 18 | | |
| 19 | - |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - 00 = GPS |
| | | SYSTEM DESIGNATOR 01 = GLONASS |
| | | 10 = GPS GLONASS |
| 25 | - 11 = Spare |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | MMR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 273 Output Format



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 37
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Binary Output Words
Figure 009



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 38
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------
| MMR MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| DIFFERENTIAL MODE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| DIR/SPEED AIDING MODE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | - |
| | | SDI |
| 10 | - |
| 11 | - SA STATUS AS DETERMINED BY THE ADIRU 0 = sa off |
| | 1 = sa on |
| 12 | - |
| 13 | | POSITION DATA SOURCE/POSITION COMPARISON FAILURE MODE |
| 14 | - |
| 15 | - |
| | | SECONDARY MMR VALIDITY 00 = Valid |
| 16 | - 01 = Inactive |
| 17 | - 10 = Functional Test |
| | | PRIMARY MMR VALIDITY 11 = Fail |
| 18 | - |
| 19 | MMR SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - |
| | | SPARE |
| 25 | - |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | GPIRS SENSOR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES (16) |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 274 Output Format



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 39
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (LSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | | |
| 18 | | |
| 19 | | |
| 20 | | RESERVED |
| 21 | | |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | | |
| 24 | | |
| 25 | | |
| 26 | | |
| 27 | | |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMR Maintenance Word (Label 352)
| 9 | GPS SYSTEM FAILURE |
| 10 | DUAL GPS CHANNEL FAIL |
| 11 | NO IR DATA |
| 12 | INVALID IR DATA |
| 13 | TM MISSING ON PRIMARY |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 40
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 14 | TM MISSING ON SECONDARY |
| 15 | ARINC TRANSMISSION FAULT |
| 16 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM PRIMARY |
| 17 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM SECONDARY |
| 18 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LATITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 19 | SPARE |
| 20 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LONGITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 21 | SPARE |
| 22 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 23 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 24 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 25 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | RESERVED |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADIRU Maintenance Word 353

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (MSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | RESERVED |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | - |
| 18 | CMC INPUT BUS (OMS) No activity = 1 |
| 19 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 20 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 21 | DADS BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 22 | DADS BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 23 | IRS INPUT BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 24 | IRS INPUT BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 25 | GPS Fail = 1 |
| 26 | RF INPUT Fail = 1 |
| 27 | SENSOR UNIT Fail = 1 |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 41
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 28 | TEST INHIBIT Inhibit = 1 |
| 29 | COMMAND WORD ACKNOWLEDGE Forced = 0 |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GPSSU Navigation Maintenance Word (Label 355)

(2) Discrete outputs


The IR provides 3 discrete outputs.
The following table defines the characteristics of these discretes.

---------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|----------|-------------|------------|
| ON BAT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR FAULT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR ALIGN | OPEN/GROUND | NO/YES |
---------------------------------------
Discrete Outputs

- ON BAT
When the IR is powered with batteries, this discrete delivers a 28
VDC state and sets the ON BAT light to on.
- IR FAULT
When a failure is detected by the IR, this discrete delivers a 28
VDC state and sets the FAULT legend to on.
- IR ALIGN
When the IR is aligning, this discrete delivers a ground and sets
the ALIGN legend to on.

3. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
(Ref. Fig. 010)

A. Control

(1) Modes of operation


The operation interface with the IR is performed through the
Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1(2) or the CDU. The MCDU 1(2)
is used for entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The CDU is used for mode selection, IR annunciation (FAULT, ALIGN),
for entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
The IR has three selectable modes: OFF, NAV and ATT.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 42
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Operation/Control and Indicating
Figure 010



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 43
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Alignment Procedure from the MCDU
Figure 011



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 44
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The relation between the mode selection and system response is shown
in the figure
(Ref. Fig. 012)

(2) OFF mode


When the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the CDU is in the OFF
position, all circuitry in the ADIRU is de-energized except for any
logic associated with the power-off function. When the ADIRU has
turned off, it consumes less than 10 milliamps (needed for power
supply turn-on control). The power supply of the ADMs is switched
off.
A period of 15 seconds is required between switching to OFF and
actual power-off. During this sequence, the last position computed is
stored in the NVM.

(3) NAV (Navigation) mode


After selection of the NAV mode on the ground, the IR automatically
enters the NAV mode if a self-determined satisfactory alignment has
been completed. If alignment is not completed, the IR remains in the
Align submode.
No updating of the IR present position latitude and longitude is
allowed once the IR has completed the Align submode.
The IR latitude and longitude entered during the alignment is the
starting point for its computation.
The following logical processes are mechanized:
- OFF to NAV provides automatic alignment in 10 minutes for latitudes
between 73N and 60S, with automatic entry to the NAV mode.
Requires initial position data to be entered.

NOTE : The automatic alignment requires a 15 min delay for latitudes


____
between 73N and 82N.
For high latitudes, the alignment is provided by an
operational procedure which delays the entering of the initial
position by the crew. Accuracies of the system are slightly
degraded.

- A message on the UPPER ECAM DU indicates that the IRs are in ALIGN
submode with the maximum time until NAV.
- In the NAV mode, rapid realignment of the IR is initiated by
switching the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within 5 seconds. The IR starts a 30-second realignment
submode with existing attitude and heading angles and rezeroed
velocities.
- The system does not enter the rapid realignment sequence if the
ground speed is greater than 20 knots.
The CDU permits to observe some particular parameters (Ref.
34-12-00).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 45
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Mode State Diagram
Figure 012



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 46
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(a) Initialization data
(Ref. Fig. 013)
IR alignment is carried out on the ground before takeoff and
after the acquisition of valid position data (either GPS data or
pilot entry on the INIT page of the MCDU 1(2) (Ref. 22-72-00) or
on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY selector switch in PPOS position)).
A valid initial position data must be received and verified by
the IR during the alignment, or automatic sequencing to the NAV
mode will be delayed after position data is received.
Initial position data is verified by the IR if Set Latitude and
Set Longitude compare within one degree of the last latitude and
longitude from the previous flight. If a miscompare exists then:
- on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN light flashes.
- a message ENTER PPOS is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The miscompare is removed and the position data verified by the
IR when:
- the last two Set Latitudes received by the IR are identical and
the last two Set Longitudes received by the IR are identical,
or
- the last Set Latitude and Set Longitude received by the IR
compare within one degree of the latitude and longitude from
the previous flight.

(b) Latitude comparison


The IR compares Set Latitude with a self-computed gyro-compass
latitude after 10 minutes into alignment or any subsequent time
when a valid Set Latitude is available.
In case of discrepancy, on the ADIRS CDU the ALIGN light flashes.
The message ENTER PPOS is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The discrepancy exists when:
- the cosine of entered latitude differs from the computed cosine
of latitude by more than 0.01234, or
- the sine of entered latitude differs from the computed sine of
latitude by more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of Set Latitude
passes the test.
If the sin/cos test fails two times with identical set latitude
inputs then:
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the CDU
- a warning message appears on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 47
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
MCDU - INIT Page
Figure 013



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 48
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) Excessive motion
The IR performs an excessive motion test during the Align
submode.
If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.5 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, then:
- the EXCESS MOTION message is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position)
- the following message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV
IR 1(2)(3) NOT ALIGN
EXCESS MOTION
IR 1(2)(3) IN ALIGN

- the attitude information is flagged on the PFD.


Thirty seconds after motion detection, the system reverts to a
full alignment (time to the end of alignment will revert to 9 min
30 s).
It is not necessary to re-enter the position.

(d) Thirty-second rapid realignment


A thirty-second rapid realignment is provided by moving the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the CDU from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within five seconds.
A subsequent switching on the selector switch from NAV to OFF and
back to NAV within 5 seconds during the 30-second realignment
causes the system to start the 30-second realignment again.
The realignment is initialized with existing attitude and heading
angles. The velocities are zeroed.
Valid position data must be received and verified by the IR
during the 30-second realignment.

(4) ATT (Attitude) mode


The IR has a reversionary mode which can be activated only by manual
selection of the ATT mode on the CDU. The mode can be activated on
the ground or in flight and is intended to provide a rapid
attitude/heading restart capability in the event that the IR has
experienced a total power shutdown or a failure has occurred
resulting in the following:
- IR FAULT legend flashing on the CDU
- IR 1(2)(3) FAULT message displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
IR x MODE SEL...ATT
- SELECT ATT message displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY selector
switch in STS position).
The IR is designed so that the ATT mode can be used after the BITE
has detected failures which will cause excessive NAV mode data errors
but does not disable the ATT mode mechanization. However, it is
recommended to stay in the NAV mode even with excessive navigation



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 49
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
errors because of higher accuracy of attitude signals and a more
complete signal processing. The ATT mode must always be used after
loss of power or a similar situation in flight where a new
alignment/leveling is required.
The ENTER HEADING message is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position) when the ATT mode is selected until
valid heading initialization is received from the MCDU or the CDU.
The ATT mode is normally engaged with the aircraft in level flight.
A 20-second period is needed with the aircraft in level flight to
perform an attitude erection to initialize a level attitude. During
this period, the data normally computed in the ATT mode have SSMs set
to NCD.
In the event the ATT mode is engaged with the aircraft not in level
flight, an erection cut-out function delays erection when the yaw
rate exceeds 0.5 deg/s and permits erection to continue when the yaw
rate drops below 0.25 deg/s. Twenty seconds of flight with the
erection cut-out switch disengaged is required to erect the attitude.

B. Indicating
The attitude and heading information is computed by the ADIRU (IR
portion) and processed by the associated DMC. The attitude data is
displayed on the PFD and the heading data is displayed on the PFD, the ND
and the RMI.
In addition, the vertical speed (V/S) is displayed on the PFD and the
Ground Speed and wind indications are displayed on the ND.
In normal configuration, with the ATT/HDG selector switch in the NORM
position, the IR1 data is displayed on the CAPT PFD, ND and the RMI (Ref.
ATA 34-57-00). The IR2 data is displayed on the F/O PFD and ND.
The following parameters can be displayed on the CDU liquid crystal
display according to the position of the DATA DISPLAY selector switch on
the CDU:
- wind (WIND)
- present position (PPOS)
- true heading (HDG)
- status of selected system conditions (STS)
- track and ground speed (TK/GS)
- test values (TEST).
The sources of the data displayed are controlled by the SYS DISPLAY
selector switch on the CDU.

(1) Attitude information


(Ref. Fig. 014)
The aircraft roll and pitch attitude is indicated in the center part
of the PFD by a sphere representing a conventional ADI drum (Ref.
31-64-00 for sphere definition and display).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 50
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Attitude Information Display
Figure 014



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 51
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(a) Pitch angle information (item A)
The A/C present pitch angle is given by the vertical
displacements of the pitch attitude scale with respect to the
center of the A/C reference. The scale moves behind the
cut-sphere shaped window, limited by the lines of an upper and a
lower sector. The scale rotates around the center of the A/C
reference in accordance with the A/C present roll angle.
The pitch scale comprises white reference lines and associated
pitch angle values. The lines are given every 2.5 degrees from 0
to 10 degrees, then for the 15 degrees, 20 degrees, 30 degrees,
50 degrees and 80 degrees values. Beyond 30 degrees, red large
arrow heads (V-shaped) indicate an excessive attitude and the
direction to follow in order to reduce it (item B).

(b) Roll angle information (item A)


A yellow triangle which remains on the line going through the
center of the A/C reference and which is perpendicular to the
horizon line, moves against the fixed roll scale on the upper
contour of the attitude sphere.
This fixed roll scale comprises white marks for the 10 degrees,
20 degrees, 30 degrees and 45 degrees significant values, on
either side of the zero position (horizontal wings) which is
indicated by a small fixed triangle. The 60 degrees roll
indication corresponds to the limits of the upper contour of the
cut-sphere shaped window.

(c) Attitude failure


In case of attitude failure concerning the pitch and/or roll
information the attitude sphere goes out of view and is replaced
by a red ATT flag which flashes for a few seconds then remains
steady (item C).
In case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between the pitch or
roll attitude information presented on the CAPT and F/O PFDs, a
CHECK ATT amber message flashes for a few seconds on both PFDs,
then remains steady (item D).

(2) Heading information


(Ref. Fig. 015)
The aircraft magnetic or true heading is displayed on the PFD, the ND
and the RMI.
The true heading can be displayed on the CDU.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 52
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the PFD
Figure 015



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 53
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(a) On the PFD
When the true heading is displayed, a TRUE white message appears
above the heading scale (item A).
A blank heading scale (with 10 deg. spaced marks without any
indicated value) is provided on the horizon line. The marks are
just under this line.
This scale moves as the aircraft heading varies. For important
nose-up or nose-down, the heading graduations remain at the lower
or upper sector limit.
Below the sphere, a heading scale provides the pilot with the
aircraft actual track and relative selection. This heading scale
is graduated every 5 deg. (item A).
In case of failure, the heading graduation disappears on the two
scales and a red HDG flag appears on the lower heading scale
(item B). It flashes for a few seconds, then remains steady.
Furthermore, in case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between
CAPT and F/O heading indications, with the heading signal valid,
a CHECK HDG amber message is displayed at the center of the
heading scale (item C).

(b) On the ND
(Ref. Fig. 016)
The heading data is displayed on the ND in the three following
operating modes: ROSE, ARC and PLAN.
The ROSE mode and the ARC mode are oriented with respect to the
aircraft heading, while the PLAN mode is oriented with respect to
the true North.

1
_ True heading display
In ROSE or ARC mode, when the true heading is displayed, a
cyan TRUE message appears at the top of the ND.

2
_ ROSE mode (item A)
In this mode each pilot has three different sub-modes of
presentation on his ND: ROSE-ILS/ROSE-VOR/ROSE-NAV.
In the three ROSE sub-modes, the ND provides a display which
is similar to that of a conventional HSI, i.e. a rotating
heading dial oriented to the North and giving to the pilot the
aircraft actual magnetic or true heading with, as reference,
the fixed yellow lubber line at the top of the dial.

3
_ ARC mode (item B)
In this mode, the ND displays a 90 deg. heading sector ahead
of the aircraft giving the aircraft actual magnetic or true
heading with respect to the fixed yellow lubber line at the
top of the scale.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 54
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the ND
Figure 016



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 55
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4
_ PLAN mode
The ND displays a static map oriented with respect to the true
North.

5
_ Heading failure (items C and D)
In case of heading failure, the scale and all symbols
positioned on the ROSE and ARC scales go out of view; a red
HDG flag comes into view below the scale after flashing for a
few seconds, when the DMC has detected an anomaly concerning
the heading parameter.
In addition, if a discrepancy between CAPT and F/O sides is
detected by the comparison inside the FWCs, the CHECK HDG
message is displayed in amber on both NDs (item E).

(c) On the CDU


The time heading can be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the HDG position.

(3) Ground speed


(Ref. Fig. 017)
The ground speed is displayed in the left upper corner of the ND for
the ROSE, ARC or PLAN mode (item A).
The GS title is displayed in white color and the ground speed value
in green.
In case of failure or NCD, the ground speed value is replaced by
three dashed lines (item B).
The ground speed can also be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the TK/GS position.

(4) Wind indications


(Ref. Fig. 017)
The wind origin, force and direction are displayed in the left upper
corner of the ND, for the ROSE, ARC and PLAN mode (item A):
- the wind origin is displayed in green color in degrees with respect
to the true North
- the wind force is displayed in green color in knots
- the wind direction, in analog form, is represented by means of a
green arrow oriented with respect to the north reference in use.
This arrow is displayed only if the wind force is greater than 2
knots.
In case of failure or NCD, the digital data is replaced by three
dashed lines and the wind direction arrow disappears (item B). The
wind indications can also be displayed on the CDU if the DATA
DISPLAY selector switch is placed in the WIND position.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 56
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - GS, Wind, Vertical Speed Information Display
Figure 017



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 57
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(5) Vertical speed
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The inertial vertical speed is displayed on the right side of the PFD
(item C).
The vertical speed scale consists of:

(a) A trapezoidal grey background colored surface.

(b) A fixed white scale with 500 ft/min spaced marks from -2000
ft/min to +2000 ft/min.

(c) A needle giving in analog form the actual vertical speed value.

(d) A number in a moving blanking window. This window accompanies the


needle (above) if V/S > 0, below if V/S < 0).
The number gives the V/S value in hundreds of ft/min.
Between -200 ft/min and +200 ft/min, both the window and the
number disappear.

(e) Above +6000 ft/min (or below -6000 ft/min), the needle remains
stopped where it is.
When the vertical speed exceeds +6000 ft/mn or -6000 ft/mn, the
digital indication and the analog needle change from green to
amber.

(f) In addition, those indications change to amber in approach, in


the following cases:
- V/S less than -2000 ft/min below 2500 ft RA.
- V/S less than -1200 ft/min below 1000 ft RA.
In case of failure, the inertial vertical speed display is
automatically replaced by the baro vertical speed display (Ref.
34-13-00).

(6) Reconfiguration display


In case of loss of inertial parameters on the CAPT or F/O PFD and ND,
the IR3 can be used as a back-up source by placing the ATT HDG
selector switch in the CAPT/3 position for the CAPT PFD and ND or in
the F/O/3 position for the F/O PFD and ND.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 58
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
C. Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 018, 019, 020, 021, 022)

(1) In addition to the ATT or HDG flags displayed on the PFDs, NDs and on
the CDU, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the
upper ECAM DU.

(a) NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT


NAV IR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the CDU.

(b) NAV ATT DISCREPANCY


This message is displayed when a difference higher than 5 deg. is
detected by comparison inside the FWCs between the roll angle or
the pitch angle provided by two IRs. When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ATT message appears on the PFD.

(c) NAV HDG DISCREPANCY


this message is displayed when a difference higher than 7 deg.
(or 5 deg. in true heading) is detected by comparison inside the
FWCs between the heading value provided by two IRs. When it is
displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK HDG message appears on the PFDs and NDs.

(d) NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT

(Ref. Fig. 023)


The GPSSUs are monitored by the three ADIRUs using the status
word sent by the GPSSU and the BITE of the IR portion.
This message is accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield panel
- aural warning: single chime (SC).

D. ADIRUs Performance Criteria

(1) History
The inertial parameters to be considered to evaluate the level of
performance of an inertial system after flight completion are:
- the radial position error (in NM)
- the residual ground speed error (in kts).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 59
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT Message
Figure 018



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 60
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV IR 1+2 FAULT Message
Figure 019



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 61
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV IR 1+3 (2+3) FAULT Message
Figure 020



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 62
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 021



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 63
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 022



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 64
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV GPS - Fault Messages
Figure 023



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 65
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Depending on their magnitude noticed at the end of the flight, the
concerned inertial system(s) shall or shall not be removed from the
aircraft.

(2) Radial position error


In order to address the statistical term of this requirement with the
most relevant approximation, the removal criteria use a limit based
on the recording of the radial position error on two consecutive
flights.
The use of a two-strike method presents the advantage to decrease the
removal rate of healthy units that have shown, by chance, or by an
inaccurate position entry at alignment, a radial position error
beyond the specified criterion.
The removal boundaries described on the figure present three
different areas:
(Ref. Fig. 024)
- Area 1 - ADIRU OK all the time
- Area 2 - ADIRU to be checked after second flight
- Area 3 - ADIRU to be replaced.

NOTE : Area 2 is applicable when the residual radial position error


____
ranges within the limits described in following paragraphs.

(a) Lower limit for removal criteria


The integration of the drift rate results in a lower limit for
the radial position error:
Radial position error (NM) = (2 (NM/h) * T (h)) + Offset (NM)
The presence of an offset is necessary to avoid the unjustified
removal of healthy units subject to the natural Schuler effects
and to the Present Position inaccuracies entered during
initialization.
It should be pointed out that the adverse impacts of such
inaccuracies over the radial position error will reveal stronger
for short flight durations (below 1.5 hour).
- Flight duration < 1.5 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 5 NM.
- 1.5 FH < Flight duration < 10 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 2T + 2.
- Flight duration > 10 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 22 NM.

(b) Upper limit for removal criteria


- Flight duration < 1.5 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 7.5 NM.
- 1.5 FH < Flight duration < 10 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 3T + 3.
- Flight duration > 10 FH:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 66
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU RPE Removal Criteria
Figure 024



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 67
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 33 NM.

(3) Residual Ground Speed Error


The residual ground speed for each IR is determined at the end of the
flight when the aircraft has come to a complete stop.

(a) Check of the residual ground speed can be made:


- On the CAPT (IR1) and F/O (IR2) Navigation Displays (ND):
The residual ground speed of the IR3 can be read on the CAPT ND
by setting the ATT HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.
- On the ADIRS CDU:
. set the DATA DISPLAY selector switch to TK/GS
. set the SYS DISPLAY selector switch to 1, 2, 3
. read the respective ground speed on the CDU display.

(b) Compare the recorded ground speed values with the following
limits:
- If the residual ground speed error is 15 kts or greater after
each of two consecutive flights, replace the ADIRU.
- If the residual ground speed error is 21 kts or greater at the
end of any one flight, replace the ADIRU.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 68
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 301-399, 401-499,

The Inertial Reference (IR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) provides main data sources which are precision attitude, magnetic
heading references and navigation data to the aircraft avionics systems.
Attitude, heading and navigation data are displayed on the Electronic Flight
Instrument System (EFIS) displays (Primary Flight Display (PFD); Navigation
Display (ND)) and on the Digital Distance and Radio Magnetic Indicator
(DDRMI) with recopies the heading data.
The IR portion also provides data from the selected MMR and accurate GPIR
hybrid position.

R **ON A/C 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

The Inertial Reference (IR) part of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) supplies the primary data that follows to the aircraft avionic
systems:
- Precision attitude
- Magnetic heading references
- Navigation data.
The attitude, heading and navigation data is shown on the displays of the
Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS):
- Primary Flight Display (PFD)
- Navigation Display (ND).
The IR part also supplies data from the selected MMR and the accurate GPIR
hybrid position.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

2. __________________
System Description

**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

A. General
The IR portion is a strapdown inertial system which provides a quality
reference for attitude, heading (true and magnetic), angular rates and
accelerations.
The IR software also computes:
- the inertial position


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- the ground velocities
- the baro inertial vertical speed
- the drift angle
- the wind data
- the flight path data.

B. Inputs

(1) Digital inputs

(a) FMGC inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two ARINC 702 Flight Management and Guidance Computers
(FMGCs). These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 270: FMGC DISCRETES.

R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


R 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

A. General
The IR portion is a strapdown inertial system which provides a quality
reference for attitude, heading (true and magnetic), angular rates and
accelerations.
The IR software also computes:
- the inertial position
- the ground velocities
- the baro inertial vertical speed
- the drift angle
- the wind data
- the flight path data.
The GPS partition integrated in the IR portion provides both the GPS
autonomous and hybrid navigation solutions. The term hybrid is
used to indicate that the navigation solution is a result of combining
the GPS, Inertial, and Air Data altitude data. The autonomous
navigation solution denotes a solution derived solely by the MMR using
only satellite data. For each type of data, hybrid and autonomous, the
software provides:
- the position
- the velocities (Ground, N/S, E/W)
- the accuracy parameters
- the integrity parameters.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 2
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. Inputs

(1) Digital inputs

(a) FMGC inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two ARINC 702 Flight Management and Guidance Computers
(FMGCs). These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 256: FIELD ELEVATION
- label 270: FMGC DISCRETES
- label 271: ADR discrete word 2.

**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.

(b) CDU inputs


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the CDU.
This bus transmits the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 277: CDU TEST.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.

(c) ADR inputs


The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the other two ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 203: ALTITUDE
- label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED.

(d) CFDS input


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed bus from
the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). This bus transmits
the following data words:
- label 125: UTC
- label 126: FLIGHT PHASE
- label 155: AIRCRAFT CONFIG
- label 227: CFDS COMMAND
- label 260: DATE
- labels 233 to 236: FLIGHT NUMBER


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- labels 301 to 303: AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
For more details, Ref. 34-18-00.

R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


R 239-239, 305-312, 401-499,

These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes,
and barometric data setting.

(b) CDU inputs


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the CDU.
This bus transmits the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 277: CDU TEST.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.

(c) ADR inputs


The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two other ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 203: ALTITUDE
- label 204: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 1
- label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED
- label 212: ALTITUDE RATE
- label 220: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 2
- label 241: CORRECTED AOA.

(d) CFDS input


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed bus from
the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). This bus transmits
the following data words:
- label 125: UTC
- label 126: FLIGHT PHASE
- label 155: AIRCRAFT CONFIG
- label 227: CFDS COMMAND
- label 260: DATE
- labels 233 to 236: FLIGHT NUMBER
- labels 301 to 303: AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
For more details Ref. 34-18-00.



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 4
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes
and barometric data setting.

(b) ADR inputs


The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low-speed buses
from the other two ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 203: ALTITUDE
- label 204: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 1
- label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED
- label 212: ALTITUDE RATE
- label 220: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 2
- label 241: CORRECTED AOA.

(c) CFDS input


The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low-speed bus from
the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). This bus transmits
the following data words:
- label 125: UTC
- label 126: FLIGHT PHASE
- label 155: AIRCRAFT CONFIG
- label 227: CFDS COMMAND
- label 260: DATE
- labels 233 to 236: FLIGHT NUMBER
- labels 301 to 303: AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
For more details Ref. 34-18-00.

(d) Not Applicable

**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

(e) GPS inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 high speed buses
from the GPS portion of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 060: MEASUREMENT STATUS
- label 061: PSEUDO RANGE
- label 062: PSEUDO RANGE FINE
- label 063: RANGE RATE
- label 064: DELTA RANGE
- label 065: SV POSITION X
- label 066: SV POSITION X FINE
- label 070: SV POSITION Y



EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/10
236-238, 240-249, 251-299, 301-304, 313-399, 
CES 
- label 071: SV POSITION Y FINE
- label 072: SV POSITION Z
- label 073: SV POSITION Z FINE
- label 074: UTC MEASURE TIME
- label 076: GPS ALTITUDE (MSL)
- label 101: GPS HDOP
- label 102: GPS VDOP
- label 103: GPS TRACK ANGLE
- label 110: GPS LATITUDE
- label 111: GPS LONGITUDE
- label 112: GPS GROUND SPEED
- label 120: GPS LATITUDE FINE
- label 121: GPS LONGITUDE FINE
- label 125: GPS UTC BCD
- label 130: GPS HORIZONTAL INTEGRITY LIMIT
- label 136: GPS VERTICAL FOM
- label 140: GPS UTC FINE
- label 141: GPS UTC FINE FRACTIONS
- label 143: TERMINAL AREA HIL
- label 150: GPS UTC BIN
- label 162: DESTINATION ETA
- label 163: ALT WAYPOINT ETA
- label 165: GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY
- label 166: GPS N/S VELOCITY
- label 174: GPS E/W VELOCITY
- label 247: GPS HORIZONTAL FOM
- label 260: GPS DATE
- label 273: GPS SENSOR STATUS
- label 343: DESTINATION HIL
- label 347: ALT WAYPOINT HIL
- label 377: EQUIPMENT IDENT

(2) Analog inputs


The IR portion is provided with analog inputs for power supply
purposes.
For more details Ref. 34-12-00.

R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


R 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

(e) GPS inputs


The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 high speed buses
from the GPS portion of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 057: USER RANGE ACCURACY
- label 060: MEASUREMENT STATUS
- label 061: PSEUDO RANGE


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 6
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- label 062: PSEUDO RANGE FINE
- label 063: RANGE RATE
- label 064: DELTA RANGE
- label 065: SV POSITION X
- label 066: SV POSITION X FINE
- label 070: SV POSITION Y
- label 071: SV POSITION Y FINE
- label 072: SV POSITION Z
- label 073: SV POSITION Z FINE
- label 074: UTC MEASURE TIME
- label 076: GPS ALTITUDE (MSL)
- label 101: GPS HDOP
- label 102: GPS VDOP
- label 103: GPS TRACK ANGLE
- label 110: GPS LATITUDE
- label 111: GPS LONGITUDE
- label 112: GPS GROUND SPEED
- label 120: GPS LATITUDE FINE
- label 121: GPS LONGITUDE FINE
- label 125: GPS UTC BCD
- label 126: SAT DE-SELECT 1
- label 127: SAT DE-SELECT 2
- label 130: GPS HORIZONTAL INTEGRITY LIMIT
- label 136: GPS VERTICAL FOM
- label 140: GPS UTC FINE
- label 141: GPS UTC FINE FRACTIONS
- label 143: TERMINAL AREA HIL
- label 144: APPROACH AREA HIL
- label 150: GPS UTC BIN
- label 162: DESTINATION ETA
- label 163: ALT WAYPOINT ETA
- label 165: GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY
- label 166: GPS N/S VELOCITY
- label 174: GPS E/W VELOCITY
- label 226: GPS DATA LOADER
- label 247: GPS HORIZONTAL FOM
- label 260: GPS DATE
- label 273: GPS SENSOR STATUS
- label 343: DESTINATION HIL
- label 347: ALT WAYPOINT HIL
- label 377: EQUIPMENT IDENT

(2) Analog inputs


The IR portion is provided with analog inputs for power supply and
GPS/IRS synchronization purposes (Time Mark).
For more details Ref. 34-12-00.


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 7
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,
R 221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-312, 401-499,

(3) Discrete inputs


The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| CDU ON/OFF | Open/GND |Not displayed/displayed|
| IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
| MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Standard/expended model|
| GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
| | |Reserved priority |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs

(a) Mounting positions 1 and 2


These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
and lateral axis of the aircraft.
Table 2 below gives the unit position in function of the discrete
selection.


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 8
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-312, 401-499, 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
| Position 1 | Position 2 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Open * | Open * | FWD * |
| Ground | Open | AFT |
| Open | Ground | RIGHT |
| Ground | Ground | LEFT |
---------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes

* The discretes are wired in FWD position.

(b) IR mode select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:

----------------------------------------------
| M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
| | | Selector Switch Position |
|--------------------------------------------|
| Open | Open | OFF |
| Ground | Open | NAV |
| Open | Ground | ATT |
----------------------------------------------
Table 3 : IR Mode Select

(4) Not Applicable

R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


R 239-239,

(3) Discrete inputs


The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| CDU ON/OFF | Open/GND |Not displayed/displayed|
| IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 9
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
| MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Reserved/expended model|
| GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
| | |Reserved priority |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs

(a) Mounting positions 1 and 2


These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
and lateral axis of the aircraft.
Table 2 below gives the unit position in function of the discrete
selection.

---------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
| Position 1 | Position 2 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Open * | Open * | FWD * |
| Ground | Open | AFT |
| Open | Ground | RIGHT |
| Ground | Ground | LEFT |
---------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes

* The discretes are wired in FWD position.

(b) IR mode select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-239,
 34-14-00

Page 10
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------
| M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
| | | Selector Switch Position |
|--------------------------------------------|
| Open | Open | OFF |
| Ground | Open | NAV |
| Open | Ground | ATT |
----------------------------------------------
Table 3 : IR Mode Select

(4) Not Applicable

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

(3) Discrete inputs


The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| IR OFF | Open/GND |Momentary action |
| IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
| MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Reserved/expended model|
| GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
| | |Reserved priority |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 11
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
(a) Mounting positions 1 and 2
These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
and lateral axes of the aircraft.
Table 2 below gives the unit position according to discrete
selection.

---------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
| Position 1 | Position 2 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Open * | Open * | FWD * |
| Ground | Open | AFT |
| Open | Ground | RIGHT |
| Ground | Ground | LEFT |
---------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes

* The discretes are wired in FWD position.

(b) IR mode select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:

----------------------------------------------
| M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
| | | Selector Switch Position |
|--------------------------------------------|
| Open | Open | OFF |
| Ground | Open | NAV |
| Open | Ground | ATT |
----------------------------------------------
Table 3 : IR Mode Select


R

EFF :

240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,  34-14-00

Page 12
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) Discrete inputs
The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
| MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Reserved/expended model|
| GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
| | |Reserved priority |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs

(a) Mounting positions 1 and 2


These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
and lateral axes of the aircraft.
Table 2 below gives the unit position according to discrete
selection.


R

EFF :

240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,  34-14-00

Page 13
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
| Position 1 | Position 2 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Open * | Open * | FWD * |
| Ground | Open | AFT |
| Open | Ground | RIGHT |
| Ground | Ground | LEFT |
---------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes

* The discretes are wired in FWD position.

(b) IR mode select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:

----------------------------------------------
| M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
| | | Selector Switch Position |
|--------------------------------------------|
| Open | Open | OFF |
| Ground | Open | NAV |
| Open | Ground | ATT |
----------------------------------------------
Table 3 : IR Mode Select

**ON A/C 313-399,

(3) Discrete inputs


The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| IR OFF | Open/GND |Momentary action |
| IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page 14
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
R | MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Standard/expended model|
R | GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
R | GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
R | GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
R | | |Reserved priority |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs

R (a) Mounting positions 1 and 2


R These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
R orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
R and lateral axes of the aircraft.
R Table 2 below gives the unit position according to discrete
R selection.

R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R | Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
R | Position 1 | Position 2 | |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R | Open * | Open * | FWD * |
R | Ground | Open | AFT |
R | Open | Ground | RIGHT |
R | Ground | Ground | LEFT |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes

R * The discretes are wired in FWD position.

R (b) IR mode select


R The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
R the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:


R

EFF :

313-399,  34-14-00

Page 15
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------
| M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
| | | Selector Switch Position |
|--------------------------------------------|
| Open | Open | OFF |
| Ground | Open | NAV |
| Open | Ground | ATT |
----------------------------------------------
Table 3 : IR Mode Select

(4) Not Applicable

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(c) ADR DADS select


The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know which air data
source to use:

--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Auto | Manual | IR Selection |
| ADR DADS | ADR DADS | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Open | Open | The IR uses the air data received |
| | | on port 1 |
|-------------|----------------|-----------------------------------|
| Open | Ground | The IR uses the air data received |
| | | on port 2 |
|-------------|----------------|-----------------------------------|
| Ground * | Open | The IR goes automatically from one|
| | | air data source to the others |
| | | according to their validity and |
| | | priority. * |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 : ADR DADS Select

* The discretes are wired in the automatic ADR selection mode


with the following priority:
1: its own ADR unit
2: ADR received on port 1
3: ADR received on port 2.

(d) SDI program pins


These discretes code the installation side of the ADIRU.
The following table gives the IR side according to the SDI.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 16
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
--------------------------------------------
| SDI-MSB | SDI-LSB | ADIRU NUMBER |
--------------------------------------------
| OPEN | GROUND | 1 |
| GROUND | OPEN | 2 |
| GROUND | GROUND | 3 |
--------------------------------------------
Table 5 : IR SDI Code

**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-399, 401-499,

(e) IR remote test


The IR portion uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
In normal operation this discrete is open (unused) but can be
also activated via the CFDIU on ground (Ref. 34-18-00).

(f) CFDS message select


On the A/C, this discrete is open.

(g) GPS present


These discretes are used to activate GPS/IRS hybridization
(computation, BITE function).

(h) GPS priority select


The GPIRS function uses this discrete to modify the GPS priority.
Each ADIRU receives data from the two GPS portions of the MMRs on
the primary and secondary inputs.
For each ADIRU, the primary and secondary GPS inputs are defined
as follows:

---------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | PRIMARY | SECONDARY |
| SDI | INPUT | INPUT |
---------------------------------------------
| 1 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
| 2 | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) |
| 3 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
---------------------------------------------

Depending on the GPS validity and GPS priority select input


discrete status, the GPS source is defined as follows:


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 17
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| PRIORITY | PRIMARY | SECONDARY | GPSSU SOURCE |
| STATUS | GPSSU | GPSSU |-----------------------------------
| | | | GPS PRIORITY | GPS PRIORITY |
| | | | SELECT = OPEN | SELECT = GROUND |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | Valid | Valid | Primary | Secondary |
| 2 | Valid | Fail | Primary | Primary |
| 3 | Fail | Valid | Secondary | Secondary |
| 4 | Fail | Fail | Primary | Secondary |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


R 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

(e) IR remote test


The IR portion uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
On the A/C, this discrete is opened.
In normal operation this discrete is open (unused) but can be
also activated via the CFDIU on ground (Ref. 34-18-00).

(f) CFDS message select


On the A/C, this discrete is open.

(g) GPS present


These discretes are used to activate GPS/IRS hybridization
(computation, BITE function).

(h) GPS priority select


The GPIRS function uses this discrete to modify the GPS priority.
Each ADIRU receives data from the two GPS portions of the MMRs on
the primary and secondary inputs.
For each ADIRU, the primary and secondary GPS inputs are defined
as follows:

---------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | PRIMARY | SECONDARY |
| SDI | INPUT | INPUT |
---------------------------------------------
| 1 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
| 2 | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) |
| 3 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
---------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 18
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Depending on the GPS validity and GPS priority select input
discrete status, the GPS source is defined as follows:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| PRIORITY | PRIMARY | SECONDARY | GPSSU SOURCE |
| STATUS | GPSSU | GPSSU |-----------------------------------
| | | | GPS PRIORITY | GPS PRIORITY |
| | | | SELECT = OPEN | SELECT = GROUND |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | Valid | Valid | Primary | Secondary |
| 2 | Valid | Fail | Primary | Primary |
| 3 | Fail | Valid | Secondary | Secondary |
| 4 | Fail | Fail | Primary | Secondary |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


511-514,

C. Software Computation

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 001)

**ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-514,

(Ref. Fig. 001A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 002)

**ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-514,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


511-514,

The software contains the program memory and provides the following basic
functions:
- real-time executive
- attitude integration


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 19
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - IR Block Diagram
Figure 001


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 20
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRU - IR Block Diagram
Figure 001A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page 21
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - IR Signal Flow Diagram
Figure 002


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 22
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRU - IR Signal Flow Diagram
Figure 002A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page 23
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- velocity integration
- position integration
- output computation
- built-in test (Ref. 34-18-00).
The IR software operates in one of three basic modes: alignment,
navigation, or a reversionary attitude mode. These modes include various
portions of the major functions. The real-time executive and built-in
test functions interface with each function in each mode.

(1) Alignment mode


The alignment is the initialization mode for the IR. Its primary
function is to initialize the attitude, velocity and position
integration functions implemented in the navigation mode. This mode
operates on the ground only.
The IR alignment mode is divided into three parts:
- coarse level processing
The coarse level processing is engaged during the first 30 seconds
of the IR alignment mode. This processing estimates the local
vertical using the three accelerometers and the measured gravity.
During coarse level processing of the alignment mode, the software
computes the level coordinate frame, pitch and roll, and associated
rates and accelerations.
- gyro-compass (or azimuth) processing and level processing
Gyro-compass processing is engaged after the 30 seconds of the IR
alignment mode (coarse level complete) and runs for a minimum of
9.5 minutes.
Gyro-compass processing is used to orient body frame to North
(using earth rotation detection by gyros).
During this alignment submode, an estimated latitude is computed
using local vertical component of the earth rotation.
During this submode, the results of the coarse level processing are
sharpened to have a better knowledge of the coordinate frame.

R **ON A/C 515-523,

C. Software Computation
(Ref. Fig. 001A, 002A)
The software contains the program memory and provides the following basic
functions:
- real-time executive
- attitude integration
- velocity integration
- position integration
- output computation
- built-in test (Ref. 34-18-00).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 24
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The IR software operates in one of three basic modes: alignment,
navigation, or a reversionary attitude mode. These modes include various
portions of the major functions. The real-time executive and built-in
test functions interface with each function in each mode.

(1) Alignment mode


The alignment is the initialization mode for the IR. Its primary
function is to initialize the attitude, velocity and position
integration functions implemented in the navigation mode. This mode
operates on the ground only.
The IR alignment mode is divided into three parts:
- coarse level processing
The coarse level processing is engaged during the first 30 seconds
of the IR alignment mode. This processing estimates the local
vertical using the three accelerometers and the measured gravity.
During coarse level processing of the alignment mode, the software
computes the level coordinate frame, pitch and roll, and associated
rates and accelerations.
- gyro-compass (or azimuth) processing and level processing
Gyro-compass processing is engaged after the 30 seconds of the IR
alignment mode (coarse level complete) and run for a minimum of 5
minutes. The ADIRU alignment time will be reduced from 10 minutes
fixed alignment time to a variable time based on aircraft latitude.
Gyro-compass processing is used to orient body frame to North
(using earth rotation detection by gyros).
During this alignment submode, an estimated latitude is computed
using local vertical component of the earth rotation.
During this submode, the results of the coarse level processing are
sharpened to have a better knowledge of the coordinate frame.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

- position entry data processing


This position initialization can take place in coarse level
processing or gyro-compass processing.
The latitude and longitude pair processed for position
initialization is received from the same source (FMGC 1, FMGC 2 or
CDU).
As soon as a valid position initialization pair is received, the
software performs a BITE test to check if the entered latitude and
longitude are within the following limits versus the position
recorded at the end of the last power- up cycle:

Abs val( lat entered - lat recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,
401-499, 515-523,
 34-14-00

Page 25
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Abs val( long entered - long recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg
(Ref. 34-18-00).

A second BITE test is performed on the entered latitude when an


estimated latitude is available during the gyro-compass processing:

Abs val(cos (lat est) - cos (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.

Abs val(sin (lat est) - sin (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.

The alignment is completed after 10 minutes if a valid position


data has been received and verified by the IR.
If not, the automatic sequencing to the NAV mode will be delayed
(up to 1 minute) after position data is received.
The operations to enter position and the warnings associated to the
tests performed in alignment mode are described in para. 3
(operation/control and indicating).
The IR also offers the possibility to enter into a variant of the
alignment mode called rapid realign or 30-second realign. This
mode is selected by moving the CDU selector switch from NAV to OFF,
then to NAV within five seconds, when the aircraft is on ground
(ground speed less than 20 knots). Valid position data must be
received. During the rapid realign mode, all computed velocities
are set to zero and a fine tuning of the alignment is performed
using the attitude reference vertical and the heading data
available from the last NAV phase as initial conditions.
During the alignment mode, the IR outputs on the ARINC 429 bus may
not be available. Position initialization of the ADIRU is
transmitted to the MMR for its own initialization. In addition to
this position, the MMR requires initialization data of date and
UTC. The IR portion receives date and UTC from the CMC and
transmits the data to the MMRs. The chronology of the validation
of the outputs during the alignment is given in para. 2-D (IR
output data).


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 26
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-514,

- position entry data processing


This position initialization can take place in coarse level
processing or gyro-compass processing.
The latitude and longitude pair processed for position
initialization is received from the same source (FMGC 1 or FMGC 2).
As soon as a valid position initialization pair is received, the
software performs a BITE test to check if the entered latitude and
longitude are within the following limits versus the position
recorded at the end of the last power- up cycle:

Abs val( lat entered - lat recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg.

Abs val( long entered - long recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg
(Ref. 34-18-00).

A second BITE test is performed on the entered latitude when an


estimated latitude is available during the gyro-compass processing:

Abs val(cos (lat est) - cos (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.

Abs val(sin (lat est) - sin (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.

The alignment is completed after 10 minutes if a valid position


data has been received and verified by the IR.
If not, the automatic sequencing to the NAV mode will be delayed
(up to 1 minute) after position data is received.
The operations to enter position and the warnings associated to the
tests performed in alignment mode are described in para. 3
(operation/control and indicating).
The IR also offers the possibility to enter into a variant of the
alignment mode called rapid realign or 30-second realign. This
mode is selected by moving the MSU selector switch from NAV to OFF,
then to NAV within five seconds, when the aircraft is on ground
(ground speed less than 20 knots). Valid position data must be
received. During the rapid realign mode, all computed velocities
are set to zero and a fine tuning of the alignment is performed
using the attitude reference vertical and the heading data
available from the last NAV phase as initial conditions.
During the alignment mode, the IR outputs on the ARINC 429 bus may
not be available. Position initialization of the ADIRU is
transmitted to the MMR for its own initialization. In addition to
this position, the MMR requires initialization data of date and


R

EFF :
511-514,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page 27
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
UTC. The IR portion receives date and UTC from the CMC and
transmits the data to the MMRs. The chronology of the validation
of the outputs during the alignment is given in para. 2-D (IR
output data).

R **ON A/C 515-523,

- position entry data processing


This position initialization can take place in coarse level
processing or gyro-compass processing.
The latitude and longitude pair processed for position
initialization is received from the same source (FMGC 1, FMGC 2,
GPSSU1/MMR1 or GPSSU2/MMR2).
.If a GPS position data is available and if there is no pilot
entry, the GPS data is used to perform the alignment.
.If a GPS position data is available and if there is a pilot entry,
the pilot entry is compared with the GPS position. The
discrepancies between the two latitudes and the two longitudes must
be within 5Nm. If the discrepancies exceed 5Nm, the ALIGN
annunciator flashes.
. If no GPS position data is available, the software performs a
BITE test to check if the entered latitude and longitude are within
the following limits versus the position recorded at the end of the
last power-up cycle:

Abs val( lat entered - lat recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg.

Abs val( long entered - long recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg
(Ref. 34-18-00).

A second BITE test is performed on the entered latitude when an


estimated latitude is available during the gyro-compass processing:

Abs val(cos (lat est) - cos (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.

Abs val(sin (lat est) - sin (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.

The alignment is completed if a valid position data has been


received and verified by the IR.
The typical alignment time will be calculated for a given latitude
as follows:


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page 28
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ABS (5.0 minutes/cosine (latitude)) for latitudes between 60S and 60N
10.0 minutes at a latitude more than or equal to 73.0S and less than 60S
10.0 minutes at a latitude more than 60N and less than or equal to 73.0N
17 minutes at latitude less than 73.0S
17 minutes at latitude more than 73.0N
(Ref. Fig. 003)
If not, the automatic sequencing to the NAV mode will be delayed
(up to 1 minute) after position data is received.
The operations to enter position and the warnings associated to the
tests performed in alignment mode are described in para. 3
(operation/control and indicating).
The IR also offers the possibility to enter into a variant of the
alignment mode called rapid realign or 30-second realign. This
mode is selected by moving the MSU selector switch from NAV to OFF,
then to NAV within five seconds, when the aircraft is on ground
(ground speed less than 20 knots). Valid position data must be
received. During the rapid realign mode, all computed velocities
are set to zero and a fine tuning of the alignment is performed
using the attitude reference vertical and the heading data
available from the last NAV phase as initial conditions.
During the alignment mode, the IR outputs on the ARINC 429 bus may
not be available. Position initialization of the ADIRU is
transmitted to the MMR for its own initialization. In addition to
this position, the MMR requires initialization data of date and
UTC. The IR portion receives date and UTC from the CMC and
transmits the data to the MMRs. The chronology of the validation
of the outputs during the alignment is given in para. 2-D (IR
output data).

**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-399, 401-499,

(2) Navigation (NAV) mode


(Ref. Fig. 004)
The NAV mode is the primary operating mode for the IR and is
implemented in software as unaided strapdown inertial navigation
computation. The basic operating elements consist of three
integration functions (attitude, velocity and position) driven by
input gyro and accelerometer strapdown sensor data.
The equations used to compute the main parameters are the following:

- body pitch, roll, yaw rates (labels 326, 327, 330):


they are representative of the aircraft body rotations relative to
the aircraft body axes and are directly measured by the laser
gyros.


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 29
Config-3 Feb 01/10
236-238, 301-399, 401-499, 515-523, 
CES 
ADIRU - Alignment Time in North Hemisphere
Figure 003


R

EFF :

515-523,  34-14-00

Page 30
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU - Navigation Mode Functions
Figure 004


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 31
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- body longitudinal, lateral, normal accelerations (labels 331, 332,
333):
they are directly measured by the accelerometers but with the
gravity effect substracted to have 0g on the normal acceleration
when in level.

- pitch and roll attitude rate (labels 336, 337)

Pitch Att rate = Q. cos (Ra) - R. sin (Ra)


Q. sin (Ra) + R. cos (Ra)
Roll Att rate = P + -------------------------
cos (Pa)/sin (Pa)
where : Ra = Roll angle
Pa = Pitch angle
P = Body roll rate
Q = Body pitch rate
R = Body yaw rate

- flight path angle (label 322) = angle between the aircraft velocity
vector and the horizontal plane
(VZ)
FPA = Arc tan (--)
(VG)
where : VZ = inertial vertical speed (label 365)
VG = ground speed (label 312)


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 32
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-399, 401-499, 
CES 
- flight path acceleration (label 323) = aircraft acceleration along
the total velocity vector
Vx.Ax + Vy.Ay + Vz.Az
Flt Path Accel = ---------------------
______________
/ 2 2 2
V Vx + Vy + Vz
where : Ax, Ay, Az, Vx, Vy, Vz: accelerations and velocities in the
earth frame.

- wind speed and direction computation (labels 315 and 316)


___________________
/ 2 2
Wind speed = V Vwind N + Vwind E
(Vwind E)
Wind direction = Arc tan (-------) + 180 deg.
(Vwind N)
Vwind E = Veast - cos (Pa). sin (Hdg). TAS

Vwind N = Vnorth - cos (Pa). cos (Hdg). TAS

where : Veast = east velocity = label 367


Vnorth = north velocity = label 366
Pa = pitch angle = label 324
Hdg = heading = label 314
TAS = true airspeed.

The TAS is received from the ADR. The ADR source to be used is
selected according to the configuration of the discretes described
in para. 2.B.(3)(d). The IR does not compute the wind if the TAS is
less than 100 knots or if the air data sources are no more
available. In this case, the wind labels are sent with their status
matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).

- Inertial vertical speed and inertial altitude computation (labels


365 and 361)
The IR software contains a baro-inertial loop to compute the
Inertial Vertical Speed and Inertial Altitude. This loop permits to
take advantage of the different qualities of the inertial and air
data systems. The IR brings its better behaviour in dynamic
maneuvers while the ADR brings its stability in time (no drift of
the outputs like in IR). The principle of the baro-inertial loop is
given in: the figure
(Ref. Fig. 005)


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 33
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-399, 401-499, 
CES 
IR - Baro Inertial Altitude Filter
Figure 005


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 34
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The ADR source to be used is selected according to the
configuration of the discretes described in para. 2.B.(3)(d). When
no ADR source is available, the labels 361 and 365 are sent with
their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).

- Magnetic deviation computation


The principle of the inertial system is based on geographic
referenced measurements and computation. To create the labels which
are magnetic referenced (magnetic heading, magnetic track angle ;
labels 320, 317) the IR computes a magnetic variation which is
added to the true values (labels 314, 313).
The magnetic variation is computed as a function of the present
position (latitude and longitude) within the range of 73N to 60S.
The magnetic variation at any given point is calculated by using
four grid intersection data values and a two-dimensional linear
interpolation. The grid data comes from the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration and must be updated every 10 years in
order to meet the accuracy requirements.
The computation and display of navigation data by the FMGS and the
EIS are in magnetic references (using magnetic referenced labels
from the IR).

R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


R 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

(2) Navigation (NAV) mode


(Ref. Fig. 004)
The NAV mode is the primary operating mode for the IR and is
implemented in software as unaided strapdown inertial navigation
computation. The basic operating elements consist of three
integration functions (attitude, velocity and position) driven by
input gyro and accelerometer strapdown sensor data.
The equations used to compute the main parameters are the following:

- body pitch, roll, yaw rates (labels 326, 327, 330):


they are representative of the aircraft body rotations relative to
the aircraft body axes and are directly measured by the laser
gyros.

- body longitudinal, lateral, normal accelerations (labels 331, 332,


333):
they are directly measured by the accelerometers but with the
gravity effect substracted to have 0g on the normal acceleration
when in level.

- pitch and roll attitude rate (labels 336, 337)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 35
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Pitch Att rate = Q. cos (Ra) - R. sin (Ra)
Q. sin (Ra) + R. cos (Ra)
Roll Att rate = P + -------------------------
cos (Pa)/sin (Pa)
where : Ra = Roll angle
Pa = Pitch angle
P = Body roll rate
Q = Body pitch rate
R = Body yaw rate

- flight path angle (label 322) = angle between the aircraft velocity
vector and the horizontal plane
(VZ)
FPA = Arc tan (--)
(VG)
where : VZ = inertial vertical speed (label 365)
VG = ground speed (label 312)


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 36
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
- flight path acceleration (label 323) = aircraft acceleration along
the total velocity vector
Vx.Ax + Vy.Ay + Vz.Az
Flt Path Accel = ---------------------
______________
/ 2 2 2
V Vx + Vy + Vz
where : Ax, Ay, Az, Vx, Vy, Vz: accelerations and velocities in the
earth frame.

- wind speed and direction computation (labels 315 and 316)


___________________
/ 2 2
Wind speed = V Vwind N + Vwind E
(Vwind E)
Wind direction = Arc tan (-------) + 180 deg.
(Vwind N)
Vwind E = Veast - cos (Pa). sin (Hdg). TAS

Vwind N = Vnorth - cos (Pa). cos (Hdg). TAS

where : Veast = east velocity = label 367


Vnorth = north velocity = label 366
Pa = pitch angle = label 324
Hdg = heading = label 314
TAS = true airspeed.

The TAS is received from the ADR. The ADR source to be used is
selected according to the configuration of the discretes described
in para. 2.B.(3)(d). The IR does not compute the wind if the TAS is
less than 100 knots or if the air data sources are no more
available. In this case, the wind labels are sent with their status
matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).

- inertial vertical speed and inertial altitude computation (labels


365 and 361)
The IR software contains a baro-inertial loop to compute the
Inertial Vertical Speed and Inertial Altitude. This loop permits to
take advantage of the different qualities of the inertial and air
data systems. The IR brings its better behaviour in dynamic
maneuvers while the ADR brings its stability in time (no drift of
the outputs like in IR). The principle of the baro-inertial loop is
given in: the figure
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The ADR source to be used is selected according to the
configuration of the discretes described in para. 2.B.(3)(d). When


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 37
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
no ADR source is available, the labels 361 and 365 are sent with
their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).

- magnetic deviation computation


The principle of the inertial system is based on geographic
referenced measurements and computation. To create the labels which
are magnetic referenced (magnetic heading, magnetic track angle ;
labels 320, 317) the IR computes a magnetic variation which is
added to the true values (labels 314, 313).
The magnetic variation is computed as a function of the present
position (latitude and longitude) within the range of 73N to 60S
excluding the magnetic polar region (latitude exceeds 73N and
longitude between 120W and 90W). The magnetic variation at any
given point is calculated by using four grid intersection data
values and a two-dimensional linear interpolation. The grid data
comes from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and
must be updated every 10 years in order to meet the accuracy
requirements.
The computation and display of navigation data by the FMGS and the
EIS are in magnetic references (using magnetic referenced labels
from the IR).

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

- GPS/IRS hybridization computation


At the end of GPIR NAV mode ground align processing, an 18-state
PR/DR (Pseudo Range / Delta Range) mechanized Kalman filter is
engaged to estimate the system error states. The hybrid solution is
then corrected by removing its errors estimated from the Kalman
filter.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-304, 401-499,

(3) Attitude mode


The attitude mode is a reversionary mode which can be activated only
by manual selection of the ATT mode on the CDU.
The mode can be activated on the ground or in flight and is intended
to provide a rapid attitude/heading restart capability if the IR has
experienced total power shutdown or failures which do not disable the
mechanization of the attitude computation. The necessity of selecting
ATT is indicated by the IR on its action code (label 350 - code 04 =
select ATT) and this data is used by the FWC to display a message on
the ECAM displays.
On the CDU, the STS-SELECT ATT indication comes into view if the
DISPLAY/DATA selector switch is in STS (status) position.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 38
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
This mode needs a 20-second initialization phase with the aircraft in
level flight. During this phase, all the ARINC bus outputs are sent
with their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data). At the end of
the initialization phase the IR sends valid outputs of:
- body axis accelerations and angular rates
- pitch and roll attitude and rate
- vertical acceleration
- vertical velocity
- baro-inertial altitude and vertical speed (Ref. para. D - IR output
data, list of valid labels).
The magnetic heading may also be valid if an initialization value
has been sent by the FMGC (through the MCDU) or the CDU. (Ref.
para. D - IR output data for the complete list of valid outputs).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

(3) Attitude mode


The attitude mode is a reversionary mode that can be activated only
by manual selection of the ATT mode on the MSU.
The mode can be activated on the ground or in flight and is intended
to provide a rapid attitude/heading restart capability if the IR has
experienced total power shutdown or failures which do not disable the
mechanization of the attitude computation. The necessity of selecting
ATT is indicated by the IR in its action code (label 350 - code 04 =
select ATT) and this data is used by the FWC to display a message on
the ECAM displays.
This mode needs a 20-second initialization phase with the aircraft in
level flight. During this phase, all the ARINC bus outputs are sent
with their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data). At the end of
the initialization phase the IR sends valid outputs of:
- body axis accelerations and angular rates
- pitch and roll attitude and rate
- vertical acceleration
- vertical velocity
- baro-inertial altitude and vertical speed (Ref. para. D - IR output
data, list of valid labels).
The magnetic heading may also be valid if an initialization value
has been sent by the FMGC (through the MCDU) (Ref. para. D - IR
output data for the complete list of valid outputs).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-304, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 39
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 305-312,

(3) Attitude mode


The attitude mode is a reversionary mode which can be activated only
by manual selection of the ATT mode on the CDU.
The mode can be activated on the ground or in flight and is intended
to provide a rapid attitude/heading restart capability if the IR has
experienced total power shutdown or failures which do not disable the
mechanization of the attitude computation. The necessity of selecting
ATT is indicated by the IR on its action code (label 350 - code 04 =
select ATT) and this data is used by the FWC to display a message on
the ECAM displays.
On the CDU, the STS-SELECT ATT indication comes into view if the
DISPLAY/DATA selector switch is in STS (status) position.
This mode needs a 20-second initialization phase with the aircraft in
level flight. During this phase, all the ARINC bus outputs are sent
with their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data). At the end of
the initialization phase the IR sends valid outputs of:
- body axis accelerations and angular rates
- pitch and roll attitude and rate
- vertical acceleration
- vertical velocity
- baro-inertial altitude and vertical speed (Ref. para. D - IR output
data, list of valid labels).
The magnetic heading may also be valid if an initialization value
has been sent by the FMGC (through the MCDU) or the CDU. (Ref.
para. D - IR output data for the complete list of valid outputs).

(4) Hybrid partition


The hybrid filter function of this partition utilizes an 18 state
Kalman filter using MMR pseudo-range measurements, Air Data altitude
measurements, and inertial sensor data inputs to provide the hybrid
navigation solution. To assure integrity of the hybrid navigation
solution, the GPS partition executes a Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitor (RAIM) algorithm. In addition to determining the validity of
the solution, the RAIM function also performs satellite failure
detection and isolation so erroneous satellite measurements can be
removed from the navigation solution. The integrity limit for the
hybrid solution is computed from either the MMR autonomous or
integrity monitor based data and provided as output.
In contrast to the hybrid solution, the autonomous solution is
provided by each MMR via the GPS ARINC input buses. The autonomous
data from one MMR is then relayed and retransmitted on the output
buses. Also, predictive RAIM labels can be received from the MMR, and
relayed to the output fonctions for retransmission.


R

EFF :

305-312,  34-14-00

Page 40
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
The GPS partition remains operating in the Navigation mode unless the
hybrid filter must be restarted or less than 4 unique satellites are
being used by the filter - the hybrid filter is restarted if the IR
partition transitions to a mode other than NAV after transitioning to
NAV, and also if True Heading or position data from the IR partition
becomes invalid prior to the IR partition transitioning to NAV. This
restart condition will then initiate a transition back to the
Acquisition mode of operation. Also when less than 4 satellites are
being used by the filter, the GPS partition transitions to the
Altitude Aiding/Clock Coasting mode. However the software performs
the same operational tasks as performed in the GPS Navigation mode,
except for the mode indication in the GPIRS status word of the
outputs. It remains in this mode until four or more satellite
measurements are received again when its transitioned back to the
Navigation mode.

**ON A/C 313-399,

(3) Attitude mode


The attitude mode is a reversionary mode that can be activated only
by manual selection of the ATT mode on the MSU.
The mode can be activated on the ground or in flight and is intended
to provide a rapid attitude/heading restart capability if the IR has
experienced total power shutdown or failures which do not disable the
mechanization of the attitude computation. The necessity of selecting
ATT is indicated by the IR in its action code (label 350 - code 04 =
select ATT) and this data is used by the FWC to display a message on
the ECAM displays.
This mode needs a 20-second initialization phase with the aircraft in
level flight. During this phase, all the ARINC bus outputs are sent
with their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data). At the end of
the initialization phase, the IR sends valid outputs of:
- body axis accelerations and angular rates
- pitch and roll attitude and rate
- vertical acceleration
- vertical velocity
- baro-inertial altitude and vertical speed (Ref. para. D - IR output
data, list of valid labels).
The magnetic heading may also be valid if an initialization value
has been sent by the FMGC (through the MCDU) (Ref. para. D - IR
output data for the complete list of valid outputs).


R

EFF :

305-399,  34-14-00

Page 41
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(4) Hybrid partition
The hybrid filter function of this partition uses an 18-state Kalman
filter using MMR pseudo-range measurements, Air Data altitude
measurements, and inertial sensor data inputs to provide the hybrid
navigation solution. To assure integrity of the hybrid navigation
solution, the GPS partition executes a Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitor (RAIM) algorithm. In addition to determining the validity of
the solution, the RAIM function also performs satellite failure
detection and isolation so erroneous satellite measurements can be
removed from the navigation solution. The integrity limit for the
hybrid solution is computed from either the MMR autonomous or
integrity monitor based data and provided as output.
In contrast to the hybrid solution, the autonomous solution is
provided by each MMR via the GPS ARINC input buses. The autonomous
data from one MMR is then relayed and retransmitted on the output
buses. Also, predictive RAIM labels can be received from the MMR, and
relayed to the output functions for retransmission.
The GPS partition remains operating in the Navigation mode unless the
hybrid filter must be restarted or less than four unique satellites
are being used by the filter - the hybrid filter is restarted if the
IR partition transitions to a mode other than NAV after transitioning
to NAV, and also if True Heading or position data from the IR
partition becomes invalid prior to the IR partition transitioning to
NAV. This restart condition will then initiate a transition back to
the Acquisition mode of operation. Also when less than four
satellites are being used by the filter, the GPS partition
transitions to the Altitude Aiding/Clock Coasting mode. However, the
software performs the same operational tasks as performed in the GPS
Navigation mode, except for the mode indication in the GPIRS status
word of the outputs. It remains in this mode until four or more
satellite measurements are received again when its transitioned back
to the Navigation mode.

R **ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


R 221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

D. IR Output Data

(1) Digital output characteristics


The IRs have 4 independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses, designated bus output 1, 2, 3 and 4
- digital output table:
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI : (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 42
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 313-399, 
CES 
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT : unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT : indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS : number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
When the input discretes of THE GPS PRESENT programming pins are
grounded (indicating GPS present), both the GPSSU outputs and the
GPIRS integrated navigation solution outputs are transmitted on the
IR output buses with the IR output data.


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 43
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PPOS LAT |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD |LATP | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 011 |PPOS LONG |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |180E-180W |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 012 |GROUND |W 0 to 2000 |Kts | | 4 |500 |BCD | GS | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 013 |TRK ANGLE |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TRUE |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 014 |MAG HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | MH | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED|W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | WS | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 016 |WIND DIR |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | WD | |
| |TRUE |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 041 |SET LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 042 |SET LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 043 |SET MAG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 44
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |HDG |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 044 |TRUE HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD |THDG | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 052 |PITCH |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 053 |ROLL |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 054 |YAW |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 310 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR | | |
| | |+/- 90 |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00017 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 311 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR |LONP | |
| | |R 0.00017 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 312 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 313 |TRK - TRUE|W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 314 |TRUE HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 45
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 315 |WIND |W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 316 |WIND DIR |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |- TRUE |+/- 180 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 317 |TRK - MAG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 320 |MAG HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |82 N to 60 S| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 321 |DRIFT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | DA | |
| |ANGLE |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 322 |FLIGHT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | FPA | |
| |PATH |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.28 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 323 |FLT PATH |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |FPAC | |
| |ACCEL |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 % of | | | | | | | |
| | |outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 324 |PITCH |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCH | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 46
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 325 |ROLL |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 326 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |PITCH RATE|+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 327 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |ROLL RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 330 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |YAW | |
| |YAW RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 331 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 332 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 333 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 334 |PLATFORM |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 47
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 335 |TRK ANGLE |W +/- 32 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.001 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.17 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 336 |PITCH ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 337 |ROLL ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 340 |TRACK |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| |GRID |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 341 |GRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 360 |POTENTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 | min| | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 361 |INERTIAL |W +/- 131072|ft | 29 | 20 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ALT |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 362 |ALONG TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 363 |CROSS TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 48
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 364 |VERTICAL |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VACC | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 365 |INERTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |IVV | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 |min | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 366 |N - S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 367 |E - W |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 275 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 276 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 277 |IRS TEST | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |WORD | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |CODE | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |IR MAINT | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 49
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | |ISO | | |
| |STAT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | |500 |HEX | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 076 |GPS ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |(MLS) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 101 |HDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 102 |VDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 103 |GPS TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 110 |GPS PRES |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 111 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LONG |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 112 |GPS GROUND|W 0 to 4096 |KTS | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 120 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 121 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LONG |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 125 |GPS UTC |W 23:59.9 |H/ | | 5 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 50
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 130 |GPS INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 1.2 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 131 |HYB INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 132 |HYB TRUE |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 135 |HYB VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 136 |GPS VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 137 |HYB TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 143 |TERMINAL |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| |AREA HIL |R 1.22 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 150 |GPS UTC |W 23:59:59 |H:M | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 1.0 |:S | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 162 |DESTINA- |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION ETA |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 163 |ALT |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
| |ETA | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 165 |GPS VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 166 |GPS N/S |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 174 |GPS E/W |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 51
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 175 |HYB GROUND|W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 247 |GPS HORIZ |W 0 TO 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 254 |HYB LAT |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 255 |HYB LONG |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 256 |HYB LAT |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 257 |HYB LONG |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 260 |GPS DATE |W 31:12:99 |D:M | | 6 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 1 |:D | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 261 |HYB ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 | 40|BNR | | |
| |(MSL) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 263 |HYB FLIGHT|W +/- 90 |DEG | | 12 | 40|BNR | | |
| |PATH ANGLE|R 0.044 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 264 |HYB HORIZ |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-S | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 266 |HYB N/S |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 267 |HYB E/W |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 52
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 273 |GPS SENSOR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 274 |GPIRS | | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |SENSOR | N/A | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 343 |DESTINA- |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 345 |HYB VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 347 |ALT |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 | 333|BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT | | | | | | | | |
| |HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |GPSSU RCVR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 353 |GPIRS | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT WORD| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 355 |GPSSU NAV | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7A :IR Digital Output Characteristics


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 53
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,
R 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,

D. IR, GPS, and GPIRS Output Data

(1) Digital output characteristics


The IRs have 4 independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses, designated bus output 1, 2, 3 and 4
- digital output table:
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI : (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT : unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT : indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS : number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
When the input discretes of THE GPS PRESENT programming pins are
grounded (indicating GPS present), both the MMR outputs and the
GPIRS integrated navigation solution outputs are transmitted on the
IR output buses with the IR output data.


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 54
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PPOS LAT |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD |LATP | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 011 |PPOS LONG |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |180E-180W |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 012 |GROUND |W 0 to 2000 |Kts | | 4 |500 |BCD | GS | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 013 |TRK ANGLE |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TRUE |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 014 |MAG HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | MH | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED|W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | WS | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 016 |WIND DIR |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | WD | |
| |TRUE |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 041 |SET LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 042 |SET LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 043 |SET MAG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 55
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |HDG |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 044 |TRUE HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD |THDG | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 052 |PITCH |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 053 |ROLL |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 054 |YAW |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 310 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR | | |
| | |+/- 90 |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00017 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 311 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR |LONP | |
| | |R 0.00017 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 312 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 313 |TRK - TRUE|W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 314 |TRUE HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 56
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 315 |WIND |W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 316 |WIND DIR |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |- TRUE |+/- 180 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 317 |TRK - MAG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 320 |MAG HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |82 N to 60 S| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 321 |DRIFT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | DA | |
| |ANGLE |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 322 |FLIGHT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | FPA | |
| |PATH |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.28 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 323 |FLT PATH |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |FPAC | |
| |ACCEL |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 % of | | | | | | | |
| | |outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 324 |PITCH |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCH | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 57
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 325 |ROLL |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 326 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |PITCH RATE|+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 327 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |ROLL RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 330 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |YAW | |
| |YAW RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 331 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 332 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 333 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 334 |PLATFORM |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 58
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 335 |TRK ANGLE |W +/- 32 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.001 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.17 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 336 |PITCH ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 337 |ROLL ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 340 |TRACK |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| |GRID |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 341 |GRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 360 |POTENTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 | min| | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 361 |INERTIAL |W +/- 131072|ft | 29 | 20 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ALT |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 362 |ALONG TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 363 |CROSS TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 59
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 364 |VERTICAL |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VACC | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 365 |INERTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |IVV | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 |min | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 366 |N - S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 367 |E - W |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 275 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 276 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 277 |IRS TEST | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |WORD | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |CODE | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |IR MAINT | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 60
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | |ISO | | |
| |STAT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | |500 |HEX | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |BODY PITCH|W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |RATE |+/-128 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 342 |BODY ROLL |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |RATE |+/-45 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 344 |BODY YAW |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | YAW | |
| |RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 346 |PITCH ATT |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0,0039 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 173 |PITCH |W +/-180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PITCH| |
| |ANGLE |-90 to +90 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 202 |ROLL |W +/-180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to +90 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 372 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 61
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 373 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 374 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 076 |GPS ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |(MLS) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 101 |HDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 102 |VDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 103 |GPS TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 110 |GPS PRES |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 111 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LONG |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 112 |GPS GROUND|W 0 to 4096 |KTS | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 120 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 121 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 62
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |POS-LONG |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 125 |GPS UTC |W 23:59.9 |H/ | | 5 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 130 |GPS INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 1.2 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 131 |HYB INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 132 |HYB TRUE |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 135 |HYB VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 136 |GPS VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 137 |HYB TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 143 |TERMINAL |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| |AREA HIL |R 1.22 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 150 |GPS UTC |W 23:59:59 |H:M | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 1.0 |:S | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 162 |DESTINA- |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION ETA |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 163 |ALT |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
| |ETA | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 165 |GPS VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 63
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |SPEED |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 166 |GPS N/S |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 174 |GPS E/W |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 175 |HYB GROUND|W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 247 |GPS HORIZ |W 0 TO 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 254 |HYB LAT |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 255 |HYB LONG |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 256 |HYB LAT |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 257 |HYB LONG |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 260 |GPS DATE |W 31:12:99 |D:M | | 6 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 1 |:D | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 261 |HYB ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 | 40|BNR | | |
| |(MSL) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 263 |HYB FLIGHT|W +/- 90 |DEG | | 12 | 40|BNR | | |
| |PATH ANGLE|R 0.044 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 264 |HYB HORIZ |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-S | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 64
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 266 |HYB N/S |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 267 |HYB E/W |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 273 |GPS SENSOR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 274 |GPIRS | | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |SENSOR | N/A | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 343 |DESTINA- |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 345 |HYB VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 347 |ALT |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 | 333|BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT | | | | | | | | |
| |HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |GPSSU RCVR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 353 |GPIRS | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT WORD| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 355 |GPSSU NAV | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7A :IR Digital Output Characteristics


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 65
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,
R 221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-399, 401-499,

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - | |
| 2 | 0 | | |
| 3 | 1 | | |
| 4 | 1 | LABEL 270 | |
| 5 | 1 | | |
| 6 | 0 | | |
| 7 | 0 | | |
| 8 | 0 - | |
| 9 | SDI - LSB | |
| 10 | SDI - MSB | |
| 11 | Alignment Not Ready| In Align Submode |
| 12 | Rev Att Mode | In Attitude Mode |
| 13 | Nav Mode | In Nav Mode |
| 14 | Valid Set Heading | A valid set heading has to be input to the |
| | | IR. Magnetic heading outputs are no longer |
| | | being computed, but have the characteristics |
| | | of a Free Direction Gyro. |
| 15 | Attitude Invalid | Attitude Critical Fault |
| 16 | DC Fail | DC Power Less Than 18V |
| 17 | On DC | On DC Power |
| 18 | ADR Fault | The IR has detected an ADR input (TAS, ALT |
| | | and ALT RATE) as FW or NCD. Note functional |
| | | test data is ignored by the IR and last valid |
| | | input is used. |
| 19 | IR Failure | Navigation (Non Critical) Fault |
| 20 | DC Fail - On DC | The IR has detected that a DC fail occurred |
| | | while on DC from last turn on. |
| 21 | Align Fault | The IR has detected a position miscompare |
| | | or a Quality of Align fault. |
| 22 | No IR Initial | IR does not have position data or data |
| | | received is invalid. |
| 23 | Excess Motion Error| X or Y velocity greater than 0.011 ft/s |
| | | during align. |
| 24 | ADR/IR Fault | No data has been received from the ADR or |
| | | was received with a parity error. |
| 25 | Extreme Latitude | Latitude exceeds 73N (+/-0.5 hysteresis) |
| | | or Latitude exceeds 60S (+/-0.5 hysteresis).|
| | | Magnetic Deviation is set to zero. |
| 26 | Align Time Status | Bits 28 27 26 Time Until Nav |
| 27 | | 1 1 1 7 - 10 minutes |
| 28 | | 1 1 0 6 minutes |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 66
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-399, 401-499, 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 1 5 minutes |
| | | 1 0 0 4 minutes |
| | | 0 1 1 3 minutes |
| | | 0 1 0 2 minutes |
| | | 0 0 1 1 minute |
| | | 0 0 0 IN NAV MODE ONLY |
| 29 | COMPUT LAT MISCOMP | SIN/COS OF LATITUDE TEST FAILED |
| 30 | SSM | |
| 31 | SSM | |
| 32 | Parity | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 270 (IR Discretes)

(Ref. Fig. 006, 007, 008)


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 67
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-399, 401-499, 
CES 
Digital Word 275 IR Discrete 2
Figure 006


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 68
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Digital Word 276 IR Discrete 3
Figure 007


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 69
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Digital Word 351 IR Maintenance
Figure 008


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 70
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,
R 239-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - | |
| 2 | 0 | | |
| 3 | 1 | | |
| 4 | 1 | LABEL 270 | |
| 5 | 1 | | |
| 6 | 0 | | |
| 7 | 0 | | |
| 8 | 0 - | |
| 9 | SDI - LSB | |
| 10 | SDI - MSB | |
| 11 | Alignment Not Ready| In Align Submode |
| 12 | Rev Att Mode | In Attitude Mode |
| 13 | Nav Mode | In Nav Mode |
| 14 | Valid Set Heading | A valid set heading has to be input to the |
| | | IR. Magnetic heading outputs are no longer |
| | | being computed, but have the characteristics |
| | | of a Free Direction Gyro. |
| 15 | Attitude Invalid | Attitude Critical Fault |
| 16 | DC Fail | DC Power Less Than 18V |
| 17 | On DC | On DC Power |
| 18 | ADR Fault | The IR has detected an ADR input (TAS, ALT |
| | | and ALT RATE) as FW or NCD. Note functional |
| | | test data is ignored by the IR and last valid |
| | | input is used. |
| 19 | IR Failure | Navigation (Non Critical) Fault |
| 20 | DC Fail - On DC | The IR has detected that a DC fail occurred |
| | | while on DC from last turn on. |
| 21 | Align Fault | The IR has detected a position miscompare |
| | | or a Quality of Align fault. |
| 22 | No IR Initial | IR does not have position data or data |
| | | received is invalid. |
| 23 | Excess Motion Error| X or Y velocity greater than 0.011 ft/s |
| | | during align. |
| 24 | ADR/IR Fault | No data has been received from the ADR or |
| | | was received with a parity error. |
| 25 | Extreme Latitude | Latitude exceeds 73N (+/-0.5 hysteresis) |
| | | while Longitude is between 120W and 90W |
| | | (+/-2.5 hysteresis) or Latitude exceeds |
| | | 82N (+/-0.5 hysteresis) or Latitude |
| | | exceeds 60S (+/-0.5 hysteresis). |
| | | Magnetic Deviation is set to zero. |
| 26 | Align Time Status | Bits 28 27 26 Time Until Nav |
| 27 | | 1 1 1 7 - 10 minutes |
| 28 | | 1 1 0 6 minutes |
| | | 1 0 1 5 minutes |
| | | 1 0 0 4 minutes |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 71
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| | | 0 1 1 3 minutes |
| | | 0 1 0 2 minutes |
| | | 0 0 1 1 minute |
| | | 0 0 0 IN NAV MODE ONLY |
| 29 | COMPUT LAT MISCOMP | SIN/COS OF LATITUDE TEST FAILED |
| 30 | SSM | |
| 31 | SSM | |
| 32 | Parity | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 270 (IR Discretes)

(Ref. Fig. 006, 007, 008)

**ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


239-239,

(Ref. Fig. 009A)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 009B)


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 72
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
IR - BCD and Special Output Words
Figure 009


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 73
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-312, 401-499, 
CES 
IR - BCD and Special Output Words
Figure 009A


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-239,
 34-14-00

Page 74
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
IR - BCD and Special Output Words
Figure 009B


R

EFF :

240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,  34-14-00

Page 75
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-14-00

Page 76
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-14-00

Page 77
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-14-00

Page 78
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

The data field of the test word 277 (21 bits) alternates between the
four first patterns shown in the following table below, except during
the REALIGN DECISION submode and the POWER OFF submode. During these
submodes the data field shall be as shown in pattern 5.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - |
| 2 | 0 | |
| 3 | 1 | |
| 4 | 1 | LABEL 277 |
| 5 | 1 | |
| 6 | 1 | |
| 7 | 1 | |
| 8 | 1 - |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI |
| 10 | SDI |
|---------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
| |PATTERN 1 |PATTERN 2|PATTERN 3|PATTERN 4| PATTERN 5 |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 11 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | BCD MODE TIMER |
| 12 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | (LSD) |
| 13 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | (REALIGN AND |
| 14 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | POWER OFF) |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------------------------------|
| 15 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | BCD MODE TIMER |
| 16 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | (MSD) |
| 17 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | (REALIGN AND |
| 18 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | POWER OFF) |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------------------------------|
| | | | | | MODE FLAG: |
| 19 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 00 = PWR OFF SUBMODE |
| 20 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 11 = REALIGN DECISION |
| | | | | | SUBMODE |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 21 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| 24 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 25 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 26 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 27 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 79
Config-3 Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 28 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 29 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 30 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 31 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 32 | Parity |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 277 (CDU Test Word)

NOTE : Time (seconds) remaining in the POWER OFF submode and the time
____
(seconds) remaining in the REALIGN DECISION submode are
transmitted with the BCD data (bits 11-18).

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - |
| 2 | 1 | |
| 3 | 1 | |
| 4 | 0 | LABEL 350 |
| 5 | 1 | |
| 6 | 0 | |
| 7 | 0 | |
| 8 | 0 - |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI - LSB |
| 10 | SDI - MSB |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 11 TO 14 | SPARE |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 15 | TIME UNTIL NAV LEAST |
| 16 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
| 17 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
| 18 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 19 | TIME UNTIL NAV MOST |
| 20 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
| 21 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
| 22 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 23 | Action Code (1) Least |
| 24 | Action Code (1) Significant |
| 25 | Action Code (1) Digit |
| 26 | Action Code (1) |



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 80
Config-3 Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 27 | Action Code (1) Most |
| 28 | Action Code (1) Significant |
| 29 | Action Code (1) Digit |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | Parity |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 350 (Action Code)

NOTE : (1) The action codes corresponding to the maintenance messages


____
are listed in the following table.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION CODE | MAINTENANCE MESSAGE | DESCRIPTION |
|-------------|---------------------|-------------------------------------|
| 01 | IR FAULT | Critical failure; Remove ADIRU for |
| | | maintenance |
| 02 | DELAYED MAINT | Non-Critical failure; Service ADIRU |
| | | when convenient |
| 03 | ENTER PPOS | Enter present position |
| 04 | SELECT ATT | Hard failure; Select ATTITUDE MODE |
| 05 | EXCESS MOTION | Excess motion detected during ALIGN |
| 06 | SWITCH ADR | Air Data Reference invalid |
| 07 | CHK C/B | Check circuit breakers |
| 08 | CDU FAULT | Remove CDU for maintenance |
| 09 | ENTER HEADING | Enter heading for ATTITUDE MODE |
| 10 | | Unassigned TBD |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Action Code - Maintenance Messages

(Ref. Fig. 006, 007)

**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 010)

**ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


239-239,

(Ref. Fig. 010A)


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 81
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - BCD and Special Output Words
Figure 009C


R

EFF :

313-399,  34-14-00

Page 82
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Binary Output Words
Figure 010


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 83
Config-3 Feb 01/10
236-238, 301-399, 401-499, 
CES 
IR - Binary Output Words
Figure 010A


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 84
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI |
| 10 | SDI |
| 11 | MSB OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (16) |
| 12 | DADS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
| 13 | DADS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 14 | IRS/FMS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
| 15 | IRS/FMS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 16 | - |
| 17 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (0-15) |
| 18 | | |
| 19 | - |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - 00 = GPS |
| | | SYSTEM DESIGNATOR 01 = GLONASS |
| | | 10 = GPS GLONASS |
| 25 | - 11 = Spare |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | MMR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 273 Output Format

-----------------------------------------------------------
| MMR MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| DIFFERENTIAL MODE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| DIR/SPEED AIDING MODE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 85
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - |
| 2 | 1 | |
| 3 | 1 | |
| 4 | 0 | LABEL 350 |
| 5 | 1 | |
| 6 | 0 | |
| 7 | 0 | |
| 8 | 0 - |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI - LSB |
| 10 | SDI - MSB |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 11 TO 14 | SPARE |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 15 | TIME UNTIL NAV LEAST |
| 16 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
| 17 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
| 18 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 19 | TIME UNTIL NAV MOST |
| 20 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
| 21 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
| 22 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 23 | Action Code (1) Least |
| 24 | Action Code (1) Significant |
| 25 | Action Code (1) Digit |
| 26 | Action Code (1) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 27 | Action Code (1) Most |
| 28 | Action Code (1) Significant |
| 29 | Action Code (1) Digit |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | Parity |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 350 (Action Code)

NOTE : (1) The action codes corresponding to the maintenance messages


____
are listed in the following table.


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page 86
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION CODE | MAINTENANCE MESSAGE | DESCRIPTION |
|-------------|---------------------|-------------------------------------|
| 01 | IR FAULT | Critical failure; Remove ADIRU for |
| | | maintenance |
| 02 | DELAYED MAINT | Non-Critical failure; Service ADIRU |
| | | when convenient |
| 03 | ENTER PPOS | Enter present position |
| 04 | SELECT ATT | Hard failure; Select ATTITUDE MODE |
| 05 | EXCESS MOTION | Excess motion detected during ALIGN |
| 06 | SWITCH ADR | Air Data Reference invalid |
| 07 | CHK C/B | Check circuit breakers |
| 08 | MSU FAULT | Remove MSU for maintenance |
| 09 | ENTER HEADING | Enter heading for ATTITUDE MODE |
| 10 | | Unassigned TBD |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Action Code - Maintenance Messages

(Ref. Fig. 006, 007)

**ON A/C 313-399,

(Ref. Fig. 010)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 010A)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI |
| 10 | SDI |
| 11 | MSB OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (16) |
| 12 | DADS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
| 13 | DADS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 14 | IRS/FMS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
| 15 | IRS/FMS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 16 | - |
| 17 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (0-15) |
| 18 | | |
| 19 | - |


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page 87
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - 00 = GPS |
| | | SYSTEM DESIGNATOR 01 = GLONASS |
| | | 10 = GPS GLONASS |
| 25 | - 11 = Spare |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | MMR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 273 Output Format

-----------------------------------------------------------
| MMR MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| DIFFERENTIAL MODE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| DIR/SPEED AIDING MODE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page 88
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,
221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | - |
| 10 | | |
| 11 | | |
| 12 | | SPARE |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | - |
| 15 | - |
| | | SECONDARY MMR VALIDITY 00 = Valid |
| 16 | - 01 = Inactive |
| 17 | - 10 = Functional Test |
| | | PRIMARY MMR VALIDITY 11 = Fail |
| 18 | - |
| 19 | MMR SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - |
| | | SPARE |
| 25 | - |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | GPIRS SENSOR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES (16) |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 274 Output Format

-----------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |



EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 89
Config-3 Feb 01/10
R 236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | MMR SYSTEM FAILURE |
| 10 | DUAL MMR CHANNEL FAIL |
| 11 | NO IR DATA |
| 12 | INVALID IR DATA |
| 13 | TM MISSING ON PRIMARY |
| 14 | TM MISSING ON SECONDARY |
| 15 | ARINC TRANSMISSION FAULT |
| 16 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM PRIMARY |
| 17 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM SECONDARY |
| 18 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LATITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 19 | SPARE |
| 20 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LONGITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 21 | SPARE |
| 22 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 23 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 24 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 25 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | RESERVED |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADIRU Maintenance Word 353

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (MSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | RESERVED |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | - |


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-14-00

Page 90
Config-3 Feb 01/10
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 18 | CMC INPUT BUS (OMS) No activity = 1 |
| 19 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 20 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 21 | DADS BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 22 | DADS BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 23 | IRS INPUT BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 24 | IRS INPUT BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 25 | MMR Fail = 1 |
| 26 | RF INPUT Fail = 1 |
| 27 | SENSOR UNIT Fail = 1 |
| 28 | TEST INHIBIT Inhibit = 1 |
| 29 | COMMAND WORD ACKNOWLEDGE Forced = 0 |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMR Navigation Maintenance Word (Label 355)

**ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514,

| 9 | - |
| | | SDI |
| 10 | - |
| 11 | - SA STATUS AS DETERMINED BY THE ADIRU 0 = sa off |
| | 1 = sa on |
| 12 | - |
| 13 | | POSITION DATA SOURCE/POSITION COMPARISON FAILURE MODE |
| 14 | - |
| 15 | - |
| | | SECONDARY MMR VALIDITY 00 = Valid |
| 16 | - 01 = Inactive |
| 17 | - 10 = Functional Test |
| | | PRIMARY MMR VALIDITY 11 = Fail |
| 18 | - |
| 19 | MMR SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - |
| | | SPARE |
| 25 | - |
| 26 | - |


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514,
 34-14-00

Page 91
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 27 | | GPIRS SENSOR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES (16) |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 274 Output Format

-----------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (LSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | | |
| 18 | | |
| 19 | | |
| 20 | | RESERVED |
| 21 | | |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | | |
| 24 | | |
| 25 | | |
| 26 | | |
| 27 | | |



EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 92
Config-3 Feb 01/10
R 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMR Maintenance Word (Label 352)
| 9 | GPS SYSTEM FAILURE |
| 10 | DUAL GPS CHANNEL FAIL |
| 11 | NO IR DATA |
| 12 | INVALID IR DATA |
| 13 | TM MISSING ON PRIMARY |
| 14 | TM MISSING ON SECONDARY |
| 15 | ARINC TRANSMISSION FAULT |
| 16 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM PRIMARY |
| 17 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM SECONDARY |
| 18 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LATITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 19 | SPARE |
| 20 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LONGITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 21 | SPARE |
| 22 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 23 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 24 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 25 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | RESERVED |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADIRU Maintenance Word 353


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 93
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (MSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | RESERVED |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | - |
| 18 | CMC INPUT BUS (OMS) No activity = 1 |
| 19 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 20 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 21 | DADS BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 22 | DADS BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 23 | IRS INPUT BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 24 | IRS INPUT BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 25 | GPS Fail = 1 |
| 26 | RF INPUT Fail = 1 |
| 27 | SENSOR UNIT Fail = 1 |
| 28 | TEST INHIBIT Inhibit = 1 |
| 29 | COMMAND WORD ACKNOWLEDGE Forced = 0 |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GPSSU Navigation Maintenance Word (Label 355)

R **ON A/C 515-523,

| 9 | - |
| | | SDI |
| 10 | - |
| 11 | - SPARE |
| | |
| 12 | - |
| 13 | | POSITION DATA SOURCE/POSITION COMPARISON FAILURE MODE |
| 14 | - |
| 15 | - |
| | | SECONDARY MMR VALIDITY 00 = Valid |
| 16 | - 01 = Inactive |
| 17 | - 10 = Functional Test |
| | | PRIMARY MMR VALIDITY 11 = Fail |
| 18 | - |


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
 34-14-00

Page 94
Config-3 Feb 01/10
305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 19 | MMR SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - |
| | | SPARE |
| 25 | - |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | GPIRS SENSOR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES (16) |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 274 Output Format

-----------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (LSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | | |
| 18 | | |


R

EFF :

515-523,  34-14-00

Page 95
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 19 | | |
| 20 | | RESERVED |
| 21 | | |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | | |
| 24 | | |
| 25 | | |
| 26 | | |
| 27 | | |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMR Maintenance Word (Label 352)
| 9 | GPS SYSTEM FAILURE |
| 10 | DUAL GPS CHANNEL FAIL |
| 11 | NO IR DATA |
| 12 | INVALID IR DATA |
| 13 | TM MISSING ON PRIMARY |
| 14 | TM MISSING ON SECONDARY |
| 15 | ARINC TRANSMISSION FAULT |
| 16 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM PRIMARY |
| 17 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM SECONDARY |
| 18 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LATITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 19 | SPARE |
| 20 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LONGITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 21 | SPARE |
| 22 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 23 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 24 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 25 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | RESERVED |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADIRU Maintenance Word 353


R

EFF :

515-523,  34-14-00

Page 96
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (MSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | RESERVED |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | - |
| 18 | CMC INPUT BUS (OMS) No activity = 1 |
| 19 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 20 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 21 | DADS BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 22 | DADS BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 23 | IRS INPUT BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 24 | IRS INPUT BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 25 | GPS Fail = 1 |
| 26 | RF INPUT Fail = 1 |
| 27 | SENSOR UNIT Fail = 1 |
| 28 | TEST INHIBIT Inhibit = 1 |
| 29 | COMMAND WORD ACKNOWLEDGE Forced = 0 |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GPSSU Navigation Maintenance Word (Label 355)


R

EFF :

515-523,  34-14-00

Page 97
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(2) Discrete outputs


The IR provides 3 discrete outputs.
The following table defines the characteristics of these discretes.

---------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|----------|-------------|------------|
| ON BAT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR FAULT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR ALIGN | OPEN/GROUND | NO/YES |
---------------------------------------
Discrete Outputs

- ON BAT
When the IR is powered with batteries, this discrete delivers a
28VDC state and sets the ON BAT light to on.
- IR FAULT
When a failure is detected by the IR, this discrete delivers a
28VDC state and sets the FAULT legend to on.
- IR ALIGN
When the IR is aligning, this discrete delivers a ground and sets
the ALIGN legend to on.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page 98
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(2) Discrete outputs


The IR provides 3 discrete outputs.
The following table defines the characteristics of these discretes.

---------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|----------|-------------|------------|
| ON BAT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR FAULT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR OFF | OPEN/GROUND | NO/YES |
---------------------------------------
Discrete Outputs

- ON BAT
When the IR is powered with batteries, this discrete delivers a
28VDC state and sets the ON BAT light to on.
- IR FAULT
When a failure is detected by the IR, this discrete delivers a
28VDC state and sets the FAULT legend to on.
- IR OFF
When the IR is set to off, this discrete delivers a ground and sets
the OFF legend to on.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

3. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 011)

A. Control

(1) Modes of operation


Operation interface with the IR is performed through the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit 1(2) or the CDU. The MCDU 1(2) is used for
entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The CDU is used for mode selection, IR annunciation (FAULT, ALIGN),
for entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
The IR has three selectable modes: OFF, NAV and ATT.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page 99
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Operation/Control and Indicating
Figure 011


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page A0
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Operation/Control and Indicating
Figure 011A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page A1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Alignment Procedure from the MCDU
Figure 012


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page A2
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The relation between the mode selection and system response is shown
in the figure
(Ref. Fig. 013)

(2) OFF mode


When the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the CDU is in the OFF
position, all circuitry in ADIRU is de-energized except for any logic
associated with the power-off function. When the ADIRU has turned
off, it consumes less than 10 milliamps (needed for power supply
turn-on control). The power supply of the ADMs is switched off.
A period of 15 seconds is required between switching to OFF and
actual power off. During this sequence, the last position computed is
stored in NVM.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 011A)

A. Control

(1) Modes of operation


The operation interface with the IR is performed through the
Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1(2) and the MSU. The MCDU 1(2)
is used for entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
(Ref. Fig. 012A)
The MSU is used for mode selection and IR annunciation (FAULT, OFF).
The IR has three selectable modes: OFF, NAV and ATT.
The relation between the mode selection and system response is shown
in the figure.
(Ref. Fig. 013)

(2) OFF mode


When the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the MSU is in the OFF
position, all circuitry in the ADIRU is de-energized except for any
logic associated with the power-off function. When the ADIRU is
turned off, its consumption is less than 10 milliamps (needed for
power supply switch-on control). The power supply of the ADMs is
switched off.
A period of 15 seconds is required between switching to OFF and
actual power-off. During this sequence, the last position computed is
stored in NVM.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A3
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Alignment Procedure from the MCDU
Figure 012A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page A4
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Mode State Diagram
Figure 013


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A5
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(3) NAV (Navigation) mode


After selection of the NAV mode on the ground, the IR automatically
enters the NAV mode if a self-determined satisfactory alignment has
been completed. If alignment is not completed, the IR remains in the
Align submode.
No updating of the IR present position latitude and longitude is
allowed once the IR has completed the Align submode.
The IR latitude and longitude entered during alignment is the
starting point for its computation.
The following logical processes are mechanized:
- OFF to NAV provides automatic alignment in 10 minutes for latitudes
between 73N and 60S, with automatic entry to NAV mode. Requires
initial position data to be entered.

NOTE : The automatic alignment requires 15 min delay for latitudes


____
between 73N and 82N.
For high latitudes, the alignment is provided by an
operational procedure which delays the entering of the initial
position by the crew. Accuracies of the system are slightly
degraded.

- a message on the UPPER ECAM DU indicates that the IRs are in ALIGN
submode with the maximum time until NAV
- in the NAV mode, rapid realignment of the IR is initiated by
switching the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within 5 seconds. The IR starts a 30-second realignment
submode with existing attitude and heading angles and rezeroed
velocities
- the system does not enter the rapid realignment sequence if the
ground speed is greater than 20 knots.
The CDU permits to observe some particular parameters (Ref.
34-12-00).

(a) Initialization data

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 014)

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-239, 305-312,

(Ref. Fig. 014A)


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page A6
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
MCDU - INIT Page
Figure 014


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-233, 236-238,
301-304, 401-499,
 34-14-00

Page A7
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
MCDU - INIT Page
Figure 014A


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A8
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

IR alignment is carried out on the ground before takeoff and


after the entry of the current aircraft coordinates on the INIT
page of the MCDU 1(2) (Ref. 22-72-00) or on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in PPOS position).
Valid initial position data must be received and verified by the
IR during the 10-minute alignment or automatic sequencing to the
NAV mode will be delayed after position data is received.
Initial position data are verified by the IR if Set Latitude and
Set Longitude compare within one degree of the last latitude and
longitude from the previous flight. If a miscompare exists then:
- on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN light flashes.
- a message ENTER PPOS is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The miscompare is removed and the position data verified by the
IR when:
- the last two Set Latitudes received by the IR are identical and
the last two Set Longitudes received by the IR are identical,
or
- the last Set Latitude and Set Longitude received by the IR
compare within one degree of the latitude and longitude from
the previous flight.

(b) Latitude comparison


The IR compares Set Latitude with a self-computed gyro-compass
latitude after 10 minutes into alignment or any subsequent time
when a valid Set Latitude is available.
In case of discrepancy, on the ADIRS CDU the ALIGN light flashes.
The message ENTER PPOS is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The discrepancy exists when:
- the cosine of entered latitude differs from the computed cosine
of latitude by more than 0.01234, or
- the sine of entered latitude differs from the computed sine of
latitude by more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of Set Latitude
passes the test.
If sin/cos test fails two times with identical set latitude
inputs then:
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the CDU
- a warning message appears on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page A9
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) Excessive motion
The IR performs an excessive motion test during the Align
submode.
If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.5 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, then:
- the EXCESS MOTION message is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position)
- the following message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV
IR 1(2)(3) NOT ALIGN
EXCESS MOTION
IR 1(2)(3) IN ALIGN

- the attitude information is flagged on the PFD.


Thirty seconds after motion detection, the system reverts to a
full alignment (time to the end of alignment will revert to 9 min
30 s).
It is not necessary to re-enter the position.

(d) Thirty-second rapid realignment


A thirty-second rapid realignment is provided by moving the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the CDU from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within five seconds.
A subsequent switching on the selector switch from NAV to OFF and
back to NAV within 5 seconds during the 30-second realignment
causes the system to start the 30-second realignment again.
The realignment is initialized with existing attitude and heading
angles. Velocities are zeroed.
Valid position data must be received and verified by the IR
during the 30-second realignment.

**ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-514,

(3) NAV (Navigation) mode


After selection of the NAV mode on the ground, the IR automatically
enters the NAV mode if a self-determined satisfactory alignment has
been completed. If alignment is not completed, the IR remains in the
Align submode.
No updating of the IR present position latitude and longitude is
allowed once the IR has completed the Align submode.
The IR latitude and longitude entered during alignment is the
starting point for its computation.
The following logical processes are mechanized:
- OFF to NAV provides automatic alignment in 10 minutes for latitudes
between 73N and 60S, with automatic entry to NAV mode. Requires
initial position data to be entered.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-514,
 34-14-00

Page A10
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NOTE : The automatic alignment requires a delay of 15 min for
____
latitudes between 73N and 82N.
For high latitudes, the alignment is provided by an
operational procedure which delays the entry of the initial
position by the crew. Accuracies of the system are slightly
degraded.

- A message on the UPPER ECAM DU indicates that the IRs are in ALIGN
submode with the maximum time until NAV.
- In the NAV mode, rapid realignment of the IR is initiated by
switching the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within 5 seconds. The IR starts a 30-second realignment
submode with existing attitude and heading angles and rezeroed
velocities.
- The system does not enter the rapid realignment sequence if the
ground speed is greater than 20 knots.

(a) Initialization data


(Ref. Fig. 014A)
IR alignment is carried out on the ground before takeoff and
after the entry of the current aircraft coordinates on the INIT
page of the MCDU 1(2) (Ref. 22-72-00).
Valid initial position data must be received and verified by the
IR during the 10-minute alignment or automatic sequencing to the
NAV mode will be delayed after position data is received.
The initial position data is verified by the IR if the Set
Latitude and Set Longitude compare within one degree of the last
latitude and longitude from the previous flight.
The position data is verified by the IR when:
- the last two Set Latitudes received by the IR are identical and
the last two Set Longitudes received by the IR are identical,
or
- the last Set Latitude and Set Longitude received by the IR
compare within one degree of the latitude and longitude from
the previous flight.

(b) Latitude comparison


The IR compares the Set Latitude with a self-computed
gyro-compass latitude after 10 minutes into alignment or any
subsequent time when a valid Set Latitude is available.
The discrepancy exists when:
- the cosine of the entered latitude differs from the computed
cosine of latitude by more than 0.01234, or
- the sine of the entered latitude differs from the computed sine
of latitude by more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of Set Latitude
passes the test.


R

EFF :
511-514,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page A11
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
If sin/cos test fails two times with identical set latitude
inputs then:
- a warning message appears on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT.

(c) Excessive motion


The IR performs an excessive motion test during the Align
submode.
If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.5 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, then:
- the following message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV
IR 1(2)(3) NOT ALIGN
EXCESS MOTION
IR 1(2)(3) IN ALIGN

- the attitude information is flagged on the PFD.


Thirty seconds after motion detection, the system reverts to a
full alignment (time to the end of alignment will revert to 9 min
30 s).
It is not necessary to re-enter the position.

(d) Thirty-second rapid realignment


A thirty-second rapid realignment is provided by moving the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the MSU from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within five seconds.
A subsequent switching on the selector switch from NAV to OFF and
back to NAV within 5 seconds during the 30-second realignment
causes the system to start the 30-second realignment again.
The realignment is initialized with existing attitude and heading
angles. Velocities are zeroed.
Valid position data must be received and verified by the IR
during the 30-second realignment.

R **ON A/C 515-523,

(3) NAV (Navigation) mode


After selection of the NAV mode on the ground, the IR automatically
enters the NAV mode if a self-determined satisfactory alignment has
been completed. If alignment is not completed, the IR remains in the
Align submode.
No updating of the IR present position latitude and longitude is
allowed once the IR has completed the Align submode.
The IR latitude and longitude entered during alignment is the
starting point for its computation.
The following logical processes are mechanized:


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page A12
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- OFF to NAV provides automatic alignment with automatic entry to the
NAV mode. Requires either initial position data to be entered, or
GPS data to be valid.

NOTE : The automatic alignment requires a delay 17 min for latitudes


____
between 73N and 82N.
For high latitudes, the alignment is provided by an
operational procedure which delays the entry of the initial
position by the crew. Accuracies of the system are slightly
degraded.

- A message on the UPPER ECAM DU indicates that the IRs are in ALIGN
submode with the maximum time until NAV.
- In the NAV mode, rapid realignment of the IR is initiated by
switching the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within 5 seconds. The IR starts a 30-second realignment
submode with existing attitude and heading angles and rezeroed
velocities.
- The system does not enter the rapid realignment sequence if the
ground speed is greater than 20 knots.

(a) Initialization data


(Ref. Fig. 014A)
IR alignment is carried out on the ground before takeoff and
after the acquisition of valid position data (either GPS data or
pilot entry).
Valid initial position data must be received and verified by the
IR during the 10-minute alignment or automatic sequencing to the
NAV mode will be delayed after a position data is received.
The initial position data is verified by the IR if the Set
Latitude and Set Longitude compare within one degree of the last
latitude and longitude from the previous flight.
The position data is verified by the IR when:
- The last two Set Latitudes received by the IR are identical and
the last two Set Longitudes received by the IR are identical,
or
- The last Set Latitude and Set Longitude received by the IR
compare within one degree of the latitude and longitude from
the previous flight.

(b) Latitude comparison


The IR compares the selected Latitude with a self-computed
gyro-compass latitude at the end of the alignment into alignment
or any subsequent time when a valid Set Latitude is available.
The discrepancy exists when:
- The cosine of the entered latitude differs from the computed
cosine of latitude by more than 0.01234, or


R

EFF :

515-523,  34-14-00

Page A13
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- The sine of the entered latitude differs from the computed sine
of latitude by more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of the Set
Latitude passes the test.
If the sin/cos test fails two times with identical set latitude
inputs then:
- a warning message appears on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT.

(c) Excessive motion


The IR performs an excessive motion test during the Align
submode.
If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.5 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, then:
- The following message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV
IR NOT ALIGNED
EXCESS MOTION
IR 1(2)(3) IN ALIGN

- the attitude information is flagged on the PFD.


Thirty seconds after motion detection, the system reverts to a
full alignment (time to the end of alignment will revert to 9 min
30 s).
It is not necessary to re-enter the position.

(d) Thirty-second rapid realignment


A thirty-second rapid realignment is provided by moving the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the MSU from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within five seconds.
A subsequent switching of the selector switch from NAV to OFF and
back to NAV within 5 seconds during the 30-second realignment
causes the system to start the 30-second realignment again.
The realignment is initialized with existing attitude and heading
angles. Velocities are zeroed.
Valid position data must be received and verified by the IR
during the 30-second realignment.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(4) ATT (Attitude) mode


The IR has a reversionary mode which can be activated only by manual
selection of ATT mode on the CDU. The mode can be activated on the
ground or in the flight and is intended to provide a rapid
attitude/heading restart capability in the event that the IR has


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,
401-499, 515-523,
 34-14-00

Page A14
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
experienced a total power shutdown or a failure has occurred
resulting in the following:
- IR FAULT legend flashing on the CDU
- IR 1(2)(3) FAULT message displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
IR x MODE SEL...ATT
- SELECT ATT message displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY selector
switch in STS position).
The IR is designed so that the ATT mode can be used after BITE has
detected failures which will cause excessive NAV mode data errors but
does not disable the ATT mode mechanization. However, it is
recommended to stay in NAV mode even with excessive navigation errors
because of higher accuracy of attitude signals and a more complete
signal processing. The ATT mode must always be used after loss of
power or a similar situation in flight where a new alignment/leveling
is required.
The ENTER HEADING message is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position) when the ATT mode is selected until
valid heading initialization is received from the MCDU or the CDU.
The ATT mode is normally engaged with the aircraft in level flight.
A 20-second period is needed with the aircraft in level flight to
perform an attitude erection to initialize a level attitude. During
this period, the data normally computed in ATT mode have SSMs set to
NCD.
In the event the ATT mode is engaged with the aircraft not in level
flight, an erection cut-out function delays erection when yaw rate
exceeds 0.5 deg/s and permits erection to continue when yaw rate
drops below 0.25 deg/s. Twenty seconds of flight with the erection
cut-out switch disengaged is required to erect the attitude.

B. Indicating
Attitude and heading information is computed by the ADIRU (IR portion)
and processed by the associated DMC. The attitude data are displayed on
the PFD and the heading data are displayed on the PFD, the ND and the
RMI.
In addition, vertical speed (V/S) is displayed on the PFD and Ground
Speed and wind indications are displayed on the ND.
In normal configuration, with the ATT/HDG selector switch in NORM
position, the IR1 data are displayed on the CAPT PFD, ND and the RMI
(Ref. ATA 34-57-00). The IR2 data are displayed on the F/O PFD and ND.
The following parameters can be displayed on the CDU liquid crystal
display according to the position of the DATA DISPLAY selector switch on
the CDU:
- wind (WIND)
- present position (PPOS)
- true heading (HDG)
- status of selected system conditions (STS)
- track and ground speed (TK/GS)


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page A15
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- test values (TEST).
The sources of the data displayed are controlled by the SYS DISPLAY
selector switch on the CDU.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(4) ATT (Attitude) mode


The IR has a reversionary mode that can be activated only by manual
selection of the ATT mode on the MSU. The mode can be activated on
the ground or in flight and is intended to provide a rapid
attitude/heading restart capability in the event that the IR has
experienced a total power shutdown or a failure has occurred
resulting in the following:
- IR FAULT legend flashing on the MSU
- IR 1(2)(3) FAULT message displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
IR x MODE SEL...ATT
The IR is designed so that the ATT mode can be used after the BITE
has detected failures which will cause excessive NAV mode data errors
but do not disable the ATT mode mechanization. However, it is
recommended to stay in the NAV mode even with excessive navigation
errors because of higher accuracy of attitude signals and more
complete signal processing. The ATT mode must always be used after
loss of power or a similar situation in flight where a new
alignment/leveling is required.
The ATT mode is normally engaged with the aircraft in level flight.
A 20-second period is needed with the aircraft in level flight to
perform an attitude erection to initialize a level attitude. During
this period, the data normally computed in ATT mode has SSMs set to
NCD.
In the event the ATT mode is engaged with the aircraft not in level
flight, an erection cut-out function delays erection when the yaw
rate exceeds 0.5 deg/s and permits erection to continue when yaw rate
drops below 0.25 deg/s. Twenty seconds of flight with the erection
cut-out switch disengaged is required to erect the attitude.

B. Indicating
Attitude and heading information is computed by the ADIRU (IR portion)
and processed by the associated DMC. The attitude data is displayed on
the PFD and the heading data is displayed on the PFD, the ND and the RMI.
In addition, the vertical speed (V/S) is displayed on the PFD and Ground
Speed and wind indications are displayed on the ND.
In normal configuration, with the ATT/HDG selector switch in NORM
position, the IR1 data is displayed on the CAPT PFD, ND and the RMI (Ref.
ATA 34-57-00). The IR2 data is displayed on the F/O PFD and ND.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A16
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

(1) Attitude information


(Ref. Fig. 015)
The aircraft roll and pitch attitude is indicated in the center part
of the PFD by a sphere representing a conventional ADI drum. (Ref.
31-64-00 for sphere definition and display).

(a) Pitch angle information (item A)


The A/C present pitch angle is given by the vertical
displacements of the pitch attitude scale with respect to the
center of the A/C reference. The scale moves behind the
cut-sphere shaped window, limited by the lines of an upper and a
lower sector. The scale rotates around the center of the A/C
reference in accordance with the A/C present roll angle.
The pitch scale comprises white reference lines and associated
pitch angle values. The lines are given every 2.5 degrees from 0
to 10 degrees, then for the 15 degrees, 20 degrees, 30 degrees,
50 degrees and 80 degrees values. Beyond 30 degrees, red large
arrow heads (V-shaped) indicate an excessive attitude and the
direction to follow in order to reduce it (item B).

(b) Roll angle information (item A)


A yellow triangle which remains on the line going through the
center of the A/C reference and which is perpendicular to the
horizon line, moves against the fixed roll scale on the upper
contour of the attitude sphere.
This fixed roll scale comprises white marks for the 10 degrees,
20 degrees, 30 degrees and 45 degrees significant values, on
either side of the zero position (horizontal wings) which is
indicated by a small fixed triangle. The 60 degrees roll
indication corresponds to the limits of the upper contour of the
cut-sphere shaped window.

(c) Attitude failure


In case of attitude failure concerning the pitch and/or roll
information the attitude sphere goes out of view and is replaced
by a red ATT flag which flashes for a few seconds then remains
steady (item C).
In case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between the pitch or
roll attitude information presented on the CAPT and F/O PFDs, a
CHECK ATT amber message flashes for a few seconds on both PFDs,
then remains steady (item D).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A17
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Attitude Information Display
Figure 015


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A18
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(2) Heading information


(Ref. Fig. 016)
The aircraft magnetic or true heading is displayed on the PFD, the ND
and the RMI.
The true heading can be displayed on the CDU.

(a) On the PFD


When true heading is displayed, a TRUE white message appears
above the heading scale (item A).
A blank heading scale (with 10 deg. spaced marks without any
indicated value) is provided on the horizon line. The marks are
just under this line.
This scale moves as the aircraft heading varies. For important
nose-up or nose- down, the heading graduations remain at the
lower or upper sector limit.
Below the sphere, a heading scale provides the pilot with the
aircraft actual track and relative selection. This heading scale
is graduated every 5 deg. (item A).
In case of failure, the heading graduation disappears on the two
scales and a red HDG flag appears on the lower heading scale
(item B). It flashes for a few seconds, then remains steady.
Furthermore, in case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between
CAPT and F/O heading indications, with the heading signal valid,
a CHECK HDG amber message is displayed at the center of the
heading scale (item C).

(b) On the ND
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The heading data is displayed on the ND in the three following
operating modes: ROSE, ARC and PLAN.
The ROSE mode and the ARC mode are oriented with respect to the
aircraft heading, while the PLAN mode is oriented with respect to
the true north.

1
_ True heading display
In ROSE or ARC mode, when true heading is displayed, a cyan
TRUE message appears at the top of the ND.

2
_ ROSE mode (item A)
In this mode each pilot has three different sub-modes of
presentation on his ND: ROSE-ILS/ROSE-VOR/ROSE-NAV.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page A19
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the PFD
Figure 016


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A20
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the ND
Figure 017


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A21
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
In the three ROSE sub-modes, the ND provides a display which
is similar to that of a conventional HSI, i.e. a rotating
heading dial orientated to the North and giving to the pilot
the aircraft actual magnetic or true heading with as reference
the fixed yellow lubber line at the top of the dial.

3
_ ARC mode (item B)
In this mode, the ND displays a 90 deg. heading sector ahead
of the aircraft giving the aircraft actual magnetic or true
heading with respect to the fixed yellow lubber line at the
top of the scale.

4
_ PLAN mode
The ND displays a static map orientated with respect to the
true North.

5
_ Heading failure (items C and D)
In case of heading failure, the scale and all symbols
positioned on the ROSE and ARC scales go out of view; a red
HDG flag comes into view below the scale after flashing for a
few seconds, when the DMC has detected an anomaly concerning
the heading parameter.
In addition, if a discrepancy between CAPT and F/O sides is
detected by the comparison inside the FWCs, the CHECK HDG
message is displayed in amber on both NDs (item E).

(c) On the RMI

**ON A/C 051-099,

(Ref. Fig. 018)

**ON A/C 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 018A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

The heading indication is given by a dial which rotates in front


of a fixed index (item A).
In case of heading failure, the fire orange warning flag with the
black HDG inscription comes into view at the top of the compass
card (item B).
For more details, ref. 34-57-00.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-14-00

Page A22
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the VOR/DME RMI
Figure 018


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-14-00

Page A23
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - Heading Information Display on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
Figure 018A


R

EFF :

106-149, 204-249, 301-399, 401-499,  34-14-00

Page A24
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(d) On the CDU
The time heading can be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the HDG position.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(2) Heading information


(Ref. Fig. 016)
The aircraft magnetic or true heading is displayed on the PFD, the ND
and the RMI.

(a) On the PFD


When the true heading is displayed, a TRUE white message appears
above the heading scale (item A).
A blank heading scale (with 10 deg. spaced marks without any
indicated value) is provided on the horizon line. The marks are
just under this line.
This scale moves as the aircraft heading varies. For important
nose-up or nose-down, the heading graduations remain at the lower
or upper sector limit.
Below the sphere, a heading scale provides the pilot with the
aircraft actual track and relative selection. This heading scale
is graduated every 5 deg. (item A).
In case of failure, the heading graduation disappears on the two
scales and a red HDG flag appears on the lower heading scale
(item B). It flashes for a few seconds, then remains steady.
Furthermore, in case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between
CAPT and F/O heading indications, with the heading signal valid,
a CHECK HDG amber message is displayed at the center of the
heading scale (item C).

(b) On the ND
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The heading data is displayed on the ND in the following three
operating modes: ROSE, ARC and PLAN.
The ROSE mode and the ARC mode are oriented with respect to the
aircraft heading, while the PLAN mode is oriented with respect to
the true north.

1
_ True heading display
In ROSE or ARC mode, when the true heading is displayed, a
cyan TRUE message appears at the top of the ND.

2
_ ROSE mode (item A)
In this mode, each pilot has three different sub-modes of
presentation on his ND: ROSE-ILS/ROSE-VOR/ROSE-NAV.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A25
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
In the three ROSE sub-modes, the ND provides a display which
is similar to that of a conventional HSI, i.e. a rotating
heading dial orientated to the North and giving to the pilot
the aircraft actual magnetic or true heading with, as
reference, the fixed yellow lubber line at the top of the
dial.

3
_ ARC mode (item B)
In this mode, the ND displays a 90 deg. heading sector ahead
of the aircraft giving the aircraft actual magnetic or true
heading with respect to the fixed yellow lubber line at the
top of the scale.

4
_ PLAN mode
The ND displays a static map orientated with respect to the
true North.

5
_ Heading failure (items C and D)
In case of heading failure, the scale and all symbols
positioned on the ROSE and ARC scales go out of view; a red
HDG flag comes into view below the scale after flashing for a
few seconds, when the DMC has detected an anomaly concerning
the heading parameter.
In addition, if a discrepancy between the CAPT and F/O sides
is detected by the comparison inside the FWCs, the CHECK HDG
message is displayed in amber on both NDs (item E).

(c) On the RMI

**ON A/C 240-249, 313-399,

(Ref. Fig. 018A)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

The heading indication is given by a dial which rotates in front


of a fixed index (item A).
In case of heading failure, the fire orange warning flag with the
black HDG inscription comes into view at the top of the compass
card (item B).
For more details, ref. 34-57-00.

(d) Not Applicable


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page A26
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(3) Ground speed


(Ref. Fig. 019)
The ground speed is displayed in the left upper corner of the ND for
ROSE, ARC or PLAN mode (item A).
The GS title is displayed in white color and the ground speed value
in green.
In case of failure or NCD, the ground speed value is replaced by
three dashed lines (item B).
The ground speed can also be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the TK/GS position.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(3) Ground speed


(Ref. Fig. 019)
The ground speed is displayed in the left upper corner of the ND for
the ROSE, ARC or PLAN mode (item A).
The GS title is displayed in white color and the ground speed value
in green.
In case of failure or NCD, the ground speed value is replaced by
three dashed lines (item B).

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(4) Wind indications


(Ref. Fig. 019)
The wind origin, force and direction is displayed in the left upper
corner of the ND, for ROSE, ARC and PLAN mode (item A):
- the wind origin is displayed in green color in degrees with respect
to the true North
- the wind force is displayed in green color in knots
- the wind direction, in analog form, is represented by means of a
green arrow orientated with respect to the north reference in use.
This arrow is displayed only if the wind force is greater than 2
knots.
In case of failure or NCD, the digital data are replaced by three
dashed lines and the wind direction arrow disappears (item B). The
wind indications can also be displayed on the CDU if the DATA
DISPLAY selector switch is placed in the WIND position.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A27
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
IR - GS, Wind, Vertical Speed Information Display
Figure 019


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A28
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(4) Wind indications


(Ref. Fig. 019)
The wind origin, force and direction is displayed in the left upper
corner of the ND, for the ROSE, ARC and PLAN modes (item A):
- the wind origin is displayed in green color in degrees with respect
to the true North
- the wind force is displayed in green color in knots
- the wind direction, in analog form, is represented by means of a
green arrow orientated with respect to the north reference in use.
This arrow is displayed only if the wind force is greater than 2
knots.
In case of failure or NCD, the digital data is replaced by three
dashed lines and the wind direction arrow disappears (item B).

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(5) Vertical speed


(Ref. Fig. 019)
The inertial vertical speed is displayed in the right side of the PFD
(item C).
The vertical speed scale consists of:

(a) a trapezoidal grey background colored surface

(b) a fixed white scale with 500 ft/mn spaced marks from -2000 ft/mn
to +2000 ft/mn

(c) a needle giving in analog form the actual vertical speed value

(d) a number in a moving blanking window. This window accompanies the


needle (above) the needle if V/S > 0, below if V/S < 0).
The number gives the V/S value in hundreds of ft/mn.
Between -200 ft/mn and +200 ft/mn, both the window and the number
disappear.

(e) above +6000 ft/mn (or below -6000 ft/mn), the needle remains
stopped where it is.
When the vertical speed exceeds +6000 ft/mn or -6000 ft/mn, the
digital indication and the analog needle change from green to
amber.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A29
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(f) In addition, those indications change to amber in approach, in
the following cases:
- V/S less than -2000 ft/mn below 2500 ft RA.
- V/S less than -1200 ft/mn below 1000 ft RA.
In case of failure, the inertial vertical speed display is
automatically replaced by the baro vertical speed display. (Ref.
34-13-00).

(6) Reconfiguration display


In case of loss of inertial parameters on the CAPT or F/O PFD and ND,
the IR3 can be used as a back up source by placing the ATT HDG
selector switch in CAPT/3 position for the CAPT PFD and ND or in
F/O/3 position for the F/O PFD and ND.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

C. Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 020, 021, 022, 023, 024)

(1) In addition to the ATT or HDG flags displayed on the PFDs, NDs and on
the CDU, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the
upper ECAM DU.

(a) NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT


NAV IR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the CDU.

(b) NAV ATT DISCREPANCY


This message is displayed when a difference higher than 5 deg. is
detected by comparison inside the FWCs between the roll angle or
the pitch angle provided by two IRs. When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ATT message appears on the PFD.

(c) NAV HDG DISCREPANCY


this message is displayed when a difference higher than 7 deg.
(or 5 deg. in true heading) is detected by comparison inside the
FWCs between the heading value provided by two IRs. When it is
displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK HDG message appears on the PFDs and NDs.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A30
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV IR 1(2)(3) fault message
Figure 020


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A31
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV IR 1+2 FAULT Message
Figure 021


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A32
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV IR 1+3 (2+3) FAULT Message
Figure 022


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A33
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 023


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A34
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 024


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A35
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(d) NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT

(Ref. Fig. 025)


The GPSSUs are monitored by the three ADIRUs using the status
word sent by the GPSSU and the BITE of the IR partion.
This message is accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield panel
- aural warning: single chime (SC).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

C. Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 020, 021, 022, 023, 024)

(1) In addition to the ATT or HDG flags displayed on the PFDs and the
NDs, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the upper
ECAM DU.

(a) NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT


NAV IR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the MSU.

(b) NAV ATT DISCREPANCY


This message is displayed when a difference higher than 5 deg. is
detected by comparison inside the FWCs between the roll angle or
the pitch angle provided by two IRs. When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ATT message appears on the PFD.

(c) NAV HDG DISCREPANCY


This message is displayed when a difference higher than 7 deg.
(or 5 deg. in true heading) is detected by comparison inside the
FWCs between the heading value provided by two IRs. When it is
displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK HDG message appears on the PFDs and NDs.

(d) Not Applicable


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A36
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NAV GPS - Fault Messages
Figure 025


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A37
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

D. ADIRUs Performance Criteria

(1) History
The inertial parameters to be considered to evaluate the level of
performance of an inertial system after flight completion are:
- the radial position error (in NM)
- the residual ground speed error (in kts).
Depending on their magnitude noticed at the end of the flight, the
concerned inertial system(s) shall or shall not be removed from the
aircraft.

(2) Radial position error


In order to address the statistical term of this requirement with the
most relevant approximation, the removal criteria use a limit based
on the recording of the radial position error on two consecutive
flights.
The use of a two-strike method presents the advantage to decrease the
removal rate of healthy units that have shown, by chance, or by an
inaccurate position entry at alignment, a radial position error
beyond the specified criterion.
The removal boundaries described on the figure present three
different areas:
(Ref. Fig. 026)
- Area 1 - ADIRU OK all the time
- Area 2 - ADIRU to be checked after second flight
- Area 3 - ADIRU to be replaced.

NOTE : Area 2 is applicable when the residual radial position error


____
ranges within the limits described in following Para.

(a) Lower limit for removal criteria


The integration of the drift rate results in a lower limit for
the radial position error:
Radial position error (NM) = (2 (NM/h) * T (h)) + Offset (NM)
The presence of an offset is necessary to avoid the unjustified
removal of healthy units subject to the natural Schuler effects
and to the Present Position inaccuracies entered during
initialization.
It should be pointed out that the adverse impacts of such
inaccuracies over the radial position error will reveal stronger
for short flight durations (below 1.5 hour).
- Flight duration < 1.5 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 5 NM.
- 1.5 FH < Flight duration < 10 FH:


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A38
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRU RPE removal criteria
Figure 026


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A39
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 2T + 2.
- Flight duration > 10 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 22 NM.

(b) Upper limit for removal criteria


- Flight duration < 1.5 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 7.5 NM.
- 1.5 FH < Flight duration < 10 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 3T + 3.
- Flight duration > 10 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 33 NM.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(3) Residual Ground Speed Error


The residual ground speed for each IR is determined at the end of the
flight when the aircraft has come to a complete stop.

(a) Check of the residual ground speed can be made:


- On the CAPT (IR1) and F/O (IR2) Navigation Displays (ND):
The residual ground speed of the IR3 can be read on the CAPT ND
by setting the ATT HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.
- On the ADIRS CDU:
. set the DATA DISPLAY selector switch to TK/GS
. set the SYS DISPLAY selector switch to 1, 2, 3
. read the respective ground speed in the CDU display.

(b) Compare the recorded ground speed values with the following
limits:
- if the residual ground speed error is 15 kts or greater after
each of two consecutive flights, replace the ADIRU
- if the residual ground speed error is 21 kts or greater at the
end of any one flight, replace the ADIRU.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(3) Residual Ground Speed Error


The residual ground speed for each IR is determined at the end of the
flight when the aircraft has come to a complete stop.

(a) A check of the residual ground speed can be made on the CAPT
(IR1) and F/O (IR2) Navigation Displays (ND). The residual ground
speed of the IR3 can be read on the CAPT ND by setting the ATT
HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-14-00

Page A40
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Compare the recorded ground speed values with the following
limits:
- if the residual ground speed error is 15 kts or greater after
each of two consecutive flights, replace the ADIRU
- if the residual ground speed error is 21 kts or greater at the
end of any one flight, replace the ADIRU.



EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-14-00

Page A41
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________

TASK 34-14-00-710-003

Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Switching Function

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 341400-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-14-00-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 501
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-14-00-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 502
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-860-055

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) On the overhead panel :


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends are
on.
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.

(3) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD and ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-860-055-A

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) On the overhead panel :


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends are
on.
- on the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.

(3) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD and ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-14-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-710-054

A. Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Switching Function

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU : On the ADIRS CDU :


- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
selector switches to NAV. seconds
- the three ALIGN legends come on.
On the Captain and First Officer PFD :
- the ATT flags go out of view after
approximately 30 seconds
- the pitch and roll attitudes are
shown.

- push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 - make sure that the OFF legends of the
pushbutton switches. ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton
switches are on.

2. On the center pedestal, on the


SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT
HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.

3. On the ADIRS CDU, set the On the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch the IR1 annunciatior goes off
related to the IR1 to OFF. On the Captain PFD, the pitch and roll
attitudes stay in view.

4. On the center pedestal, on the On the Captain PFD, the ATT flag is
SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT shown (ignore the related warnings).
HDG selector switch to NORM then
to F/O/3.

5. On the ADIRS CDU, set the - On the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch the IR2 annunciator goes off


R

EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 504
May 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
related to the IR2 to OFF. - On the First Officer PFD, the pitch
and roll attitudes stay in view.

6. On the center pedestal, on the On the First Officer PFD, the ATT flag
SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT is shown (ignore the related warnings).
HDG selector switch to NORM.

7. On the ADIRS CDU :

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector On the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
switch related to the IR3 to the IR3 annunciator goes off.
OFF

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-710-054-A

A. Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Switching Function

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU : On the ADIRS MSU :


- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - The ON BAT light comes on for 5
selector switches to NAV. seconds.
On the Captain and First Officer PFD :
- The ATT flags go out of view after
approximately 30 seconds.
- The pitch and roll attitudes are
shown.

- Push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 - Make sure that the OFF legends of the
pushbutton switches. ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton
switches are on.

2. On the center pedestal, on the


SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT
HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.

3. On the ADIRS MSU, set the On the Captain PFD, the pitch and roll
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch attitudes stay in view.
related to the IR1 to OFF.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-14-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the center pedestal, on the On the Captain PFD, the ATT flag is
SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT shown (ignore the related warnings).
HDG selector switch to NORM then
to F/O/3.

5. On the ADIRS MSU, set the On the First Officer PFD, the pitch and
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch roll attitudes stay in view.
related to the IR2 to OFF.

6. On the center pedestal, on the On the First Officer PFD, the ATT flag
SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT is shown (ignore the related warnings).
HDG selector switch to NORM.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-14-00-860-056

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(4) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

Subtask 34-14-00-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform.



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 506
May 01/08
R  
CES 
TASK 34-14-00-710-004

Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Comparison Warning

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 341400-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 507
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-14-00-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-14-00-865-055

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 508
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-865-056

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-860-057

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections, set the mode
selector switch to the ROSE-NAV .

(5) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page.


(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)

(6) Put thesafety barriers in position around the RAT area.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-860-057-A

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.

(4) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections, set the mode
selector switch to the ROSE-NAV .

(5) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page.


(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)

(6) Put the safety barriers in position around the RAT area.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-14-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-710-055

A. Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Comparison Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU, set the


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches
related to the IR1 and IR2 to
NAV.

2. Align the two ADIRUs (IR)


(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
After approximately 5 minutes,
the CAPT and F/O NDs show the
heading dial.

3. On the MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 page comes into view.
the IR1 indication

- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page comes
the INTERFACE TEST indication into view.

- on the keyboard push the NEXT The IR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page comes
PAGE function key. into view.

- push the line key adjacent to After two seconds :


the START TEST indication - the CAPT PFD shows this position :
ROLL 45 Right.
PITCH 5 Up.
- the CAPT ND shows this position :
HDG 15.

NOTE : Only the test values used for


____
comparison in the FWC are shown.



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 511
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the CHECK ATT
indication flashes during a short time
then stays stable
On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the CHECK HDG
indication comes into view
On the upper ECAM display unit, these
indications come into view :
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY
- HDG.............X CHECK
- ATT HDG SWTG....AS RQRD
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY
- ATT.............X CHECK
- ATT HDG SWTG....AS RQRD
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER CAUT lights come on
You can hear the single chime.

NOTE : If the aircraft heading is equal to 15 degrees, plus or minus 5


____
degrees, the CHECK HDG and HDG DISCREPANCY indications do not come
into view.

- push the line key adjacent to The test stops.


the RETURN indication. The indications above go out of view.
The attitude and heading indications
come into view.

4. On the ADIRS CDU, set the


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches
related to the IR1 and IR2 to
OFF.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-14-00

Page 512
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-710-055-B

A. Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Comparison Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU, set the


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches
related to the IR1 and IR2 to
NAV.

2. Align the two ADIRUs (IR)


(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
After approximately 5 minutes,
the CAPT and F/O NDs show the
heading dial.

3. On the MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 page comes into view.
the IR1 indication.

- Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page comes
the INTERFACE TEST indication. into view.

- On the keyboard push the NEXT The IR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page comes
PAGE function key. into view.

- Push the line key adjacent to After two seconds:


the START TEST indication. - The CAPT PFD shows this position:
ROLL 45 Right.
PITCH 5 Up.
- The CAPT ND shows this position :
HDG 15.

NOTE : Only the test values used for


____
comparison in the FWC are shown.

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the CHECK ATT


indication flashes during a short time
then stays stable.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-14-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the CHECK HDG
R indication comes into view.
R On the upper ECAM display unit, these
R indications come into view:
R NAV HDG DISCREPANCY
R - HDG.............X CHECK
R - ATT HDG SWTG....AS RQRD
R NAV ATT DISCREPANCY
R - ATT.............X CHECK
R - ATT HDG SWTG....AS RQRD
R On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
R 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER CAUT lights
R come on.
R You can hear the single chime.

R NOTE : If the aircraft heading is equal to 15 degrees, plus or minus 5


____
R degrees, the CHECK HDG and HDG DISCREPANCY indications do not come
R into view.

R - Push the line key adjacent to The test stops.


R the RETURN indication. The indications above go out of view.
R The attitude and heading indications
R come into view.

R 4. On the ADIRS MSU, set the


R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches
R related to the IR1 and IR2 to
R OFF.

R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-14-00-860-058

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU mode key.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002) potentiometers to OFF.



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 514
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(5) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-865-057

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE, 5CC1, 5CC2

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-14-00-410-051

C. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform.



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-14-00-740-001

Interface Test of the IR

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-14-00-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.

(3) On the battery power center 105VU:


- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 516
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-860-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD and ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).

(3) On the overhead panel :


- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.

(4) On the panel 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE-NAV .

(5) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page


(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-860-050-A

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD and ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-14-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R (3) On the overhead panel:
R - On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
R are on.
R - On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the
R three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.

R (4) On the glareshield panel 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control
R sections of the FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE-NAV .

R (5) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page


R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

R NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
R the indications between the parentheses.

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-14-00-865-058

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04


R

EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 518
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-865-059

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-869-072

A. General

NOTE : In the test that follows, we use the name DDRMI for the VOR/DME
____
RMI and the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (refer to the equipment on your
aircraft).

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 308-312,

Subtask 34-14-00-740-068-A

B. BITE Test of the IR System

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

R - set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) seconds,
R (IR3) to NAV. - the ALIGN legend of the IR1 (IR2)
(IR3) annunciator comes on.

- set the DATA DISPLAY selector


switch to TK/GS,
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector
switch to 1 (2) (3).

2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication. view.

- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 1/2
the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 520
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the keyboard, push the The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 2/2
function key to get to the page comes into view.
INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page.

- push the line key adjacent to - from 0 to 2 seconds:


the START TEST indication. * on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light,
the ALIGN (if the IRs are aligned)
and FAULT legends come on then go
off,
- from 2 seconds and more:
* on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown and
these values come into view:
ROLL 45 deg. Right
PITCH 5 deg. Up.
SLIP Left
IVS -600 ft/mn.
* on the CAPT (F/O) ND, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown,
* on the DDRMI, the HDG warning flag
is no more shown,
* the CAPT (F/O) ND shows these
values:
G/S 200 Kts
WIND 030/100
HDG 15 deg.
* the DDRMI shows this value:
HDG 15 deg.
* on the ADIRS CDU, the left part of
the display window shows this track
angle true value:
00.0
The right part of the display window
shows this ground speed value:
0200

3. On the ADIRS CDU, set the DATA On the ADIRS CDU, the left part of the
DISPLAY selector switch to HDG. display window shows this true HDG
value:
010.0

4. On the MCDU, push the line key The test procedure stops.
adjacent to the RETURN
indication.


R

EFF :
308-312,
001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,  34-14-00

Page 521
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

R - set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
R (IR3) to OFF,

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5


switch related to the IR2 to seconds,
NAV. - the related ALIGN legend comes on.

6. Do the IR2 test as written in You must get the same results only on
para. 2. the F/O PFD and ND and on the ADIRS CDU
(no indication on the DDRMI).

7. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


switch related to the IR2 to
OFF,

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5


switch related to the IR3 to seconds,
NAV. - the related ALIGN legend comes on.

8. On the center pedestal, on the


SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the
ATT/HDG selector switch to
CAPT/3.

9. Do the IR3 test as written in You must get the same results as for
para. 2. the IR1 on the CAPT PFD and ND, the
ADIRS CDU and the DDRMI.

10. On the ADIRS CDU, set the


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch
related to the IR3 to OFF.



EFF :
308-312,
001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,  34-14-00

Page 522
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 211-239, 301-307, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-740-068-B

B. BITE Test of the IR System

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

R - set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) seconds,
R (IR3) to NAV. - the ALIGN legend of the IR1 (IR2)
(IR3) annunciator comes on.

- set the DATA DISPLAY selector


switch to TK/GS,
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector
switch to 1 (2) (3).

2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication. view.

- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 1/2
the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.

- on the keyboard, push the The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 2/2
function key to get the page comes into view.
INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page.

- push the line key adjacent to - from 0 to 2 seconds:


the START TEST indication. * on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light,
the ALIGN (if the IRs are aligned)
and FAULT legends and the ENT and CLR
keys come on then go off,
- from 2 seconds and more:
* on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown and
these values come into view:
ROLL 45 deg. Right
PITCH 5 deg. Up.
SLIP Left



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 211-239, 301-307,  34-14-00

Page 523
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IVS -600 ft/mn.
* on the CAPT (F/O) ND, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown,
* on the DDRMI, the HDG warning flag
is no more shown,
* the CAPT (F/O) ND shows these
values:
G/S 200 Kts
WIND 030/100
HDG 15 deg.
* the DDRMI shows this value:
HDG 15 deg.
* on the ADIRS CDU, the left part of
the display window shows this track
angle true value:
00.0
The right part of the display window
shows this ground speed value:
0200

3. On the ADIRS CDU, set the DATA On the ADIRS CDU, the left part of the
DISPLAY selector switch to HDG. display window shows this true HDG
value:
010.0

4. On the MCDU, push the line key The test procedure stops.
adjacent to the RETURN
indication.

5. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:

R - set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
R (IR3) to OFF,

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5


switch related to the IR2 to seconds,
NAV. - the related ALIGN legend comes on.

6. Do the IR2 test as written in You must get the same results only on
para. 2. the F/O PFD and ND and on the ADIRS CDU
(no indication on the DDRMI).

7. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 211-239, 301-307,  34-14-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR2 to
OFF,

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5


switch related to the IR3 to seconds,
NAV. - the related ALIGN legend comes on.

8. On the center pedestal, on the


SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the
ATT/HDG selector switch to
CAPT/3.

9. Do the IR3 test as written in You must get the same results as for
para. 2. the IR1 on the CAPT PFD and ND, the
ADIRS CDU and the DDRMI.

10. On the ADIRS CDU, set the


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch
related to the IR3 to OFF.

**ON A/C 240-249,

Subtask 34-14-00-740-068-D

B. BITE Test of the IR System

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:


R

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) seconds.
R (IR3) to NAV. - The FAULT legend of the IR1 (IR2)
(IR3) pushbutton switch is off.

R - Push the IR1, IR2 and IR3 - The OFF legend of the IR1, IR2 and
R pushbutton switches. IR3 pushbutton switches comes on.



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 211-249, 301-307,  34-14-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the IR1, IR2 and IR3
R pushbutton switches again.

2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication. view.

- Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 1/2
the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.

- On the keyboard, push the The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 2/2
function key to get the page comes into view.
INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page.

- Push the line key adjacent to - After 0 to 2 seconds:


the START TEST indication. * On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
and FAULT legends come on then go
off.
- After 2 seconds and more:
* On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown and
these values come into view:
ROLL 45 deg. Right
PITCH 5 deg. Up.
SLIP Left
IVS -600 ft/mn.
* On the CAPT (F/O) ND, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown.
* On the DDRMI, the HDG warning flag
is no more shown.
* The CAPT (F/O) ND shows these
values:
G/S 200 Kts
WIND 030/100
HDG 15 deg.
* the DDRMI shows this value:
HDG 15 deg.

3. On the MCDU, push the line key The test procedure stops.
adjacent to the RETURN
indication.

4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:



EFF :

240-249,  34-14-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
R (IR3) to OFF.

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


switch related to the IR2 to seconds.
NAV.

5. Do the IR2 test as written in You must get the same results only on
para. 2. the F/O PFD and ND and on the ADIRS MSU
(no indication on the DDRMI).

6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


switch related to the IR2 to
OFF.

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


switch related to the IR3 to seconds.
NAV.

7. On the center pedestal, on the


SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the
ATT/HDG selector switch to
CAPT/3.

8. Do the IR3 test as written in You must get the same results as for
para. 2. the IR1 on the CAPT PFD and ND, the
ADIRS MSU and the DDRMI.

9. On the ADIRS MSU, set the


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch
related to the IR3 to OFF.


R

EFF :

240-249,  34-14-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 251-299, 501-509, 511-523,

Subtask 34-14-00-740-068-E

B. BITE Test of the IR System

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on during 5


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) seconds.
R (IR3) to NAV. - The FAULT legend of the IR1 (IR2)
(IR3) pushbutton switch is off.

R - Push the IR1, IR2 and IR3 - The OFF legend of the IR1, IR2 and
R pushbutton switches. IR3 pushbutton switches comes on.

R - Push the IR1, IR2 and IR3


R pushbutton switches again.

2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication. view.

- Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 1/2
the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.

- On the keyboard, push the The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 2/2
function key to get the page comes into view.
INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page.

- Push the line key adjacent to - After 0 to 2 seconds:


the START TEST indication. * On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
and FAULT legends come on then go
off.
- After 2 seconds:
* On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown and the
values that follow come into view:
ROLL 45 deg. Right
PITCH 5 deg. Up.
SLIP Left


R

EFF :

251-299, 501-509, 511-523,  34-14-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IVS -600 ft/mn.
* On the CAPT (F/O) ND, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown.
* The CAPT (F/O) ND shows the values
that follow:
G/S 200 Kts
WIND 030/100
HDG 15 deg.

3. On the MCDU, push the line key The test procedure stops.
adjacent to the RETURN
indication.

4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
R (IR3) to OFF.

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on during 5


switch related to the IR2 to seconds.
NAV.

5. Do the IR2 test given in Para. 2. You must get the same results only on
the F/O PFD and ND, and on the ADIRS
MSU.

6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


switch related to the IR2 to
OFF.

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on during 5


switch related to the IR3 to seconds.
NAV.

7. On the center pedestal, on the


SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the
ATT/HDG selector switch to
CAPT/3.


R

EFF :

251-299, 501-509, 511-523,  34-14-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Do the IR3 test given in Para. 2. You must get the same results as for
the IR1 on the CAPT PFD and ND, and on
the ADIRS MSU.

9. On the ADIRS MSU, set the


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch
related to the IR3 to OFF.

**ON A/C 313-399,

Subtask 34-14-00-740-068-F

B. BITE Test of the IR System

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) seconds.
R (IR3) to NAV. - The FAULT legend of the IR1 (IR2)
(IR3) pushbutton switch is off.

R - Push the IR1, IR2 and IR3 - The OFF legend of the IR1, IR2 and
R pushbutton switches. IR3 pushbutton switches comes on.

R - Push the IR1, IR2 and IR3


R pushbutton switches again.

2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication. view.

- Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 1/2
the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.

- On the keyboard, push the The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 2/2
function key to get to the page comes into view.
INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page.


R

EFF :

251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,  34-14-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the line key adjacent to - After 0 to 2 seconds:
the START TEST indication. * On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
and FAULT legends come on then go
off.
- After 2 seconds and more:
* On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown and
these values come into view:
ROLL 45 deg. Right
PITCH 5 deg. Up.
SLIP Left
IVS -600 ft/mn.
* On the CAPT (F/O) ND, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown.
* On the DDRMI, the HDG warning flag
is no more shown.
* The CAPT (F/O) ND shows these
values:
G/S 200 Kts
WIND 030/100
HDG 15 deg.
* The DDRMI shows this value:
HDG 15 deg.

3. On the MCDU, push the line key The test procedure stops.
adjacent to the RETURN
indication.

4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
R (IR3) to OFF.

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


switch related to the IR2 to seconds.
NAV.

5. Do the IR2 test as written in You must get the same results only on
para. 2. the F/O PFD and ND and on the ADIRS MSU
(no indication on the DDRMI).

6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:



EFF :

313-399,  34-14-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR2 to
OFF.

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


switch related to the IR3 to seconds.
NAV.

7. On the center pedestal, on the


SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the
ATT/HDG selector switch to
CAPT/3.

8. Do the IR3 test as written in You must get the same results as for
para. 2. the IR1 on the CAPT PFD and ND, the
ADIRS MSU and the DDRMI.

9. On the ADIRS MSU, set the


OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch
related to the IR3 to OFF.

R **ON A/C 524-526, 528-599,

R Subtask 34-14-00-740-068-G

R B. BITE Test of the IR System

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) seconds.
R (IR3) to NAV. - The FAULT legend of the IR1 (IR2)
R (IR3) pushbutton switch is off.

R - Push the IR1, IR2 and IR3 - The OFF legend of the IR1, IR2 and
R pushbutton switches. IR3 pushbutton switches comes on.

R - Push the IR1, IR2 and IR3


R pushbutton switches again.


R

EFF :

313-399, 524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 532
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:

R - Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
R the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication. view.

R - Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 1/2
R the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.

R - On the keyboard, push the The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 2/2
R function key to get the page comes into view.
R INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page.

R - Push the line key adjacent to - After 0 to 2 seconds:


R the START TEST indication. * On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
R and FAULT legends come on then go
R off.
R - After 2 seconds and for around 20
R seconds:
R * On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the HDG
R warning flag is no more shown and
R these values that follow come into
R view:
R ROLL 45 deg. Right
R PITCH 5 deg. Up.
R SLIP Left
R IVS -600 ft/mn.
R * On the CAPT (F/O) ND, the HDG
R warning flag is no more shown.
R * The CAPT (F/O) ND shows these
R values:
R G/S 200 Kts
R WIND 030/100
R HDG 15 deg.

R NOTE : If all cheks have not been


____
R performed when the interface
R test automatically exits, then
R IR interface test again as
R described in (2) and resume the
R procedure where it was stopped.

R 3. On the MCDU, push the line key The test procedure stops.
R adjacent to the RETURN indication


R

EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R or wait until the test
R automatically exits.

R 4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


R switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
R (IR3) to OFF.

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


R switch related to the IR2 to seconds.
R NAV.

R 5. Do the IR2 test as written in You must get the same results only on
R para. 2. the F/O PFD and ND and on the ADIRS
R MSU.

R 6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector


R switch related to the IR2 to
R OFF.

R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5


R switch related to the IR3 to seconds.
R NAV.

R 7. On the center pedestal, on the


R SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the
R ATT/HDG selector switch to
R CAPT/3.

R 8. Do the IR3 test as written in You must get the same results as for
R para. 2. the IR1 on the CAPT PFD and ND, the
R ADIRS MSU.

R 9. On the ADIRS MSU, set the


R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch
R related to the IR3 to OFF.


R

EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-14-00

Page 534
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-14-00-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-865-060

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-14-00-410-052

C. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 535
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

TASK 34-14-00-740-002

Read CFDIU for IR CURRENT STATUS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-14-00-010-053

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-14-00-860-053

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (ADIRU related to the installed ADM
only)
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002)

Subtask 34-14-00-865-061

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 537
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

Subtask 34-14-00-865-062

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-14-00-740-064

A. Do the Operational Test of the CURRENT STATUS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the center pedestal, on one MCDU:

1. Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes


page into view.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

2. On the NAV page


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 538
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication view.
(related to the removed ADM)

- push the line key adjacent to - the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) CURRENT STATUS
the CURRENT STATUS indication. 1/8 page comes into view.

- if there is no defect found after the


new ADM is installed, the NO FAULTS
indication comes into view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-14-00-860-054

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-14-00-865-063

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2

Subtask 34-14-00-410-053

C. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-14-00

Page 539
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

TASK 34-14-00-740-003

Read CFDIU for IR INPUT STATUS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Menu Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-14-00-010-054

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

(2) Open the access door 822.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-14-00

Page 540
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 34-14-00-860-059

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (ADIRU related to the installed ADM
only)
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002)

Subtask 34-14-00-865-064

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 051-061,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21


121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-14-00

Page 541
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-865-065

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-14-00-740-065

A. Read the CFDIU for the IR INPUT STATUS

NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
used.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-14-00

Page 542
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the center pedestral, on one


MCDU:

1. Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes


page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860- into view.
001).

2. On the NAV page

- Push the line key adjacent to - the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication view.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the INPUT STATUS page 1/6 comes into
INPUT STATUS indication view with the current on-the-ground
status of the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) inputs.

4. Push the NEXT PAGE function key - the related pages come into view.
to get the INPUT STATUS page 2/6
to 6/6

5. Push the line key adjacent to the - the test procedure stops.
RETURN indication

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-14-00-860-060

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-14-00-865-066

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-14-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-14-00-410-054

C. Close Access

(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU:

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Close the access door 822.

(4) Remove the access platform.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-14-00

Page 544
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 34-14-00-740-004

SYSTEM TEST of the Inertial Reference (IR)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 301-399, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-860-061

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002)

(2) Do the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) start procedure


(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(3) Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-
010).



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 545
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-14-00-865-067

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N11


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N04

**ON A/C 151-199, 204-210, 301-399, 401-499,

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10


121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-14-00

Page 546
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,

Subtask 34-14-00-740-069

A. SYSTEM TEST of the Inertial Reference (IR)

NOTE : - This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the
Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) used.
- It is not necessary to do an IR alignment procedure before you
start the IR SYSTEM TEST.
- If the IRs are aligned before you start the IR SYSTEM TEST, a
new alignment is necessary after the IR SYSTEM TEST (only if the
ADIRUs must be operative, if not set the ADIRUs to off).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the IR 1 (IR 2)(IR 3) page comes into
IR 1 (IR 2)(IR 3) indication view.

2. Push the line key adjacent to the - the IR 1 (IR 2)(IR 3) SYSTEM TEST
SYSTEM TEST indication page comes into view.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the TEST IN PROGRESS 95 s indication
START TEST indication comes into view
- at the end of the test, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.

4. Push the line key adjacent to the - these indications come into view :
TEST CLOSE UP indication * TEST CLOSE UP. IR RE-ALIGNMENT
* ENTER PPOS WITH AN UNUSED MCDU
- (Refer to the NOTE given above)

5. Push the line key adjacent to the - the test procedure stops.
RETURN indication



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 547
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-14-00-740-069-A

A. SYSTEM TEST of the Inertial Reference (IR)

NOTE : - This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the
Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) used.
- It is not necessary to do an IR alignment procedure before you
start the IR SYSTEM TEST.
- If the IRs are aligned before you start the IR SYSTEM TEST, a
new alignment is necessary after the IR SYSTEM TEST (only if the
ADIRUs must be operative, if not set the ADIRUs to off).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ATA 34 - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV:ATTITUDE


page, push the line key adjacent page comes into view.
to the ATTITUDE indication

2. Push the line key adjacent to the - the IR 1 (IR 2)(IR 3) page comes into
IR 1 (IR 2)(IR 3) indication view.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the IR 1 (IR 2)(IR 3) SYSTEM TEST
SYSTEM TEST indication page comes into view.

4. Push the line key adjacent to the - the TEST IN PROGRESS 40 s indication
START TEST indication comes into view
- at the end of the test, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.

5. Push the line key adjacent to the - these indications come into view :
TEST CLOSE UP indication * TEST CLOSE UP. IR RE-ALIGNMENT
* ENTER PPOS WITH THE OTHER MCDU
- (Refer to the NOTE given above)

6. Push the line key adjacent to the - the test procedure stops.
RETURN indication



EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-14-00

Page 548
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 301-399, 401-499,

Subtask 34-14-00-860-062

A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(2) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MAINTENANCE MENU 1/2 page comes into view.

(3) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  34-14-00

Page 549
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INDICATOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________

TASK 34-15-21-400-001

Installation of the AOA Indicator (17FN1, 17FN2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-15-21-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the ADIRS MSU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch to NAV to start
the ADIRU related to the AOA indicator.

(2) Make sure that the flag goes out of view and that the angle of attack
indication is 0 deg.

5. Close-up
________


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-15-21

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R
ADIRS - BITE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

1. _______
General
The Built In Test Equipment facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
It detects and identifies faults related to the Air Data/Inertial Reference
System (ADIRS) and reports them to the Centralized Fault Display Interface
Unit (CFDIU).
The BITE is included in the following LRUs:
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
- Air Data Module (ADM)
- Control and Display Unit (CDU).
It is linked to the CFDIU through the ADIRU (ADR and IR portions) which
summarizes the BITE results for its own channel.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The ADM performs various tests to detect its own faults (watchdog timer, RAM
addressing, ROM, CPU, RAM, NVM etc.) and failed input signals (check of
programming pins).
Faults are annunciated to the ADR by omission or labeling of a faulty output
word (pressure label) and through the use of a discrete fault-code word
output on the ARINC bus. Fault reports are also stored in a non-volatile
memory inside the ADM.
The IR BITE monitors: the performance of the Digital Signal Processor C25
and the outputs of the INTEL 80960, external inputs (both digital and
discrete), the functionality of other IR internal hardware including the
power supply and the inertial sensors (gyro, accelerometers). These BITE
tests are performed either at power up or continuously (Ref. Para. 3.A.(2)).
Some of them enable to monitor operation errors. These tests are: Align in
air, Excessive Motion, Latitude comparison test. They result in IR warnings
but without fault message sent to the CFDIU. Tests and fault reactions are
described in Para. 3.B.
The ADR BITE monitors: the ADR outputs of the INTEL 80960 processor, the
functionality of other ADR internal hardware, the status of analog, digital
and discrete inputs and cross-channel comparisons with the other ADRs. These
BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref. Para.
3.A.(3)) with the exception of cross-channel comparisons which are run once
at takeoff.
The common BITE monitors the computer performances: (INTEL 80960 processor
and memories) with the following tests : watchdog timer, checksum, RAM
pattern monitor.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-402,
 34-18-00

Page 1
Config-1 May 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRU - Architecture and Interface with CFDIU
Figure 001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 2
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R The ADR and IR BITEs send reports to the CFDIU through the ARINC output bus,
R on label 356. These reports memorize the faults which occurred during the
R last 63 flight legs with their context. They operate in two modes:
R - NORMAL mode: fault reporting to the CFDIU during the flight
R - INTERACTIVE mode: on the ground. Access by the MCDU MENU pages (Ref. Para.
R 3.B.).

2. __________________
Component Location

A. Computers Directly Linked to the CFDS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34

B. ADIRS Control Panel

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2FP CDU-ADIRS 20VU 211 831 34-12-12



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 3
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
C. Other LRUs of the System

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3FP1 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 1 127 824 34-11-19
3FP2 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 2 128 824 34-11-19
3FP3 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 3 127 824 34-11-19
11FP1 SENSOR-TAT, 1 121 34-11-18
11FP2 SENSOR-TAT, 2 122 34-11-18
9DA1 PROBE-PITOT, 1 125 812 34-11-15
9DA2 PROBE-PITOT, 2 126 822 34-11-15
9DA3 PROBE-PITOT, 3 125 812 34-11-15
7DA1 PROBE-L STATIC, 1 127 824 34-11-16
7DA2 PROBE-L STATIC, 2 127 824 34-11-16
7DA3 PROBE-L STATIC, 3 121 811 34-11-16
8DA1 PROBE-R STATIC, 1 128 824 34-11-16
8DA2 PROBE-R STATIC, 2 128 824 34-11-16
8DA3 PROBE-R STATIC, 3 122 811 34-11-16
19FP1 ADM-L TOTAL PRESSURE NONE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP2 ADM-R TOTAL PRESSURE 126 822 34-11-17
19FP3 ADM-STBY TOTAL PRESSURE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP4 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP5 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP6 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP7 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP8 ADM-STBY STATIC PRESSURE 121 811 34-11-17


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 4
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
3. __________________
System Description

A. Reporting Function
Each ADIRS BITE message is described in the following pages, with the
corresponding fault description and the consequences on the system and in
the cockpit.

(1) General
- IR faults are classified as follows:
. class 1 faults
. class 2 faults
. class 3 faults.
- ADR faults:
. class 1 faults
. class 2 faults
. class 3 faults.
- Common faults (IR + ADR)
. class 1 faults
. class 2 faults
. class 3 faults.

NOTE : Bit 13 of ADR label 270 indicates an ADR fault (bit 13 = 1)


____
- use of i, j, k indexes in BITE messages:
. barring explicit restriction, ADIRUi stands for ADIRU 1,
ADIRU 2 or ADIRU 3
. ADMi, ADMj, or ADMk: i, j, and k values are specified
below the message.
- ECAM messages:
. xxx stands for CAPT or F/O, depending on the ADIRU side (1
or 2)
. the letter in parentheses indicates the color used to
display the text: (A) Amber, (C) Cyan and (W) White.

(2) Inertial reference faults


-Class 1 External Faults
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
-Class 1 Internal Faults
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005, 006, 007, 008, 009)
-Class 2 External Faults

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

(Ref. Fig. 010)


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 5
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 1 External Faults 1/2
Figure 002


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 6
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 1 External Faults 2/2
Figure 003


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 7
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/6
Figure 004


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 8
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/6
Figure 005


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 9
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/6
Figure 006


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 10
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/6
Figure 007


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 11
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 5/6
Figure 008


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 12
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 6/6
Figure 009


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 13
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 2 External Faults
Figure 010


R

EFF :
201-203,
001-049, 051-060, 101-105, 151-199,  34-18-00

Page 14
Config-1 Aug 01/06
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,

-Class 2 Internal Faults


(Ref. Fig. 011)
-Class 3 External Faults
(Ref. Fig. 012)
-Class 3 Internal Faults
(Ref. Fig. 013)
The IR portion performs tests which result in warnings (fault
annunciation, invalid outputs).
But, for these warnings, no message is sent to the CFDIU as these
faults are due to an incorrect operational use of the system and not
to a system fault.
These tests are:
- align in air
- position-entry test (comparison with the last stored position and
computed latitude).
- Test on motion

(a) Align in air


The test fails if, with the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the
CDU in NAV position, the aircraft is detected in flight (TAS
greater than 100 kts) at power-up or during the ALIGN phase. The
following occurs:
- the NAV IRi FAULT message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU.
- the FAULT legend of the IR annunciator, on the CDU, flashes.
- all BNR output labels are coded Failure Warning (F/W) and all
BCD labels are not transmitted.
- the SELECT ATT indication is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position)
The IR portion can be recovered by setting the OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switch on the CDU to ATT and by applying the procedure
(level flight) to initialize the ATT mode.

(b) Position-entry test


- Initial position (latitude, longitude) must compare within one
degree of the last computed latitude and longitude from the
previous flight. If a miscompare exists, then the NOT ALIGN
message is displayed on the upper ECAM display unit with a text
indicating to enter again the initial position (Ref. 34-14
Para. 3.). The miscompare is removed if the new entered
position is identical to the previous one or is within the
one-degree threshold. If not, the system waits for other
position entry.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 15
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 2 Internal Faults
Figure 011


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 16
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 3 External Faults
Figure 012


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 17
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR System - Class 3 Internal Faults
Figure 013


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 18
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
- At the end of the alignment submode, the IR portion compares
the initial latitude to a self-computed latitude. The test
fails and the NOT ALIGN message is displayed on the upper ECAM
DU with action to enter again the position, when:
. The difference between the entered latitude and the computed
latitude is greater than 0,5.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of latitude
passes the test. If the sin/cos test fails two times with
identical initial latitude entries, the IR system goes in a
fault reaction: IR FAULT warning message on the upper ECAM DU
and FAULT legend on the CDU on, invalid outputs.

(c) Test on motion


If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.2 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, or 2/s for the azimuth rate, the align
process is stopped with a message on the upper ECAM DU indicating
IR NOT ALIGN and excessive motion (Ref. 34-14) with the code NCD
on the status matrix of the attitude (pitch, roll, heading) which
implies a flag on the PFD.
When the motion is no more detected, the IR reverts to the
beginning of the align submode. It is not necessary to
re-initialize the position.

(3) Air Data Reference Faults


.Class 1 External Faults
(Ref. Fig. 014, 015)
.Class 1 Internal Faults
R (Ref. Fig. 016, 017, 018, 019, 020, 021, 022, 023)
.Class 2 Internal Faults
R (Ref. Fig. 024)
.Class 3 Faults
R (Ref. Fig. 025)
.Class 2 and 3 External Faults
(Ref. Fig. 026)

(a) Cross-channel comparison tests


A cross-channel comparison of pressures, angle-of-attack, and
temperature parameters is performed to identify drifted air data
input sensors. These tests are done for maintenance purpose only
and they have no operational effects (no fault warning, output
parameters are always valid, class 3 failures).
To run these tests each ADR portion receives one ADR output bus
of the other side, computers
(Ref. Fig. 001)
As the air data sensors are installed per design in different
zones and measure different values, the comparison can only be
done in an identified flight phase.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 19
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 External Faults 1/2
Figure 014


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 20
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 External Faults 2/2
Figure 015


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 21
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/8
Figure 016


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 22
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/8
Figure 017


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 23
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/8
Figure 018


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 24
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/8
Figure 019


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 25
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 5/8
Figure 020


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 26
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 6/8
Figure 021


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 27
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 7/8
R Figure 022


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
 34-18-00

Page 28
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 1 Internal Faults 8/8
Figure 023


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 29
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 2 Internal Faults
R Figure 024


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-402,
 34-18-00

Page 30
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 025


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
 34-18-00

Page 31
Config-1 May 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System - Class 2 and 3 External Faults
Figure 026


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 32
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
The tests are performed at takeoff with a CAS between 90 and 200
kts and only if the received ADR data are valid. The thresholds
used in the comparison are:

------------------------------------------------
| Parameter | Threshold |
|----------------------------------------------|
| Total pressure | 5 hPa |
| Averaged static pressure | 5 hPa |
| Left static pressure | 2 hPa |
| Right static pressure | 2 hPa |
| Angle-of-attack | 4 |
| Total air temperature | 3C |
------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : Comparison Thresholds

The messages resulting from a miscompare between parameters point


the faulty sensor if it can be identified (one data differs from
the two others which are identical) or the sensors which
disagree. They are sent to the CFDIU in normal mode through label
356 of the ADR output and can be accessed by Class 3 Faults
page on the MCDU menu.

(4) Air Data and Inertial Reference Faults


.Class 1 Internal Faults
(Ref. Fig. 027)
.Class 2 Internal Faults
(Ref. Fig. 028)
.Class 3 Faults
(Ref. Fig. 029)
.Faults without any message
(Ref. Fig. 030, 031)

B. Interactive Function

(1) General
The interactive mode is activated via the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page ATA
34 chapter (Navigation) including Air Data and Inertial Reference
System (ADIRS).
As this system includes two parts (Air Data Reference and Inertial
Reference), two interactive functions are available :

(a) ADR interactive function : select NAV from the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
page and then the selected ADR (1 to 3) to activate the ADR
interactive mode and display the main menu
(Ref. Fig. 032)



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 33
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR and IR Systems - Class 1 Internal Faults
Figure 027


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 34
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR and IR Systems - Class 2 Internal Faults
Figure 028



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 35
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR and IR Systems - Class 3 Faults
Figure 029



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 36
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR and IR Systems - Faults without any Message 1/2
Figure 030



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 37
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR and IR Systems - Faults without any Message 2/2
Figure 031



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 38
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Activation of ADR Interactive Function
Figure 032



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 39
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
(b) IR interactive function : select NAV from the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
page and then the selected IR (1 to 3) to activate the IR
interactive mode and display the main menu
(Ref. Fig. 033)

NOTE : The figures enclosed in this document are provided for the
____
layout of the different pages. Fault messages, trouble
shooting data and input discrete status are provided for
information.

(2) Air Data Interactive function description

(a) Last Leg Report


(Ref. Fig. 034)

(b) Previous Legs Reports


(Ref. Fig. 034)

(c) LRU Ident


(Ref. Fig. 034)
On page 1/2, the Part Numbers and the Serial Numbers of the ADIRU
and the total pressure ADM are displayed. On page 2/2, the
associated data to the remaining ADM are displayed.

(d) Ground Scanning


(Ref. Fig. 035)
The Ground Scanning function performs most of the continuous
tests. All tests with an important time delay (temperature ...)
are not performed within this function.

(e) Trouble Shooting Data


(Ref. Fig. 036)
A maximum of sixteen 16-bit words can be recorded for the Trouble
Shooting Data.

(f) Class 3 Faults


(Ref. Fig. 034)

(g) System test


(Ref. Fig. 037)
The system test function performs power-up tests and various
continuous tests to provide a complete status of the ADR part of
the ADIRS.
It is necessary to re-initialize the system for IR part because
the navigation data are erased by the test of the RAM performed
at the power-up.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 40
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Activation of IR Interactive Function
Figure 033



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 41
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 1/2
Figure 034



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 42
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Ground Scanning
Figure 035



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 43
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 2/2
Figure 036



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 44
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR System Test
Figure 037



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 45
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
(h) Output Tests
The output tests are divided in three parts :
- Slew tests
- Interface test
- AOA test.

1
_ Slew tests
(Ref. Fig. 038)
The Slew tests are divided in two parts :
- Altitude dynamic slew
This function slews the altitude (label 203) between the
lower limit and the upper limit (up or down)) at the
altitude slew rate. These data are entered by the operator.
The altitude limit values are tested to be within -2000 and
+50000 feet. The altitude lower limit is tested to be less
than the altitude upper limit. The altitude slew rate is
tested to be within 1 to +20000 ft/mn.
- CAS dynamic slew
This function slews the Computed Air Speed (label 206)
between the lower limit and the upper limit (up or down) at
the CAS slew rate. These data are entered by the operator.
The CAS limit values are tested to be within 0 and +450
knots. The CAS lower limit is tested to be less than the CAS
upper limit. The CAS slew rate is tested to be within 1 to
+100 Kts/mn.
When the upper (or lower) limit is reached at the end of the
ramp (END OF SLEWING page), the limit value is maintained
till the operator pushes the key adjacent to the RETURN or
the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW indication.

2
_ Interface test
(Ref. Fig. 039)
Initiation of the ADR Interface Test causes the following
sequence to occur :
- 0-5 seconds (Failure Warning Test)
For 0-5 seconds after initiation of the test mode, the ADR
outputs are transmitted per tables as follows. Since this is
the failure warning test period, the BCD output parameters
are not transmitted and the SSM of the BNR parameters are
set to F/W. Timing tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 second.
- 5-10 seconds (Altitude Ramp Test)



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 46
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Slew Tests
Figure 038



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 47
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Interface Test
Figure 039



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 48
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
For 5-10 seconds after initiation of the test mode the ADR
outputs are transmitted per tables as follows. Since this is
the altitude ramp test period, the altitude outputs are
slewed in a positive direction for the entire 5-second
period at a rate of 600 ft/min, starting at the ambient
computed altitude. Timing tolerance is plus or minus 0.5
second.
- 10 second until test completion (Fixed Output Test)
From 10 seconds after initialization of the test mode until
the test completion is commanded, the ADR outputs are
transmitted per tables as follows, outputting the fixed
values specified by these tables. Timing tolerance is +/-
0.5 second.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 49
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-18-00

Page 50
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-18-00

Page 51
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-18-00

Page 52
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADR Interface test values are shown in the following tables:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | Over 10 s |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 176 | LEFT STATIC PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 177 | RIGHT STATIC PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 203 | STANDARD ALTITUDE | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 204 | BARO COR ALT 1 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 205 | MACH | 0 | 0 | 0.66 |
| 206 | COMPUTED AIRSPEED | 0 Kts | 0 Kts | 367.7 Kts |
| 207 | MAX ALLOWABLE AIRSPEED| Last Valid | Last Valid | Last Valid |
| 210 | TRUE AIRSPEED | 0 Kts | 0 Kts | 433 Kts |
| 211 | TOTAL AIR TEMP | Last Valid | Last Valid | 35C |
| 212 | ALTITUDE RATE | Last Valid | 600 ft/mn | 0 ft/mn |
| 213 | STATIC AIR TEMP | Last Valid | Last Valid | 10.3 C |
| 215 | IMPACT PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 236.6 hPa |
| 220 | BARO COR ALT 2 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 221 | IND ANGLE OF ATTACK | See note | See note | 5 |
| 241 | CORCTD ANGLE OF ATTACK| See note | See note | 5 |
| 242 | TOTAL PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 933.4 hPa |
| 245 | UNCRCTD AVG STAT PRESS| Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 246 | CORCTD AVG STAT PRESS | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 251 | BARO CORR ALT 3 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Indicated AOA is a function of the AOA sensor position. Corrected
AOA is function of AOA alternate discrete inputs and indicated
AOA.
Table 2 : Output Binary Words



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 53
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | Over 10 s. |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 034 | BARO CORR (hPa) 3 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 035 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 3 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.Hg |
| 230 | TRUE AIRSPEED |Not Transmit.| 0 Kts | 433 Kts |
| 231 | TOTAL AIR TEMP |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 35C |
| 232 | ALTITUDE RATE |Not Transmit.| 600 ft/min | 0 ft/min |
| 233 | STATIC AIR TEMP |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 10C |
| 234 | BARO CORR (hPa) 1 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 235 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 1 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.Hg |
| 236 | BARO CORR (hPa) 2 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 237 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 2 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.HG |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3 : Output BCD Words

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | BIT - PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | Over 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 270 | 13 - ADR FAULT | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 270 | 19 - OVERSPEED WARNING| 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 13 - LOW SPD WARN 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 14 - LOW SPD WARN 2 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 15 - LOW SPD WARN 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 271 | 16 - LOW SPD WARN 4 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 : Output Discrete Words

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | SELF TEST VALUE |
| PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | Over 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | OPEN | OPEN | OPEN |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | GROUND | GROUND | OPEN |
| OVERSPEED WARNING | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| ADR FAULT | GROUND | OPEN | OPEN |
| ADR OFF | GROUND | OPEN | OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5 : Discrete Outputs



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 54
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
3
_ AOA Test
(Ref. Fig. 040)
The AOA test function set the AOA test output discrete to
command the AOA sensor to fixed position greater than the
stall warning threshold. So, the Flight Warning Computer
activates the aural stall warning.

(i) Ground Report


(Ref. Fig. 035)

(j) Current Status


(Ref. Fig. 041)
The Current Status function displays on 8 pages the state (as
read by the computer) of the discrete inputs, digital inputs (ADM
and baro-correction), analog inputs and power condition.

(3) Inertial Interactive function description

(a) Last Leg Report


(Ref. Fig. 042)

(b) Previous Legs Report


(Ref. Fig. 042)

(c) LRU Ident


(Ref. Fig. 042)
The Part Numbers and the Serial Numbers of the ADIRU are
displayed.

(d) Ground Scanning


(Ref. Fig. 043)
The Ground Scanning function performs most of the continuous
tests .All tests with an important time delay (temperature ...)
are not performed within this function.

(e) Trouble Shooting Data


(Ref. Fig. 043)
A maximum of sixteen 16-bit words can be recorded for the Trouble
Shooting Data.

(f) Class 3 Fault


(Ref. Fig. 042)



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 55
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR AOA Test
Figure 040



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 56
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Current Status
Figure 041



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 57
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 1/3
Figure 042



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 58
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 2/3
Figure 043



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 59
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
(g) System Test
(Ref. Fig. 037)
The system test function performs power-up tests and various
continuous tests to provide a complete status of the IR part of
the ADIRS.
The layout of the System test pages of the ADR and IR parts are
equivalent except of the title ADR which is replaced by IR.
It is necessary to re-initialize the system because the
navigation data are erased by the test of the RAM performed at
the power-up.

(h) Interface Test


(Ref. Fig. 044)
Initiation of the IR Interface Test shall cause the following
sequence to occur:
- 0-2 seconds
BCD, BNR and Discrete Words - output with SSM set to Functional
Test and data set as shown in next tables. Annunciator
discretes shall be energized.
- Over 2 seconds
BCD, BNR and Discrete Words - output with SSM set to
Functionnal Test and data set as shown in next tables.
Annunciator discretes released to indicated status.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 60
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Interface Test
Figure 044



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 61
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | SELF TEST VALUE |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 052 | PITCH ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0 /s/s |
| 053 | ROLL ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0 /s/s |
| 054 | YAW ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0 /s/s |
| 310 | PRESENT POSITION LAT | N 22.50 |
| 311 | PRESENT POSITION LONG | E 22.50 |
| 312 | GROUND SPEED | 200 Kts |
| 313 | TRACK ANGLE-TRUE | 00.0 |
| 314 | TRUE HEADING | 10.0 |
| 315 | WIND SPEED | 100 Kts |
| 316 | WIND DIRECTION-TRUE | 30 |
| 317 | TRACK ANGLE-MAG | 5 |
| 320 | MAGNETIC HEADING | 15 |
| 321 | DRIFT ANGLE | -10 (Left) |
| 322 | FLIGHT PATH ANGLE | -5 |
| 323 | FLIGHT PATH ACCEL | 0.2g |
| 324 | PITCH ANGLE | 5 |
| 325 | ROLL ANGLE | 45 (Right) |
| 326 | BODY AXIS PITCH RATE | 10/s |
| 327 | BODY AXIS ROLL RATE | 10/s |
| 330 | BODY AXIS YAW RATE | 10/s |
| 331 | BODY LONGIT ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 332 | BODY LATERAL ACCEL | 0.10g |
| 333 | BODY NORMAL ACCEL | 0.10g |
| 334 | PLATFORM HEADING | 22.50 |
| 335 | TRACK ANGLE RATE | 4.0/s |
| 336 | PITCH ATT RATE | 10/s |
| 337 | ROLL ATT RATE | 10/s |
| 340 | TRACK ANGLE GRID | 10/s |
| 341 | GRID HEADING | 20/s |
| 360 | POTENTIAL VERT SPEED | -600 ft/mn |
| 361 | INERTIAL ALTITUDE | 10,000 ft |
| 362 | ALONG TRACK HORIZ ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 363 | CROSS TRACK HORIZ ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 364 | VERTICAL ACCEL | 0.1g |
| 365 | INERTIAL VERT SPEED | -600 ft/mn |
| 366 | N-S VELOCITY | 200 Kts (N) |
| 367 | E-W VELOCITY | 200 Kts (E) |
| 076 | GPS ALTITUDE | 10,000 FT |
| 101 | HDOP | 500 |
| 102 | VDOP | 500 |
| 103 | GPS TRACK ANGLE TRUE-BNR | 00.0 |
| 110 | GPS PRES POS-LAT | N22.50 |
| 111 | GPS PRES POS-LONG | E22.50 |
| 112 | GPS GROUND SPEED-BNR | 200 KTS |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 62
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | SELF TEST VALUE |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 120 | GPS PRES POS-LAT FRAC | N00.00 |
| 121 | GPS PRES POS-LONG FRAC | E00.00 |
| 130 | GPS INTEGRITY LIMIT | 8 |
| 131 | HYBRID INTEGRITY LIMIT | 8 |
| 132 | HYBRID TRUE HEADING | 10 |
| 135 | HYBRID VERT FIGURE OF MERIT | 512 |
| 136 | GPS VERT FIGURE OF MERIT | 512 |
| 137 | HYBRID TRACK ANGLE TRUE-BNR | 00.0 |
| 150 | UTC-BNR | 12:00:00 |
| 165 | GPS VERT SPEED | -600 FT/MIN |
| 166 | GPS N-S VELOCITY | 200 KTS |
| 174 | GPS E-W VELOCITY | 200 KTS |
| 175 | HYBRID GROUND SPEED-BNR | 200 KTS |
| 247 | GPS HORIZ FIGURE OF MERIT | 1.0 |
| 254 | HYBRID PRES POS-LAT | N22.50 |
| 255 | HYBRID PRES POS-LONG | E22.50 |
| 256 | HYBRID PRES POS-LAT FRAC | N00.00 |
| 257 | HYBRID PRES POS-LONG FRAC | E00.00 |
| 261 | HYBRID ALTITUDE | 10,000 FT |
| 263 | HYBRID FLIGHT PATH ANGLE | -5.0 |
| 264 | HYBRID HORIZ FIGURE OF MERIT | 1.0 |
| 266 | HYBRID N-S VELOCITY | 200 KTS |
| 267 | HYBRID E-W VELOCITY | 200 KTS |
| 273 | GPS SENSOR STATUS | Not Applicable |
| 274 | GPADIRS STATUS | Not Applicable |
| 345 | HYBRID VERT SPEED | -600 FT/MIN |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6 : Binary Output Labels

----------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------|
| | | 0 to 2 s. | Over 2 s. |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 010 | PRESENT POSITION LAT | 18888.8 | N 2230.0 |
| 011 | PRESENT POSITION LONG | 18888.8 | E 2230.0 |
| 012 | GROUND SPEED | 6888 Kts | 200 Kts |
| 013 | TRACK ANGLE TRUE | 688.8 | 00.0 |
| 014 | MAGNETIC HEADING | 688.8 | 15 |
| 015 | WIND SPEED | 688 Kts | 100 Kts |
| 016 | WIND DIRECTION TRUE | 688 | 30 |
| 041 | SET LATITUDE | 18888.8 | N 2230.0 |
| 042 | SET LONGITUDE | 18888.8 | E 2230.0 |
| 043 | SET MAGNETIC HEADING | 688 | 15 |



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 63
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------|
| | | 0 to 2 s. | Over 2 s. |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 044 | TRUE HEADING | 688.8 | 10 |
| 125 | GPS UTC | 78:88.8 | 12:00:00 |
| 260 | GPS DATE | 38/18/88 | 01/01/88 |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8 : Output BCD Words

(i) Ground Report


(Ref. Fig. 043)

(j) Current Status


(Ref. Fig. 045)
The Current Status function displays on 8 pages the state (as
read by the computer) of the discrete inputs, digital inputs (Set
Lat and Long from FMGC), power condition.

(k) GPIRS REPORT


(Ref. Fig. 046)
The GPIRS Report function displays GPS primary (AIME) parameters
which are stored either in case of GPS primary failure or
routinely at the end of each flight (historic on several
flights).

(l) GPIRS HISTORY


(Ref. Fig. 047)
R
The GPIRS HISTORY function displays the number of events stored
in memory and their accumulated durations.
- CNT: Number of produced events (approximately 10).
- HRS: Total event durations.

C. Power-up Test Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions

(1) Conditions of power-up test initialization


- How long the computer must be de-energized: >20 s.
- A/C configuration:
- A/C on ground and OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR 1 (2)
(3) (located on the ADIRS panel) set to OFF for 20 s at least then
to NAV.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 64
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Current Status
Figure 045



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 65
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
GPIRS REPORT
Figure 046



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 66
Config-1 Feb 01/07
R  
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-18-00

Page 67
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 3/3
R Figure 047 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
 34-18-00

Page 68
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 3/3
R Figure 047 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
 34-18-00

Page 69
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(2) Progress of power-up tests

(a) Duration: 5 s

(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test


accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on
the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- ADIRS panel:
- ON BAT legend annunciator on for 5 s, 2 s after power-up test
initialization.

(3) Results of power-up tests


(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).

(a) Test pass:


- ALIGN legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on.

NOTE : It means that the system is in align mode.


____

(b) Test failed:


- ECAM warning
- NAV IR 1 (2) (3) FAULT or
- NAV ADR 1 (2) (3) FAULT
depending on the faulty part.
- ADIRS panel:
- FAULT legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on or FAULT/OFF
of the ADR 1 (2) (3) pushbutton switch on.
depending on the faulty part.

NOTE : In case of failure, set the DISPLAY/DATA selector switch


____
to STS then do the troubleshooting procedure on the system
according to the error code displayed on the ADIRS panel.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-203,  34-18-00

Page 70
Config-1 Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
__________________________________________________________________________
AIR DATA, INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) BUILT-IN TEST EQUIPMENT (BITE)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________

1. _______
General
The Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) facilitates maintenance on in-service
aircraft.
It detects and identifies faults related to the Air Data/Inertial Reference
System (ADIRS) and reports them to the Centralized Fault Display Interface
Unit (CFDIU).
The BITE is included in the following LRUs:
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
- Air Data Module (ADM)
- Control and Display Unit (CDU).
It is linked to the CFDIU through the ADIRU (ADR and IR portions) which
summarizes the BITE results for its own channel.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The ADM performs various tests to detect its own faults (watchdog timer, RAM
addressing, ROM, CPU, RAM, NVM, etc.) and failed input signals (check of
programming pins).
Faults are annunciated to the ADR by omission or labeling of a faulty output
word (pressure label) and through the use of a discrete fault-code word
output on the ARINC bus. Fault reports are also stored in a non-volatile
memory inside the ADM.
The IR BITE monitors:
- the performance of both IR NAV and IR I/O processors
- external inputs (both digital and discrete)
- the functionality of the other internal hardware including the power
supply and the inertial sensors (gyro, accelerometers).
These BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref.
Para. 3.A.(2)).
Some tests enable to monitor operation errors:
- Align in air
- Excessive Motion
- Latitude Sin/Cos test.
They result in IR warnings but without fault message sent to the CFDIU.
Tests and fault reactions are described in Para. 3.B.
The ADR BITE monitors:
- the performance of the ADR processor
- the functionality of other ADR internal hardware
- the status of analog, digital and discrete inputs
- cross-channel comparisons with the other ADRs.
These BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref.
Para. 3.A.(3)) with the exception of cross-channel comparisons which are
run once at takeoff.
The common BITE monitors the computer performances (INTEL 80960 processor
and memories) with the following tests: watchdog timer, checksum, RAM
pattern monitor.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Interface between one ADIRU and the CFDIU
Figure 001



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The ADR and IR BITEs send reports to the CFDIU through the ARINC output
bus, on label 356. These reports memorize the faults which occurred during
the last 63 flight legs with their context. They operate in two modes:
- NORMAL mode: fault reporting to the CFDIU during the flight
- INTERACTIVE mode: on the ground. Access by the MCDU MENU pages (Ref. Para.
3.B.).

2. __________________
Component Location

A. Computers Directly Linked to the CFDS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34

B. ADIRS Control Panel

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2FP CDU-ADIRS 20VU 211 831 34-12-12

C. Computers Directly Linked to the CFDS

D. Other LRUs of the System

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3FP1 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 1 127 824 34-11-19
3FP2 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 2 128 824 34-11-19
3FP3 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 3 127 824 34-11-19
11FP1 SENSOR-TAT, 1 121 34-11-18
11FP2 SENSOR-TAT, 2 122 34-11-18
9DA1 PROBE-PITOT, 1 125 812 34-11-15
9DA2 PROBE-PITOT, 2 126 822 34-11-15
9DA3 PROBE-PITOT, 3 125 812 34-11-15
7DA1 PROBE-L STATIC, 1 127 824 34-11-16
7DA2 PROBE-L STATIC, 2 127 824 34-11-16
7DA3 PROBE-L STATIC, 3 121 811 34-11-16
8DA1 PROBE-R STATIC, 1 128 824 34-11-16



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8DA2 PROBE-R STATIC, 2 128 824 34-11-16
8DA3 PROBE-R STATIC, 3 122 811 34-11-16
19FP1 ADM-L TOTAL PRESSURE NONE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP2 ADM-R TOTAL PRESSURE 126 822 34-11-17
19FP3 ADM-STBY TOTAL PRESSURE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP4 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP5 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP6 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP7 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP8 ADM-STBY STATIC PRESSURE 121 811 34-11-17



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________________
System Description

A. Reporting Function
Each ADIRS BITE message is described in the following pages, with the
corresponding fault description and the consequences on the system and in
the cockpit.

(1) General
- IR and ADR faults are classified as follows:
. class 1: faults with cockpit effect
. class 2: non-critical faults
. class 3: minor faults without cockpit effects.
- use of indexes in BITE messages:
ADIRUi stands for ADIRU 1, ADIRU 2 or ADIRU 3.
- ECAM messages:
. xxx stands for CAPT or F/O, depending on the ADIRU side (1 or 2)
. the letter in parentheses indicates the color used to display the
text: (A) Amber, (C) Cyan and (W) White.
- IR FAULT:
the FAULT legend of the IR pushbutton switch flashes in NAV mode
and is steady in ATT mode.

(2) Inertial reference faults


(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004, 005, 006, 007, 008, 009)
Some IR faults resulting in warnings (fault annunciation, invalid
outputs) are due to an incorrect operational use of the system and
not to a system fault.
These tests are:
- align in air
- position-entry (comparison with the last stored position and
computed latitude)
- Test on motion.

(a) Align in air


The test fails if, with the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the
CDU in the NAV position, the aircraft is detected in flight (TAS
greater than 100 kts) at power-up or during the ALIGN phase. The
following occurs:
- NAV IRi FAULT message is displayed on the upper ECAM display
unit.
- The FAULT legend of the IR pushbutton switch, on the CDU, comes
on.
- The IN FLIGHT ALIGNMENT message is sent to the CFDIU.
- All BNR output labels are coded Failure Warning (F/W) and all
BCD labels are not transmitted.
- The SELECT ATT indication is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/5
Figure 002



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/5
Figure 003



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/5
Figure 004



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/5
Figure 005



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 5/5
Figure 006



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
Figure 007



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 008



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 12
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 2 Internal Faults
Figure 009



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 13
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The IR portion can be recovered by setting the OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switch on the CDU to ATT and by applying the procedure
(level flight) to initialize the ATT mode.

(b) Position-entry test


- Initial position (latitude, longitude) must compare within one
degree of the last computed latitude and longitude from the
previous flight. If a miscompare exists, then the NOT ALIGN
message is displayed on the upper ECAM display unit with a text
indicating to enter again the initial position (Ref. 34-14
Para. 3.). The miscompare is removed if the new entered
position is identical to the previous one or is within the
one-degree threshold. If not, the system waits for other
position entry.
- At the end of the alignment submode, the IR portion compares
the initial latitude to a self-computed latitude. The test
fails and the NOT ALIGN message is displayed on the upper ECAM
display unit with action to enter again the position, when:
. the cosine of the entered latitude differs from the cosine of the computed
latitude by more than 0.01234 or
. the sine of the entered latitude differs from the sine of the computed
latitude by more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of latitude
passes the test. If the sin/cos test fails two times with
identical initial latitude entries, the IR system goes in a
fault reaction: IR FAULT warning message on the upper ECAM
display unit and FAULT legend on the CDU on, invalid outputs.

NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.


____

(c) Test on motion


If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.11 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, the align process is stopped with a
message on the upper ECAM display unit indicating IR NOT ALIGN
and excessive motion (Ref. 34-14). The status matrix of the
attitude data (pitch, roll, heading) is set at NCD which implies
a flag on the PFD.

NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.


____

When the motion is no more detected, the IR reverts to the


beginning of the align submode. It is not necessary to
re-initialize the position.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) Air data reference faults

(Ref. Fig. 010, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015, 016)

(a) SDI validity test at power-up


A number of data is computed in the ADR portion according to air
data correction laws (SSEC, AOA) which are dependent on the ADR
side (SDI = 1, 2, 3).
The determination of the SDI at power-up is consolidated by the
ADR with a logic vote between the SDI discrete inputs and the SDI
read on the labels received from the total pressure ADM and the
static pressure ADM. Faults are either miscompare between the
different sources of SDI or inability to compute the SDI.
In this last case, detection of the fault leads to the ADR FAULT
annunciation (message on the upper ECAM display unit; FAULT
legend on the CDU) associated with invalid outputs.
A number of messages can be sent to the CFDIU on label 356
according to the detected miscompare. These messages point the
ADIRU or ADM pin program or a mix of them:

341117 ADMi (19FPi) (i = 1, 2 or 3)


341117 ADMi (19FPi)/ADMj(19FPj) (i,j) = (1,5), (2,7) or (3,8)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADIRUi (1FPi)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi (19FPi)/ADIRUi (1FPi)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMj (19FPj)/ADIRUi (1FPi) (i,j) =
(1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi/j ADIRUi (1FPi) (19FPi/j) (i,j) =
(1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).

(b) Cross-channel comparison tests


A cross-channel comparison of pressures, angle of attack, and
temperature parameters is performed to identify drifted air data
input sensors. These tests are done for maintenance purpose only
and they have no operational effects (no fault warning, output
parameters are always valid, class 3 failures).
To run these tests, each ADR portion receives one ADR output bus
of the other side computers.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
As the air data sensors are installed per design in different
zones and measure different values, the comparison can only be
done in an identified flight phase.
The tests are performed at takeoff with a CAS between 90 and 200
kts and only if the received ADR data is valid. The thresholds
used in the comparison are:



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/4
Figure 010



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/4
Figure 011



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 17
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/4
Figure 012



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 18
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/4
Figure 013



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 19
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 2 Faults
Figure 014



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 External Fault
Figure 015



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 21
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 016



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 22
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
------------------------------------------------
| Parameter | Threshold |
|----------------------------------------------|
| Total pressure | 5 hPa |
| Averaged static pressure | 5 hPa |
| Left static pressure | 2 hPa |
| Right static pressure | 2 hPa |
| Angle of attack | 4 |
| Total air temperature | 3C |
------------------------------------------------
Table 1: Comparison Thresholds

The messages resulting from a miscompare between parameters point


the faulty sensor if it can be identified (one data differs from
the two others which are identical) or the sensors which
disagree. They are sent to the CFDIU in normal mode through label
356 of the ADR output and can be accessed through the LAST
(PREVIOUS) LEG REPORT page on the MCDU menu.
The messages have the following format: e.g. for the AOA sensors

341119 AOA SENSORi (3FPi)


or
341119 AOA SENSORi (3FPi)/AOA SENSORj (3FPj)
or
341119 AOA SNSR1 (3FP1)/SNSR2 (3FP2)/SNSR3 (3FP3)

The principle of the messages is the same for other sensors (ADM,
TAT).

B. Interactive Function

(1) General
The interactive mode is activated via the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page
related to the ATA 34 chapter (Navigation) including the Air Data and
Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).
As this system includes two parts (Air Data Reference and Inertial
Reference), two interactive functions are available:
- IR interactive function
(Ref. Fig. 017)
- ADR interactive function.
(Ref. Fig. 018)



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 23
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Activation of the IR Interactive Function
Figure 017



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 24
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Activation of the ADR Interactive Function
Figure 018



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 25
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) IR interactive function

(Ref. Fig. 019)

(a) LAST LEG REPORT


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected IR during the last leg (flight leg 00).

(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected IR during the previous legs (flight legs 01-62).

(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION

(Ref. Fig. 020)


This item provides the ADIRU Part Number and Serial Number, as
well as the part number of the ADIRU software: P/N-SWAPP for OPS
(Operational Software), P/N-SWA/C for OPC 1 (Anemometric
correction tables) and P/N-SWMAG for OPC 2 (MAGVAR tables).
The Part Number and the Serial Number of the CDU are also
displayed.

(d) GROUND SCANNING

(Ref. Fig. 020)


This page layout contains the list of all failures detected while
using this function.

(e) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

(Ref. Fig. 021)


This item provides, for each fault message stored in the LAST LEG
or PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT, additional data required by the
maintenance for failure investigation.

(f) CLASS 3 FAULTS

(Ref. Fig. 021)


This item reports all class 3 faults recorded since the last
takeoff.

(g) SYSTEM TEST


(Ref. Fig. 022)
This item activates a complete test of the IR system and presents
a report to the user.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 26
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 1/7
Figure 019



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 27
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 2/7
Figure 020



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 28
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 3/7
Figure 021



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 29
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 4/7
Figure 022



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 30
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(h) INTERFACE TEST
(Ref. Fig. 023)
This item controls the functional test modes of the selected IR.
The test mode is inhibited whenever any of the following
conditions exists:
- ground speed greater than or equal to 20 kts
- IR in the ATT mode.
The text displayed describes the various steps of the interface
test; when you push the line key adjacent to the START TEST
indication, the following test sequence is run:
- 0-2 seconds
BCD, BNR and Discrete Words are output with SSM set to
Functional Test and data set as shown in the following tables.
Annunciator discretes are energized:

. ALIGN
. ON BAT
. DC FAIL (See note)
. IR FAULT
. IR OFF (See note)
. SPARE IR OUT 1 (See note)
. SPARE IR OUT 2 (See note)

- after 2 seconds
BCD, BNR and Discrete Words are output with SSM set to
Functional Test and data set as shown in the following tables.
Annunciator discretes are de-energized to the previously
indicated status.

NOTE : No associated annunciator in the cockpit.


____

----------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------|
| | | 0 to 2 s. | After 2 s. |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 010 | PRESENT POSITION LAT | 18888.8 | N 2230.0 |
| 011 | PRESENT POSITION LONG | 18888.8 | E 2230.0 |
| 012 | GROUND SPEED | 6888 Kts | 200 Kts |
| 013 | TRACK ANGLE-TRUE | 688.8 | 00.0 |
| 014 | MAGNETIC HEADING | 688.8 | 15 |
| 015 | WIND SPEED | 688 Kts | 100 Kts |
| 016 | WIND DIRECTION-TRUE | 688 | 30 |
| 041 | SET LATITUDE | 18888.8 | N 2230.0 |
| 042 | SET LONGITUDE | 18888.8 | E 2230.0 |
| 043 | SET MAGNETIC HEADING | 688 | 15 |
| 044 | TRUE HEADING | 688.8 | 10 |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 31
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 5/7
Figure 023



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 32
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------|
| | | 0 to 2 s. | After 2 s. |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2: Output BCD Words

----------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | SELF TEST VALUE |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 052 | PITCH ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0 /s/s |
| 053 | ROLL ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0 /s/s |
| 054 | YAW ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0 /s/s |
| 310 | PRESENT POSITION LAT | N 22.50 |
| 311 | PRESENT POSITION LONG | E 22.50 |
| 312 | GROUND SPEED | 200 Kts |
| 313 | TRACK ANGLE-TRUE | 00.0 |
| 314 | TRUE HEADING | 10.0 |
| 315 | WIND SPEED | 100 Kts |
| 316 | WIND DIRECTION-TRUE | 30 |
| 317 | TRACK ANGLE-MAG | 5 |
| 320 | MAGNETIC HEADING | 15 |
| 321 | DRIFT ANGLE | -10 (Left) |
| 322 | FLIGHT PATH ANGLE | -5 |
| 323 | FLIGHT PATH ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 324 | PITCH ANGLE | 5 |
| 325 | ROLL ANGLE | 45 (Right) |
| 326 | BODY AXIS PITCH RATE | 10/s |
| 327 | BODY AXIS ROLL RATE | 10/s |
| 330 | BODY AXIS YAW RATE | 10/s |
| 331 | BODY LONGIT ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 332 | BODY LATERAL ACCEL | 0.10g |
| 333 | BODY NORMAL ACCEL | 0.10g |
| 334 | PLATFORM HEADING | 22.50 |
| 335 | TRACK ANGLE RATE | 4.0/s |
| 336 | PITCH ATT RATE | 10/s |
| 337 | ROLL ATT RATE | 10/s |
| 340 | TRACK ANGLE GRID | 10 |
| 341 | GRID HEADING | 20 |
| 360 | POTENTIAL VERT SPEED | -600 ft/mn |
| 361 | INERTIAL ALTITUDE | 10,000 ft |
| 362 | ALONG TRACK HORIZ ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 363 | CROSS TRACK HORIZ ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 364 | VERTICAL ACCEL | 0.1g |
| 365 | INERTIAL VERT SPEED | -600 ft/mn |
| 366 | N-S VELOCITY | 200 Kts (N) |



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 33
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | SELF TEST VALUE |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 367 | E-W VELOCITY | 200 Kts (E) |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3: Binary Output Labels

(i) GROUND REPORT


(Ref. Fig. 024)
This item reports all internal faults detected since the last
landing.

(j) INPUT STATUS


(Ref. Fig. 025)
This item describes the current state/value of the selected IR
inputs (discrete and binary inputs).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 34
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 6/7
Figure 024



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 35
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 7/7
Figure 025



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 36
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) ADR interactive function

(a) LAST LEG REPORT

(Ref. Fig. 026)


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected ADR and related LRUs during the last leg (flight leg
00).

(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

(Ref. Fig. 026)


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected ADR and related LRUs during the previous legs
(flight legs 01-62).

(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION


(Ref. Fig. 027)
This item describes the Part Number and Serial Number of the
selected ADIRU, as well as the Part Number of the ADMs.

(d) GROUND SCANNING


(Ref. Fig. 027)
This page layout contains the list of all the failures detected
while using this function.

(e) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA


(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item provides, for each fault message stored in the LAST LEG
or PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT, additional data required by the
maintenance for failure investigation.

(f) CLASS 3 FAULTS


(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item reports all class 3 faults recorded since the last
takeoff.

(g) SYSTEM TEST


(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item activates a complete test of the ADR system and
presents a report to the user.

(h) INTERFACE TEST (OUTPUT TESTS MENU)

(Ref. Fig. 029, 030)


This item controls the functional test modes of the selected ADR.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 37
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 1/8
Figure 026



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 38
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 2/8
Figure 027



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 39
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 3/8
Figure 028



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 40
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 4/8
Figure 029



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 41
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 5/8
Figure 030



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 42
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The displayed text describes the various steps of the interface
test; when you push the line key adjacent to the START TEST
indication, the following test sequence is run:
- 0-5 seconds: Failure Warning Test
For 0-5 seconds after initiation of the test mode, the ADR
outputs are transmitted as per the following tables. Since this
is the failure warning test period, the BCD output parameters
are not transmitted and the SSM of the BNR parameters are set
to F/W. Timing tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 second.
- 5-10 seconds: Altitude Ramp Test
For 5-10 seconds after initiation of the test mode, the ADR
outputs are transmitted as per the following tables with an SSM
coded FT (except for discrete words). Since this is the
altitude ramp test period, the altitude outputs are slewed in a
positive direction for the entire 5-second period at a rate of
600 ft/min, starting at the ambient computed altitude. Timing
tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 second.
- 10 seconds until test completion: Fixed Output Test
From 10 seconds after initialization of the test mode until the
test completion is commanded, the ADR outputs are transmitted
as per the following tables, outputting the fixed values
specified by these tables with an SSM coded FT (except for
discrete words). Timing tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 second.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 43
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADR Interface test values are shown in the following tables:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 176 | LEFT STATIC PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 177 | RIGHT STATIC PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 203 | STANDARD ALTITUDE | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 204 | BARO CORR ALT 1 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 205 | MACH | 0 | 0 | 0.66 |
| 206 | COMPUTED AIRSPEED | 0 Kts | 0 Kts | 367.7 Kts |
| 207 | MAX ALLOWABLE AIRSPEED| Last Valid | Last Valid | Last Valid |
| 210 | TRUE AIRSPEED | 0 Kts | 0 Kts | 433 Kts |
| 211 | TOTAL AIR TEMP | Last Valid | Last Valid | 35C |
| 212 | ALTITUDE RATE | Last Valid | 600 ft/mn | 0 ft/mn |
| 213 | STATIC AIR TEMP | Last Valid | Last Valid | 10.3C |
| 215 | IMPACT PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 236.6 hPa |
| 220 | BARO CORR ALT 2 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 221 | IND ANGLE OF ATTACK | NOTE 1 | NOTE 1 | 5 |
| 241 | CORCTD ANGLE OF ATTACK| NOTE 1 | NOTE 1 | 5 |
| 242 | TOTAL PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 933.4 hPa |
| 245 | UNCRCTD AVG STAT PRESS| Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 246 | CORCTD AVG STAT PRESS | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 251 | BARO CORR ALT 3 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : The indicated AOA is a function of the AOA sensor


____
position. The corrected AOA is a function of the AOA
alternate discrete inputs, SDI discrete inputs and
indicated AOA. The corrected AOA is set to 0 when CAS is
less than 60 kts.
Output Binary Words



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 44
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 034 | BARO CORR (hPa) 3 |Not Transmit.| 745.0 hpa | 1013.3 hPa |
| 035 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 3 |Not Transmit.| 22.0 in.Hg | 29.92 in.Hg |
| 230 | TRUE AIRSPEED |Not Transmit.| 0 Kts | 433 Kts |
| 231 | TOTAL AIR TEMP |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 35 C |
| 233 | STATIC AIR TEMP |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 10 C |
| 234 | BARO CORR (hPa) 1 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 235 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 1 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.Hg |
| 236 | BARO CORR (hPa) 2 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 237 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 2 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.Hg |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output BCD Words

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | BIT - PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 270 | 13 - ADR FAULT | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 270 | 19 - OVERSPEED WARNING| 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 13 - LOW SPD WARN 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 14 - LOW SPD WARN 2 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 15 - LOW SPD WARN 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 271 | 16 - LOW SPD WARN 4 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Discrete Words

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | SELF TEST VALUE |
| PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | OPEN | OPEN | OPEN |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | GROUND | GROUND | OPEN |
| OVERSPEED WARNING | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| ADR FAULT | GROUND | OPEN | OPEN |
| ADR OFF | GROUND | OPEN | OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Outputs



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 45
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(i) ALT DYNAMIC SLEW (OUTPUT TESTS menu/SLEW TESTS submenu)
(Ref. Fig. 029, 030)
The activation of the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW test causes the ADR to
output a simulated ramp of altitude (label 203) between low and
high altitude limits specified by the operator. These limits, as
well as the slew rate, are entered by the operator by means of
the MCDU keyboard.
The altitude limit values are tested to be within -2000 and
+50,000 ft. The altitude lower limit is tested to be less than
the altitude upper limit. The altitude slew rate is tested to be
within 1 to +20,000 ft/mn.

(j) CAS DYNAMIC SLEW (OUTPUT TESTS menu/SLEW TESTS submenu)


(Ref. Fig. 029, 031)
The activation of the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW test causes the ADR to
output a simulated ramp of computed airspeed (label 206) between
low and high speed limits specified by the operator. These
limits, as well as the slew rate, are entered by the operator by
means of the MCDU keyboard.
The CAS limit values are tested to be within 0 and +450 kts. The
CAS lower limit is tested to be less than the CAS upper limit.
The speed slew rate is tested to be within 1 to +100 Kts/mn.

(k) AOA SENSOR TEST (OUTPUT TESTS menu)


(Ref. Fig. 029, 032)
The activation of the AOA SENSOR TEST causes the ADR to output
the actual measured values of indicated and corrected AOA with an
SSM coded FT, and the AOA special test discrete output to be
commanded to the ground state, which causes the AOA sensor to be
commanded to a fixed position greater than the stall warning
threshold. Thus, the Flight Warning Computer (FWC) activates the
aural stall warning.

(l) GROUND REPORT


(Ref. Fig. 029)
This item reports all internal faults detected since the last
landing.

(m) INPUT STATUS


(Ref. Fig. 029, 033)
This item describes the current state/value of the selected ADR
inputs (discrete, analog and binary inputs).



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 46
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 6/8
Figure 031



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 47
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 7/8
Figure 032



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 48
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 8/8
Figure 033



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 49
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
C. Power-up Test Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions

(1) Conditions of power-up test initialization


- How long the computer must be de-energized: >20 s.
- A/C configuration:
- A/C on ground and OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR 1 (2)
(3) (located on the ADIRS panel) set to OFF for 20 s at least then
to NAV.

(2) Progress of power-up tests

(a) Duration: 5 s

(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test


accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on
the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- ADIRS panel:
- ON BAT legend annunciator on for 5 s, 2 s after power-up test
initialization.

(3) Results of power-up tests


(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).

(a) Test pass:


- ALIGN legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on.

NOTE : It means that the system is in align mode.


____

(b) Test failed:


- ECAM warning
- NAV IR 1 (2) (3) FAULT or
- NAV ADR 1 (2) (3) FAULT
depending on the faulty part.
- ADIRS panel:
- FAULT legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on or FAULT/OFF
of the ADR 1 (2) (3) pushbutton switch on
depending on the faulty part.

NOTE : In case of failure, set the DISPLAY/DATA selector switch


____
to STS then do the troubleshooting procedure on the system
according to the error code displayed on the ADIRS panel.



EFF :

524-526, 528-599,  34-18-00

Page 50
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
Post SB 34-1240 For A/C 001-049,101-105,151-199,201-203,

ADIRS - BITE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


________________________________________

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

1. General
_______

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

The Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) facilitates maintenance on in-service


aircraft.
It detects and identifies faults related to the Air Data/Inertial Reference
System (ADIRS) and reports them to the Centralized Fault Display Interface
Unit (CFDIU).
The BITE is included in the following LRUs:
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
- Air Data Module (ADM)
- Control and Display Unit (CDU).
It is linked to the CFDIU through the ADIRU (ADR and IR portions) which
summarizes the BITE results for its own channel.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
.
The ADM performs various tests to detect its own faults (watchdog timer, RAM
addressing, ROM, CPU, RAM, NVM, etc.) and failed input signals (check of
programming pins).
Faults are annunciated to the ADR by omission or labeling of a faulty output
word (pressure label) and through the use of a discrete fault-code word
output on the ARINC bus. Fault reports are also stored in a non-volatile
memory inside the ADM.
The IR BITE monitors:
- the performance of both IR NAV and IR I/O processors
- external inputs (both digital and discrete)
- the functionality of the other internal hardware including the power
supply and the inertial sensors (gyro, accelerometers).
These BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref.
Para. 3.A.(2)).
Some tests enable to monitor operation errors:
- Align in air
- Excessive Motion
- Latitude Sin/Cos test.
They result in IR warnings but without fault message sent to the CFDIU.
Tests and fault reactions are described in Para. 3.B.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-18-00

Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-523, 
CES 
ADIRS - Interface between one ADIRU and the CFDIU
Figure 001


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 2
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
The ADR BITE monitors:
- the performance of the ADR processor
- the functionality of other ADR internal hardware
- the status of analog, digital and discrete inputs
- cross-channel comparisons with the other ADRs.
These BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref.
Para. 3.A.(3)) with the exception of cross-channel comparisons which are
run once at takeoff.
The common BITE monitors the computer performances (INTEL 80960 processor
and memories) with the following tests: watchdog timer, checksum, RAM
pattern monitor.
The ADR and IR BITEs send reports to the CFDIU through the ARINC output
bus, on label 356. These reports memorize the faults which occurred during
the last 63 flight legs with their context. They operate in two modes:
- NORMAL mode: fault reporting to the CFDIU during the flight
- INTERACTIVE mode: on the ground. Access by the MCDU MENU pages (Ref. Para.
3.B.).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

The Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) facilitates maintenance on in-service


aircraft.
It detects and identifies faults related to the Air Data/Inertial Reference
System (ADIRS) and reports them to the Centralized Fault Display Interface
Unit (CFDIU).
The BITE is included in the following LRUs:
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
- Air Data Module (ADM)
It is linked to the CFDIU through the ADIRU (ADR and IR portions) which
summarizes the BITE results for its own channel.
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
The ADM performs various tests to detect its own faults (watchdog timer, RAM
addressing, ROM, CPU, RAM, NVM etc.) and failed input signals (check of
programming pins).
Faults are annunciated to the ADR by omission or labeling of a faulty output
word (pressure label) and through the use of a discrete fault-code word
output on the ARINC bus. Fault reports are also stored in a non-volatile
memory inside the ADM.
The IR BITE monitors: the performance of both IR NAV and IR I/O processors,
external inputs (both digital and discrete), the functionality of the other
internal hardware including the power supply and the inertial sensors (gyro,
accelerometers). These BITE tests are performed either at power-up or
continuously (Ref. Para. 3.A.(2)).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS - Interface between one ADIRU and the CFDIU
Figure 001A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 4
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Some tests enable to monitor operation errors. These are: Align in air,
Excessive Motion, Latitude Sin/Cos test. They result in IR warnings but
without fault message sent to the CFDIU. Tests and fault reactions are
described in Para. 3.B.
The ADR BITE monitors: the performance of the ADR processor, the
functionality of other ADR internal hardware, the status of analog, digital
and discrete inputs and cross-channel comparisons with the other ADRs. These
BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref. Para.
3.A.(3)) with the exception of cross-channel comparisons which are run once
at takeoff.
The common BITE monitors the computer performances (INTEL 80960 processor
and memories) with the following tests : watchdog timer, checksum, RAM
pattern monitor.
The ADR and IR BITEs send reports to the CFDIU through the ARINC output bus,
on label 356. These reports memorize the faults which occurred during the
last 63 flight legs with their context. They operate in two modes:
- NORMAL mode: fault reporting to the CFDIU during the flight
- INTERACTIVE mode: on the ground. Access by the MCDU MENU pages (Ref. Para.
3.B.).

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

2. __________________
Component Location

A. Computers Directly Linked to the CFDS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

B. ADIRS Control Panel

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2FP CDU-ADIRS 20VU 211 831 34-12-12


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

B. ADIRS Control Panel

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL | ZONE | ACCESS | ATA |
| | | | | DOOR | REF. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 41VU | MSU-ADIRS | 41VU | 211 | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 6
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

C. Other LRUs of the System

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3FP1 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 1 127 824 34-11-19
3FP2 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 2 128 824 34-11-19
3FP3 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 3 127 824 34-11-19
11FP1 SENSOR-TAT, 1 121 34-11-18
11FP2 SENSOR-TAT, 2 122 34-11-18
9DA1 PROBE-PITOT, 1 125 812 34-11-15
9DA2 PROBE-PITOT, 2 126 822 34-11-15
9DA3 PROBE-PITOT, 3 125 812 34-11-15
7DA1 PROBE-L STATIC, 1 127 824 34-11-16
7DA2 PROBE-L STATIC, 2 127 824 34-11-16
7DA3 PROBE-L STATIC, 3 121 811 34-11-16
8DA1 PROBE-R STATIC, 1 128 824 34-11-16
8DA2 PROBE-R STATIC, 2 128 824 34-11-16
8DA3 PROBE-R STATIC, 3 122 811 34-11-16
19FP1 ADM-L TOTAL PRESSURE NONE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP2 ADM-R TOTAL PRESSURE 126 822 34-11-17
19FP3 ADM-STBY TOTAL PRESSURE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP4 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP5 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP6 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP7 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP8 ADM-STBY STATIC PRESSURE 121 811 34-11-17


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 7
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________________
System Description

A. Reporting Function
Each ADIRS BITE message is described in the following pages, with the
corresponding fault description and the consequences on the system and in
the cockpit.

(1) General
- IR and ADR faults are classified as follows:
. class 1: faults with cockpit effect
. class 2: non-critical faults
. class 3: minor faults without cockpit effects.
- use of indexes in BITE messages:
ADIRUi stands for ADIRU 1, ADIRU 2 or ADIRU 3.
- ECAM messages:
. xxx stands for CAPT or F/O, depending on the ADIRU side (1 or 2)
. the letter in parentheses indicates the color used to display the
text: (A) Amber, (C) Cyan and (W) White.
- IR FAULT:
the FAULT legend of the IR pushbutton switch flashes in NAV mode
and is steady in ATT mode.

(2) Inertial reference faults

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 002)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 003)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 003A)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 8
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/5
Figure 002


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 9
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/5
Figure 002A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 10
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/5
Figure 003


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 11
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/5
Figure 003A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 12
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 004)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 004A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 005)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 005A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 006)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 006A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 007)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 007A)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 008)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 13
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/5
Figure 004


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 14
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/5
Figure 004A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 15
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/5
Figure 005


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 16
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/5
Figure 005A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 17
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 5/5
Figure 006


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 18
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 5/5
Figure 006A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 19
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
Figure 007


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 20
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
Figure 007A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 21
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 008


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 22
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 052-052, 204-228, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 008A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 009)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 009A)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

Some IR faults resulting in warnings (fault annunciation, invalid


outputs) are due to an incorrect operational use of the system and
not to a system fault.
These tests are:
- align in air
- position-entry (comparison with the last stored position and
computed latitude).
- Test on motion.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(a) Align in air


The test fails if, with the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the
CDU in NAV position, the aircraft is detected in flight (TAS
greater than 100 kts) at power-up or during the ALIGN phase. The
following occurs:
- NAV IRi FAULT message is displayed on the upper ECAM display
unit.
- the FAULT legend of the IR pushbutton switch, on the CDU, comes
on.
- the IN FLIGHT ALIGNMENT message is sent to the CFDIU
- all BNR output labels are coded Failure Warning (F/W) and all
BCD labels are not transmitted.
- the SELECT ATT indication is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The IR portion can be recovered by setting the OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switch on the CDU to ATT and by applying the procedure
(level flight) to initialize the ATT mode.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 23
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 008A


R

EFF : 001-049, 052-052, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238,
 34-18-00

Page 24
Config-3 Aug 01/09
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 2 Internal Faults
Figure 009


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 25
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 2 Internal Faults
Figure 009A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 26
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Position-entry test
- Initial position (latitude, longitude) must compare within one
degree of the last computed latitude and longitude from the
previous flight. If a miscompare exists, then the NOT ALIGN
message is displayed on the upper ECAM display unit with a text
indicating to enter again the initial position (Ref. 34-14
Para. 3.). The miscompare is removed if the new entered
position is identical to the previous one or is within the
one-degree threshold. If not, the system waits for other
position entry.
- At the end of the alignment submode, the IR portion compares
the initial latitude to a self-computed latitude. The test
fails and the NOT ALIGN message is displayed on the upper ECAM
display unit with action to enter again the position, when:
. the cosine of entered latitude differs from the cosine of computed latitude
by more than 0.01234 or
. the sine of entered latitude differs from the sine of computed latitude by
more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of latitude
passes the test. If the sin/cos test fails two times with
identical initial latitude entries, the IR system goes in a
fault reaction: IR FAULT warning message on the upper ECAM
display unit and FAULT legend on the CDU on, invalid outputs.

NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.


____

(c) Test on motion


If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.11 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, the align process is stopped with a
message on the upper ECAM display unit indicating IR NOT ALIGN
and excessive motion (Ref. 34-14). The status matrix of the
attitude data (pitch, roll, heading) is set at NCD which implies
a flag on the PFD.

NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.


____

When the motion is no more detected, the IR reverts to the


beginning of the align submode. It is not necessary to
re-initialize the position.


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 27
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(a) Align in air


The test fails if, with the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the
MSU in NAV position, the aircraft is detected in flight (TAS
greater than 100 kts) at power-up or during the ALIGN phase. The
following occurs:
- NAV IRi FAULT message is displayed on the upper ECAM display
unit.
- The FAULT legend of the IR pushbutton switch, on the MSU, comes
on.
- The IN FLIGHT ALIGNMENT message is sent to the CFDIU.
- All BNR output labels are coded Failure Warning (F/W) and all
BCD labels are not transmitted.
The IR portion can be recovered by setting the OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switch on the MSU to ATT and by applying the procedure
(level flight) to initialize the ATT mode.

(b) Position-entry test


- Initial position (latitude, longitude) must compare within one
degree of the last computed latitude and longitude from the
previous flight. If a miscompare exists, then the NOT ALIGN
message is displayed on the upper ECAM display unit with a text
indicating to enter again the initial position (Ref. 34-14
Para. 3.). The miscompare is removed if the new entered
position is identical to the previous one or is within the
one-degree threshold. If not, the system waits for other
position entry.
- At the end of the alignment submode, the IR portion compares
the initial latitude with a self-computed latitude. The test
fails and the NOT ALIGN message is displayed on the upper ECAM
display unit with action to enter again the position, when:

. the cosine of the


entered latitude differs from the cosine of the computed latitude
by more than 0.01234 or

. the sine of the entered latitude differs from the sine of the computed
latitude by more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of latitude
passes the test. If the sin/cos test fails two times with
identical initial latitude entries, the IR system goes in a
fault reaction: IR FAULT warning message on the upper ECAM
display unit and FAULT legend on the MSU on, invalid outputs.

NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.


____


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 28
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) Test on motion
If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.11 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, the align process is stopped with a
message on the upper ECAM display unit indicating IR NOT ALIGN
and excessive motion (Ref. 34-14). The status matrix of the
attitude data (pitch, roll, heading) is set at NCD which implies
a flag on the PFD.

NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.


____

When the motion is no more detected, the IR reverts to the


beginning of the align submode. It is not necessary to
re-initialize the position.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(3) Air data reference faults

**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

(Ref. Fig. 010)

**ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


239-239, 305-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 010A)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 011, 012, 013)

**ON A/C 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149, 204-215, 217-217, 219-219,


221-225, 227-233, 236-238, 301-304,

(Ref. Fig. 014)

**ON A/C 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218, 220-220, 226-226, 234-235,


239-239, 305-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 014A)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 29
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/4
Figure 010


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-18-00

Page 30
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/4
Figure 010A


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-239, 305-312,
 34-18-00

Page 31
Config-3 Nov 01/09
401-499, 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/4
Figure 010B


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 32
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/4
Figure 011


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 33
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/4
Figure 011A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 34
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/4
Figure 012


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 35
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/4
Figure 012A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 36
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/4
Figure 013


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 37
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/4
Figure 013A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 38
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 2 Faults
Figure 014


R

EFF : 051-057, 059-060, 062-099, 106-149,
204-215, 217-217, 219-219, 221-225, 227-233,
 34-18-00

Page 39
Config-3 Nov 01/09
236-238, 301-304, 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 2 Faults
Figure 014A


R

EFF : 058-058, 061-061, 216-216, 218-218,
220-220, 226-226, 234-235, 239-239, 305-312,
 34-18-00

Page 40
Config-3 Nov 01/09
401-499, 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 015, 016)

(a) SDI validity test at power-up


A number of data are computed in the ADR portion according to air
data correction laws (SSEC, AOA) which are dependent on the ADR
side (SDI = 1, 2, 3).
The determination of the SDI at power-up is consolidated by the
ADR with a logic vote between the SDI discrete inputs and the SDI
read on the labels received from the total pressure ADM and the
static pressure ADM. Faults are either miscompare between the
different sources of SDI or unability to compute the SDI.
In this last case, detection of the fault leads to the ADR FAULT
annunciation (message on the upper ECAM display unit; FAULT
legend on the CDU) associated to invalid outputs.
A number of messages can be sent to the CFDIU on the label 356
according to the detected miscompare. These messages point the
ADIRU or ADM pin program or a mix of them:

341117 ADMi (19FPi) (i = 1, 2 or 3)


341117 ADMi (19FPi)/ADMj(19FPj) (i,j) = (1,5), (2,7) or (3,8)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADIRUi (1FPi)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi (19FPi)/ADIRUi (1FPi)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMj (19FPj)/ADIRUi (1FPi) (i,j) =
(1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi/j ADIRUi (1FPi) (19FPi/j) (i,j) =
(1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(3) Air data reference faults

(Ref. Fig. 010B, 011A, 012A, 013A, 014B, 015A, 016)

(a) SDI validity test at power-up


A number of data is computed in the ADR portion according to air
data correction laws (SSEC, AOA) which are dependent on the ADR
side (SDI = 1, 2, 3).
The determination of the SDI at power-up is consolidated by the
ADR with a logic vote between the SDI discrete inputs and the SDI
read on the labels received from the total pressure ADM and the
static pressure ADM. Faults are either miscompare between the
different sources of SDI or inability to compute the SDI.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 41
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 2 Faults
Figure 014B


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 42
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
Figure 015


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 43
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
Figure 015A


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 44
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 016


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 45
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
In this last case, detection of the fault leads to the ADR FAULT
annunciation (message on the upper ECAM display unit; FAULT
legend on the MSU) associated to invalid outputs.
A number of messages can be sent to the CFDIU on the label 356
according to the detected miscompare. These messages point the
ADIRU or ADM pin program or a mix of them:

341117 ADMi (19FPi) (i = 1, 2 or 3)


341117 ADMi (19FPi)/ADMj(19FPj) (i,j) = (1,5), (2,7) or (3,8)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADIRUi (1FPi)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi (19FPi)/ADIRUi (1FPi)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMj (19FPj)/ADIRUi (1FPi) (i,j) =
(1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi/j ADIRUi (1FPi) (19FPi/j) (i,j) =
(1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

(b) Cross-channel comparison tests


A cross-channel comparison of pressures, angle-of-attack, and
temperature parameters is performed to identify drifted air data
input sensors. These tests are done for maintenance purpose only
and they have no operational effects (no fault warning, output
parameters are always valid, class 3 failures).
To run these tests, each ADR portion receives one ADR output bus
of the other side computers

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 001)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(Ref. Fig. 001A)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-523,

As the air data sensors are installed per design in different


zones and measure different values, the comparison can only be
done in an identified flight phase.
The tests are performed at takeoff with a CAS between 90 and 200
kts and only if the received ADR data are valid. The thresholds
used in the comparison are:


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 46
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
------------------------------------------------
| Parameter | Threshold |
|----------------------------------------------|
| Total pressure | 5 hPa |
| Averaged static pressure | 5 hPa |
| Left static pressure | 2 hPa |
| Right static pressure | 2 hPa |
| Angle-of-attack | 4 |
| Total air temperature | 3C |
------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : Comparison Thresholds

The messages resulting from a miscompare between parameters point


the faulty sensor if it can be identified (one data differs from
the two others which are identical) or the sensors which
disagree. They are sent to the CFDIU in normal mode through label
356 of the ADR output and can be accessed by the LAST (PREVIOUS)
LEG REPORT page on the MCDU menu.
The messages have the following format: e.g. for the AOA sensors

341119 AOA SENSORi (3FPi)


or
341119 AOA SENSORi (3FPi)/AOA SENSORj (3FPj)
or
341119 AOA SNSR1 (3FP1)/SNSR2 (3FP2)/SNSR3 (3FP3)

The principle of the messages is the same for other sensors (ADM,
TAT).

B. Interactive Function

(1) General
The interactive mode is activated via the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page
related to ATA 34 chapter (Navigation) including the Air Data and
Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).
As this system includes two parts (Air Data Reference and Inertial
Reference), two interactive functions are available:
- IR interactive function
(Ref. Fig. 017)
- ADR interactive function.
(Ref. Fig. 018)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 47
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Activation of IR Interactive Function
Figure 017


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 48
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - Activation of ADR Interactive Function
Figure 018


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 49
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

(2) IR interactive function

(Ref. Fig. 019)

(a) LAST LEG REPORT


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected IR during the last leg (flight leg 00).

(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected IR during the previous legs (flight legs 01-62).

(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION

(Ref. Fig. 020)


This item provides the ADIRU Part Number and Serial Number.
The Part Number and the Serial Number of the CDU are also
displayed.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

(2) IR interactive function

(Ref. Fig. 019)

(a) LAST LEG REPORT


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected IR during the last leg (flight leg 00).

(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected IR during the previous legs (flight legs 01-62).

(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION

(Ref. Fig. 020)


This item provides the ADIRU Part Number and Serial Number.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 50
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 1/7
Figure 019


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 51
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 2/7
Figure 020


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 52
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-523,

(d) GROUND SCANNING

(Ref. Fig. 020)


This item describes the current on-the-ground fault status of the
selected IR.

(e) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

(Ref. Fig. 021)


This item provides, for each fault message stored in the LAST LEG
or PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT, additional data required by the
maintenance for failure investigation.

(f) CLASS 3 FAULTS

(Ref. Fig. 021)


This item reports all class 3 faults recorded since the last
takeoff.

(g) SYSTEM TEST


(Ref. Fig. 022)
This item activates a complete test of the IR system and presents
a report to the user.

(h) INTERFACE TEST


(Ref. Fig. 023)
This item controls the functional test modes of the selected IR.
The test mode is inhibited whenever any of the following
conditions exists:
- ground speed greater than or equal to 20 kts
- IR in the ATT mode.
The text displayed describes the various steps of the interface
test; when you push the line key adjacent to the START TEST
indication, the following test sequence is run:
- 0-2 seconds
BCD, BNR and Discrete Words are output with SSM set to
Functional Test and data set as shown in the following tables.
Annunciator discretes are energized:

. ALIGN
. ON BAT
. DC FAIL (See nota)
. IR FAULT
. IR OFF (See nota)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 53
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 3/7
Figure 021


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 54
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 4/7
Figure 022


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 55
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 5/7
Figure 023


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 56
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
. SPARE IR OUT 1 (See nota)
. SPARE IR OUT 2 (See nota)

- after 2 seconds
BCD, BNR and Discrete Words are output with SSM set to
Functional Test and data set as shown in the following tables.
Annunciator discretes are de-energized to the previously
indicated status.

NOTE : No associated annunciator in the cockpit.


____

----------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------|
| | | 0 to 2 s. | After 2 s. |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 010 | PRESENT POSITION LAT | 18888.8 | N 2230.0 |
| 011 | PRESENT POSITION LONG | 18888.8 | E 2230.0 |
| 012 | GROUND SPEED | 6888 Kts | 200 Kts |
| 013 | TRACK ANGLE-TRUE | 688.8 | 00.0 |
| 014 | MAGNETIC HEADING | 688.8 | 15 |
| 015 | WIND SPEED | 688 Kts | 100 Kts |
| 016 | WIND DIRECTION-TRUE | 688 | 30 |
| 041 | SET LATITUDE | 18888.8 | N 2230.0 |
| 042 | SET LONGITUDE | 18888.8 | E 2230.0 |
| 043 | SET MAGNETIC HEADING | 688 | 15 |
| 044 | TRUE HEADING | 688.8 | 10 |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Output BCD Words


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 57
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | SELF TEST VALUE |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 052 | PITCH ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0/s/s |
| 053 | ROLL ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0/s/s |
| 054 | YAW ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0/s/s |
| 076 | GPS ALTITUDE | 10,000 ft |
| 101 | GPS HDOP | 4.0 |
| 102 | GPS VDOP | 3.0 |
| 103 | GPS TRACK ANGLE | 0.0 |
| 110 | GPS LATITUDE | N 22.50 |
| 111 | GPS LONGITUDE | E 22.50 |
| 112 | GPS GROUND SPEED | 200 kts |
| 120 | GPS LATITUDE FINE | N 00.00 |
| 121 | GPS LONGITUDE FINE | E 00.00 |
| 125 | UTC TIME | 12:00:00 |
| 130 | GPS HORIZ INTEGRITY LIM | 10.0 NM |
| 131 | HYBRID HORIZ INTEGRITY | 5.0 NM |
| | LIMIT | |
| 132 | HYBRID TRUE HEADING | 10 |
| 135 | HYBRID VERTICAL FOM | 300 ft |
| 136 | GPS VERTICAL FOM | 100 ft |
| 137 | HYBRID TRACK ANGLE | 0.0 |
| 143 | TERMINAL AREA HIL | 0.8 NM |
| 150 | UTC | 12:00:00 |
| 162 | DESTINATION ETA | 06:30:00 |
| 163 | ALT WAYPOINT ETA | 06:35:00 |
| 165 | GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY | -600 ft/mn |
| 166 | GPS N/S VELOCITY | 200 kts |
| 174 | GPS E/W VELOCITY | 200 kts |
| 175 | HYBRID GROUND SPEED | 200 kts |
| 247 | GPS HORIZONTAL FOM | 6.0 NM |
| 254 | HYBRID LATITUDE | N 22.50 |
| 255 | HYBRID LONGITUDE | E 22.50 |
| 256 | HYBRID LATITUDE FINE | N 00.00 |
| 257 | HYBRID LONGITUDE FINE | E 00.00 |
| 260 | DATE | 1/1/99 |
| 261 | HYBRID ALTITUDE | 10,000 ft |
| 263 | HYBRID FLIGHT PATH ANGLE| -5.0 |
| 264 | HYBRID HORIZONTAL FOM | 7.0 NM |
| 266 | HYBRID N/S VELOCITY | 200 kts |
| 267 | HYBRID E/W VELOCITY | 200 Kts |
| 310 | PRESENT POSITION LAT | N 22.50 |
| 311 | PRESENT POSITION LONG | E 22.50 |
| 312 | GROUND SPEED | 200 Kts |
| 313 | TRACK ANGLE-TRUE | 00.0 |
| 314 | TRUE HEADING | 10.0 |


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 58
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
----------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | SELF TEST VALUE |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 315 | WIND SPEED | 100 Kts |
| 316 | WIND DIRECTION-TRUE | 30 |
| 317 | TRACK ANGLE-MAG | 5 |
| 320 | MAGNETIC HEADING | 15 |
| 321 | DRIFT ANGLE | -10 (Left) |
| 322 | FLIGHT PATH ANGLE | -5 |
| 323 | FLIGHT PATH ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 324 | PITCH ANGLE | 5 |
| 325 | ROLL ANGLE | 45 (Right) |
| 326 | BODY AXIS PITCH RATE | 10/s |
| 327 | BODY AXIS ROLL RATE | 10/s |
| 330 | BODY AXIS YAW RATE | 10/s |
| 331 | BODY LONGIT ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 332 | BODY LATERAL ACCEL | 0.10g |
| 333 | BODY NORMAL ACCEL | 0.10g |
| 334 | PLATFORM HEADING | 22.50 |
| 335 | TRACK ANGLE RATE | 4.0/s |
| 336 | PITCH ATT RATE | 10/s |
| 337 | ROLL ATT RATE | 10/s |
| 340 | TRACK ANGLE GRID | 10 |
| 341 | GRID HEADING | 20 |
| 343 | DESTINATION HIL | 1.0 NM |
| 345 | HYBRID VERTICAL VELOCITY| -600 ft/mn |
| 347 | ALT WAYPOINT HIL | 2.0 NM |
| 360 | POTENTIAL VERT SPEED | -600 ft/mn |
| 361 | INERTIAL ALTITUDE | 10,000 ft |
| 362 | ALONG TRACK HORIZ ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 363 | CROSS TRACK HORIZ ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 364 | VERTICAL ACCEL | 0.1g |
| 365 | INERTIAL VERT SPEED | -600 ft/mn |
| 366 | N-S VELOCITY | 200 Kts (N) |
| 367 | E-W VELOCITY | 200 Kts (E) |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3 : Binary Output Labels

(i) GROUND REPORT


(Ref. Fig. 024)
This item reports all internal faults detected since the last
landing.

(j) INPUT STATUS


(Ref. Fig. 025)
This item describes the current state/value of the selected IR
inputs (discrete and binary inputs).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 59
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 6/7
Figure 024


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 60
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 7/7
Figure 025


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 61
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) ADR interactive function

(a) LAST LEG REPORT

(Ref. Fig. 026)


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected ADR and related LRUs during the last leg (flight leg
00).

(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

(Ref. Fig. 026)


This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected ADR and related LRUs during the previous legs
(flight legs 01-62).

(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION


(Ref. Fig. 027)
This item describes the Part Number and Serial Number of the
selected ADIRU, as well as the Part Number of the ADMs.

(d) GROUND SCANNING


(Ref. Fig. 027)
This item describes the current on-the-ground fault status of the
selected ADR.

(e) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA


(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item provides, for each fault message stored in the LAST LEG
or PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT, additional data required by the
maintenance for failure investigation.

(f) CLASS 3 FAULTS


(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item reports all class 3 faults recorded since the last
takeoff.

(g) SYSTEM TEST


(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item activates a complete test of the ADR system and
presents a report to the user.

(h) INTERFACE TEST (OUTPUT TESTS MENU)

(Ref. Fig. 029, 030)


This item controls the functional test modes of the selected ADR.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 62
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 1/8
Figure 026


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 63
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 2/8
Figure 027


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 64
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 3/8
Figure 028


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 65
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 4/8
Figure 029


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 66
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 5/8
Figure 030


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 67
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The text displayed describes the various steps of the interface
test; when you push the line key adjacent to the START TEST
indication, the following test sequence is run:
- 0-5 seconds: Failure Warning Test
For 0-5 seconds after initiation of the test mode, the ADR
outputs are transmitted per the following tables. Since this is
the failure warning test period, the BCD output parameters are
not transmitted and the SSM of the BNR parameters are set to
F/W. Timing tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 seconds.
- 5-10 seconds: Altitude Ramp Test
For 5-10 seconds after initiation of the test mode, the ADR
outputs are transmitted per the following tables with an SSM
coded FT (except for discrete words). Since this is the
altitude ramp test period, the altitude outputs are slewed in a
positive direction for the entire 5-second period at a rate of
600 ft/mn, starting at the ambient computed altitude. Timing
tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 seconds.
- 10 second until test completion: Fixed Output Test
From 10 seconds after initialization of the test mode until the
test completion is commanded, the ADR outputs are transmitted
per the following tables, outputting the fixed values specified
by these tables with an SSM coded FT (except for discrete
words). Timing tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 seconds.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 68
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADR Interface test values are shown in the following tables:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 176 | LEFT STATIC PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 177 | RIGHT STATIC PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 203 | STANDARD ALTITUDE | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 204 | BARO CORR ALT 1 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 205 | MACH | 0 | 0 | 0.66 |
| 206 | COMPUTED AIRSPEED | 0 Kts | 0 Kts | 367.7 Kts |
| 207 | MAX ALLOWABLE AIRSPEED| Last Valid | Last Valid | Last Valid |
| 210 | TRUE AIRSPEED | 0 Kts | 0 Kts | 433 Kts |
| 211 | TOTAL AIR TEMP | Last Valid | Last Valid | 35C |
| 212 | ALTITUDE RATE | Last Valid | 600 ft/mn | 0 ft/mn |
| 213 | STATIC AIR TEMP | Last Valid | Last Valid | 10.3C |
| 215 | IMPACT PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 236.6 hPa |
| 220 | BARO CORR ALT 2 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 221 | IND ANGLE OF ATTACK | NOTE 1 | NOTE 1 | 5 |
| 241 | CORCTD ANGLE OF ATTACK| NOTE 1 | NOTE 1 | 5 |
| 242 | TOTAL PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 933.4 hPa |
| 245 | UNCRCTD AVG STAT PRESS| Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 246 | CORCTD AVG STAT PRESS | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 251 | BARO CORR ALT 3 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : Indicated AOA is a function of the AOA sensor position.


____
Corrected AOA is a function of AOA alternate discrete
inputs, SDI discrete inputs and indicated AOA. Corrected
AOA is set to 0 when CAS is less than 60 kts.
Output Binary Words


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 69
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 034 | BARO CORR (hPa) 3 |Not Transmit.| 745.0 hpa | 1013.3 hPa |
| 035 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 3 |Not Transmit.| 22.0 in.Hg | 29.92 in.Hg |
| 230 | TRUE AIRSPEED |Not Transmit.| 0 Kts | 433 Kts |
| 231 | TOTAL AIR TEMP |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 35 C |
| 233 | STATIC AIR TEMP |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 10 C |
| 234 | BARO CORR (hPa) 1 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 235 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 1 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.Hg |
| 236 | BARO CORR (hPa) 2 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 237 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 2 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.Hg |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output BCD Words

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | BIT - PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 270 | 13 - ADR FAULT | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 270 | 19 - OVERSPEED WARNING| 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 13 - LOW SPD WARN 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 14 - LOW SPD WARN 2 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 15 - LOW SPD WARN 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 271 | 16 - LOW SPD WARN 4 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Discretes Words

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | SELF TEST VALUE |
| PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | OPEN | OPEN | OPEN |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | GROUND | GROUND | OPEN |
| OVERSPEED WARNING | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| ADR FAULT | GROUND | OPEN | OPEN |
| ADR OFF | GROUND | OPEN | OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Outputs


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 70
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(i) ALT DYNAMIC SLEW (OUTPUT TESTS menu/SLEW TESTS submenu)
(Ref. Fig. 029, 030)
The activation of the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW test causes the ADR to
output a simulated ramp of altitude (label 203) between low and
high altitude limits specified by the operator. These limits, as
well as the slew rate, are entered by the operator by means of
the MCDU keyboard.
The altitude limit values are tested to be within -2000 and
+50,000 ft. The altitude lower limit is tested to be less than
the altitude upper limit. The altitude slew rate is tested to be
within 1 to +20,000 ft/mn.

(j) CAS DYNAMIC SLEW (OUTPUT TESTS menu/SLEW TESTS submenu)


(Ref. Fig. 029, 031)
The activation of the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW test causes the ADR to
output a simulated ramp of computed airspeed (label 206) between
low and high speed limits specified by the operator. These
limits, as well as the slew rate, are entered by the operator by
means of the MCDU keyboard.
The CAS limit values are tested to be within 0 and +450 kts. The
CAS lower limit is tested to be less than the CAS upper limit.
The speed slew rate is tested to be within 1 to +100 Kts/mn.

(k) AOA SENSOR TEST (OUTPUT TESTS menu)


(Ref. Fig. 029, 032)
The activation of the AOA SENSOR TEST causes the ADR to output
the actual measured values of indicated and corrected AOA with an
SSM coded FT, and the AOA special test discrete output to be
commanded to the ground state, which causes the AOA sensor to be
commanded to a fixed position greater than the stall warning
threshold. Thus, the Flight Warning Computer (FWC) activates the
aural stall warning.

(l) GROUND REPORT


(Ref. Fig. 029)
This item reports all internal faults detected since the last
landing.

(m) INPUT STATUS


(Ref. Fig. 029, 033)
This item describes the current state/value of the selected ADR
inputs (discrete, analog and binary inputs).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 71
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 6/8
Figure 031


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 72
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 7/8
Figure 032


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 73
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 8/8
Figure 033


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 204-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-523,
 34-18-00

Page 74
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312, 401-499,

C. Power-up Test Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions

(1) Conditions of power-up test initialization


- How long the computer must be de-energized: >20 s.
- A/C configuration:
- A/C on ground and OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR 1 (2)
(3) (located on the ADIRS panel) set to OFF for 20 s at least then
to NAV.

(2) Progress of power-up tests

(a) Duration: 5 s

(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test


accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on
the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- ADIRS panel:
- ON BAT legend annunciator on for 5 s, 2 s after power-up test
initialization.

(3) Results of power-up tests


(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).

(a) Test pass:


- ALIGN legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on.

NOTE : It means that the system is in align mode.


____

(b) Test failed:


- ECAM warning
- NAV IR 1 (2) (3) FAULT or
- NAV ADR 1 (2) (3) FAULT
depending on the faulty part.
- ADIRS panel:
- FAULT legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on or FAULT/OFF
of the ADR 1 (2) (3) pushbutton switch on.
depending on the faulty part.

NOTE : In case of failure, set the DISPLAY/DATA selector switch


____
to STS then do the troubleshooting procedure on the system
according to the error code displayed on the ADIRS panel.



EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-239, 301-312,  34-18-00

Page 75
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-523,

C. Power-up Test Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions

(1) Conditions of power-up test initialization


- How long the computer must be de-energized: >20 s.
- A/C configuration:
- A/C on ground and OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR 1 (2)
(3) (located on the ADIRS panel) set to OFF for 20 s at least then
to NAV.

(2) Progress of power-up tests

(a) Duration: 5 s

(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test


accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on
the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- ADIRS panel:
- ON BAT legend annunciator on for 5 s, 2 s after power-up test
initialization.

(3) Results of power-up tests


(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).

(a) Test pass:


- FAULT legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator off.

(b) Test failed:


- ECAM warning
- NAV IR 1 (2) (3) FAULT or
- NAV ADR 1 (2) (3) FAULT
depending on the faulty part.
- ADIRS MSU:
- FAULT legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on or FAULT/OFF
of the ADR 1 (2) (3) pushbutton switch on.
depending on the faulty part.


R

EFF :
511-523,
240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,  34-18-00

Page 76
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
STANDBY NAVIGATION SYSTEMS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________

TASK 34-20-00-710-001

ISIS Reset

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 342200-04

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-20-00-865-050

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-20-00-710-050

A. Reset of the ISIS Indicator.

(1) On the panel 49VU, open the NAV/STBY/INST circuit breaker for more
than 5 seconds then close it.

(2) After some seconds, on the ISIS Indicator, the INIT page comes into
view.

5. Close-up
________


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-20-00

Page 501
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
STANDBY DATA : ALTITUDE AND AIRSPEED - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

One standby airspeed indicator, one standby altimeter and one metric
altimeter are directly connected to the standby pitot and static sources.
Each indicator is contained in a 2 ATI case (ARINC 408) and installed on the
center instrument panel. The standby circuit can be drained by means of a
water drain.

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

One standby airspeed indicator and one standby altimeter are directly
connected to the standby pitot and static sources. Each indicator is
contained in a 2 ATI case (ARINC 408) and installed on the center instrument
panel. The standby circuit can be drained by means of a water drain.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

2. __________________
Component Location

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 001)

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 001A)



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 1
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
Standby Data - Altitude and Airspeed - Component Location
Figure 001


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-00

Page 2
May 01/05
 
CES 
Standby Data - Altitude and Airspeed - Component Location
Figure 001A


R

EFF :

151-199, 201-220, 236-238,  34-21-00

Page 3
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3FN ALTM-STANDBY 4VU 211 831 34-21-22
9FN IND-STANDBY AIRSPEED 4VU 211 831 34-21-26
15FN ALTIMETER-METRIC 4VU 211 831 34-21-25

3. __________________
System Description

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 002)

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 003)

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 003A)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 004)

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 004A)



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 4
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
Standby Data - Altitude and Airspeed - Pneumatic Circuit
Figure 002


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-00

Page 5
May 01/05
 
CES 
Standby Data - Altitude and Airspeed - Pneumatic Circuit
Figure 002A


R

EFF :

151-199, 201-220, 236-238,  34-21-00

Page 6
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Standby Data - Altitude and Airspeed - Electrical Circuit
Figure 003


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-00

Page 7
May 01/05
 
CES 
Standby Data - Altitude and Airspeed - Electrical Circuit
Figure 003A


R

EFF :

151-199, 201-220, 236-238,  34-21-00

Page 8
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Standby Data - Altitude and Airspeed - Data Indication
Figure 004


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-00

Page 9
May 01/05
 
CES 
Standby Data - Altitude and Airspeed - Data Indication
Figure 004A


R

EFF :

151-199, 201-220, 236-238,  34-21-00

Page 10
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

A. Standby Altimeter
The standby altimeter is supplied with static pressure by the standby air
data system to indicate the barometric altitude of the aircraft in feet.
The barometric altitude is displayed by means of:
- a pointer (4) performing one revolution of the dial for 1000 feet
- a display counter (5) made up of two drums displaying respectively the
tens of thousands and the thousands of feet.
When the altitude is below 10,000 feet, the figure zero of the left
drum is replaced by black and white stripes. The figure nine is
replaced by an orange fire stripped zone.
the altitude dial (6) is calibrated from 0 to 1000 feet with 20 feet
graduations
- the baro correction (2) is displayed on a counter graduated in hecto
Pascal
- a knob (1) located at the L corner of the indicator enables the display
of the reference baro correction in the range of 750 to 1050 hPa.
- four manually adjustable white bugs (3) are provided for manual
altitude setting.
To improve accuracy, 28VDC supplies the internal vibrator of the
standby altimeter through a landing gear relay.
In straight and level flight, with the internal vibrator operating, the
standby altimeter gives the following accuracy:
plus or minus 20 ft. at sea level
plus or minus 40 ft. at 6000 ft.
plus or minus 80 ft. at 10,000 ft.
plus or minus 130 ft. at 20,000 ft.
plus or minus 205 ft. at 35,000 ft.

NOTE : On the ground, with the internal vibrator not supplied, the above
____
figures may be plus or minus 300ft.
Integral lighting supplied with external 5VAC is provided to
illuminate the presentation.

B. Standby Airspeed Indicator


The standby airspeed indicator contains a capsule-operated mechanism
which measures the pitot/static pressure differential from the standby
air data system and provides airspeed indication in terms of knots with
the following accuracy:
- plus or minus 3 kts for VC < 200 kts
- plus or minus 4 kts for 200 kts < VC < 300 kts
- plus or minus 5 kts for 300 kts < VC < 450 kts.
The airspeed indication is displayed by means of:



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 11
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
- a pointer (9) which moves on a dial (7) graduated between 60 kts and
450 kts. The scale is linear from 60 kts to 250 kts with 5 kts
graduations and from 250 kts to 450 kts with 10 kts graduations.
- four manually adjustable white bugs (8) provided for manual speed
setting.
Integral lighting supplied with external 5VAC is provided to illuminate
the presentation.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

C. Metric Altimeter
The metric altimeter is supplied with static pressure by the standby air
data system to indicate the barometric altitude of the aircraft in meters
with the following accuracy:
plus or minus 15 m at the sea level
plus or minus 20 m at 2000 m
plus or minus 35 m at 6000 m
plus or minus 40 m at 8000 m
plus or minus 45 m at 10,000 m
plus or minus 60 m at 15,000 m
The barometric altitude is displayed by means of:
- a pointer (10) performing one revolution of the dial for 1000 meters.
- a display counter (11) made up of two drums displaying respectively the
tens of thousands, and the thousands of meters.
- the altitude dial (12) is calibrated from 0 to 1000 meters with 50
meters graduations.
- the baro correction (14) is displayed on a counter graduated in hecto
Pascal.
- a knob (13) located at the L corner of the indicator enables the
display of the reference baro correction in the range of 870 to 1050
hPa.
Integral lighting supplied with external 5VAC is provided to illuminate
the presentation.

**ON A/C 213-213,

C. Metric Altimeter
Not Applicable



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 12
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
STANDBY DATA : ALTITUDE AND AIRSPEED - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________________

TASK 34-21-00-790-001

R Low-Range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic Circuits

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
AUTOMATIC MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS
AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 342100-01


- To make sure that there are no leaks in the standby static and pitot
circuits.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 501
May 01/08
 
CES 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-00-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

Subtask 34-21-00-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 502
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-21-00-865-052

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/ALTM 16FN F14

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-21-00-420-050

D. Connection of the Ground Pressure Generator

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probe and the pitot probe
of the standby system.

(2) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB to one standby
static probe with the STATIC PORT ADAPTER (98D34003500100) from the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500000).

(3) Connect the ground pressure generator to the standby pitot probe with
the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.

(4) Seal the drain hole of the standby probes:

CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.

(a) Seal the drain holes of the standby pitot probe with a piece of
plastic and colored adhesive tape of very bright color.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 503
Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
(b) Seal the opposite standby static probe with a piece of plastic
(see CAUTION above) and with the STATIC PORT COVER
(98D34003500103) from the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500000).

(5) Move the vane of the AOA sensor 3 to the upper position. Keep the
vane in position with colored adhesive tape.

**ON A/C 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-420-050-A

D. Connection of the Ground Pressure Generator

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probe and the pitot probe
of the standby system.

(2) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB to one standby
static probe with the STATIC PORT ADAPTER (98D34003500100) from the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500000).

(3) Connect the ground pressure generator to the standby pitot probe with
the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.

NOTE : The ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE is on the drain hole. Thus it


____
is not necessary to seal the drain hole of the pitot probe.

(4) Seal the opposite standby static probe with a piece of plastic and
with the STATIC PORT COVER (98D34003500103) from the ADAPTER COVER-
STATIC PORT (98D34003500000).

(5) Move the vane of the AOA sensor 3 to the upper position. Maintain the
vane in position with colored adhesive tape.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 504
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-860-058

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

(4) Start the ground pressure generator.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

Subtask 34-21-00-790-050

A. Leak Test

NOTE : You can do the test below for a static pressure of 691.4 hPa and
____
an impact pressure of 59 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4 hPa)
but it is less accurate.
On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT/3 (or F/O/3) position.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD show 10,237 ft +/- 30 ft and 190 kts +/- 3
kts
- the standby altimeters and the standby airspeed indicator show
10,201 ft +/- 83 ft, 3109.26 m +/- 25 m and 189 kts +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft or 112.8 m.
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.

R NOTE : The input parameters for the ground test (speed and altitude) and
____
R the values shown on the cockpit displays are different because of
R the sum of the tolerances of the air data circuit (ground test
R unit, ADMs, ADIRUs).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 505
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the standby altimeter and on


the metric altimeter, set a
barometric pressure of 1013 hPa.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, set On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
the AIR DATA selector switch to indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
CAPT/3 (or F/O/3) position.

3. On the ground pressure generator:


- set a static pressure of 455.4
hPa.

- set an impact pressure of 186.4


hPa (or a total pressure of
641.8 hPa).

4. Close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 21,369 ft
circuits of the aircraft from the +/- 30 ft and 341 kts +/- 3 kts.
R ground pressure generator. the standby altimeters and the
R standby airspeed indicator show
R 20,529 ft +/- 135 ft, 6257.23 m +/-
R 41 m and 329 kts +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes :
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 500 ft or 152.4 m.
After 10 minutes :
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 20 Kts.

5. On the ground pressure generator: The rate of descent must not be more
- slowly balance the pressure in than 6000 ft/mn or 1830 m/mn.
the standby static and pitot
circuits and open the
electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.

6. Stop the ground pressure


generator.



EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-00

Page 506
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 34-21-00-790-050-B

A. Leak Test

NOTE : You can do the test below for a static pressure of 691 hPa and an
____
impact pressure of 59.3 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.3 hPa) but
it is less accurate.
On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT/3 (or F/O/3) position.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 10,177 ft +/- 30 ft and 188 kts +/-
3 kts,
- the standby altimeter and the standby airspeed indicator show
10,216 ft +/- 83 ft and 189 kts +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft.
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.

R NOTE : The input parameters for the ground test (speed and altitude) and
____
R the values shown on the cockpit displays are different because of
R the sum of the tolerances of the air data circuit (ground test
R unit, ADMs, ADIRUs).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the standby altimeter, set a


barometric pressure of 1013 hPa.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, set On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
the AIR DATA selector switch to indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
CAPT/3 (or F/O/3) position.

3. On the ground pressure generator:


- set a static pressure of 462.4
hPa.

- set an impact pressure of 179.1


hPa (or a total pressure of
641.5 hPa).

4. Close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 20,918 ft
circuits of the aircraft from the +/- 30 ft and 335 kts +/- 3 kts,
ground pressure generator. the standby altimeter and the standby
airspeed indicator show 20,166 ft +/-
135 ft and 323 kts +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes :



EFF :

151-199,  34-21-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 500 ft.
After 10 minutes :
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 20 Kts.

5. On the ground pressure generator: The rate of descent must not be more
- slowly balance the pressure in than 6000 ft/mn.
the standby static and pitot
circuits and open the
electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.

6. Stop the ground pressure


generator.

**ON A/C 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-790-050-A

A. Leak Test

NOTE : You can do the test below for a static pressure of 691.4 hPa and
____
an impact pressure of 59 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4 hPa)
but it is less accurate.
On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT/3 (or F/O/3) position.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 10,237 ft +/- 30 ft and 190 kts +/-
3 kts.
- the standby altimeter and the standby airspeed indicator show
10,201 ft +/- 83 ft and 189 kts +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft.
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.

R NOTE : The input parameters for the ground test (speed and altitude) and
____
R the values shown on the cockpit displays are different because of
R the sum of the tolerances of the air data circuit (ground test
R unit, ADMs, ADIRUs).



EFF :

151-199, 201-220, 236-238,  34-21-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the standby altimeter, set a


barometric pressure of 1013 hPa.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
sure that the AIR DATA selector indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
switch is in CAPT/3 (or F/O/3)
position.

3. On the ground pressure generator:


- set a static pressure of 455.4
hPa.

- set an impact pressure of 186.4


hPa (or a total pressure of
641.8 hPa).

4. Close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


R isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 21,369 ft
R circuits of the aircraft from the +/- 40 ft and 341 kts +/- 3 kts.
R ground pressure generator. the standby altimeter and the standby
R airspeed indicator show 20,529 ft +/-
R 135 ft and 329 kts +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes :
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 500 ft.
After 10 minutes :
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 20 Kts.

5. On the ground pressure generator: The rate of descent must not be more
- slowly balance the pressure in than 6000 ft/mn.
the standby static and pitot
circuits and open the
electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.

6. Stop the ground pressure


generator.



EFF :

201-220, 236-238,  34-21-00

Page 509
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-21-00-020-050

A. Remove the ground pressure generator

(1) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(2) Remove the adaptors from the standby static probe and the standby
pitot probe.

(3) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.

(4) Remove the piece of plastic and colored adhesive tape from the drain
holes of the standby pitot probe.

(5) Remove adhesive tape from the vane of the AOA sensor 3.

(6) Install the slip on covers on the standby static probe and the
standby pitot probe.

**ON A/C 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-020-050-A

A. Remove the ground pressure generator

(1) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(2) Remove the adaptors from the standby static probe and the standby
pitot probe.

(3) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.

(4) Remove the piece of plastic from the opposite standby static probe.

(5) Remove adhesive tape from the vane of the AOA sensor 3.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 510
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
(6) Install the slip on covers on the standby static probe and the
standby pitot probe.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-865-051

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-21-00-860-057

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the AIR DATA selector switch to NORM
position

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (PFD only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(4) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 circuit breaker,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 circuit breaker.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(7) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 511
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
R

TASK 34-21-00-720-001

Functional Test of the Standby Airspeed Indicator

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the standby instruments operate independently.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-34-600-001 Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 512
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-21-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).

(2) Remove the slip on covers from the standby static probes and the
R standby pitot probe and connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI.
R 100 MB to :
- the L or R standby static probe with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500100).
- the standby pitot probe with the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.

(3) Seal the Standby probes:

CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.

(a) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe with the piece of plastic
and colored adhesive tape of very bright color.

(b) Seal the opposite standby static probe with the piece of plastic
(see CAUTION above) and with the STATIC PORT COVER
(98D34003500103) from the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT..

(4) Precautions

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT


_______
DAMAGE TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in
Hg) OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE
PRESSURE GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 513
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS
_______
THAN THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT
AND THE STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN
368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).

(5) Start the ground pressure generator.

**ON A/C 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-860-050-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).

(2) Remove the slip on covers from the standby static probes and the
standby pitot probe and connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI.
100 MB to :
- the L or R standby static probe with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500100).
- the standby pitot probe with the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.

NOTE : The ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE is on the drain hole. Thus it


____
is not necessary to seal the drain hole of the pitot probe.

(3) Seal the opposite standby static probe with the piece of plastic and
with the STATIC PORT COVER (98D34003500103) from the ADAPTER COVER-
STATIC PORT..

(4) Precautions

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT


_______
DAMAGE TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in
Hg) OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE
PRESSURE GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS
_______
THAN THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT
AND THE STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN
368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 514
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
(5) Start the ground pressure generator.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-865-056

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-21-00-720-050

A. Test of the Standby Airspeed Indicator

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the ground pressure generator : On the standby airspeed indicator:


- set a static pressure of 314.8 hPa - the pointer shows 340 Kts (+ or - 5
(29,000 ft) Kts).
- set an impact pressure of 200.1
hPa (340 Kts).

- set a static pressure of 571.8 hPa - the pointer shows 300 Kts (+ or - 5
(15,000 ft) Kts).
- set an impact pressure of 153.5
hPa (300 Kts).

- set a static pressure of 843 hPa - the pointer shows 180 Kts (+ or - 5
(5000 ft) Kts).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 515
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set an impact pressure of 53.5 hPa
(180 Kts).

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-21-00-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the ground pressure generator, slowly decrease the pressure until
you get atmospheric pressure.

(2) Stop the ground pressure generator.

(3) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(4) Remove the adaptors from the standby static probes and the standby
pitot probe.

(5) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.

(6) Remove the piece of plastic from the opposite standby static probe.

(7) Remove the piece of plastic and colored adhesive tape from the drain
holes of the standby pitot probe.

(8) Install the slip on covers on the standby static probes and the
standby pitot probe.

(9) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 516
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-860-051-A

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the ground pressure generator, slowly decrease the pressure until
you get atmospheric pressure.

(2) Stop the ground pressure generator.

(3) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(4) Remove the adaptors from the standby static probes and the standby
pitot probe.

(5) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.

(6) Remove the piece of plastic from the opposite standby static probe.

(7) Install the slip on covers on the standby static probes and the
standby pitot probe.

(8) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-865-057

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 517
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
R

TASK 34-21-00-720-002

Functional Test of the Standby Altimeter

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the standby altimeter and the metric altimeter operate
correctly with information from the ground pressure generator.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
98D10103500001 1 COVER-STATIC PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-34-600-001 Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-00-00-860-001 Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical
Power
32-00-00-860-002 Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration with
Electrical Power



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 518
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

Subtask 34-21-00-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Take the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU
circuit breakers
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).

(3) Precautions

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT


_______
DAMAGE TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in
Hg) OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE
PRESSURE GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS
_______
THAN THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT
AND THE STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN
368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).

(4) Remove the slip on covers from the L and R static probes 7DA3 and
8DA3 of the standby system.

(5) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB to one standby
static probe with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500100).

(6) Seal the opposite standby static probe with the COVER-STATIC PROBE
(98D34003500103).

(7) Start the ground pressure generator and set a static pressure of 1013
mb.

(8) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 519
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-21-00-865-053

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

Subtask 34-21-00-865-054

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/ALTM 16FN F14



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 520
Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
R

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

Subtask 34-21-00-720-051

A. Test of the Standby and Metric Altimeters

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the standby altimeter and the


metric altimeter, set a
barometric pressure of 1013 hPa.

2. On the ground pressure generator: Make sure that the standby altimeter
- set a static pressure of 977.1 indicates 1000 ft (+ or - 20 ft) and
hPa (1000 ft or 305 m). the metric altimeter indicates 305 m (+
or - 7 m).

- Set a static pressure of 908.1 - Make sure that the standby altimeter
hPa (3000 ft or 915 m). indicates 3000 ft (+ or - 30 ft) and
the metric altimeter indicates 915 m
(+ or - 10 m).

- Set a static pressure of 843 - make sure that the standby altimeter
hPa (5000 ft or 1525 m) indicates 5000 ft (+ or - 40 ft) and
the metric altimeter indicates 1525 m
(+ or - 13 m).

- set a static pressure of 571.8 - make sure that the standby altimeter
hPa (15,000 ft or 4570 m). indicates 15,000 ft (+ or - 110 ft)
and the metric altimeter indicates
4570 m (+ or - 34 m).

- set a static pressure of 314.8 - make sure that the standby altimeter
hPa (29,000 ft or 8840 m). indicates 29,000 ft (+ or - 190 ft)
and the metric altimeter indicates
8840 m (+ or - 60 m).

- slowly decrease the pressure


until you get atmospheric
pressure.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 521
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Stop the ground pressure
generator.

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-00-720-051-A

A. Test of the Standby Altimeter

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the standby altimeter, set a


barometric pressure of 1013 hPa.

2. On the ground pressure generator: - Make sure that the standby altimeter
- set a static pressure of 977.1 indicates 1000 ft (+ or - 20 ft).
hPa (1000 ft).

- Set a static pressure of 908.1 - Make sure that the standby altimeter
hPa (3000 ft). indicates 3000 ft (+ OR - 30 ft).

- Set a static pressure of 843 - make sure that the standby altimeter
hPa (5000 ft). indicates 5000 ft (+ or - 40 ft).

- set a static pressure of 571.8 - make sure that the standby altimeter
hPa (15,000 ft). indicates 15,000 ft (+ or - 110ft).

- set a static pressure of 314.8 - make sure that the standby altimeter
hPa (29,000 ft). indicates 29,000 ft (+ or - 190 ft).

- slowly decrease the pressure


until you get atmospheric
pressure.

3. Stop the ground pressure


generator.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 522
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-21-00-860-054

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(2) Remove the adaptor from the standby static probe.

(3) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.

(4) Install the slip on covers on the static probes.

(5) Close the LGCIU circuit breakers and put the aircraft back to its
inertial cofiguration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002).

(6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-21-00-865-055

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-00

Page 523
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
ALTIMETER - STANDBY (3FN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________

TASK 34-21-22-000-001

Removal of the Standby Altimeter (3FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R F1402369 1 EXTRACTING TOOL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,

34-21-22-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-21-22-991-001-B Fig. 401A



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-22-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/ALTM 16FN F14
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

Subtask 34-21-22-010-050

B. Remove the thermoformed cover from the center instrument panel.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-21-22-991-001)

**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-21-22-991-001-B)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-22-020-050

A. Removal of the Standby Altimeter (3FN)

(1) Loosen the screws (1). Do not remove them.

(2) Push the screws (1) to release the standby altimeter (2) from the
clamp.

R (3) Disengage the standby altimeter (2) from its housing with EXTRACTING
R TOOL (F1402369).

(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (6).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Standby Altimeter
Figure 401/TASK 34-21-22-991-001



EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105,  34-21-22

Page 403
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
Standby Altimeter
Figure 401A/TASK 34-21-22-991-001-B


R

EFF :

062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,  34-21-22

Page 404
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(5) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (5).

(6) Remove the standby altimeter (2).

(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (4) and
(6).

(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends (3) and (5).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 405
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
TASK 34-21-22-400-001

Installation of the Standby Altimeter (3FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-41-000-002 Removal of the Sidewall Panels


25-13-41-400-002 Installation of the Sidewall Panels
33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,

34-21-22-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-21-22-991-001-B Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-21-22-991-002 Fig. 402



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 406
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-22-865-051

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/ALTM 16FN F14
R
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

Subtask 34-21-22-010-051

B. Remove the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-002).


R

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-21-22-991-001)

**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-21-22-991-001-B)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-22-420-050

A. Installation of the Standby Altimeter (3FN)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 407
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends (3) and (5).

(4) Make a loop of the flexible hose and connect the quick-disconnect
coupling (5) to the receptacle (3) of the standby altimeter (2).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-21-22-991-002)

(5) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.

(6) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to make sure that it is correctly


attached.

(7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (4) and (6).

(8) Connect the electrical connector (6) to the receptacle (4) of the
standby altimeter (2).

(9) Install the standby altimeter (2) in its housing.

(10) Look behind the standby altimeter and make sure that the position of
the flexible hoses (static pressure line) is satisfactory (no
crushing, kinks, creases or folds).

(11) Tighten the screws (1).

Subtask 34-21-22-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
16FN, 4LF

Subtask 34-21-22-710-050

C. Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting


(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 408
Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
Connection of the Quick-disconnect coupling
Figure 402/TASK 34-21-22-991-002


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 409
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-21-22-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the thermoformed cover on the center instrument panel.

(2) Install the sidewall 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-002).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 410
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
ALTIMETER - STANDBY (3FN) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________

TASK 34-21-22-820-001

ADJUSTING/ALIGNING/CALIBRATING of the Standby Altimeter

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-21-22-000-001 Removal of the Standby Altimeter (3FN)


34-21-22-400-001 Installation of the Standby Altimeter (3FN)
34-21-25-000-001 Removal of the Metric Altimeter (15FN)
34-21-25-400-001 Installation of the Metric Altimeter (15FN)
CMM 341027
CMM 342122

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-22-869-050

A. Not Applicable
R

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,

Subtask 34-21-22-020-053-A

A. Remove the standby altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-000-001), and the metric
altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-21-25-000-001).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 501
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-21-22-820-050-A

B. Do a calibration test of the standby altimeter, and the metric altimeter.


(Ref. CMM 342122).
(Ref. CMM 341027).

Subtask 34-21-22-420-053-A

C. Install the standby altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-400-001), and the


metric altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-21-25-400-001).

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-22-020-053

A. Remove the standby altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-000-001).

Subtask 34-21-22-820-050

B. Do a calibration test of the standby altimeter


(Ref. CMM 342122).

Subtask 34-21-22-420-053

C. Install the standby altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-21-22-400-001).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-22

Page 502
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
ALTIMETER - METRIC (15FN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________

TASK 34-21-25-000-001

Removal of the Metric Altimeter (15FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R F1402369 1 EXTRACTING TOOL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-21-25-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-25-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

Subtask 34-21-25-010-050

B. Remove the thermoformed cover from the center instrument panel.



EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-25

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-21-25-991-001)

Subtask 34-21-25-020-050

A. Removal of the Metric Altimeter (15FN)

(1) Loosen the screws (1), do not remove them .

(2) Push the screws (1) to release the metric altimeter (2).

R (3) Remove the metric altimeter (2) from its housing with EXTRACTING TOOL
R (F1402369).

(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (5).

(5) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (6).

(6) Remove the metric altimeter (2).

(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (3) and
(5).

(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected pneumatic connectors (4) and
(6).



EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-25

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Metric Altimeter
Figure 401/TASK 34-21-25-991-001



EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-25

Page 403
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
TASK 34-21-25-400-001

Installation of the Metric Altimeter (15FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-13-41-000-002 Removal of the Sidewall Panels


R 25-13-41-400-002 Installation of the Sidewall Panels
33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting
34-21-25-991-001 Fig. 401
R 34-21-25-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-25-865-051

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

R Subtask 34-21-25-010-051

R B. Remove the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-002).



EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-25

Page 404
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-21-25-991-001)

Subtask 34-21-25-420-050

A. Installation of the Metric Altimeter (15FN)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


R

R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and (5).

R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.

R (5) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the receptacle (3) of the
metric altimeter (2).

R (6) Remove the blanking plugs from the quick-disconnect couplings (4) and
R (6).

R (7) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (6) to the receptacle (4) of


R the metric altimeter (2).
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-21-25-991-002)

R (8) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
R coupling.

R (9) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly


R attached.

R (10) Install the metric altimeter (2) in its housing.

R (11) Look behind the metric altimeter and make sure that the position of
R the flexible hose (static pressure line) is satisfactory (no
R crushing, kings, crease or folds).

R (12) Tighten the screws (1).

Subtask 34-21-25-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
4LF



EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-25

Page 405
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
R Illustration of the Quick-disconnect coupling
R Figure 402/TASK 34-21-25-991-002



EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-25

Page 406
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
Subtask 34-21-25-710-050

C. Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting


(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-21-25-410-050

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the thermoformed cover on the center instrument panel.

R (2) Install the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-002).

R (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105,  34-21-25

Page 407
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
INDICATOR - STANDBY AIRSPEED (9FN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________

TASK 34-21-26-000-001

Removal of the Standby Airspeed Indicator (9FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R F1402369 1 EXTRACTING TOOL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,

34-21-26-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-21-26-991-001-A Fig. 401A



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-26-865-053

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

Subtask 34-21-26-010-050

B. Remove the thermoformed cover from the center instrument panel.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-21-26-991-001)

**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-21-26-991-001-A)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-26-020-050

A. Removal of the Standby Airspeed Indicator (9FN)

(1) Loosen the screws (1). Do not remove them.

(2) Push the screws (1) to release the standby airspeed indicator (2).

R (3) Disengage the standby airspeed indicator (2) from its housing with
R EXTRACTING TOOL (F1402369)



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Standby Airspeed Indicator
Figure 401/TASK 34-21-26-991-001



EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105,  34-21-26

Page 403
Feb 01/07
 
CES 
Standby Airspeed Indicator
Figure 401A/TASK 34-21-26-991-001-A


R

EFF :

062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,  34-21-26

Page 404
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (6).

(5) Disconnect the red and green quick-disconnect couplings (5) from the
connectors (4).

(6) Remove the standby airspeed indicator (2).

(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (3) and
(6).

(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends (4) and (5).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 405
Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
R

TASK 34-21-26-400-001

Installation of the Standby Airspeed Indicator (9FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-41-000-002 Removal of the Sidewall Panels


25-13-41-400-002 Installation of the Sidewall Panels
33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,

34-21-26-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-21-26-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

34-21-26-991-002 Fig. 402



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 406
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-26-865-054

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

Subtask 34-21-26-010-051

B. Remove the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-002)


R

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-21-26-991-001)

**ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-21-26-991-001-A)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-21-26-420-050

A. Installation of the Standby Airspeed Indicator (9FN)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends (4) and (5).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 407
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
(4) Connect the quick-disconnect couplings (5) of the pressure lines
(green and red) to the related connectors (4) of the standby airspeed
indicator (2).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-21-26-991-002)

(5) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
couplings.

(6) Pull the quick-disconnect couplings to be sure that they are


correctly attached.

(7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and (6).

(8) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(9) Connect the electrical connector (6) to the receptacle (3) of the
standby airspeed indicator (2).

(10) Install the standby airspeed indicator (2) in its housing.

(11) Look behind the standby airspeed indicator and make sure that the
position of the flexible hoses (static and total pressure lines) is
satisfactory (no crushing, kinks, creases or folds).

(12) Tighten the screws (1).

Subtask 34-21-26-865-055

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
4LF

Subtask 34-21-26-710-050

C. Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting


(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 408
Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
Illustration of the Quick-disconnect coupling
Figure 402/TASK 34-21-26-991-002


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 409
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-21-26-410-050

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the thermoformed cover on the center instrument panel.

(2) Install the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-002).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 410
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
INDICATOR - STANDBY AIRSPEED (9FN) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________

TASK 34-21-26-820-001

ADJUSTING/ALIGNING/CALIBRATING of the Standby Airspeed Indicator

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-21-26-000-001 Removal of the Standby Airspeed Indicator (9FN)


34-21-26-400-001 Installation of the Standby Airspeed Indicator (9FN)
CMM 341002

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-21-26-020-053

A. Remove the standby airspeed indicator (Ref. TASK 34-21-26-000-001).


R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-21-26-820-050

A. Do a calibration test of the standby airspeed indicator


(Ref. CMM 341002).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 501
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-21-26-420-053

A. Install the standby airspeed indicator (Ref. TASK 34-21-26-400-001).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-21-26

Page 502
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
STANDBY DATA : ATTITUDE AND HEADING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

A. Standby Heading
The standby heading is performed by a magnetic compass that is an
independent instrument which provides the flight crew with the A/C
magnetic heading.
It is installed on the top of the windshield center post and allows a
check of the heading provided by the main sources of the heading system.
It acts in standby when these systems are inoperative.

B. Standby Attitude
The standby attitude is performed by a gyroscopic horizon that is an
independent instrument which provides the flight crew, with a constant
indication of the aircraft attitude. It is contained in a 3 ATIs case and
installed on the center instrument panel. It allows a check of the
attitude provided by the main sources of attitude system. It acts in
standby when these systems are inoperative.

2. __________________
Component Location

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

(Ref. Fig. 001)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 214-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 001A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-212, 214-220, 236-238,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2FN COMPASS-STANDBY 211 831 34-22-23
7FN IND-STANDBY HORIZON 4VU 211 831 34-22-24

3. __________________
System Description


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-212, 214-220, 236-238,
 34-22-00

Page 1
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Standby Data - Attitude and Heading - Component Location
Figure 001


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,  34-22-00

Page 2
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
Standby Data - Attitude and Heading - Component Location
Figure 001A


R

EFF :
236-238,
062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 214-220,  34-22-00

Page 3
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)

A. Standby Compass
The standby compass consists of a magnetic element rotating inside a
compass bowl, immersed in a damping liquid. The magnetic element (1) is
linked to a graduated compass card which moves against a lubber line (2)
and gives the magnetic heading.
Below the viewing window are two apertures (4) marked N.S and E.W,
allowing to achieve compensation by positioning the two small magnetized
bars (compensator).
Above the viewing window is a non-magnetic lamp (3) assembly which
provides illumination of the compass card.

R **ON A/C 062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 214-220, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 002, 003A)

A. Standby Compass
The standby compass consists of a magnetic element rotating inside a
compass bowl, immersed in a damping liquid. The magnetic element (1) is
linked to a graduated compass card which moves against a lubber line (2)
and gives the magnetic heading.
Above the viewing window are two apertures (4) marked B (E.W) and C (N.S)
, allowing to achieve compensation by positioning the two small
magnetized bars (compensator).
Below the viewing window is a non-magnetic lamp (3) assembly which
provides illumination of the compass card.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-212, 214-220, 236-238,

B. Standby Horizon Indicator


The standby horizon indicator is supplied with 28VDC from essential bus
401PP.
A static inverter in the instrument converts this 28VDC into three phase
alternate current to supply the gyroscopic motor. The gyro rotor rotates
at high speed (> 23,000 RPM) around its vertical axis and provides the
vertical reference.
The gimbal assy comprises two orthogonal axes (pitch and roll).
The internal gimbal which includes the stator controls the rotation of
the drum in the pitch axis by means of gear. The pitch gimbal is
restricted to approximately plus or minus 85 degrees around the pitch
axis (mechanical stop).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-212, 214-220, 236-238,
 34-22-00

Page 4
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Standby Data - Attitude and Heading - Electrical Circuit
Figure 002


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-212, 214-220, 236-238,
 34-22-00

Page 5
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
Standby Data - Attitude and Heading - Data Indicating
Figure 003


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,  34-22-00

Page 6
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
Standby Data - Attitude and Heading - Data Indicating
Figure 003A


R

EFF :
236-238,
062-099, 151-199, 204-212, 214-220,  34-22-00

Page 7
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
The external gimbal controls the roll rotation. The roll gimbal has
unrestricted 360 degrees rotation around the roll axis.
The gyro pin axis is maintained in the vertical position by the erection
system (unstable pendulum erector) which is removed when the rotor axis
deviates more than 9 degrees plus or minus 2 degrees. The accuracy of the
vertical position in clean configuration is less than 0.5 degree. The
fast resetting of the gyroscopic horizon can be activated by pulling the
knob (8) located in the lower R corner of the indicator.
The indicator provides the following information :
- roll angle,
- pitch angle,
- instrument failure (RED flag).

(1) Pitch information


The aircraft symbol (black and yellow) (7) is fixed.
The pitch drum (9), in the center of the instrument is divided into
two zones separated by the reference horizon (white) :
the upper part is blue, the lower part is brown.
The pitch indications are displayed by means of a drum which is
graduated between -80 and +80 degrees.

(2) Roll information


The roll information is given by a pointer (10) which moves in front
of a dial (5) graduated in 10 degrees increments between -30 and +30
degrees.

(3) Failure warning


The flag (6) comes into view if a failure is detected in the
electrical power supply or if the gyro rotor speed drops below 18,000
RPM.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-212, 214-220, 236-238,
 34-22-00

Page 8
Config-1 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
__________________________________________________________
STANDBY DATA : INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM (ISIS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________

1. General
_______

A. ISIS Indicator
The Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) indicator replaces the
three conventional standby instruments:
- the standby altimeter
- the standby horizon indicator
- the standby airspeed indicator.
It is located on the center instrument panel.

B. Standby Compass
The standby heading is given by a magnetic compass that is an independent
instrument which provides the flight crew with the A/C magnetic heading.
It is installed on the top of the windshield center post and allows a
check of the heading provided by the main sources of the heading system.
It acts in standby when these systems are inoperative.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2FN COMPASS-STANDBY 210 831 34-22-23
22FN IND-ISIS 401VU 211 34-22-25

3. __________________
System Description

A. ISIS Indicator

(1) Initialization function


(Ref. Fig. 002)
This function corresponds to the initialization phase of the ISIS
indicator.
As soon as the ISIS indicator is energized, the display shows these
four yellow digital boxes for approximately 90 s:
- ATT for the standby horizon function
- SPD for the airspeed indicator function, ALT for the altimeter
function the standby horizon
- INIT 90 S for the initialization function.
ISIS performs an excessive motion test during the whole
initialization phase.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS - Component Location
Figure 001


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Initialization Display
Figure 002


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
If aircraft motion is detected, the attitude information is flagged
and a yellow ATT:RST flag with a red ATT flag are displayed at
the end of the initialization phase
(Ref. Fig. 003)
Pressing the RST pushbutton switch more than 2 seconds then
restarts the initialization phase.
The display also shows the baro reference. Baro reference can be
set during the initialization phase.

(2) Standby airspeed indicator function


(Ref. Fig. 004)

(a) The standby airspeed indicator function measures the pitot/static


pressure differential from the standby air data system and
provides airspeed indication in knots.
The airspeed indication is displayed by means of a white tape
positioned vertically in the left part of the display area.
The airspeed scale is linear with five-knot graduations from 5 to
250 kts, ten-knot graduations from 250 to 520 kts and digital
values every 20 kts.
This tape moves up and down to indicate the A/C actual speed
value in front of a fixed yellow reference line.
When the airspeed data is not valid, a red SPD flag is displayed
in place of the airspeed scale.

(b) Mach number


(Ref. Fig. 004)
The Mach number is always computed.
When the Mach number is above .5 (increasing sense) it is
displayed in green in the left bottom part of the display area,
just below the speed scale in green color. The display range is
.50 to .99 (increasing sense) and .99 to .45 (decreasing sense).
In case of failure, a red M flag is displayed in place of the
Mach number.

(3) Standby altimeter function


(Ref. Fig. 005)

(a) The standby altimeter indication is supplied with static pressure


by the standby air data system to indicate the barometric
altitude of the aircraft in feet.
The barometric altitude indication is displayed by means of a
black tape with white indications, positioned vertically in the
right part of the display area.
The altitude scale is linear from - 2000 to + 50,000 ft with 100
ft graduations, with digital indications every 500 ft.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Excessive motion during the initialization phase.
Figure 003


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Airspeed Display
Figure 004


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Altitude Display
Figure 005


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
This tape moves up and down with respect to a window surrounded
in yellow within which the A/C actual altitude value is displayed
in green digits.
The window is surrounded in cyan when an altitude bug is hidden
by this read-out.
In this window, the hundreds of feet are written in a large size
whereas the tens and units are displayed by a drum operating as a
conventional mechanical altimeter.
When the altitude data is not valid, a red ALT flag is displayed
in place of the altitude tape, but the selected pressure is
always displayed.

(b) Negative altitude


(Ref. Fig. 006)
If the altitude is negative, the NEG indication is displayed in
white close to the digital read-out. The range is - 2000 to 0 ft.

(c) Optional metric altimeter function


(Ref. Fig. 007, 008)
The metric altitude can be displayed in the right top part of the
display in addition to the altitude in feet.
The metric altitude indication is displayed in green by means of
a digital read-out surrounded in yellow. The cyan letter M is
written just after the altitude value. The altitude in meters is
rounded to the closest 10th of meters.
In case of negative altitude, the NEG indication is displayed in
white just before the metric altitude value.

(4) Reference barometric pressure indication


(Ref. Fig. 009)

(a) By pushing the barometric reference (BARO) selector knob located


in the right bottom corner of the indicator, the pilot can select
the standard barometric pressure 1013.25 hPa (29.9211 in.Hg) or
the barometric correction whose value (without units) can be
adjusted by turning the knob (first press: STD, second press:
baro correction).
The barometric correction is displayed in cyan, in the center
bottom part of the display, in the range from 745 to 1100 hPa,
with a variation of 10 hPa per rotation of the knob.
In case of standard barometric pressure selection, a cyan STD
flag is displayed in place of the barometric correction value.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Negative Altitude Display
Figure 006


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Metric Altitude Display
Figure 007


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Negative Altitude Display (in meters)
Figure 008


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Reference Barometric Display
Figure 009


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 12
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(5) Standby horizon function
(Ref. Fig. 010)

(a) Aircraft symbol


The fixed symbol is in yellow color, it comprises three parts:
two simplified wing/landing gear parts plus a center part.
It provides the pilot with a quick glance attitude information,
both in pitch and roll with respect to the attitude sphere.

(b) Pitch angle information


(Ref. Fig. 010)
The A/C present pitch angle is given by the vertical
displacements of the pitch attitude scale with respect to the
center of the A/C symbol. The scale moves behind the cut-sphere
shaped window, limited by the lines of an upper (blue) and a
lower (brown) sector. The scale rotates around the center of the
A/C symbol in accordance with the A/C present roll angle.
The pitch scale comprises white reference lines and associated
pitch angle values. The lines are given every 2.5 degrees from -
30 to + 30 degrees. Beyond 30 degrees, red large arrow heads
(V-shaped) indicate an excessive attitude and the direction to
follow in order to reduce it.

(c) Roll angle information


A yellow triangle which remains on the line going through the
center of the A/C symbol and which is perpendicular to the
horizon line, moves against the fixed roll scale on the upper
contour of the attitude sphere.
This fixed roll scale comprises white marks for the 10 degrees,
20 degrees, 30 degrees, 45 degrees and 60 degrees significant
values, on either side of the zero position (horizontal wings)
which is indicated by a small fixed black triangle surrounded in
white.

(d) Attitude failure presentation


(Ref. Fig. 011)
In case of detected failure of the pitch and/or roll angle
information, the whole attitude and guidance display is replaced
by the ATT red flag.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 13
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Pitch Scale Display
Figure 010


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Attitude Failure Display
Figure 011


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(e) Lateral acceleration
A black surrounded white trapezoidal index below the roll
reference triangle represents the A/C lateral acceleration.
Lateral acceleration is displayed in the range from -0,2 to
+0,2g. If the lateral acceleration exceeds this range, it is not
displayed any more. When the lateral acceleration is null, the
centre of the symbol is in a neutral zone, the width of which
corresponds to the middle of the base of the reference triangle.
This can result on ISIS in a shifting up to one millimeter
between this triangle and the symbol of lateral acceleration.
This behaviour comes from a compromise between the resolution of
the sensors, the precision of the display and the mounting of the
equipment on the instrument panel.

(6) LS function
(Ref. Fig. 012, 013)
When the LS pushbutton switch located on the right top part of the
indicator is pushed, the Glide Slope (G/S) and Localizer (LOC) scales
come into view.
If the LOC and/or G/S signals are in Failure Warning condition or No
Refresh, the relative scale disappears and the relative red flag LOC
and/or G/S appears respectively in the left bottom corner and/or in
the right top corner of the display area. If the LOC and/or G/S
signals are in NCD condition, only the scales without diamond are
displayed.
(Ref. Fig. 014)

B. Standby Compass
The standby compass consists of a magnetic element rotating inside a
compass bowl, immersed in a damping liquid. The magnetic element (1) is
linked to a graduated compass card which moves against a lubber line (2)
and gives the magnetic heading.
Above the viewing window are two apertures (4) marked B (E.W) and C
(N.S), allowing to achieve compensation by positioning the two small
magnetized bars (compensator).
Below the viewing window is a non-magnetic lamp (3) assembly which
provides illumination of the compass card.

4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 015)

A. ISIS Indicator
The ISIS indicator is supplied with 28VDC from the essential busbar
401PP. In case of loss of this busbar, the supply of the ISIS indicator
is automatically switched over to the battery busbar 703PP by means of
the relay 7XB.
Consumption of the indicator is 20 W maximum in steady state.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - LS Display
Figure 012


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 17
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - LS Failure Display
Figure 013


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 18
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Standby Compass - Data Indicating
Figure 014


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 19
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Power Supply
Figure 015


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Transparency time for the ISIS indicator is not less than 50 ms
(memorizing of current configuration on power supply transients comprised
between 50 and 200 ms).
The display is lost during power supply cut off comprised between 50 and
200 ms.
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01

B. Standby Compass
The standby compass is supplied with 28VDC from the sheddable essential
bus 801PP.

The system is supplied through this circuit breaker:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/ICE AND STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04

5. Interface
_________

A. Mechanical Interface
The ISIS indicator is to 3 ATI size in accordance with ARINC 408A.

B. Peripherals
(Ref. Fig. 016)

(1) Digital data inputs


The ISIS indicator receives digital data inputs from the following
components:

(a) Inertial Reference


Two ARINC 429 high-speed buses provide the ISIS indicator with
the optional magnetic heading indication (label 320).
In normal configuration, the parameters displayed on the ISIS
indicator come from the ADIRU 1.
When a failure is detected, switching on the ADIRU 3 has to be
performed manually through the ATT/HDG selector switch on the
SWITCHING panel.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 21
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS - Interfaces
Figure 016


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 22
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) ILS 1 (or MMR 1)
One ARINC 429 low-speed bus provides the ISIS indicator with the
LS function (label 173 for LOC and label 174 for G/S).

(c) A fourth ARINC 429 input (low or high speed) is reserved as


system provision.

(2) Discrete Inputs


The ISIS indicator receives the following discrete inputs:

(a) Ground/open signal from the ATT/HDG selector switch for selection
of active ADIRU 1 or 3.

(b) Ref baro pressure in in.Hg and hPa pin-program


- this discrete input permits the display of the reference
barometric pressure in in.Hg in addition to the reference
barometric pressure in hPa.

(c) Altitude in meter pin-program


- this discrete permits the display of the altitude value in
meters in addition to the altitude value in feet.

(d) V-bars optional function pin-program


- this discrete permits to change the basic A/C symbol by the
V-bars symbol.

(e) Test discrete input


- this discrete input allows the ISIS indicator to manage the
BITE failures sent to the CFDIU.

(f) Four input discretes are used for indicator face tilting
The face of the ISIS indicator can be set at 0 deg. and tilted
from 10 to 24 deg. by steps of 1 deg.

(g) One discrete input is used as parity.


(Ref. Fig. 017)
The parity control includes the monitoring of the optional
function pin-programs and the ISIS indicator face tilt discretes.
The parity discrete is activated only if the sum of the wired
discretes is an even result.
The parity discrete is monitored during power-up tests and
continuous built-in test. If the parity is valid, it is memorized
into non volatile memory. If the parity is not valid, the last
memorized configuration is used and the white MAINT flag is
displayed in the left top part of the display area (when CAS < 50
kts) until the configuration is valid.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 23
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - MAINT Flag Display
Figure 017


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 24
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
If the ATT 10s message appears when the MAINT flag is shown, the
message has priority. The flag is displayed again as soon as the
message disappears.

(3) Digital data output


The ISIS indicator provides the following outputs:

(a) Centralised Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)


The ISIS indicator is connected to the CFDIU to transmit the
following words:
- LRU identification, Part Number (P/N) and Serial Number (S/N)
(label 354),
- Built-In Test (BITE) status (label 356),
- Unit code (label 377).

(b) ARINC 429 output bus (low speed) for the following air data:
- barometric corrected altitude in feet (label 204) and in meters
if corresponding option is activated (label 214),
- standard altitude in feet (label 203) and in meters if
corresponding option is activated (label 216),
- altitude rate (label 212),
- computed airspeed in knots (label 206),
- total pressure in hPa (label 242),
- uncorrected average static pressure in hPa (label 245),
- Mach number (label 205),
- barometric reference setting in hPa (label 234) and in in.Hg if
corresponding option is activated (label 235).

(c) ARINC 429 output bus (high speed) for the following inertial
data:
- body roll rate in degrees per second (label 327),
- roll angle in degrees (label 325),
- body pitch rate in degrees per second (label 326),
- pitch angle in degrees (label 324),
- body yaw rate in degrees (label 330),
- body longitudinal acceleration (label 331),
- body lateral acceleration (label 332).

(4) Discrete output


One discrete output is used for fault/healthy indication. This
discrete is grounded when the indicator is out of order and when the
OUT OF ORDER message is displayed.
(Ref. Fig. 018)


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 25
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - OUT OF ORDER Display
Figure 018


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 26
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
6. _____________________
Component Description

A. External Description

**ON A/C 106-149, 221-233, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 019)

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 019A)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

The face of the ISIS indicator has:


- an ATT/RST pushbutton switch to reset the horizon (attitude) function
to the true value,
- two ( + and - ) brightness adjustment pushbutton switches,
- a BUGS pushbutton switch for the display/inhibition of the BUGS
function,
- a LS pushbutton switch for the engagement/disengagement of the ILS
function,
- a light sensor,
- a BARO rotary knob/pushbutton switch. The pushbutton switch is used to
change the barometric pressure (which can be adjusted by the rotary
knob) to the standard pressure and back again.
The back of the ISIS indicator is equipped with a 41-pin connector, a
total pressure pneumatic connector (P) and a static pressure pneumatic
connector (S).

B. Internal Description
(Ref. Fig. 020, 021)
The ISIS indicator contains the following subassemblies:
- a Filtering Board (FIB)
- a Power Supply Unit (PSU)
- an Interface Board (INB)
- a Pressure Sensor Module (PSM)
- an Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU)
- a Control Processor and Graphic Display Module (CPGDM)
- an Optical Module (OPM).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 27
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Component Description
Figure 019


R

EFF :

106-149, 221-233, 301-312, 401-499,  34-22-00

Page 28
Config-2 Aug 01/09
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Component Description
Figure 019A


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 313-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 29
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Block Diagram
Figure 020


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 30
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Location of Internal Components
Figure 021


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 31
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(1) Filtering board
This board includes the rear plate with the two pressure unions for
the static and the total pressures and the 41-pin external connector.
It ensures protection against electromagnetic interference and
lightning strikes.

(2) Power supply unit


From the 28VDC, this unit supplies the voltages necessary for the
operation of the indicator.

(3) Interface board


This board makes the interface between part of the indicator
inputs/outputs, the pressure sensors, the inertial sensors, the face,
the light box and the CPGDM.
It also supplies a clock signal at 20MHz.

(4) Pressure sensor module


This module contains for each system (static pressure and total
pressure):
- a pressure sensor with a cell (silicon detector),
- a sensor memory with an electronic board that shapes the signals
and stores the characterization parameters of the sensor.

(5) Inertial measurement unit


This unit includes three single-axis rate sensors (with analog
outputs) and their temperature probes, two acceleration sensors and
their temperature probes, and an electronic board.
Its functions are as follows:
- angular rate measurement,
- temperature measurement,
- absolute acceleration measurement,
- storing of the IMU parameters (sensors, misalignment,
identification),
- generation of configuration data (IMU presence, two or three
accelerometers),
- generation of sensor healthy-operation discretes,
- digitization of the sensor data (analog-to-digital converter).

(6) Control processor and graphic display module


This module performs the computing and graphics generation functions.
The Control Processing Unit (CPU) part of the CPGDM processes the
data received through the INB and directly from the IMU to calculate
the operational parameters (altitude, attitude and airspeed).
The graphics part converts the data supplied by the CPU into smoothed
symbology and drives the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 32
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(7) Optical module
This module includes a LCD matrix, backlighting (light box with three
tubes) and the control electronics for this lighting.

7. Operation
_________

A. System Performance
The parameter computation frequency is sufficient to respect the required
performances and to avoid important gap between two consecutive displayed
values. The elapsed time between the acquisition of air data and the
display of the parameters is less than 200 ms.

(1) Standby airspeed indicator function


The ISIS indicator can operate from 0 to 600 kts without
deterioration.

(2) Standby altimeter function


The ISIS indicator can operate from -2500 to 55,000 ft and at 40,000
ft/mn speed variation without deterioration.

(3) Standby horizon function


The ISIS indicator can operate from -180 to +180 deg. in pitch and
roll without deterioration.
- gyrometers (3): the indicator can follow a 100 deg./s pitch or roll
variation, a 10,000 deg./square second angular acceleration. The
associated monitoring is triggered when angular speeds becomes
higher than 100 deg./s.
- accelerometers (2): the associated monitoring is triggered when the
constant acceleration in x and/or y axis becomes greater than 2.5g.
If this monitoring is triggered, the WAIT ATT message is
displayed
(Ref. Fig. 022)
If the conditions become normal againand if the attitude
performance remains adequate for 10 seconds, the WAIT ATT message
disappears and is replaced by the horizon display.
Otherwise, after 10 seconds or if the attitude performance is
affected, the attitude function is considered as failed and the
ATT:RST message is displayed in place of the WAIT ATT message
(Ref. Fig. 023)
Pressing the RST pushbutton switch more than 2 seconds in steady
flight quickly resets the attitude information.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 33
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS INDICATOR - WAIT ATT Flag
Figure 022


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 34
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS INDICATOR - ATT RESET Flag
Figure 023


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 35
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. Control and Indicating
The face of the ISIS indicator includes the following controls:

(1) BUGS pushbutton switch


(Ref. Fig. 024)
When the BUGS pushbutton switch is pushed, the BUGS page is shown.
This page is used to program characteristic speeds and altitudes
displayed on speed and altitude scales respectively.
The BUGS page has two columns positioned vertically:
an SPD column made of four boxes and an ALT column made of two boxes.
Initially, the first box of the SPD column (left top) is flashing.
The corresponding speed value has to be selected using the BARO
selector knob (cyan SET/SELECT indication followed by an arrow in the
right bottom part of the display). This value cannot be less than 30
kts and can only be selected or changed when OFF function is
deselected (true also with altitude bugs). When the correct value is
displayed, access to the next box (below) is made by pushing the -
pushbutton switch. This box is then active and flashes. After the
fourth box of the SPD column, access to the last box of the ALT
column (right top) is made by using the BARO selector knob. The
altitude values selected cannot be negative. The - pushbutton
switch is also used to select the last ALT box and then the first SPD
box again. The + pushbutton switch is used to return to the
previous box.
The operational page is displayed again and the entered values are
memorized by pushing the BUGS pushbutton switch or after 15 s without
pilot action. These values are memorized until new values are
entered, even in case of ISIS indicator power supply cutoff.
If one memorized bug has not to be displayed on speed or altitude
scale, it is possible to hide it by pushing the BARO selector knob.
The OFF indication is shown close to the selected box and the value
is still displayed. By pushing the BARO selector knob again, the
displayed and memorized bug is active. Initially, speed bugs are set
to 30 and altitude bugs are set to 0. All the bugs can be hidden
using the OFF function.

(2) RST pushbutton switch


(Ref. Fig. 025)
The RST (reset) pushbutton switch located in the left bottom part of
the indicator enables to reset the attitude indication to the true
value during stabilized flight (without pitch and roll angles and
with stabilized speed).
During the reset, a yellow ATT 10s message is shown in the center of
the display area, in place of the horizon line. After a 10-second
delay, the operational page is automatically displayed.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 36
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Bugs Selection Display
Figure 024


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 37
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - Attitude Reset Display
Figure 025


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 38
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) LS pushbutton switch
This pushbutton switch located in the right top part of the indicator
enables the display of the LS bars (LOC and G/S) (if the
corresponding pin-program is activated) in place of the magnetic
heading indications.

(4) BARO selector knob


This grey barometric selector knob located in the right bottom corner
of the indicator, enables to display the standard barometric pressure
or the barometric correction whose value can be adjusted by turning
the knob.
This knob is used for the selection of the altitude and airspeed
bugs.

(5) Brightness control


The ISIS indicator has a manual and automatic display brightness
control device, located on its face. The brightness ensures the
readability in all environmental lighting conditions expected in
service.
After a long power supply interrupt on ground (>200 ms), an average
brightness value is selected. In other cases, the last memorized
brightness value is selected.
The pushbutton switches are lighted for night vision in accordance
with the general cockpit selection.

8. Test
____

A. BITE Description

(1) General
The ISIS indicator is fitted with an internal flight/ground
information in order to manage the BITE and to prevent maintenance
mode activation in flight.
The test is inhibited when the internal computed airspeed is greater
than 60 kts.

NOTE : The ISIS indicator complies with ABD0018, ABD0048 and ABD0100
____
Specification.

The ISIS indicator is able to display maintenance data when the BUGS
and the LS pushbutton switches are pushed simultaneously (at least 2
s). In this case, a menu with two items is shown on the Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 39
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(a) OTHER DATA menu
When the key adjacent to the OTHER DATA item (-) is pushed, a
specific menu made of two items (LRU IDENT and ENGINEERING DATA)
is shown.
- LRU IDENT item
(Ref. Fig. 026)
Allows to display the P/N and the S/N of the ISIS indicator,
the configuration of the equipment (optional functions
activated) and the functional time counter.
- ENGINEERING DATA item
(Ref. Fig. 027)
The engineering data provides correlation parameters and
snapshot data concerning the failure displayed.
In addition the engineering data enables to display the
functional time counter.

(b) TESTS menu


When the key adjacent to the TESTS item (+) is pushed, a specific
menu made of two items (FUNCTIONAL TEST (110s) and DISPLAY TEST)
is shown.
- DISPLAY TEST item
(Ref. Fig. 028)
The display test function enables to display white and black
screens to check LCD screen state/quality.
- FUNCTIONAL TEST (110s) item
(Ref. Fig. 029)
When the key adjacent to the FUNCTIONAL TEST (110s) item (+) is
pushed, the functional test is started and the message IN
PROGRESS 110s is shown in the middle of the display area. At
the end of the test, the message TEST OK is shown on the
display area. In case of fault detection, the BITE displays a
message.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 40
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - LRU IDENT Menu
Figure 026


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 41
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - ENGINEERING DATA Menu
Figure 027


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 42
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - DISPLAY TEST Menu
Figure 028


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 43
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator - FUNCTIONAL TEST Menu
Figure 029


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 44
Config-2 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R
R STANDBY DATA : ATTITUDE AND HEADING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

A. Standby Heading
The standby heading is performed by a magnetic compass that is an
independent instrument which provides the flight crew with the A/C
magnetic heading.
It is installed on the top of the windshield center post and allows a
check of the heading provided by the main sources of the heading system.
It acts in standby when these systems are inoperative.

B. Standby Attitude
The standby attitude is performed by a gyroscopic horizon that is an
independent instrument which provides the flight crew, with a constant
indication of the aircraft attitude. It is contained in a 3 ATIs case and
installed on the center instrument panel. It allows a check of the
attitude provided by the main sources of attitude system. It acts in
standby when these systems are inoperative.

2. __________________
Component Location

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2FN COMPASS-STANDBY 211 831 34-22-23
7FN IND-STANDBY HORIZON 4VU 211 831 34-22-24

3. __________________
System Description

A. Standby Compass
The standby compass consists of a magnetic element rotating inside a
compass bowl, immersed in a damping liquid. The magnetic element (1) is
linked to a graduated compass card which moves against a lubber line (2)
and gives the magnetic heading.
Above the viewing window are two apertures (4) marked B (E.W) and C (N.S)
, allowing to achieve compensation by positioning the two small
magnetized bars (compensator).
Below the viewing window is a non-magnetic lamp (3) assembly which
provides illumination of the compass card.



EFF :

213-213,  34-22-00

Page 1
Config-3 Aug 01/09
 
CES 
B. Standby Horizon Indicator
The standby horizon indicator is supplied with 28VDC from essential bus
401PP.
A static inverter in the instrument converts this 28VDC into three phase
alternate current to supply the gyroscopic motor. The gyro rotor rotates
at high speed (> 23,000 RPM) around its vertical axis and provides the
vertical reference.
The gimbal assy comprises two orthogonal axes (pitch and roll).
The internal gimbal which includes the stator controls the rotation of
the drum in the pitch axis by means of gear. The pitch gimbal is
restricted to approximately plus or minus 85 degrees around the pitch
axis (mechanical stop).
The external gimbal controls the roll rotation. The roll gimbal has
unrestricted 360 degrees rotation around the roll axis.
The gyro pin axis is maintained in the vertical position by the erection
system (unstable pendulum erector) which is removed when the rotor axis
deviates more than 9 degrees plus or minus 2 degrees. The accuracy of the
vertical position in clean configuration is less than 0.5 degree. The
fast resetting of the gyroscopic horizon can be activated by pulling the
knob (8) located in the lower R corner of the indicator.
The indicator provides the following information :
- roll angle,
- pitch angle,
- instrument failure (RED flag).

(1) Pitch information


The aircraft symbol (black and yellow) (7) is fixed.
The pitch drum (9), in the center of the instrument is divided into
two zones separated by the reference horizon (white) :
the upper part is blue, the lower part is brown.
The pitch indications are displayed by means of a drum which is
graduated between -80 and +80 degrees.

(2) Roll information


The roll information is given by a pointer (10) which moves in front
of a dial (5) graduated in 10 degrees increments between -30 and +30
degrees.

(3) Failure warning


The flag (6) comes into view if a failure is detected in the
electrical power supply or if the gyro rotor speed drops below 18,000
RPM.



EFF :

213-213,  34-22-00

Page 2
Config-3 Nov 01/03
 
CES 
Standby Data - Attitude and Heading - Component Location
Figure 001



EFF :

213-213,  34-22-00

Page 3
Config-3 Nov 01/03
 
CES 
Standby Data - Attitude and Heading - Electrical Circuit
Figure 002



EFF :

213-213,  34-22-00

Page 4
Config-3 Nov 01/03
 
CES 
Standby Data - Attitude and Heading - Data Indicating
Figure 003



EFF :

213-213,  34-22-00

Page 5
Config-3 Nov 01/03
 
CES 
STANDBY DATA : ATTITUDE AND HEADING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________

TASK 34-22-00-710-001

Operational Check of the standby compass including light test and visual check

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

R NOTE : The aircraft must not be near magnetic materials (vehicles,


____
R buildings...) when you do this test.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 342200-01


To make sure that:
- the difference between the magnetic heading values on the standby compass
and the ND is not more than + or - 8
- the lighting of the standby compass operates correctly
- you can read the compass cards .

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-22-00-730-001 Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 501
Nov 01/06
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (CAPT ND only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-


001).

(3) Do the IR alignement procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(4) On the windshield center post, pull the standby compass support that
you can retract from its housing.

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-22-00-710-050

A. Operational Test of the Standby Compass

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the CAPT ND, read the magnetic Make sure that:


heading value. - the difference between the magnetic
heading values on the standby compass
and the ND is not more than + or -
8.

NOTE : If the difference between the


____
magnetic heading values on the
standby compass and the ND is
more than + or - 8 : do the
compensation adjustment/test of
the standby compass (Ref. TASK
34-22-00-730-001).

2. On the overhead panel, on the


ADIRS CDU:



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 502
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR1 to
OFF.

3. On the INT LT section of the On the standby compass:


overhead panel 25VU:

- set the STBY COMPASS switch to - the lighting is on


STBY COMPASS - you can read the compass cards from
the CAPT and F/O seats.

- set the STBY COMPASS switch to - the lighting goes off.


OFF

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-00-710-050-A

A. Operational Test of the Standby Compass

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the CAPT ND, read the magnetic Make sure that:


heading value. - The difference between the magnetic
heading values on the standby compass
and the ND is not more than + or -
8.

NOTE : If the difference between the


____
magnetic heading values on the
standby compass and the ND is
more than + or - 8 : do the
compensation adjustment/test of
the standby compass (Ref. TASK
34-22-00-730-001).

2. On the overhead panel, on the


ADIRS MSU:
- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR1 to
OFF.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-22-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. On the INT LT section of the On the standby compass:
R overhead panel 25VU:

R - Set the STBY COMPASS switch to - The lighting is on


R STBY COMPASS. - You can read the compass cards from
R the CAPT and F/O seats.

R - Set the STBY COMPASS switch to - The lighting goes off.


R OFF.

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-22-00-210-050

B. Visual Inspection of the Standby Compass

(1) Make sure that:


- the support is in good condition
- the standby compass is correctly attached to the support
- there are no leaks.

(2) In the compass bowl, make sure that the liquid:


- is clear
- does not contain bubbles or sediment.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-00-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) On the windshield center post, push the standby compass support into
its housing.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(4) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 504
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
TASK 34-22-00-730-001

Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : To move the aircraft for this procedure, you can use:
____
- a tractor (you must disconnect the tractor and the towbar for each
adjustment) or,
- the aircraft engines (this is the recommended procedure).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

- to adjust the compensation of the standby compass


- to find the deviation curve of the compass values when they are more than
+ or - 8 from the magnetic heading.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 mm-wide non magnetic screwdriver


No specific 2-mm wide non-magnetic screwdriver
R CE2-40 2 KEY-CORRECTOR

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


APU
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the APU
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-22-00-710-001 Operational Check of the standby compass including
light test and visual check



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 505
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-22-00-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE : For this procedure the aircraft must be on a compensation base


____
that can support the weight of the aircraft. The compensation base
must be:
- a compensation base certified by the applicable authorities or,
- a compensation base with these properties:
. a horizontal area in which the horizontal component of the
R earths magnetic field is constant (+/- 1 degree),
.sufficiently large for the aircraft be turn smoothly 360
degrees,
.with no metal objects near it ( no vehicles or other aircraft
R in a radius of 250ft, no buildings with magnetic materials in a
R radius of 600ft around the aircraft ).

(1) Make sure that there are no ferromagnetic parts installed near the
standby compass.
R Ferromagnetic parts near the standby compass can cause compass
R heading errors (fasteners, tools, etc...).

(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002).

(3) Make sure that the standby compass operates correctly (Ref. TASK 34-
22-00-710-001).

(4) Do the EIS start procedure (NDs only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(5) Do the IR alignment procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(6) Adjust the position of the aircraft until its lubber line points to
the North with a deviation less than 2.

(7) On the ADIRS CDU set the DISPLAY DATA selector switch to HDG.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 506
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-00-860-052-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE : For this procedure the aircraft must be on a compensation base


____
that can support the weight of the aircraft. The compensation base
must be:
- a compensation base certified by the applicable authorities or,
- a compensation base with these properties:
. a horizontal area in which the horizontal component of the
earths magnetic field is constant (+/- 1 degree),
.sufficiently large for the aircraft be turn smoothly 360
degrees,
.with no metal objects near it ( no vehicles or other aircraft
in a radius of 250ft, no buildings with magnetic materials in a
radius of 600ft around the ai rcraft ).

(1) Make sure that there are no ferromagnetic parts installed near the
standby compass.
Ferromagnetic parts near the standby compass can cause compass
heading errors(fasteners, tools, etc...).

(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002).

(3) Make sure that the standby compass operates correctly (Ref. TASK 34-
22-00-710-001).

(4) Do the EIS start procedure (NDs only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(5) Do the IR alignment procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(6) Adjust the position of the aircraft until its lubber line points to
the North with a deviation less than 2.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 507
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-22-00-865-050

B. Make sure that these circuit breakers are closed to get the radio/
magnetic environment that usually occurs in flight :

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14

**ON A/C ALL

49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13


49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/ADF/2 1RP2 K02

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,


R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13

**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08


121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 508
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-22-00-730-050

R A. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass (For aircraft fitted


R with standby compass P/N C5K).

NOTE : The reference magnetic heading referred to in this procedure is


____
equal to the true heading indication read on the ADIRS CDU plus
the magnetic variation.
Magnetic heading = true heading + magnetic variation (a natural
phenomenon which varies continuously).

R (1) Below the display window on the front face of the standby compass:
R - remove and safety the protection cover of the compensator.

R (2) On the standby compass:


- put the 2 mm-wide non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole below
the display window
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the EW compensation system
to zero
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole below the display
window
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the NS compensation system
to zero.

R (3) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to north (MHN)
(Magnetic Heading North):
- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
DN = MHN - CH
- the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN
- correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
indication (CCH)
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
compass
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
Example:
. if MHN = 360 and CH = 356
DN = 360 - 356 = +4
AV (adjustment value) = +4
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
356 + 4 = 360



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 509
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
. if MHN = 0 and CH = 002
DN = 0 - 2 = -2
AV (Adjustment Value) = -2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
2 +(-2) = 0

R (4) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):


- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
the CH
DE = MHE - CH
- the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
compass
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH
(Ref. Para. (2)).

R (5) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):


- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
the CH
DS = MHS - CH
DS
the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --
2
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
compass
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
Example:
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 174
DS = 180 - 174 = +6
DS 6
AV = -- = + - = +3
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
174 + 3 = 177
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 182
DS = 180 - 182 = -2
DS 2
AV = -- = - - = -1
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
182 + (-1) = 181


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-22-00

Page 510
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
(6) Set the aircraft to West (MHW)
- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
the CH
DW = MHW - CH
DW
the Adjustment Valve (AV) is equal to --
2
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
compass
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
(Ref. Para. (4)).
R

R Subtask 34-22-00-730-067

R B. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass (For aircraft fitted


R with standby compass P/N PGA0105W).

R NOTE : The reference magnetic heading referred to in this procedure is


____
R equal to the true heading indication read on the ADIRS CDU plus
R the magnetic variation.
R Magnetic heading = true heading + magnetic variation (a natural
R phenomenon which varies continuously).

R (1) On the standby compass:


R - put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) into the B hole above the display
R window
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the B compensation
R system to zero
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole above the
R display window
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the C compensation
R system to zero.

R (2) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to north (MHN)
R (Magnetic Heading North):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
R the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
R DN = MHN - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
R indication (CCH)
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-22-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Example:
R . if MHN = 360 and CH = 356
R DN = 360 - 356 = +4
R AV (adjustment value) = +4
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 356 + 4 = 360
R . if MHN = 0 and CH = 002
R DN = 0 - 2 = -2
R AV (Adjustment Value) = -2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 2 +(-2) = 0

R (3) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):


R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
R the CH
R DE = MHE - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH (Ref. Para. (2)).

R (4) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):


R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
R the CH
R DS = MHS - CH
R DS
R the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH.
R Example:
R . if MHS = 180 and CH = 174
R DS = 180 - 174 = +6
R DS 6
R AV = -- = + - = +3
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 174 + 3 = 177
R . if MHS = 180 and CH = 182


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 401-499,
 34-22-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R DS = 180 - 182 = -2
R DS 2
R AV = -- = - - = -1
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 182 + (-1) = 181

R (5) Set the aircraft to West (MHW)


R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
R the CH
R DW = MHW - CH
R DW
R the Adjustment Valve (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH. (Ref. Para. (4)).

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-00-730-050-A

A. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass (For aircraft fitted


with standby compass P/N C5K).

(1) Below the display window on the front face of the standby compass:
- remove and safety the protection cover of the compensator.

(2) On the standby compass:


- put the 2 mm-wide non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole below
the display window
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the EW compensation system
to zero
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole below the display
window
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the NS compensation system
to zero.

(3) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to north (MHN)
(Magnetic Heading North):
- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
DN = MHN - CH


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-22-00

Page 513
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
- the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN
- correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
indication (CCH)
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
compass
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
Example:
. if MHN = 360 and CH = 356
DN = 360 - 356 = +4
AV (adjustment value) = +4
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
356 + 4 = 360
. if MHN = 0 and CH = 002
DN = 0 - 2 = -2
AV (Adjustment Value) = -2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
2 +(-2) = 0

(4) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):


- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
the CH
DE = MHE - CH
- the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
compass
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH
(Ref. Para. (2)).

(5) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):


- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
the CH
DS = MHS - CH
DS
the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --
2
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
compass
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
Example:
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 174
DS = 180 - 174 = +6


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 514
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
DS 6
AV = -- = + - = +3
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
174 + 3 = 177
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 182
DS = 180 - 182 = -2
DS 2
AV = -- = - - = -1
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
182 + (-1) = 181

(6) Set the aircraft to West (MHW)


- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
the CH
DW = MHW - CH
DW
the Adjustment Valve (AV) is equal to --
2
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
compass
- use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
(Ref. Para. (4)).
R

Subtask 34-22-00-730-067-A

B. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass (For aircraft fitted


with standby compass P/N PGA0105W).

(1) On the standby compass:


- put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) into the B hole above the display
window
- use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the B compensation
system to zero
- put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole above the
display window
- use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the C compensation
system to zero.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 515
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to north (MHN)
(Magnetic Heading North):
- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
DN = MHN - CH
- the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN
- correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
indication (CCH)
- put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
standby compass
- use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH.
Example:
. if MHN = 360 and CH = 356
DN = 360 - 356 = +4
AV (adjustment value) = +4
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
356 + 4 = 360
. if MHN = 0 and CH = 002
DN = 0 - 2 = -2
AV (Adjustment Value) = -2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
2 +(-2) = 0

(3) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):


- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
the CH
DE = MHE - CH
- the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
standby compass
- use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH (Ref. Para. (2)).

(4) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):


- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
the CH
DS = MHS - CH
DS
the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --
2
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
standby compass


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 516
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH.
Example:
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 174
DS = 180 - 174 = +6
DS 6
AV = -- = + - = +3
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
174 + 3 = 177
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 182
DS = 180 - 182 = -2
DS 2
AV = -- = - - = -1
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
182 + (-1) = 181

(5) Set the aircraft to West (MHW)


- calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
the CH
DW = MHW - CH
DW
the Adjustment Valve (AV) is equal to --
2
- correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
standby compass
- use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH. (Ref. Para. (4)).

Subtask 34-22-00-730-065

C. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the STBY Compass using a 2-mm wide Non


Magnetic Screwdriver

(1) On the standby compass:


- Put the 2-mm wide non-magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole below
the display window
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the EW compensation system
to zero
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole below the display
window
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the NS compensation system
to zero.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 517
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to North (MHN)
(Magnetic Heading North):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
DN = MHN - CH
- The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN.
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
indication (CCH)
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
compass
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
Example:
. if MHN = 360 and CH = 356
DN = 360 - 356 = +4
AV (Adjustment Value) = +4.
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
356 + 4 = 360.
. if MHN = 0 and CH = 002
DN = 0 - 2 = -2
AV (Adjustment Value) = -2.
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
2 +(-2) = 0.

(3) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):


- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
the CH:
DE = MHE - CH
- The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE.
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
compass
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH
(Ref. Para. (2)).

(4) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):


- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
the CH:
DS = MHS - CH
DS
The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --.
2
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
compass
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 518
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Example:
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 174
DS = 180 - 174 = +6
DS 6
AV = -- = + - = +3.
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
174 + 3 = 177.
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 182
DS = 180 - 182 = -2
DS 2
AV = -- = - - = -1.
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
182 + (-1) = 181.

(5) Set the aircraft to West (MHW):


- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
the CH:
DW = MHW - CH
DW
The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --.
2
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
compass
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH
(Ref. Para. (4)).

Subtask 34-22-00-730-066

D. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the STBY Compass using a Compensation Key


(CE 2-40)

(1) On the standby compass:


- Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) into the B hole above the display
window
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the B compensation
system to zero
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole above the
display window
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the C compensation
system to zero.


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to North (MHN)
(Magnetic Heading North):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
DN = MHN - CH
- The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN.
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
indication (CCH)
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
standby compass
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH.
Example:
. if MHN = 360 and CH = 356
DN = 360 - 356 = +4
AV (Adjustment Value) = +4.
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
356 + 4 = 360.
. if MHN = 0 and CH = 002
DN = 0 - 2 = -2
AV (Adjustment Value) = -2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
2 +(-2) = 0.

(3) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):


- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
the CH:
DE = MHE - CH
- The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE.
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
standby compass
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH (Ref. Para. (2)).

(4) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):


- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
the CH:
DS = MHS - CH
DS
The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --.
2
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
standby compass


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-00

Page 520
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH.
Example:
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 174
DS = 180 - 174 = +6
DS 6
AV = -- = + - = +3.
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
174 + 3 = 177.
. if MHS = 180 and CH = 182
DS = 180 - 182 = -2
DS 2
AV = -- = - - = -1.
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
182 + (-1) = 181

(5) Set the aircraft to West (MHW):


- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
the CH:
DW = MHW - CH
DW
The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --.
2
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
standby compass
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH (Ref. Para. (4)).

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 401-499,

Subtask 34-22-00-730-051

E. Find the deviation curve

NOTE : During the adjustment, the standby compass turns 360. Make sure
____
that the letters and graduations on the compass card are not
damaged.
- set the aircraft to the twelve headings one after the other
which are necessary to find the deviation curve:
0, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, 240, 270, 300,
330


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-22-00

Page 521
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
- write the values of the standby compass and of the NDs (or ADIRS
CDU + magnetic variation) for each aircraft position,
- calculate the remaining deviation values R():
R() = MH - indication of standby compass,
- make sure that:
* the remaining deviation values R() are not more than + or -
8 for each heading,
* the maximum range between the positive and negative deviation
values R() is not more than 10,
* the difference between each magnetic heading value on the
standby compass and the ND is not more than 8. If the
difference is more than 8, adjust the compensation,
- write the actual compass heading Magnetic Heading (MH) + R()
(Remaining deviation values) on the two correction cards. Put
the cards on each side of the support of the standby compass.

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-00-730-051-A

E. Find the Deviation Curve

NOTE : During the adjustment, the standby compass turns 360. Make sure
____
that the letters and graduations on the compass card are not
damaged.
- Set the aircraft to the twelve headings one after the other
which are necessary to find the deviation curve:
0, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, 240, 270, 300,
330.
- Write the values of the standby compass and of the NDs for each
aircraft position.
- Calculate the remaining deviation values R():
R() = MH - indication of standby compass.
- Make sure that:
* The remaining deviation values R() are not more than + or -
8 for each heading.
* The maximum range between the positive and negative deviation
values R() is not more than 10.
* The difference between each magnetic heading value on the
standby compass and the ND is not more than 8. If the
difference is more than 8, adjust the compensation.
- Write the actual compass heading Magnetic Heading (MH) + R()
(Remaining deviation values) on the two correction cards. Put
the cards on each side of the support of the standby compass.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-22-00

Page 522
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-00-860-053

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(For aircraft fitted with standby compass P/N C5K).

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) Install the protection cover on the compensator.

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(5) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-00-860-068

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.


(For aircraft fitted with standby compass P/N PGA0105W).

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(4) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 523
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 34-22-00-730-003

Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass with the Standby Compass


Calibrator

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : To move the aircraft to the compensation base you can use:
____
- a tractor (you must disconnect the tractor and the towbar before you
start the Adjustment/Test) or,
- the aircraft engines.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

- To adjust the compensation of the standby compass.


- To find the deviation curve of the compass values when they are more than
+ or - 8 degrees.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 mm-wide non-magnetic screwdriver


CE2-40 1 KEY-CORRECTOR
2591553-903 1 STANBY COMPASS CALIB


R

EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 524
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


APU
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the APU
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-22-00-710-001 Operational Check of the standby compass including
light test and visual check

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

34-22-00-991-002 Fig. 501

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-00-991-002-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

34-22-00-991-003 Fig. 502

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-00-991-003-A Fig. 502A



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 525
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-00-860-065

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE SPECIFIED COMPENSATION


_______
AREA, AND THAT IT POINTS TO THE NORTH.
IF YOU MUST USE THE STANDBY COMPASS CALIBRATOR IN A DIFFERENT
LOCATION, YOU MUST CALIBRATE THE STANDBY COMPASS CALIBRATOR
AGAIN BEFORE YOU USE IT.

NOTE : For this procedure the aircraft must be on a compensation base


____
that can support the weight of the aircraft. The compensation base
must have these properties:
a horizontal area.
be agree with the compensation procedure of the Firstmark
Operation and Maintenance Manual (Ref.EB 2992043). There must be a
check of the compensation area every three months or each time
that you use it.

(1) Make sure that there are no ferromagnetic parts installed near the
standby compass.
Ferromagnetic parts (fasteners, tools, etc.) near the standby compass
can cause compass heading errors.

(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002).

(3) Make sure that the standby compass operates correctly (Ref. TASK 34-
22-00-710-001).

(4) Do the EIS start procedure (NDs only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(5) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(6) Adjust the position of the aircraft:


- The lubber line must point to the North with a deviation of less
than 2 degrees.
- The nose wheel must be on the ground marking defined by the
Firstmark area-calibration procedure.

(7) On the ADIRS CDU, set the DISPLAY DATA selector switch to HDG.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 526
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-22-00-865-055

B. Make sure that these circuit breakers are closed to get the radio/
magnetic environment that usually occurs in flight :

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14

**ON A/C ALL

49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13


49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/ADF/2 1RP2 K02

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,


R 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13

**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08


121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 527
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

Subtask 34-22-00-020-055

C. Below the display window, on the front face of the standby compass:
- Remove and safety the protection cover of the compensator.

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-22-00-730-062

A. Installation of the standby compass compensator

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-22-00-991-002)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 34-22-00-991-002-A)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 34-22-00-991-003)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 34-22-00-991-003-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Remove the four screws (1) from the plate (2) under the standby
compass.

(2) Remove the plate (2).

(3) Remove the two screws (3) from the standby compass (4).



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Standby Compass
Figure 501/TASK 34-22-00-991-002


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,  34-22-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Standby Compass
Figure 501A/TASK 34-22-00-991-002-A


R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-22-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
Standby Compass Calibrating (S.C.C.)
Figure 502/TASK 34-22-00-991-003


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,  34-22-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-22-00

Page 532
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Standby Compass Calibrating (S.C.C.)
Figure 502A/TASK 34-22-00-991-003-A


R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-22-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
(4) Install the standby compass compensator (5) STANBY COMPASS CALIB
(2591553-903) with two non-magnetic screws (6) and two adjusting
shims (7) on the standby compass (4).

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

Subtask 34-22-00-730-063

B. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the standby compass

NOTE : The reference magnetic heading referred to in this procedure is


____
the magnetic heading indication read on the knob assembly of the
standby compass compensator.
Magnetic heading = true heading + magnetic variation (a natural
phenomenon which varies continuously).

(1) North (N) position compensation

(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the N position.

(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:


- Put the 2 mm-wide non-magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole
below the display window
- Adjust the N indication so that it agrees with the heading
indication of the standby compass compensator.

(2) East (E) position compensation

(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the E position.

(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:


- Put the 2 mm-wide non-magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole
below the display window
- Adjust the E indication so that it agrees with the heading
indication of the standby compass compensator.

(3) South (S) position compensation

(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the S position.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 534
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:
- Put the 2 mm-wide non-magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole
below the display window
- Adjust the S indication by the corrective value, i.e. half the
difference between the heading indications of the compass and
the compass compensator.
Example:
.if the standby compass compensator shows 180 degrees (S), and
the standby compass 176 degrees (180 - 176 = 4), the corrective
value is equal to half the difference = +2 degrees.

(4) West (W) position compensation

(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the W position.

(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:


- Put the 2 mm-wide non-magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole
below the display window
- Adjust the W indication by the corrective value, i.e. half the
difference between the heading indications of the compass and
the compass compensator.
Example:
.if the standby compass compensator shows 270 degrees (W), and
the standby compass 274 degrees (270 - 274 = -4), the
corrective value is equal to half the difference = -2 degrees.

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-00-730-063-A

B. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass

NOTE : The reference magnetic heading referred to in this procedure is


____
the magnetic heading indication read on the knob assembly of the
standby compass compensator.
Magnetic heading = true heading + magnetic variation (a natural
phenomenon which varies continuously).

(1) North (N) position compensation

(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the N position.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-22-00

Page 535
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:
- Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) (non-magnetic compensation key)
into C hole
- Adjust the N indication so that it agrees with the heading
indication of the standby compass compensator.

(2) East (E) position compensation

(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the E position.

(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:


- Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) (non-magnetic compensation key)
into B hole
- Adjust the E indication so that it agrees with the heading
indication of the standby compass compensator.

(3) South (S) position compensation

(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the S position.

(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:


- Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) (non-magnetic compensation key)
into C hole
- Adjust the S indication by the corrective value, i.e. half the
difference between the heading indications of the compass and
the compass compensator.
Example:
. if the standby compass compensator shows 180 degrees (S), and
the standby compass 176 degrees (180 - 176 = 4) the corrective
value is equal to half the difference = +2 degrees.

(4) West (W) position compensation

(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the W position.

(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:


- Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) (non-magnetic compensation key)
into B hole
- Adjust the W indication by the corrective value, i.e. half the
difference between the heading indications of the compass and
the compass compensator.
Example:


R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-22-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
. if the standby compass compensator shows 270 degrees (W), and
the standby compass 274 degrees (270 - 274 = -4) the corrective
value is equal to half the difference = -2 degrees.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-22-00-730-064

C. Calculate the deviation curve

NOTE : During this adjustment procedure, the letters and graduations (on
____
the compass card) will be visible because the standby compass
turns 360 degrees. Thus it becomes possible to make sure that the
letters and graduations are not damaged.

- Use the knob assembly to set the compass to these twelve headings
(necessary to find the deviation curve) one after the other:
0, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, 240, 270, 300, 330
- Write the values of the standby compass (CH) and of the standby compass
compensator (MH) for each heading
- Calculate the remaining deviation values R() as follows:
R() = MH - CH (indication of standby compass)
- Make sure that:
* the remaining deviation values R() are not more than + or - 8
degrees for each heading
* the maximum range between the positive and negative deviation values
R() is not more than 10 degrees
* the difference between each magnetic heading value on the standby
compass and the standby compass compensator is not more than 8 degrees.
If the difference is more than 8 degrees, adjust the compensation.
- Write the magnetic heading Magnetic Heading (MH) + R() (Remaining
deviation values) on the two correction cards. Put the cards on each
side of the support of the standby compass.

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

Subtask 34-22-00-860-066

A. Below the display window on the front face of the standby compass:
- Install the protection cover on the compensator.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 537
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-22-00-860-067

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(3) Remove the standby compass compensator.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TWO DRUMS OF THE KNOB ASSEMBLY ARE ON
_______
THE N (NORTH) POSITION BEFORE YOU PUT THE STANDBY COMPASS
COMPENSATOR INTO STORAGE. THIS WILL PREVENT
DEMAGNETIZATION.

(4) Install the plate (2) with the four screws (1) under the standby
compass.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(6) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 34-22-00-080-051

C. Tool storage:
At the end of the test, refer to the manufacturer recommend.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-00

Page 538
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
COMPASS - STANDBY (2FN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________

TASK 34-22-23-000-001

Removal of the Standby Compass (2FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

34-22-23-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-23-991-001-A Fig. 401A



EFF :

ALL  34-22-23

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-23-865-053

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/ICE AND STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-23-991-001)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-22-23-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-22-23-020-050

A. Removal of the Standby Compass (2FN)

(1) Pull the support (3) that can be retracted from its housing (2).

(2) Loosen the four screws (6).

(3) Remove the four screws (6).

(4) Disengage the standby compass (5) from its support (3).

(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (1).

(6) Remove the standby compass (5).

(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1) and
(4).



EFF :

ALL  34-22-23

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Standby Compass
Figure 401/TASK 34-22-23-991-001


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,  34-22-23

Page 403
May 01/05
 
CES 
Standby Compass
Figure 401A/TASK 34-22-23-991-001-A


R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-22-23

Page 404
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
TASK 34-22-23-400-001

Installation of the Standby Compass (2FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral


Lighting
34-22-00-730-001 Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

34-22-23-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-23-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-23-865-054

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/ICE AND STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04



EFF :

ALL  34-22-23

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-23-991-001)

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-22-23-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-22-23-420-050

A. Installation of the Standby Compass (2FN)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1) and (4).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) and (4) are clean and in
the correct condition.

(5) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the standby compass (5).

(6) Install the Standby Compass (5) in its support (3) that can be
retracted.

(7) Attach the standby compass (5) with the four screws (6).

(8) Tighten the four screws (6).

Subtask 34-22-23-865-055

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1LF



EFF :

ALL  34-22-23

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-22-23-710-050

C. Test

R (1) Do the compensation adjustment/test of the standby compass


R (Ref. TASK 34-22-00-730-001)
R

(2) Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting
(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-23-860-050

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the support (3) that can be retracted in its housing (2).



EFF :

ALL  34-22-23

Page 407
May 01/00
 
CES 
COMPASS - STANDBY (2FN) - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________

TASK 34-22-23-200-001

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Standby Compass Damping Fluid

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R
To make sure that the standby compass operates.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-23-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the windshield center post, pull the standby compass support that
you can retract from its housing.

(2) On the INT LT section of the overhead panel 25VU:


- set the STBY COMPASS switch 2LF to STBY COMPASS.
Make sure that the lighting of the standby compass is on.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-22-23-210-050

A. Visual Inspection of the Standby Compass

(1) Make sure that:


- the support is in good condition
- the standby compass is correctly attached to the support
- there are no leaks.

(2) In the compass bowl, make sure that the liquid:


- is clear
- does not contain bubbles or sediment.

(3) Make sure that the two correction cards of the compass are on each
side of the support.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-23

Page 601
May 01/05
 
CES 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-23-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the INT LT section of the overhead panel 25VU:


- set the STBY COMPASS switch 2LF to OFF.

(2) On the windshield center post, push the standby compass support into
its housing.

(3) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.



EFF :

ALL  34-22-23

Page 602
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
INDICATOR - STANDBY HORIZON (7FN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________

TASK 34-22-24-000-001

Removal of the Standby Horizon Indicator (7FN)

CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE INDICATOR IMMEDIATELY AFTER DE-ENERGIZATION OF THE


_______
INDICATOR. THERE MUST BE 10 MINUTES OR MORE BETWEEN ITS
DE-ENERGIZATION AND THE START OF THE REMOVAL PROCEDURE. BE CAREFUL
WITH INDICATOR DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION PROCEDURES, THE
STANDBY HORIZON INDICATOR IS A FRAGILE INSTRUMENT.

NOTE : After long low-rate turns (less than 10 degree bank) the standby horizon
____
indicator does not give accurate bank indications immediately. The
specification of the standby horizon indicator accepts this type of
operation. Thus, it is not necessary to replace the indicator.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific locking wedge.
R F1402369 1 EXTRACTING TOOL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-22-24-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-22-24

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-24-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-212, 214-220, 236-238,

49VU NAV/STBY/HORIZON 5FN F12

**ON A/C 213-213,

49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

Subtask 34-22-24-010-050

B. Remove the thermoformed cover from the center instrument panel.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-24-991-001)

Subtask 34-22-24-020-050

A. Removal of the Standby Horizon Indicator (7FN)

CAUTION : IF YOU MOVE THE STANDBY HORIZON INDICATOR WHEN IT IS REMOVED,


_______
MAKE SURE THAT YOU FIRST BLOCK THE GYROSCOPE ASSEMBLY WITH THE
LOCKING WEDGE (SUPPLIED WITH THE INSTRUMENT).

(1) To cage the standby horizon indicator: pull knob (1) and insert the
locking wedge.

(2) Loosen the two screws (2). Do not remove them.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-22-24

Page 402
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
Standby Horizon Indicator
Figure 401/TASK 34-22-24-991-001



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-22-24

Page 403
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
(3) Push the screws (2) to release the standby horizon indicator (3) from
the clamp.

R (4) Disengage the standby horizon indicator (3) from its housing with
R EXTRACTING TOOL (F1402369).

(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (5).

(6) Remove the standby horizon indicator (3).

(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (4) and
(5).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-22-24

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R

TASK 34-22-24-400-001

Installation of the Standby Horizon Indicator (7FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral


Lighting
R 44-34-00-040-002 Deactivation of the On-board Mobile Telephony System
R
34-22-24-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-22-24

Page 405
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-24-865-054

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-212, 214-220, 236-238,

R 49VU NAV/STBY/HORIZON 5FN F12

**ON A/C 213-213,

R 49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

4. Procedure
_________

R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-24-991-001)

R **ON A/C 213-213,

R Subtask 34-22-24-860-050

R A. Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)

R CAUTION : THERE IS AN ONBOARD MOBILE-TELEPHONY SYSTEM (OMTS) INSTALLED ON


_______
R THIS AIRCRAFT. THE OPERATION OF MOBILE PHONES CAN CAUSE
R ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS IF THE
R EQUIPMENT INSTALLED DOES NOT HAVE AN APPROVED EMI ASSESSMENT.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-22-24

Page 406
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
(1) Make sure that electromagnetic interference will not have an effect
on the operation of the equipment you install. If the part number you
will install:
- is the same as the part number you removed, continue with the
installation procedure.
R - is not the same as the part number you removed, deactivate the
R OMTS.
(Ref. TASK 44-34-00-040-002).

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220, 236-238,

Subtask 34-22-24-420-050

B. Installation of the Standby Horizon Indicator (7FN)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (4) and (5).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the standby horizon indicator
(3).

(6) Install the standby horizon indicator (3) in its housing.

(7) Tighten the two screws (2).

Subtask 34-22-24-865-053

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5FN, 4LF

Subtask 34-22-24-710-050

D. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting
(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001).

(2) Make sure that the flag is out of view.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-22-24

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) One minute and 30 seconds after the energization, pull the resetting
knob until the horizon line is stable. Release the knob rapidly.

(4) Make sure that the roll index reads zero.

(5) Make sure that the horizon line is stable and in line with the
aircraft symbol.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-24-410-050

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the thermoformed cover on the center instrument panel.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-220, 236-238,
 34-22-24

Page 408
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN) - SERVICING
__________________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-22-25-170-001

Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and Standby Total Pressure lines
(ISIS)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 342200-02


- To remove the water from the standby static pressure lines.
- To remove dust and particles from the standby static and standby total
pressure lines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking cap


No specific dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi)
No specific WIRE-NYLON dia. 0,7 and 0,8mm
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
98D34003500000 2 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
98D34103002000 1 ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING
98D34103004001 1 CLEANER-PITOT PROBE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-34-600-001 Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-22-25-000-001 Removal of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
34-22-25-400-001 Installation of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
34-22-25-790-001 Low range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic circuits
34-22-25-991-002 Fig. 301
34-22-25-991-004 Fig. 302


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 301
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 34-22-25-991-002)

NOTE : The hose couplings are self-sealing.


____

Subtask 34-22-25-861-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 34-22-25-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 110 at the access
door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 34-22-25-020-052

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).

(2) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (4) from the ADM 19FP8 and
the quick-disconnect coupling (8) from the ADM 19FP3.

(3) Disconnect the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch 14WN (3) from


the static line. Put a blanking cap on the pressure switch.

(4) Remove the water drain plug (2) from the water drain (1).

(5) In the cockpit, on the center instrument panel:


- remove the ISIS indicator 22FN (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-000-001)

(6) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (7) from the red 2-pin
coupling and disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (5) from the
yellow 3-pin coupling of the ISIS indicator 22FN (6).

(7) Connect a ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 3-pin adapter


(98D34103002100) ) to the hose (5) and a ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM
FLUSHING 2-pin adapter (98D34103002102) to the hose (7). Then connect
to the dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 302
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Pressure lines
Figure 301/TASK 34-22-25-991-002


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 303
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(8) Attach the hoses to prevent movement.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-22-25-170-050

A. Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and the Standby Total
Pressure Lines

(1) Blow the gas into the hoses (5) and into the hose (7), from one to
the other, at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi). Do this for
approximately 5 minutes.

(2) Clean draining hole of the pitot probe 3 with CLEANER-PITOT PROBE and
WIRE-NYLON dia. 0,7 and 0,8mm.

(3) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at


these outlets:
- L static probe 3 and R static probe 3
- Pitot probe 3
- Water drain
- Pipe of the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch.

(4) Put an ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT on the L static probe 3 then on the
R static probe 3.

(5) Make sure that the flow of gas is correct at :


- the pipe of the pressure switch
- the water drain.

(6) Stop the flow of gas.

Subtask 34-22-25-860-059

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.

(2) Remove the adapters.

(3) Install the water drain plug (2) on the water drain (1).

(4) Remove the blanking cap from the pressure switch 14WN (3).

(5) Connect the static line to the pressure switch 14WN (3).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 304
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(6) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (8) to the ADM 19FP3 and the
quick-disconnect coupling (4) to the ADM 19FP8.
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 34-22-25-991-004)

(7) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
couplings (4) and (8).

(8) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that they are correctly
attached.

(9) Install the ISIS indicator (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-400-001) on the center
instrument panel.

(10) Release the hoses.

(11) Do a visual inspection only, of the quick-disconnect fitting


connection, by a second qualified mechanic, with a sign off by both
mechanics.

Subtask 34-22-25-790-051

C. Leak test

(1) Make sure that all the hoses are connected correctly.

(2) Do a leak test of the standby air data system


(Ref. TASK 34-22-25-790-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-25-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(3) Close the access door 811.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 305
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
Figure 302/TASK 34-22-25-991-004


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 306
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-22-25-862-050

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 307
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
______________________________________________________________
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 34-22-25-000-001

Removal of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)

NOTE : After long low-rate turns (less than 6 degree bank) the ISIS
____
indicatorISIS does not give accurate bank indications immediately. The
specification of the ISIS indicator accepts this type of operation.
Thus, it is not necessary to replace the indicator.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R F1402369 1 EXTRACTING TOOL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 106-149, 221-233, 301-312, 401-499,

34-22-25-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-25-991-001-A Fig. 401A


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-25-865-058

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

Subtask 34-22-25-010-050

B. Remove the thermoformed cover from the center instrument panel.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 106-149, 221-233, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-25-991-001)

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-22-25-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-25-020-051

A. Removal of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)

CAUTION : WHEN YOU REMOVE THE ISIS INDICATOR, DO NOT USE THE BARO BUTTON
_______
TO PULL THE INDICATOR OUT OF ITS HOUSING. IF YOU USE THE BARO
BUTTON, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INDICATOR.

(1) Loosen the screws (3). Do not remove them.

(2) Push the screws (3) to release the ISIS indicator (1) from the clamp.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator
Figure 401/TASK 34-22-25-991-001


R

EFF :

106-149, 221-233, 301-312, 401-499,  34-22-25

Page 403
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
ISIS Indicator
Figure 401A/TASK 34-22-25-991-001-A


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 313-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (3) Disengage the ISIS indicator (1) from its housing EXTRACTING TOOL
R (F1402369).

(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (5).

(5) Disconnect the red and green quick-disconnect couplings (4) from the
connectors (2).

(6) Remove the ISIS indicator (1).

(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (5) and
(6).

(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends (2) and (4).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-22-25-400-001

Installation of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-41-000-002 Removal of the Sidewall Panels


25-13-41-400-002 Installation of the Sidewall Panels
33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting
34-22-25-740-001 BITE Test of the ISIS Indicator with the pushbutton
switches on the Face of the Indicator.
R

**ON A/C 106-149, 221-233, 301-312, 401-499,

34-22-25-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-25-991-001-A Fig. 401A

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-22-25-991-003 Fig. 402


34-22-25-991-005 Fig. 403


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-25-865-059

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04

Subtask 34-22-25-010-053

B. Remove the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-002).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 106-149, 221-233, 301-312, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-25-991-001)

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 313-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-22-25-991-001-A)


R

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-25-420-051

R A. Installation of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends (2) and (4).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) Connect the quick-disconnect couplings (4) of the pressure lines
(green and red) to the related connectors (2) of the ISIS indicator
(1).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-22-25-991-003)

(5) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
couplings.

(6) Pull the quick-disconnect couplings to be sure that they are


correctly attached.

(7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (5) and (6).

(8) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(9) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the receptacle (6) of the
ISIS indicator (1).

(10) Install the ISIS indicator (1) in its housing.

(11) Look behind the ISIS indicator and make sure that the position of the
flexible hoses (static and total pressure lines) is satisfactory (no
crushing, kinks, creases or folds).

(12) Install the screws (3). Do not tighten at this step.

Subtask 34-22-25-865-060

R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
4LF, 5FN, 23FN

Subtask 34-22-25-710-050

R C. Test

(1) Make sure that the indications (Roll, Pitch and Lateral Acceleration)
on the ISIS indicator are the same as the indications on the CAPT
(F/O) PFD.

(2) Make sure that the indications of the ISIS indicator are in the
tolerances that follow:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 34-22-25-991-005)
- Roll: less than 2.5 deg. (equivalent to 1/4 of a roll graduation)
(item A),


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Illustration of the Quick-disconnect coupling
Figure 402/TASK 34-22-25-991-003


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Tolerances limit of the ISIS Indicator (22FN) installation
Figure 403/TASK 34-22-25-991-005


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- Pitch: less than 1.25 deg. (equivalent to 1/2 of a pitch
graduation) (item B),
- Lateral Acceleration: less than 1.3mm (item C).

(3) Hold the ISIS indicator in the correct position and tighten the
screws (3).

(4) Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting
(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001).

(5) Do the BITE test of the ISIS indicator (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-740-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-25-410-050

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Install the thermoformed cover on the center instrument panel.

(2) Install the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-002).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
______________________________________________________________
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST

TASK 34-22-25-710-001

Operational Check of ISIS DC HOT Bus SUPPLY

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 342000-03


Test of the correct power supply of ISIS DC HOT BUS in emergency
configuration when the batteries are the only power supply source.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-25-861-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 34-22-25-860-063

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA selector
switch is at NORM.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 501
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-22-25-865-063

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01

Subtask 34-22-25-860-064

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On panel 35VU, make sure that the ELEC/ BAT1 and ELEC/BAT2 pushbutton
switches are released.
- the OFF legends is on.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-22-25-740-052

A. Operational Test of ISIS DC HOT BUS SUPPLY

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Open circuit breaker 5FN. On panel 401VU:


- make sure that the display of the
ISIS indicator (22FN) is off.

2. On overhead panel: - after approximatly 12 seconds, make


- on the panel 21VU, push and sure that the display of the ISIS
hold the EMER GEN TEST indicator (22FN) is on. The INIT 90s
pushbutton switch (23XE). (initialization display) indication
- simultaneously, on the panel comes into view.
35VU, release the ELEC/EXT PWR
pushbutton switch (10XG).

3. On the overhead panel:


- on the panel 21VU, release the
EMER GEN TEST pushbutton switch
(23XE).
- on the panel 35VU, push the
ELEC/EXT PWR pushbutton switch
(10XG).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 502
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Close circuit breaker 5FN. - after approximatly 12 seconds, make
sure that the display of the ISIS
indicator (22FN) is on. The INIT 90s
(initialization display) indication
comes into view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-25-860-065

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

Subtask 34-22-25-862-051

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 503
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-22-25-740-001

BITE Test of the ISIS Indicator with the pushbutton switches on the Face of the
Indicator.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-25-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the ADIRS Start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002)


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 504
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-22-25-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12

Subtask 34-22-25-865-051

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12

Subtask 34-22-25-860-050

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center instrument panel 401VU, on the ISIS indicator:


- make sure that the INIT 90 s indication comes into view.
- make sure that the Functions page comes into view.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-22-25-740-050

A. BITE Test of the ISIS Indicator

NOTE : Do not move the aircraft during the alignment period (110s) of
____
this test.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center instrument panel On the center instrument panel 401VU,


401VU, on the ISIS indicator: on the ISIS indicator:

- push the BUGS and the LS - the maintenance page comes into view
pushbutton switches at the same with TESTS and OTHER DATA
time and hold them pushed for indications.
more than 2 seconds.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 505
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the TESTS page comes into view.
the TESTS indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST page comes into view. Then
the FUNCTIONAL TEST (110s) the IN PROGRESS 110s indication comes
indication. into view.

- at the end of the test, the TEST OK


indication comes into view.

- push the RST pushbutton switch


until the Functions page comes
into view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-25-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the ADIRS Stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005)

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 506
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-22-25-790-001

Low range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic circuits

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
AUTOMATIC MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS
AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 342200-05


To make sure that there are no leaks in the standby static and standby pitot
circuits.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 507
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D10103500001 1 COVER-STATIC PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-25-860-053

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 34-22-25-865-052

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 508
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14

Subtask 34-22-25-865-053

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01

Subtask 34-22-25-420-050

D. Connection of the Ground Pressure Generator

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes 7DA3, 8DA3 and the
pitot probe 9DA3 of the standby system.

(2) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB to one standby
static probe with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500100).

(3) Connect the ground pressure generator to the standby pitot probe with
the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.

(4) Seal the opposite standby static probe with a piece of plastic (see
CAUTION para.(5) below) and with the COVER-STATIC PROBE
(98D34003500103).

(5) Seal the drain holes:

CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 509
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe with a piece of plastic
and/or colored adhesive tape of very bright color.

(6) Move the vane of the AOA sensor 3 to the upper position. Maintain the
vane in position with colored adhesive tape.

Subtask 34-22-25-860-067

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

(4) Start the ground pressure generator.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,

Subtask 34-22-25-790-050

A. Leak Test

NOTE : You can do the test that follows for a static pressure of 691.4
____
hPa and an impact pressure of 59 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4
hPa) but it is not as accurate.
On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set the AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 10,237 ft +/- 30 ft and 190 kts +/-
3 kts
- the ISIS indicator show 10,201 ft +/- 50 ft and airspeed 189 kts
+/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft,
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 510
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center instrument panel


401VU, on the ISIS indicator:

- set a barometric pressure of


1013 hPa.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
the AIR DATA selector switch to indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.

3. On the ground pressure generator:

- set a static pressure of 455,4


hPa.

- set an impact pressure of 186,4


hPa (or a total pressure of
641,8 hPa).

- close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 21,369 ft
circuits of the aircraft from +/- 40 ft and 341 kts +/- 3 kts,
the ground pressure generator. the ISIS indicator shows 20,529 ft
+/- 85 ft and 329 kts +/- 8 kts.
After 5 minutes, on the ISIS display
and on the CAPT (or F/O) PFD:

- make sure that the change of altitude


is not more than 500 ft.

After 10 minutes:

- make sure that the change of speed is


not more than 20 Kts.

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the standby static and pitot than 6000 ft/mn.
circuits and open the
electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.


R

EFF :

106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,  34-22-25

Page 511
Aug 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 301-399,

Subtask 34-22-25-790-050-A

A. Leak Test

R NOTE : You can do the test that follows for a static pressure of 690 hPa
____
R and an impact pressure of 60.4 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4
R hPa) but it is not as accurate.
On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set the AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.
Make sure that:
R - the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 10,225 ft +/- 30 ft and 190 kts +/-
R 3 kts,
R - the ISIS indicator show 10,253 ft +/- 50 ft and airspeed 191 kts
R +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft,
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center instrument panel


401VU, on the ISIS indicator:

- set a barometric pressure of


1013 hPa.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
the AIR DATA selector switch to indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.

3. On the ground pressure generator:

- set a static pressure of 447.9


hPa.

R - set an impact pressure of 193.9


R hPa (or a total pressure of
R 641,8 hPa).

- close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


R isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 21,894 ft
R circuits of the aircraft from +/- 40 ft and 349 kts +/- 3 kts,



EFF :

301-399,  34-22-25

Page 512
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the ground pressure generator. the ISIS indicator shows 20,923 ft
+/- 85 ft and 335 kts +/- 8 kts.
After 5 minutes, on the ISIS display
and on the CAPT (or F/O) PFD:

- make sure that the change of altitude


is not more than 500 ft.

After 10 minutes:

- make sure that the change of speed is


not more than 20 Kts.

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the standby static and pitot than 6000 ft/mn.
circuits and open the
electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.

**ON A/C 401-499,

Subtask 34-22-25-790-050-B

A. Leak Test

R NOTE : You can do the test that follows for a static pressure of 691 hPa
____
R and an impact pressure of 59.3 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.3
R hPa) but it is not as accurate.
On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set the AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.
Make sure that:
R - the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 10,177 ft +/- 30 ft and 188 kts +/-
R 3 kts,
R - the ISIS indicator shows 10,216 ft +/- 50 ft and airspeed 189
R kts +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft,
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.



EFF :

301-399, 401-499,  34-22-25

Page 513
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center instrument panel


401VU, on the ISIS indicator:

- set a barometric pressure of


1013 hPa.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
the AIR DATA selector switch to indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.

3. On the ground pressure generator:

R - set a static pressure of 462.4


R hPa.

R - set an impact pressure of 179,1


R hPa (or a total pressure of
R 641,50 hPa).

- close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


R isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 20,918 ft
R circuits of the aircraft from +/- 40 ft and 335 kts +/- 3 kts,
R the ground pressure generator. the ISIS indicator shows 20,166 ft
R +/- 85 ft and 323 kts +/- 8 kts.
After 5 minutes, on the ISIS display
and on the CAPT (or F/O) PFD:

- make sure that the change of altitude


is not more than 500 ft.

After 10 minutes:

- make sure that the change of speed is


not more than 20 Kts.

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the standby static and pitot than 6000 ft/mn.
circuits and open the
electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.



EFF :

401-499,  34-22-25

Page 514
Aug 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-22-25-790-050-C

A. Leak Test

NOTE : You can do the test that follows for a static pressure of 691.4
____
hPa and an impact pressure of 59 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4
hPa) but it is not as accurate.
On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set the AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 10,237 ft +/- 30 ft and 190 kts +/-
3 kts
- the ISIS indicator show 10,201 ft +/- 50 ft and airspeed 189 kts
+/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft,
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center instrument panel


401VU, on the ISIS indicator:

- set a barometric pressure of


1013 hPa.

2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
the AIR DATA selector switch to indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.

3. On the ground pressure generator:

- set a static pressure of 456


hPa.

- set an impact pressure of 185,8


hPa (or a total pressure of
641,8 hPa).

- close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:


isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 21,349 ft
circuits of the aircraft from +/- 40 ft and 341 kts +/- 3 kts,


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-22-25

Page 515
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the ground pressure generator. the ISIS indicator shows 20,498 ft
+/- 85 ft and 328 kts +/- 8 kts.
After 5 minutes, on the ISIS display
and on the CAPT (or F/O) PFD:

- make sure that the change of altitude


is not more than 500 ft.

After 10 minutes:

- make sure that the change of speed is


not more than 20 Kts.

- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the standby static and pitot than 6000 ft/mn.
circuits and open the
electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-25-020-050

A. Removal of the Ground Pressure Generator

(1) Stop the ground pressure generator.

(2) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(3) Remove the adaptors from the standby static probe and the standby
pitot probe.

(4) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.

(5) Remove the piece of plastic and the colored adhesive tape from the
drain holes of the standby pitot probe.

(6) Remove the colored adhesive tape from the vane of the AOA.

(7) Install the slip on covers on the standby static probes and the
standby pitot probe.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 516
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-22-25-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3DA3, 5DA3, 7XE

Subtask 34-22-25-860-054

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set the AIR DATA selector switch to NORMAL
position.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (PFD only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(4) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(7) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 517
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-22-25-720-001

Functional Test of the ISIS Indicator

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D10103500001 1 COVER-STATIC PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-34-600-001 Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 518
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

Subtask 34-22-25-860-055

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized


(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)

Subtask 34-22-25-865-055

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE


_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13

Subtask 34-22-25-865-056

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 519
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-22-25-860-056

D. Connection of the Ground Pressure Generator

CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg)
OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.

CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN
_______
THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE
STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86
in Hg).

(1) Remove the slip on covers from the L and R standby static probes
7DA3, 8DA3 and the standby pitot probe 9DA3.

(2) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).

(3) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB to:


- the L or R standby static probe with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500100).
- the standby pitot probe with the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.

(4) Seal the opposite standby static probe with the COVER-STATIC PROBE
(98D34003500103).

(5) Start the ground pressure generator and set a static pressure of 1013
hPa (29,92 in.Hg).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 520
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-22-25-720-051

A. Test of the Standby Airspeed and Altimeter Functions of the ISIS


Indicator

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the ground pressure generator: On the center instrument panel 401VU:

- set a static pressure of 314.8 hPa


(29,000 ft).

- set an impact pressure of 200.1 - make sure that the ISIS indicator
hPa (340 Kts). shows 29,000 ft (+ or - 180 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 340 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).

- set a static pressure of 465.6 hPa


(20,000 ft).

- set an impact pressure of 200.1 - make sure that the ISIS indicator
hPa (340 Kts). shows 20,000 ft (+ or - 150 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 340 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).

- set a static pressure of 571.8 hPa


(15,000 ft).

- set an impact pressure of 153.5 - make sure that the ISIS indicator
hPa (300 Kts). shows 15,000 ft (+ or - 105 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 300 Kts (+ or - 4 Kts).

- set a static pressure of 696.8 hPa


(10,000 ft).

- set an impact pressure of 105 hPa - make sure that the ISIS indicator
(250 Kts). shows 10,000 ft (+ or - 50 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 250 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).

- set a static pressure of 843 hPa


(5000 ft).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 521
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set an impact pressure of 53.5 hPa - make sure that the ISIS indicator
(180 Kts). shows 5000 ft (+ or - 40 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 180 Kts (+ or - 3 Kts).

- set a static pressure of 908.1 hPa


(3000 ft).

- set an impact pressure of 53.5 hPa - make sure that the ISIS indicator
(180 Kts). shows 3000 ft (+ or - 30 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 180 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).

- set a static pressure of 977.1 hPa


(1000 ft).

- set an impact pressure of 53.5 hPa - make sure that the ISIS indicator
(180 Kts). shows 1000 ft (+ or - 20 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 180 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).

- slowly decrease the pressure until


you get atmospheric pressure.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-25-860-057

A. Removal of the Ground Pressure Generator

(1) Stop the ground pressure generator.

(2) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.

(3) Remove the adaptors from the standby static probe and the standby
pitot probe.

(4) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.

(5) Install the slip on covers on the standby static probes and the
standby pitot probe.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 522
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-22-25-865-057

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3DA1, 3DA2, 3DA3, 4DA1, 4DA2, 4DA3, 5DA1, 5DA2, 5DA3, 7XE

Subtask 34-22-25-860-058

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do a reset of each ELAC:


- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 523
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
______________________________________________________________
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN)
________________
INSPECTION/CHECK

TASK 34-22-25-200-001

ISIS Inspection for Legibility

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-21-12-100-001 Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-22-25-000-001 Removal of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
34-22-25-400-001 Installation of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-25-860-066

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(2) Clean the ISIS screen (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-001)

Subtask 34-22-25-865-067

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-22-25-710-051

A. On the ISIS indicator:


- Push the (+) pushbutton switch to maximum brightness.

Subtask 34-22-25-740-053

B. On the ISIS indicator:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the ISIS indicator: On the ISIS indicator:


- Push the BUGS and LS pushbutton - The TESTS and OTHER DATA page comes
switches at the same time and into view.
for more than two seconds.

- Push the (+) pushbutton switch - The FUNCTIONAL and DISPLAY TESTS
page comes into view.

- Push the (-) pushbutton switch - The screen becomes black.

Subtask 34-22-25-280-050

C. From a distance of 0,40m (15,74inches), do a visual check of the black


screen for:
- A white line or a line in color,
- A white column or a column in color,
- Pixels that are failed-on.

NOTE : A failed-on pixel is a pixel which is always fully or not fully on


____
(white or in color).
The black screen makes it possible to see the failed-on pixels.

(1) Count and record the pixels that are defective:


- Number of failed-on pixels on the screen
- Number of two adjacent failed-on pixels on the screen
- Number of sets of two adjacent failed-on pixels on the screen
- White line or line in color, white column or column in color.

Subtask 34-22-25-740-054

D. On the ISIS indicator, push the (-) pushbutton switch. The screen becomes
white.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-22-25-280-051

E. From a distance of 0,40m (15,74inches), do a visual check of the white


screen for:
- A black line or a line in color
- A black column or a column in color
- Pixels that are failed-off.

NOTE : A failed-off pixel is a pixel which is always fully or not fully


____
off (black or in color).
The white screen makes it possible to see the failed-off pixels.

(1) Count and record the pixels that are defective:


- Number of failed-off pixels on the screen
- Number of two adjacent failed-off pixels on the screen
- Number of sets of two adjacent failed-off pixels on the screen
- Black line or line in color, black column or column in color.

Subtask 34-22-25-710-052

F. For each screen, if the defective pixels recorded do not obey these
conditions:
- You must not have more than two adjacent failed-on or failed-off pixels
- You must not have more than 5 sets of two adjacent failed-on or
failed-off pixels
- You must not have a white or black line or column, or a line or column
in color
- The total of failed-on and failed-off pixels must not be more than 30
pixels,
replace the ISIS indicator (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-22-25-400-001).
Then, on the ISIS indicator, push the RST pushbutton switch three times
to come back to the operational page.
Push the (-) pushbutton switch to come back to a normal brightness.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-25-410-053

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
______________________________________________________________
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN)
_________________
CLEANING/PAINTING

TASK 34-22-25-100-001

Cleaning of the ISIS Indicator

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific absorbent surgical-cotton wadding


No specific impregnated screen pad 2000
No specific optical precision pad
No specific sterile gauze pad

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A


ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-020
VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
(Ref. 20-31-00)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-22-25-869-050

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 701
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-22-25-100-050

A. Cleaning of the Screen of the ISIS Indicator

CAUTION : BE VERY CAREFUL WHEN YOU CLEAN THE FRONT GLASS OF LCDUS. IT IS
_______
NOT POSSIBLE TO REPLACE THE GLASS. IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO
LCDUS, THE DAMAGE WILL BE PERMANENT.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE CLEANING
_______
PROCEDURE THAT FOLLOWS. INCORRECT CLEANING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING.
IT IS NOT PERMITTED TO USE TISSUES SUCH AS KLEENEX TISSUES.
SUCH TISSUES CAN CAUSE LOCAL REMOVAL OF THE SURFACE TREATMENT,
AND THUS HALOS OR SCRATCHES.
ALWAYS APPLY THE CLEANING AGENT TO THE PAD AND NOT TO THE
SCREEN.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(1) Make an absorbent surgical-cotton wadding or a sterile gauze pad or


an optical precision pad moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
020) or CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010). You can also use an
impregnated screen pad 2000.

(2) Move the moist wad (or pad) lightly across the surface of the ISIS
screen (one time only).

(3) If you find again marks or dust on the screen, do steps (1) and (2)
again with a new piece of moist wad (or pad). Do these steps again
until the screen is fully clean.

NOTE : Use a new pad (or wad) each time to prevent scratches that can
____
be caused by a dusty pad.

(4) Dry the ISIS screen with a clean wad (or pad). To do this, move the
clean wad (or pad) lightly across the surface of the screen (one time
only).

NOTE : We recommend to frequently clean the screen to remove finger


____
marks or dust.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 702
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-22-25-942-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-22-25

Page 703
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
ILS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________

1. General
_______

R **ON A/C 001-004,

The function of the Instrument Landing System (ILS) is to provide the crew
and airborne system users with lateral (LOC) and vertical (G/S) deviation
signals, with respect to the approach ILS radio beam transmitted by a ground
station.
The localizer operates in a frequency band which ranges from 108.10 MHz to
111.95 MHz.
The glide operates in a frequency band which ranges from 329.15 MHz to
335.00 MHz.

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R The function of the instrument landing system is to measure deviations


R between aircraft flight path and
R - glide slope
R - runway alignment axis (localizer).
R The localizer operates in a frequency band which ranges from 108 MHz to
R 111.95 MHz.
R The glide operates in a frequency band which ranges from 328.6 MHz to 335.4
R MHz.

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2RT1 RECEIVER-ILS, 1 95VU 121 811 34-36-31
2RT2 RECEIVER-ILS, 2 96VU 122 811 34-36-31
3RT ANTENNA-LOCALIZER 1/2 110 110AL 34-36-11
4RT ANTENNA-GLIDE/SLOPE 1/2 110 110AL 34-36-18


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 1
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS - Component Location
R Figure 001


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 2
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
3. __________________
System Description

A. Principle
The ILS principle is to receive and demodulate the localizer and glide
slope signals transmitted by a ground station.
This ILS ground station is composed of:
- a localizer transmitter located at the departure end of the runway
- a glide slope transmitter located at one side of the front-course of
the runway.
Each signal is radiated to produce two intersecting lobes, one above the
other (glide slope), or side by side (localizer). Each lobe is modulated
at predominantly 90 or 150 Hz in each case, so that an aircraft flying
down the centerline bisecting the two partially-overlapping lobes would
receive an AM-modulated signal with equal levels of each tone. These
lines of equal modulation define the localizer course, which bisects the
runway centerline, and the G/S course, which provides a glide path at an
angle of 2.5 deg. to 3 deg.
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
A station identification is also transmitted on the localizer signal,
through a Morse-coded, AM-modulated, 1020 Hz tone.
Receive operations are initiated by the selection of a localizer
frequency by the frequency control device.
Each of the 40 selectable localizer frequencies is paired with one of the
40 glide slope frequencies and the selection of the localizer channel
automatically selects the paired glide slope one.
In approach mode, the correct ILS frequency being selected, the localizer
and glide slope signals are received, filtered, amplified and demodulated
by the ILS receiver.
With regard to the modulation comparison, it then provides the crew and
system users with lateral and vertical deviations.

B. System Architecture

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 003)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 003A)


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 3
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Principle
R Figure 002


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 4
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS - Block Diagram
R Figure 003


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 5
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS - Block Diagram
R Figure 003A



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 6
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

The ILS comprises two independent ILS receivers 2RT1 and 2RT2 linked to a
common localizer antenna 3RT and a glide slope antenna 4RT.
The components given after can control the ILS system:
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1(2) (MCDU) 3CA1 (3CA2) and
the Flight Management and Guidance Computer 1(2) (FMGC) 1CA1 (1CA2) for
frequency/course selection in normal mode of operation,
- the Radio Management Panel (RMP) 1RG1 (1RG2) for frequency/course
selection in back-up mode,
- the MCDU and the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) 1TW
for test purposes.
The Morse-coded audio identification signals are sent to the Audio
Management Unit (AMU) 1RN. These signals can be heard in the boomset and
on loudspeaker according to the crew selection performed on the CAPT
(F/O) Audio Control Panel (ACP) 2RN1 (2RN2).
The EFIS display units show the ILS data:
- the CAPT Primary Flight Display (PFD) and the F/O Navigation Display
(ND) show the deviations from the ILS1,
- the F/O PFD and the CAPT ND show the deviations from the ILS2.
The MCDU(s) shows the maintenance data.

C. Utilization Technical Data

(1) Data display


R (Ref. Fig. 005)

(a) On the PFDs


On the right and below the attitude sphere, the deviation
indications come into view in approach. These are :
- the vertical deviation scale,
- the lateral deviation scale,
- the related aircraft deviation symbols.
If you select an ILS approach, the scales and symbols give
GLIDE/SLOPE and LOCALIZER deviations. The scales come into view
when you push the ILS pushbutton switch on the EFIS control
section of the Flight Control Unit (FCU). The deviation symbols
come into view when the related G/S and LOC signals from the ILS
receiver are valid.
If the ILS indications are available with the ILS pushbutton
switch pushed they have priority over the deviation information
of the R NAV approach.
In this mode the data given after are shown (item 5): in the left
bottom corner:
- ILS frequency (plus ILS identification if available),


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 7
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
- ILS - DME distance.
At the top section of the PFD a Flight Mode Annunciator shows the
various armed/active longitudinal and lateral modes:
(item 1): the G/S longitudinal modes are shown in the 2nd column
(cyan for armed or green for active)
(item 2): the LOC longitudinal modes are shown in the 3rd column
(cyan for armed or green for active)
VERTICAL DEVIATION (item 3)
The vertical scale shows a classical glide slope deviation. It is
linear with 2 dots on each side. Two dots correspond to plus (or
minus) 0.175 ddm (150 microA) deviation. The index shows magenta
G/S indication.
Until the glide beam is captured, the glide index is not shown
(Non Computed Data). When the index is against one stop only one
half of it is in view (the outer half index).
The glide slope index and the scale flash permanently in case of
G/S excessive deviation warning.
With a glide fault, the G/S index goes out of view and a red G/S
failure warning message is shown in the middle of the scale.
R (Ref. Fig. 006)
LATERAL DEVIATION (item 4)
The horizontal scale shows a classical LOC deviation with 2 dots
on each side. Two dots correspond to plus (or minus) 0.155 ddm
(150 micro A) deviation. The index shows magenta LOC indication.
Until the LOC is captured, the LOC index is not shown (Non
Computed Data). When the index is against one stop, only one half
of it is shown.
The LOC index and the scale flash permanently in case of LOC
excessive deviation warning.
With a localizer fault, the LOC index goes out of view and a red
LOC failure warning message is shown in the middle of the scale.
R (Ref. Fig. 006)

(b) On NDs in the ROSE ILS mode


In the ROSE ILS mode, the ND gives a display which is similar to
that of a conventional HSI : a heading dial orientated to the
magnetic North turns and gives the actual magnetic heading of the
aircraft in relation to the stable yellow lubber line.
The ND is always heading up :
a yellow aircraft model, at the center of the heading dial is
stable and pointed up to the yellow lubber line.
Small white triangles are put each 45 deg. on the circumference
in relation to the lubber line.
They are stable and do not turn with the heading dial.
A green diamond-shaped symbol moves around the heading dial and
gives the actual track of the aircraft.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 8
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS - Control and Indicating
R Figure 004


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 9/10
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS - Data Display
R Figure 005


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 11
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS - Warning Display
R Figure 006


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 12
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
The ND shows the indications given after, when available, in its
right top corner (item 8):
- the side of the displayed ILS receiver,
- the frequency,
- the course,
- the identification.
The ND shows the ILS APP message in its center top section (item
7) when the pilot has selected the ILS approach on the MCDU.
LATERAL DEVIATION (item 6)
a dagger-shaped pointer points to the selected ILS course. Its
center part is the lateral deviation bar, which can move on a
scale which is perpendicular to the pointer and has 2 dots on
each side. The position of the bar on the scale gives the
localizer deviation. The extreme dots correspond to plus or minus
0.155 ddm (plus or minus 150 micro A). With LOC fault a red LOC
warning message comes into view in the middle of the LOC scale
and the LOC deviation bar goes out of view.
VERTICAL DEVIATION (item 9)
a magenta lozenge gives the glide slope deviation on a vertical
scale at the right of the heading dial if the aircraft is within
the condition of reception of the ILS glide slope signal.
The extreme dots of the vertical scale correspond to plus or
minus 0.175 ddm (plus or minus 150 micro A). With G/S fault, a
red G/S warning message comes into view at the top of the scale
and the index goes out of view.

(c) On ND in ARC and ROSE NAV modes


When you push the ILS pushbutton switch in ARC or ROSE NAV mode,
the ND shows the symbols given after:
- a magenta dagger-shaped pointer which points to the selected
QFU,
- an arrow which indicates the lateral deviation of the aircraft
related to the localizer axis.

(2) Audio control


The ILS receiver applies its audio output to the audio integrating
system. This system controls and directs the output to the headsets
and/or the loudspeakers. The Audio Management Unit (AMU) controls the
audio level through the Audio Control Panel (ACP). On the ACP, the
pilot must push the ILS pushbutton switch and adjust the related
potentiometer to the correct audio level.
With ILS/DME collocated stations, the DME identification Morse code
can be listened in sequence with the ILS audio signal when you push
the ILS pushbutton switch on the ACP and the ILS pushbutton switch on
the FCU.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 13
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
D. Warnings
R (Ref. Fig. 006)
The warnings related to the ILS are :
- local warning on the instruments that use the ILS information
- MASTER CAUT lights on CAPT and F/O glareshield panels
- aural warning : single chime (SC)
- warning message shown on the upper display unit of the ECAM system.

4. ____________
Power Supply

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 003)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 003A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Energization of each system is through 115VAC 400 Hz buses :


- 115VAC ESS BUS 401XP via circuit breaker 1RT1 for system 1
- 115VAC BUS 2 204XP via circuit breaker 1RT2 for system 2
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

5. Interface
_________

R **ON A/C 001-004,

A. Receiver

(1) External description


R (Ref. Fig. 007)
The face of the receiver is fitted with a handle, two attaching
parts, two momentary pushbutton switches and a front panel Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD).


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 14
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Receiver
R Figure 007


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 15
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
The LCD is used as a fault display and as an operator interface
during certain modes. The front panel display also provides user
interfaces for test and troubleshooting.
The front panel contains two momentary pushbutton switches for
interfacing with the LCD pages.
The back is equipped with one ARINC 600 size one connector, which
includes three plugs:
- Top Plug (TP): connection with the automatic test circuits
- Middle Plug (MP): service interconnection
- Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit, and the
LOC and G/S coaxial interconnections.

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R A. Receiver

R (1) External description


R (Ref. Fig. 007A)
R The face of the receiver is fitted with a handle, two attaching
R parts, a TEST pushbutton switch and two LEDs. The LRU STATUS LED has
R two colors (red/green).
R The name, color and function of the two LEDs are as follows:
R - LRU STATUS (red) indicates that an internal fault is detected
R during the front panel self-test sequence
R - LRU STATUS (green) indicates that no internal fault is detected
R during the front panel self-test sequence
R - CONTROL FAIL (red) indicates that no control input is available
R during the test sequence.
R The back is equipped with one ARINC 600 size one connector, which
R includes three plugs:
R - Top Plug (TP): connection with the automatic test circuits
R - Middle Plug (MP): service interconnection
R - Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit, and the
R LOC and G/S coaxial interconnections.

R **ON A/C 001-004,

(2) Internal description


R (Ref. Fig. 008)
The ILS receiver includes:
- an RF module,
- a main processor board,
- a monitor processor board,
- a power supply assembly,
- a rear interconnect module,


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 16
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS Receiver
R Figure 007A


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 17
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Receiver - Block Diagram
R Figure 008



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 18
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
- a front panel display module,
- a memory card module.

(a) RF module
This module converts the RF signals received by the glide slope
and localizer antennas into analog signals for processing by the
Digital Signal Processor (DSP). The module consists of two RF
sections, one for the UHF glide slope signals and one for the VHF
localizer signals. The primary difference between the two
sections is in the front end circuitry due to the frequencies
involved. BITE circuitry is included to both test and
continuously monitor various stages of each receiver.

1
_ Localizer receiver unit
The receiver frequency and gain are controlled by the DSP
section of the main processor board. The antenna input is
coupled to the mixer through the preselector, which is tuned
by the Local Oscillator (LO) input supplied by the frequency
synthesizer. The frequency synthesizer is tuned by the DSP.
The preselector, in conjunction with a balanced mixer,
provides rejection of undesired signals and immunity to
cross-modulation and inter-modulation effects. The localizer
synthesizer controls the localizer VCO frequency ranging from
89.9 to 99.85 MHz. The IF frequency for the localizer is 18.1
MHz.
The output of the mixer is filtered by a highly selective 21.4
MHz crystal filter.
The amplified signal is then buffered and passed through the
detector to provide the composite audio output levels for
processing. A carrier-proportional DC voltage is also provided
for Automatic Gain Control (AGC).
Functional test is accomplished by injecting a test oscillator
signal into the receiver and modulating the signal by the
BITE. During normal operation, signals from the LOs, the
synthesizer and AGC are monitored by the DSP.

2
_ Glide slope receiver unit
The glide slope receiver unit receives and detects the
modulated glide slope signals, in the frequency range from
329.15 to 335 MHz. Its architecture is similar to the one of
the localizer receiver, except that the frequency values are
different and that there is no audio identification decoded on
the G/S signal.



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 19
Config-1 May 01/05
R  
CES 
(b) Main processor board
The main processor board controls the ILS mode of operation,
generates the audio and deviation outputs, controls the aircraft
interfaces and performs the control and display functions for the
front panel. In addition, it also performs the in-line monitoring
(BIT) tasks. The board is divided into three major sections:
- DSP section,
- CPU section,
- I/O section.

1
_ DSP section
The DSP section processes the analog outputs from the RF
module and generates automatic gain control and test signals
to the RF module.
The localizer and glide slope signals from the RF module are
digitized using an A/D converter. The A/D converter is also
used to monitor signals from the BITE test points on the RF
module and the power supply voltages. The digitized data from
the A/D converter is stored in a FIFO which is accessed by the
DSP. Within the main DSP, the raw data is formatted and sent
to the monitor processor via a serial port prior to the
primary processing. The main DSP also sends a time mark to the
monitor processor to synchronize the processing of the data
sets.
90 Hz and 150 Hz tones are recovered from the digitized
localizer and glide slope signals and the deviations are
computed based on the depth of modulation of the 90 Hz and 150
Hz tones.
Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) are used by the DSP to
generate the control signals for the localizer and glide slope
frequency synthesizers. A D/A converter generates the AGC and
test control signals for the RF module. A second D/A converter
generates the audio outputs.
Data is exchanged with the CPU section through a dual-port
RAM, providing maximum throughput of both processors.

2
_ CPU section
The CPU section processes the data from the DSP section, to
provide information to the front panel display and to provide
the data and control signals to the I/O section.
The data processor (Intel 80486SX) in the CPU section controls
all major functions of the ILS receiver. PLDs serve as the
microprocessor controller and provide the interfaces to the
memory devices (boot routine, program, fault and data), the
data recorder/data loader, and the front panel display driver.
The data processor also does an independent comparison of the
main and monitor DSP deviation computations.



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 20
Config-1 May 01/05
R  
CES 
Data is exchanged with the DSP section through a dual-port
RAM. Data is also exchanged with the monitor processor board
through a second dual-port RAM.
Each processor has a watchdog monitor that monitors expected
processor periodic operation. In the absence of such
operation, a failure warning is issued.

3
_ I/O section
The I/O section consists of ARINC 429 drivers and receivers,
discrete I/O logic and an RS-232C test interface. The I/O
section provides the interface with other aircraft systems
including the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU), data loader, control panel(s), displays and the
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS).
ARINC 429 inputs are processed by a specially designed ARINC
429 Large Scale Integrating (LSI). This LSI also provides the
ARINC 429 deviation signals. External buffers are used to
satisfy the ARINC 429 characteristics for the transmitters.

(c) Monitor processor board


The Monitor processor board provides a redundant dissimilar
signal processing path for the localizer and glide slope signals
from the main DSP. In order to determine if the main CPU section
operates properly, the monitor processor calculates the deviation
outputs and compares the results against those being transmitted
over the ARINC 429 ILS output ports. If the calculations from the
two microprocessors are excessively different, the monitor
processor asks the DP processor in the main CPU section to set
the deviation words to indicate FAILURE. The monitor processor
shuts down the output buses if the SSM of the output words does
not indicate failure when required.

(d) Power supply Assembly


The 115VAC, 400Hz aircraft power is converted by the power supply
into the DC operating voltages required by the various modules
within the ILS receiver. A self-contained, high efficiency
switching power supply is used to minimize power dissipation.
Four voltages (+5, +12, -12 and +28V) are supplied and a
power-down interrupt provides advanced notice of a power loss,
allowing the processors to temporarily retain their status.
The power supply provides a transparency time of at least 200 ms
to the ILS.

(e) Rear interconnect module


To prevent High Intensity Radiated Fields (HIRF) from entering
via rear connector cables, a HIRF compartment is formed in the
rear of the ILS. The signal and power cables are filtered by



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 21
Config-1 May 01/05
R  
CES 
using discrete and distributed filter elements and limiting
devices on the rear interconnect module located inside this HIRF
compartment.

(f) Front panel display module


The front panel display contains a low power Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) and display drivers. The LCD is used as a fault
display and as an operator interface during certain modes. The
display is driven by the CPU section of the main processor
module. The front panel display also provides user interfaces for
test and troubleshooting, including the push-to-test pushbutton
switch and the 9-pin D connector.

(g) Memory card module


The memory card interface is used to load data into the CPU or
record data from the CPU. The memory card module supports either
FLASH cards or RAM cards via the front panel Personal Computing
Memory Card Interface Adapter (PCMIA) slot.
The FLASH card or RAM card is inserted through the front panel.
In one mode, data stored on the flash card memory manual is used
to update program or data memory in the ILS. In another mode, the
flash card functions as a data recorder.

(h) Test modes


In addition to the approach operating mode, the ILS has two test
modes:
- the functional test,
- the self-test.

1
_ Functional test
The ILS can enter the functional test mode only when the
FUNCTIONAL TEST INHIBIT signal is inactive, the air/ground
discrete is on ground, AND a functional test is initiated via
one of the following:
- the front panel pushbutton switch,
- the CFDIU.
Once initiated, the unit immediately starts the functional
test. The results of the test are provided on the ILS
outputs. Functional testing continues without interruption
as long as the ILS remains in functional test mode and above
enabling conditions are true.
The detection of a malfunction is considered as an ILS
failure and annunciated at the end of the test sequence.
During functional test, the ARINC 429 output words cycle
through the FUNCTIONAL TEST sequence as shown below:



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 22
Config-1 May 01/05
R  
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INTERVAL | SSM | DDMs (Ref. NOTE 2) |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| First 3 s. | FAIL | 0 (both LOC and G/S) |
|-------------------|--------|-------------------------------------------|
| Next 2 s. | NCD | 0 (both LOC and G/S) |
|-------------------|--------|-------------------------------------------|
| Next 3 s. |Ref. | - 0.0775 (LOC) |
| |NOTE 1 | - 0.0875 (G/S) |
|-------------------|--------|-------------------------------------------|
| Next 2 s. |Ref. | + 0.0048 DDM/60 ms (LOC) |
| |NOTE 1 | + 0.0029 DDM/60 ms (G/S) |
|-------------------|--------|-------------------------------------------|
| Next 6 s. |Ref. | + 0.0775 (LOC) |
| |NOTE 1 | + 0.0875 (G/S) |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| NOTE 1 : The SSM is set to TEST if no faults are detected |
| |
| NOTE 2 : The deviations shown are loaded directly into the output |
| words. These are not the results of the receiver injected |
| test signals. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following tests are performed when the functional test is


requested:

a
_ Both IF filters (LOC and G/S) are tested for bandpass
frequency response.

b
_ A modulated RF test signal is generated to produce a
Localizer test deviation of 0.1 DDM. This test deviation is
checked for accuracy of 1 DDM plus or minus 0.006 DDM.
Failure of this test results in a LOC receiver failure
annunciation.

c
_ A modulated RF test signal is generated to produce a Glide
Slope test deviation of 0.2 DDM. This test deviation is
checked for accuracy of 2 DDM plus or minus 0.012 DDM.
Failure of this test results in a G/S receiver failure
annunciation.

d
_ The AGC voltages of the LOC and G/S receivers are checked
for acceptable range.

e
_ Both synthesizers (LOC and G/S) are tested for lock/unlock
conditions.



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 23
Config-1 May 01/05
R  
CES 
f
_ Both anti-aliasing filters (LOC and G/S) are tested for
frequency response.

2
_ Self-test
The ILS receiver has the capability to perform a signal
injection test on both the localizer and glide slope every 30
seconds. The test is executed if any of the following
conditions are met:
- the ILS tuning frequency indicates Cruise mode but not while
performing functional test,
- the ILS is in Normal mode but not while performing
functional test and both the localizer deviation indicates
invalid as determined by the localizer signal analysis,
- the self-test is inhibited when the TUNE/FUNC TEST INHIBIT
discrete is asserted.
The following actions are taken in self-test:
- the deviations of both receivers are frozen to their last
value for the duration of the test,
- a modulated RF test signal is generated to produce a
Localizer test deviation of 0.1 DDM. This test deviation is
checked for accuracy of .1 DDM plus or minus 0.006 DDM.
Failure of this test results in a LOC receiver failure
annunciation,
- a modulated RF test signal is generated to produce a Glide
Slope test deviation of 0.2 DDM. This test deviation is
checked for accuracy of .2 DDM plus or minus 0.012 DDM.
Failure of this test results in a G/S receiver failure
annunciation,
- the AGC voltages of the LOC and G/S receivers are checked
for acceptacle range,
- both synthesizers (LOC and G/S) are tested for lock/unlock
conditions,
- both anti-aliasing filters (LOC and G/S) are tested for
frequency response.
Localizer and Glide Slope failures detected during self-test
remain latched until the same test passes on a subsequent
self-test execution.

R (3) Not Applicable



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 24
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (2) Internal description


R (Ref. Fig. 008A)
R The ILS receiver consists of five units:
R - the localizer receiver unit
R - the glide slope receiver unit
R - the I/O processor unit
R - the power supply unit
R - the BITE processor unit.

R (3) Operating principle

R (a) Localizer receiver unit


R The localizer receiver unit receives and detects the localizer
R modulated signals in the frequency range from 108.1 to 111.95
R MHz.
R In approach mode, the RF signal received through the dedicated
R antenna is the filtered by a low loss broadband filter, and then
R mixed with the output of the localizer synthesizer. This
R localizer synthesizer receives tuning information from the I/O
R processor, and provides an injection signal which is 20.05 MHz
R below the selected frequency.
R The 20.05 MHz Intermediate Frequency (IF) tuned signal obtained
R at the output of the mixer is applied to a 20.05 MHz crystal
R filter which provides the selectivity for the receiver. It is
R then amplified and mixed with a second injection frequency 20.505
R MHz to produce a 455 kHz signal.
R After 2 stages of amplification, this second IF signal is applied
R to an envelope detector. The output of the envelope detector,
R which only contains the baseband components of the second IF, is
R fed to:
R - the Automatic Gain Control (AGC) amplifier/filter, which
R controls the gain of the different IF amplifiers according to
R the amplitude of the IF output
R - the Input/Output (I/O) processor unit for audio identification
R decoding and localizer deviations computation.

R (b) Glide slope receiver unit


R The glide slope receiver unit receives and detects the modulated
R glide slope signals, in the frequency range from 329.15 to 335
R MHz. Its architecture is similar to the one of the localizer
R receiver, except that the frequency values are different, and
R that there is no audio identification encoded on the G/S signal.


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 25
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS Receiver - Block Diagram
R Figure 008A


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 26
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R Additionally, the glide slope receiver unit includes a localizer
R and glide slope functional test oscillator/modulator (90 and 150
R Hz tones) which generates three functional test conditions:
R - centered signal condition
R - down/right signal condition
R - up/left signal condition.
R During the down/right and up/left sequence, a 1020 Hz signal is
R added to the localizer 90 and 150 Hz tones.
R The functional test oscillators are kept off except during
R functional tests to prevent possible interference with normal
R operation.

R (c) I/O processor unit


R The I/O processor unit comprises three separate processors:
R - the primary Digital Signal Processor (DSP)
R - the monitor Digital Signal Processor (DSP)
R - the system processor.

R 1
_ DSPs
R The DSPs compute the deviation data from the analog outputs of
R the localizer and the glide slope receiver units.
R Each DSP, identically but separately:
R - receives, filters and digitizes data from the glide slope
R and localizer receiver units
R - processes these data and elaborates localizer and glide
R slope deviations (DDM)
R - determines the DC level of the glide slope and localizer
R detectors
R - sets or resets bits in the status byte for low glide
R slope/localizer signal levels, glide
R slope/localizer-detector abnormal DC levels or no
R transmission on the ARINC bus
R - sets the Sign Status Matrices (SSM), based on the status
R byte settings
R - sends deviation and status data to the system processor
R - individually compares the glide slope and localizer SSMs
R transmitted by the ARINC Universal Asynchronous Receiver
R Transmitter (UART) to its own computed SSMs, and sets a bit
R in the corresponding status byte if the SSM of ARINC
R transmission is less restrictive than the computed one.
R If both transmitted and computed SSMs are normal, then the
R emitted deviation data are compared to the DSP deviations.
R - stops the transmission of the ARINC bus if the SSM
R comparison is incorrect or if the control of the SSM is
R lost, or if the transmitted deviation data are outside a
R pre-determined limit.


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 27
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R 2
_ System processor
R The system processor functions as the ILS input/output data
R handler.
R The system processor:
R - receives and processes data from the ARINC UART (it
R determines the validity of input tuning frequency, and
R transmits valid commands to the localizer and glide slope
R synthesizers)
R - monitors and processes the discrete inputs
R - compares the localizer and glide slope data received from
R the primary DSP to the data received from the monitor DSP.
R If the result of the comparison is outside pre-determined
R limits, the data are declared failed
R - transmits data to the primary ARINC UART
R - monitors the data words sent on the ARINC bus.
R - determines the system power supply status
R - provides fault data to the BITE processor
R - conveys data received from the BITE processor for
R transmission onto the ARINC 429 output bus.

R (d) BITE processor


R The BITE processor:
R - receives and decodes control and data words from the
R Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) and transfers
R interactive or normal mode data to the system processor
R - processes data received from the system processor, for storage
R in the non-volatile fault memory.
R - decodes Morse code station identification and transfers the
R ident word to the system processor.

R (e) Power supply unit


R The power supply unit converts the aircraft 115VAC-400 Hz input
R into the +5VDC, +12VDC, -12VDC and -5VDC necessary to the ILS
R receiver operation.

R (f) Test modes


R In addition to the approach operating mode, the ILS has three
R test modes:
R - the functional test
R - the receiver face test
R - the power-on test.

R 1
_ Functional test
R It is initiated on request from the MCDU, under the following
R conditions:
R - tune/test inhibit discrete not active
R - A/C on ground.


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 28
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R Upon recognition of a valid functional test request, the
R system processor initiates the following sequence:

R --------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | DURATION | PFD and ND |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |Approx. 3 s. | LOC and G/S failure messages. |
R | | 173 and 174 SSM = FW |
R | | |
R |Approx. 2 s. | LOC index/deviation bar: Centered |
R | | G/S index: Centered |
R | | 173 and 174 SSM = NCD |
R | | |
R |Approx. 3 s. | Transition from centered to Left and |
R | | centered to upwards |
R | | 173 and 174 SSM = FT |
R | | |
R |Approx. 2 s. | LOC index/deviation bar: 1 dot to the Left|
R | | G/S index: 1 dot upwards |
R | | 173 and 174 SSM = FT |
R | | |
R |Approx. 2 s. | Transition from Left to right and up to |
R | | down |
R | | 173 and 174 SSM = FT |
R | | |
R |Approx. 4 s. | LOC index/deviation bar: 1 dot to the |
R |(total duration: | Right |
R |16 s) | G/S index: 1 dot downwards |
R | | 173 and 174 SSM = FT |
R | | |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------------

R LOC and G/S deviation data computed by the primary and monitor
R DSPs are checked by the system processor against stored values
R for accuracy. If an error is detected, the SSM of the
R appropriate deviation word is set to NCD or FW, depending on
R the type of error until another test sequence shows that the
R deviation data have passed the test. If no error is detected,
R the deviation words SSMs follow the sequence given in the
R table above.

R 2
_ Receiver face test
R The receiver face test request is treated as the MCDU request
R except that the on-ground condition is not taken into account.
R The sequence is identical to the functional test sequence,
R with the receiver face LEDs being additionally controlled to
R reflect the status of the unit.


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 29
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R 3
_ Power-on test
R The power-on test request is initiated each time the ILS is
R powered off for longer than the 200 ms play through time and
R back on again. The power-on test is treated just as the
R functional test described in para. 1_ above, except that the
R SSMs of the LOC and G/S remain set to No Computed Data (NCD)
R for the entire 16-second test sequence. If a fault condition
R is detected during power-on test, the SSM of the LOC and/or
R G/S are set to FW until the detected condition is cleared.
R Additionally, during this power-on functional test, the
R ability of the DSPs and I/O to identify faulty ARINC output
R data and shutdown the bus, is tested, and the RAM and ROM
R tests are performed.

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (4) ILS monitoring


The ILS monitoring is based on the on-line monitoring performed
during normal unit operation, and on test modes which provide a check
of all deviation-affecting circuitry.

(a) On-line monitoring

1
_ Redundant computations paths
The monitor processor provides a secondary processing path
that is dissimilar and independent of the primary path. Every
1ms the monitor processor processes the same sample set of
digitized IF data as the main processor DSP (main DSP) but
performs an independent validation and deviation computations.
Deviation computation implementations in the monitor processor
and the main DSP are dissimilar because of:
- different programming languages used to code the algorithms
in the monitor processor and the main DSP,
- different canonical forms of the digital filters used in the
implementation of the two algorithms.

2
_ Deviation validation
The computed deviations are checked for validity through
reasonableness tests performed on the modulating tones.
These tests are performed independently on the LOC and G/S
signals. The SSM of the respective output word is set to No
Computed Data (NCD) based on both the monitor and the main DSP
validity determination, within 500 ms, under the following
conditions:


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 30
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
- the Localizer signal depth of modulation of the sum of the
90 Hz and 150 Hz tones is less than 70 per cent of its
nominal value,
- the Glide Slope signal depth of modulation of the sum of the
90 Hz and 150 Hz tones is less than 70 per cent of its
nominal value, the glide slope deviation is flagged,
- if either of the two RF signals is not detected on the
selected channel while there is no internal failure,
- either the 90 Hz component or the 150 Hz component of the
modulating signal is absent from the detected output and the
modulation depth of the remaining compound retains its
nominal value.

3
_ Deviations cross-comparison
The computed deviations in each path are cross-checked
independently with the deviations from the alternate path
every 50 ms. The DP receives the deviations computed by the
monitor DSP through a dual-port RAM and compares them to the
most recent deviation outputs transmitted on the ARINC 429
bus.
A comparison failure is deemed to have occurred if both
deviations disagree by more than:
- plus or minus 0.0065 DDM for Localizer deviations in the
range of -0.310 to +0.310 DDM.
plus or minus 0.0325 DDM for Localizer deviations less than
-0.310 DDM or greater than +0.310 DDM.
- plus or minus 0.009 DDM for Glide Slope deviations in the
range of -0.350 to +0.350 DDM.
plus or minus 0.045 DDM for Localizer deviations less than
-0.350 DDM or greater than +0.350 DDM.
On the monitor processor side, Localizer and Glide labels are
sampled from output buses 1 and 2 and then compared by the
monitor to its own (saved) computed deviations based on the
same criteria.
The monitor processor and the DP treat the failures specific
to the localizer deviation independent of the failures
specific to the glide slope deviation.
Failure persistence counters are implemented such that
intermittent erroneous outputs with a rate of 4 Hz or higher
are detected and flagged (i.e. the SSM set to FW) within 500
ms. Each failure persistent counter is implemented such that
any combination of errors leading to at least seven
miscomparisons out of 10 consecutive samples are flagged as
failures within 500 ms. Alternating errors (one good and one
bad) are flagged as failures within 1 s.



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 31
Config-1 May 01/05
R  
CES 
4
_ ARINC 429 bus shutdown
The monitor processor attempts to shut down buses 1 and 2
after sending a deviation comparison failure indication to the
DP for a period of 500 ms, when the SSM of the failing
deviation output still indicates Normal and the failure
condition is still present. If the unit is in the interrupted
mode of operation, the buses are shutdown. Once the output
buses are shutdown, the monitor restores both output buses for
two output cycles (less than 150 ms but greater than 100 ms)
every two seconds to monitor their outputs.
The monitor does not restore the activity on the bus until the
integrity of the unit is reacquired. The ability of the
monitor processor to shutdown the bus is verified upon power
up.

5
_ BIT (Built-In Test)
In addition to the redundant path computations and deviations
cross-comparison, a number of hardware components and software
processes are monitored by the BIT manager program resident in
the Data Processor (DP). The main DSP collects data from
sensors in the RF module. This status data along with power
supply data, output status data, program activity status data,
and status data collected from the monitor processor (MON) are
fed to the BIT manager. The BIT manager filters the data and
initiates failure warnings when limits are exceeded.
The BIT manager is initiated eight times a second. High-rate
faults are monitored eight times a second. Low-rate faults are
monitored once a second. Upon activation, faults are reviewed
if they have alarmed. Alarms are controlled by the fault
invocation rate which is set to either 125 (High-rate) or 1000
(Low-rate) ms. Failures are transmitted on the ARINC 429 buses
at an average exposure time of 3 seconds. Failures that have
an impact on the integrity of the output are reported faster,
nominally within 500 ms, on either or both labels 173 and 174
depending on the nature of the failure.

6
_ ARINC 429 input
The selected input ARINC bus is monitored for valid labels,
SDI, word rate and odd parity:
- words with invalid label or SDI are ignored,
- concerning frequency data, if the word rate drops below 3
words per second, or if the data do not contain a valid ILS
frequency (which means SSM to Normal Operation (NO) and
existing ILS channel), the output frequency word is set to
NCD. In fact, unless two consecutive valid input frequency
words are received, the ILS holds its last valid frequency,
and sends it out at 5 words per second with an NCD coded



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 32
Config-1 May 01/05
R  
CES 
SSM. As described above, the SSM of the input frequency word
is monitored for NCD condition. In this particular case, the
SSMs of the transmitted deviation output words are forced to
NCD.
In all cases, if tune/test inhibit is asserted, frequency
data on the ARINC input is ignored.

(b) Test mode monitoring


- the self-test modes provide a check of all deviation-affecting
circuitry: as described in Para. (2) internally generated RF
carriers with known deviation levels are applied to the
receiver inputs. The ILS must then supply an output word with
the expected value of deviation. In this way, a satisfactory
self-test provides confidence that the ILS is providing correct
deviation from modulated RF signals.
- additionally, during power-up self test, the ability of the
monitor DSP to shut down the buses is tested.
- faults detected during test mode set the SSM of the appropriate
deviation word according to the test result. Once the fault is
cleared and another test is performed and passed, then normal
operation is resumed.

R (5) Digital outputs


This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives :
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE OPER RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 33
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 017 |RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 15 |300 |BCD | | |
| |HEADING | 359.9 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 033 |ILS | FROM 108.10|MHZ | | 15 |200 |BCD | | |
| |FREQUENCY | TO 111.95 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 105 |RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 11 |300 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING | 359.9 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 173 |LOCALIZER | + or |DDM | 29 | 12 | 50 |BNR | | |
| |DEVIATION | - 0.155 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 174 |GLIDE | + or - |DDM | 29 | 12 | 50 |BNR | | |
| |SLOPE | 0.175 | | | | | | | |
| |DEVIATION | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 263 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |150 |HYB | | |
| |STATION | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 264 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |150 |HYB | | |
| |STATION | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : Station identification consists of 4 characters max. : label


____
263 provides the first two characters (bits 11 to 17 for the
first character and bits 19 and 25 for the second one) and
label 264 gives the last two characters (bits 11 to 17 for the
third character and bits 19 to 25 for the fourth one).



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 34
Config-1 May 01/05
R  
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (4) ILS monitoring


R The ILS monitoring is based on the on-line monitoring performed
R during normal unit operation, and on test modes which provide a check
R of all deviation-affecting circuitry.

R (a) On-line monitoring

R 1
_ Localizer and glide slope receivers monitoring
R Receivers monitoring consists in having the DSPs determine the
R quality of each receiver envelope-detector output-signal.
R During on-line operation, an SSM set to NCD is issued by the
R DSPs in 0.5 s if any of the following conditions on either LOC
R or G/S detector output is met:
R - detector dc voltage level out of tolerance
R - lack of a signal carrier
R - improper modulation level (a signal carrier being present)
R - RF signal modulated with standard deflection not producing a
R deviation of at least 50 per cent of standard deflection.

R 2
_ Localizer and glide slope synthesizers monitoring
R Both the LOC and G/S frequency synthesizers are monitored
R separately for lock condition. An unlocked condition causes FW
R to be sent on the deviation output of the affected receiver.

R 3
_ Monitoring of deviation calculations
R - the detector outputs of the LOC and G/S receivers are split
R into separate but identical channels. The deviation
R calculations are then performed identically by the two
R distinct DSPs, each channel being independent and
R self-supporting with separate clocks and support logic
R - the I/O processor then compares the deviation calculations
R from the primary DSP against those from the monitor DSP, and
R sets the SSM to NCD, FW or NO, depending on the comparison
R results, before sending them to the output UART.

R 4
_ ARINC output monitoring
R The ARINC 429 output data are monitored by:
R - the DSPs:
R If no correct deviation data are fed back, the DSP (as
R detailed in para. (3)(c)) shuts the output bus off.
R - the system processor, via a monitor UART:
R Any input to the UART that does not have proper parity is
R discarded.


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 35
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R Thus, any altered word is rejected and not seen by the
R system processor which checks the output every 10 ms.
R If no LOC or G/S deviation word is received within 400 ms,
R the output bus is shut off also by the system processor.
R Whenever the bus is shut off by the DSPs only, it can be
R recovered clearing the fault-inducing condition.
R If the bus is cut off by the system processor, it remains cut
R off until power is recycled to the ILS. Then the system
R processor restarts at the beginning of its program, which
R includes a power-on test.
R If the fault has not been cleared, the bus is shut off again.

R 5
_ ARINC 429 input
R The selected input ARINC bus is monitored for valid labels,
R SDI, word rate and odd parity:
R - words with invalid label or SDI are ignored
R - concerning frequency data, if the word is received for a
R period greater than 450 ms or if the data do not contain a
R valid ILS frequency (which means SSM to Normal Operation
R (NO) and existing ILS channel), the output frequency word is
R set to NCD. In fact, unless two consecutive valid input
R frequency words are received, the ILS holds its last valid
R frequency, and sends it out at 5 words per second with an
R SSM coded NCD. As described above, the SSM of the input
R frequency word is monitored for NCD condition. In this
R particular case, the SSMs of the transmitted deviation
R output words are forced to NCD.
R In all cases, if tune/test inhibit is asserted, frequency
R data on the ARINC input is ignored, and the output frequency
R word will contain the last valid tune frequency.

R 6
_ Tune/test inhibit discrete input
R The system processor monitors the two Tune/Test Inhibit (TTI)
R inputs and if these inputs are not of opposite states, a
R failure warning flag is issued.
R

R 7
_ Power supply
R All power supply voltages are monitored continuously by the
R system processor for operation within predefined windows. If
R these window limits are exceeded, LOC and G/S deviation
R outputs are flagged to NCD or FW, depending on the voltages
R values, and also of the debounce times.


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 36
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R (b) Test mode monitoring
R - The functional test modes provide a check of all
R deviation-affecting circuitry: as described in para. (3),
R internally generated RF carriers with known deviation levels
R are applied to the receiver inputs. The ILS must then supply an
R output word with the expected value of deviation. In this way,
R a satisfactory functional test provides confidence that the ILS
R is providing correct deviation from modulated RF signals.
R - Power-on test (Ref. Para. (3)(f)3_)
R - Faults detected during test mode set the SSM of the appropriate
R deviation word according to the test result. Once the fault is
R cleared, normal operation is resumed.
R The three types of test modes are defined in para. (3)(f). They
R perform essentially the same tests but the way they are
R initiated and their duration are different.

R (c) No Computed Data (NCD) indication for localizer (label 173) and
R glide slope (label 174) when:
R - LOC or G/S last value from DSPs was NCD (Ref. Para. (4)(a)1_)
R - deviation comparison between the two DSPs is more than 0.0065
R DDM (LOC) and 0.009 DDM (G/S), with SSM at Normal Operation for
R more than 450 ms.
R - the system processor receives only 1 or 2 valid LOC and G/S
R deviation data messages from DSPs within 50 ms (refresh rate of
R LOC and G/S parameter = 12 ms)
R - any of the input voltages to the A/D converter is out of its
R valid range for two consecutive A/D readings (2 x 280 ms)
R (power supply and DC level to LOC and G/S detectors)
R - functional test is performed (Ref. Para. (3)(f)1_)
R - the output frequency tune word is at NCD (Ref. Para. (4)(a)5_
R for the associated input conditions)
R - LOC and G/S synthesizers are lost while the unit is not
R performing a functional test (detection of unlock condition).

R (d) Failure Warning (FW) indication for localizer (label 173) and
R glide slope (label 174) when:
R - deviation comparison between the two DSPs is more than 0.013
R DDM (LOC) and 0.07032 DDM (G/S), with SSM at Normal Operation
R for more than 450 ms for the LOC and 1s for the G/S.
R - the system processor receives only one valid LOC and G/S
R deviation data message from one of the two DSPs within 50 ms
R (refresh rate of LOC and G/S parameter =12ms).
R - LOC or G/S synthesizer is lost during a functional test
R - any of the input voltages to the A/D converter is out of its
R valid range for four consecutive A/D readings (4 x 280 ms)
R (continuous monitoring of power supply and check of DC level to
R LOC and G/S detectors during functional test)


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 37
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R - unscheduled functional test
R - functional test is performed (Ref. Para. (3)(f)1_)
R - the tune/test inhibit input discretes are not of opposite
R states (350 ms)
R - cold start initialization test fails (ROM, RAM, UART loop
R back).

R (5) Digital outputs


R This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
R They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
R The following table gives :
R - EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
R parameter is available
R - PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
R - WORD RANGE OPER RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
R Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
R change step is equal to the accuracy
R - UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
R - SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
R - BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
R - XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
R in milliseconds
R - CODE :
R BNR: binary data word
R BCD: binary coded decimal data word
R ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
R DIS: discrete data word
R HEX: hexadecimal coded
R HYB: mixed code
R - ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
R - SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 38
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
R | |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
R | |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
R | |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
R | | | | | | | | | |CONV |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 033 |ILS | FROM 108.10|MHZ | | 15 |180 |BCD | | |
R | |FREQUENCY | TO 111.95 | | | | TO | | | |
R | | | | | | |300 | | | |
R |--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R | 105 |RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 11 |180 |BNR | | |
R | |HEADING | 359.9 | | | | TO | | | |
R | | | | | | |300 | | | |
R |--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R | 173 |LOCALIZER | + or |DDM | 29 | 12 | 50 |BNR | | |
R | |DEVIATION | - 0.155 | | | | | | | |
R |--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R | 174 |GLIDE | + or - |DDM | 29 | 12 | 50 |BNR | | |
R | |SLOPE | 0.175 | | | | | | | |
R | |DEVIATION | | | | | | | | |
R |--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R | 263 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |200 |HYB | | |
R | |STATION | | | | | | | | |
R | |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
R |--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R | 264 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |200 |HYB | | |
R | |STATION | | | | | | | | |
R | |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R NOTE : Station identification consists of 4 characters max. : label


____
R 263 provides the first two characters (bits 11 to 17 for the
R first character and bits 19 and 25 for the second one) and
R label 264 gives the last two characters (bits 11 to 17 for the
R third character and bits 19 to 25 for the fourth one).


R

EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 39
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

B. Antennas
R (Ref. Fig. 009)

(1) Localizer antenna


The localizer antenna is an airborne antenna used to receive LOC
signals in the 108-112 MHz range. It is a folded half-loop type
driven by capacitive coupling. The antenna has two independent RF
connectors used to feed two items of equipment. Connector separation
is provided by a hybrid junction in the antenna.

(2) Glide/slope antenna


The glide/slope antenna is an airborne antenna used to receive GLIDE
signals in the 329-335 MHz range. It is a folded half-loop type
driven by capacitive coupling. The antenna has two independent RF
connectors used to feed two items of equipment. Connector separation
is provided by a hybrid junction in the antenna.

6. _____________________
Component Description

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 003)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 003A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

A. Control
- each ILS receiver is connected to one Radio Management Panel (RMP). The
ILS receiver 1 is connected to the RMP1 (the ILS receiver 2 to the
RMP2). The ILS receiver 1 receives management bus from the FMGC1
through the RMP1 (the ILS receiver 2 from the FMGC2 through the RMP2)
- in normal operation, the FMGC1(2) tunes the ILS 1(2) receiver either
automatically or manually by means of the MCDU1(2). In this case the
RMP1(2) operates as a relay which sends the frequency information from
the FMGC1(2) to the receiver 1(2).


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 40
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Antennas
R Figure 009



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 41
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
- by a second port, the ILS receiver 1(2) receives a second management
bus (ILS1 FREQ + RWY HDG1) directly from the FMGC2(1). The receiver
selects one of the two port functions by a discrete signal (RMP1 NAV
DISC) which is received from the FMGC1(2) through the RMP1(2).
With fault of one FMGC, the second FMGC can control the two ILS
receivers, one directly, the other through its RMP.
With fault of the RMP1(2) or two RMPs, the concerned RMP is transparent
to data and discrete from FMGC.
In manual operation (at any time, or with fault of two FMGCs) the RMP1
can control the ILS receiver 1 after ON NAV mode selection. Same
possibility for the RMP2 (ILS receiver 2).
R (Ref. Fig. 010)
In this mode the RMP1 can control the ILS2 through the RMP2 after ON NAV
mode selection on the RMP2. Same possibility for ILS2 through RMP1.
After any frequency selection it is always necessary to select the
associated course.
- In LAND mode below 700 ft., the FMGC sends a ground signal on the TUNE
TEST INHIBIT discrete to the ILS receiver.
In this case, whether the frequency is sent by the FMGC or by the RMP,
the ILS receiver does not take into account any frequency change.

B. Reconfiguration Switching
In normal utilization, the ILS1 data are shown on the CAPT PFD and the
F/O ND ; the ILS2 data on the F/O PFD and the CAPT ND.
In addition the DMC 1 supplies data to the CAPT PFD and ND ; the DMC 2 to
the F/O PFD and ND.
With fault of the DMC 1(2), it is possible to switch over to the DMC 3
with the EIS DMC selector switch. This selector switch is located on
panel 8VU on the center pedestal. In this case, the DMC 3 totally
replaces the DMC 1(2) through the stage of the output switching relay of
the failed DMC. With fault of the PFD, there is an automatic transfer of
the PFD image onto the ND.
With fault of the ND, you obtain the transfer of the ND image onto the
PFD when you push the PFD/ND XFR pushbutton switch on panel 301VU
(500VU).
When you set the PFD potentiometer to OFF on panel 301VU (500VU), this
causes :
- deactivation of the PFD
- transfer of the PFD image onto the ND.

7. Operation
_________



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 42
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS - Frequency and Course Selection in Emergency Mode
R Figure 010



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 43
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 011)

A. Access to ILS Sub-Menu Functions


It is possible to select the maintenance functions of the ILS receiver 1
(2) by pressing the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
indication on the CFDS menu, and then selecting the relevant ILS on the
NAV menu.
After these actions, the ILS 1 (2) provides its own menu page and the
sub-menu functions can then be chosen by the operator.

B. Activation of the Self-Test


The self-test can be activated by pushing the TEST pushbutton switch as
designed on the front panel LCD, if the test inhibit discrete is not
active.
A TEST IN PROGRESS message is displayed approximately one second after
the TEST pushbutton is pressed.
At the end of the self-test, either a TEST COMPLETE, NO FAILURES message
screen or a TEST COMPLETE, FAILURES message screen is displayed. The TEST
COMPLETE, NO FAILURES screen contains two pushbutton selections (MAINT
and RETURN). The TEST COMPLETE, FAILURES screen also contains two
pushbutton selections (MAINT and WHY?).
For both screens, pressing the left (MAINT) pushbutton initiates the
extented maintenance pages of the system for troubleshooting. The right
(RETURN) pushbutton associated with the TEST COMPLETE, NO FAILURES screen
returns the system to its normal mode screen. The right (WHY?) pushbutton
associated with the TEST COMPLETE, FAILURES screen places the system in
the display-failures mode where individual system failures (fault memory
codes) are displayed, one per page.

C. Activation of the Functional Test


The functional test can be activated by pushing the line key adjacent to
the TEST indication on the ILS maintenance sub-menu, under the following
conditions:
test inhibit discrete not active and A/C on ground.
It is similar to the self-test except that the front panel display
screens are not controlled to reflect the status of the unit, which is
reported on the MCDU.

NOTE : If the test cannot be initiated on ground on the MCDU (which means
____
that a fault affects either the LGCIU, the FMGC or the ILS), a
TEST page comes into view on the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 012, 013)



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 44
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS - Maintenance Test Procedure
R Figure 011



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 45
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS - Maintenance Test Procedure
R Figure 011A



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 46
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 4/5
R Figure 012



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 47
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 4/5
R Figure 012A



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 48
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 5/5
R Figure 013



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 49
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 011A)

R A. Access to ILS Sub-Menu Functions


R It is possible to select the maintenance functions of the ILS receiver 1
R (2) by pressing the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
R indication on the CFDS menu, and then selecting the relevant ILS on the
R NAV menu.
R After these actions, the ILS 1 (2) provides its own menu page and the
R sub-menu functions can then be chosen by the operator.

R B. Activation of the Receiver Face Test


R The receiver face test can be activated by pushing the TEST pushbutton
R switch on the receiver face, if the test inhibit discrete is not active.
R The sequence below is then generated on the receiver face.

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | DURATION | Receiver face |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | Approx. 3 s | LRU STATUS LED comes on red |
R | | CONTROL FAIL LED comes on red |
R | | |
R | Approx. 3 s | LRU STATUS LED comes on green |
R | | CONTROL FAIL LED comes on red |
R | | |
R | Approx. 10 s | LRU STATUS LED is off |
R | | CONTROL FAIL LED is off |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Depending on the outcome of the receiver face test, one of the following
R results is displayed:

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | DURATION | Receiver face |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | Approx. 30 s | If LRU and Control input pass: |
R | | LRU STATUS LED comes on green |
R | | CONTROL FAIL LED is off |
R |-----------------------|-----------------------------------------------------|
R | Approx. 30 s | If LRU Fail and Control input pass: |
R | | LRU STATUS LED comes on red |
R | | CONTROL FAIL LED is off |
R |-----------------------|-----------------------------------------------------|
R | Approx. 30 s | If LRU Pass and Control input Fail: |
R | | LRU STATUS LED comes on green |



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 50
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DURATION | Receiver face |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | | CONTROL FAIL LED comes on red |
R |-----------------------|-----------------------------------------------------|
R | Approx. 30 s | If LRU Fail and Control input Fail: |
R | | LRU STATUS LED comes on red |
R | | CONTROL FAIL LED comes on red |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R These LEDs go off automatically after the 30 second duration.


R Cockpit effects : Ref. Para. 5.A.(3)(f)1_

R C. Activation of the Functional Test


R The functional test can be activated by pushing the line key adjacent to
R the TEST indication on the ILS maintenance sub-menu, under the following
R conditions:
R test inhibit discrete not active and A/C on ground.
R It is similar to the receiver face test except that the receiver face
R LEDs are not controlled to reflect the status of the unit, which is
R reported on the MCDU.

R NOTE : If the test cannot be initiated on ground on the MCDU (which means
____
R that a fault affects either the LGCIU, the FMGC or the ILS), a
R TEST page comes into view on the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 012A, 013A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

D. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions

(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization


- How long the computer must be de-energized: 1 s.
- A/C configuration:
- whatever the A/C configuration on ground

(2) Progress of power-up tests


- Duration: 1 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- MASTER CAUT light on



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 51
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 5/5
R Figure 013A



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 52
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
(3) Results of power-up tests
(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
- MASTER CAUT light off
- ILS information available on ND and PFD if ILS selected on the
FCU
- Tests failed:
- MASTER CAUT light on
- ECAM warning
NAV ILS 1 or 2 FAULT
- ECAM STATUS
ILS 1 or 2 INOP
* if ILS selected on FCU
- CAPT (F/O) PFD
ILS 1 (2) and LOC and GLIDE scales in red
- CAPT (F/O) ND
ILS 1 (2) in red

E. CFDIU Interface

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 003)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 003A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

(1) BITE description


The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the ILS. The BITE of the ILS
receiver is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. 31-32-00).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently ILS status and its identification message to
the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
selt-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 53
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.

(a) Normal mode


During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the ILS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU by an
ARINC 429 message with label 356.

(b) Menu mode


The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the ILS
BITE by means of the MCDU.

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 011)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 011A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE Test
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
The ILS menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 014)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 014A)



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 54
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 1/5
R Figure 014



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 55
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 1/5
R Figure 014A



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 56
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

This menu contains the fault messages (class 1 and 2, internal


and external) detected during the last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 014)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 014A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

This report contains the fault messages related to the external


or internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous
63 flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 014)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 014A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Allows to display the P/N, the S/N and the SW/N of the equipment.
- GND SCANNING

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 015)



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 57
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 2/5
R Figure 015



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 58
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 015A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight,


provides information of the failures detected while using this
function.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 015)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 015A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning


the failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 016)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 016A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last


flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT.



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 59
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 2/5
R Figure 015A



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 60
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 3/5
R Figure 016



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 61
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ILS Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 3/5
R Figure 016A



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 62
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 016)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 016A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected


on ground.
- TEST.

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 012)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 012A)

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 013)

R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (Ref. Fig. 013A)

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Allows a check of the correct operation of the ILS interrogator.

(2) List of components


All the components are listed in the Para. 2. Component Location.



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 63
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-004,

(3) Reporting function


The tables below give the list of internal/external failures:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| REPORTED INTERNAL FAILURES |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
|----------------------------------------------------------|-------|----------|
| ILS i (2RTi) | 1 | 34-36-31 |
| ILS LOCALIZER ANTENNA (3RT) | 1 | 34-36-11 |
| ILS GLIDE ANTENNA (4RT) | 1 | 34-36-11 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| REPORTED EXTERNAL FAILURES |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
|----------------------------------------------------------|-------|----------|
| FMGCi(1CAi)/RMPi(1RGi)/ILSi(2RTi) | 3 | 22-83-34 |
| CFDIU(1TW)/ILSi(2RTi) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
| DMCi(1WTi)/ILSi(2RTi) | 1 | 31-62-34 |
| LGCIUi(5GAi)/FMGCi(1CAi)/ILSi(2RTi) | 3 | 32-31-71 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

001-004,  34-36-00

Page 64
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-060,

R (3) Reporting function


R The tables below give the list of internal/external failures:
R (i = 1 or 2)

R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
R | INTERNAL |------------------|DETECTION| ON THE |------------------------|
R | FAILURES | LOCAL | ECAM|LVL| | SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOM- |
R | | | | | | | |LABEL 356|MENDED |
R | | | | | | | | |ACTION |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |ILS |Failure |ILSi | 2 |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |ILS i |- check |
R |receiver |warning |fault| |monito- |considered | |(2RTi) | the |
R |fault: |messages| | |ring |LOC and/or | | | ILSi |
R | |on the | | | |G/S devia- | | | C/B |
R | |PFD and | | | |tion infor-| | |- repla-|
R | |ND | | | |mation. | | | ce the|
R | |(Ref. | | | | | | | ILS |
R | |para. | | | | | | | recei-|
R | |3 C) | | | | | | | ver |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 65
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
R | EXTERNAL |------------------|DETECTION| ON THE |------------------------|
R | FAILURES | LOCAL | ECAM|LVL| | SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOM- |
R | | | | | | | |LABEL 356|MENDED |
R | | | | | | | | |ACTION |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |Incorrect | | | |Permanent|- no conse-| 3 |FMGCi |Check : |
R |or absent | | | |monito- | quence if| |(1CAi)/ |- FMGC |
R |input tu- | | | |ring | the tune/| |RMPi |- RMP |
R |ning data | | | | | test | |(1RGi)/ |- tuning|
R | | | | | | inhibit | |ILSi | buses |
R | | | | | | discrete | |(2RTi) | and |
R | | | | | | is active| | | asso- |
R | |- no ILS| | | |- if not, | | | ciated|
R | |informa-| | | | loss of | | | con- |
R | |tion | | | | the ILS | | | nec- |
R | |dis- | | | | informa- | | | tors |
R | |played | | | | tion | | | |
R |----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R |CFDIU | | | |Permanent|- no | 3 |CFDIU |Check : |
R |Fault: | | | |monito- | exchange | |(1TW)/ |- CFDIU |
R |lack of | | | |ring | with | |ILSi |- Buses |
R |label 227 | | | | | CFDIU for| |(2RTi) | and |
R |(mainte- | | | | | ILS BITE | | | asso- |
R |nance | | | | | informa- | | | ciated|
R |command | | | | | tion | | | con- |
R |word) | | | | |- no access| | | nec- |
R | | | | | | to the | | | tors |
R | | | | | | Menu mode| | | |
R | | | | | | of the | | | |
R | | | | | | ILS re- | | | |
R | | | | | | ceiver | | | |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |Functional| | | |During |no conse- | 3 |LGCIUi |Check : |
R |test acti-| | | |functio- |quence | |(5GAi)/ |- LGCIU |
R |vation not| | | |nal test | | |FMGCi |- FMGC |
R |possible | | | |sequence | | |(1CAi)/ | |
R | | | | |on ground| | |ILSi |- Buses |
R | | | | | | | |(2RTi) | and |
R | | | | | | | | | asso- |
R | | | | | | | | | ciated|
R | | | | | | | | | con- |
R | | | | | | | | | nec- |
R | | | | | | | | | tors |
R | | | | | | | | | |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 66
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| EXTERNAL |------------------|DETECTION| ON THE |------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL | ECAM|LVL| | SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOM- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL 356|MENDED |
| | | | | | | | |ACTION |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |Incorrect |Wrong | | |During |Loss of the| 1 |DMCi |Check : |
R |test dis- |test | | |test if |ILS display| |(1WTi)/ |- DMC |
R |play |sequence| | |the ope- |on the con-| |ILSi |- Buses |
R | |progress| | |rator set|sidered PFD| |(2RTi) | and |
R | |on the | | |the NO |and ND or | | | asso- |
R | |displays| | |line key |loss of the| | | ciated|
R | | | | | |considered | | | con- |
R | | | | | |ILS RCVR | | | nec- |
R | | | | | | | | | tors |
R | | | | | | | | | |
R |----------------------------------------------------------------------------|



EFF :

051-060,  34-36-00

Page 67
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

ILS ((MMR)) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


_______________________________________

1. _______
General
The primary function of the Multi-Mode Receiver (MMR) is to receive and
process Instrument Landing System (ILS) and Global Positioning System (GPS)
signals. The MMR is a navigation sensor with two internal receivers.

A. ILS Receiver
The function of the ILS is to provide the crew and airborne system users
with lateral (LOC) and vertical (G/S) deviation signals, with respect to
the approach ILS radio beam transmitted by a ground station.
The localizer operates in a frequency band which ranges from 108.1 MHz to
111.95 MHz and the glide uses the band from 329.15 MHz to 335 MHz as
defined by ARINC specification 710.

B. GPS Receiver
The GPS is a radio aid to worldwide navigation which provides:
- the crew with a readout of accurate navigation information, e.g.
position, track and speed
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) with position
information, after hybridization in the Air Data/Inertial Reference
Unit (ADIRU) with inertial parameters, for accurate position fixing.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The MMR system units are located in the aircraft as follows.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40RT1 MMR-1 95VU 120 811 34-36-31
40RT2 MMR-2 96VU 120 811 34-36-31
3RT ANTENNA-LOCALIZER 1/2 110 110AL 34-36-11
4RT ANTENNA-GLIDE/SLOPE 1/2 110 110AL 34-36-18
43RT1 ANTENNA-GPS ACTIVE, 1 210 831 34-36-16
43RT2 ANTENNA-GPS ACTIVE, 2 210 831 34-36-16


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 1
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Component Location
Figure 001


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 2
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The A/C comprises two independent MMRs, 40RT1 and 40RT2, linked to:
- a common localizer antenna 3RT
- a common glide/slope antenna 4RT
- a GPS active antenna 43RT1 (linked to MMR1)
- a GPS active antenna 43RT2 (linked to MMR2).

A. ILS Operation
The equipment given below can control the ILS operation:
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Units (MCDU) and the Flight
Management and Guidance Computers (FMGC) for frequency/course selection
in normal operating mode.
- the Radio Management Panels (RMPs) for frequency/course selection in
back-up mode.
The ILS data are shown on the EFIS displays:
- the CAPT Primary Flight Display (PFD) and F/O Navigation Display (ND)
show the deviations from the ILS1.
- the F/O PFD and CAPT ND show the deviations from the ILS2.
The Morse-coded audio identification signals are sent to the Audio
Management Unit (AMU). These signals can be heard in the boomset and on
the loudspeaker according to the selection by the crew on the Audio
Control Panel (ACP).

B. GPS Operation

(1) Normal operation


In normal operation, the GPS 1 data are used by the ADIRUs 1 and 3;
the GPS 2 data by the ADIRU 2.

NOTE : In order to reduce GPS initialization time, the GPS 1(2)


____
receives data from the ADIRU 1(2).

The Inertial Reference (IR) portion of the ADIRU 1(2) provides the
FMGC 1(2) with:
- pure IR data
- pure GPS data (in this case the ADIRU operates as a relay)
- hybrid GPIR data.
The hybrid GPIR 1(2) data are used by the FMGC 1(2) for position
fixing purposes.
The pure GPS data are used for display on the MCDU 1 and 2.

In case of one GPS failure, the three ADIRUs automatically select the
only operative GPS to compute hybrid GPIR data.
In case of ADIRU 1 failure, the FMGC 1 uses ADIRU 3/GPS 1 data.
In case of ADIRU 2 failure, the FMGC 2 uses ADIRU 3/GPS 2 data.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 3
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Monitoring and Display
Figure 002


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 4
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Data Acquisition
Figure 003


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 5
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
NOTE : The primary source of the ADIRU 3 being the GPS
____ 1, it is
necessary to select the secondary input port of the ADIRU 3
(GPS 2) by means of the ATT HDG selector switch (13FP) to
preserve side 1/side 2 segregation (GPS 1/ADIRU 1/FMGC 1 and
GPS 2/ADIRU 3/FMGC 2 architecture).

In case of failure of two ADIRUs, the two FMGCs use only the
operative ADIRU.
This ADIRU receives data from its own side GPS (e.g. ADIRU 1 - GPS
1).

C. Maintenance Operation
The MMR system provides the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU) with an interface for onboard testing and fault reporting
purposes. The MCDUs show the maintenance data.

4. Power
____________
Supply
Each MMR system is energized through 115VAC busbars as follows:
- 401XP for system 1
- 204XP for system 2.
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 6
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

5. Interface
_________

A. ILS Interface

(1) ILS digital outputs


The ILS transmits data in compliance with the low speed ARINC 429
standards. The table below contains all the output parameters in the
numerical form.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 173 | LOCALIZER|+ or - 0.155| DDM| 29 | 12 | 50 | BNR| | |
| | DEVIATION| | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 174 | GLIDE |+ or - 0.175| DDM| 29 | 12 | 50 |BNR | | |
| | SLOPE | | | | | ms | | | |
| | DEVIATION| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 033 | ILS |FROM 108.10 |MHz | | 15 |200 |BCD | | |
| | FREQUENCY| TO 111.95 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 017 | RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 15 |300 |BCD | | |
| | HEADING | 359.9 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 105 | RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 11 |300 |BNR | | |
| | HEADING | 359.9 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 263 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |150 |HYB | | |
| | STATION | | | | | ms | | | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 264 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |150 |HYB | | |
| | STATION | | | | | ms | | | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 271 | MMR | | | | 19 |400 |DISC| | |
| | DISCRETE | | | | | ms | | | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 7
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 8
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
B. GPS Interface

(1) GPS digital outputs


The GPS has three independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses connected to the three ADIRUs.
The table below contains all the output parameters in numerical form.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |
| 060 | MEASURE- | Pack | N/A| N/A| | 1s | | |
| | MENT STS | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | |+/-268435456| | | | | | |
| 061 | PSEUDO | 256 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 062 | PSEUDO | 256 | M | 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | 0.125 | | | | | | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 063 | RANGE | +/-4096 | M/S| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RATE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 064 | DELTA | +/-4096 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 065 | SV POS X | +/-67108864| M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 64 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 066 | SV POS X | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | +/-67108864| | | | | | |
| 070 | SV POS Y | 64 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 9
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 071 | SV POS Y | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 072 | SV POS Z | +/-67108864| M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 64 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 073 | SV POS Z | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | UTC MEA- | 10.0 | | | | | | |
| 074 | SURE TIME| 9.536743 | S | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | micro sec | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS ALT | +/-131072 | | | | | | |
| 076 | (MSL) | 0.125 | Ft | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1024 | | | | | | |
| 101 | HDOP | 0.031 | N/A| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1024 | | | | | | |
| 102 | VDOP | 0.031 | N/A| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS TRACK| +/-180 | | | | | | |
| 103 | ANGLE | 0.0055 | Deg| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | +/-180 | | | | | | |
| 110 | LATITUDE | 0.000172 | Deg| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | +/-180 | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 10
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 111 | LONGITUDE| 0.000172 | Deg| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 4096 | | | | | | |
| 112 | GROUND | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | SPEED | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 0.000172 | | | | | | |
| 120 | LATITUDE | 8.38 E-8 | Deg| 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 0.000172 | | | | | | |
| 121 | LONGITUDE| 8.38 E-8 | Deg| 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 125 | UTC | 23:59.9 |HR: | 5 | | 1s |BCD | |
| | | 0.1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| |HORIZONTAL| 16 | NM | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 130 | INTEGRITY| 0.00012 | | | | | | |
| | LIMIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | 32768 | Ft | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 133 | INTEGRITY| 0.25 | | | | | | |
| | LIMIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | 32768 | | | | | | |
| 136 | FIGURE | 0.125 | Ft | 18 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | OF MERIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1.0 | | | | | | |
| 140 | UTC FINE | 0.9536743 | S | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | micro sec | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | UTC FINE | 0.953674 | S | 10 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 141 | FRACTIONS| micron s | | | | | | |
| | | 0.9313225ns| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | APPROACH | 16 | NM | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 11
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 143 | AREA | 0.00012 | | | | | | |
| | HIL | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | APPROACH | 32768 | Ft | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 144 | AREA | 0.25 | | | | | | |
| | HIL | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | |HR: | | | | | |
| 150 | UTC | 23:59:59 |MIN:| 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 1.0 s |S | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 162 | DEST | 23:59 |HR: | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | ETA | 1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 163 | ALT | 23:59 |HR: | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | WAYPNT | 1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
| | ETA | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | +/-32768 | Ft/| | | | | |
| 165 | VELOCITY | 1.0 | Mn | 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | N/S | +/-4096 | | | | | | |
| 166 | VELOCITY | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | E/W | +/-4096 | | | | | | |
| 174 | VELOCITY | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 226 | DATA | N/A |N/A |N/A | |N/A |ISO | |
| | LOADER | | | | | |#5 | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| |HORIZONTAL| 16 | | | | | | |
| 247 | FIGURE | 6.1E-5 | NM | 18 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | OF MERIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | N/A |DAY:| | | | | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 12
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 260 | DATE | 1 Day |MON:| 6 | | 1s |BCD | |
| | | |YEAR| | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | | | | | | | |
| 273 | SENSOR | N/A |N/A |N/A | | 1s |DISC| |
| | STATUS | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 343 | DEST | 16 |NM | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | HIL | 0.0078 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | ALT | | | | | | | |
| 347 | WAYPNT | 16 |NM | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | HIL | 0.0078 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 354 | GPSSU | N/A |N/A |N/A | | |ISO | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 356 | MAINT | N/A |N/A |N/A | | |ISO | |
| | DATA | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | EQUIP- | | | | | | | |
| 377 | MENT | N/A |N/A |N/A | | 1s |BCD | |
| | ID | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. _____________________
Component Description

R **ON A/C 051-099,

A. MMR

(1) External description


(Ref. Fig. 004)
The face of the MMR is fitted with a handle, two attaching parts, a
TEST pushbutton switch and three LEDs. The LRU STATUS LED has two
colors (red/green).
The three LEDs have the following name, color and function:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 13
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - External Description
Figure 004


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 14
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
- LRU STATUS (red) indicates that an internal fault is detected
during the front panel self-test sequence
- LRU STATUS (green) indicates that no internal fault is detected
during the front panel self-test sequence
- CONTROL FAIL (red) indicates that no control input is available
during the test sequence.
- ANT FAIL (red) indicates that a failed antenna is detected during
the test sequence.
The back of the MMR is equipped with one ARINC 600 size one
connector, which includes three plugs:
- Top Plug (TP): connection with the GPS antenna
- Middle Plug (MP): service interconnection
- Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit, and the
LOC and G/S coaxial interconnections.

(2) Internal description


(Ref. Fig. 005)
The MMR consists of four parts:
- the power supply unit
- the ILS receiver
- the GPS receiver
- the system processor unit.
The primary function of the MMR is to receive and process ILS and GPS
signals. The ILS receiver and the GPS receiver make up two of the
subassemblies. The ILS signals, including both localizer and
glideslope, are used to determine flight path deviations during
precision approach and landing, and are supplied to the aircraft
flight control and instrument systems. These deviations are based on
radio frequency signals that the unit receives from a ground-based
instrument landing system.
The GPS receiver simultaneously tracks signals from up to twelve GPS
satellites. The signals are processed to generate a three-dimensional
position and a precise time. The receiver generates an estimate of
the positional accuracy provided. An integrity alert is activated if
an unannounced satellite malfunction is detected. The receiver has
the capability of excluding satellites that are malfunctioning.
The system processor card has the functions that follow:
- output position and deviation data to other aircraft systems,
- receive ILS frequency selections,
- receive ADIRU & FMGC data for GPS initialization,
- dialog with the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).

- Power supply


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 15
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - External Description
Figure 004A


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Block Diagram
Figure 005


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 17
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The aircraft supplies the 115 VAC, 400 Hz, single phase power to
the MMR. The input power is routed from the rear interconnect to
the forward power supply. The forward power supply provides power
factor corrections, and outputs +200 VDC for the aft power supply.
The aft power supply steps the +200 VDC down to +/- 6.5 and +/-
13.5 VDC outputs. These unregulated voltages are routed to the
other subassemblies where they are post-regulated to +/- 5 VDC and
+/- 12 VDC. Post-regulation provides a level of separation between
the subassemblies and possible noise on the power lines. It will
also allow shut-off of the circuit areas when not needed for a
specific phase of flight (not used today).

- ILS Receiver
The MMR receives VHF localizer and UHF glideslope signals at the
antenna jacks in the bottom plug of the rear connector. Coaxial
cables route the RF from the rear connector to the ILS receiver.
The ILS receiver includes four functional areas: VHF receiver, UHF
receiver, primary instrumentation processor, and monitor
instrumentation processor.

The VHF receiver filters, mixes and amplifies VHF signals. The
resulting intermediate frequency signals are converted into serial
data and processed by both the primary and the monitor
instrumentation circuits. The UHF receiver filters, mixes,
amplifies, and detects UHF signals. The detected signals are
converted into serial data and processed by the instrumentation
processors. The primary instrumentation processor outputs flight
path deviations to the system processor. The system processor
forwards the flight path deviations to the aircraft instrumentation
and auto-pilot computers (FMGC).
The monitor instrumentation processor performs a validity check of
the primary instrumentation processor deviation output, and
disables the outputs if the check fails. The primary and monitor
instrumentation processors use ARINC 429 buses for
intercommunications and for communications with the system
processor.

- GPS Receiver
The MMR receives RF signals through an active GPS antenna
(preamplifier implemented within the antenna). The GPS receiver
filters, mixes, and performs analog-to-digital conversions. The
resulting data is processed by microprocessors that output
position, velocity, time, and integrity data to the system
processor. The system processor transmits ARINC 743A-compliant data
for use by other aircraft systems. The GPS receiver also outputs a
time mark discrete signal that tells users of the ARINC 743A data
the instant in time when the position solution is valid.


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 18
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
- System Processor
The system processor controls the flow of data to the ILS and GPS
receivers including mode and frequency selections, GPS
initialization, and maintenance data requests. The system processor
also controls the transmission of output data including ILS
deviation, GPS position, velocity, time, integrity, time marks and
maintenance data. Circuitry on the system processor converts
received data from serial into parallel and also formats parallel
data to serial data for transmission on the bus.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

A. MMR

(1) External description


(Ref. Fig. 004A)
The face of the MMR is fitted with a handle, two attaching parts, a
TEST pushbutton switch and four Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs).
The four LEDs have the following name, color and function:
- TEST OK (green) indicates that no fault is detected during the
initiated (by pushbutton switch or by MCDU) self-test or during the
power-up test.
- MMR FAULT (red) indicates that an internal fault is detected by the
MMR itself.
- BUS IN FAIL (red) indicates that no control input is available.
- TEST ANT (red) indicates that a failed antenna (or coaxial cable)
is detected.
The back of the MMR is equipped with one ARINC 600 size one
connector, which includes three plugs:
- Top Plug (TP): connection with the GPS antenna
- Middle Plug (MP): service interconnection
- Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit, and the
LOC and G/S coaxial interconnections.

(2) Internal description


(Ref. Fig. 005A)
The MMR includes:
- an ILS RF module (RF)
- a main ILS board (CMD)
- a monitor ILS board (MON)
- a GPS board (GPS)
- a power supply module (POWER SUPPLY)
- a High Intensity Radiated Field interconnect module (HIRF).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 19
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Block Diagram
Figure 005A


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
The primary function of the MMR is to receive and process ILS and GPS
signals. The ILS signals, including both localizer and glide slope,
are used to determine flight path deviations during precision
approach and landing, and are supplied to the aircraft flight control
and instrument systems. These deviations are based on radio frequency
signals that the unit receives from a ground-based instrument landing
system.
The GPS receiver simultaneously tracks signals from up to fifteen GPS
satellites. The signals are processed to generate a three-dimensional
position and a precise time. The receiver generates an estimate of
the positional accuracy provided. An integrity alert is activated if
an unannounced satellite malfunction is detected. The receiver has
the capability of excluding satellites that are malfunctioning. It is
able to incorporate external altimeter data to improve the
availability of its integrity monitoring functions.

(a) ILS RF module (RF)


This module converts (filters, amplifies and demodulates) the RF
signals received by the localizer and glide slope antennas into
analog signals for processing by the Digital Signal Processor
(DSP). The module consists of two RF sections, one for the VHF
localizer signals and one for the UHF glide slope signals.

(b) Main ILS board (CMD)


The main ILS board controls the ILS mode of operation, generates
the audio and deviation outputs, controls the aircraft interfaces
and performs the maintenance tasks (for CFDIU interface).
The board is divided into five sections:
- A/D converter (ADC) which digitizes the localizer and glide
slope signals from the ILS RF module.
- DSP section which formats and sends to the Precision Approach
Navigator (PAN) the deviations computed with the depth of
modulation of the 90Hz and 150Hz.
- PAN section which processes the data from the DSP section to
provide the localizer and glide slope deviation information to
the Input/Output section (I/O).
The PAN compares information from the monitor ILS board with
the information it has calculated itself.
The PAN sends to the maintenance section the in-line test (BIT)
results from all the boards installed in the MMR (RF, CMD, MON,
GPS and POWER SUPPLY).
- maintenance section which provides the interface with the
Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
- I/O section which consists of ARINC 429 drivers and receivers
and discrete I/O logic. The I/O section provides the interface
with aircraft systems.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 21
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
ARINC 429 inputs/outputs are processed by a specially designed
ASIC (GLUCOMA).

(c) Monitor ILS board (MON)


The monitor ILS board provides a redundant dissimilar signal
processing path for the localizer and glide slope signals from
the ILS RF module. It also includes an ADC, a DSP, a PAN and an
I/O section (as CMD).
In order to determine if the main ILS board (CMD) operates
properly, the MON PAN calculates the deviation outputs and
compares the results against those being transmitted over the
ARINC 429 ILS output ports. If the calculations from the two PANs
are excessively different, the MON PAN asks the CMD PAN to set
the deviation words to indicate failure. The MON PAN shuts down
the output buses if the SSM of the output words does not indicate
failure when required.

(d) GPS Board (GPS)


The GPS board receives RF signals through an active GPS antenna,
filters, mixes, and performs analog-to-digital conversion and
outputs position, velocity, time and integrity data. It also
outputs a time mark discrete signal to synchronize users with the
raw data sent by this board.
The GPS board is divided into four sections:
- RF section which filters and mixes the RF signal.
- ASIC GNSS which processes the signals from the RF section.
- Processor section which performs position, velocity, time (PVT)
and integrity calculation with data received from ASIC GNSS. It
also provides satellite information to I/O section.
- I/O section which consists of ARINC 429 drivers and receivers
and discrete I/O logic. It provides PVT, integrity and
satellite information with aircraft systems. ARINC 429
inputs/outputs are processed by a specially designed ASIC
(GLUCOMA).

(e) Power supply module (POWER SUPPLY)


The power supply module generates, from 115VAC/400HZ single
phase, four regulated power supplies required for operation of
the modules and boards (+12VDC, +5VDC, +15VDC, -15VDC).
This module protects the secondary power supply voltages against
short-circuits and spikes, makes primary power supply
micro-interrupts transparent and isolates the equipment from the
primary power supply.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 22
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
(f) High Intensity Radiated Field interconnect module (HIRF)
The HIRF module provides with connection of the different
internal modules and connection with the aircraft environment.
It protects the MMR against electromagnetic interference,
lightning indirect effects and has two filters for the
115VAC/400Hz input power.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

B. GPS Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 006)
Two L-Band antennas are mounted on the top of the fuselage, at the
centerline, to receive signals from the GPS satellites. The GPS antenna
is an active antenna with an integrated preamplifier and filter. It
receives GPS signals at 1575.42 MHz and matches to a 50 ohms coaxial
cable at the input to the MMR. The antenna has a right-hand circular
polarized and omnidirectional radiation pattern.
The power supply of the preamplifier is provided by the MMR through the
coaxial cable.

NOTE : The antenna connectors have a hole to install a lockwire and


____
safety the coaxial cable.

C. Localizer Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The localizer antenna is an airborne antenna used to receive LOC signals
in the 108-112MHz range. It is a folded half-loop type driven by
capacitive coupling. The antenna has two independent RF connectors used
to feed two independent ILS receivers. Connector separation is provided
by a hybrid junction in the antenna.

D. Glide Slope Antenna


(Ref. Fig. 007)
The glide slope antenna is an airborne antenna used to receive GLIDE
signals in the 329-335MHz range. It is a folded half-loop type driven by
capacitive coupling. The antenna has two independent RF connectors used
to feed two independent ILS receivers. Connector separation is provided
by a hybrid junction in the antenna.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 23
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
GPS Active - Antenna
Figure 006


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 24
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
ILS - Antennas
Figure 007


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 25
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
7. Operation
_________

A. ILS Operation

(1) Normal operation


(Ref. Fig. 008)
Each MMR is connected to one Radio Management Panel (RMP). The MMR 1
is connected to the RMP 1 (the MMR 2 to the RMP 2). The MMR 1
receives management bus from the FMGC 1 through the RMP 1 (the MMR 2
from the FMGC 2 through the RMP 2).
In normal operation, the FMGC 1(2) tunes the MMR 1(2) either
automatically or manually by means of the MCDU. In this case the RMP
1(2) operates as a relay which sends the frequency information from
the FMGC 1(2) to the receiver 1(2).
Via a second port, the MMR 1(2) receives a second management bus (ILS
FREQ + RWY HDG) directly from the FMGC 2(1).
The receiver selects one of the two input ports according to the
FREQ/FUNCT DATA SOURCE SEL discrete signal, which is received from
the FMGC 1(2) through the RMP 1(2).

(2) Operation in case of failure


With failure of one FMGC, the second FMGC automatically controls the
two MMRs, the off side directly, the on side through its RMP.
With failure of the RMP 1(2) or two RMPs, the RMP concerned is
transparent to data and discrete from FMGC.

(3) Manual operation


In manual operation (at any time, or with failure of two FMGCs) the
RMP 1 can control the MMR 1 after ON NAV mode selection. Same
possibility for the RMP 2 (MMR 2).
(Ref. Fig. 009)
In this mode the RMP 1 can control the MMR 2 through the RMP 2 after
ON NAV mode selection on the RMP 2. Same possibility for RMP 2
through RMP 1.
After any frequency selection it is always necessary to select the
associated course.

(4) Reconfiguration switching


In normal utilization, the ILS 1 data are shown on the CAPT PFD and
the F/O ND; the ILS 2 data on the F/O PFD and the CAPT ND.
The DMC 1 supplies data to the CAPT PFD and ND; the DMC 2 to the F/O
PFD and ND.
With failure of the DMC 1(2) it is possible to switch over to the DMC
3 with the EIS DMC selector switch located on the panel 8VU on the
center pedestal.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 26
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Control and Indicating
Figure 008


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 27
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - ILS - Course and Frequency Selection in Manual Mode
Figure 009


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 28
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
In this case, the DMC 3 totally replaces the DMC 1(2) through the
stage of the output switching relay of the failed DMC. With failure
of the PFD, there is an automatic transfer of the PFD image onto the
ND.
With failure of the CAPT (F/O) ND, you obtain the transfer of the ND
image onto the CAPT (F/O) PFD when you push the PFD/ND XFR pushbutton
switch on panel 301VU (500VU).
When you set the PFD potentiometer to OFF on the panel 301VU (500VU)
this causes:
- deactivation of the CAPT (F/O) PFD
- transfer of the PFD image onto the CAPT (F/O) ND.

(5) Audio control


The MMR applies its audio output to the audio integrating system.
This system controls and directs the output to the headsets and/or
the loudspeakers. The Audio Management Unit (AMU) controls the audio
level through the ACP. On the ACP, the pilot must push the ILS
pushbutton switch and adjust the related potentiometer to the correct
audio level.
With ILS/DME collocated stations, the DME identification morse code
can be listened in sequence with the ILS audio signal when you push
the ILS pushbutton switch on the ACP and the ILS pushbutton switch on
the FCU.

(6) Data display


(Ref. Fig. 010)

(a) On the PFDs


On the right and below the attitude sphere, the deviation
indications come into view in approach. These are:
- the vertical deviation scale
- the lateral deviation scale
- the related aircraft deviation symbols.
If you select an ILS approach, the scales and symbols give GLIDE
SLOPE and LOCALIZER deviations. The scales come into view when
you push the ILS pushbutton switch on the EFIS control section of
the Flight Control Unit (FCU). The deviation symbols come into
view when the related G/S and LOC signals from the ILS receiver
are valid.
If the ILS indications are available with the ILS pushbutton
switch pushed they have priority over the deviation information
of the R NAV approach.
In this mode the data given after are shown (item 5): in the left
bottom corner:
- ILS frequency (plus ILS identification if available)
- ILS - DME distance.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 29
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - ILS Data Display
Figure 010


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 30
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
At the top section of the PFD a Flight Mode Annunciator shows the
various armed/active longitudinal and lateral modes:
(item 1): the G/S longitudinal modes are shown in the 2nd column
(cyan for armed or green for active)
(item 2): the LOC longitudinal modes are shown in the 3rd column
(cyan for armed or green for active)
VERTICAL DEVIATION (item 3)
The vertical scale shows a classical glide slope deviation. It is
linear with 2 dots on each side. Two dots correspond to plus (or
minus) 0.175 ddm (150 microA) deviation. The index shows magenta
G/S indication.
Until the glide beam is captured, the glide index is not shown
(No Computed Data). When the index is against one stop only one
half of it is in view (the outer half index).
The glide slope index and the scale flash permanently in case of
G/S excessive deviation warning.
With a glide fault, the G/S index goes out of view and a red G/S
failure warning message is shown in the middle of the scale.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
LATERAL DEVIATION (item 4)
The horizontal scale shows a classical LOC deviation with 2 dots
on each side. Two dots correspond to plus (or minus) 0.155 ddm
(150 microA) deviation. The index shows magenta LOC indication.
Until the LOC is captured, the LOC index is not shown (No
Computed Data). When the index is against one stop, only one half
of it is shown.
The LOC index and the scale flash permanently in case of LOC
excessive deviation warning.
With a localizer fault, the LOC index goes out of view and a red
LOC failure warning message is shown in the middle of the scale.
(Ref. Fig. 010, 011)

(b) On NDs in the ROSE ILS mode


In the ROSE ILS mode, the ND gives a display which is similar to
that of a conventional Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI): a
heading dial orientated to the magnetic North turns and gives the
actual magnetic heading of the aircraft in relation to the stable
yellow lubber line.
The ND is always heading up:
A yellow aircraft model, at the center of the heading dial is
stable and pointed up to the yellow lubber line.
Small white triangles are put each 45 deg. on the circumference
in relation to the lubber line.
They are stable and do not turn with the heading dial.
A green diamond-shaped symbol moves around the heading dial and
gives the actual track of the aircraft.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 31
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - ILS Warning Display
Figure 011


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 32
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The ND shows the indications given after, when available, in its
right top corner (item 8):
- the side of the displayed ILS receiver
- the frequency
- the course
- the identification.
The ND shows the ILS APP message in its center top section (item
7) when the pilot has selected the ILS approach on the MCDU.
LATERAL DEVIATION (item 6)
A dagger-shaped pointer points to the selected ILS course. Its
center part is the lateral deviation bar, which can move on a
scale which is perpendicular to the pointer and has two dots on
each side. The position of the bar on the scale gives the
localizer deviation. The extreme dots correspond to plus or minus
0.155 ddm (plus or minus 150 microA). With LOC fault a red LOC
warning message comes into view in the middle of the LOC scale
and the LOC deviation bar goes out of view.
VERTICAL DEVIATION (item 9)
A magenta lozenge gives the glide slope deviation on a vertical
scale at the right of the heading dial if the aircraft is within
the condition of reception of the ILS glide slope signal.
The extreme dots of the vertical scale correspond to plus or
minus 0.175 ddm (plus or minus 150 microA). With G/S fault, a red
G/S warning message comes into view at the top of the scale and
the index goes out of view.

(c) On NDs in ARC and ROSE NAV modes


When you push the ILS pushbutton switch in ARC or ROSE NAV mode,
the ND shows the symbols given after (item 11):
- a magenta dagger-shaped pointer which points to the selected
QFU
- an arrow which indicates the lateral deviation of the aircraft
related to the localizer axis.

(7) Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The warnings related to the ILS are:
- local warning on the instruments that use the ILS information
- MASTER CAUT lights on CAPT and F/O glareshield panels
- aural warning: single chime (SC)
- warning message shown on the upper display unit of the ECAM system.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 33
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
B. GPS Function

(1) Normal operation

(a) General
To reduce initialization time, the MMR 1(2) receives position
data, LAT/LONG (labels 310/311) from the ADIRU 1(2) and SET LAT,
SET LONG (labels 041, 042) UTC/Date from the FMGC 1(2) through
the ADIRU 1(2).
Each MMR receives the GPS satellite RF signals from the active
antenna to compute and provide the three ADIRUs with:
- UTC, date
- position, altitude
- ground speed, track angle
- N/S speed, E/W speed, vertical speed
- horizontal and vertical dilution of precision, figure of merit
- satellite position
- satellite measurement (pseudo-range, delta range, range rate,
UTC measurement time)
- GPS measurement status, sensor status
- real time and predictive integrity data.

Within each ADIRU an hybridization function performs the


following:
- monitoring of the MMR using GPS status word and ADIRU BITE
- generation of failure message for ECAM display
- use of pseudo-range/delta range data to compute GPS position
- use of inertial data to smooth GPS position/velocity
- use of a Kalman filter to estimate and minimize errors
- use of IR data to improve the robustness of the MMR RAIM
algorithm.
- transmission of GPS and GPIR data to the FMGC for position
fixing and display purposes.

(b) GPS primary navigation function principle in the FMGC


A navigation mode with the least error is chosen based upon the
mixed IR position and the best GPIR or radio position available.

NOTE : The GPIR position used by the FMGC to determine the


____
aircraft position is computed in the GPIR partition of the
ADIRU (hybrid solution).

The FMS mode of navigation is selected according to the following


hierarchy:
- GPIR/Inertial
- DME/DME/Inertial
- DME/VOR/Inertial


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 34
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
- Inertial only.
The GPIR/INERTIAL mode is selected as long as the following
conditions are satisfied:
- GPIR position is available and with an estimated accuracy
consistent with the intended operation.
- GPIR integrity is available and compatible with the applicable
phase of flight requirement.
As long as the GPS/INERTIAL mode is active, no DME/DME or
VOR/DME radio updating is allowed. However, LOC updating can
apply to GPS/INERTIAL position.
In this navigation mode, N IR/GPS indication is displayed on
the POSITION MONITOR page with N being the number of IRs used
to compute mixed IR position.
The selected hybrid GPIRS position is displayed on the POSITION
MONITOR page in place of the radio position.
The mixed IR position and the IR deviations displayed on the
POSITION MONITOR page do not change and are still computed
using pure IR inputs.
Aircraft position is generated by a series of filters which use
inertial position, GPIR position or radio position, and
aircraft velocity as input.
A position bias is computed once every second through the
position bias filter. This position bias is computed as the
difference between the GPIR position (or radio position) and
the inertial position.
The aircraft position is finally computed every 200 ms based on
the corrected inertial position and the aircraft velocity using
the aircraft position filter.
The GPS/INERTIAL mode can be manually inhibited by pushing the
line key adjacent to the DESELECT GPS indication on the
SELECTED NAVAIDS page.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
FMGC computed integrity:
When the GPIR position is available in the FMGC but the GPIR
integrity is not delivered by the ADIRS, the FMGC is capable of
computing an equivalent integrity called AIM (Alternate
Integrity Monitoring), using IR data, during a limited period
of time. The goal of this FMGC functionality is to improve the
availability of the GPS Primary function in the cockpit.

(c) Clock synchronization on GPS time

1
_ If a GPS signal is present and valid when the power is on, the
clock synchronizes on the GPS time using labels 150 and 260.

2
_ If the signal is not present during synchronization, the clock
dispalys dashes on all the digits.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 35
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - GPS SELECTED NAVAIDS Page on MCDU
Figure 012


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 36
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
3
_ If the signal is present but not valid during synchronization,
the clock indicates 00:00:00.

4
_ If the signal becomes not valid after synchronization, the
clock runs on its internal time base.

(d) Display of GPS data on MCDU

1
_ GPS MONITOR
(Ref. Fig. 013)
The GPS data are displayed on the GPS MONITOR page of the
MCDU.
To get the GPS MONITOR page, push the DATA key on the MCDU,
then the line key adjacent to the GPS MONITOR indication.
The upper part is dedicated to GPS 1 data, the lower part to
GPS 2 data.
The following data are displayed:
- GPS position (lat/long)
- true track
- GPS altitude
- figure of merit (in meters)
- ground speed
- number of satellites tracked
- mode.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

2
_ PREDICTIVE GPS
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The integrity prediction results given by the GPS portion of
the MMR on Flight Management System (FMS) request are
displayed on the PREDICTIVE GPS page of the MCDU (from the
progress page which displays required navigation accuracy and
estimated position accuracy and GPS PRIMARY indication).
The prediction concerns the destination (DEST) and any pilot
entered waypoint (WPT) and the integrity availability (HIL <
0.3 Nm) is displayed by Yes (Y) or No (N) for the seven times
defined by the five minutes increments for plus or minus 15
minutes around DEST or WPT.

3
_ Progress page
The progress page indicates whether the GPS is used by the
FMGC for navigation. If it is used, the GPS PRIMARY indication
is displayed. If it is not used, the GPS PRIMARY LOST message
is shown.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 37
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
GPS - GPS MONITOR Page on MCDU
Figure 013


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 38
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
GPS - PREDICTIVE GPS Page
Figure 014


R

EFF :
401-499,
051-099, 106-149, 204-238, 301-311,  34-36-00

Page 39
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
4
_ MCDU scratchpad
GPS PRIMARY in white or GPS PRIMARY LOST in amber show on the
MCDU scratchpad.

5
_ SELECTED NAVAIDS page
It is possible to select GPS for navigation computation within
the FMS on the SELECTED NAVAIDS page.
If you deselected GPS, the message GPS IS DESELECTED appears
on the MCDU when a GPS approach starts.

6
_ ARRIVAL page
To select a GPS approach, use the ARRIVAL page.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

(e) Display of GPS messages on ND


(Ref. Fig. 015)

1
_ Display of GPS PRIMARY LOST amber message
This message is displayed at the bottom of the image in all
the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS
primary is lost (this message cannot be cleared from the
MCDU). In this case, the GPS is not used for navigation
(accuracy and integrity for the intended operation can still
be met by the use of alternate navigation means).

2
_ Display of GPS PRIMARY white message
This message is displayed at the bottom of the image in all
the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS
becomes primary (this message can be cleared from the MCDU).

3
_ Display of GPS APP green message
This approach message is displayed at the top of the image in
all the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when a GPS
approach is selected in the flight plan.

(2) Warning

(a) GPS failure


The GPSs are monitored by the both FWCs using a status word sent
by each GPS.
In case of GPS failure, the NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT message is
displayed in the lower part of the upper ECAM DU.
This message is accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield
- aural warning: Single Chime (SC).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 40
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - GPS Data Displayed on the NDs
Figure 015


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 41
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
NOTE : The failure is reminded on the INOP SYSTEM page of the
____
lower ECAM DU. The message displayed is GPS 1(2).

(b) Loss of the GPS primary navigation


When the GPS navigation is lost for any reason, the navigation
function is degraded and reverts to the traditional navigation
function with IRS positions and radio positions if available (in
this case the RNP (Required Navigation Performance) features are
still available).
Warnings are generated to indicate the loss of GPS PRIMARY
navigation:
- GPS PRIMARY LOST message on the NDs (cannot be cleared) and
MCDU (can be cleared)
- in case of GPS non-precision approach, an aural alert is
generated (Triple Click)

(c) GPS/FMS position disagreement


When GPS Primary is active and either FMGC 1 or FMGC 2 latitude
(longitude) deviates from either MMR 1 or MMR 2 latitude
(longitude) by more than 0.5 Nm, the NAV FMS/GPS POS DISAGREE and
A/C POS...........CHECK messages are displayed in amber and cyan
respectively on the ECAM DU.
These messages are accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield
- aural warning: Single Chime (SC).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 42
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
8. _____________
BITE Function

R **ON A/C 051-099,

A. CFDIU Interface

(1) BITE description


The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the MMR. The BITE of the MMR is
connected to the CFDIU.
The BITE:
- transmits permanently MMR status and its identification message to
the CFDIU,
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs,
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals,
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests,
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode,
- the menu mode.

(a) Normal mode


During the normal mode, the BITE cyclically monitors the status
of the MMR. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU by an
ARINC 429 message with label 356.

(b) Menu mode


The menu mode can only be activated on ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the MMR
BITE by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 016)
When you get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page, the ILS1
and ILS2 indications can be shown instead of the MMR1 and MMR2
indications. In this case, you must do the following steps:
- make sure that the the engines are shut down
- open CFDIU SUPPLY circuit breaker 2TW
- open CFDIU BACK UP circuit breaker 8TW
- make sure that MMR1 and MMR2 circuit breakers, 42RT1 and 42RT2,
are closed


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 43
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 016


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 44
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
- wait for 30 seconds then close the CFDIU circuit breakers 2TW
and 8TW
- wait for 180 seconds then get access to the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST/NAV page.
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE Test
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
The MMR menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 017)
This menu contains the fault messages (class 1 internal and
external) detected during the last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 018)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external
or internal failures (class 1) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 019)
Allows to display the P/N, the serial number and the software
number of the equipment.
- GND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 020)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight,
provides information of the failures detected while using this
function.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 021)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning
the failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 022)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 023)
Allows to present the class 1 or 3 internal failures detected
on ground.
- SYSTEM TEST
(Ref. Fig. 024, 025)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the MMR.

(2) List of components


All the components are listed in Para. 2. Component Location.


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 45
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Last Leg Report
Figure 017


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 46
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Last Leg Report and LRU Identification
Figure 017A


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 47
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Previous Legs Report
Figure 018


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 48
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Previous Legs Report
Figure 018A


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 49
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - LRU Identification
Figure 019


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 50
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Ground Scanning
Figure 020


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 51
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Trouble Shooting Data
Figure 021


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 52
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Last Leg Class 3 Faults
Figure 022


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 53
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - Ground Report
Figure 023


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 54
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - System Test
Figure 024


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 55
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - System Test
Figure 024A


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 56
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - System Test
Figure 025


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 57
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

A. CFDIU Interface

(1) BITE description


The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the MMR. The BITE of the MMR is
connected to the CFDIU.
The BITE:
- transmits permanently MMR status and its identification message to
the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.

(a) Normal mode


During the normal mode, the BITE cyclically monitors the status
of the MMR. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU by an
ARINC 429 message with label 356.

(b) Menu mode


The menu mode can only be activated on ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the MMR
BITE by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 016)
When you get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page, the ILS1
and ILS2 indications can be shown instead of the MMR1 and MMR2
indications. In this case, you must do the following steps:
- make sure that the the engines are shut down
- open CFDIU SUPPLY circuit breaker 2TW
- open CFDIU BACK UP circuit breaker 8TW
- make sure that MMR1 and MMR2 circuit breakers, 42RT1 and 42RT2,
are closed
- wait for 30 seconds then close the CFDIU circuit breakers 2TW
and 8TW


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 58
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
- wait for 180 seconds then get access to the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST/NAV page.
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE Test
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
The MMR menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
This menu contains the fault messages (class 1 internal and
external) detected during the last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 018A)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external
or internal failures (class 1) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
Allows to display the P/N and the software numbers of the
equipment.
- GND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 020)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight,
provides information of the failures detected while using this
function.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 021)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning
the failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 022)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 022)
Allows to present the class 1 or 3 internal failures detected
on ground.
- SYSTEM TEST
(Ref. Fig. 024A, 025A)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the MMR.

(2) List of components


All the components are listed in Para. 2. Component Location.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 59
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
MMR - System Test
Figure 025A


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 60
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

(3) Reporting function


The tables below give the list of internal/external failures.

(a) Internal failure:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I ATA I CLASS I MESSAGE I
I I (A/C) I I
I----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I 34-36-31 I 1 I MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-36-11 I 1 I LOCALIZER ANTENNA (3RT)/COAX CABLE/MMRi(40RTi) I
I 34-36-18 I 1 I GLIDE ANTENNA (4RT)/COAX CABLE/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-36-16 I 1 I GPS ANTENNAi (43RTi)/COAX CABLE/MMRi(40RTi) I
I I I i = (1,2) I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

(b) External failure:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I ATA I CLASS I MESSAGE I
I I (A/C) I I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I 31-32-34 I 3 I CFDIU (1TW)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGCi (1CAi)/RMPi (1RGi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGCj (1CAj) BUS ILS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGC1 (1CA1) BUS GPS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGC2 (1CA2) BUS GPS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-12-34 I 3 I ADIRUk (1FPk)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 32-31-71 I 3 I LGCIUi (5GAi)/FMGCi (1CAi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 31-62-34 I 1 I DMCi (1WTi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I I I j,i = (1,2) or (2,1) I
I I I k = 1, 2 or 3 I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 61
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099,

(4) Interactive function


To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref.
22-82-00).
(Ref. Fig. 017, 018, 019, 020, 021, 022, 023, 024, 025)
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

(4) Interactive function


To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref.
22-82-00).
(Ref. Fig. 017A, 018A, 020, 021, 022, 023, 024A, 025A)
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).

R **ON A/C 051-099,

B. BITE Implementation

(1) Activation of the receiver face test


The receiver face test can be activated by pushing the TEST
pushbutton switch on the receiver face, if the test inhibit discrete
is not active.
The sequence below is then generated on the receiver face.
Depending on the outcome of the receiver face test, one of the
following results is displayed:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I SEQUENCE I LRU STATUS I CONTROL I ANT FAIL I I TIME I
I NO. I LED (DS1) I FAIL LED I LED I DEFINITION I DEFINITION I
I I I (DS2) I (DS3) I I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 1 I Red I Red I Red I LED self- I 2 seconds I
I I I I I test I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 2 I Green I Red I Red I LED self- I 2 seconds I
I I I I I test I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 3 I Off I Off I Off I Unit self- I 2 seconds I
I I I I I test I minimum I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 62
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I SEQUENCE I LRU STATUS I CONTROL I ANT FAIL I I TIME I
I NO. I LED (DS1) I FAIL LED I LED I DEFINITION I DEFINITION I
I I I (DS2) I (DS3) I I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 4 I Green I Off I Off I Unit passedI 30 seconds I
I I-------------------------------------------------I I
I I Red I I I Unit I I
I I I I I failed I I
I I-------------------------------------------------I I
I I I Red I I Control I I
I I I I Iinput failedI I
I I-------------------------------------------------I I
I I I I Red I Antenna I I
I I I I I failed I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 5 I Off I Off I Off I Test I Until next I
I I I I I complete I requested I
I I I I I I self-test I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2) Activation of the functional test


The functional test can be activated by pushing the line key adjacent
to the TEST indication on the MMR maintenance sub-menu.
It is similar to the receiver face test except that the receiver face
LEDs are not controlled to reflect the status of the unit, which is
reported on the MCDU.


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 63
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,
R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-049,101-149,151-199,201-234,236-238,301-307,
401-499,

ILS ((MMR)) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


_______________________________________

1. _______
General
The primary function of the Multi-Mode Receiver (MMR) is to receive and
process Instrument Landing System (ILS) and Global Positioning System (GPS)
signals. The MMR is a navigation sensor with two internal receivers.

A. ILS Receiver
The function of the ILS is to provide the crew and airborne system users
with lateral (LOC) and vertical (G/S) deviation signals, with respect to
the approach ILS radio beam transmitted by a ground station.
The localizer operates in a frequency band which ranges from 108.1 MHz to
111.95 MHz and the glide uses the band from 329.15 MHz to 335 MHz as
defined by ARINC specification 710.

B. GPS Receiver
The GPS is a radio aid to worldwide navigation which provides:
- the crew with a readout of accurate navigation information, e.g.
position, track and speed
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) with position
information, for accurate position fixing.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The MMR system units are located in the aircraft as follows.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40RT1 MMR-1 95VU 120 811 34-36-31
40RT2 MMR-2 96VU 120 811 34-36-31
3RT ANTENNA-LOCALIZER 1/2 110 110AL 34-36-11
4RT ANTENNA-GLIDE/SLOPE 1/2 110 110AL 34-36-18
43RT1 ANTENNA-GPS ACTIVE, 1 210 831 34-36-16
43RT2 ANTENNA-GPS ACTIVE, 2 210 831 34-36-16


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Component Location
Figure 001


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 2
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The A/C comprises two independent MMRs, 40RT1 and 40RT2, linked to:
- a common localizer antenna 3RT
- a common glide/slope antenna 4RT
- a GPS active antenna 43RT1 (linked to MMR1)
- a GPS active antenna 43RT2 (linked to MMR2).

A. ILS Operation
The equipment given below can control the ILS operation:
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Units (MCDU) and the Flight
Management and Guidance Computers (FMGC) for frequency/course selection
in normal operating mode.
- the Radio Management Panels (RMP) for frequency/course selection in
back-up mode.
The ILS data are shown on the EFIS displays:
- the CAPT Primary Flight Display (PFD) and F/O Navigation Display (ND)
show the deviations from the ILS1.
- the F/O PFD and CAPT ND show the deviations from the ILS2.
The Morse-coded audio identification signals are sent to the Audio
Management Unit (AMU). These signals can be heard in the boomset and on
the loudspeaker according to the selection by the crew on the Audio
Control Panel (ACP).

B. GPS Operation

(1) Normal operation


In normal operation, the GPS 1 data are used by the ADIRUs 1 and 3;
the GPS 2 data by the ADIRU 2.

NOTE : In order to reduce GPS initialization time, the GPS 1(2)


____
receives data from the ADIRU 1(2).

The Inertial Reference (IR) portion of the ADIRU 1(2) provides the
FMGC 1(2) with:
- pure IR data
- pure GPS data (in this case the ADIRU operates as a relay)
- hybrid GPIR data.
The hybrid GPIR 1(2) data are used by the FMGC 1(2) for position
fixing purposes.
The pure GPS data are used for display on the MCDU 1 and 2.

In case of one GPS failure, the three ADIRUs automatically select the
only operative GPS to compute hybrid GPIR data.
In case of ADIRU 1 failure, the FMGC 1 uses ADIRU 3/GPS 1 data.
In case of ADIRU 2 failure, the FMGC 2 uses ADIRU 3/GPS 2 data.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Monitoring and Display
Figure 002


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 4
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Data Acquisition
Figure 003


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
NOTE : The primary source of the ADIRU 3 being the GPS
____ 1, it is
necessary to select the secondary input port of the ADIRU 3
(GPS 2) by means of the ATT HDG selector switch (13FP) to
preserve side 1/side 2 segregation (GPS 1/ADIRU 1/FMGC 1 and
GPS 2/ADIRU 3/FMGC 2 architecture).

In case of failure of two ADIRUs, the two FMGCs use only the
operative ADIRU.
This ADIRU receives data from its own side GPS (e.g. ADIRU 1 - GPS
1).

C. Maintenance Operation
The MMR system provides the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU) with an interface for onboard testing and fault reporting
purposes. The MCDUs show the maintenance data.

4. Power
____________
Supply
Each MMR system is energized through 115VAC busbars as follows:
- 401XP for system 1
- 204XP for system 2.
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 6
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,
R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

5. Interface
_________

A. ILS Interface

(1) ILS digital outputs


The ILS transmits data in compliance with the low speed ARINC 429
standards. The table below contains all the output parameters in the
numerical form.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 173 | LOCALIZER|+ or - 0.155| DDM| 29 | 12 | 50 | BNR| | |
| | DEVIATION| | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 174 | GLIDE |+ or - 0.175| DDM| 29 | 12 | 50 |BNR | | |
| | SLOPE | | | | | ms | | | |
| | DEVIATION| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 033 | ILS |FROM 108.10 |MHz | | 15 |200 |BCD | | |
| | FREQUENCY| TO 111.95 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 017 | RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 15 |300 |BCD | | |
| | HEADING | 359.9 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 105 | RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 11 |300 |BNR | | |
| | HEADING | 359.9 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 263 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |150 |HYB | | |
| | STATION | | | | | ms | | | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 264 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |150 |HYB | | |
| | STATION | | | | | ms | | | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 271 | MMR | | | | 19 |400 |DISC| | |
| | DISCRETE | | | | | ms | | | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 7
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 8
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
B. GPS Interface

(1) GPS digital outputs


The GPS has three independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses connected to the three ADIRUs.
The table below contains all the output parameters in numerical form.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |
| 060 | MEASURE- | Pack | N/A| N/A| | 1s | | |
| | MENT STS | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | |+/-268435456| | | | | | |
| 061 | PSEUDO | 256 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 062 | PSEUDO | 256 | M | 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | 0.125 | | | | | | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 063 | RANGE | +/-4096 | M/S| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RATE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 064 | DELTA | +/-4096 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 065 | SV POS X | +/-67108864| M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 64 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 066 | SV POS X | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | +/-67108864| | | | | | |
| 070 | SV POS Y | 64 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 9
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 071 | SV POS Y | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 072 | SV POS Z | +/-67108864| M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 64 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 073 | SV POS Z | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | UTC MEA- | 10.0 | | | | | | |
| 074 | SURE TIME| 9.536743 | S | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | micro sec | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS ALT | +/-131072 | | | | | | |
| 076 | (MSL) | 0.125 | Ft | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1024 | | | | | | |
| 101 | HDOP | 0.031 | N/A| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1024 | | | | | | |
| 102 | VDOP | 0.031 | N/A| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS TRACK| +/-180 | | | | | | |
| 103 | ANGLE | 0.0055 | Deg| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | +/-180 | | | | | | |
| 110 | LATITUDE | 0.000172 | Deg| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | +/-180 | | | | | | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 10
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 111 | LONGITUDE| 0.000172 | Deg| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 4096 | | | | | | |
| 112 | GROUND | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | SPEED | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 0.000172 | | | | | | |
| 120 | LATITUDE | 8.38 E-8 | Deg| 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 0.000172 | | | | | | |
| 121 | LONGITUDE| 8.38 E-8 | Deg| 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 125 | UTC | 23:59.9 |HR: | 5 | | 1s |BCD | |
| | | 0.1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| |HORIZONTAL| 16 | NM | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 130 | INTEGRITY| 0.00012 | | | | | | |
| | LIMIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | 32768 | Ft | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 133 | INTEGRITY| 0.25 | | | | | | |
| | LIMIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | 32768 | | | | | | |
| 136 | FIGURE | 0.125 | Ft | 18 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | OF MERIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1.0 | | | | | | |
| 140 | UTC FINE | 0.9536743 | S | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | micro sec | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | UTC FINE | 0.953674 | S | 10 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 141 | FRACTIONS| micron s | | | | | | |
| | | 0.9313225ns| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | APPROACH | 16 | NM | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 11
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 143 | AREA | 0.00012 | | | | | | |
| | HIL | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | APPROACH | 32768 | Ft | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 144 | AREA | 0.25 | | | | | | |
| | HIL | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | |HR: | | | | | |
| 150 | UTC | 23:59:59 |MIN:| 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 1.0 s |S | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 162 | DEST | 23:59 |HR: | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | ETA | 1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 163 | ALT | 23:59 |HR: | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | WAYPNT | 1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
| | ETA | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | +/-32768 | Ft/| | | | | |
| 165 | VELOCITY | 1.0 | Mn | 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | N/S | +/-4096 | | | | | | |
| 166 | VELOCITY | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | E/W | +/-4096 | | | | | | |
| 174 | VELOCITY | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 226 | DATA | N/A |N/A |N/A | |N/A |ISO | |
| | LOADER | | | | | |#5 | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| |HORIZONTAL| 16 | | | | | | |
| 247 | FIGURE | 6.1E-5 | NM | 18 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | OF MERIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | N/A |DAY:| | | | | |


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 12
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 260 | DATE | 1 Day |MON:| 6 | | 1s |BCD | |
| | | |YEAR| | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | | | | | | | |
| 273 | SENSOR | N/A |N/A |N/A | | 1s |DISC| |
| | STATUS | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 343 | DEST | 16 |NM | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | HIL | 0.0078 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | ALT | | | | | | | |
| 347 | WAYPNT | 16 |NM | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | HIL | 0.0078 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 354 | GPSSU | N/A |N/A |N/A | | |ISO | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 356 | MAINT | N/A |N/A |N/A | | |ISO | |
| | DATA | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | EQUIP- | | | | | | | |
| 377 | MENT | N/A |N/A |N/A | | 1s |BCD | |
| | ID | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. _____________________
Component Description

A. MMR

(1) External description


(Ref. Fig. 004)
The face of the MMR is fitted with a handle, two attaching parts, a
TEST pushbutton switch and four Light Emitting Diodes (LED).
The four LEDs have the following name, color and function:
- TEST OK (green) indicates that no fault is detected during the
initiated (by pushbutton switch or by MCDU) self-test or during the
power-up test.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 13
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - External Description
Figure 004


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 14
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
- MMR FAULT (red) indicates that an internal fault is detected by the
MMR itself.
- BUS IN FAIL (red) indicates that no control input is available.
- TEST ANT (red) indicates that a failed antenna (or coaxial cable)
is detected.
The back of the MMR is equipped with one ARINC 600 size one
connector, which includes three plugs:
- Top Plug (TP): connection with the GPS antenna
- Middle Plug (MP): service interconnection
- Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit, and the
LOC and G/S coaxial interconnections.

(2) Internal description


(Ref. Fig. 005)
The MMR includes:
- an ILS RF module (RF)
- a main ILS board (CMD)
- a monitor ILS board (MON)
- a GPS board (GPS)
- a power supply module (POWER SUPPLY)
- a High Intensity Radiated Field interconnect module (HIRF).
The primary function of the MMR is to receive and process ILS and GPS
signals. The ILS signals, including both localizer and glide slope,
are used to determine flight path deviations during precision
approach and landing, and are supplied to the aircraft flight control
and instrument systems. These deviations are based on radio frequency
signals that the unit receives from a ground-based instrument landing
system.
The GPS receiver simultaneously tracks signals from up to fifteen GPS
satellites. The signals are processed to generate a three-dimensional
position and a precise time. The receiver generates an estimate of
the positional accuracy provided. An integrity alert is activated if
an unannounced satellite malfunction is detected. The receiver has
the capability of excluding satellites that are malfunctioning. It is
able to incorporate external altimeter data to improve the
availability of its integrity monitoring functions.

(a) ILS RF module (RF)


This module converts (filters, amplifies and demodulates) the RF
signals received by the localizer and glide slope antennas into
analog signals for processing by the Digital Signal Processor
(DSP). The module consists of two RF sections, one for the VHF
localizer signals and one for the UHF glide slope signals.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 15
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Block Diagram
Figure 005


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 16
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(b) Main ILS board (CMD)
The main ILS board controls the ILS mode of operation, generates
the audio and deviation outputs, controls the aircraft interfaces
and performs the maintenance tasks (for CFDIU interface).
The board is divided into five sections:
- A/D converter (ADC) which digitizes the localizer and glide
slope signals from the ILS RF module.
- DSP section which formats and sends to the Precision Approach
Navigator (PAN) the deviations computed with the depth of
modulation of the 90Hz and 150Hz.
- PAN section which processes the data from the DSP section to
provide the localizer and glide slope deviation information to
the Input/Output section (I/O).
The PAN compares information from the monitor ILS board with
the information it has calculated itself.
The PAN sends to the maintenance section the in-line test (BIT)
results from all the boards installed in the MMR (RF, CMD, MON,
GPS and POWER SUPPLY).
- maintenance section which provides the interface with the
Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
- I/O section which consists of ARINC 429 drivers and receivers
and discrete I/O logic. The I/O section provides the interface
with aircraft systems.
ARINC 429 inputs/outputs are processed by a specially designed
ASIC (GLUCOMA).

(c) Monitor ILS board (MON)


The monitor ILS board provides a redundant dissimilar signal
processing path for the localizer and glide slope signals from
the ILS RF module. It also includes an ADC, a DSP, a PAN and an
I/O section (as CMD).
In order to determine if the main ILS board (CMD) operates
properly, the MON PAN calculates the deviation outputs and
compares the results against those being transmitted over the
ARINC 429 ILS output ports. If the calculations from the two PANs
are excessively different, the MON PAN asks the CMD PAN to set
the deviation words to indicate failure. The MON PAN shuts down
the output buses if the SSM of the output words does not indicate
failure when required.

(d) GPS Board (GPS)


The GPS board receives RF signals through an active GPS antenna,
filters, mixes, and performs analog-to-digital conversion and
outputs position, velocity, time and integrity data. It also
outputs a time mark discrete signal to synchronize users with the
raw data sent by this board.
The GPS board is divided into four sections:


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 17
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
- RF section which filters and mixes the RF signal.
- ASIC GNSS which processes the signals from the RF section.
- Processor section which performs position, velocity, time (PVT)
and integrity calculation with data received from ASIC GNSS. It
also provides satellite information to I/O section.
- I/O section which consists of ARINC 429 drivers and receivers
and discrete I/O logic. It provides PVT, integrity and
satellite information with aircraft systems. ARINC 429
inputs/outputs are processed by a specially designed ASIC
(GLUCOMA).

(e) Power supply module (POWER SUPPLY)


The power supply module generates, from 115VAC/400HZ single
phase, four regulated power supplies required for operation of
the modules and boards (+12VDC, +5VDC, +15VDC, -15VDC).
This module protects the secondary power supply voltages against
short-circuits and spikes, makes primary power supply
micro-interrupts transparent and isolates the equipment from the
primary power supply.

(f) High Intensity Radiated Field interconnect module (HIRF)


The HIRF module provides with connection of the different
internal modules and connection with the aircraft environment.
It protects the MMR against electromagnetic interference,
lightning indirect effects and has two filters for the
115VAC/400Hz input power.

B. GPS Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 006)
Two L-Band antennas are mounted on the top of the fuselage, at the
centerline, to receive signals from the GPS satellites. The GPS antenna
is an active antenna with an integrated preamplifier and filter. It
receives GPS signals at 1575.42 MHz and matches to a 50 ohms coaxial
cable at the input to the MMR. The antenna has a right-hand circular
polarized and omnidirectional radiation pattern.
The power supply of the preamplifier is provided by the MMR through the
coaxial cable.

NOTE : The antenna connectors have a hole to install a lockwire and


____
safety the coaxial cable.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 18
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
GPS Active - Antenna
Figure 006


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 19
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
C. Localizer Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The localizer antenna is an airborne antenna used to receive LOC signals
in the 108-112MHz range. It is a folded half-loop type driven by
capacitive coupling. The antenna has two independent RF connectors used
to feed two independent ILS receivers. Connector separation is provided
by a hybrid junction in the antenna.

D. Glide Slope Antenna


(Ref. Fig. 007)
The glide slope antenna is an airborne antenna used to receive GLIDE
signals in the 329-335MHz range. It is a folded half-loop type driven by
capacitive coupling. The antenna has two independent RF connectors used
to feed two independent ILS receivers. Connector separation is provided
by a hybrid junction in the antenna.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 20
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
ILS Antennas
Figure 007


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 21
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
7. Operation
_________

A. ILS Operation

(1) Normal operation


(Ref. Fig. 008)
Each MMR is connected to one Radio Management Panel (RMP). The MMR 1
is connected to the RMP 1 (the MMR 2 to the RMP 2). The MMR 1
receives management bus from the FMGC 1 through the RMP 1 (the MMR 2
from the FMGC 2 through the RMP 2).
In normal operation, the FMGC 1(2) tunes the MMR 1(2) either
automatically or manually by means of the MCDU. In this case the RMP
1(2) operates as a relay which sends the frequency information from
the FMGC 1(2) to the receiver 1(2).
Via a second port, the MMR 1(2) receives a second management bus (ILS
FREQ + RWY HDG) directly from the FMGC 2(1).
The receiver selects one of the two input ports according to the
FREQ/FUNCT DATA SOURCE SEL discrete signal, which is received from
the FMGC 1(2) through the RMP 1(2).

(2) Operation in case of failure


With failure of one FMGC, the second FMGC automatically controls the
two MMRs, the off side directly, the on side through its RMP.
With failure of the RMP 1(2) or two RMPs, the RMP concerned is
transparent to data and discrete from FMGC.

(3) Manual operation


In manual operation (at any time, or with failure of two FMGCs) the
RMP 1 can control the MMR 1 after ON NAV mode selection. Same
possibility for the RMP 2 (MMR 2).
(Ref. Fig. 009)
In this mode the RMP 1 can control the MMR 2 through the RMP 2 after
ON NAV mode selection on the RMP 2. Same possibility for RMP 2
through RMP 1.
After any frequency selection it is always necessary to select the
associated course.

(4) Reconfiguration switching


In normal utilization, the ILS 1 data are shown on the CAPT PFD and
the F/O ND; the ILS 2 data on the F/O PFD and the CAPT ND.
The DMC 1 supplies data to the CAPT PFD and ND; the DMC 2 to the F/O
PFD and ND.
With failure of the DMC 1(2) it is possible to switch over to the DMC
3 with the EIS DMC selector switch located on the panel 8VU on the
center pedestal.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 22
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Control and Indicating
Figure 008


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 23
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - ILS - Course and Frequency Selection in Manual Mode
Figure 009


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 24
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
In this case, the DMC 3 totally replaces the DMC 1(2) through the
stage of the output switching relay of the failed DMC. With failure
of the PFD, there is an automatic transfer of the PFD image onto the
ND.
With failure of the CAPT (F/O) ND, you obtain the transfer of the ND
image onto the CAPT (F/O) PFD when you push the PFD/ND XFR pushbutton
switch on panel 301VU (500VU).
When you set the PFD potentiometer to OFF on the panel 301VU (500VU)
this causes:
- deactivation of the CAPT (F/O) PFD
- transfer of the PFD image onto the CAPT (F/O) ND.

(5) Audio control


The MMR applies its audio output to the audio integrating system.
This system controls and directs the output to the headsets and/or
the loudspeakers. The Audio Management Unit (AMU) controls the audio
level through the ACP. On the ACP, the pilot must push the ILS
pushbutton switch and adjust the related potentiometer to the correct
audio level.
With ILS/DME collocated stations, the DME identification morse code
can be listened in sequence with the ILS audio signal when you push
the ILS pushbutton switch on the ACP and the ILS pushbutton switch on
the Flight Control Unit (FCU).

(6) Data display


(Ref. Fig. 010)

(a) On the PFDs


On the right and below the attitude sphere, the deviation
indications come into view in approach. These are:
- the vertical deviation scale
- the lateral deviation scale
- the related aircraft deviation symbols.
If you select an ILS approach, the scales and symbols give GLIDE
SLOPE and LOCALIZER deviations. The scales come into view when
you push the ILS pushbutton switch on the EFIS control section of
the Flight Control Unit (FCU). The deviation symbols come into
view when the related G/S and LOC signals from the ILS receiver
are valid.
If the ILS indications are available with the ILS pushbutton
switch pushed, they have priority over the deviation information
of the R NAV approach.
In this mode, the data given after are shown (item 5): in the
left bottom corner:
- ILS frequency (plus ILS identification if available)
- ILS - DME distance.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 25
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - ILS Data Display
Figure 010


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 26
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
At the top section of the PFD, a Flight Mode Annunciator (FMA)
shows the various armed/active longitudinal and lateral modes:
(item 1): the G/S longitudinal modes are shown in the 2nd column
(cyan for armed or green for active)
(item 2): the LOC longitudinal modes are shown in the 3rd column
(cyan for armed or green for active)
VERTICAL DEVIATION (item 3)
The vertical scale shows a classical glide slope deviation. It is
linear with 2 dots on each side. Two dots correspond to plus (or
minus) 0.175 ddm (150 microA) deviation. The index shows magenta
G/S indication.
Until the glide beam is captured, the glide index is not shown
(No Computed Data). When the index is against one stop, only one
half of it is in view (the outer half index).
The glide slope index and the scale flash permanently in case of
G/S excessive deviation warning.
With a glide fault, the G/S index goes out of view and a red G/S
failure warning message is shown in the middle of the scale.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
LATERAL DEVIATION (item 4)
The horizontal scale shows a classical LOC deviation with 2 dots
on each side. Two dots correspond to plus (or minus) 0.155 ddm
(150 microA) deviation. The index shows magenta LOC indication.
Until the LOC is captured, the LOC index is not shown (No
Computed Data). When the index is against one stop, only one half
of it is shown.
The LOC index and the scale flash permanently in case of LOC
excessive deviation warning.
With a localizer fault, the LOC index goes out of view and a red
LOC failure warning message is shown in the middle of the scale.
(Ref. Fig. 010, 011)

(b) On NDs in the ROSE ILS mode


In the ROSE ILS mode, the ND gives a display which is similar to
that of a conventional Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI): a
heading dial orientated to the magnetic North turns and gives the
actual magnetic heading of the aircraft in relation to the stable
yellow lubber line.
The ND is always heading up:
A yellow aircraft model, at the center of the heading dial is
stable and pointed up to the yellow lubber line.
Small white triangles are put each 45 deg. on the circumference
in relation to the lubber line.
They are stable and do not turn with the heading dial.
A green diamond-shaped symbol moves around the heading dial and
gives the actual track of the aircraft.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 27
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - ILS Warning Display
Figure 011


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 28
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
The ND shows the indications given after, when available, in its
right top corner (item 8):
- the side of the displayed ILS receiver
- the frequency
- the course
- the identification.
The ND shows the ILS APP message in its center top section (item
7) when the pilot has selected the ILS approach on the MCDU.
LATERAL DEVIATION (item 6)
A dagger-shaped pointer points to the selected ILS course. Its
center part is the lateral deviation bar, which can move on a
scale which is perpendicular to the pointer and has two dots on
each side. The position of the bar on the scale gives the
localizer deviation. The extreme dots correspond to plus or minus
0.155 ddm (plus or minus 150 microA). With LOC fault a red LOC
warning message comes into view in the middle of the LOC scale
and the LOC deviation bar goes out of view.
VERTICAL DEVIATION (item 9)
A magenta lozenge gives the glide slope deviation on a vertical
scale at the right of the heading dial if the aircraft is within
the condition of reception of the ILS glide slope signal.
The extreme dots of the vertical scale correspond to plus or
minus 0.175 ddm (plus or minus 150 microA). With G/S fault, a red
G/S warning message comes into view at the top of the scale and
the index goes out of view.

(c) On NDs in ARC and ROSE NAV modes


When you push the ILS pushbutton switch in ARC or ROSE NAV mode,
the ND shows the symbols given after (item 11):
- a magenta dagger-shaped pointer which points to the selected
QFU
- an arrow which indicates the lateral deviation of the aircraft
related to the localizer axis.

(7) Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The warnings related to the ILS are:
- local warning on the instruments that use the ILS information
- MASTER CAUT lights on CAPT and F/O glareshield panels
- aural warning: single chime (SC)
- warning message shown on the ECAM upper display unit.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 29
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
B. GPS Function

(1) Normal operation

(a) General
To reduce initialization time, the MMR 1(2) receives position
data, LAT/LONG (labels 310/311) from the ADIRU 1(2) and SET LAT,
SET LONG (labels 041, 042) UTC/Date from the FMGC 1(2) through
the ADIRU 1(2).
Each MMR receives the GPS satellite RF signals from the active
antenna to compute and provide the three ADIRUs with:
- UTC, date
- position, altitude
- ground speed, track angle
- N/S speed, E/W speed, vertical speed
- horizontal and vertical dilution of precision, figure of merit
- satellite position
- satellite measurement (pseudo-range, delta range, range rate,
UTC measurement time)
- GPS measurement status, sensor status
- real time and predictive integrity data.

Within each ADIRU an hybridization function performs the


following:
- monitoring of the MMR using GPS status word and ADIRU BITE
- generation of failure message for ECAM display
- use of pseudo-range/delta range data to compute GPS position
- use of inertial data to smooth GPS position/velocity
- use of a Kalman filter to estimate and minimize errors
- use of IR data to improve the robustness of the MMR RAIM
algorithm.
- transmission of GPS and GPIR data to the FMGC for position
fixing and display purposes.

(b) GPS primary navigation function principle in the FMGC


A navigation mode with the least error is chosen based upon the
mixed IR position and the best GPIR or radio position available.

NOTE : The GPIR position used by the FMGC to determine the


____
aircraft position is computed in the GPIR partition of the
ADIRU (hybrid solution).

The FMS mode of navigation is selected according to the following


hierarchy:
- GPIR/Inertial
- DME/DME/Inertial
- DME/VOR/Inertial


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 30
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
- Inertial only.
The GPIR/INERTIAL mode is selected as long as the following
conditions are satisfied:
- GPIR position is available and with an estimated accuracy
consistent with the intended operation.
- GPIR integrity is available and compatible with the applicable
phase of flight requirement.
As long as the GPS/INERTIAL mode is active, no DME/DME or
VOR/DME radio updating is allowed. However, LOC updating can
apply to GPS/INERTIAL position.
In this navigation mode, N IR/GPS indication is displayed on
the POSITION MONITOR page with N being the number of IRs used
to compute mixed IR position.
The selected hybrid GPIRS position is displayed on the POSITION
MONITOR page in place of the radio position.
The mixed IR position and the IR deviations displayed on the
POSITION MONITOR page do not change and are still computed
using pure IR inputs.
Aircraft position is generated by a series of filters which use
inertial position, GPIR position or radio position, and
aircraft velocity as input.
A position bias is computed once every second through the
position bias filter. This position bias is computed as the
difference between the GPIR position (or radio position) and
the inertial position.
The aircraft position is finally computed every 200 ms based on
the corrected inertial position and the aircraft velocity using
the aircraft position filter.
The GPS/INERTIAL mode can be manually inhibited by pushing the
line key adjacent to the DESELECT GPS indication on the
SELECTED NAVAIDS page.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
FMGC computed integrity:
When the GPIR position is available in the FMGC but the GPIR
integrity is not delivered by the ADIRS, the FMGC is capable of
computing an equivalent integrity called AIM (Alternate
Integrity Monitoring), using IR data, during a limited period
of time. The goal of this FMGC functionality is to improve the
availability of the GPS Primary function in the cockpit.

(c) Clock synchronization on GPS time

1
_ If a GPS signal is present and valid when the power is on, the
clock synchronizes on the GPS time using labels 150 and 260.

2
_ If the signal is not present during synchronization, the clock
displays dashes on all the digits.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 31
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - GPS SELECTED NAVAIDS Page on MCDU
Figure 012


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 32
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
3
_ If the signal is present but not valid during synchronization,
the clock indicates 00:00:00.

4
_ If the signal becomes not valid after synchronization, the
clock runs on its internal time base.

(d) Display of GPS data on MCDU

1
_ GPS MONITOR
(Ref. Fig. 013)
The GPS data are displayed on the GPS MONITOR page of the
MCDU.
To get the GPS MONITOR page, push the DATA key on the MCDU,
then the line key adjacent to the GPS MONITOR indication.
The upper part is dedicated to GPS 1 data, the lower part to
GPS 2 data.
The following data are displayed:
- GPS position (lat/long)
- true track
- GPS altitude
- figure of merit (in meters)
- ground speed
- number of satellites tracked
- mode.

2
_ PREDICTIVE GPS
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The integrity prediction results given by the GPS portion of
the MMR on Flight Management System (FMS) request are
displayed on the PREDICTIVE GPS page of the MCDU (from the
progress page which displays required navigation accuracy and
estimated position accuracy and GPS PRIMARY indication).
The prediction concerns the destination (DEST) and any pilot
entered waypoint (WPT) and the integrity availability (HIL <
0.3 Nm) is displayed by Yes (Y) or No (N) for the seven times
defined by the five minutes increments for plus or minus 15
minutes around DEST or WPT.

3
_ Progress page
The progress page indicates whether the GPS is used by the
FMGC for navigation. If it is used, the GPS PRIMARY indication
is displayed. If it is not used, the GPS PRIMARY LOST message
is shown.

4
_ MCDU scratchpad
GPS PRIMARY in white or GPS PRIMARY LOST in amber show on the
MCDU scratchpad.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 33
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
GPS - GPS MONITOR Page on MCDU
Figure 013


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 34
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
GPS - PREDICTIVE GPS Page on MCDU
Figure 014


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 35
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
5
_ SELECTED NAVAIDS page
It is possible to select GPS for navigation computation within
the FMS on the SELECTED NAVAIDS page.
If you deselected GPS, the message GPS IS DESELECTED appears
on the MCDU when a GPS approach starts.

6
_ ARRIVAL page
To select a GPS approach, use the ARRIVAL page.

(e) Display of GPS messages on ND


(Ref. Fig. 015)

1
_ Display of GPS PRIMARY LOST amber message
This message is displayed at the bottom of the image in all
the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS
primary is lost (this message cannot be cleared from the
MCDU). In this case, the GPS is not used for navigation
(accuracy and integrity for the intended operation can still
be met by the use of alternate navigation means).

2
_ Display of GPS PRIMARY white message
This message is displayed at the bottom of the image in all
the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS
becomes primary (this message can be cleared from the MCDU).

3
_ Display of GPS APP green message
This approach message is displayed at the top of the image in
all the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when a GPS
approach is selected in the flight plan.

(2) Warning

(a) GPS failure


The GPSs are monitored by the both FWCs using a status word sent
by each GPS.
In case of GPS failure, the NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT message is
displayed in the lower part of the upper ECAM DU.
This message is accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield
- aural warning: Single Chime (SC).

NOTE : The failure is reminded on the INOP SYSTEM page of the


____
lower ECAM DU. The message displayed is GPS 1(2).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 36
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - GPS Data Displayed on the NDs
Figure 015


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 37
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(b) Loss of the GPS primary navigation
When the GPS navigation is lost for any reason, the navigation
function is degraded and reverts to the traditional navigation
function with IRS positions and radio positions if available (in
this case the RNP (Required Navigation Performance) features are
still available).
Warnings are generated to indicate the loss of GPS PRIMARY
navigation:
- GPS PRIMARY LOST message on the NDs (cannot be cleared) and
MCDU (can be cleared)
- in case of GPS non-precision approach, an aural alert is
generated (Triple Click).

(c) GPS/FMS position disagreement


When GPS Primary is active and either FMGC 1 or FMGC 2 latitude
(longitude) deviates from either MMR 1 or MMR 2 latitude
(longitude) by more than 0.5 Nm, the NAV FMS/GPS POS DISAGREE and
A/C POS...........CHECK messages are displayed in amber and cyan
respectively on the ECAM DU.
These messages are accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield
- aural warning: Single Chime (SC).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 38
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
8. _____________
BITE Function

A. CFDIU Interface

(1) BITE description


The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the MMR. The BITE of the MMR is
connected to the CFDIU.
The BITE:
- transmits permanently MMR status and its identification message to
the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.

(a) Normal mode


During the normal mode, the BITE cyclically monitors the status
of the MMR. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU by an
ARINC 429 message with label 356.

(b) Menu mode


The menu mode can only be activated on ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the MMR
BITE by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 016)
When you get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page, the ILS1
and ILS2 indications can be shown instead of the MMR1 and MMR2
indications. In this case, you must do the following steps:
- make sure that the the engines are shut down
- open CFDIU SUPPLY circuit breaker 2TW
- open CFDIU BACK UP circuit breaker 8TW
- make sure that MMR1 and MMR2 circuit breakers, 42RT1 and 42RT2,
are closed
- wait for 30 seconds then close the CFDIU circuit breakers 2TW
and 8TW
- wait for 180 seconds then get access to the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST/NAV page.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 39
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 016


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 40
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE Test
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
The MMR menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 017)
This menu contains the fault messages (class 1 internal and
external) detected during the last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 018)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external
or internal failures (class 1) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 017)
Allows to display the P/N and the software numbers of the
equipment.
- GND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 019)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight,
provides information of the failures detected while using this
function.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 020)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning
the failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 021)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 021)
Allows to present the class 1 or 3 internal failures detected
on ground.
- SYSTEM TEST
(Ref. Fig. 022, 023)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the MMR.

(2) List of components


All the components are listed in Para. 2. Component Location.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 41
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Last Leg Report and LRU Identification
Figure 017


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 42
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Previous Legs Report
Figure 018


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 43
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Ground Scanning
Figure 019


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 44
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Trouble Shooting Data
Figure 020


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 45
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Last Leg Class 3 Faults
Figure 021


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 46
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - System Test
Figure 022


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 47
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - System Test
Figure 023


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 48
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(3) Reporting function
The tables below give the list of internal/external failures.

(a) Internal failure:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I ATA I CLASS I MESSAGE I
I I (A/C) I I
I----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I 34-36-31 I 1 I MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-36-11 I 1 I LOCALIZER ANTENNA (3RT)/COAX CABLE/MMRi(40RTi) I
I 34-36-18 I 1 I GLIDE ANTENNA (4RT)/COAX CABLE/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-36-16 I 1 I GPS ANTENNAi (43RTi)/COAX CABLE/MMRi(40RTi) I
I I I i = (1,2) I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

(b) External failure:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I ATA I CLASS I MESSAGE I
I I (A/C) I I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I 31-32-34 I 3 I CFDIU (1TW)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGCi (1CAi)/RMPi (1RGi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGCj (1CAj) BUS ILS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGC1 (1CA1) BUS GPS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGC2 (1CA2) BUS GPS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-12-34 I 3 I ADIRUk (1FPk)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 32-31-71 I 3 I LGCIUi (5GAi)/FMGCi (1CAi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 31-62-34 I 1 I DMCi (1WTi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I I I j,i = (1,2) or (2,1) I
I I I k = 1, 2 or 3 I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 49
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(4) Interactive function
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref.
22-82-00).
(Ref. Fig. 017, 018, 019, 020, 021, 022, 023, 024)
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 50
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
MMR - Ground Report
Figure 024


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 51
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
ILS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________

TASK 34-36-00-740-002

BITE Test of the ILS

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

R NOTE : If you have a COLLINS ILS-720 receiver, you must do the BITE test of the
____
R ILS two times (one immediately after the other).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-36-00-991-001 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the IR alignment procedure


(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 501
Config-1 Aug 01/08
 
CES 
(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 and RMP2:
- set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
- push the NAV and then the ILS pushbutton switches (the green LEDs
on these pushbutton switches come on).
- on the RMP1 or RMP2:
set a non local frequency of the ILS1 (ILS2) beacon.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-36-00-991-001)

Subtask 34-36-00-865-057

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

4. Procedure
_________

NOTE : The ILS1 shows indications on the CAPT PFD and the F/O ND. The ILS2
____
shows indications on the F/O PFD and the CAPT ND.

Subtask 34-36-00-740-051

A. BITE Test of the ILS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control


sections of the FCU:

- push the ILS pushbutton On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


switches. - the LOC and G/S scales come into
view.

- set the mode selector switches On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
to ROSE/ILS. - the LOC and G/S scales and the course
pointer come into view.

2. On the center pedestal, on one


MCDU, get the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST/NAV page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-010).


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 502
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
ILS - Frequency and Course Selection
Figure 501/TASK 34-36-00-991-001


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 503
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the ILS1 (ILS2) page comes into view.
the ILS1 (ILS2) indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the INITIAL CONDITIONS are shown
the TEST indication. (page 1 to 3).

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 20S indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view.
- a fault indication comes into view
for approximately 3 seconds.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
. the LOC scale goes out of view.
. the LOC flag replaces the scale.
. the G/S scale goes out of view.
. the G/S flag comes into view on the
right side of the sphere.
. the ILS1 (ILS2) flag comes into
view in the left lower corner.
- On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
. the LOC scale stays in view.
. the LOC flag comes into view in the
middle of the heading dial.
. the G/S scale stays in view.
. the G/S flag comes into view in the
middle of the scale.
. the ILS1 (ILS2) flag comes into
view in the right upper corner.
- On the glareshield:
. the MASTER CAUT lights come on.
- On the upper ECAM display unit:
* the NAV ILS 1(2) FAULT indication
comes into view.
- In the loud speakers:
. you can hear the single chime.
An NCD indication comes into view for
approximately 2 seconds:
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
. the LOC flag goes out of view.
. the LOC scale comes into view.
. the G/S flag goes out of view.
. the G/S scale comes into view.
. the ILS1 (ILS2) flag goes out of
view.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 504
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. the LOC and G/S indexes are
centered.
- On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
. the LOC flag goes out of view.
. the G/S flag goes out of view.
. the ILS1 (ILS2) flag goes out of
view.
. the LOC deviation bar and the G/S
index are centered.
- On the glareshield:
. the MASTER CAUT lights go off.
- On the upper ECAM display unit:
. the NAV ILS 1(2) FAULT indication
goes out of view.
A deviation up and to the left side
comes into view for approximately 3
seconds:
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
. the LOC index moves 1 point to the
left.
. the G/S index moves up 1 point.
- On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
. the LOC deviation bar moves 1 point
to the left.
. the G/S index moves up 1 point.
A deviation down and to the right side comes into view for approximately 3
seconds:
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
. the LOC index moves 1 point to the right.
. the G/S index moves down 1 point.
- On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
. the LOC deviation bar moves 1 point to the right.
. the G/S index moves down 1 point.
At the end of the test:
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
. the LOC and G/S indexes go out of view.
- On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
. the LOC deviation bar and the G/S index go out of view.

3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the YES indication. view.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 505
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-860-055

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(2) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, release the ILS
pushbutton switches.

(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2) :


- push the NAV and the ILS pushbutton switches (the green LEDs go
off).
- set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(4) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(5) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 506
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
TASK 34-36-00-710-001

Operational Test of the ILS

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Reception Test of the ILS beacon.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-36-00-991-001 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
ON.

Subtask 34-36-00-865-052

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 507
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-36-00-710-055

A. Operational Test of the ILS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):

- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch comes on.

- set the local frequency of an - the set frequency comes into view in
ILS 1 (ILS 2) beacon with the the right display (STBY/CRS).
dual selector knob .
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-36-00-
991-001)

- push the transfer (double - the set frequency comes into view in
arrow) pushbutton switch. the left display.

2. On the center pedestal, on one


ACP:

- release the ILS 1 (ILS 2) - in the loud speakers, you can hear
pushbutton switch. the Morse signal of the station.

3. On the RMP1 (RMP2): - On the RMP1 (RMP2):


- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch goes off.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestral, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
OFF.

(2) On the center pedestral, on the ACP, push the ILS1 (ILS2) pushbutton
switch.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 508
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 509
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
TASK 34-36-00-720-001

Functional Test of the ILS

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific VOR-ILS ground test unit

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-36-00-991-001 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 510
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
(3) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, push the ILS
pushbutton switches. Set the mode selector switches to ROSE/ILS.

(4) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
ON.

Subtask 34-36-00-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

Subtask 34-36-00-480-050

C. Install the VOR-ILS ground test unit near the radome. To do this, refer
to the installation instructions.
Set the ON/OFF switch to ON.

4. Procedure
_________

NOTE : The ILS1 shows indications on the CAPT PFD and the F/O ND. The ILS2
____
shows indications on the F/O PFD and the CAPT ND.

Subtask 34-36-00-720-050

A. ILS Reception Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel 49VU


(121VU):

- close the circuit breaker 1RT1 On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
(1RT2). (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S, LOC and ILS flags go out of
view.

2. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 511
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch comes on.

- set the frequency related to - the set frequency comes into view in
the signal given by the ground the left display.
test unit
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-36-00-
991-001)

3. On the ground test unit:

- set the LOC and G/S selector On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
switches to 0. - the G/S and LOC indexes come into
view in the middle of the scale.
On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index and the LOC deviation
bar come into view in the middle of
the scale.

- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
up 1 point then up 2 points. (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index moves up 1 point then
up 2 points.

- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
down 1 point then down 2 (CAPT) ND:
points. - the G/S index moves down 1 point then
down 2 points.

- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
0. (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index moves to the middle of
the scale.

- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
left 1 point then left 2 (CAPT) ND:
points. - the LOC index and deviation bar move
1 point then 2 points to the left
side.

- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
right 1 point then right 2 (CAPT) ND:


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 512
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
points. - the LOC index and deviation bar move
1 point then 2 points to the right
side.

- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
0. (CAPT) ND:
- the LOC index and deviation bar move
to the middle of the scale.

4. On one RMP1 (RMP2):

- set the CRS related to the On the F/O (CAPT) ND:


aircraft heading +20, then to - the aircraft heading +20, then the
the aircraft heading -20. aircraft heading -20 come into view
in the right upper corner.
- the course pointer moves to the
aircraft heading +20, then to the
aircraft heading -20.

5. On the circuit breaker panel


121VU (49VU):
- close circuit breaker 1RT2
(1RT1).

Subtask 34-36-00-720-051

B. ILS Identification Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel 49VU


(121VU), close the circuit
breaker 1RT1 (1RT2).

2. On the ground test unit, set the


IDENT selector switch to ON.

3. On the center pedestal, on one


ACP :

- release the ILS1 (ILS2) - you can hear the identification


pushbutton switch. signal in the loud speakers.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 513
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- adjust slowly and continously
until the volume is correct.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-080-050

A. De-energize the VOR/ILS ground test unit and remove it.

Subtask 34-36-00-860-053

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, release the ILS
pushbutton switches.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2):


- push the NAV pushbutton switch (the green LED goes off).
- set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(4) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-00

Page 514
Config-1 May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

ILS ((MMR)) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST


_____________________________

TASK 34-36-00-740-003

BITE Test of the MMR

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-861-053

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 501
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-860-056

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE : Do this test in an open area (not in the hangar).


____

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD DU, ND DU and upper ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Align the IRs (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 and RMP2:


- set the ON/OFF switch to ON
- push the NAV and the ILS pushbutton switches

(4) On the RMP1 or RMP2:


- set a non local ILS frequency.

(5) On the EFIS control panel of the FCU:


- push the ILS pushbutton switch

(6) Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-010).
If the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page shows the ILS1 and ILS2
indications but not the MMR1 and MMR2 indications, you must do the
steps that follow:
- make sure that the engines are shut down
- open CFDIU SUPPLY circuit breaker 2TW
- open CFDIU BACK UP circuit breaker 8TW
- make sure that MMR1 and MMR2 circuit breakers, 42RT1 and 42RT2, are
closed
- after 30 seconds, close CFDIU circuit breakers 2TW and 8TW
- after 180 seconds, get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page
(the MMR indications are shown).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 502
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-865-058

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 051-099,

Subtask 34-36-00-740-052-A

A. BITE Test of the MMR

NOTE : the MMR1 shows indications on the CAPT PFD.


____
The MMR2 shows indications on the F/O PFD.

This test is for the MMR1. For the MMR2 use the indications between the
parentheses.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 503
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the MMR1 (MMR2) page comes into view.
the MMR1 (MMR2) indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 1/3 page with
the SYSTEM TEST indication. instructions comes into view.

- push the NEXT PAGE key. - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 2/3 page with
instructions comes into view.

- push the NEXT PAGE key. - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 3/3 page with
instructions comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - On the MCDU, the TEST IN PROGRESS 16S
the START TEST indication. indication comes into view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
the LOC and G/S scales go out of
view,
the LOC and G/S red warnings come
into view for some seconds,
the MASTER CAUT lights come on and
the single chime sounds,
the LOC and G/S scales come into
view,
the G/S index comes into view, moves
up, moves down, then goes out of
view, and simultaneously, the LOC
index comes into view, moves to the
left then to the right, then goes out
of view,
the MASTER CAUT lights go off and the
single chime stops.

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the YES indication. view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP indication comes
the RETURN indication. into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the test procedure stops.


the RETURN indication.


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-36-00

Page 504
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

Subtask 34-36-00-740-052

A. BITE Test of the MMR

NOTE : the MMR1 shows indications on the CAPT PFD.


____
The MMR2 shows indications on the F/O PFD.

This test is for the MMR1. For the MMR2 use the indications between the
parentheses.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the MMR1 (MMR2) page comes into view.
the MMR1 (MMR2) indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 1/3 page with
the SYSTEM TEST indication. instructions comes into view.

- push the NEXT PAGE key. - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 2/3 page with
instructions comes into view.

- push the NEXT PAGE key. - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 3/3 page with
instructions comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - On the MCDU, the TEST IN PROGRESS 20S
the START TEST indication. indication comes into view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
the LOC and G/S scales go out of
view,
the LOC and G/S red warnings come
into view for some seconds,
the MASTER CAUT lights come on and
the single chime sounds,
the LOC and G/S scales come into
view,
the G/S index comes into view, moves
up, moves down, then goes out of
view, and simultaneously, the LOC
index comes into view, moves to the


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 505
Config-2 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
left then to the right, then goes out
of view,
the MASTER CAUT lights go off and the
single chime stops.

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the YES indication. view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP indication comes
the RETURN indication. into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the test procedure stops.


the RETURN indication.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-860-057

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(2) On the RMP1 or on the RMP2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(3) On the EFIS control panel of the FCU, release the ILS pushbutton
switch.

(4) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(5) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(6) On the MCDU, fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen
(display off).

Subtask 34-36-00-862-053

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 506
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TASK 34-36-00-710-002

Operational Test of the GPS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-860-058

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE : Do this test in an open area (not in the hangar).


____

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that
the ATT HDG selector switch is at NORM.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 507
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-865-059

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-36-00-710-056

A. Operational Test of the GPS

NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Test of GPS data acquisition with


IRS aligned

1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the DATA mode key. - the DATA INDEX page comes into view.

2. On the MCDU, on the DATA INDEX On the MCDU:


page: - the GPS MONITOR page comes into view:
- push the line key adjacent to
the GPS MONITOR indication. NOTE : If you do this test after
____
replacement of the MMR, one
minute to twenty minutes are


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 508
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
necessary to get the GPS data on
the MCDU.

- the NAV indication is shown below the


MODE indication
- the number of satellites tracked is
shown below the SAT indication
- the related values come into view
below the GPS POSITION, GPS ALT,
MERIT and GS indications:
. the GPS 1 and the GPS 2 POSITION
indications give the
latitude/longitude of the aircraft
- make sure that the values of the two
GPS positions are approximately the
same.

On CAPT and F/O NDs:


- the white GPS PRIMARY indication
comes into view

3. On the overhead panel, on the On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR page:
ADIRS CDU: - make sure that the GPS position data
- set the DISPLAY DATA selector are approximately the same as the
switch to PPOS. ADIRS position data on the ADIRS CDU.

4. Open the circuit breakers 42RT1 On the upper ECAM DU:


and 42RT2. - the NAV GPS 1 FAULT and NAV GPS 2
FAULT warnings come into view (the
NAV ILS 1 FAULT and NAV ILS 2 FAULT
are shown too).

On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR page:


. all GPS data below the GPS POSITION,
GPS ALT, TTRK, GS and MERIT indications
for the two GPS, are cleared.

On CAPT and F/O NDs:


- the amber GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
is shown.

NOTE : It is possible that the GPS


____
PRIMARY LOST indication will not
come into view immediately after


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 509
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
you open the circuit breakers
42RT1 and 42RT2. It can be as
much as 60 minutes before the
indication comes into view.
It is not necessary to wait for
the GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
to come into view (this
indication is not important for
the test).

5. Close the circuit breakers 42RT1 On the upper ECAM DU:


and 42RT2. - the NAV GPS 1 FAULT and NAV GPS 2
FAULT warnings go out of view (the
NAV ILS 1 FAULT and NAV ILS 2 FAULT
warnings go out of view too).

6. On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR On CAPT and F/O NDs:


page: - the amber GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
- the INIT indication comes into goes out of view
view below the MODE indication - the white GPS PRIMARY indication
for some seconds comes into view.
- then the ACQ indication comes
into view below the MODE
indication
- the number below the SAT
indication increases (number of
satellites tracked)
- after 75 to 300 seconds, the
ACQ indication goes out of view
and the NAV indication comes
into view below the MODE
indication
- the related values come into
view below the GPS POSITION,
GPS ALT, MERIT and GS
indications.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 510
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-710-059

B. Operationnal test of the predictive GPS (with Honeywell ADIRU only)

NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.

NOTE : This test concerns system 1. For system 2, use the indications
____
between parentheses.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Test of the GPS operation through


the PREDICTIVE GPS page on the MCDU

1. Open the circuit breaker 42RT2


(42RT1).

2. On the MCDU1 (MCDU2): On the MCDU1 (MCDU2):


- push the INIT mode key - the INIT page comes into view

- enter origin/destination - the origin/destination airport data


airport data that are in the come into view on the bottom line of
database. the INIT page

- push the line key adjacent to - the RTE SELECTION page comes into
the FROM/TO indication view

- push the line key adjacent to - the INIT page comes into view
the RETURN indication

3. On MCDU1 (MCDU2): On MCDU1 (MCDU2):


- push the PROG mode key. - the PROGRESS page comes into view

- push the line key adjacent to - the PREDICTIVE GPS page comes into
the PREDICTIVE GPS indication view

- the destination is displayed below


the DEST indication

- enter GMT plus 1 hour below the - after some seconds, the Y or N
ETA indication (Estimated Time indication comes into view below the
of Arrival). -15, -10, -5, ETA, +5, +10, +15
indications.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 511
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Close the circuit breaker 42RT2
(42RT1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-860-059

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU page.

(2) On the ADIRS CDU, set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 512
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TASK 34-36-00-710-003

Operational Test of the ILS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-860-060

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
ON.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 513
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-865-060

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-36-00-710-057

A. Operational Test of the ILS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):

- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch comes on.

- set the local frequency of an - the set frequency comes into view in
ILS 1 (ILS 2) beacon with the the right display (STBY/CRS).
dual selector knob.

- push the transfer (double - the set frequency comes into view in
arrow) pushbutton switch. the left display.

2. On the center pedestal, on one


ACP:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 514
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the ILS 1 (ILS 2) - in the loud speakers, you can hear
pushbutton switch. the Morse signal of the station.

3. On the RMP1 (RMP2): - On the RMP1 (RMP2):


- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch goes off.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-860-061

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestral, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
OFF.

(2) On the center pedestral, on the ACP, push the ILS1 (ILS2) pushbutton
switch.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 515
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TASK 34-36-00-720-002

Functional Test of the ILS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific VOR-ILS ground test unit

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-869-063

A. General

(1) Use the VOR/ILS Ramp Test Set NAV401L or equivalent.

Subtask 34-36-00-860-062

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 516
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(3) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, push the ILS
pushbutton switches. Set the mode selector switches to ROSE/ILS.

(4) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
ON.

Subtask 34-36-00-865-061

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

Subtask 34-36-00-480-051

D. Install the VOR-ILS ground test unit near the radome. To do this, refer
to the installation instructions.
Set the ON/OFF switch to ON.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 517
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-36-00-720-052

A. ILS Reception Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel 49VU


(121VU):

- close the circuit breaker 42RT1 On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
(42RT2). (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S, LOC and ILS flags go out of
view.

2. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):

- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch comes on.

- set the frequency related to - the set frequency comes into view in
the signal given by the ground the left display.
test unit

3. On the ground test unit:

- set the LOC and G/S selector On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
switches to 0. - the G/S and LOC indexes come into
view in the middle of the scale.
On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index and the LOC deviation
bar come into view in the middle of
the scale.

- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
up 1 point then up 2 points. (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index moves up 1 point then
up 2 points.

- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
down 1 point then down 2 (CAPT) ND:
points. - the G/S index moves down 1 point then
down 2 points.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 518
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
0. (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index moves to the middle of
the scale.

- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
left 1 point then left 2 (CAPT) ND:
points. - the LOC index and deviation bar move
1 point then 2 points to the left
side.

- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
right 1 point then right 2 (CAPT) ND:
points. - the LOC index and deviation bar move
1 point then 2 points to the right
side.

- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
0. (CAPT) ND:
- the LOC index and deviation bar move
to the middle of the scale.

4. On one RMP1 (RMP2):

- set the CRS related to the On the F/O (CAPT) ND:


aircraft heading +20, then to - the aircraft heading +20, then the
the aircraft heading -20. aircraft heading -20 come into view
in the right upper corner.
- the course pointer moves to the
aircraft heading +20, then to the
aircraft heading -20.

5. On the circuit breaker panel


121VU (49VU):
- close circuit breaker 42RT2
(42RT1).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 519
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-720-053

B. ILS Identification Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel 49VU


(121VU), close the circuit
breaker 42RT1 (42RT2).

2. On the ground test unit, set the


IDENT selector switch to ON.

3. On the center pedestal, on one


ACP :

- release the ILS1 (ILS2) - you can hear the identification


pushbutton switch. signal in the loud speakers.

- adjust slowly and continously


until the volume is correct.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-080-051

A. De-energize the VOR/ILS ground test unit and remove it.

Subtask 34-36-00-860-063

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, release the ILS
pushbutton switches.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2):


- push the NAV pushbutton switch (the green LED goes off).
- set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(4) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 520
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 521
Config-2 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,
R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-049,101-149,151-199,201-234,236-238,301-307,
401-499,

ILS ((MMR)) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST


_____________________________

TASK 34-36-00-740-006

BITE Test of the MMR

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-861-055

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 501
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-860-082

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE : Do this test in an open area (not in the hangar).


____

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD DU, ND DU and upper ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 and RMP2:


- set the ON/OFF switch to ON
- push the NAV and ILS pushbutton switches.

(4) On the RMP1 or RMP2:


- set a non local ILS frequency.

(5) On the CAPT or F/O EFIS control section of the FCU:


- push the ILS pushbutton switch.

(6) Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-010).
If the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page shows the ILS1 and ILS2
indications but not the MMR1 and MMR2 indications, you must do the
steps that follow:
- make sure that the engines are shut down
- open CFDIU SUPPLY circuit breaker 2TW
- open CFDIU BACK UP circuit breaker 8TW
- make sure that MMR1 and MMR2 circuit breakers, 42RT1 and 42RT2, are
closed
- after 30 seconds, close CFDIU circuit breakers 2TW and 8TW
- after 180 seconds, the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page shows the MMR1
and MMR2 indications.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 502
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-865-071

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02


121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-36-00-740-055

A. BITE Test of the MMR

NOTE : The MMR1 shows indications on the CAPT PFD.


____
The MMR2 shows indications on the F/O PFD.

This test is for the MMR1. For the MMR2, use the indications between the
parentheses.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 503
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - the MMR1 (MMR2) page comes into view.
the MMR1 (MMR2) indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 1/3 page with
the SYSTEM TEST indication. instructions comes into view.

- push the NEXT PAGE key. - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 2/3 page with
instructions comes into view.

- push the NEXT PAGE key. - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 3/3 page with
instructions comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 20S indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view.

On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:

- the LOC and G/S scales go out of


view,
- the LOC and G/S red warnings come
into view for some seconds.

The MASTER CAUT lights come on and the


single chime sounds.

On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:

- the LOC and G/S scales come into


view,
- the G/S index comes into view, moves
up, moves down, then goes out of
view, and at the same time, the LOC
index comes into view, moves to the
left then to the right, then goes out
of view.

The MASTER CAUT lights go off and the


single chime stops.

On the MCDU:


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 504
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the YES indication. view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP indication comes
the RETURN indication. into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the test procedure stops.


the RETURN indication.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-860-083

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(2) On the RMP1 or RMP2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(3) On the CAPT or F/O EFIS control section of the FCU, release the ILS
pushbutton switch.

(4) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(5) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(6) On the MCDU, fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen
(display off).

Subtask 34-36-00-862-055

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 505
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
TASK 34-36-00-710-008

Operational Test of the GPS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-860-084

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE : Do this test in an open area (not in the hangar).


____

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that
the ATT HDG selector switch is at NORM.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 506
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-865-072

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 507
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,
R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-36-00-710-064

A. Operational Test of the GPS

NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Test of GPS data acquisition with


IRS aligned

1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the DATA mode key. - the DATA INDEX page comes into view.

2. On the MCDU, on the DATA INDEX On the MCDU:


page: - the GPS MONITOR page comes into view:
- push the line key adjacent to
the GPS MONITOR indication. NOTE : If you do this test after
____
replacement of the MMR, one
minute to twenty minutes are
necessary to get the GPS data on
the MCDU.

- the NAV indication is shown below the


MODE indication
- the number of satellites tracked is
shown below the SAT indication
- the related values come into view
below the GPS POSITION, GPS ALT,
MERIT and GS indications:
. the GPS 1 and the GPS 2 POSITION
indications give the
latitude/longitude of the aircraft
- make sure that the values of the two
GPS positions are approximately the
same.

On CAPT and F/O NDs:


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 508
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the white GPS PRIMARY indication
comes into view.

3. On the overhead panel, on the On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR page:
ADIRS CDU: - make sure that the GPS position data
- set the DISPLAY DATA selector are approximately the same as the
switch to PPOS. ADIRS position data on the ADIRS CDU.

4. Open the circuit breakers 42RT1 On the upper ECAM DU:


and 42RT2. - the NAV GPS 1 FAULT and NAV GPS 2
FAULT warnings come into view (the
NAV ILS 1 FAULT and NAV ILS 2 FAULT
are also shown).

On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR page:


- all GPS data below the GPS POSITION,
GPS ALT, TTRK, GS and MERIT
indications for the two GPS, are
cleared.

On CAPT and F/O NDs:


- the amber GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
is shown.

NOTE : The GPS PRIMARY LOST indication


____
does not come into view
immediately after you open the
circuit breakers 42RT1 and
42RT2. It can be as much as 60
minutes before the indication
comes into view.
It is not necessary to wait for
the GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
to come into view (this
indication is not important for
the test).

5. Close the circuit breakers 42RT1 On the upper ECAM DU:


and 42RT2. - the NAV GPS 1 FAULT and NAV GPS 2
FAULT warnings go out of view (the
NAV ILS 1 FAULT and NAV ILS 2 FAULT
warnings also go out of view).

6. On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR On CAPT and F/O NDs:


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 509
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
page: - the amber GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
- the INIT indication comes into goes out of view
view below the MODE indication - the white GPS PRIMARY indication is
for some seconds shown.
- then the ACQ indication comes
into view below the MODE
indication
- the number below the SAT
indication increases (number of
satellites tracked)
- after 75 to 300 seconds, the
ACQ indication goes out of view
and the NAV indication comes
into view below the MODE
indication
- the related values come into
view below the GPS POSITION,
GPS ALT, MERIT and GS
indications.

Subtask 34-36-00-710-065

B. Operational Test of the Predictive GPS (with Honeywell ADIRU only)

NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.

NOTE : This test is for system 1. For system 2, use the indications
____
between the parentheses.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Test of the GPS operation through


the PREDICTIVE GPS page on the MCDU

1. Open the circuit breaker 42RT2


(42RT1).

2. On the MCDU1 (MCDU2): On the MCDU1 (MCDU2):


- push the INIT mode key - the INIT page comes into view


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 510
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- enter origin/destination - the origin/destination airport data
airport data that are in the come into view on the bottom line of
database. the INIT page

- push the line key adjacent to - the RTE SELECTION page comes into
the FROM/TO indication view

- push the line key adjacent to - the INIT page comes into view.
the RETURN indication

3. On the MCDU1 (MCDU2): On the MCDU1 (MCDU2):


- push the PROG mode key. - the PROGRESS page comes into view

- push the line key adjacent to - the PREDICTIVE GPS page comes into
the PREDICTIVE GPS indication view

- the destination is displayed below


the DEST indication

- enter GMT plus 1 hour below the - after some seconds, the Y or N
ETA indication (Estimated Time indication comes into view below the
of Arrival). -15, -10, -5, ETA, +5, +10, +15
indications.

4. Close the circuit breaker 42RT2


(42RT1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-860-085

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU page.

(2) On the ADIRS CDU, set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 511
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
TASK 34-36-00-710-009

Operational Test of the MMR

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-860-086

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
ON.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 512
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-00-865-073

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-36-00-710-066

A. Operational Test of the ILS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):

- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch comes on.

- set the local frequency of an - the set frequency comes into view in
ILS1 (ILS2) beacon with the the right display (STBY/CRS).
dual selector knob.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 513
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the transfer (double - the set frequency comes into view in
arrow) pushbutton switch. the left display.

2. On the center pedestal, on one


ACP:

- release the ILS1 (ILS2) In the loud speakers, you can hear the
pushbutton switch. Morse signal of the station.

3. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):


- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch goes off.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-860-087

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
OFF.

(2) On the center pedestal, on the ACP, push the ILS1 (ILS2) pushbutton
switch.

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 514
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
TASK 34-36-00-720-006

Functional Test of the MMR

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific VOR-ILS ground test unit

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-00-869-068

A. General

(1) Use the VOR/ILS Ramp Test Set.

Subtask 34-36-00-860-088

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 515
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(3) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, push the ILS
pushbutton switches. Set the mode selector switches to ROSE/ILS.

(4) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
ON.

Subtask 34-36-00-865-074

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-36-00-480-055

D. Install the VOR-ILS ground test unit near the radome. To do this, refer
to the installation instructions.
Set the ON/OFF switch to ON.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 516
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-36-00-720-060

A. ILS Reception Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel 49VU On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
(121VU): (CAPT) ND:

- close the circuit breaker 42RT1 - the G/S, LOC and ILS flags go out of
(42RT2). view.

2. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):

- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch comes on.

- set the frequency related to - the set frequency comes into view in
the signal given by the ground the left display.
test unit

3. On the ground test unit: On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:

- set the LOC and G/S selector - the G/S and LOC indexes come into
switches to 0. view in the middle of the scale.
On the F/O (CAPT) ND:

- the G/S index and the LOC deviation


bar come into view in the middle of
the scale.

- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and F/O (CAPT)
up 1 point then up 2 points. ND:
- the G/S index moves up 1 point then
up 2 points.

- set the G/S selector switch to - the G/S index moves down 1 point then
down 1 point then down 2 down 2 points.
points.

- set the G/S selector switch to - the G/S index moves to the middle of
0. the scale.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 517
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the LOC selector switch to - the LOC index and deviation bar move
left 1 point then left 2 1 point then 2 points to the left
points. side.

- set the LOC selector switch to - the LOC index and deviation bar move
right 1 point then right 2 1 point then 2 points to the right
points. side.

- set the LOC selector switch to - the LOC index and deviation bar move
0. to the middle of the scale.

4. On the RMP1 (RMP2):

- set the CRS related to the On the F/O (CAPT) ND:


aircraft heading +20, then to - the aircraft heading +20, then the
the aircraft heading -20. aircraft heading -20 come into view
in the right upper corner.
- the course pointer moves to the
aircraft heading +20, then to the
aircraft heading -20.

5. On the circuit breaker panel


121VU (49VU):
- close the circuit breaker 42RT2
(42RT1).

Subtask 34-36-00-720-061

B. ILS Identification Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the circuit breaker panel 49VU


(121VU), close the circuit
breaker 42RT1 (42RT2).

2. On the ground test unit, set the


IDENT selector switch to ON.

3. On the center pedestal, on one


ACP:


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 518
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the LS pushbutton - you can hear the identification
switch. signal in the loud speakers.

- turn slowly the LS pushbutton


switch until the volume is
correct.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-00-080-055

A. De-energize the VOR/ILS ground test unit and remove it.

Subtask 34-36-00-860-089

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, release the ILS
pushbutton switches.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2):


- push the NAV pushbutton switch (the green LED goes off).
- set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

(4) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-00

Page 519
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
ANTENNA - LOCALIZER (3RT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________

TASK 34-36-11-000-001

Removal of the Localizer Antenna (3RT)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE FUSELAGE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
SCUFF PLATES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL


34-36-11-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 401
Aug 01/98
R  
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-11-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12


121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-36-11-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) In the cockpit, place a warning notice on the center pedestal to tell
persons not to operate the weather radar system.

(2) Put the access platform in position below the radome in zone 110.

(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-11-991-001)

Subtask 34-36-11-020-050

A. Removal of the Localizer Antenna

(1) Remove the screws (5).

(2) Isolate the antenna (1) from the bulkhead (2).

(3) Disconnect the two coaxial connectors (3).

(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (4).

(5) Remove the localizer antenna (1).

(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected coaxial connectors (3) and (6).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 403
May 01/05
R  
CES 
Localizer Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-36-11-991-001



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 404
May 01/05
R  
CES 
TASK 34-36-11-400-001

Installation of the Localizer Antenna (3RT)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.


_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth


No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 405
May 01/05
 
CES 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73


RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 O-ring 34-36-11 01 -010

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different


Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
34-36-00-720-001 Functional Test of the ILS
34-36-00-720-002 Functional Test of the ILS
R 34-36-00-720-006 Functional Test of the MMR
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
34-36-11-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 406
May 01/09
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-11-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) In the cockpit, make sure that the warning notice is in position on
the center pedestal to tell persons not to operate the weather radar
system.

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the radome in
zone 110.

(3) Make sure that the radome 110AL is open (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).

Subtask 34-36-11-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12


121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-36-11-160-050

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Precautions :

NOTE : If you install the same antenna it is necessary to clean it


____
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

(2) Remove the used sealant from the bulkhead with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) and a lint free cloth.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-11-991-001)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE FUSELAGE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
SCUFF PLATES.

Subtask 34-36-11-420-050

A. Installation of the Localizer Antenna

(1) On the bulkhead (2), apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013)
with nonmetallic scraper to the attachment of the localizer antenna
and to the support of the localizer antenna (1).

(2) On the bulkhead (2), apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) with a
nonmetallic scraper to the attachment of the localizer antenna and to
the support of the localizer antenna (1) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-
001).

NOTE : Make sure that the screw holes do not show any signs of
____
sealing compound.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial connectors (3) and (6).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 408
May 01/05
 
CES 
(4) Make sure that the coaxial connectors (3) and (6) are in the correct
condition.

(5) Put the O-ring (4) in the correct position on the antenna (1).

(6) Connect the coaxial connectors (3) and (6) to the localizer antenna
(1).

(7) Attach the localizer antenna (1) with the screws (5).

(8) Remove the unwanted sealing compound from the support of the
localizer antenna (1) with a nonmetallic scraper.

(9) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (1)
and the fuselage structure (2) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005) .

(10) Make a seal around the support of the localizer antenna with SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-016) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).

Subtask 34-36-11-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12


121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Subtask 34-36-11-720-050

C. Do the functional test of the two ILS (para. Identification test with
tool) (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-720-001).

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

Subtask 34-36-11-720-050-A

C. Do the functional test of the two MMRs (para. Identification test with
tool) (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-720-002).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,
Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-049,101-149,151-199,201-234,236-238,301-307,
401-499,

Subtask 34-36-11-720-050-B

C. Do the functional test of the two MMRs (para. 4.B. ILS Identification
Test) (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-720-006).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-11-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

ANTENNA - GPS ACTIVE (43RT1,43RT2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


_________________________________________________________

TASK 34-36-16-000-001

Removal of the GPS Active Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

34-36-16-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 401
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 220 to get access to the
antenna 43RT1 (43RT2).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-16-991-001)

**ON A/C 106-149, 213-238, 301-311, 401-499,

Subtask 34-36-16-020-050-A

A. Removal of the GPS Active Antenna

(1) Remove the sealant from the screw heads and around the antenna base
with a nonmetallic scraper.

(2) Remove the four screws (2) and pull the antenna (1) away from the
structure (3).

(3) Remove the lockwire and disconnect the coaxial connector (4).

(4) Remove the antenna (1) and put blanking caps on the disconnected
coaxial connectors.

NOTE : The coaxial connector (4) must not go into the fuselage.
____
Attach it to the fuselage with masking tape.

(5) Remove and discard the O-ring (5).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299,


R 301-307, 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,106-149,213-234,236-238,301-307,401-499,

Subtask 34-36-16-020-050

A. Removal of the GPS Active Antenna

(1) Remove the sealant from the screw heads and around the antenna base
with a nonmetallic scraper.

(2) Remove the four screws (2) and pull the antenna (1) away from the
structure (3).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
GPS Active Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-36-16-991-001


R

EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 404
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
(3) Remove the lockwire and disconnect the coaxial connector (4).

(4) Remove the antenna (1) and put blanking caps on the disconnected
coaxial connectors.

NOTE : The coaxial connector (4) must not go into the fuselage.
____
Attach it to the fuselage with masking tape.

(5) If installed, remove the teflon seal (6).

NOTE : The teflon seal is optional: you can use sealant as an


____
alternative. You can use the teflon seal again. Do an
inspection of the seal and discard it only if necessary.

(6) Remove and discard the O-ring (5).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,
 34-36-16

Page 405
Feb 01/10
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 34-36-16-400-001

Installation of the GPS Active Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2) with Teflon Seal

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.


_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth


No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 406
Feb 01/09
R  
CES 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire, CRES dia. 0.8 mm (0.030 in.)


Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5 O-ring 34-36-16 01 -010


5 O-ring 34-36-16 01A-010
6 teflon seal 34-36-01 02 -030
6 teflon seal 34-36-01 02A-030
6 teflon seal 34-36-01 02B-030

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different


Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

34-36-16-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 407
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-865-051

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-010-051

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 220 to get
access to the antenna.



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-16-991-001)

R **ON A/C ALL

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-420-050

A. Installation of the GPS Active Antenna

(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (3) with a
nonmetallic scraper.

(2) Clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cloth.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

NOTE : The antenna electrical bonding is made through the attachment


____
screws. On the antenna make sure that there is no paint,
sealant or corrosion in the recesses of the attachment screw
heads.

(4) Put a new O-ring (5) in the correct position on the antenna (1).

(5) Put the seal that you removed or a new teflon seal (6) on the antenna
base.

(6) Remove the blanking caps and connect the coaxial connector (4).
Install it with the lockwire, CRES dia. 0.8 mm (0.030 in.).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 409
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
(7) Put the antenna (1) in the correct position on the fuselage.

NOTE : Use the small triangle and the F indication which are under
____
the antenna: the triangle must point to the front of the
aircraft.

(8) Install and tighten the four screws (2).

(9) Make sure that the electrical bonding of the antenna is not higher
than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).

(10) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the antenna
base and make it smooth (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001)

(11) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the screw heads and make the
antenna contour smooth.

(12) Let the sealant become dry.

(13) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (1).

(14) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001B) to the sealant on the head of the screws (2).

NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of


____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.

Subtask 34-36-16-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-710-050

C. Do the operational test of the GPS.

(1) Make sure that the IR system is aligned (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(2) On one MCDU, push the DATA key to get the DATA INDEX page and then
push the line key adjacent to the GPS MONITOR indication.

(3) On the GPS MONITOR page, after some minutes, make sure that:
- the GPS1(2) POSITION indication is correct.
- the TTRK indication shows dashes.
- the MERIT indication shows between 0 and 100 m.
- the GS indication shows approx. 000.
- the MODE indication shows NAV.

NOTE : MERIT is an estimate of the 95% position accuracy of the


____
position output by the GPS sensor.

(4) On the upper ECAM DU, make sure that there is no GPS fault message.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits.

(6) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 411
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

TASK 34-36-16-400-001- 01

Installation of the GPS Active Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2) without Teflon Seal

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.


_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth


No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 412
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire, CRES dia. 0.8 mm (0.030 in.).


Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5 O-ring 34-36-16 01 -010


5 O-ring 34-36-16 01A-010

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive


Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

34-36-16-991-002 Fig. 402



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 413
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-865-053

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-010-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 220 to get
access to the antenna.



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-36-16-991-002)

R **ON A/C ALL

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-420-051

A. Installation of the GPS Active Antenna

(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (3) with a
nonmetallic scraper.

(2) Clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
and a lint-free cloth.

(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

NOTE : The antenna electrical bonding is made through the attachment


____
screws. On the antenna make sure that there is no paint,
sealant or corrosion in the recesses of the attachment screws
heads.

(4) Apply masking tape to the structure (3), the edge of the antenna (1),
the screw holes and the hole for the antenna connector.

(5) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the bottom of the
antenna (1).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 415
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
GPS Active Antenna
Figure 402/TASK 34-36-16-991-002



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 416
Feb 01/09
R  
CES 
(6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the area of the fuselage (3)
that makes an interface with the antenna (1) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-
001).

(7) Remove the masking tape from the screw holes and the hole for the
antenna connector.

R (8) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(9) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(10) Install the new O-ring (5).

(11) Connect the coaxial connector (4) to the GPS antenna connector.

(12) Safety the coaxial connector (4) with lockwire, CRES dia. 0.8 mm
(0.030 in.).

(13) Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (2).

(14) Tighten the screws (2) in a diagonal sequence.

(15) Remove the unwanted sealant with a nonmetallic scraper.

(16) Remove the remaining masking tape.

(17) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (1)
and the fuselage structure (3) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

(18) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (1) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).

(19) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the screws (2).

(20) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (2) and around the
antenna (1) smooth.

(21) Let the sealant cure.

(22) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (1).

(23) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001B) to the sealant on the head of the screws (2).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 417
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-16-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-710-051

C. Do the operational test of the GPS.

(1) Make sure that the IR system is aligned (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).

(2) On one MCDU, push the DATA key to get the DATA INDEX page and then
push the line key adjacent to the GPS MONITOR indication.

(3) On the GPS MONITOR page, after some minutes, make sure that:
- the GPS1(2) POSITION indication is correct.
- the TTRK indication shows dashes.
- the MERIT indication shows approx. 100 m.
- the GS indication shows approx. 000.
- the MODE indication shows NAV.

(4) On the upper ECAM DU, make sure that there is no GPS fault message.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits.

(6) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 418
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-36-16-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-16

Page 419
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
ANTENNA - GLIDE/SLOPE (4RT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________

TASK 34-36-18-000-001

Removal of the Glide/Slope Antenna (4RT)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL


34-36-18-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 401
May 01/05
R  
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-18-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12


121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-36-18-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) In the cockpit, put a warning notice on the center pedestal to tell
persons not to operate or to start the weather radar system.

(2) Put the access platform in position in zone 110 below the radome.

(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001) .



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-18-991-001)

Subtask 34-36-18-020-050

A. Removal of the Glide/Slope Antenna

(1) Loosen the screws (6).

(2) Disengage the antenna (1) away from the bulkhead (4).

(3) Remove and discard the O-rings (2).

(4) Disconnect the coaxial connectors (3).

(5) Remove the antenna (1).

(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected coaxial connectors (3) and (5).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 403
May 01/05
R  
CES 
Glide/Slope Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-36-18-991-001



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 404
May 01/05
R  
CES 
TASK 34-36-18-400-001

Installation of the Glide/Slope Antenna (4RT)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.


_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth


No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 405
May 01/05
 
CES 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73


RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 O-rings 34-36-18 01 -010


2 O-rings 34-36-18 01A-010

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.


34-36-00-720-001 Functional Test of the ILS
34-36-00-720-002 Functional Test of the ILS
34-36-00-720-006 Functional Test of the MMR
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
34-36-18-991-001 Fig. 401



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-18-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) In the cockpit, make sure that the warning notice is in position on
the center pedestal to tell persons not to operate or to start the
weather radar system.

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the radome in
zone 110.

(3) Make sure that the radome 110AL is open (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).

Subtask 34-36-18-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12


121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-36-18-160-050

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Precautions

NOTE : If you install the same antenna, it is necessary to clean it


____
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)

(2) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cloth.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-18-991-001)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

Subtask 34-36-18-420-050

A. Installation of the Glide/Slope Antenna

(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the bulkhead (4)
where you install the antenna and to the antenna (1) mount.

(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the bulkhead (4) where you
install the antenna and to the antenna (1) mount (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-
300-001).

NOTE : Make sure that there is no sealant in the screws holes.


____

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial connectors (3) and (5).

(4) Put the O-rings (2) in the correct position on the antenna (1).

(5) Connect the coaxial connectors (3) to the antenna (1).

(6) Put the antenna (1) in position on the bulkhead (4).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 408
May 01/09
R  
CES 
(7) Attach the antenna (1) with the screws (6).

(8) Remove the sealant which is not necessary.

(9) Apply a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (1).

(10) Make the antenna contour smooth.

Subtask 34-36-18-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12


121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

R **ON A/C ALL

R Subtask 34-36-18-720-053

R C. Do a check of the maximum bonding value (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005):


R - Use a MILLIOMMETER MULTIRANGE 0.5 OHMS MAX -10 A MAX.
R - Make sure that the maximum bonding value is not more than 5 milliohms.



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

Subtask 34-36-18-720-050

R D. Do the functional test of the two ILS (para. Reception test with tool)
(Ref. TASK 34-36-00-720-001).

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

Subtask 34-36-18-720-050-A

R D. Do the functional test of the two MMRs (para. Reception test with tool)
(Ref. TASK 34-36-00-720-002).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,
Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-049,101-149,151-199,201-234,236-238,301-307,
401-499,

Subtask 34-36-18-720-050-B

R D. Do the functional test of the two MMRs (para. 4.B. ILS Identification
Test) (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-720-006).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-18-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-18

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
RECEIVER - ILS (2RT1,2RT2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

TASK 34-36-31-000-001

Removal of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-36-31-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-31-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2RT1
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
FOR 2RT2
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09


R

EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 401
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-36-31-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811 in zone
122.

(2) Open the access door 811.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-31-991-001)

Subtask 34-36-31-020-050

A. Removal of the ILS Receiver (2RT1, 2RT2)

(1) Loosen the nuts (4).

(2) Lower the nuts (4).

(3) Pull the ILS receiver (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (2).

(4) Remove the ILS receiver (1) from its rack.

(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-31

Page 402
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
ILS Receiver.
Figure 401/TASK 34-36-31-991-001


R

EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 403
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TASK 34-36-31-400-001

Installation of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


34-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the ILS
34-36-00-740-002 BITE Test of the ILS
34-36-31-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-36-31-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811 in zone 122.

(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 34-36-31-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2RT1
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
FOR 2RT2
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-31

Page 404
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-31-991-001)

Subtask 34-36-31-420-050

A. Installation of the ILS Receiver (2RT1, 2RT2)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
correct condition.

(5) Install the ILS receiver (1) on its rack (3).

(6) Push the ILS Receiver (1) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical
connectors (2).

(7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.

Subtask 34-36-31-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2RT1
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
FOR 2RT2
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

Subtask 34-36-31-740-050

C. BITE test of the ILS

(1) Do the BITE test of the ILS (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-740-002)

NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT 3 conditions, do


____
the LAND CAT III capability test
(Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-31

Page 405
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
(2) As an alternative procedure, without the CFDS, you can do the
operational test of the ILS (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-36-31-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 811.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

001-004, 051-060,  34-36-31

Page 406
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

R TASK 34-36-31-400-001-C

R Installation of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


R 34-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the ILS
R 34-36-00-740-002 BITE Test of the ILS
R 34-36-31-991-001 Fig. 401

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R NOTE : Removal and installation of the ILS Receiver affects the CAT II/III
____
R status of the airplane. A CAT III qualified mechanic is required to
R return the airplane to a CAT II/III status. The applicable Land CAT
R III Test (AMM 22-97-00/501) must be performed before the airplane is
R returned to a CAT II/III status (Ref AMM 22-97-00/201).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 407
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Subtask 34-36-31-865-071

R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 2RT1

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

R 49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12

R **ON A/C ALL

R FOR 2RT2

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

R 121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

R **ON A/C ALL

R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-31-991-001)

R Subtask 34-36-31-420-057

R A. Installation of the ILS Receiver (2RT1, 2RT2)

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).

R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
R correct condition.

R (5) Install the ILS receiver (1) on its rack (3).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 408
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (6) Push the ILS Receiver (1) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical
R connectors (2).

R (7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.

R Subtask 34-36-31-865-072

R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 2RT1

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

R 49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12

R **ON A/C ALL

R FOR 2RT2

R **ON A/C 001-004, 051-060,

R 121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

R **ON A/C ALL

R Subtask 34-36-31-740-057

R C. BITE test of the ILS

R (1) Do the BITE test of the ILS (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-740-002).

R NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT 3 conditions, do


____
R the LAND CAT III capability test
R (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).

R (2) As an alternative procedure, without the CFDS, you can do the


R operational test of the ILS (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-710-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 409
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 34-36-31-410-057

R A. Close Access

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Close the access door 811.

R (3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 410
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

R TASK 34-36-31-000-001-A

R Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific blanking caps


R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

R B. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV


R Page
R 34-36-31-991-005 Fig. 402

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 34-36-31-810-053

R A. Trouble Shooting Data


R If available, you can print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as follows:
R - get access to the SYSTEM/REPORT TEST NAV page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-
R 010).
R - on this page, push the line key adjacent to the MMR1 (MMR2) indication.
R - on the MMR1 (MMR2) page, push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE
R SHOOTING DATA indication to get the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page.
R - print the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA (TSD) page(s).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 411
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Subtask 34-36-31-865-062

R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1
R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
R FOR 40RT2

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

R Subtask 34-36-31-010-058

R C. Get Access

R (1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811 in zone
R 122.

R (2) Open the access door 811.

R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-36-31-991-005)

R Subtask 34-36-31-020-055

R A. Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R (1) Loosen the nuts (4).

R (2) Lower the nuts (4).

R (3) Pull the Multi Mode Receiver (1) from its rack (3) to disconnect the
R electrical connectors (2).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 412
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Multi Mode Receiver
R Figure 402/TASK 34-36-31-991-005



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 413
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (4) Remove the Multi Mode Receiver (1) from its rack.

R (5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 414
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

R TASK 34-36-31-400-001-A

R Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


R 34-36-00-710-003 Operational Test of the ILS
R 34-36-00-740-003 BITE Test of the MMR
R 34-36-31-991-005 Fig. 402

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 34-36-31-010-059

R A. Get Access

R (1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
R 811 in zone 122.

R (2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 415
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Subtask 34-36-31-865-063

R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1
R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
R FOR 40RT2

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-36-31-991-005)

R Subtask 34-36-31-420-054

R A. Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).

R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
R correct condition.

R (5) Install the Multi Mode Receiver (1) on its rack (3).

R (6) Push the Multi Mode Receiver (1) on its rack (3) to connect the
R electrical connectors (2).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 416
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.

R Subtask 34-36-31-865-064

R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1
R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
R FOR 40RT2

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-238, 301-311, 401-499,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-311, 401-499,

R Subtask 34-36-31-740-054

R C. BITE test of the Multi Mode Receiver

R (1) Do the BITE test of the Multi Mode Receiver (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-740-
R 003)

R NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT 3 conditions, do


____
R the LAND CAT III capability test
R (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).

R (2) As an alternative procedure, without the CFDS, you can do the


R operational test of the ILS (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-710-003).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 417
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 34-36-31-410-054

R A. Close Access

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Close the access door 811.

R (3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-311, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 418
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,051-060,

R TASK 34-36-31-400-001-D

R Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


R 34-36-00-710-003 Operational Test of the ILS
R 34-36-00-740-003 BITE Test of the MMR
R 34-36-31-991-005 Fig. 402

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R NOTE : Removal and installation of the MMR affects the CAT II/III status of
____
R the airplane. A CAT III qualified mechanic is required to return the
R airplane to a CAT II/III status. The applicable Land CAT III Test
R (AMM 22-97-00/501) must be performed before the airplane is returned
R to a CAT II/III status (Ref AMM 22-97-00/201).

R NOTE : A functional test of the MMR (Reception test with tool) must be
____
R performed to return the airplane to a CAT II/III status after any
R maintenance action to the MMR (Ref AMM 22-97-00/201).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 419
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Subtask 34-36-31-865-073

R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1
R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
R FOR 40RT2

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C ALL

R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-36-31-991-005)

R Subtask 34-36-31-420-058

R A. Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).

R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
R correct condition.

R (5) Install the Multi Mode Receiver (1) on its rack (3).

R (6) Push the Multi Mode Receiver (1) on its rack (3) to connect the
R electrical connectors (2).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 420
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.

R Subtask 34-36-31-865-074

R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1
R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
R FOR 40RT2

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C ALL

R Subtask 34-36-31-740-058

R C. BITE test of the Multi Mode Receiver

R (1) Do the BITE test of the Multi Mode Receiver (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-740-
R 003)

R NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT 3 conditions, do


____
R the LAND CAT III capability test
R (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).

R (2) As an alternative procedure, without the CFDS, you can do the


R operational test of the ILS (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-710-003).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 421
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 34-36-31-410-058

R A. Close Access

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Close the access door 811.

R (3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-36-31

Page 422
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,
R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-049,101-149,151-199,201-234,236-238,301-307,
R 401-499,

R TASK 34-36-31-000-001-B

R Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific blanking caps


R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

R B. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV


R Page
R 34-36-31-991-006 Fig. 403

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 34-36-31-810-054

R A. Trouble Shooting Data


R If available, you can print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as follows:
R - get access to the SYSTEM/REPORT TEST NAV page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-
R 010).
R - on this page, push the line key adjacent to the MMR1 (MMR2) indication.
R - on the MMR1 (MMR2) page, push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE
R SHOOTING DATA indication to get the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page.
R - print the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA (TSD) page(s).



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 423
Config-1 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R Subtask 34-36-31-865-065

R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R FOR 40RT2

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R Subtask 34-36-31-010-064

R C. Get Access

R (1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811 in zone
R 122.

R (2) Open the access door 811.



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 424
Config-1 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 34-36-31-991-006)

R Subtask 34-36-31-020-056

R A. Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R (1) Loosen the nuts (4).

R (2) Lower the nuts (4).

R (3) Pull the Multi Mode Receiver (1) from its rack (3) to disconnect the
R electrical connectors (2).

R (4) Remove the Multi Mode Receiver (1) from its rack.

R (5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 425
Config-1 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R Multi Mode Receiver
R Figure 403/TASK 34-36-31-991-006



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 426
Config-1 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,
R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Post SB 34-1373 For A/C 001-049,101-149,151-199,201-234,236-238,301-307,
R 401-499,

R TASK 34-36-31-400-001-B

R Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


R 34-36-00-710-003 Operational Test of the ILS
R 34-36-00-740-006 BITE Test of the MMR
R 34-36-31-991-006 Fig. 403

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 34-36-31-010-061

R A. Get Access

R (1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
R 811 in zone 122.

R (2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 427
Config-1 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R Subtask 34-36-31-865-066

R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R FOR 40RT2

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 34-36-31-991-006)

R Subtask 34-36-31-420-055

R A. Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 428
Config-1 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).

R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
R correct condition.

R (5) Install the Multi Mode Receiver (1) on its rack (3).

R (6) Push the Multi Mode Receiver (1) on its rack (3) to connect the
R electrical connectors (2).

R (7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.

R Subtask 34-36-31-865-067

R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,


R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R FOR 40RT2

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,

R Post SB 34-1147 For A/C 001-004,

R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 K09



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 429
Config-1 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-249, 251-299, 301-307,
R 312-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R Subtask 34-36-31-740-055

R C. BITE test of the Multi Mode Receiver

R (1) Do the BITE test of the Multi Mode Receiver (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-740-
R 006)

R NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT 3 conditions, do


____
R the LAND CAT III capability test
R (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).

R (2) As an alternative procedure, without the CFDS, you can do the


R operational test of the ILS (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-710-003).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 34-36-31-410-055

R A. Close Access

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R (2) Close the access door 811.

R (3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234,
236-249, 251-299, 301-307, 312-399, 401-499,
 34-36-31

Page 430
Config-1 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________

1. General
_______

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

The aircraft is equipped with an X-band weather radar system with Predictive
Windshear capability. This system complies with the ARINC Characteristics
708A.
The weather radar system enables:
- detection and localization of the atmospheric disturbances in the area
defined by the antenna scanning: plus or minus 90 deg. of aircraft
centerline and up to 320NM in front of the aircraft,
- detection of turbulence areas caused by the presence of precipitations up
to a distance of 40NM,
- presentation of terrain mapping information by the combination of the
orientation of the radar beam and of the receiver gain,
- detection, if the Predictive Windshear System is operative, of a
microburst windshear event in the area defined by the antenna scanning:
plus or minus 60 deg.
- presentation, if the Predictive Windshear System is operative, of
windshear events within an area plus or minus 40 deg. of aircraft
centerline and up to 5NM in front of the aircraft.
- Autotilt capability (automatic tiltangle), the automatic tilt function is
recommended for use in WX and TURB modes.

NOTE : A microburst is a cool shaft of air, like a cylinder, between 1000


____
and 3000 ft. When it encounters the ground (airflow velocity from 40
to 110 kts) the downward moving airflow is translated to a horizontal
flow (from 80 to 220 kts), at the base of the air shaft. Two types of
microburst exist, wet and dry.

Five color displays are used to show precipitations, turbulence and ground
mapping to the crew.
The location of the windshear events, if the Predictive Windshear System is
operative, is indicated by an icon (symbol consisting of alternating red and
black arcs).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

R The aircraft is equipped with an X-band weather radar system with Predictive
R Windshear capability. This system complies with the ARINC Characteristics
R 708A.
R The weather radar system enables:
R - detection and localization of the atmospheric disturbances in the area
R defined by the antenna scanning: plus or minus 90 deg. of aircraft
R centerline and up to 320NM in front of the aircraft,
R - detection of turbulence areas caused by the presence of precipitations up
R to a distance of 40NM,
R - presentation of terrain mapping information by the combination of the
R orientation of the radar beam and of the receiver gain,
R - detection, if the Predictive Windshear System is operative, of a
R microburst windshear event in the area defined by the antenna scanning:
R plus or minus 60 deg.
R - presentation, if the Predictive Windshear System is operative, of
R windshear events within an area plus or minus 30 deg. of aircraft
R centerline and up to 5NM in front of the aircraft.

R NOTE : A microburst is a cool shaft of air, like a cylinder, between 1000


____
R and 3000 ft. When it encounters the ground (airflow velocity from 40
R to 110 kts) the downward moving airflow is translated to a horizontal
R flow (from 80 to 220 kts), at the base of the air shaft. Two types of
R microburst exist, wet and dry.

R Five color displays are used to show precipitations, turbulence and ground
R mapping to the crew.
R The location of the windshear events, if the Predictive Windshear System is
R operative, is indicated by an icon (symbol consisting of alternating red and
R black arcs).


R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page 2
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R The aircraft is equipped with an X-band dual Collins WXR-2100 Multiscan


R Radar transceiver P/N 822-1710-202 with Predictive Windshear System (PWS).
R This system is compatible with Electronic Instrument System 1 and 2 (EIS1
R and EIS2) and complies with ARINC Characteristics 708A.
R Multiscan is a radar function that displays all significant weather at all
R ranges, at all aircraft altitudes, and at all times on a display that is
R essentially clutter-free, without the need for pilots to input tilt or gain
R settings. Multiscan reduces pilot workload while enhancing weather detection
R capability.
R The Multiscan function optimizes weather detection and minimizes ground
R clutter. This function determines the optimum tilt angle for the radar
R through monitoring of:
R - the aircraft altitude above the terrain (RA and ADR information).
R - the aircraft position (IR information).
R - the terrain conditions in the area (information located in an interval
R Reference table).
R
R Two antenna scans are performed, each scan is optimized for a particular
R region in front of the aircraft. The upper beam detects medium-range
R weather and the lower beam detects short and long-range weather by
R automatically adjusting tilt and gain. The information is then stored in a
R temporary database. When the captain or the first officer selects a range,
R the weather radar transceiver retrieves the appropriate portions of the
R desired information, merges the data and then eliminates ground clutter.
R The result is an optimized weather display and the flight crew selects the
R range scale required.
R
R In the following text, the abbreviation WXR/PWS is used.
R The WXR/PWS enables:
R - detection and localization of the atmospheric disturbances in the area
R defined by the antenna scanning: plus or minus 90 deg. of aircraft
R centerline and up to 320NM in front of the aircraft
R - detection of turbulence areas caused by the presence of precipitations up
R to a distance of 40NM
R - presentation of terrain mapping information by the combination of the
R orientation of the radar beam and of the receiver gain
R - detection of a microburst windshear event in the area defined by the
R antenna scanning: plus or minus 60 deg.
R - presentation of windshear events within an area plus or minus 30 deg. of
R aircraft centerline and up to 5NM in front of the aircraft.

R NOTE : A microburst is a cool shaft of air, like a cylinder, between 1000


____
R and 3000 ft. When it encounters the ground (airflow velocity from 40
R to 110 kts) the downward moving airflow is translated to a horizontal



EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 3
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R flow (from 80 to 220 kts), at the base of the air shaft. Two types of
R microburst exist, wet and dry.

R Five color displays are used to show precipitations, turbulence and ground
R mapping to the crew.
R The location of the windshear events is indicated by an icon (symbol
R consisting of alternating red and black arcs).


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 4
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

2. __________________
Component Location

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 001)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 001B)

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 002)

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 002B)

R **ON A/C 234-235, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 002C)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

The units of the weather radar system are located in the aircraft as
follows:



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 5
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Component Location
R Figure 001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105,  34-41-00

Page 6
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Component Location
Figure 001A


R

EFF : 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 7
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Component Location
Figure 001B


R

EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310,  34-41-00

Page 8
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Control and Indicating
Figure 002


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105,  34-41-00

Page 9
Config-3 Nov 01/08
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Control and Indicating
Figure 002A


R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page 10
Config-3 Feb 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Control and Indicating
Figure 002B


R

EFF :

151-199,  34-41-00

Page 11
Config-3 Nov 01/08
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Control and Indicating
Figure 002C


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 12
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1SQ1 XCVR-WEATHER RADAR, 1 109VU 121 811 34-41-33
3SQ CTL UNIT-WEATHER RADAR 11VU 210 831 34-41-12
7SQ DRIVE-WR ANTENNA 110 110AL 34-41-11
9SQ MTG TRAY-WR XCVR 109VU 121 811 34-41-37
11SQ ANTENNA-WEATHER RADAR 110 110AL 34-41-11


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-310, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 13
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 001A)

**ON A/C 051-099,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,

(Ref. Fig. 002C)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 002D)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

The components of the weather radar system are located in the aircraft as
follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1SQ1 XCVR-WEATHER RADAR, 1 109VU 121 811 34-41-33
1SQ2 XCVR-WEATHER RADAR, 2 109VU 121 811 34-41-33
3SQ CTL UNIT-WEATHER RADAR 11VU 210 831 34-41-12
7SQ DRIVE-WR ANTENNA 110 110AL 34-41-11
9SQ MTG TRAY-WR XCVR 109VU 121 811 34-41-37
11SQ ANTENNA-WEATHER RADAR 110 110AL 34-41-11


R

EFF : 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 14
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Control and Indicating
Figure 002D


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page 15
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________________
System Description

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 003)

**ON A/C 051-099,

(Ref. Fig. 003A)

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 003B)

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 003C)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 003D)

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 004)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 004A)

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 004B)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 16
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Data Acquisition
R Figure 003



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page 17
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Data Acquisition
Figure 003A


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-41-00

Page 18
Config-3 Nov 01/08
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Data Acquisition
Figure 003B


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page 19
Config-3 Nov 01/08
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Data Acquisition
Figure 003C


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 20
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Data Acquisition
Figure 003D


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page 21
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Control and Display
R Figure 004


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105,  34-41-00

Page 22
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Control and Display
Figure 004A


R

EFF : 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 23
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Control and Display
Figure 004B


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,  34-41-00

Page 24
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 004C)

**ON A/C ALL

The WR/PWS is composed of items closely associated with its operation, such
as peripherals supplying parameters, EFIS display units or maintenance
functions.

NOTE : The weather radar image is shown on the CAPT and F/O Navigation
____
Displays (ND).
The NDs are connected to the three Display Management Computers (DMC)
and to the CAPT and F/O EFIS control panels of the FCU.

NOTE : The three ADIRUs give data information to the weather radar system.
____
These data ensure the radar antenna stabilization and the
computations of the windshear function.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

A. General
The weather radar system, which complies with ARINC Characteristics 708A,
consists of:
- a transceiver 1SQ1,
- a control unit 3SQ,
- an antenna drive 7SQ,
- an antenna plate 11SQ,
- a transceiver single mounting tray 9SQ with a wave guide.

(1) Weather Radar Transceiver


The receiver-transmitter is the heart of the WR/PWS system, the
additional necessary wiring and interfaces enable the weather radar
transceiver to operate as a PWS (WR/PWS) and autotilt.
The receiver-transmitter ensures the following functions:
- generation of the very short intense pulses of microwave energy via
an X-band wave guide to the antenna, and the processing of their
echoes (radio frequency signals) to obtain the desired information,
- the receiver signal is formatted into 1600-bit ARINC 453 words and
sent to the Display Management Computers (DMCs),
- acquisition of data from Radio Altimeters (RA1 and RA2) and other
specific interfaces,
- windshear event detection and generation of the appropriate signal,
- BITE function of the system.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 25
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Control and Display
Figure 004C


R

EFF :

151-199,  34-41-00

Page 26
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

A. General
The weather radar system, which complies with ARINC Characteristics 708A,
consists of:
- two transceivers 1SQ1, 1SQ2,
- a dual control unit 3SQ,
- a dual antenna drive 7SQ,
- an antenna plate 11SQ,
- a transceiver dual mounting tray 9SQ with a wave guide switch.

(1) Weather Radar Transceiver


The receiver-transmitter is the heart of the WR/PWS system, the
additional necessary wiring and interfaces enable the weather radar
transceiver to operate as a PWS (WR/PWS).
The receiver-transmitter ensures the following functions:
- generation of the very short intense pulses of microwave energy via
an X-band wave guide to the antenna, and the processing of their
echoes (radio frequency signals) to obtain the desired information,
- the receiver signal is formatted into 1600-bit ARINC 453 words and
sent to the Display Management Computers (DMCs),
- acquisition of data from Radio Altimeters (RA1 and RA2) and other
specific interfaces,
- windshear event detection and generation of the appropriate signal,
- BITE function of the system.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

(2) Weather Radar Control Unit


The control unit generates a 32-bit (label 270) serial control word
which describes the selected operating modes (system activation,
weather radar modes, activation of the predictive windshear
function).
The transceiver receives one ARINC 429 bus coming from the control
unit.
Moreover, the predictive windshear function can be de-activated if
the PWS does not operate correctly.

(3) WR Antenna Drive


The WR antenna drive is the interface of the transceiver to control
and monitor the azimuth and elevation of the antenna.

(4) Weather Radar Antenna


The antenna is used for transmitting and receiving radar radio
frequency signals.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page 27
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(5) Transceiver Mounting Tray with a Wave Guide
It allows to install the transceiver on the aircraft rack and
connects the transceiver to the wave guide.

**ON A/C 051-099,

(2) Weather Radar Control Unit


The control unit generates a 32-bit (label 270) serial control word
which describes the selected operating modes (system activation,
weather radar modes, activation of the predictive windshear
function).
The transceiver receives one ARINC 429 bus coming from the control
unit.
Moreover, the predictive windshear function can be de-activated if
the PWS does not operate correctly.

(3) WR Antenna Drive


The WR antenna drive is the interface of the transceiver to control
and monitor the azimuth and elevation of the antenna.

(4) Weather Radar Antenna


The antenna is used for transmitting and receiving radar radio
frequency signals.

(5) Transceiver Dual Mounting Tray with a Wave Guide


It allows to install each transceiver on the aircraft rack and
connects the activated transceiver to the wave guide.
The wave guide switch is integral with the mounting tray. It ensures
switching of the RF signal from the antenna to each transceiver.
Moreover, control circuits recopy the wave guide switch position to
avoid transmission on a closed wave guide.

R **ON A/C 234-235, 301-310, 401-499,

(2) Weather Radar Control Unit


The control unit generates a 32-bit (label 270) serial control word
which describes the selected operating modes (1/OFF/2, WX, WX + T,
TURB, MAP, PWS, GCS, MULTISCAN, GAIN TILT).
The WR/PWS receives one ARINC 429 bus coming from the control unit.
Moreover, the predictive windshear function can be de-activated if
the PWS does not operate correctly.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-238, 301-310, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 28
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(3) WR Antenna Drive
The WXR/PWS has one antenna drive which is the interface of the
transceiver to control and monitor the azimuth and elevation of the
antenna.

(4) Weather Radar Antenna


The antenna is used for transmitting and receiving radar radio
frequency signals.

(5) Transceiver Mounting Tray with a Wave Guide


It allows to install the transceiver on the aircraft rack and
connects the transceiver to the wave guide.

**ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,

(2) Weather Radar dual Control Unit


The control unit generates a 32-bit (label 270) serial control word
which describes the selected operating modes (1/OFF/2, WX, WX + T,
TURB, MAP, PWS, GCS, MULTISCAN, GAIN TILT).
The WR/PWS receives one ARINC 429 bus coming from the control unit.
Moreover, the predictive windshear function can be de-activated if
the PWS does not operate correctly.

(3) WR Antenna Drive


The WXR/PWS has one dual antenna drive which is the interface of each
transceiver to control and monitor the azimuth and elevation of the
antenna.

(4) Weather Radar Antenna


The antenna is used for transmitting and receiving radar radio
frequency signals.

(5) Transceiver Dual Mounting Tray with a Wave Guide


It allows to install each transceiver on the aircraft rack and
connects the activated transceiver to the wave guide.

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(2) Weather Radar dual Control Unit


The control unit generates a 32-bit (label 270) serial control word
which describes the selected operating modes (1/OFF/2, MAN/TILT/AUTO,
WX, WX/TURB, MAP, W/S).
The WR/PWS receives one ARINC 429 bus coming from the control unit.
Moreover, the predictive windshear function can be de-activated if
the PWS does not operate correctly.


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 29
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The Autotilt control panel with MAN/TILT/AUTO switch included, it
permits the selection of manual tilt or automatic tilt.

(3) WR Antenna Drive


The WR antenna drive is the interface of the transceiver to control
and monitor the azimuth and elevation of the antenna.

(4) Weather Radar Antenna Plate


The antenna is used for transmitting and receiving radar radio
frequency signals.

(5) Transceiver Dual Mounting Tray with a Wave Guide


It allows to install each transceiver on the aircraft rack and
connects the activated transceiver to the wave guide.
The wave guide switch is integral with the mounting tray. It ensures
switching of the RF signal from the antenna to each transceiver.
Moreover, control circuits recopy the wave guide switch position to
avoid transmission on a closed wave guide.

**ON A/C ALL

NOTE : The weather radar and windshear detection image (if the
____
predictive windshear function is activated) is shown on the
Captain and First Officer Navigation Displays (ND) and the
windshear warning is shown on Captain and First Officer
Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and on the upper ECAM DU. The
NDs and PFDs are connected to the three Display Management
Computers (DMC) and to the Captain and First Officer EFIS
control sections of the FCU.

NOTE : If the Enhanced GPWS is operative, the WR image is replaced by


____
the terrain image, on the Captain and First Officer NDs,
during a terrain alert or a crew action.
More explanations are given in 34-48.

NOTE : The ADIRUs give to the weather radar system:


____
- the altitude and the true airspeed (TAS) information (Ref.
34-13-00),
- the attitude, ground speed, magnetic heading, true heading,
E/W velocity, N/S velocity, track angle and drift angle
(Ref. 34-14-00).
These data ensure the radar antenna stabilization and the
corrections of the Doppler mode (turbulence).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 30
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

B. Peripherals

(1) Digital serial data inputs


The transceiver receives digital serial data inputs from the
following components:

(a) Radio Altimeter


The Radio Altimeter provides altitude information over two ARINC
429 bus inputs to the WR/PWS (label 164).
This data is used for automatic activation of the windshear
function.
The second bus is for redundancy.

(b) Air Data Reference


Two ARINC 429 low-speed buses provide:
- true airspeed data (label 210) used for velocity calculations
- altitude data (label 203) used for sensitivity time control
(STC) calculations
- corrected altitude data (label 204) used only when label 203 is
not available.

(c) Inertial Reference


Two ARINC 429 high-speed buses provide:
- pitch (label 324) and roll (label 325) data for the
stabilization and control of the antenna
- east/west velocity (label 367) and north/south velocity (label
366) used for velocity calculations
- ground speed (label 312) used for velocity calculations
- track angle (label 317) used for velocity calculations
- true heading (label 314)
- Magnetic heading (label 320)
- ADIRU align mode (label 270).

NOTE : The main air data and heading altitude data are provided
____
by the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).

(d) Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)


The WR/PWS communicates with the CFDIU low-speed ARINC 429 buses.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 31
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(e) EFIS Control Section
Two ARINC 429 buses provide the CAPT and F/O range selection
(label 271).
The receiver/transmitter receives one bus from the CAPT EFIS
control section and another one from the F/O EFIS control
section.

(2) Discrete inputs


The transceiver receives the following discrete inputs:

(a) Ground/flight signal and landing gear extended signal.


These signals are provided by the Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit (LGCIU).
- Ground/flight signal is used to determine the identifying
flight phase for BITE
- Landing gear extended signal is used to determine transition
from landing mode to takeoff mode to identify a GO AROUND
condition. In this case the appropriate aural message is
generated.

(b) Qualifiers A and B signals (if predictive windshear function is


activated)
Two types of qualifier inputs are used to control automatic
activation of the windshear function.
- qualifiers A: two qualifiers A inputs are used. These input
signals are provided by the ATC/TCAS control unit.
The qualifier A1 signal coming from J1 ATC/TCAS control unit is
connected to the WR/PWS transceiver.
The qualifier A2 signal coming from J2 ATC/TCAS control unit is
connected to the WR/PWS transceiver.
The qualifier A2 is for redundancy.
This qualifier A is considered valid when one ATC transponder
is selected in operative mode on the ATC/TCAS control unit.
- qualifiers B: two qualifiers B inputs are also used. These
input signals are provided by the engine oil pressure sensors
indicating when there is normal operating pressure.
The qualifier B1 is connected to engine 1 and the qualifier B2
is connected to engine 2.
Qualifiers B1 and B2 are connected to the transceiver.
This qualifier B is considered valid when the engine is running
(high oil pressure).
To automatically activate the windshear function, one of the
qualifiers A and one of the qualifiers B have to be valid.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 32
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) Windshear function enable signal (if predictive windshear
function is activated)
This discrete input provided by the weather radar control unit
through the windshear AUTO/OFF switch activates the windshear
function. This discrete signal is also transmitted to the DMCs
which use it for the logic of windshear messages displayed.

(d) Windshear BITE enable signal (if predictive windshear function is


activated)
This discrete input allows the WR/PWS to manage the BITE
windshear failures sent to the CFDIU.

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

B. Peripherals

(1) Digital serial data inputs


The transceiver receives digital serial data inputs from the
following components:

(a) Radio Altimeter


The Radio Altimeter provides altitude information over two ARINC
429 bus inputs to the WR/PWS (label 164).
This data is used for automatic activation of the windshear
function.
The second bus is for redundancy.

(b) Air Data Reference


Two ARINC 429 low-speed buses provide:
- true airspeed data (label 210) used for velocity calculations
- altitude data (label 203) used for sensitivity time control
(STC) calculations
- corrected altitude data (label 206).

(c) Inertial Reference


Two ARINC 429 high-speed buses provide:
- pitch (label 324) and roll (label 325) data for the
stabilization and control of the antenna
- east/west velocity (label 367) and north/south velocity (label
366) used for velocity calculations
- ground speed (label 312) used for velocity calculations and
qualifiers C1, C2
- track angle (label 317) used for velocity calculations
- true heading (label 314)
- Magnetic heading (label 320)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page 33
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
- Body longitudinal acceleration (label 331) used for qualifiers
D1, D2.

NOTE : The main air data and heading altitude data are provided
____
by the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).

(d) Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)


The WR/PWS communicates with the CFDIU low-speed ARINC 429 buses.

(e) EFIS Control Section


Two ARINC 429 buses provide the CAPT and F/O range selection
(label 271).
The receiver/transmitter receives one bus from the CAPT EFIS
control section and another one from the F/O EFIS control panel.

(f) One ARINc 429 high-speed bus (Hazard) provides radar data to be
recorded on the Flight Data Interface and Management Unit
(FDIMU).

(g) One ARINC 429 high-speed bus (Hazard) provides radar data to the
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS).

(2) Discrete inputs


Each transceiver receives the following discrete inputs:

(a) Ground/flight signal and landing gear extended signal. These


signals are provided by the Landing Gear Control and Interface
Unit (LGCIU).
- Ground/flight signal is used to determine the identifying
flight phase for BITE
- Landing gear extended signal is used to determine transition
from landing mode to takeoff mode to identify a GO AROUND
condition. In this case the appropriate aural message is
generated.

(b) Qualifiers B, C, D signals (new qualifier logic/qualifier A: ATC


is no more used).
Two types of qualifier inputs are used to control automatic
activation of the windshear function (B and C or B and D).
- qualifiers B: two qualifiers B inputs are used. These input
signals are provided by the engine oil pressure sensors
indicating when there is normal operating pressure.
The qualifier B1 is connected to engine 1 and the qualifier B2
is connected to engine 2.
The qualifier B2 is for redundancy.
Qualifiers B1 and B2 are connected to transceivers 1 and 2.
- Qualifiers C: two qualifiers C inputs are used.


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 34
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Qualifier C1: ground speed (label 312 provided by IR bus from
IR1) (valid when GS > 30Kts).(Ref. asterisk below)
Qualifier C2: ground speed (label 312 provided by IR bus from
IR3) (valid when GS > 30Kts).
- Qualifiers D: two qualifiers D inputs are used.
Qualifier D1: body longitudinal acceleration (label 331
provided by IR bus from IR1) (valid when Nx > 0.07g for at
least 0.5 seconds).(Ref. asterisk below)
Qualifier D2: body longitudinal acceleration (label 331
provided by IR bus from IR3) (valid when Nx > 0.07g for at
least 0.5 seconds).
(*) For the second transceiver, C1 and D1 information is
provided by IR2.
To automatically activate the windshear function, one of the
qualifiers B and one of the qualifiers C or D have to be valid.

(c) Windshear function enable signal


This discrete input provided by the weather radar control unit
through switch AUTO/OFF enables the windshear function. This
discrete signal is also transmitted to the DMCs which use it for
the logic of windshear messages displayed.

(d) Windshear BITE enable signal


This discrete input allows the WXR/PWS to manage the BITE
windshear failures sent to the CFDIU.

**ON A/C ALL

(3) Outputs
The transceiver provides the following outputs:

(a) Displays
The WR/PWS is connected to the DMCs by an ARINC 453 bus to
transmit the weather radar data and windshear data (if predictive
windshear function is activated) on the data word of label 055.
All the weather and windshear data received by the DMCs are
processed to display weather radar image and windshear events by
the Electronic Instrument System (EIS).

1
_ The Navigation Display (ND) it provides the following
indications:
- weather radar image
- windshear events location for advisory, caution or warning
alert
- windshear failures.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 35
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
2
_ The Primary Flight Display (PFD) it provides all visual alerts
for caution or warning alert.

NOTE : The Flight Warning Computers (FWC) and the FDIU receive
____
WR/PWS data through the DMCs. These data are used by
the FWCs to display windshear function failure and
windshear function de-activation.
The FDIU records the windshear alert and failure.

(b) Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)


The WR/PWS is connected to the CFDS to transmit the following
words:
- label 354: LRU identification P/N and S/N (coded in ISO5)
- label 356: fault message (coded in ISO5)
- label 377: equipment identification.

(c) Audio Mixing Box (if predictive windshear function is activated)


An analog audio output allows to transmit the aural alert
windshear (synthetic voice message) to an audio mixing box
connected to loud speakers.

(d) Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (Enhanced GPWS)


(optional)
The Enhanced GPWS receives WR/PWS alerts from WXR1 Hazard bus and
WXR2 Hazard bus (when the second transceiver is installed) to
determine the alert priorities.
Predictive Windshear alerts override a terrain display and revert
to the WR display with the corresponding windshear data.
The alert priorities between the WR/PWS and the Enhanced GPWS
have been defined as follows:
1- WR/PWS Warning,
2- WR/PWS Caution,
3- Terrain Warning,
4- Terrain Caution,
5- WR/PWS advisory (no audio),
6- Terrain background (no audio).

(e) Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)


One ARINC 429 high speed bus (hazard) provides radar data to be
recorded on FDIMU.

(f) Windshear function enable signal


This discrete input provided by the radar control box through
AUTO/OFF switch enables the windshear function. This discrete
signal is also transmitted to the DMCs which use it for the logic
of windshear messages displayed.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 36
Config-3 May 01/09
R  
CES 
(4) Audio Inhibit Discrete Signals (if predictive windshear function is
activated)
These discretes are used to indicate whether the aural alert output
has to be active or not:
- predictive windshear aural alerts (audio inhibit discrete input)
are inhibited by the Reactive Windshear System and stall warning.
- predictive windshear audio inhibit discrete output is used to
inhibit other aural alerts generated by systems such as: Traffic
Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) or Ground Proximity
Warning System (GPWS) or other FWC warnings.
This inhibition occurs each time there is a PWS aural alert.

(5) Pin Programming (if predictive windshear function is activated)


- audio level program pins set the audio output level of the
synthetic voice for windshear aural alert.
- SDI (Source Destination Identification Encoder) program pins encode
the location of the WR/PWS unit on the aircraft when two
transceivers are installed.
- qualifier polarity program pins: for both qualifiers, this pin
program indicates the validity of the signal.
- CFDIU interface program pins: when the second WR/PWS is installed
on the aircraft, this program pin is activated. The WR/PWS can
communicate with the CFDIU.
- caution alert audio program: two program pins are provided to
select the type of windshear caution aural alert.
The MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY synthetic voice is generated instead of
the chime.
- windshear function enable program pins is used to activate the
windshear function.
- windshear function bite enable signal allows to send to CFDIU
failure related to the predictive windshear function.

C. General Technical Characteristics


The WR/PWS system is mainly used to detect and localize various types of
atmospheric disturbances and windshear events in the area scanned by the
antenna. The system shows the disturbance intensity through the use of
colors which vary with the atmospheric precipitation rate.
The disturbances are shown to the crew members on the NDs with different
colors:
- black, green, yellow, red to quantify the precipitation rates
- magenta to represent the turbulence areas up to 40 NM.
The system can show the location of the windshear events via the NDs:
alternating black and red arcs depict the windshear event.
As the minimum display range is 10 NM, two yellow radials appear at the
edges and start beyond the windshear (W/S) event.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 37
Config-3 May 01/09
R  
CES 
4. ____________
Power Supply

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

Energization of the system is through a 115VAC/400 Hz bus:


- 1XP via the busbar 101 XP-C for transceiver 1
Energization of the weather radar control unit and of the WR antenna drive
is through the transceiver.
Consumption of the transceiver is 125 W nominal.

**ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,

Energization of the system is through a 115VAC/400 Hz bus:


- 1XP via the sub-busbar 101 XP-C for transceiver 1,
- 2XP via the sub-busbar 202 XP-A for transceiver 2.
Energization of the weather radar control unit and of the WR antenna drive
is through the selected transceiver.
Consumption of the transceiver is 145 W maximum.

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

Energization of the system is through a 115VAC/400 Hz bus:


- 1XP via the sub-busbar 101 XP-C for transceiver 1.
Energization of the weather radar control unit and of the WR antenna drive
is through the transceiver.
Consumption of the transceiver is 145 W maximum.

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Energization of the system is through a 115VAC/400 Hz bus:


- 1XP via the sub-busbar 101 XP-C for transceiver 1
- 2XP via the sub-busbar 202 XP-A for transceiver 2.
Energization of the weather radar control unit and of the WR antenna drive
is through the selected transceiver.
Consumption of the transceiver is 165 W maximum.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 38
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

The system is supplied through this circuit breaker:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

5. Interface
_________

A. Digital Interface Special for Weather Radar


The weather radar data are transmitted via ARINC 429 and 453 buses in
compliance with ARINC 708A.
The table below contains all the output parameters in the digital form.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 055 | WXR DATA | | | |1600|7.82| DIS| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 | CONTROL | | | | 32 |100 | DIS| | |
| | WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 | CONTROL | | | | 32 |100 | DIS| | |
| | WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 | Mainte- | | | | |100 |ISO5| | |
| | nance | | | | | | | | |
| | message | | | | | | | | |
| | word | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 39
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-41-00

Page 40
Config-3 Aug 01/09
 
CES 
(1) Control Words (Labels 270 and 271)
The control words are transmitted on the control buses which connect
the weather radar control unit to the transceiver.
The control word 1 (label 270) provides the following data:
- gain,
- tilt angle,
- selected mode,
- stabilization (on/off),
- scan angle (normal/reduced),
- anticlutter (on/off) (optional)
- split function (Capt/Both/F/O) (optional)
The control word 2 (label 271) provides the following data:
- range,
- anticlutter (on/off) (optional),
- WR selected on the EFIS control section (master/slave).

(2) Data Word (Label 055)


The signal transmitted on the data bus line which connects the WR/PWS
to the Display Management Computers (DMC) complies with data word
format (label 055) as defined by the ARINC Specification 708A
(Appendix 15.2).
The data bus line transmits 190 data words per second; each word is
made up of 1600 bits sent on 1 Megabit/s frequency (ARINC
Specification 453) as per MANCHESTER II BI PHASE 2 format.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Data word message includes mainly the radar return intensity and
windshear data.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 41
Config-3 May 01/09
R  
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-41-00

Page 42
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Manchester II Biphase Format
Figure 005


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 43
Config-3 Nov 01/08
 
CES 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BITS | FUNCTION |
|----------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 | Label 00101101 : 055 |
| 9-10 | Control Accept |
| 11 | Spare |
| 12 | Windshear Caution |
| 13 | Windshear Warning |
| 14-15 | Turbulence and Weather Alert |
| 16 | Anticlutter (not used) |
| 17 | Sector Scan |
| 18 | Stabilization Limits |
| 19 | Cooling Transceiver |
| 20 | Display Fault (not used) |
| 21 | Calibration or Air Data Input |
| 22 | Attitude Input |
| 23 | Control or Heading Input |
| 24 | Antenna |
| 25 | R/T or Radio Altimeter |
| 26 | Stabilization |
| 27-29 | Mode |
| 30-36 | Tilt Angle |
| 37-42 | Gain |
| 43-48 | Range |
| 49 | Windshear External Input Fault |
| 50-51 | Data Accept |
| 52-63 | Scan Angle |
| 64 | Windshear Failure |
| 65-1600 | Range Bin Data |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

The WR/PWS uses the Space address usage technology defined by the
ARINC specification 708A for transmission of information on data bus
lines. This is achieved by two different data bus lines, each
associated with a control bus line from an EFIS control section of
the FCU.
Data BUS 1 transmits always data associated to the range selected on
EFIS/CAPT (side 1).
Data BUS 2 transmits always data associated to the range selected on
EFIS/F/O (side 2).
The control and data bits of word label 055 are valid at any moment
on both DATA BUSES, even if the range selected on sides 1 and 2 of
FCU are different.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 44
Config-3 Nov 01/08
 
CES 
6. _____________________
Component Description

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

A. Transceiver

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 006)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 006D)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 007)


The weather radar transceiver with PWS is a lightweight airborne unit.
The transmitter section consists of a crystal-controlled reference
oscillator, driver stage and a power amplifier output stage.
Pulse widths are either 1.5 microseconds (used to produce the calculated
windshear hazard presentation), 6 microseconds or 18 microseconds.
Echoes from both the 6 and 18-microsecond pulses are processed to produce
targets between 20 and 40 NM. The 6-microsecond pulses are also used for
turbulence detection.
The master processor is the host control computer for the weather radar
system with PWS. It also produces the timing and control signals that
control the operations of the modulator/transmitter and receiver, and the
weather, turbulence and windshear digital signal processor circuits.
The master processor decodes the ARINC 429 mode information from the
control unit and selected range.
During the transmit period, the radio frequency front end, through its
waveguide element, sends the pulse-modulated X-band radar signal to the
radar antenna.
During the receive period, the radio frequency front end receives signals
through the waveguide element and through a filter to the preamplifier.
The received signal is mixed to produce the 212 MHz signal which is sent
to the receiver.
The receiver operates with digital slow AGC and provides high-gain
narrow-band amplification. It converts the 212 MHz first i-f signal to a
5 MHz third i-f signal.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 45
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather radar - Architecture
R Figure 006



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page 46
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather radar - Architecture
Figure 006A


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-41-00

Page 47
Config-3 Nov 01/08
 
CES 
Weather radar - Architecture
Figure 006B


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page 48
Config-3 Nov 01/08
 
CES 
Weather radar - Architecture
Figure 006C


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 49
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather radar - Architecture
Figure 006D


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page 50
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar Transceiver - Component Description
Figure 007


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 51
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The receiver 5MHz i-f signal output is applied to an analog-to-digital
(A/D) converter at the input to the digital signal processor (DSP)
subsystem.
The analog-to-digital converter digitizes the detected video signal from
the receiver.
Three separate video processors process the digitized video signal to
accommodate three radar displays with independent range selection. The
video processor averages the digitized video data within each range bin.
A range bin is defined as the range interval over which the radar data
are derived. This is determined by the division of the selected range
into 512 equal increments.
The range averaged data are stored and filtered at each transmission by
the video processors.
The ARINC 453 interface circuits format the outputs of the video
processors and send them to the DMCs and the EFIS.
The antenna stabilization circuit is internal to the weather radar
transceiver with PWS and is built around a 16-bit microprocessor. It is
controlled by a servo loop. Five angles are provided to the
microprocessor to solve the stabilization equation (line of sight):
- aircraft pitch and roll angles
- selected antenna tilt angle
- antenna elevation angle
- antenna azimuth angle.
The aircraft pitch and roll angles are transmitted by the Air
Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRUs) in the form of ARINC 429 messages.
Only the antenna azimuth control is an open loop and the microprocessor
generates the antenna feedback signal. The antenna reaches plus or minus
90 deg., on either side of the aircraft centerline.
The microprocessor generates the control signals of the elevation and
azimuth drive motors of the antenna; the corresponding angular positions
are recopied by synchros located in the antenna and processed by the
microprocessor.
The output data of the linear amplifier is processed for comparison of
the detected signals with a threshold said of medium turbulence.
Furthermore corrections are made with respect to the selected tilt angle
and to the ground speed transmitted by the attitude bus.
The control and monitoring circuit is used for the control of the
transceiver, the monitoring circuit of the video processors and the ARINC
429 interface circuits.
In addition, the control circuit determines the operating mode of the
weather radar, the system gain, the tilt angle and the range selection
for the video processor.
During the program loop, selected inputs are checked or compared to
determine the operational status of the weather radar system with PWS.
The results of these checks or comparisons are used to display fault
warning messages on the display units and to the Liquid Crystal Display
of the front panel of the transceiver.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 52
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The display contains a sequence of software controlled pushbutton
switches that result in different functions when pressed. Once the TEST
pushbutton switch is pressed, the display shows TEST IN PROGRESS. At the
end of the test, the display shows RADAR OK, INPUT OK if no faults were
detected in either the radar or input connections.
The maintenance circuit with processor ensures formatting of signals and
the interface with the CFDS. The processor is continuously supplied to
answer the interrogations of the CFDS. In addition, it has access to a
non volatile fault memory to report all failure conditions. The monitor
processor also enables to activate the system complete test from the
CFDS.
The different flight phases are generated from a flight/ground discrete
provided by the Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU). This
discrete enables the CFDS flight phases to be consolidated.

(1) Not Applicable

(2) Not Applicable

(3) Not Applicable

(4) Not Applicable

(5) Not Applicable

(6) Not Applicable

(7) Not Applicable

(8) Not Applicable

(9) Not Applicable

(10) Not Applicable

(11) Not Applicable

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

A. Transceiver

**ON A/C 051-099,

(Ref. Fig. 006A)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page 53
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 006B)

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 006C)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 007A)


The weather radar transceiver with PWS is a completely solid-state
airborne unit.
It contains:

(1) A power amplifier


A single 777.77 MHz multiplier drive signal is developed by the power
amplifier. The power amplification of the transmit section is
accomplished by splitting the power amplifier drive before
recombining the signals into a single multiplier drive signal.

(2) A power multiplier


The power multiplier produces the 9333.24 MHz transmitter output
signal from the single multiplier drive signal (from the power
amplifier).
The multiplier drive signal is multiplied by 3 to produce a 2333.31
MHz signal. The 2333.31 MHz signal is their quadrupled to produce the
9333.24 MHz transmitter output signal.

(3) A duplexer/monitor
The transmitter output is coupled through a duplexer/monitor to the
waveguide antenna feed through a 4-port circulator. Incorporated in
the duplexer operation are monitor circuits to monitor the output
power level and develop a frequency loop error signal for the
correction of frequency chirp.
The monitor circuit also accepts a test signal which causes a portion
of the reference signal to be injected into the receiver for test
calibration. The 4-port circulator also couples the RF return from
the waveguide antenna feed through the preamplifier to the receiver
portion of the transceiver.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 54
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar Transceiver - Component Description
Figure 007A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 55
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(4) A preamplifier
The preamplifier assembly perform the waveguide limiter functions
(protects the mixer diodes from all high power pulses), contains a
noise diode circuit and contains a 2-stage RF amplifier which
provides +18dB of RF gain.

(5) A mixer
The mixer circuit processes the detected RF return signal by mixing
it with the First local oscillator signal and amplifying the
resultant Intermediate Frequency (IF) signal in the First IF
amplifier.
The first IF amplifier provides 25dB amplification before the First
IF signal is applied to the second IF amplifier.

(6) A second IF amplifier


The second IF amplifier completes the receiver amplification of the
RF return signal. The output from the first IF is converted to the
13.8888 MHz second IF signal by mixing it with the 152.77 MHz second
local oscillator signal. The second IF signal is double-buffered and
applied to a synchronous detector. The third local oscillator signal
is phase-split to obtain one signal in phase with the transmitter
frequency and one signal phase shifted by 90 deg.

(7) A sampler
The sampler commands and controls the receive and transmit functions
within the receiver-transmitter. A digital signal processor is used
to control transmitter timing and receiver normalizer.

(8) A digital signal processsor


The digital signal processor circuit card performs the weather
processing, clutter identification, clutter filtering, velocity
extraction and editing, hazard computation and hazard recognition
algorithms. Command and control information is passed from the
digital signal processor to the sampler through a dual port RAM.

(9) A central processing unit


Control of internal functions, antenna servo controls, monitoring of
system operation and formatting the processed data is accomplished by
the central processing unit. It uses a microprocessor and a stored
program to execute the following major routines that control the
transceiver and system operations:
- attitude routine, providing pitch and roll parameters for the
stabilization routine
- stabilization routine, providing elevation position to the
elevation maintenance routine
- scan maintenance routine, providing antenna scan drive


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 56
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
- elevation maintenance routine, providing antenna elevation drive
control bus manager routine, determining correct control
configuration
- problem control monitor routine, programming the internal data
collection parameters of the transceiver
- data bus formatter routine, processing and assembling the control
message of the serial data word sent to the EFIS.

(10) An input/output unit


All interface functions between the microprocessor of the central
processing unit and the rest of the transceiver and units in the
system are provided by the input/output unit. Control word buses,
digital and analog attitude buses, radio altitude inputs and discrete
buses are all connected to the multiplexer and shift register of the
input/output unit. In addition, the input/output unit contains speech
circuits for windshear hazard annunciation, the synchro-to-digital
conversion circuits, discrete warning annunciation outputs, aural
warning outputs and remote turn-on circuits.

(11) A BITE/monitor
The BITE/monitor provides the BITE power supply voltages to BITE
functions and circuits, a power monitor for the detected transmitter
output and an interconnect for various signals used throughout the
transceiver.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

RF replacement modules:

The transmitter, preamplifier and X54 modules of the RF portion of


the RTA-4A/4B radar transmitter/receiver have been redesigned. Each
of the three RF modules has been designed for complete compatibility
and interchangeability with the original modules. As such, functional
tests of the radar with the new modules are identical to those used
for the original design.

- X54 frequency multiplier module:

The X54 frequency multiplier module replaces the existing X9, X6


and circulator assemblies in the RDR-4A and RDR-4B transmitter.
This module multiplies and amplifies a 173 MHz (nominal) signal
input from the frequency source board. The RF outputs a 1557 MHz
signal used as the input to the receiver and a 9342 MHz signal for
the transmitter.
The X54 module includes a VHF amplifier stage, a X9 multiplier
stage, an L-band amplifier, a transmit/receive switch, a X6


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page 57
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
multiplier, a modulated X-band amplifier, an isolator and a BITE
circuit. Additionally, there is a bias regulation, control,
modulation and temperature compensation circuitry to obtain the
necessary control signals and bias voltages.

- Preamplifier module:

The RF preamplifier module includes a solid-state limiter, a low


noise amplifier, an image-reject filter, a diode noise generator, a
low-power X6 frequency multiplier, and the first mixer stage. The
RF preamplifier receives the 9346 MHz (nominal) radar-return
signals from the antenna/circulator and produces low-noise,
high-gain preamplification and image-rejection filtering.
The limiter is an active/passive pin-diode limiter. During
transmission, it reduces the level of transmitter RF reaching the
preamplifier circuitry. During reception, the limiter protects the
preamplifier against the effects of transmissions from other nearby
transmitters.

- Transmitter module:

The new RDR-4A/4B transmitter is based on standard RF amplifier


technology using RF Field Effect Transistors (FET) distributed
through four power-combined amplifier modules. The transistor
amplifier does not produce any microwave signals of its own, but
rather amplifies the microwave power provided by the older X6 and
X9 multiplier module or the new X54 module. The failure of one of
the four amplifier modules will not cause the overall failure of
the transmitter, just a small reduction in output power level.
The new transmitter has been designed to be a direct replacement
for the existing IMPATT transmitter. It mounts using the same
mounting points as the older IMPATT transmitter and uses the same
power and logic cable connection as the older transmitter.
This new transmitter provides roughly the same output power as the
older transmitter and exhibits lower levels of electromagnetic
interference (EMI) and lower levels of distortion (harmonics and
spurious output) than the present transmitter.

B. Weather Radar System


The system has five modes of operation:
- Weather
- Weather with Turbulence detection
- Ground Mapping
- Autotilt
- Windshear.
The autotilt function is available on P/N:066-50008-0409.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 58
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(1) Weather Radar
The weather radar system RDR-4B provides storm detection up to a
distance of approximately 320NM under ARINC 708A defined penetration
environment.

Cloud formations having less moisture content than required to


reflect a minimum discernible echo signal do not appear on the ND.

The color presentation gives an immediate indication of the location


of severe storm areas. These areas might contain air turbulence which
should be avoided.

A microprocessor processes the weather returns to indentify areas of


precipitation with moderate to high turbulence. This capability
enhances the rainfall intensity information provided by the basic
radar, which to enables pilots to avoid threatening weather. The
turbulence detection circuitry uses the Doppler phenomenon, which
causes an apparent echo between the radar and the target. The Doppler
processor measures the return velocity variance to indicate the
turbulence present in the weather.

(2) Weather with Turbulence Detection


The Doppler processor for the RDR-4B system processes the weather
returns to identify areas of precipitation with moderate to high
turbulence. This capability enhances the rainfall intensity
information provided by the basic radar, which enables pilots to
avoid threatening weather. The turbulence detection circuitry uses
the Doppler phenomenon, which causes an apparent echo-signal
frequency shift due to relative motion between the radar and the
target. The Doppler processor measures return velocity variance to
indicate the turbulence present in the weather.

(3) Ground Mapping


Ground mapping with the RDR-4B radar system provides a plan picture
of prominent landmarks and terrain features such as cities, shore
lines, mountains, islands, bay, bridges, etc. These terrain features
are shown on the ND in slant range and azimuth bearing with respect
to the heading of the aircraft.

Of prime importance for the pilot is the extended range of vision and
the ability to see this terrain map during darkness and overcast
conditions, when visibility is restricted. The display in ground
mapping look like a pilotage chart and can be easily interpreted.
Cities, open ground, and bodies of water provide progressively less
intense reflections. It should be noted that calm water reflects very
little signal back to the antenna. However, very rough water provides
a signal return of considerable strength.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 59
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The planar antenna array provides only pencil beam. Terrain mapping
for short ranges (less than 75NM) requires tilt adjustment to cover
the scan area.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(4) Autotilt
The weather radar RDR-4B can operate in autotilt mode (automatic tilt
angle): the use of the automatic tilt function is recommended in WX
and TURB modes.

The autotilt function uses the terrain altitude information of the


Enhanced GPWS. the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (E-GPWS).
Based on the aircraft altitude above the terrain and on terrain
conditions in the area, the Enhanced GPWS determines the optimum tilt
angle for the radar. This automatic tilt angle setting results in
minimum ground clutter on the display while maintaining an optimum
weather detection capability. One exception is the autotilt MAP mode,
where the radar beam is intentionally aimed at the ground as a
function of range.

NOTE : Manual tilt should be used when analyzing terrain and storm
____
characteristics.

The autotilt function is integrated in the existing windshear


submodes. On preparation for takeoff through 2300 feet, the weather
scans alternate with the windshear scans. This occurs on approach, as
well, below 2300 feet. The autotilt function controls the tilt only
during weather scans. The windshear scan algorithm does not change
with the autotilt functionality.

NOTE : When range settings are different (one display at a range of


____
more than 80NM and the other display at a range of less than
or equal to 80NM) the weather radar scans alternately to cover
the different range settings.

The autotilt functionality is optimized for range settings less than


or equal to 80NM (short range) and range settings more than 80NM
(long range). If above 2300 feet AGL and if all displays are set to
the same setting (either all short range or all long range), the
weather display is updated in both directions clockwise (CW) and
counterclockwise (CCW). If above 2300 feet AGL and if at least one
display is on short range while the others are on long range, then
the weather display is updated on alternate scans to account for the
different autotilt settings required. Below 2300 feet AGL, the
autotilt scans are based on short range tilt setting. There is no


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-41-00

Page 60
Config-3 Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
long range/short range alternate scanning in the windshear active
region.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 008)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

The antenna scan is divided into five sectors/areas. The tilt angle
displayed for each sector is calculated based on aircraft altitude,
terrain height and range selection.

(5) Antenna Scan Pattern

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 009)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Figure 009 shows the benefits of autotilt with manual tilt control:
there can be over scan where the weather cells and the terrain are
below the antenna beam and the display is blank, or under scan where
the antenna scan is basically hitting the ground below the weather
cells and the display contains only ground clutter. The integration
of Enhanced GPWS and radar functionality (autotilt) provides a layer
of protection against these extremes.

(6) Autotilt Selection


Automatic tilt is selected by setting the TILT (AUTO/MAN) switch to
AUTO on the weather radar control unit (CON-4A/4B).
Switch to AUTO: Tilt setting for weather scans is automatic.
Switch to MAN: Tilt is controlled with the manual tilt control knob.

Pitch and roll information from the aircraft vertical gyros, tilt
information from the manually set tilt control, azimuth angle
information from the azimuth (scan) synchro transmitter, and
elevation angle information from the elevation synchro transmitter,
are processed by the stabilization microprocessor drive motor. The
elevation drive motor repositions the antenna to maintain
line-of-sight.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-41-00

Page 61
Config-3 Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
Weather Radar - Automatic Tilt Antenna Scan Pattern
Figure 008


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 62
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Manual Tilt/Automatic Tilt
Figure 009


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 63
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Also supplied by the R-T unit is the azimuth motor drive signal which
drives the antenna through the oscillating 180 degrees of azimuth
(scan).

NOTE : Manual TILT should be used when analyzing terain and when
____
analyzing storm characteristics. selection of either manual or
autotilt is done with selected control units. The RF signal
(transmitted or received) is conveyed by a wave guide between
the antenna and the transceiver. Energization of the antenna
is 115VAC 400HZ throught the selected transceiver.

(7) Dual System Antennas

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 010)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 010A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

To provide for dual system operation, the antenna contains redundant


position synchro transmitters. Synchro transmitters B6 and B1 and
associated with system 1; synchro transmitters B4 and B3 are
associated with system 2. These redundant servo loops are
interconnected through redundant antenna connectors (J3001, system 1)
and (J3002, system 2) to the RDR-4B system. All circuitry commmon to
a dual system is configured in such a way that either a
Receiver-Transmitter unit, indicator, or synchro transmitter failure
will not render the RDR-4B system inoperative.
A system tranfert switch on the CON-4B control panel applies power to
the selected system and applies a switching voltage to a waveguide
switch mounted on the R-T mounting base.

The waveguide switch transfert the antenna rf feed (waveguide) to the


selected R-T unit. On the figure, sytem 1 is selected for operation
by placing the System Transfert Switch (STS) on the CON-4B in the SYS
1 position. This energizes and initiates the switching necessary for
system 1 operation.
For either dual or single system operation, motor B5 drives the
antenna in azimuth movement and motor B2 drives the antenna in
elevation position.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-41-00

Page 64
Config-3 Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
Weather Radar - Single Motor Antenna Drive
R Figure 010


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page 65
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Dual Redundant Motor Antenna Drive
Figure 010A


R

EFF : 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 66
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NOTE : The single system antenna is designed for use with one R-T
____
unit. The function and components of the single system antenna
are the same as the dual system antenna except that single
synchros are used in lieu of redundant synchros and only on
connector (J3001) is wired to electrical components in the
antenna.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

C. Weather Radar Antenna

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 011)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 011B)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

The weather radar antenna is controlled in azimuth and elevation by the


transceiver. The antenna movements are ensured by 2 DC motors and the
angular positions are recopied by 2 or 4 synchros (2 for a single antenna
and 4 for a dual antenna). The RF signal (transmitted or received) is
conveyed by a wave guide between the antenna and the transceiver.
Energization of the antenna is 115VAC/400 Hz through the transceiver.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

C. Weather Radar Antenna


(Ref. Fig. 011A)
The weather radar antenna is controlled in azimuth and elevation by the
transceiver CPU. The binary control data are decoded and activate the
antenna scan and elevation steeper motors through corresponding power
circuits. The indication of these positions is sent to the CPU for
comparison. The RF signal (transmitted or received) is conveyed by a wave
guide between the antenna and the transceiver.
Energization of the antenna is 115VAC/400 Hz through the transceiver.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page 67
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Weather Radar - Dual Antenna Drive
Figure 011


R

EFF :
528-599,
001-049, 101-105, 501-509, 511-526,  34-41-00

Page 68
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Antenna
Figure 011A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 69
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Antenna
R Figure 011B


R

EFF :

151-199,  34-41-00

Page 70
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

D. Weather Radar Control Unit


The gain and tilt potentiometric data are digitized by an 8-bit
analog-to-digital converter.
Moreover the different positions of the mode selector switch and the
potentiometric data are formatted according to the ARINC 429 control
word.

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

D. Weather Radar Control Unit


Part of weather radar controls is grouped on the control unit (TILT
control, system GAIN control, MODE selection control, MULTISCAN MAN/AUTO
mode).
These data are digitized and monitored by a CPU to generate a control
word which is sent to the transceiver through a control bus line.

**ON A/C ALL

E. Weather Radar Wave Guide and Wave Guide Switch


A wave guide assembly ensures the RF connection between the WR antenna
drive and the WR transceiver mounting tray (connected to the wave guide
switch).
The wave guide assembly is made up of rigid and flexible parts which have
a standard rectangular section (1 in. x 0.5 in.).
The wave guide switch is integral with the mounting tray. It ensures
switching of the RF signal from the antenna to the transceiver. Moreover
control circuits recopy the wave guide switch position to avoid
transmission on a closed wave guide.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 71
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
7. Operation
_________

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

A. Operation

(1) Weather Radar modes


The weather radar system uses the principle of radio echoing. It
works at a normal frequency of 9345 MHz. The peak power emitted is
125 W approx. The weather radar transceiver generates microwave
energy in the form of electromagnetic pulses via an X-band wave guide
to the antenna. When these pulses intercept an appropriate target,
part of the energy is reflected back to the weather radar antenna
then to the transceiver. For each case, the system uses a different
mode of operation which allows to vary the scanning of the antenna,
the timing of the pulses and the processing of the weather radar
returns and of the predictive windshear events (if the function is
activated). The electronics circuits of the transceiver measure the
elapsed time between the transmission of the wave and the reception
of the echo to determine the target distance (it takes around 12.36
microseconds for the electromagnetic wave to travel out and back for
each nautical mile of target range).
The angular position of the target is detected by the angular
position of the antenna in its scanning in azimuth. As the quantity
of energy reflected to the antenna is proportional to the target
density, the different levels of atmospheric disturbances (see table
1 below) are shown on the displays by different colors.
The detection of the turbulence areas are based on the Doppler
phenomenon.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LEVEL DETECTED | PRECIPITATION RATE | COLOR OF ECHOES |
|------------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------|
| Z1 < 20 dBz | less than 1 mm/h | black |
| 20 less than or equal | from 1 to 4 mm/h | green |
| to Z2 < 30 dBz | | |
| 30 less than or equal | from 4 to 12 mm/h | yellow |
| to Z3 < 40 dBz | | |
| 40 less than or equal | 12 mm/h and above | red |
| to Z4/Z5 < 50 dBz | | |
|------------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------|
| Turbulence | 5 m/s | magenta |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
Table 1: Color Correspondence Table



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 72
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

A. Operation

(1) Weather Radar modes


The weather radar system uses the principle of radio echoing. It
works at a normal frequency of 9333 MHz. The peak power emitted is
120 W approx. The weather radar transceiver generates microwave
energy in the form of electromagnetic pulses via an X-band wave guide
to the antenna. When these pulses intercept an appropriate target,
part of the energy is reflected back to the weather radar antenna
then to the transceiver. For each case, the system uses a different
mode of operation which allows to vary the scanning of the antenna,
the timing of the pulses and the processing of the weather radar
returns and of the predictive windshear events (if the function is
activated). The electronics circuits of the transceiver measure the
elapsed time between the transmission of the wave and the reception
of the echo to determine the target distance (it takes around 12.36
microseconds for the electromagnetic wave to travel out and back for
each nautical mile of target range).
The angular position of the target is detected by the angular
position of the antenna in its scanning in azimuth. As the quantity
of energy reflected to the antenna is proportional to the target
density, the different levels of atmospheric disturbances (see table
1 below) are shown on the displays by different colors.
The detection of the turbulence areas are based on the Doppler
phenomenon.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LEVEL DETECTED | PRECIPITATION RATE | COLOR OF ECHOES |
|------------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------|
| Z1 < 20 dBz | less than 1 mm/h | black |
| 20 less than or equal | from 1 to 4 mm/h | green |
| to Z2 < 30 dBz | | |
| 30 less than or equal | from 4 to 12 mm/h | yellow |
| to Z3 < 40 dBz | | |
| 40 less than or equal | 12 mm/h and above | red |
| to Z4/Z5 < 50 dBz | | |
|------------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------|
| Turbulence | 5 m/s | magenta |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
Table 1: Color Correspondence Table


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 73
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(2) Windshear mode (if the predictive windshear function is activated)


The WR/PWS, by a doppler mode, determines the wind field ahead of the
aircraft.
By a mathematical treatment, the system determines the hazard factor
(so-called F factor) related to the danger of a windshear event.
An hazard factor exceeding a value of 0.13 and within 5NM ahead of
the aircraft is considered as the presence of a dangerous event and a
corresponding windshear alert is generated. The display of windshear
hazard consits of an icon of red and black bands superimposed on the
radar returns. As these events are dangerous during takeoff and
landing maneuvers, the PWS mode is automatically activated below 2300
ft radio altimeter and at least one of the qualifier-A and one
qualifier-B inputs have to be valid. Windshear detection operates
automatically with the above-mentioned reasons, even if the radar
function selector switch is set to OFF, but windshear switch has to
be set to AUTO.
The windshear mode is transparent to the pilot until a windshear
event is detected.
When a windshear event is detected, the system generates the
appropriate annunciations (visual and aural) to the flight crew.
The WR/PWS generates a graphic symbol (icon) to the displays
indicating where the windshear was detected.
The windshear function detection can operate either with weather
radar modes activated or independently without these modes.
This is accomplished by sharing the antenna scanning:
- in clockwise weather scan or windshear scan
- in counterclockwise windshear scan.
In windshear mode, the TILT and GAIN are controlled automatically
on the WR/PWS for the scanning.
However, the TILT displayed on the NDs is in accordance with this
selected on the radar control panel.
When the weather radar transceiver fails, the amber message PRED
W/S is displayed on the NDs associated with the amber messages:
- NAV: PRED W/S DET FAULT on the upper ECAM DU,
- PRED W/S DET in the INOP SYS item of the STATUS page on the SD.

NOTE : The system has to reject echoes due to ground clutter or


____
moving surface.

NOTE : The pilot has to deselect windshear mode (AUTO/OFF switch to


____
OFF) for the following reasons:
- when the aircraft is at a gate area or in maintenance
hangars to avoid radiating danger for persons
- when nuisance aural alerts are generated.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 74
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NOTE : There is no danger of radiation to persons on the ground if
____
the ATC switch on the ATC/TCAS control unit is set to OFF or
STBY after landing, even if the windshear switch on the
weather radar control unit is still at AUTO.

NOTE : In order to ensure optimum performance for the predictive


____
windshear function, the radome must be at least equal to class
B category 1.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(2) Windshear mode (if the predictive windshear function is activated)


The WR/PWS, by a doppler mode, determines the wind field ahead of the
aircraft.
By a mathematical treatment, the system determines the hazard factor
(so-called F factor) related to the danger of a windshear event.
An hazard factor exceeding a value of 0.13 and within 5NM ahead of
the aircraft is considered as the presence of a dangerous event and a
corresponding windshear alert is generated. The display of windshear
hazard consits of an icon of red and black bands superimposed on the
radar returns. As these events are dangerous during takeoff and
landing maneuvers, the PWS mode is automatically activated below 2300
ft radio altimeter and at least one of the qualifier-A and one
qualifier-B inputs have to be valid. Windshear detection operates
automatically with the above-mentioned reasons, even if the radar
function selector switch is set to OFF, but windshear switch has to
be set to AUTO.
The windshear mode is transparent to the pilot until a windshear
event is detected.
When a windshear event is detected, the system generates the
appropriate annunciations (visual and aural) to the flight crew.
The WR/PWS generates a graphic symbol (icon) to the displays
indicating where the windshear was detected.
The windshear function detection can operate either with weather
radar modes activated or independently without these modes.
If the radar is already operating in a weather detection mode when a
windshear is detected, no pilot intervention will be required.
If the radar is OFF when this event is detected, the radar operation
will automatically change to WX+T mode (if selected range is less
than 60NM) or WX mode (if selected range is more than 60NM), to
display weather and windshear icons.
The selected range does not change.
In windshear mode, the TILT and GAIN are controlled automatically on
the WR/PWS for the scanning.
However, the TILT displayed on the NDs is in accordance with this
selected on the radar control panel.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 75
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
When the weather radar transceiver fails, the amber message PRED W/S
is displayed on the NDs associated with the amber messages:
- NAV: PRED W/S DET FAULT on the upper ECAM DU,
- PRED W/S DET in the INOP SYS item of the STATUS page on the SD.
The system 2 (if installed), has to be selected on the weather radar
control unit to display windshear information.

NOTE : The system has to reject echoes due to ground clutter or


____
moving surface.

NOTE : In some cases, the pilot has to deselect windshear mode (PWS/
____
OFF/AUTO switch to OFF) for the following reasons:
- when the aircraft is at a gate area or in maintenance
hangars to avoid radiating danger for persons,
- when nuisance aural alerts are generated.

NOTE : There is no danger of radiation to persons on the ground if


____
the ATC switch on the ATC/TCAS control unit is set to OFF or
STBY after landing, even if the windshear switch on the
weather radar control unit is still at AUTO.

NOTE : In order to ensure optimum performance for the predictive


____
windshear function, the radome must be at least equal to class
B category 1.

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(2) Windshear mode (if the predictive windshear function is activated)


The WR/PWS, by a doppler mode, determines the wind field ahead of the
aircraft.
By a mathematical treatment, the system determines the hazard factor
(so-called F factor) related to the danger of a windshear event.
A hazard factor exceeding a value of 0.13 and within 5NM ahead of the
aircraft is considered as the presence of a dangerous event and a
corresponding windshear alert is generated. The display of windshear
hazard consits of an icon of red and black bands superimposed on the
radar returns. As these events are dangerous during takeoff and
landing maneuvers, the PWS mode is automatically activated below 2300
ft radio altimeter and at least one of the two qualifier inputs (QB
and QC or QB and QD) valid. These conditions enable automatic
windshear detection operation even if, on theweather radar control
unit, the 1/OFF/2 switch is at OFF; the WINDSHEAR/AUTO/OFFswitch must
be set to AUTO.
The windshear mode is transparent to the pilot until a windshear
event is detected.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 76
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
When a windshear event is detected, the system generates the
appropriate annunciations (visual and aural) to the flight crew.
The WR/PWS generates a graphic symbol (icon) to the displays
indicating where the windshear was detected.
The windshear function detection can operate either with weather
radar modes activated or independently without these modes.
If the radar is already operating in a weather detection mode when a
windshear is detected, no pilot intervention will be required.
If the radar is OFF when this event is detected, the radar operation
will automatically change to WX+T mode (if selected range is less
than 60NM) or WX mode (if selected range is more than 60NM), to
display weather and windshear icons.
The selected range does not change.
In windshear mode, the TILT and GAIN are controlled automatically on
the WR/PWS for the scanning.
However, the TILT displayed on the NDs is in accordance with this
selected on the radar control panel.
When the weather radar transceiver fails, the amber message PRED W/S
is displayed on the NDs associated with the amber messages:
- NAV: PRED W/S DET FAULT on the upper ECAM DU,
- PRED W/S DET in the INOP SYS item of the STATUS page on the SD.
The system 2 (if installed), has to be selected on the weather radar
control unit to display windshear information.

NOTE : The system has to reject echoes due to ground clutter or


____
moving surface.

NOTE : In some cases, the pilot has to deselect windshear mode (PWS/
____
OFF/AUTO switch to OFF) for the following reasons:
- when the aircraft is at a gate area or in maintenance
hangars to avoid radiating danger for persons,
- when nuisance aural alerts are generated.

NOTE : There is no danger of radiation to persons on the ground if


____
the ATC switch on the ATC/TCAS control unit is set to OFF or
STBY after landing, even if the windshear switch on the
weather radar control unit is still at AUTO.

NOTE : In order to ensure optimum performance for the predictive


____
windshear function, the radome must be at least equal to class
B category 1.


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 77
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(3) Logic of scanning mode

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 012)

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 012A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

The antenna scan pattern varies depending on the mode of operation.

(a) Weather radar scan pattern


In weather radar mode, the antenna scans a 180 deg. in azimuth
and has tilt (pitch) coverage of plus or minus 15 deg.
Stabilization limits are plus or minus 25 deg. in the pitch axis
and plus or minus 40 deg. in the roll axis.
An antenna scanning is performed in 4 seconds, this causes the
transmission of 760 data words at each antenna scanning.
The weather radar system features a 4-second constant refresh
rate of the WX image whatever the ranges selected on the CAPT and
F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU.

(b) Weather and windshear scan pattern, no detected windshear event


When the system is placed into alternate weather/windshear scan
pattern and no windshear event is detected, the antenna scan
pattern is as follows:
- clockwise weather scan with plus or minus 90 deg. of azimuth
coverage and processing for weather
- counterclockwise windshear scan with full plus or minus 90 deg.
of azimuth coverage, but with windshear processing limited to
the plus or minus 45 deg. sector.
However, the WR/PWS have to update the refresh rate of the WX
image to 12 seconds due to sharing of processing between
windshear and radar.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page 78
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
WR/PWS - Logic of scanning mode
Figure 012


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 79
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
WR/PWS - Logic of scanning mode
Figure 012A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 80
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(c) Weather and windshear scan pattern, with windshear event detected
When the system is placed into alternate weather/windshear scan
pattern and the system detects a windshear event, the antenna
scan pattern is as follows:
- clockwise weather scan, from minus 90 deg. to plus 90 deg.
- counterclockwise windshear scan, from plus 90 deg. to minus 45
deg., with windshear processing between plus 45 deg. and minus
45 deg.
- the next clockwise scan is from minus 45 deg. to plus 45 deg.
to validate windshear
- the next counterclockwise scan is from plus 45 deg. to minus 90
deg. to validate windshear. No processing occurs between plus
45 deg. and minus 90 deg.
- clockwise WX scan, from minus 90 deg. to plus 90 deg.
The sequence is repeated as long as windshear event is
detected. If a windshear event is not detected, the system
reverts to the alternating weather/windshear scan pattern
described above.
The refresh rate of the WX image is minimum 16 sesonds due to
sharing processing between radar and windshear event detection.

(d) Windshear scan pattern


When the system operates in windshear mode only, the scan pattern
is plus or minus 45 deg. azimuth coverage on both the clockwise
and counterclockwise scans.
This mode occurs if the operator has placed the weather radar to
OFF mode.
Windshear data are processed during both directions of antenna
scanning.
In this case the windshear mode works transparent to the flight
crew until a windshear event is detected.
The refresh rate of the display is 8 seconds.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(3) Logic of scanning mode


(Ref. Fig. 012A)
The antenna scan pattern varies depending on the mode of operation.

(a) Weather radar scan pattern


In weather radar mode, the antenna scans a 180 deg. in azimuth
and has tilt (pitch) coverage of plus or minus 15 deg.
Stabilization limits are plus or minus 25 deg. in the pitch axis
and plus or minus 40 deg. in the roll axis. The antenna scans the
zone 15 times per minute. Beam opening is 3.6 deg. in elevation
and 3.5 deg. in azimuth.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page 81
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
An antenna scanning is performed in 4 seconds, this causes the
transmission of 720 data words to the data bus lines.
When the two ranges selected on both EFIS control panels are
identical, the radar images displayed on the NDs are refreshed
every 4 seconds.
On the contrary, when two different ranges are selected on the
EFIS control panels, the images are refreshed every 8 seconds.

(b) Weather and windshear scan pattern


When the system is placed into alternate weather/windshear mode,
the weather processing is operating during left-to-right scans
and windshear processing is operating during right-to-left scans.
In this case, the antenna scans only plus or minus 60 deg.
But windshear the targets are displayed only in the area plus or
minus 30 deg. from the aircraft centerline.
An antenna scanning is performed in 3 seconds three other seconds
are used to refresh data inside the CPU.
Then, when the two ranges selected on both EFIS control panels
are identical, the radar images displayed on the NDs are
refreshed every 6 seconds.
On the contrary, when two different ranges are selected on the
EFIS control panels, the images are refreshed every 12 seconds.

(c) Windshear scan pattern


The windshear processing is operating during right-to-left scans
and left-to-right scans.
The antenna scans only plus or minus 60 deg.
The detected windshear targets are displayed only in the area
plus or minus 30 deg. from the aircraft centerline.
When the two ranges selected on both EFIS control panels are
identical, the radar images displayed on the NDs are refreshed
every 6 seconds.
On the contrary, when two different ranges are selected on the
EFIS control panels the images are refreshed every 12 seconds.

NOTE : For roll angle exceeding 28 deg., the windshear detection


____
is not active.

(d) Not Applicable



EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page 82
Config-3 Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(4) Radar Multiscan mode


The Multiscan mode manages the antenna beam tilts automatically. The
antenna tilts are controlled for optimum weather detection during
each phase of flight. This mode uses a low and high beam to examine
short and long range, even while on the ground. Data for display is
automatically selected from the upper beam, lower beam or both
depending on the flight regime, clutter situation and optimum weather
detection requirements.

NOTE : At each initial flight of the Multiscan radar transceiver, the


____
transceiver needs to be calibrated (each transceiver must be
turned on for approximately four minutes) during a short
period in stable flight conditions. Before the initial
calibration step, it is possible that the weather image shows
an excessive ground clutter. If the initial calibration step
is not performed or is uncompleted, the Multiscan radar
transceiver will calibrate itself during the next flights.

(a) Cycle times


Cycle time refers to the total amount of time that the Multiscan
radar scans for information during various modes of operation of
the radar. Total cycle time can vary between 8 and 15 seconds.
The radar updates some portion of the weather, windshear
(depending on the mode of operation) on every radar antenna scan.
Therefore, a new data set is completed after every radar sweep.
If you start from time zero, a completely new data set of
information is obtained by the radar at the end of the one cycle.

NOTE : The display update rate (Ref. para. E.(4)(a)) is what the
____
flight crew actually sees. Cycle time describes what
Multiscan is doing in the background.

(b) Weather mode scan pattern


(Ref. Fig. 013)
When Multiscan operates in the weather mode only two radar scans
are utilized. One four-second sweep is utilized for the high beam
and one four-second sweep is utilized for the low beam.
Therefore, the total cycle time is 8 seconds (Ref.Fig.010).


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 83
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Multisan Scan Pattern
Figure 013


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 84
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(c) Windshear mode scan patterm
The Windshear mode is automatically activated below 2.300 FT AGL.
The time required for one radar sweep changes from 4 to 2.8
seconds due to the fact that the radar sweep changes from 180 to
120. In windshear mode, the first antenna scan (left to right)
is utilized for the Multiscan high beam. The second scan (right
to left) is a windshear scan. The third scan (left to right) is
utilized for Multiscan low beam. The fourth scan (right to left)
is, again, a windshear scan. Thus, total cycle time during
windshear mode is 11.2 seconds (Ref.Fig.010).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

B. Timing of Transmitted Pulses in WX/MAP Mode and in Doppler Mode


(Turbulence) and W/S Mode
(Ref. Fig. 014)
- in the WX and MAP modes, the basic period of pulse
transmission-reception is 5.25 ms. This causes an interrogation
frequency (PRF) of 190 Hz. As two pulses are transmitted (6 micros and
18 micros), the specified PRF is 380 Hz.
Both 6-micros and 18-micros pulses are used to cover all range scales
i.e. from 0 to 320 NM.
The 6-micros wide pulse echo is processed for ranges from 0 to 20 NM.
The 18-micros wide pulse echo is processed for ranges greater than 40
NM. The 6-micros and 18-micros pulse echoes are processed for ranges
between 20 and 40 NM
- in the turbulence mode (HIGH PRF), the HIGH PRF and LOW PRF pulses are
interlaced. This causes simultaneous WX/MAP and TURBULENCE information.
The 6-micros wide pulses 1 to 9 are transmitted at 1600 Hz and are used
for turbulence detection.
The 18-micros wide pulse 10 is used for the WX/MAP mode.
The high frequency of the PRF required for turbulence detection (1600
Hz) limits the range of this detection to 40 NM.
- in windshear mode (VERY HIGH PRF) the 1.5-micros wide pulses are
transmitted at 6000 Hz. The sequence of transmitted RF pulses consists
of two staggered pulse trains, each with the different carrier
frequency. Each pulse train has a PRF of 3000 Hz, providing 10 NM
(minimum selected range on EFIS control section).

(1) Not Applicable

(2) Not Applicable

(3) Not Applicable

(4) Not Applicable


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page 85
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Weather radar - Pulse Transmission Timing Diagram
Figure 014


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 86
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

B. Timing of Transmitted Pulses in WX/MAP Mode, in Doppler Mode (Turbulence)


and in W/S Mode
(Ref. Fig. 014A)
- in WX and MAP modes, at short ranges (less than or equal to 60NM) the
period of pulse (four) transmission-reception is 5.6 ms. This causes an
interrogation frequency (PRF) of 1280 Hz. For medium ranges (greater
than 60NM and less than or equal to 165 NM), the period of pulse (two)
transmission-reception is 8.4 ms at a PRF of 360 Hz. For ranges greater
than 165 NM, the period of pulse (two) transmission-reception is 8.4 ms
at a PRF of 240 Hz.
- in the turbulence mode (High PRF), the PRF is increased from 240 to
1280 pulses per second.
The threshold of turbulent targets is precipitation velocities of 5
m/s. This threshold translates into a Doppler frequency shift of
312,5Hz. It explains the increased PRF.
With this high PRF rate, the maximum range for turbulence detection is
approximately 56 NM.
- in the windshear mode (Very High PRF), 64 pulses are transmitted during
a period of 23 ms. The PRF is 3000 Hz.

(1) Not Applicable

(2) Not Applicable

(3) Not Applicable

(4) Not Applicable

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

B. Pulse Duration and Range Timing


(Ref. Fig. 014A)
This section provides the timing details for the transmitting and the
processing of radar data.

(1) Epoch timing (non-windshear modes)


An epoch is the time interval in which a radial or radar data is
processed. The time is equal to the size of the radar processing
element in degrees divided by the antenna scan rate. The rate does
not include any added dithering delays. Specifications for the range,
element size, scan rate, and process epoch period are shown in Table
a.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 87
Config-3 Aug 01/09
 
CES 
Weather radar - Pulse Transmission Timing Diagram
Figure 014A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 88
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
-----------------------------------
| Range | All ranges |
|----------------|----------------|
| Element size | 0.375 degree |
|----------------|----------------|
| Scan Rate | 45 deg/sec |
|----------------|----------------|
| Epoch | 8.333 ms |
| Period | +/- 5 microsec|
-----------------------------------
Table a. Epoch Timing Table

(a) Transmitter pulse width values


The transmitter pulse widths are 6.0 and 20.0 microseconds .
Accuracy of the pulse width is +/- 0.2 microsecond.

(b) Transmitter pulse pattern


(Ref. Fig. 015)
The transmitter pulse pattern is as follows for all selected
ranges. One 20 microseconds pulse and four 6 microseconds pulses
will be transmitted during each epoch. The Pulse Repetition
Frequency (PRF) for the 6 microseconds pulses is 1839Hz (543.83
microseconds). Figure 011 shows the non-windshear pulse pattern.

(2) Process epoch timing (windshear mode)


An epoch is the time interval in which a radial of radar data is
processed. The process epoch timing is maintained by DSP1. The rate
does not include any added dithering delays. Specifications for the
element size, scan rate and process epoch period are shown in Table
b.
-----------------------------------
| Range | All Ranges |
|----------------|----------------|
| Element Size | 1.0 degree |
|----------------|----------------|
| Scan Rate | 45 deg/sec |
|----------------|----------------|
| Epoch Period | 22.975 ms |
-----------------------------------
Table b. Process Epoch Timing Table

(a) Transmitter pulse width


The transmitter pulse width is 2 microseconds for windshear mode.

(b) Transmitter pulse pattern


The pulse repetition frequency is 3000HZ (333.3333 microseconds)
and a total of 64 pulses is transmitted per epoch (Ref.Fig.012).



EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 89
Config-3 Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
Weather Radar - Windshear Transmit Pulse Pattern
Figure 015


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 90
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(3) Range resolution/timing
The requirements for the range resolution and timing for the system
are as follows:

(a) Windshear mode


The unit takes data samples out to a range of 5NM. Sixty-four
samples are taken, the sample resolution is 150 meters +/- 6
meters. The receiver starts sampling 4.0 microseconds after the
end of the transmit epoch.

(b) Non-windshear mode


The transceiver splits the radar return into two separate analog
channels: in-phase(I) and quadrature(Q) channels. The transceiver
simultaneously samples each channel the number of times shown in
Table c. per transmit pulse, converting the radar return signal
into digital format data. Receiver sampling starts at a time
equivalent to a range of 0.5NM after the end of the transmitter
pulse.
------------------------------------------------------------------
| Pulsewidth | Sampled Range | Number of Sample Taken |
|----------------|-------------------|---------------------------|
| 6 microsec | 41.424 NM | 247 |
|----------------|-------------------|---------------------------|
| 20 microsec | 331.392 NM | 504 |
------------------------------------------------------------------
Table c. Receiver sample vs. Range
The resolution of each individual sample is defined using the
following equation:
Sample Length = (range)/sample quantity*K
Where:
range = sampled range
sample quantity = 512
K = 12.34 microseconds/NM (electromagnetic propagation constant)
The 512 range bins from the 40NM short range data set (6
microseconds tx pulses) and the 512 range bins from the 320NM
long range data set (20 microseconds tx pulses) are
interpolated/decimated to produce the final 256 data bin set
suitable for output at the selected range. The 256 range bins are
then linearly expanded to fill the 512 ARINC 708A data bus range
bins. The transceiver displays radar returns with a range
accuracy of 5% or 1/2NM whichever is larger.

(4) Receiver selectivity


Selectivity of the receiver filter bandwidth is controlled to match
the current transmitter pulse length as shown in Table d. The
specified filter bandwidths listed are single sided 3dB bandwidths.



EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 91
Config-3 Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
-----------------------------------------
| Pulsewidth | Filter |
|-------------------|-------------------|
| 2.0 microsec | 250 kHz |
|-------------------|-------------------|
| 6.0 microsec | 100 kHz |
|-------------------|-------------------|
| 20.0 microsec | 25 kHz |
-----------------------------------------
Table d. Receiver Selectivity vs. Transmitter Pulsewidth

(a) Display updates


Display updates occur at a minimum rate of two updates per 26.67
seconds worst case with three problem cases selecting long range
weather and windshear mode operating.

**ON A/C ALL

C. Controls and Indicating


The various system controls are grouped on the weather radar control unit
and on the EFIS control sections of the FCU.
Radar image control on the NDs is achieved through the scale selector
switches located on the Captain and First Officer EFIS control sections
of the FCU.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(1) Weather radar control unit


(Ref. Fig. 016)
The face of the control unit is provided with integral lighting.
The INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED potentiometer enables lighting
adjustment. The potentiometer is located on the panel 111VU, at the
left aft section of the center pedestal 11VU.
The face of the weather radar control unit includes the following
controls:

(a) A switch, item 1, with two stable positions OFF/ON, which enables
the activation of the transceiver.

(b) A mode selector switch, item 2, which enables the selection of


the WX, WX/TURB or MAP function.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 92
Config-3 Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
Weather Radar - Control Unit
Figure 016


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 93
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) A TILT selector switch, item 3, which enables the control of the
antenna elevation.
Antenna position is read in degrees, opposite the notch on the
switch:
- either from 0 to 15 deg. upwards (UP)
- or from 0 to 15 deg. downwards (DN).

(d) A GAIN potentiometer, item 5, which enables the manual adjustment


of the transceiver gain.

(e) A WINDSHEAR switch, item 4, with two stable positions AUTO/OFF,


which enables the selection of the windshear function.

(f) Not Applicable

(g) Not Applicable

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(1) Weather radar control unit


(Ref. Fig. 016A)
The face of the control unit is provided with integral lighting. The
INTEG LT potentiometer enables lighting adjustment. The potentiometer
is located on the panel 111VU, at the left aft section of the center
pedestal 100VU.
The face of the weather radar control unit includes the following
controls:

(a) A switch, item 6, with three stable positions 1/OFF/2, which


enables the activation of the transceiver.

(b) A mode selector switch, item 5, which enables the selection of


the WX, WX+T, TURB or MAP function.

(c) A TILT selector switch, item 3, which enables the control of the
antenna elevation.
Antenna position is read in degrees, opposite the notch on the
switch:
- either from 0 to 15 deg. upwards (UP),
- or from 0 to 15 deg. downwards (DN).



EFF :
236-238,
001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-233,  34-41-00

Page 94
Config-3 Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
Weather Radar - Control Unit
Figure 016A


R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page 95
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(d) A GAIN potentiometer, item 1, which enables the manual adjustment
of the transceiver gain.

(e) A PWS switch, item 2, with two stable positions AUTO/OFF, which
enables the selection of the windshear function.

(f) A GND CLTR SPRS switch, item 4, with two stable positions ON/OFF,
which enables the selection of the ground clutter suppression.

(g) Not Applicable

**ON A/C 151-199,

(1) Weather radar control unit


R (Ref. Fig. 016)
R
The face of the control unit is provided with integral lighting.
The INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED potentiometer enables lighting
adjustment. The potentiometer is located on the panel 111VU, at the
left aft section of the center pedestal 11VU.
The face of the weather radar control unit includes the following
controls:

(a) A switch, item 1, with three stable positions 1/OFF/2, which


enables the activation of the transceiver.

(b) A mode selector switch, item 2, which enables the selection of


the WX, WX/TURB or MAP function.

(c) A TILT selector switch, item 3, which enables the control of the
antenna elevation.
Antenna position is read in degrees, opposite the notch on the
switch:
- either from 0 to 15 deg. upwards (UP)
- or from 0 to 15 deg. downwards (DN).

(d) A GAIN potentiometer, item 5, which enables the manual adjustment


of the transceiver gain.

(e) A WINDSHEAR switch, item 4, with two stable positions AUTO/OFF,


which enables the selection of the windshear function.

(f) Not Applicable

(g) Not Applicable


R

EFF :
236-238,
051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233,  34-41-00

Page 96
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(1) Weather radar control unit


The face of the weather radar control unit includes the following
controls:

(a) A mode selector switch, item 2, which enables the selection of


the WX, WX+T, TURB or MAP function.

(b) A TILT selector switch, item 3, which enables the control of the
antenna elevation.
Antenna position is read in degrees, opposite the notch on the
switch:
- either from 0 to 15 deg. upwards (UP)
- or from 0 to -15 deg. downwards (DN).

(c) A GAIN potentiometer, item 5, which enables the manual adjustment


of the transceiver gain.

(d) A switch, item 1, with three stable positions 1/OFF/2, which


enables the selection of the transceiver 1 or 2 and the
deactivation of the transceivers.

(e) A PWS/OFF/AUTO switch, item 4, which enables the selection of the


windshear function.
The face of the control unit is provided with integral lighting.
The INTEG LT potentiometer enables lighting adjustment. The
potentiometer is located on the panel 111VU, at the left aft
section of the center pedestal 100VU.

(f) A GCS switch, item 6, with a Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS)


function which is activated in Multiscan AUTOMATIC mode (this is
the default position). In manual mode, the GCS is never
activated.

(g) A Multiscan switch, item 7, which enables the selection between


MANUAL mode and Multiscan AUTOMATIC mode.

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(1) Weather radar control unit


(Ref. Fig. 016)
The face of the weather radar control unit includes the following
controls:


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 97
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Control Unit
R Figure 016B


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page 98
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(a) A mode selector switch, item 2, which enables the selection of
the WX, WX/TURB or MAP function.

(b) A TILT selector switch, item 3, which enables the control of the
antenna elevation.
Antenna position is read in degrees, opposite the notch on the
switch:
- either from 0 to 15 deg. upwards (UP),
- or from 0 to 15 deg. downwards (DN).

(c) A GAIN potentiometer, item 5, which enables the manual adjustment


of the transceiver gain.

(d) A switch, item 1, with three stable positions 1/OFF/2, which


enables the activation of the transceiver.

(e) A PWS switch, item 4, with two stable positions AUTO/OFF, which
enables the selection of the windshear function.
This function is inoperative until the windshear function is
activated.
The face of the control unit is provided with integral lighting.
The INTEG LT potentiometer enables lighting adjustment. The
potentiometer is located on the panel 111VU, at the left aft
section of the center pedestal 100VU.

(f) A MAN/TILT/AUTO switch, item 6, which enables the selection of


manual tilt or automatic tilt.

(g) Not Applicable

**ON A/C ALL

(2) EFIS control section (on the FCU)


In this part, the controls related to the selection of WX and W/S
functions are described.

(a) A mode selector switch, item 1, made up of a rotary switch


enables the selection of the ROSE or ARC function for display of
a weather radar image on the CAPT and F/O NDs.
Windshear information is available in ARC and ROSE mode.

(b) A scale selector switch, item 2, common to EFIS, FMGS and radar
systems, enables the selection of 10, 20, 40, 80, 160 or 320
operation range in nautical miles (NM) for display of the weather
radar image on the CAPT and F/O NDs.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 99
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Windshear information is presented in the 10 NM minimum range and
on other selected ranges. Morever, yellow radial lines are
displayed to indicate the W/S included location.

NOTE : In the ARC or ROSE mode, if the CAPT or the F/O switches
____
to the OFF mode FM, the offside weather image will also be
transferred on the ND. Only one scale selector switch can
then control the weather radar image display.

(3) Lighting/LOUDSPEAKER control panel


CAPT and F/O lighting/LOUDSPEAKER control panels 301VU and 500VU
which are connected to CAPT and F/O NDs, include ND concentric
potentiometers for adjusting the brightness of the image displayed on
the NDs. The outer knob of each potentiometer controls the brightness
of the radar image only, item 3.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

D. Utilization of Controls and Indicating


Special precautions to be taken.
Before selecting a radar mode on the control unit, make sure that:
- no one is within a distance less than 1.50 m from the antenna in
movement within an arc of plus or minus 135 deg. on either side of the
aircraft centerline
- the aircraft is not directed towards any large metallic obstacle, such
as a hangar, which is within 5 m in an arc of plus or minus 90 deg. on
either side of the aircraft centerline.

(1) Operation of the transceiver


The transceiver is always supplied in order to achieve maintenance
function. On the weather radar control unit, after selection of the
radar mode, the system switch has to be set to ON position to set the
transceiver in operation.

NOTE : No pre-heating time is necessary for the operation of the


____
weather radar transceiver.

NOTE : When the aircraft is parked, the TEST mode on the MCDU must be
____
preferably selected as a safety precaution.

On either EFIS control section of the FCU, the mode selector switch
must be set to the ARC or ROSE position to obtain the image display
on the corresponding ND.

NOTE : The radar transceiver is de-activated when the system switch


____
on the weather radar control unit is set to the OFF position



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page A0
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
or by placing the mode selector switches on both EFIS control
sections in any position other than ROSE or ARC.

(2) Utilization of the weather radar control unit

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 016A)

**ON A/C 234-235, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 016B)

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 016)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

D. Utilization of Controls and Indicating


Special precautions to be taken.
Before selecting the radar mode on the control unit, make sure that:
- no one is within a distance less than 1.50 m from the antenna in
movement within an arc of plus or minus 135 deg. on either side of the
aircraft centerline
- the aircraft is not directed towards any large metallic obstacle, such
as a hangar, which is within 5 m in an arc of plus or minus 90 deg. on
either side of the aircraft centerline.

(1) Operation of the transceiver


Only one transceiver works at a time, but both transceivers are
always supplied in order to achieve maintenance function. On the
weather radar control unit, after selection of the radar mode, the
system switch has to be set to 1 or 2 position to set one transceiver
in operation.

NOTE : No pre-heating time is necessary for the operation of the


____
weather radar transceiver.

NOTE : When the aircraft is parked, the TEST mode on the MCDU must be
____
preferably selected as a safety precaution.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page A1
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
On either EFIS control section of the FCU, the mode selector switch
must be set to the ARC or ROSE position to obtain the image display
on the corresponding ND.

NOTE : The radar transceiver is de-activated when the system switch


____
on the weather radar control unit is set to the OFF position
or by placing the mode selector switches on both EFIS control
sections in any position other than ROSE or ARC.

(2) Utilization of the weather radar control unit

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 016)

**ON A/C 051-099,

(Ref. Fig. 016A)

**ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,

(Ref. Fig. 016B)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,


R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(a) Mode selection switch (item 2)


The modes (WX, WX/TURB, MAP) are selected by placing the notch
provided in the mode selector switch in front of the engraving of
the function selected.
- WX
This mode corresponds to the normal operation in weather
detection. It provides disturbances up to 320 NM.
The radar images are displayed on the NDs in four colors
(black, green, yellow, red); their intensity corresponds to the
strength of the return signal.
- WX/TURB
This mode corresponds to the operation in weather and
turbulence detections. Turbulence detection is limited to the
first 40 NM regardless of the weather radar range selected and
displayed.
Turbulence areas are displayed on the NDs in magenta.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A2
Config-3 Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
All turbulent/non turbulent areas beyond 40 NM are displayed in
the conventional black, green, yellow and red as in the weather
(WX) mode.

NOTE : There is no detection of turbulence in clear sky.


____

- MAP
This mode is only used for display of the ground map. A
combination of transceiver gain, antenna position (TILT) and
range selection enables the display of a larger area and the
identification of major changes in the ground map (e.g. a sea
cost, a lake, a mountain, an island...).
The color display follows the color mentioned in correspondence
table (see table 1 - para. 7. A.)
If the image is too bright, due to too great reflection
intensity, it can be dimmed by the GAIN potentiometer, item 5.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(a) Mode selection (item 4)


The modes (WX, WX+T, TURB, MAP) are selected by placing the notch
provided in the mode selector switch in front of the engraving of
the function selected.
- WX
This mode corresponds to the normal operation in weather
detection. It provides disturbances up to 320 NM.
The radar images are displayed on the NDs in four colors
(black, green, yellow, red); their intensity corresponds to the
strength of the return signal.
- WX+T
This mode corresponds to the operation in weather and
turbulence detections.
All turbulent/non turbulent areas beyond 50 NM are displayed in
the conventional black, green, yellow and red as in the weather
(WX) mode.
- TURB
This mode corresponds to the operation in turbulence detection.
Turbulence detection is limited to the first 50 NM regardless
of the weather radar range selected and displayed.
Turbulence areas are displayed on the NDs in magenta.

NOTE : There is no detection of turbulence in clear sky.


____

- MAP
This mode is only used for display of the ground map. A
combination of transceiver gain, antenna position (TILT) and


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page A3
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
range selection enables the display of a larger area and the
identification of major changes in the ground map (e.g. a sea
cost, a lake, a mountain, an island...).
The color display follows the color mentioned in correspondence
table (see table 1 - para. 7. A.)
If the image is too bright, due to too great reflection
intensity, it can be dimmed by the GAIN potentiometer, item 1.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(b) System selection and start up: OFF/ON switch (item 1)


This switch enables:
- the activation of the transceiver
- the suppression of the radar image on the NDs when these NDs
are in the ARC or ROSE mode.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(b) System selection and start up: 1/OFF/2 switch (item 6)


This switch enables:
- the selection and activation of the transceiver 1 or 2 (if the
second transceiver is installed),
- the suppression of the radar image on the NDs when these NDs
are in the ARC or ROSE mode.

R **ON A/C 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

(b) System selection and start up: 1/OFF/2 switch (item 1)


This switch enables:
- the selection and activation of the transceiver 1 or 2 (if the
second transceiver is installed)
- the suppression of the radar image on the NDs when these NDs
are in the ARC or ROSE mode.

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,

(c) Gain control (item 5)


The GAIN potentiometer enables the manual control of transceiver
sensitivity in the WX, WX/TURB and MAP modes.
When the potentiometer is rotated fully counterclockwise, the
AUTO position provides preset calibrated transceiver gain level
(maximum receiver sensitivity). Clockwise rotation of the GAIN
potentiometer increases the gain towards the MAX position.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page A4
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
In the AUTO position, no indication appears in the R lower corner
of the NDs. For the other positions, the MAN indication is
displayed in white.
In the windshear position, the gain control is automatic in the
WR/PWS for the scanning.

(d) TILT control (item 3)


The TILT selector switch enables the variation of the antenna
elevation angle in 1/4 deg. steps on a non-linear scale graduated
in degrees, within a range of +15 deg. (UP) to -15 deg. (DOWN) in
relation to a horizontal plane defined by the stabilization
system.
This antenna elevation angle is displayed in cyan in the R lower
corner of the ND and progresses in steps of 0.25 deg.
If the antenna position is different from the TILT selector
switch position, a red ANT failure warning message replaces the
TILT indication in the R lower corner of the ND. In windshear
mode, the tilt is automatic and the tilt displayed on ND is
always the selection on the radar control section although
different in the antenna.
In the windshear position, the tilt control is automatic in the
WR/PWS for the scanning. However, the tilt displayed on ND is in
accordance with the one selected on the radar control unit.

(e) WINDSHEAR/AUTO/OFF switch (item 4)


In AUTO position, the windshear detection is automatic if
altitude is lower than 2300 ft and qualifiers A and B are valid.
This automatic operation can be inhibited when the switch is in
the OFF position.

**ON A/C 106-149,

(c) Gain control (item 1)


The GAIN potentiometer enables the manual control of transceiver
sensitivity in the WX, WX+T, TURB and MAP modes.
Clockwise rotation of the GAIN potentiometer increases the gain
towards the MAX position.
When the potentiometer is rotated fully clockwise, the CAL
position provides preset calibrated transceiver gain level
(minimum receiver sensitivity).
When the GAIN potentiometer is the CAL position, no indication
appears in the R lower corner of the NDs.
When the GAIN potentiometer is in a position other than CAL, the
MAN GAIN indication is displayed in white.
In windshear mode, the gain control is automatic for the WR/PWS
scanning.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238,
 34-41-00

Page A5
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(d) TILT control (item 3)
The TILT selector switch enables the variation of the antenna
elevation angle in 1/4 deg. steps on a non-linear scale graduated
in degrees, within a range of +15 deg. (UP) to -15 deg. (DOWN) in
relation to a horizontal plane defined by the stabilization
system.
This antenna elevation angle (TILT), selected on the radar
control unit, is displayed in cyan in the R lower corner of the
ND in this form: MAN +/-XX.X.
If the antenna elevation angle is different from the TILT
selector switch position, a red ANT failure warning message
replaces the TILT indication in the R lower corner of the ND.
In windshear mode, the tilt control is automatic for WR/PWS
scanning.

(e) PWS/AUTO/OFF switch (item 2)


In AUTO position, the windshear detection is automatic if
altitude is lower than 2300 ft and qualifiers A and B are valid.
This automatic operation can be inhibited when the switch is in
the OFF position.

(f) Ground clutter suppression (item 4)


Activation of the GND CLTR SPRS switch, in weathers modes (WX,
WX+T, TURB), reduces the intensity of the ground clutter.
These ground returns are replaced by black areas on the radar
image when the GND CLTR SPRS switch is placed in ON position.

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,

(c) TILT control value (item 3)


The TILT selector switches enable the variation of the antenna
elevation angle in 1/4 deg. steps on a non-linear scale graduated
in degrees, within a range of +15 deg. (UP) to -15 deg. (DOWN) in
relation to a horizontal plane defined by the stabilization
system.
This antenna elevation angle is displayed in cyan in the R lower
corner of the ND and progresses in steps of 0.25 deg.
If the antenna position is different from the TILT selector
switch position, a red ANT failure warning message replaces the
TILT indication in the R lower corner of the ND. In windshear
mode, the tilt is automatic and the tilt displayed on ND is
always the selection on the radar control section although
different in the antenna.
In the windshear position, the tilt control is automatic in the
WR/PWS for the scanning. However, the tilt displayed on ND is in
accordance with the one selected on the radar control unit.


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
303-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A6
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
(d) OFF/AUTO PWS switch (item 4)
In AUTO position, the windshear detection is automatic if
altitude is lower than 2300 ft and qualifiers A and B are valid.
This automatic operation can be inhibited when the switch is in
the OFF position.

(e) MAN/AUTO TILT switch, item 6, this mode is used to select between
manual mode or autotilt mode.
In MAN position, all controls operate as described in the manual
mode.
In AUTO position, the system operates in autotilt mode (automatic
tilt and no action of the crew is necessary).

**ON A/C 301-302,

(c) TILT control value (item 3)


The TILT selector switches enable the variation of the antenna
elevation angle in 1/4 deg. steps on a non-linear scale graduated
in degrees, within a range of +15 deg. (UP) to -15 deg. (DOWN) in
relation to a horizontal plane defined by the stabilization
system.
This antenna elevation angle is displayed in cyan in the R lower
corner of the ND and progresses in steps of 0.25 deg.
If the antenna position is different from the TILT selector
switch position, a red ANT failure warning message replaces the
TILT indication in the R lower corner of the ND. In windshear
mode, the tilt is automatic and the tilt displayed on ND is
always the selection on the radar control section although
different in the antenna.
In the windshear position, the tilt control is automatic in the
WR/PWS for the scanning. However, the tilt displayed on ND is in
accordance with the one selected on the radar control unit.

(d) OFF/AUTO PWS switch (item 4)


In AUTO position, the windshear detection is automatic if
altitude is lower than 2300 ft and qualifiers A and B are valid.
This automatic operation can be inhibited when the switch is in
the OFF position.

(e) MAN/AUTO TILT switch, item 6, this mode is used to select between
manual mode or autotilt mode.
In MAN position, all controls operate as described in the manual
mode.
In AUTO position, the system operates in autotilt mode (automatic
tilt and no action of the crew is necessary).


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page A7
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(c) Gain control (item 1)


The GAIN potentiometer enables the manual control of transceiver
sensitivity in the WX, WX+T, TURB and MAP modes.
Clockwise rotation of the GAIN potentiometer increases the gain
towards the MAX position.
When the potentiometer is rotated fully clockwise, the CAL
position provides preset calibrated transceiver gain level
(minimum receiver sensitivity).
When the GAIN potentiometer is the CAL position, no indication
appears in the R lower corner of the NDs.
When the GAIN potentiometer is in a position other than CAL, the
MAN GAIN indication is displayed in white.
In windshear mode, the gain control is automatic for the WR/PWS
scanning.

(d) TILT control (item 3)


The TILT selector switch enables the variation of the antenna
elevation angle in 1/4 deg. steps on a non-linear scale graduated
in degrees, within a range of +15 deg. (UP) to -15 deg. (DOWN) in
relation to a horizontal plane defined by the stabilization
system.
This antenna elevation angle (TILT), selected on the radar
control unit, is displayed in cyan in the R lower corner of the
ND in this form: MAN +/-XX.X.
If the antenna elevation angle is different from the TILT
selector switch position, a red ANT failure warning message
replaces the TILT indication in the R lower corner of the ND.
In windshear mode, the tilt control is automatic for WR/PWS
scanning.
In windshear mode, the tilt indication on the NDs is replaced by
the green PWS SCAN indication.

(e) PWS/AUTO/OFF switch (item 2)


In AUTO position, the windshear detection is automatic if
altitude is lower than 2300 ft and qualifiers A and B are valid.
This automatic operation can be inhibited when the switch is in
the OFF position.

(f) Ground clutter suppression (item 4)


Activation of the GND CLTR SPRS switch, in weathers modes (WX,
WX+T, TURB), reduces the intensity of the ground clutter.
These ground returns are replaced by black areas on the radar
image when the GND CLTR SPRS switch is placed in ON position.


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page A8
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

(3) Utilization of the EFIS control sections and lighting/LOUDSPEAKER


control panels
(Ref. Fig. 017)

(a) Mode selector switch (item 1)


This mode selector switch enables the image display on the
corresponding ND whenever the ARC or ROSE mode is selected and
the transceiver is supplied. In that case, the radar image is
displayed in the background of the navigation image. If neither
ROSE or ARC mode is selected, the message W/S CHANGE MODE is
shown on both NDs, if there is a windshear alert. The pilot is
advised to select ARC or ROSE mode to see the W/S icon. The color
depends on the W/S alert level.

(b) Scale selector switch (item 2)


This selector switch enables the display of the range selected
for an optimum use of the radar image on the corresponding ND.
For each of the following ranges: 10, 20, 40, 80, 160 and 320,
four concentric range arcs are displayed respectively spaced 2.5,
5, 10, 20, 40 and 80 NM, when the mode selector switch is in the
ARC position. Only 2 range arcs are displayed in the ROSE mode.
Windshear information is presented in the 10 NM range only. If a
windshear alert is generated but the selected range is greater
than 10 NM, the message W/S: SET RNG 10 NM is shown on the NDs.
In this case, the pilot is advised to select the 10 NM range. The
color depends on the W/S alert level.

(c) Radar image brightness control (item 3)


The ND potentiometer enables the adjustment of brightness and
contrast of radar echoes in relation to the navigation image,
which is superimposed.
However, the adjustment range does not allow total extinction of
the image. The OFF position of the potentiometer corresponds to
the minimum brightness. The BRT position corresponds to the
maximum brightness.

NOTE : A photoelectric cell associated with each ND also adjusts


____
image brightness as a function of ambient light
variations.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page A9
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
EFIS Control Sections and EFIS Switching Panels
Figure 017


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page A10
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(4) Weather radar data displayed on the NDs


R (Ref. Fig. 018)
On the figure, the details A) and B) respectively correspond to the
ARC and ROSE ND modes for which the display of the radar image is
possible.
Messages inform the crew of the tilt angle and gain selected on the
weather radar control unit. Other messages indicate the failures
which affect the operation of the radar system. All these messages
are displayed in the R lower corner of each ND whenever a radar image
is selected.

NOTE : Tilt information and gain selection are displayed on the ND


____
when no failure warning message is generated, or when the TEST
mode is not selected.

The various failures which can affect the radar image are listed in
decreasing order of importance. If several failures occur, only the
most important one is displayed (Ref. details C) and D) on the
figure).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A11
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather radar - Data Displayed on the NDs
Figure 018


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A12
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Two types of failures can affect the radar system:

(a) Failures which result in the loss of the radar image


The corresponding messages are displayed in red
- WXR : indicates an overheating of the Display Unit (DU)
DU
- WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar transceiver
R/T
- WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar antenna
ANT
- WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar control unit
CTL
- WXR : indicates an error of comparison between the range
RNG from the EFIS control section and the copy data received
on the DMC via the radar data bus.

NOTE : In case of insufficient avionics ventilation, the weather


____
radar image is lost in order to prevent NDs overheat.

(b) Failures which do not affect the radar image


The corresponding messages are displayed in amber
- WXR : indicates the loss of the transceiver calibration
WEAK
- PRED : indicates a failure of the windshear function
W/S
- WXR : indicates an attitude failure from the ADIRU
ATT
- NO : indicates a failure of the autotilt function
AUTOTILT
- WXR : indicates the loss of the radar antenna stabilization
STAB
- WXR : indicates the selection of the radar TEST mode.
TEST


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A13
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,

R (4) Weather radar data displayed on the NDs


R (Ref. Fig. 018A)
R On the figure, the details A) and B) respectively correspond to the
R ARC and ROSE ND modes for which the display of the radar image is
R possible.
R Messages inform the crew of the tilt angle and gain selected on the
R weather radar control unit. Other messages indicate the failures
R which affect the operation of the radar system. All these messages
R are displayed in the R lower corner of each ND whenever a radar image
R is selected.

R NOTE : Tilt information and gain selection are displayed on the ND


____
R when no failure warning message is generated, or when the TEST
R mode is not selected.

R The various failures which can affect the radar image are listed in
R decreasing order of importance. If several failures occur, only the
R most important one is displayed (Ref. details C) and D) on the
R figure).


R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A14
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather radar - Data Displayed on the NDs
R Figure 018A


R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238, 301-302,  34-41-00

Page A15
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R Two types of failures can affect the radar system:

R (a) Failures which result in the loss of the radar image


R The corresponding messages are displayed in red
R - WR : indicates a failure of the weather radar transceiver
R R/T
R - WR : indicates a failure of the weather radar antenna
R ANT
R - WR : indicates a failure of the weather radar control unit
R CTL
R - WR : indicates an error of comparison between the range
R RNG from the EFIS control section and the copy data received
R on the symbol generator via the radar data bus.

R NOTE : In case of insufficient avionics ventilation, the weather


____
R radar image is lost in order to prevent NDs overheat.

R (b) Failures which do not affect the radar image


R The corresponding messages are displayed in amber
R - WR : indicates the loss of the transceiver calibration
R WEAK
R - WR : indicates an attitude failure from the ADIRU
R ATT
R - WR : indicates the loss of the radar antenna stabilization
R STAB
R - WR : indicates the selection of the radar TEST mode.
R TEST


R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A16
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149,

R (4) Weather radar data displayed on the NDs


R (Ref. Fig. 018B)
R On the figure, the details A) and B) respectively correspond to the
R ARC and ROSE ND modes for which the display of the radar image is
R possible.
R Messages inform the crew of the tilt angle and gain selected on the
R weather radar control unit. Other messages indicate the failures
R which affect the operation of the radar system. All these messages
R are displayed in the R lower corner of each ND whenever a radar image
R is selected.

R NOTE : Tilt information and gain selection are displayed on the ND


____
R when no failure warning message is generated, or when the TEST
R mode is not selected.

R The various failures which can affect the radar image are listed in
R decreasing order of importance. If several failures occur, only the
R most important one is displayed (Ref. details C) and D) on the
R figure).


R

EFF :

106-149,  34-41-00

Page A17
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather radar - Data Displayed on the NDs
R Figure 018B


R

EFF :

106-149,  34-41-00

Page A18
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R Two types of failures can affect the radar system:

R (a) Failures which result in the loss of the radar image


R The corresponding messages are displayed in red
R - WR : indicates a failure of the weather radar transceiver
R R/T
R - WR : indicates a failure of the weather radar antenna
R ANT
R - WR : indicates a failure of the weather radar control unit
R CTL
R - WR : indicates an error of comparison between the range
R RNG from the EFIS control section and the copy data received
R on the symbol generator via the radar data bus.

R (b) Failures which do not affect the radar image


R The corresponding messages are displayed in amber
R - WR : indicates the loss of the transceiver calibration
R WEAK
R - WR : indicates an attitude failure from the ADIRU
R ATT
R - WR : indicates the loss of the radar antenna stabilization
R STAB
R - WR : indicates the selection of the radar TEST mode.
R TEST


R

EFF :

106-149,  34-41-00

Page A19
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,

R (4) Weather radar data displayed on the NDs


R (Ref. Fig. 018C)
R On the figure, the details A) and B) respectively correspond to the
R ARC and ROSE ND modes for which the display of the radar image is
R possible.
R Messages inform the crew of the tilt angle and gain selected on the
R weather radar control unit. Other messages indicate the failures
R which affect the operation of the radar system. All these messages
R are displayed in the R lower corner of each ND whenever a radar image
R is selected.

R NOTE : Tilt information and gain selection are displayed on the ND


____
R when no failure warning message is generated, or when the TEST
R mode is not selected.

R The various failures which can affect the radar image are listed in
R decreasing order of importance. If several failures occur, only the
R most important one is displayed (Ref. details C) and D) on the
R figure).


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399,  34-41-00

Page A20
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather radar - Data Displayed on the NDs
R Figure 018C


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399,  34-41-00

Page A21
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R Two types of failures can affect the radar system:

R (a) Failures which result in the loss of the radar image


R The corresponding messages are displayed in red
R - WXR : indicates the loss of the transceiver calibration
R WEAK
R - WXR : indicates an overheating of the Display Unit (DU)
R DU
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar transceiver
R R/T
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar antenna
R ANT
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar control unit
R CTL
R - WXR : indicates an error of comparison between the range
R RNG from the EFIS control section and the copy data received
R on the DMC via the radar data bus.

R (b) Failures which do not affect the radar image


R The corresponding messages are displayed in amber
R - PRED : indicates a failure of the windshear function
R W/S
R - WXR : indicates an attitude failure from the ADIRU
R ATT
R - NO : indicates a failure of the Multiscan function
R AUTOTILT
R - WXR : indicates the loss of the radar antenna stabilization
R STAB
R - WXR : indicates the selection of the radar TEST mode.
R TEST


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399,  34-41-00

Page A22
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 301-302,

R (4) Weather radar data displayed on the NDs


R (Ref. Fig. 018A)
R On the figure, the details A) and B) respectively correspond to the
R ARC and ROSE ND modes for which the display of the radar image is
R possible.
R Messages inform the crew of the tilt angle and gain selected on the
R weather radar control unit. Other messages indicate the failures
R which affect the operation of the radar system. All these messages
R are displayed in the R lower corner of each ND whenever a radar image
R is selected.

R NOTE : Tilt information and gain selection are displayed on the ND


____
R when no failure warning message is generated, or when the TEST
R mode is not selected.

R The various failures which can affect the radar image are listed in
R decreasing order of importance. If several failures occur, only the
R most important one is displayed (Ref. details C) and D) on the
R figure).


R

EFF :

301-302,  34-41-00

Page A23
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R Two types of failures can affect the radar system:

R (a) Failures which result in the loss of the radar image


R The corresponding messages are displayed in red
R - WXR : indicates the loss of the transceiver calibration
R WEAK
R - WXR : indicates an overheating of the Display Unit (DU)
R DU
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar transceiver
R R/T
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar antenna
R ANT
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar control unit
R CTL
R - WXR : indicates an error of comparison between the range
R RNG from the EFIS control section and the copy data received
R on the DMC via the radar data bus.

R NOTE : In case of insufficient avionics ventilation, the weather


____
R radar image is lost in order to prevent NDs overheat.

R (b) Failures which do not affect the radar image


R The corresponding messages are displayed in amber
R - PRED : indicates a failure of the windshear function
R W/S
R - WXR : indicates an attitude failure from the ADIRU
R ATT
R - NO : indicates a failure of the Multiscan function
R AUTOTILT
R - WXR : indicates the loss of the radar antenna stabilization
R STAB
R - WXR : indicates the selection of the radar TEST mode.
R TEST


R

EFF :

301-302,  34-41-00

Page A24
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(4) Weather radar data displayed on the NDs


(Ref. Fig. 018)
On the figure, the details A) and B) respectively correspond to the
ARC and ROSE ND modes for which the display of the radar image is
possible.
Messages inform the crew of the tilt angle and gain selected on the
weather radar control unit. Other messages indicate the failures
which affect the operation of the radar system. All these messages
are displayed in the R lower corner of each ND whenever a radar image
is selected.

NOTE : Tilt information and gain selection are displayed on the ND


____
when no failure warning message is generated, or when the TEST
mode is not selected.

The various failures which can affect the radar image are listed in
decreasing order of importance. If several failures occur, only the
most important one is displayed (Ref. details C) and D) on the
figure).


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page A25
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Two types of failures can affect the radar system:

(a) Failures which result in the loss of the radar image


The corresponding messages are displayed in red
- WXR : indicates an overheating of the Display Unit (DU)
DU
- WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar transceiver
R/T
- WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar antenna
ANT
- WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar control unit
CTL
- WXR : indicates an error of comparison between the range
RNG from the EFIS control section and the copy data received
on the DMC via the radar data bus.

(b) Failures which do not affect the radar image


The corresponding messages are displayed in amber
- WXR : indicates the loss of the transceiver calibration
WEAK
- PRED : indicates a failure of the windshear function
W/S
- WXR : indicates an attitude failure from the ADIRU
ATT
- NO : indicates a failure of the autotilt function
AUTOTILT
- WXR : indicates the loss of the radar antenna stabilization
STAB
- WXR : indicates the selection of the radar TEST mode.
TEST


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page A26
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,

(c) Operational message that does not affect the radar image
The following message is displayed in green instead of the TILT
value
- PWS SCAN : indicates that the weather radar operates in windshear mode only
(weather radar system selector switch set to OFF and windshear
mode selector switch set to AUTO on weather radar control
unit).
On ground the qualifier logic has to be satisfied.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(5) Windshear data displayed (Ref. table 2 below) (if the predictive
windshear function is activated)
(Ref. Fig. 019)

(a) Windshear indications


The location of a windshear phenomenon is indicated to the crew
by means of an icon superimposed on the radar image.
This icon consists of alternating red and black arcs. For 15 NM
range selection and above, yellow radial lines appear at the
edges and start beyond the windshear event. These lines,
superimposed on the radar image, continue to the edge of the
display area to provide directional information for the event.
The windshear data are always displayed even if the 1/OFF/2
switch on the radar control unit is set to OFF.
The AUTO/OFF/WINDSHEAR switch on the radar control unit has to be
set to AUTO.

(b) Windshear alert

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 020)

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 021)


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page A27
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Windshear - Data Displayed on the NDs
R Figure 019


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A28
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Windshear - Data Displayed on the NDs
R Figure 019A


R

EFF :
301-302,
051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A29
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Windshear - Data Displayed on the NDs
Figure 019B


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A30
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Windshear Alert Ranges and Altitudes
R Figure 020


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105,  34-41-00

Page A31
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Windshear - Windshear Alert Ranges and Altitudes
Figure 020A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-41-00

Page A32
Config-3 Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
Windshear - Windshear Alert Levels and Locations
Figure 021


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A33
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
1
_ Alert levels
There are three alert levels defined in function of event
seriousness and distance from the aircraft. The weather radar
provides the crew with visual and aural warnings which vary in
function of the level detected.

a
_ Windshear warning alert (level 3)
This alert corresponds to the most dangerous phenomenons.
It is generated for windshear events detected within +/-
0.25 NM from the longitudinal axis of the aircraft and
within +/- 40 deg. scan of the aircraft heading.
On the ground, the maximum range is 3 NM. In flight, the
maximum range is reduced to 1.5 NM.
During takeoff, level 3 covers ranges from 0.5 to 1.5 NM,
from 50 to 1200 ft Above Ground Level (AGL). During
landing, this coverage is from 1.5 to 0.5 NM, from 375 to
50 ft.
Range reduction is a linear function of altitude: at 375
ft, range is equal to 1.5 NM and reaches 0.5 NM at 50 ft.
During takeoff, this warning is inhibited from the time the
aircraft attains 100 kts and until it reaches 50 ft AGL.
Level 3 warning is inhibited below 50 ft (in approach
phase) and above 1200 ft.
The windshear warning alert is announced by:
- an aural warning message: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD in
approach or WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD at takeoff,
generated by the radar synthesized voice.
- a visual warning: red W/S AHEAD message on the PFD.
Display priority on PFD is given to level 3.
The FWC has determine whether the aircraft is taking-off or
landing to generate the aural warning: GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR
AHEAD or WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD.
Transition between the GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD and
WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDS HEAR AHEAD aural warning messages is
controlled by the GEAR UP discrete input.

b
_ Windshear caution alert (level 2)
This level covers the events detected in a region from 0 to
3 NM, within +/- 25 deg. of the aircraft heading but
outside the windshear warning alert region (level 3).
This caution alert is inhibited:
- during takeoff, from the time the aircraft attains 100
kts and until it reaches 50 ft AGL,
- during landing, below 50 ft AGL.
There should be no windshear caution alert (level 2) above
1200 ft.
The windshear caution alert is announced by:



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A34
Config-3 May 01/09
R  
CES 
- an aural warning: MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- a visual warning: amber W/S AHEAD message on the PFD.

c
_ Windshear advisory alert (level 1)
This level covers the events located within 5 NM from the
aircraft, within +/- 40 deg. of the aircraft heading but
outside the windshear warning and caution alert regions
(levels 2 and 3).
There should be no windshear advisory alert (level 1) above
1500 ft.
No aural or visual warnings are provided for this advisory
alert: only the windshear icon is superimposed on the radar
image.
The weather radar transmits the windshear alerts following
their detection order. A maximum of 8 events can be
transmitted. Therefore, alerts of different levels can be
generated simultaneously.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ALERTS | PFD | ND | AURAL WARNING |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Advisory | | windshear icon | |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Caution | W/S AHEAD | windshear icon | MONITOR |
| | (AMBER) | | RADAR DISPLAY |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Warning | W/S AHEAD | windshear icon | during takeoff: |
| | (RED) | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
| | | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
| | | | during landing: |
| | | | GO AROUND |
| | | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2: PWS OPERATIVE - Windshear Data Displayed

NOTE : Between 2300ft and 1500ft, no warning is triggered:


____
the PWS is in standby in this boundary, without any
cockpit effect.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A35
Config-3 May 01/09
R  
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-302,

R (5) Windshear data displayed (Ref. table 2 below) (if the predictive
R windshear function is activated)
R (Ref. Fig. 019A)

R (a) Windshear indications


R The location of a windshear phenomenon is indicated to the crew
R by means of an icon superimposed on the radar image.
R This icon consists of alternating red and black arcs. For 10 NM
R range selection and above, yellow radial lines appear at the
R edges and start beyond the windshear event. These lines,
R superimposed on the radar image, continue to the edge of the
R display area to provide directional information for the event.
R The windshear data are always displayed even if the system
R selector switch on the radar control unit is set to OFF.
R The windshear switch on the radar control unit has to be set to
R AUTO.

R (b) Windshear alert


R (Ref. Fig. 020A, 021A)

R 1
_ Alert levels
R There are three alert levels defined in function of event
R seriousness and distance from the aircraft. The weather radar
R provides the crew with visual and aural warnings which vary in
R function of the level detected.

R a
_ Windshear warning alert (level 3)
R This alert corresponds to the most dangerous phenomenons.
R It is generated for windshear events detected within +/-
R 0.25 NM from the longitudinal axis of the aircraft and
R within +/- 30 deg. scan of the aircraft heading.
R On the ground, the maximum range is 3 NM. In flight, the
R maximum range is reduced to 1.5 NM.
R During takeoff, level 3 covers ranges from 0 to 1.5 NM,
R from 50 to 1200 ft Above Ground Level (AGL). During
R landing, this coverage is from 1.5 to 0.5 NM, from 370 to
R 50 ft.
R Range reduction is a linear function of altitude: at 370
R ft, range is equal to 1.5 NM and reaches 0.5 NM at 50 ft.
R During takeoff, this warning is inhibited from the time the
R aircraft attains 100 kts and until it reaches 50 ft AGL.
R Level 3 warning is inhibited below 50 ft (in approach
R phase) and above 1200 ft.
R The windshear warning alert is announced by:


R

EFF :
301-302,
051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A36
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Windshear - Windshear Alert Levels and Locations
Figure 021A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A37
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R - an aural warning message: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD in
R approach or WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD at takeoff,
R generated by the radar synthesized voice.
R - a visual warning: red W/S AHEAD message on the PFD.
R Display priority on PFD is given to level 3.
R The computer has to determine whether the aircraft is
R taking-off or landing to generate the aural warning message
R GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD or WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR
R AHEAD.
R Transition between the GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD and
R WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD aural warning messages is
R controlled by the GEAR UP discrete input.

R b
_ Windshear caution alert (level 2)
R This level covers the events detected in a region from 0 to
R 3 NM, within +/- 30 deg. of the aircraft heading but
R outside the windshear warning alert region (level 3).
R This caution alert is inhibited:
R - during takeoff, from the time the aircraft attains 100
R kts and until it reaches 50 ft AGL,
R - during landing, below 50 ft AGL.
R There should be no windshear caution alert (level 2) above
R 1200 ft.
R The windshear caution alert is announced by:
R - an aural warning: MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
R - a visual warning: amber W/S AHEAD message on the PFD.

R c
_ Windshear advisory alert (level 1)
R This level covers the events located within 5 NM from the
R aircraft, within +/- 30 deg. of the aircraft heading but
R outside the windshear warning and caution alert regions
R (levels 2 and 3).
R There should be no windshear advisory alert (level 1) above
R 1500 ft.
R No aural or visual warnings are provided for this advisory
R alert: only the windshear icon is superimposed on the radar
R image.
R The weather radar transmits the windshear alerts following
R their detection order. A maximum of 8 events can be
R transmitted. Therefore, alerts of different levels can be
R generated simultaneously.


R

EFF :
301-302,
051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A38
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ALERTS | PFD | ND | AURAL WARNING |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Advisory | | windshear icon | |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Caution | W/S AHEAD | windshear icon | MONITOR |
| | (AMBER) | | RADAR DISPLAY |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Warning | W/S AHEAD | windshear icon | during takeoff: |
| | (RED) | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
| | | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
| | | | during landing: |
| | | | GO AROUND |
| | | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2: Windshear Data Displayed

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

(5) Windshear data displayed (Ref. table 2 below) (if the predictive
windshear function is activated)
(Ref. Fig. 019B)

(a) Windshear indications


The location of a windshear phenomenon is indicated to the crew
by means of an icon superimposed on the radar image.
This icon consists of alternating red and black arcs. For 10 NM
range selection and above, yellow radial lines appear at the
edges and start beyond the windshear event. These lines,
superimposed on the radar image, continue to the edge of the
display area to provide directional information for the event.
The windshear data are always displayed even if the system
selector switch on the radar control unit is set to OFF.
The windshear switch on the radar control unit has to be set to
AUTO.
When on the radar control unit, the weather radar system selector
switch is set to OFF and the windshear mode selector switch is
set to AUTO, the green PWS SCAN indication is displayed on the
bottom right-hand corner of the NDs instead of the tilt
indication to inform the crew that the weather radar operates in
windshear mode only.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A39
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Windshear alert
(Ref. Fig. 020A)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 021)

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 021A)

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

1
_ Alert levels
There are three alert levels defined in function of event
seriousness and distance from the aircraft. The weather radar
provides the crew with visual and aural warnings which vary in
function of the level detected.

a
_ Windshear warning alert (level 3)
This alert corresponds to the most dangerous phenomenons.
It is generated for windshear events detected within +/-
0.25 NM from the longitudinal axis of the aircraft and
within +/- 30 deg. scan of the aircraft heading.
On the ground, the maximum range is 3 NM. In flight, the
maximum range is reduced to 1.5 NM.
During takeoff, level 3 covers ranges from 0 to 1.5 NM,
from 50 to 1200 ft Above Ground Level (AGL). During
landing, this coverage is from 1.5 to 0.5 NM, from 370 to
50 ft.
Range reduction is a linear function of altitude: at 370
ft, range is equal to 1.5 NM and reaches 0.5 NM at 50 ft.
During takeoff, this warning is inhibited from the time the
aircraft attains 100 kts and until it reaches 50 ft AGL.
Level 3 warning is inhibited below 50 ft (in approach
phase) and above 1200 ft.
The windshear warning alert is announced by:
- an aural warning message: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD in
approach or WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD at takeoff,
generated by the radar synthesized voice.
- a visual warning: red W/S AHEAD message on the PFD.
Display priority on PFD is given to level 3.
The computer has to determine whether the aircraft is
taking-off or landing to generate the aural warning message


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A40
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD or WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR
AHEAD.
Transition between the GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD and
WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD aural warning messages is
controlled by the GEAR UP discrete input.

b
_ Windshear caution alert (level 2)
This level covers the events detected in a region from 0 to
3 NM, within +/- 30 deg. of the aircraft heading but
outside the windshear warning alert region (level 3).
This caution alert is inhibited:
- during takeoff, from the time the aircraft attains 100
kts and until it reaches 50 ft AGL,
- during landing, below 50 ft AGL.
There should be no windshear caution alert (level 2) above
1200 ft.
The windshear caution alert is announced by:
- an aural warning: MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- a visual warning: amber W/S AHEAD message on the PFD.

c
_ Windshear advisory alert (level 1)
This level covers the events located within 5 NM from the
aircraft, within +/- 30 deg. of the aircraft heading but
outside the windshear warning and caution alert regions
(levels 2 and 3).
There should be no windshear advisory alert (level 1) above
1500 ft.
No aural or visual warnings are provided for this advisory
alert: only the windshear icon is superimposed on the radar
image.
The weather radar transmits the windshear alerts following
their detection order. A maximum of 8 events can be
transmitted. Therefore, alerts of different levels can be
generated simultaneously.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ALERTS | PFD | ND | AURAL WARNING |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Advisory | | windshear icon | |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Advisory | | PWS SCAN | |
| in windshear| | (GREEN) | |
| mode only | | | |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Caution | W/S AHEAD | windshear icon | MONITOR |
| | (AMBER) | | RADAR DISPLAY |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|


R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A41
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ALERTS | PFD | ND | AURAL WARNING |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Warning | W/S AHEAD | windshear icon | during takeoff: |
| | (RED) | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
| | | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
| | | | during landing: |
| | | | GO AROUND |
| | | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2: Windshear Data Displayed

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(6) Windshear warning displayed (Ref. table 3 below) (if the predictive
windshear function is activated)
(Ref. Fig. 022)

(a) Windshear flags on NDs


When a windshear fault occurs, an amber PRED W/S message comes
into view. The radar image remains available if this fault does
not affect the radar modes or detection function.
A detected fault is displayed when:
- the aircraft is on the ground or the flap and slat control
lever is in a position different from 0.
- the windshear AUTO/OFF switch on the radar control unit is set
to AUTO (the fault message is not displayed when the switch is
set to OFF).

(b) Warning display on EWD


A detected windshear fault is indicated by the following amber
messages:
- NAV: PRED. W/S DET FAULT on EWD.
- PRED. W/S DET on SD INOP SYSTEM area.
This message is associated to the indications presented on the
NDs.
When the windshear AUTO/OFF switch is set to OFF on the weather
radar control unit, a green or amber PRED W/S OFF memo message
is presented to the crew.
The color of this message depends on the flight phases.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-00

Page A42
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Messages Displayed on ND and upper ECAM DU
Figure 022


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A43
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | EWD | ND | AURAL WARNING |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| PWS | NAV: | PRED W/S | Single chime |
| SYSTEM | PRED. W/S DET | (AMBER) | |
| FAULT | FAULT | | |
| | (AMBER) | | |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| WINDSHEAR | PRED. W/S OFF | | |
| AUTO/OFF | (GREEN or AMBER)| | |
| SWITCH ON | | | |
| CONTROL | | | |
| UNIT IN | | | |
| OFF | | | |
| POSITION | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3: PWS INOPERATIVE - Warning Data Displayed

(7) Record in the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)


The FDIU receives, for recording, the following PWS data through the
DMCs:
- W/S caution alert (level 2)
- W/S warning alert (level 3)
- W/S AUTO/OFF
- W/S internal fault
- W/S external fault
- DMCs/FWCs PWS pin program status.
This data, except the PWS pin program status, is only transmitted
from the DMCs if the DMCs/FWCs PWS pin program is valid (grounded).


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A44
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R (6) Windshear warning displayed (Ref. table 3 below) (if the predictive
R windshear function is activated)
R (Ref. Fig. 022A)

R (a) Windshear flags on NDs


R When a windshear fault occurs, an amber PRED W/S message comes
R into view. The radar image remains available if this fault does
R not affect the radar modes or detection function.
R A detected fault is displayed when:
R - the aircraft is on the ground or the flap and slat control
R lever is in a position different from 0.
R - the windshear AUTO/OFF switch on the radar control unit is set
R to AUTO (the fault message is not displayed when the switch is
R set to OFF).

R (b) Warning display on Upper ECAM Display Unit


R A detected windshear fault is indicated by the following amber
R messages:
R - NAV: PRED. W/S DET FAULT on EWD.
R - PRED. W/S DET on SD INOP SYSTEM area.
R This message is associated to the indications presented on the
R NDs.
R When the windshear AUTO/OFF switch is set to OFF on the weather
R radar control unit, a green or amber PRED W/S OFF memo message
R is presented to the crew.
R The color of this message depends on the flight phases.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A45
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Messages Displayed on ND and upper ECAM DU
R Figure 022A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A46
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | | UPPER DU ECAM | ND | AURAL WARNING |
R |-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
R | PWS | NAV: | PRED W/S | Single chime |
R | SYSTEM | PRED. W/S DET | (AMBER) | |
R | FAULT | FAULT | | |
R | | (AMBER) | | |
R |-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
R | WINDSHEAR | PRED. W/S OFF | | |
R | AUTO/OFF | (GREEN or AMBER)| | |
R | SWITCH ON | | | |
R | CONTROL | | | |
R | UNIT IN | | | |
R | OFF | | | |
R | POSITION | | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 3: PWS INOPERATIVE - Warning Data Displayed

R (7) Record in the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)


R The FDIU receives, for recording, the following PWS data through the
R DMCs:
R - W/S caution alert (level 2)
R - W/S warning alert (level 3)
R - W/S AUTO/OFF
R - W/S internal fault
R - W/S external fault
R - DMCs/FWCs PWS pin program status.
R This data, except the PWS pin program status, is only transmitted
R from the DMCs if the DMCs/FWCs PWS pin program is valid (grounded).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A47
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

E. Reconfiguration switching

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 002)

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 002B)

R **ON A/C 234-235, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 002C)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

In normal configuration, the weather radar transceiver receives the


altitude information from its corresponding ADIRU.
In case of ADIRU1 failure, the pilot can select the altitude information
from the ADIRU3.
This selection is through the AIR DATA selector switch installed on panel
8VU, on the center pedestal.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-310, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A48
Config-3 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

E. Reconfiguration switching

**ON A/C 051-099,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,

(Ref. Fig. 002C)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 002D)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

In normal configuration, each weather radar transceiver receives the


altitude information from its corresponding ADIRU.
In case of ADIRU1/2 failure, the pilot can select the altitude
information from the ADIRU3.
This selection is through the AIR DATA selector switch installed on panel
8VU, on the center pedestal.


R

EFF : 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A49
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

8. Test
____

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

A. BITE Description

(1) General
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the system.
The BITE of the WR/PWS is situated in the radar transceiver and
through two ARINC 429 low-speed buses (an input bus from the CFDIU
and an output bus to the CFDIU).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently weather radar system status and its
identification message to the CFDIU,
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs,
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (EFIS control
section, ADIRUs, RAs),
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests,
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the MCDU menus.
- acquires the general maintenance parameters (UTC, date, A/C
ident...) and command codes from the CFDIU.
The BITE can operate in two operating modes:
- in normal mode, to report continuously the failures of all classes,
depending on the maintenance flight phase
- in interactive mode, to provide an interactive dialog with an
operator using an MCDU.

NOTE : The WR/PWS complies with Specification ABD0048, issue C.


____

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

A. BITE Description

(1) General
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the system.
The BITE of the WR/PWS is situated in the radar transceiver and
through two ARINC 429 low-speed buses (an input bus from the CFDIU
and an output bus to the CFDIU).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page A50
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The BITE:
- transmits permanently weather radar system status and its
identification message to the CFDIU,
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs,
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (EFIS control
section, ADIRUs, RAs),
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests,
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the MCDU menus.
- acquires the general maintenance parameters (UTC, date, A/C
ident...) and command codes from the CFDIU.
The PWS interface with the CFDIU is composed of:
- an ARINC 429 low speed bus from the CFDIU.
The data sent by the CFDIU are:

---------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | FORMAT |
---------------------------------------------------------
| 125 | UTC | BCD |
| 155 | AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 1 | DISC |
| 156 | AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 2 | DISC |
| 227 | COMMAND | DISC |
| 260 | DATE | BCD |
| 301 | AIRCRAFT IDENT | ISO |
| 302 | AIRCRAFT IDENT | ISO |
| 303 | AIRCRAFT IDENT | ISO |
---------------------------------------------------------

- an ARINC 429 low speed output bus to the CFDIU:


The data sent to the CFDIU are:

---------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | FORMAT |
---------------------------------------------------------
| 354 | LRU IDENTIFICATION | ISO |
| 356 | FAULT MESSAGES | ISO |
| 377 | EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION | BCD |
---------------------------------------------------------
The BITE can operate in two operating modes:
* in normal mode, to report continuously the failures of all
classes, depending on the maintenance flight phase,
* in interactive mode, to provide an interactive dialog with
an operator using an MCDU.

NOTE : The WR/PWS complies with Specification ABD0048, issue C.


____



EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A51
Config-3 Aug 01/09
R  
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(2) Normal mode


During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
WR/PWS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories. These items of information are transmitted to the
CFDIU by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.

(3) Interactive mode


The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground and through
the line key adjacent to the RADAR 1 indication, presented on the
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page of any MCDU.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the BITE of the
weather radar transceiver by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 023)
The interactive mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 024)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the last flight
leg.
The following tables give the list of the failure messages which
can be reported and indicate the failure class assigned to them as
defined by the CFDIU standard.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A52
Config-3 Aug 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to the RADAR page
Figure 023


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page A53
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 1)
Figure 024


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A54
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------
| Reported Internal Failures |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE | CLASS | ATA |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
| WXR ANTENNA (11SQ) | 1 | 34-41-11 |
| WXR CTL PNL (3SQ)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-41-12 |
| WXR MOUNTING TRAY (9SQ) | 1 | 34-41-37 |
-------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------
| Reported External Failures |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE | CLASS | ATA |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU1 (1FP1) BUS ADR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU3 (1FP3) BUS ADR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU1 (1FP1) BUS IR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU3 (1FP3) BUS IR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| FCU (3CA) BUS CP-L/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
| FCU (3CA) BUS CP-R/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
| CFDIU (1TW)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
| RA1 (2SA1)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
| RA2 (2SA2)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
| RA1 (2SA1)+RA2 (2SA2)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-42-33 |
| GPWC (1WZ)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-48-34 |
| POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT | 1 | 24-00-00 |
-------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : Failure of one radio altimeter is a class 3 failure whereas it


____
becomes a class 1 failure when two radio altimeters are
faulty.

- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT


(Ref. Fig. 024)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Allows to display the P/N, the S/N and the SW/N of the equipment.
- GND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 025)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight, provides
information of the failures detected while using this function.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A55
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 1)
Figure 024A


R

EFF :

051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A56
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 1)
Figure 024B


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page A57
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 2)
Figure 025


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A58
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The WR/PWS peripheral monitoring and internal cycle tests are used
to detect transient failures.
By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
operator is allowed to the corresponding Trouble Shooting Data. The
peripheral monitoring and WR/PWS internal cyclic tests are used to
detect transient failures.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 025)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 026)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 026)
Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected on
ground.
These failures differ from those displayed on the LAST LEG REPORT
and CLASS 3 FAULTS.
By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble Shooting
Data.
- TEST
(Ref. Fig. 027, 028, 029)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the WR/PWS on ground.
This test can be performed by:
- either selecting the test function on the LCD of the WR transceiver
- or through the CFDS by selecting on the MCDU the test function on
the RADAR 1 main menu page.
At the end of the BITE TEST, the test pattern comes into view.
(Ref. Fig. 030)

NOTE : If a failure of the windshear system is detected during the


____
BITE TEST, the windshear flags come into view.
If the failure does not affect the radar mode, the test
pattern stays available.
If the failure affects the radar mode, nothing is shown.

All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A59
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 2)
Figure 025A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page A60
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 3)
Figure 026


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page A61
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 4)
Figure 027


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A62
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 4)
Figure 027A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A63
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 5)
Figure 028


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A64
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 5)
Figure 028A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A65
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 6)
Figure 029


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A66
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 6)
Figure 029A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A67
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Test Pattern
Figure 030



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page A68
Config-3 May 01/09
R  
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099,

R (2) Normal mode


R During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
R WR/PWS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
R concerned flight.
R In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
R fault memories. These items of information are transmitted to the
R CFDIU by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.

R (3) Interactive mode


R The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground and through
R the line key adjacent to the RADAR 1 indication, presented on the
R SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page of any MCDU.
R This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the BITE of the
R weather radar transceiver by means of the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 023)
R The interactive mode is composed of:
R - LAST LEG REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 024A)
R This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
R internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the last flight
R leg.
R The following tables give the list of the failure messages which
R can be reported and indicate the failure class assigned to them as
R defined by the CFDIU standard.


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-41-00

Page A69
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | Reported Internal Failures |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------|
R | MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
R | WXR ANTENNA (11SQ) | 1 | 34-41-11 |
R | WXR CNT PNL (3SQ)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-41-12 |
R | WXR MOUNTING TRAY (9SQ) | 1 | 34-41-37 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------

R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | Reported External Failures |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------|
R | MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | ADIRU1 (1FP1) ADR BUS/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU2 (1FP2) ADR BUS/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU3 (1FP3) ADR BUS/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU1 (1FP1) IR BUS/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU2 (1FP2) IR BUS/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU3 (1FP3) IR BUS/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | FCU (3CA) CP-L BUS/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
R | FCU (3CA) CP-R BUS/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
R | CFDIU (1TW)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
R | RA1 (2SA1)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
R | RA2 (2SA2)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
R | RA1 (2SA1)+RA2 (2SA2)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-42-33 |
R | POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT | 1 | 24-00-00 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------

R NOTE : Failure of one radio altimeter is a class 3 failure whereas it


____
R becomes a class 1 failure when two radio altimeters are
R faulty.

R - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT


R (Ref. Fig. 024A)
R This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
R internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous 63
R flight legs.
R - LRU IDENTIFICATION
R (Ref. Fig. 024A)
R Allows to display the P/N, the S/N and the SW/N of the equipment.
R - GND SCANNING
R (Ref. Fig. 025A)
R Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight, provides
R information of the failures detected while using this function.


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-41-00

Page A70
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R The WR/PWS peripheral monitoring and internal cycle tests are used
R to detect transient failures.
R By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
R operator is allowed to the corresponding Trouble Shooting Data. The
R peripheral monitoring and WR/PWS internal cyclic tests are used to
R detect transient failures.
R - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
R (Ref. Fig. 025A)
R Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
R failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT.
R - CLASS 3 FAULTS
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
R Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
R flight leg.
R - GROUND REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
R Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected on
R ground.
R These failures differ from those displayed on the LAST LEG REPORT
R and CLASS 3 FAULTS.
R By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
R operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble Shooting
R Data.
R - TEST
R (Ref. Fig. 027A, 028A, 029A)
R Allows a check of the correct operation of the WR/PWS on ground.
R This test can be performed through the CFDS by selecting on the
R MCDU the test function on the RADAR 1 (or 2) main menu page.
R At the end of the BITE TEST, the test pattern comes into view.
R (Ref. Fig. 030A)

R NOTE : If a failure of the windshear system is detected during the


____
R BITE TEST, the windshear flags come into view.
R If the failure does not affect the radar mode, the test
R pattern stays available.
R If the failure affects the radar mode, nothing is shown.

R All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
R configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
R By pressing the line key adjacent to the internal failure message,
R the operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble
R Shooting Data.


R

EFF :

051-099,  34-41-00

Page A71
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar - Test Pattern
Figure 030A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A72
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

R (2) Normal mode


R During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
R WR/PWS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
R concerned flight.
R In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
R fault memories. These items of information are transmitted to the
R CFDIU by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.

R (3) Interactive mode


R The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground and through
R the line key adjacent to the RADAR 1 indication, presented on the
R SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page of any MCDU.
R This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the BITE of the
R weather radar transceiver by means of the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 023)
R The interactive mode is composed of:
R - LAST LEG REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 024A)
R This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
R internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the last flight
R leg.
R The following tables give the list of the failure messages which
R can be reported and indicate the failure class assigned to them as
R defined by the CFDIU standard.


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A73
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | Reported Internal Failures |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------|
R | MESSAGE | CLASS | ATA |
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
R | WXR ANTENNA (11SQ) | 1 | 34-41-11 |
R | WXR CNT PNL (3SQ)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-41-12 |
R | WXR MOUNTING TRAY (9SQ) | 1 | 34-41-37 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------

R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | Reported External Failures |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------|
R | MESSAGE | CLASS | ATA |
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | ADIRU1 (1FP1) ADR BUS/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU3 (1FP3) ADR BUS/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU1 (1FP1) IR BUS/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU3 (1FP3) IR BUS/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | FCU (3CA) CP-L BUS/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
R | FCU (3CA) CP-R BUS/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
R | CFDIU (1TW)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
R | RA1 (2SA1)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
R | RA2 (2SA2)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
R | RA1 (2SA1)+RA2 (2SA2)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-42-33 |
R | POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT | 1 | 24-00-00 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------

R NOTE : Failure of one radio altimeter is a class 3 failure whereas it


____
R becomes a class 1 failure when two radio altimeters are
R faulty.

R - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT


R (Ref. Fig. 024A)
R This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
R internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous 63
R flight legs.
R - LRU IDENTIFICATION
R (Ref. Fig. 024A)
R Allows to display the P/N, the S/N and the SW/N of the equipment.
R - GND SCANNING
R (Ref. Fig. 025A)
R Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight, provides
R information of the failures detected while using this function.
R The WR/PWS peripheral monitoring and internal cycle tests are used
R to detect transient failures.


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A74
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
R operator is allowed to the corresponding Trouble Shooting Data. The
R peripheral monitoring and WR/PWS internal cyclic tests are used to
R detect transient failures.
R - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
R (Ref. Fig. 025A)
R Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
R failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT.
R - CLASS 3 FAULTS
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
R Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
R flight leg.
R - GROUND REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
R Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected on
R ground.
R These failures differ from those displayed on the LAST LEG REPORT
R and CLASS 3 FAULTS.
R By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
R operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble Shooting
R Data.
R - TEST
R (Ref. Fig. 027A, 028A, 029A)
R Allows a check of the correct operation of the WR/PWS on ground.
R This test can be performed through the CFDS by selecting on the
R MCDU the test function on the RADAR 1 main menu page.
R At the end of the BITE TEST, the test pattern comes into view.
R (Ref. Fig. 030A)

R NOTE : If a failure of the windshear system is detected during the


____
R BITE TEST, the windshear flags come into view.
R If the failure does not affect the radar mode, the test
R pattern stays available.
R If the failure affects the radar mode, nothing is shown.

R All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
R configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
R By pressing the line key adjacent to the internal failure message,
R the operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble
R Shooting Data.


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page A75
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R (2) Normal mode


R During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
R WR/PWS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
R concerned flight.
R In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
R fault memories. These items of information are transmitted to the
R CFDIU by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.

R (3) Interactive mode


R The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground and through
R the line key adjacent to the RADAR 1 (or 2) indication, presented on
R the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page of any MCDU.
R This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the BITE of the
R weather radar transceiver by means of the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 023)
R The interactive mode is composed of:
R - LAST LEG REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 024B)
R This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
R internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the last flight
R leg.
R The following tables give the list of the failure messages which
R can be reported and indicate the failure class assigned to them as
R defined by the CFDIU standard.


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page A76
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | Reported Internal Failures |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------|
R | MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
R | WXR ANTENNA (11SQ) | 1 | 34-41-11 |
R | WXR CTL PNL (3SQ)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-41-12 |
R | WXR MOUNTING TRAY (9SQ) | 1 | 34-41-37 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------

R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | Reported External Failures |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------|
R | MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
R -------------------------------------------------------------
R | ADIRU1 (1FP1) BUS ADR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU2 (1FP2) BUS ADR/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU3 (1FP3) BUS ADR/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU1 (1FP1) BUS IR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU2 (1FP2) BUS IR/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU3 (1FP3) BUS IR/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU1+3 (1FP1+3)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | ADIRU2+3 (1FP2+3)/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | QUALIFIER B1/2/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 79-33-11 |
R | QUALIFIER C1/2/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | QUALIFIER D1/2/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
R | FCU (3CA) BUS CP-L/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
R | FCU (3CA) BUS CP-R/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
R | CFDIU (1TW)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
R | RA1 (2SA1)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
R | RA2 (2SA2)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
R | RA1 (2SA1)+RA2 (2SA2)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-42-33 |
R | GPWC (1WZ)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-48-34 |
R | POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT | 1 | 24-00-00 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------

R NOTE : Failure of one radio altimeter is a class 3 failure whereas it


____
R becomes a class 1 failure when two radio altimeters are
R faulty.

R - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT


R (Ref. Fig. 024B)
R This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
R internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous 63
R flight legs.
R - LRU IDENTIFICATION


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page A77
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R (Ref. Fig. 024B)
R Allows to display the P/N, the S/N and the SW/N of the equipment.
R - GND SCANNING
R (Ref. Fig. 025A)
R Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight, provides
R information of the failures detected while using this function.
R The WR/PWS peripheral monitoring and internal cycle tests are used
R to detect transient failures.
R By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
R operator is allowed to the corresponding Trouble Shooting Data. The
R peripheral monitoring and WR/PWS internal cyclic tests are used to
R detect transient failures.
R - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
R (Ref. Fig. 025A)
R Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
R failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT.
R - CLASS 3 FAULTS
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
R Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
R flight leg.
R - GROUND REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
R Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected on
R ground.
R These failures differ from those displayed on the LAST LEG REPORT
R and CLASS 3 FAULTS.
R By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
R operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble Shooting
R Data.
R - TEST
R (Ref. Fig. 027A, 028A, 029A)
R Allows a check of the correct operation of the WR/PWS on ground.
R This test can be performed by:
R - either selecting the test function on the LCD of the WR transceiver
R - or through the CFDS by selecting on the MCDU the test function on
R the RADAR 1 (or 2) main menu page.
R At the end of the BITE TEST, the test pattern comes into view.
R (Ref. Fig. 030A)

R NOTE : If a failure of the windshear system is detected during the


____
R BITE TEST, the windshear flags come into view.
R If the failure does not affect the radar mode, the test
R pattern stays available.
R If the failure affects the radar mode, nothing is shown.

R All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
R configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).


R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399,  34-41-00

Page A78
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(2) Normal mode


During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
WR/PWS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories. These items of information are transmitted to the
CFDIU by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.

(3) Interactive mode


The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground and through
the line key adjacent to the RADAR 1 (or 2) indication, presented on
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page of any MCDU.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the BITE of the
weather radar transceiver by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 023)
The interactive mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 024)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the last flight
leg.
The following tables give the list of the failure messages which
can be reported and indicate the failure class assigned to them as
defined by the CFDIU standard.


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page A79
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------
| Reported Internal Failures |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
| WXR ANTENNA (11SQ) | 1 | 34-41-11 |
| WXR CTL PNL (3SQ)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-41-12 |
| WXR MOUNTING TRAY (9SQ) | 1 | 34-41-37 |
-------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------
| Reported External Failures |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU1 (1FP1) BUS ADR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU2 (1FP2) BUS ADR/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU3 (1FP3) BUS ADR/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU1 (1FP1) BUS IR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU2 (1FP2) BUS IR/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU3 (1FP3) BUS IR/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| FCU (3CA) BUS CP-L/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
| FCU (3CA) BUS CP-R/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
| CFDIU (1TW)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
| RA1 (2SA1)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
| RA2 (2SA2)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
| RA1 (2SA1)+RA2 (2SA2)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-42-33 |
| GPWC (1WZ)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-48-34 |
| POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT | 1 | 24-00-00 |
-------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : Failure of one radio altimeter is a class 3 failure whereas it


____
becomes a class 1 failure when two radio altimeters are
faulty.

- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT


(Ref. Fig. 024)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Allows to display the P/N, the S/N and the SW/N of the equipment.
- GND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 025)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page A80
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight, provides
information of the failures detected while using this function.
The WR/PWS peripheral monitoring and internal cycle tests are used
to detect transient failures.
By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
operator is allowed to the corresponding Trouble Shooting Data. The
peripheral monitoring and WR/PWS internal cyclic tests are used to
detect transient failures.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 025)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 026)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 026)
Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected on
ground.
These failures differ from those displayed on the LAST LEG REPORT
and CLASS 3 FAULTS.
By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble Shooting
Data.
- TEST
(Ref. Fig. 027A, 028A, 029A)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the WR/PWS on ground.
This test can be performed by:
- either selecting the test function on the LCD of the WR transceiver
- or through the CFDS by selecting on the MCDU the test function on
the RADAR 1 (or 2) main menu page.
At the end of the BITE TEST, the test pattern comes into view.
(Ref. Fig. 030A)

NOTE : If a failure of the windshear system is detected during the


____
BITE TEST, the windshear flags come into view.
If the failure does not affect the radar mode, the test
pattern stays available.
If the failure affects the radar mode, nothing is shown.

All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page A81
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

B. Self-Test

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 030)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 030A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

A quick check of the correct operation of the WR/PWS installation can be


performed by activating the test function:
- either through the CFDS by applying the Radar functional test procedure
on the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
- or by pressing the TEST pushbutton switch located on the face of the
transceiver. When a fault is detected, it is stored and made available
to the front panel Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) when the TEST
pushbutton switch is pressed. The LCD is used as a maintenance aid to
check the operational status of the WR/PWS.
Once this TEST pushbutton switch is pressed, the LCD shows TEST IN
PROGRESS.
The self-test takes from 5 to 10 seconds to complete.
At the end of the test, the LCD shows RADAR OK, INPUT OK if no faults
were detected in either the radar or inputs connections.
Pressing the return pushbutton switch enables access to the fault main
menu.
* If radar faults were found during the self-test, the following
messages can be displayed:
R/T FAULT
ANT FAULT
CON FAULT
WG SWITCH FAULT
INDICATOR FAULT
COOLING FAULT
* If inputs faults were found during the self-test, the following
messages can be displayed:


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A82
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
NO RAD ALT
NO ALTITUDE IN
NO AIR DATA IN
NO HEADING INPUT


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page A83
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________

TASK 34-41-00-720-002

Functional test of the Tilt Control of the Weather-Radar Antenna Drive-Unit

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
-ALL PERSONS ARE MORE THAN 5 METERS (16.4FT) FROM THE ANTENNA.
-NO PERSON IS IN THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 135 ON EACH SIDE OF THE
AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE. -THERE IS A MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE OF 5 METERS
(16.4FT) BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OBSTACLE IN THE AREA MADE BY AN
ARC OF 90 ON EACH SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE.
THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE IN A HANGAR OR CLOSED AREA.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 4.6 m (15 ft. 1 in.)


R 98F34403500000 1 DUMMY-LOAD

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 501
Nov 01/07
 
CES 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-00-010-052

A. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE RADOME IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 35 KNOTS.
_______

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to open the radome.


____

(1) Put the access platform in position below the radome.

(2) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).

(3) Make sure that the retaining arms of the radome lock correctly.

Subtask 34-41-00-480-050

B. In the radome, on the weather radar antenna:

(1) Release the quick-disconnect fastener to disconnect the waveguide


assembly from the antenna drive unit.

(2) Remove the O-ring.

R (3) Install the DUMMY-LOAD (98F34403500000) (the cone in the down


direction) on the waveguide assembly.

(4) Do not install the O-ring between the waveguide assembly and the
dummy load.

(5) Make sure that there is no space between the waveguide assembly and
the dummy load and that their connection is correct.

(6) Remove the two screws that prevent operation of the AZ and EL
selector switches on the antenna drive unit.

(7) Make sure that the AZ and EL selector switches are at ON and that the
antenna is free to move in azimuth and in elevation.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 502
Nov 01/07
 
CES 
Subtask 34-41-00-865-059

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,


401-499,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-062

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the EFIS control panels of the FCU:


- set the mode selector switches to ARC.

(5) On the EFIS switching panels 417VU and 418VU:


- set the outer ND potentiometer to the middle position.

(6) On the center pedestal, on the weather radar control unit, set:
- the system switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to AUTO (or CAL)
- the TILT selector switch to 0
- the mode selector switch to WX
- the windshear mode switch to OFF.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 503
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-062-A

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the EFIS control panels of the FCU:


- set the mode selector switches to ARC.

(5) On the EFIS switching panels 417VU and 418VU:


- set the outer ND potentiometer to the middle position.

(6) On the center pedestal, on the weather radar control unit, set:
- the system switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to AUTO
- the TILT selector switch to 0
- the mode selector switch to WX
- the PWS mode switch to OFF
- the TILT mode switch to MAN.

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-41-00-720-050

A. Functional Test of the Tilt Control of the Antenna Drive Unit

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to do the test:


____
- one person must be in the cockpit to set the switches on the
weather radar control unit
- another person must be near the weather radar antenna to do the
check of the tilt value on the indicator of the antenna drive
unit.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 504
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the weather radar control Make sure that the antenna turns in
unit: azimuth.
- set the system switch to 1 (or
ON).

2. On the antenna drive unit: Make sure that the antenna scanning
- set the EL and AZ selector stops after some seconds.
switches to OFF

On Capt and F/O NDs:


- the red WXR ANT indication comes into
view.

3. Turn the antenna manually and


carefully along the aircraft
centerline.

4. On the antenna drive unit:


- set the EL selector switch to
ON (the AZ selector switch
stays at OFF position).

5. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the


unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 5 deg. up (5 elevation 5 deg. up.
UP notch)

6. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the


unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 10 deg. up elevation 10 deg. up.
(10 UP notch)

7. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the


unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 15 deg. up elevation 15 deg. up.
(15 UP notch)

8. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the


unit: antenna drive unit:



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 505
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 5 deg. down elevation 5 deg. down.
(5 DN notch)

9. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the


unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 10 deg. down elevation 10 deg. down.
(10 DN notch)

10. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the


unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 15 deg. elevation 15 deg. down.
down (15 DN notch)

11. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the


unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 0 deg. elevation 0 deg.

12. Turn manually and carefully the


antenna to 90 deg. right and do
again steps 7 through 13.

13. Turn manually and carefully the


antenna to 90 deg. left and do
again steps 7 through 13.

14. Turn manually and carefully the


antenna along the aircraft
centerline (0 deg. in azimuth
and in elevation).

15. On the weather radar control


unit:
- set the system switch to OFF.

16. On the antenna drive unit:


- set the AZ selector switch to
ON.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 506
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-41-00-860-063

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS switching panels 417VU and 418VU, set the ND
potentiometers to OFF.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-41-00-080-050

B. In the radome, on the weather radar antenna:

(1) Remove the dummy load from the waveguide assembly.

(2) Install the O-ring on the waveguide connector on the antenna drive
unit.

(3) Connect the waveguide assembly to the antenna drive unit and lock the
quick-disconnect fastener.

(4) Make sure that the AZ and EL selector switches are at ON and that the
antenna is free to move in azimuth and in elevation.

(5) Tighten the two screws that prevent operation of the AZ and EL
selector switches on the antenna drive unit.

Subtask 34-41-00-410-052

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 811 and the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-
410-001).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 507
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
TASK 34-41-00-740-002

BITE Test of the Weather Radar

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
-ALL PERSONS ARE MORE THAN 5 METERS (16.4FT) FROM THE ANTENNA.
-NO PERSON IS IN THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 135 ON EACH SIDE OF THE
AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE. -THERE IS A MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE OF 5 METERS
(16.4FT) BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OBSTACLE IN THE AREA MADE BY AN
ARC OF 90 ON EACH SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE.
THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE IN A HANGAR OR CLOSED AREA.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

34-41-00-991-001 Fig. 501

R **ON A/C 051-099, 201-233, 236-238,

34-41-00-991-001-A Fig. 501A



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 508
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-00-991-001-B Fig. 501B

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002)

(4) On the center pedestal, on the radar control unit, set :


- the ON/OFF switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to AUTO
- the TILT selector switch to 0
- the mode selector switch to WX
- the WINDSHEAR AUTO/OFF switch to OFF.

(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
- set the mode selector switches to ARC
- select the scale selector switch to 10 position.

(6) On one MCDU :


- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
- push the next page function key.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 509
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-053-B

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the center pedestal, on the radar control unit, set :


- the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to CAL
- the TILT selector switch to 0 deg.
- the mode selector switch to WX
- the GND CLTR SPRS switch to OFF
- the PWS/OFF/AUTO switch to OFF.

(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
- set the mode selector switches to ARC.

(6) On one MCDU :


- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
- push the next page function key.

R **ON A/C 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-053-D

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-233,
236-238, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 510
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) On the center pedestal, on the radar control unit, set:
- the 1/OFF/2 switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to AUTO
- the TILT selector switch to 0 deg.
- the mode selector switch to WX
- the WINDSHEAR AUTO/OFF switch to OFF.

(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections:
- set the mode selector switches to ARC
- select the scale selector switch to 10 position.

(6) On one MCDU:


- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
- push the next page function key.

**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-053-F

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the center pedestal, on the radar control unit, set :


- the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to CAL
- the TILT selector switch to 0 deg.
- the MODE selector switch to WX
- the PWS/OFF/AUTO switch to OFF.

(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
- set the mode selector switches to ARC.

(6) On one MCDU :


- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
- push the NEXT PAGE function key.


R

EFF : 151-199, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 511
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-00-865-055

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

Subtask 34-41-00-740-050

A. BITE Test of the Weather Radar

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU, on the NAV menu - the RADAR 1 page comes into view.
page:
- push the line key adjacent to
the RADAR 1 indication

2. On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to - on the MCDU, the TEST page 1/2 comes
the TEST indication. into view with these initial
conditions:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- SET ADIRU 1+2+3 to NAV
- SELECT RELEVANT SYSTEM AND SET W/S
TO AUTO ON RADAR CONTROL PANEL



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 512
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OCCURS AFTER
PUSHING START TEST LINE KEY:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER

3. On the center pedestal, on the On the NDs:


radar control unit: - a tilt indication comes into view on
- set the SYS ON/OFF selector the right side
switch to ON. - then, the WR TEST indication comes
- set the WINDSHEAR AUTO/OFF into view immediately below the tilt
switch to AUTO. indication.

4. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the next page function - the TEST page 2/2 comes into view:
key. - AUDIO:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- ON NDS AND ECAM:
PWS FAILURE MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED
- AUDIO: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD
ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

5. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 25S indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the amber W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view

In the loud speakers, you can hear:


- the warning MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- the single chime

On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- the amber PRED W/S indication comes
into view and the WR TEST indication
goes out of view.
- after some seconds, the WR TEST
indication comes into view again.

On the upper ECAM DU:


- the amber NAV : PRED W/S DET FAULT
warning is shown

On the panels 130VU and 131VU:



EFF :

001-049, 101-105,  34-41-00

Page 513
Nov 01/06
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the MASTER CAUT lights come on

In the loud speakers, you can hear


these aural warnings:
- GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD one time
- WINDSHEAR AHEAD two times.

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the red W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view
- then, it goes out of view when the
above aural warnings stop.

on the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- make sure that the test pattern is
shown from one side to the opposite
side.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-41-00-991-001)

On the MCDU:
- these instructions are shown:
MAKE SURE AUDIO ALERTS SEQUENCE
OCCURRED:
- PWS CAUTION:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- PWS WARNING:GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

6. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - these instructions are shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OF MESSAGES WERE
DISPLAYED:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER
- ON NDS AND ECAM: PWS FAILURE
MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED

7. On the MCDU: On the MCDU


- push the line key adjacent to - this instruction is shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE RADAR TEST PATTERN IS
DISPLAYED

8. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication is shown.
the YES indication.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105,  34-41-00

Page 514
Nov 01/06
 
CES 
Weather Radar Test
Figure 501/TASK 34-41-00-991-001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-00

Page 515
Nov 01/06
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP page is shown:
the RETURN indication. SET ADIRU 1+2+3 TO OFF

- SET SYSTEM OFF AND SET W/S TO OFF


ON THE RADAR CONTROL PANEL

10. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
radar control unit: - the WR TEST and the tilt indications
- set the WINDSHEAR AUTO/OFF go out of view after some seconds.
switch to OFF.
- set the SYS ON/OFF selector
switch to OFF.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,

Subtask 34-41-00-740-050-C

A. BITE Test of the Weather Radar

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU, on the NAV menu - the RADAR 1 (RADAR 2) page comes into
page: view.
- push the line key adjacent to
the RADAR 1 (RADAR 2)
indication

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - these instructions come into view:
the TEST indication. SYSTEM OFF
CHANGE CONTROL PANEL SYSTEM SWITCH TO
ON
AFTER TEST
SWITCH SYSTEM TO OFF

3. On the center pedestal, on the On the MCDU:


radar control unit: - the PLEASE WAIT indication comes into
- set the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector view for some seconds


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 516
May 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch to 1 (2). - then, the TEST page 1/2 comes into
- set the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to view with these initial conditions:
AUTO. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- SET ADIRU 1+2+3 to NAV
- SELECT RELEVANT SYSTEM AND SET PWS
TO AUTO ON RADAR CONTROL PANEL
MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OCCURS AFTER
PUSHING START TEST LINE KEY:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER

on the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- a tilt indication comes into view on
the right side
- a WR TEST indication comes into view
immediately below the tilt
indication.

4. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the next page function - the TEST page 2/2 comes into view:
key. - AUDIO:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- ON NDS AND ECAM:
PWS FAILURE MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED
- AUDIO: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD
ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

5. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 15S indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the amber W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view

In the loud speakers, you can hear:


- the warning MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- the single chime

on the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- the amber PRED W/S indication comes
into view and the WR TEST indication
goes out of view.
- after some seconds, the WR TEST
indication comes into view again.


R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
305-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 517
May 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the upper ECAM DU:
- the amber NAV : PRED W/S DET FAULT
warning is shown.

On the panels 130VU and 131VU:


- the MASTER CAUT lights come on

In the loud speakers, you can hear


these aural warnings:
- GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD one time
- WINDSHEAR AHEAD two times.

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the red W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view
- then, it goes out of view when the
above aural warnings stop.

on the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- make sure that the test pattern is
shown from one side to the opposite
side.

**ON A/C 051-099,

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 34-41-00-991-


001-A)

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 501B/TASK 34-41-00-991-


001-B)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,

On the MCDU:
- these instructions are shown:
MAKE SURE AUDIO ALERTS SEQUENCE
OCCURRED:
- PWS CAUTION:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY


R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
305-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 518
May 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar Test
Figure 501A/TASK 34-41-00-991-001-A


R

EFF :

051-099, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page 519
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar Test
Figure 501B/TASK 34-41-00-991-001-B


R

EFF : 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 520
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- PWS WARNING:GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

6. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - these instructions are shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OF MESSAGES WERE
DISPLAYED:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER
- ON NDS AND ECAM: PWS FAILURE
MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED

7. On the MCDU: On the MCDU


- push the line key adjacent to - this instruction is shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE RADAR TEST PATTERN IS
DISPLAYED

8. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication is shown.
the YES indication.

9. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP page is shown:
the RETURN indication. SET ADIRU 1+2+3 TO OFF

- SET SYSTEM OFF AND SET PWS TO OFF


ON RADAR CONTROL PANEL

10. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the RADAR 1 (RADAR 2) page comes into
the RETURN indication. view.

11. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
radar control unit: - the WR TEST and the tilt indications
- set the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to go out of view after some seconds.
OFF.
- set the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector
switch to OFF.


R

EFF : 051-099, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
305-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 521
May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,

Subtask 34-41-00-740-050-A

A. BITE Test of the Weather Radar

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU, on the NAV menu On the MCDU:


page: - the RADAR 1 page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to
the RADAR 1 indication

2. On the MCDU:

- push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU:


the TEST indication. - these instructions come into view:
SYSTEM OFF
CHANGE CONTROL PANEL SYSTEM SWITCH TO
ON
AFTER TEST
SWITCH SYSTEM TO OFF

3. On the center pedestal, on the On the MCDU:


radar control unit: - the PLEASE WAIT indication comes into
- set the ON/OFF selector switch view for some seconds
to ON. - then, the TEST page 1/2 comes into
- set the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to view with these initial conditions:
AUTO. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- SET ADIRU 1+2+3 to NAV
- SELECT RELEVANT SYSTEM AND SET PWS
TO AUTO ON RADAR CONTROL PANEL
MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OCCURS AFTER
PUSHING START TEST LINE KEY:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER

On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- a tilt indication comes into view on
the right side
- a WR TEST indication comes into view
immediately below the tilt
indication.

4. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,  34-41-00

Page 522
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the next page function - the TEST page 2/2 comes into view:
key. - AUDIO:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- ON NDS AND ECAM:
PWS FAILURE MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED
- AUDIO: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD
ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

5. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 15S indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the amber W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view

In the loud speakers, you can hear:


- the warning MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- the single chime

On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- the amber PRED W/S indication comes
into view and the WR TEST indication
goes out of view.
- after some seconds, the WR TEST
indication comes into view again.

On the upper ECAM DU:


- the amber NAV : PRED W/S DET FAULT
warning is shown

On the panels 130VU and 131VU:


- the MASTER CAUT lights come on

In the loud speakers, you can hear


these aural warnings:
- GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD one time
- WINDSHEAR AHEAD two times

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the red W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view
- then, it goes out of view when the
above aural warnings stop.


R

EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,  34-41-00

Page 523
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
on the CAPT and F/O NDs:
- make sure that the test pattern is
shown from one side to the opposite
side.

R **ON A/C 201-233, 236-238,

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 34-41-00-991-


001-A)

**ON A/C 106-149, 301-304,

(Ref. Fig. 501B/TASK 34-41-00-991-


001-B)

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,

On the MCDU:
- these instructions are shown:
MAKE SURE AUDIO ALERTS SEQUENCE
OCCURRED:
- PWS CAUTION:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- PWS WARNING:GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

6. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - these instructions are shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OF MESSAGES WERE
DISPLAYED:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER
- ON NDS AND ECAM: PWS FAILURE
MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED

7. On the MCDU: On the MCDU


- push the line key adjacent to - this instruction is shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE RADAR TEST PATTERN IS
DISPLAYED

8. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:



EFF :

106-149, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,  34-41-00

Page 524
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication is shown.
the YES indication.

9. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP page is shown:
the RETURN indication. SET ADIRU 1+2+3 TO OFF

- SET SYSTEM OFF AND SET PWS TO OFF


ON THE RADAR CONTROL PANEL

10. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the RADAR 1 page comes into view.
the RETURN indication.

11. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
radar control unit: - the WR TEST and the tilt indications
- set the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to go out of view after some seconds.
OFF.
- set the ON/OFF selector switch
to OFF.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 34-41-00-740-050-B

A. BITE Test of the Weather Radar

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU, on the NAV menu On the MCDU:


page: - the RADAR 1 page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to
the RADAR 1 indication.

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST page 1/2 comes into view and
the TEST indication. these initial conditions are shown:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- SET ADIRU 1+2+3 to NAV
- SELECT RELEVANT SYSTEM AND SET W/S
TO AUTO ON RADAR CONTROL PANEL


R

EFF :
301-304,
106-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238,  34-41-00

Page 525
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OCCURS AFTER
PUSHING START TEST LINE KEY:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER

3. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


radar control unit: - a tilt indication comes into view on
- set the 1/OFF/2 selector switch the right side
to 1. - a WR TEST indication comes into view
- set the WINDSHEAR AUTO/OFF immediately below the tilt
switch to AUTO. indication.

4. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the next page function - the TEST page 2/2 comes into view:
key. - AUDIO:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- ON NDS AND ECAM:
PWS FAILURE MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED
- AUDIO: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD
ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

5. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 25S indication
the START TEST indication comes into view

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the amber W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view

In the loudspeaker, you can hear:


- the MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY warning
- the single chime

On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- the amber PRED W/S indication comes
into view and the WR TEST indication
goes out of view.
- then, the WR TEST indication comes
into view again.

On the upper ECAM DU:


- the amber NAV : PRED W/S DET FAULT
warning is shown.



EFF :

151-199,  34-41-00

Page 526
Nov 01/06
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
130VU and 131VU:
- the MASTER CAUT lights come on

In the loudspeaker, you can hear these


aural warnings:
- GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD one time
- WINDSHEAR AHEAD two times

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the red W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view
- then, it goes out of view when the
aural warnings from the loudspeakers
stop.

On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- make sure that the test pattern is
shown from one side to the opposite
side.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-41-00-991-001)

On the MCDU:
- these instructions are shown: MAKE
SURE AUDIO ALERTS SEQUENCE OCCURRED:
- PWS CAUTION:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- PWS WARNING:GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

6. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - these instructions are shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OF MESSAGE WERE
DISPLAYED:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER
- ON NDS AND ECAM: PWS FAILURE
MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED

7. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - this instruction is shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE RADAR TEST PATTERN IS
DISPLAYED

8. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:



EFF :

151-199,  34-41-00

Page 527
Nov 01/06
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication is shown.
the YES indication.

9. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP page is shown:
the RETURN indication. SET ADIRU 1+2+3 TO OFF

- SET SYSTEM OFF AND SET W/S TO OFF ON


RADAR CONTROL PANEL

10. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
radar control unit: - the WR TEST and the tilt indications
- set the WINDSHEAR AUTO/OFF go out of view after some seconds.
switch to OFF
- set the 1/OFF/2 selector
switch to OFF.

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-00-740-050-D

A. BITE Test of the Weather Radar

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU, on the NAV menu On the MCDU:


page: - the RADAR 1 page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to
the RADAR 1 indication.

2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST page 1/2 comes into view and
the TEST indication. these initial conditions are shown:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- SET ADIRU 1+2+3 to NAV
- SELECT RELEVANT SYSTEM AND SET W/S
TO AUTO ON RADAR CONTROL PANEL
MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OCCURS AFTER
PUSHING START TEST LINE KEY:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER


R

EFF :

151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
radar control unit: - a tilt indication comes into view on
- set the 1/OFF/2 selector switch the right side
to 1 - a WR TEST indication comes into view
- set the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to immediately below the tilt
AUTO indication.
- set the TILT MAN/AUTO switch to
MAN.

4. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the next page function - the TEST page 2/2 comes into view:
key. - AUDIO:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- ON NDS AND ECAM:
PWS FAILURE MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED
- AUDIO: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD
ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

5. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 25S indication
the START TEST indication comes into view

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the amber W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view

In the loudspeaker, you can hear:


- the MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY warning
- the single chime

On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- the amber PRED W/S indication comes
into view and the WR TEST indication
goes out of view.
- then, the WR TEST indication comes
into view again.

On the upper ECAM DU:


- the amber NAV : PRED W/S DET FAULT
warning is shown.

On F/O and CAPT glareshield panels


130VU and 131VU:
- the MASTER CAUT lights come on


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page 529
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the loudspeaker, you can hear these
aural warnings:
- GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD one time
- WINDSHEAR AHEAD two times

On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:


- the red W/S AHEAD indication comes
into view
- then, it goes out of view when the
aural warnings from the loudspeakers
stop.

On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- make sure that the test pattern is
shown from one side to the opposite
side.
(Ref. Fig. 501B/TASK 34-41-00-991-
001-B)

On the MCDU:
- these instructions are shown: MAKE
SURE AUDIO ALERTS SEQUENCE OCCURRED:
- PWS CAUTION:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- PWS WARNING:GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE

6. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - these instructions are shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OF MESSAGE WERE
DISPLAYED:
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER
- ON NDS AND ECAM: PWS FAILURE
MESSAGES
- ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED

7. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - this instruction is shown:
the YES indication. MAKE SURE RADAR TEST PATTERN IS
DISPLAYED

8. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication is shown.
the YES indication.


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-00

Page 530
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 9. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP page is shown:
R the RETURN indication. SET ADIRU 1+2+3 TO OFF

R - SET SYSTEM OFF AND SET W/S TO OFF ON


R RADAR CONTROL PANEL

R 10. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
R radar control unit: - the WR TEST and the tilt indications
R - set the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to go out of view after some seconds.
R OFF
R - set the 1/OFF/2 selector
R switch to OFF.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-41-00-860-054

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.

(2) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.

(3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005)

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 531
Feb 01/08
 
CES 
TASK 34-41-00-730-001

System Test of the Weather Radar

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
OF THE WEATHER RADAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
-ALL PERSONS ARE MORE THAN 5 METERS (16.4FT) FROM THE ANTENNA.
-NO PERSON IS IN THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 135 ON EACH SIDE OF THE
AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE. -THERE IS A MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE OF 5 METERS
(16.4FT) BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OBSTACLE IN THE AREA MADE BY AN
ARC OF 90 ON EACH SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE.
THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE IN A HANGAR OR CLOSED AREA.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

- antenna stabilization test by the ADIRU 3


- antenna control test

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 532
Feb 01/08
R  
CES 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-00-865-053

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-00-010-050

B. Get Access

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER
_______
RADAR ARE OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

(1) In the cockpit, put a warning notice on the center pedestal to tell
persons not to operate the weather radar.

(2) Put the access platform in position in zone 110 below the radome.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to open the radome.


____

(4) Make sure that the retaining arms of the radome lock correctly.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-050-C

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch of the ADIRU1
and ADIRU3 to NAV to get the ND display.

(4) On the panel 8VU, make sure that the ATT HDG selector switch is at
NORM.

(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE NAV or ARC.

(6) On the radar control unit, set :


- the ON/OFF switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to AUTO
- the TILT selector switch to 0
- the mode selector switch to WX.
- the WINDSHEAR AUTO/OFF switch to OFF.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-233, 236-238,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-050-D

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 534
Feb 01/09
 
CES 
(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch of the ADIRU1
and ADIRU3 to NAV to get the ND display.

(4) On the panel 8VU, make sure that the ATT HDG selector switch is at
NORM.

(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE NAV or ARC.

(6) On the center pedestal, on the radar control unit, set :


- the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to CAL
- the TILT selector switch to 0
- the mode selector switch to WX
- the GNR CLTR SPRS switch to OFF.
- the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to OFF.

R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-050-F

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch of the ADIRU1
and ADIRU3 to NAV to get the ND display.

(4) On the panel 8VU, make sure that the ATT HDG selector switch is at
NORM.

(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE NAV or ARC.

(6) On the radar control unit, set :


- the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to CAL
- the TILT selector switch to 0
- the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to OFF.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-00

Page 535
May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-00-860-050-G

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch of the ADIRU1
and ADIRU3 to NAV to get the ND display.

(4) On the panel 8VU, make sure that the ATT HDG selector switch is at
NORM.

(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE NAV or ARC.

(6) On the radar control unit, set :


- the 1/OFF/2 switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to AUTO
- the TILT selector switch to 0
- the mode selector switch to WX
- the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to OFF
- the TILT MAN/AUTO switch to MAN.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-00-865-054

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 536
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-41-00-730-050

A. Antenna Stabilization Test by the ADIRU 3

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center pedestal, on the


radar control unit :

- set the ON/OFF selector switch The CAPT and F/O NDs show the radar
to ON. display.

2. On the panel 8VU :

- set the ATT HDG selector switch On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the radar
to CAPT 3. display stays in view.

3. On the ADIRS CDU :

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the radar
switch of the ADIRU 1 to OFF. display stays in view.

4. On the ADIRS CDU : On the CAPT and F/O NDs :


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - after some seconds, the WR ATT
switch of the ADIRU 3 to OFF. warning indication is shown on the
right.
- the radar display stays in view.

5. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs :


radar control unit : - after some seconds, the radar display
- set the ON/OFF selector switch and the WR ATT warning indication go
to OFF. out of view.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 537
May 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,

Subtask 34-41-00-730-050-D

A. Antenna Stabilization Test by the ADIRU 3

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center pedestal, on the


radar control unit :

- set the SYS 1/OFF/SYS 2 The CAPT and F/O NDs show the radar
selector switch to 1 (2). display.

2. On the panel 8VU :

- set the ATT HDG selector switch On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the radar
to CAPT 3. display stays in view.

3. On the ADIRS CDU :

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the radar
switch of the ADIRU 1 to OFF. display stays in view.

4. On the ADIRS CDU : On the CAPT and F/O NDs :


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - after some seconds, the WR ATT
switch of the ADIRU 3 to OFF. warning indication is shown on the
right.
- the radar display stays in view.

5. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs :


radar control unit : - after some seconds, the radar display
- set the SYS 1/OFF/SYS 2 and the WR ATT warning indication go
selector switch to OFF. out of view.


R

EFF :

051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,  34-41-00

Page 538
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-00-730-050-C

A. Antenna Stabilization Test by the ADIRU 3

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center pedestal, on the


radar control unit:

- set the 1/OFF/2 system selector The CAPT and F/O NDs show the radar
switch to 1 (2). display.

2. On the panel 8VU:

- set the ATT HDG selector switch On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the radar
to CAPT 3. display stays in view.

3. On the ADIRS CDU:

- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the radar
switch of the ADIRU 1 to OFF. display stays in view.

4. On the ADIRS CDU: On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - after some seconds, the WR ATT
switch of the ADIRU 3 to OFF. warning indication is shown on the
right.
- the radar display stays in view.

5. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:


radar control unit: - after some seconds, the radar display
- set the 1/OFF/2 system selector and the WR ATT warning indication go
switch to OFF. out of view.


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-00

Page 539
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

Subtask 34-41-00-730-051

B. Antenna Control Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU :
- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)

- push the line key adjacent to During the test sequence, make sure
the RADAR 1 indication. that the antenna :
- push the line key adjacent to - turns in elevation (+ 15, - 15)
the TEST indication. - turns in azimuth from the right side
to the left side, then becomes stable
at 0, vertical to the aircraft
centerline.
At the end of the test, on the MCDU,
the TEST OK indication comes into
view.
On the CAPT and F/O NDs, ignore the
radar indications.

- push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU :


the RETURN indication. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.


R

EFF :
401-499,
001-049, 101-149, 201-238, 301-310,  34-41-00

Page 540
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,

Subtask 34-41-00-730-051-B

B. Antenna Control Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU :
- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)

- push the line key adjacent to During the test sequence, make sure
the RADAR 1 (RADAR 2) that the antenna :
indication. - turns in elevation (+ 15, - 15)
- push the line key adjacent to - turns in azimuth from the right side
the TEST indication. to the left side, then becomes stable
at 0, vertical to the aircraft
centerline.

At the end of the test, on the MCDU,


the TEST OK indication comes into view.
On the CAPT and F/O NDs, ignore the
radar indications

- push the line key adjacent to The antenna stops


the RETURN indication. On the MCDU :
- the MCDU MENU page comes into view.


R

EFF :

051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,  34-41-00

Page 541
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 34-41-00-730-051-A

B. Antenna Control Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU :
- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-010).

- push the line key adjacent to During the test sequence, make sure
the RADAR 1 indication. that the antenna :
- push the line key adjacent to - turns in elevation (+10, -10)
the TEST indication. - turns in azimuth (+15, -15) then
scans continuously -90, +90 to the
end of the test.
At the end of the test, on the MCDU,
the TEST OK indication comes into view.
On the CAPT and F/O NDs, ignore the
radar indications.

- push the line key adjacent to The antenna stops


the RETURN indication. On the MCDU :
- the MCDU MENU page comes into view.


R

EFF :

151-199,  34-41-00

Page 542
May 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-00-730-051-C

B. Antenna Control Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU :
- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-010).

- push the line key adjacent to During the test sequence, make sure
the RADAR 1 (RADAR 2) that the antenna :
indication. - turns in elevation (+10, -10)
- push the line key adjacent to - turns in azimuth (+15, -15) then
the TEST indication. scans continuously -90, +90 to the
end of the test.
At the end of the test, on the MCDU,
the TEST OK indication comes into view.
On the CAPT and F/O NDs, ignore the
radar indications.

- push the line key adjacent to The antenna stops.


the RETURN indication. On the MCDU :
- the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-41-00-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.

(2) On the panel 8VU, set the ATT HDG selector switch to NORM.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 34-41-00-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).

NOTE : Make sure that the radome locks correctly.


____

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-00

Page 544
May 01/08
 
CES 
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - WEATHER RADAR (7SQ,11SQ) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-41-11-000-004

Removal of the Weather Radar Antenna Assembly (7SQ,11SQ)

WARNING : MOVE THE RADAR ANTENNA ASSEMBLY CAREFULLY TO PREVENT INJURY TO


_______
PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
THE RADAR ANTENNA ASSEMBLY (ANTENNA/DRIVE) WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb).

CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE LOCALIZER ANTENNA AT THE BOTTOM OF THE RADOME AS A
_______
SUPPORT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-11

Page 401
Config-3 Nov 01/03
 
CES 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

34-41-11-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

34-41-11-991-001-A Fig. 401A

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-11-991-001-B Fig. 401B

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-11-865-059

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14



EFF :

ALL  34-41-11

Page 402
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-11-010-053

B. Get Access

(1) In the cockpit, put a warning notice on the center pedestal, to tell
persons not to operate the weather radar system.

(2) Put the access platform in position in zone 110 below the radome.

(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-11-991-001)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-41-11-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-41-11-991-001-B)

**ON A/C ALL

NOTE : If you send the antenna drive to the repair shop, also send its
____
plate.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-11

Page 403
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Radar Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-11-991-001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-11

Page 404
Config-3 May 01/05
 
CES 
Radar Antenna
Figure 401A/TASK 34-41-11-991-001-A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-11

Page 405
Config-3 May 01/09
 
CES 
Radar Antenna
Figure 401B/TASK 34-41-11-991-001-B


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-41-11

Page 406
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-41-11-020-056

R A. Removal of the Antenna Plate

(1) Remove the four screws (20) and the lockwashers (19) which connect
the flange of the wave guide (18) to the antenna (1).

NOTE : During the removal of the antenna:


____
- one person must hold the antenna
- one person must hold the position indicator (14) to prevent
damage to the drive caused by fast movement of the
counterbalance spring.

(2) Remove the eight screws (15) and the lockwashers (16) which connect
the ring mount (17) to the antenna (1) and remove the antenna (1).

(3) Slowly release the position indicator (14).

(4) Put the antenna (1) in a plastic bag and a correct container.

Subtask 34-41-11-020-057

B. Removal of the Antenna Assembly

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (11).

(2) Loosen the quick disconnect clamp (2) and disconnect the wave guide
(3) from the antenna drive (13).

(3) Remove and discard the O-ring (4).

(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected connectors (11) and (12) and on
the flange of the wave guide (3).

(5) Remove the two screws (10) and the washers (9) at the bottom.

(6) Loosen the two screws (6) at the top. Do not remove them.

(7) Lift the antenna drive (13) until the holes (7) are at the same level
as the two screws (6).

(8) Remove the antenna drive (13) and put it in a plastic bag and a
correct container.


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-11

Page 407
Config-3 Feb 01/08
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-11-020-056-A

A. Removal of the Antenna Plate

NOTE : During the removal of the antenna, one person must hold the
____
antenna.

(1) Remove the two bolts (15).

(2) Remove the antenna (1) and put the antenna in a plastic bag and a
correct container.

Subtask 34-41-11-020-057-A

B. Removal of the Antenna Assembly

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (12).

(2) Disconnect the wave guide (5) from the antenna drive (2) with the
quick disconnect clamp (3) and remove the O-ring (4).

(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected connectors (12) and (13) and
the flange of the wave guide (5).

(4) Remove the two screws (11) and the washers (10) at the bottom.

(5) Loosen the two screws (8) and the washers (7) at the top. Do not
remove them.

(6) Lift the antenna drive (2) until the holes (6) are at the same level
as the two top screws (8), then pull carefully.

(7) Remove the antenna drive (2) and put it in a plastic bag and a
correct container.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-11

Page 408
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 34-41-11-400-005

Installation of the Weather Radar Antenna Assembly (7SQ,11SQ)

WARNING : MOVE THE RADAR ANTENNA ASSEMBLY CAREFULLY TO PREVENT INJURY TO


_______
PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
THE RADAR ANTENNA ASSEMBLY (ANTENNA/DRIVE) WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb).

CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE LOCALIZER ANTENNA AT THE BOTTOM OF THE RADOME AS A
_______
SUPPORT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.70 to 10.00 m.daN
R (5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire corrosion resistant steel 0.8mm (0.30 in.)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-11

Page 409
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 O-ring 34-41-01 02B-120

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-41-00-730-001 System Test of the Weather Radar


53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

34-41-11-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

34-41-11-991-001-A Fig. 401A

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-11-991-001-B Fig. 401B

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-11-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the warning notice, which tells persons not to operate
the Weather Radar System, is in position in the cockpit on the center
pedestal.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-11

Page 410
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 110 below
the radome.

(3) Make sure that the radome 110AL is open (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).

Subtask 34-41-11-865-060

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-11-991-001)

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-41-11-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-41-11-991-001-B)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-11

Page 411
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

Subtask 34-41-11-420-056

A. Installation of the Antenna Assembly

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Install the two top screws (6) and washers (5) and make sure that
R they are sufficiently loose.

(4) Lift the antenna drive (13) up to its support and engage it in the
two top screws (6).

(5) Install the two bottom screws (10) and washers (9).

R (6) TORQUE the screws (6) and (10) to between 3.22 and 3.87 m.daN (23.74
R and 28.53 lbf.ft).

(7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (11) and (12)
and the flange of the wave guide (3).

(8) Put the O-ring (4) in the correct position on the flange of the wave
guide (3).

(9) Connect the wave guide (3) to the antenna drive (13) with the quick
disconnect clamp (2).

(10) Connect the electrical connector(s) (11).

Subtask 34-41-11-420-057

B. Installation of the Antenna Plate

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to do this work.


____

(1) Attach the antenna (1) to the ring mount (17) with the screws (15)
and the lockwashers (16).

(2) Connect the flange of the wave guide (18) to the antenna (1).

(3) Install the screws (20) and the lockwashers (19).

R (4) TORQUE the screws (15) and (20) to 0.29 m.daN (25.66 lbf.in).



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-11

Page 412
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (5) Make sure that the antenna assembly turns correctly in azimuth (AZ)
and in elevation (EL).

R (6) Make sure that the locking device is installed on the EL and AZ
switches (8) to prevent their operation.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-11-420-056-A

A. Installation of the Antenna Assembly

NOTE : Do not remove the transparent plastic windows that are installed:
____
- at the inlet of the antenna drive, and
- at the interface between the antenna drive, and the antenna
plate.

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Install the two top screws (8) and washers (7) and make sure that
R they are sufficiently loose.

R (4) Lift the antenna drive (2) up to its support and engage it in the two
R top screws (8).

R (5) Install the two bottom screws (11) and washers (10).

R (6) TORQUE the screws (8) and (11) to between 3.22 and 3.87 m.daN (23.74
R and 28.53 lbf.ft).

R (7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (12) and (13)
R and the flange of the wave guide (5).

R (8) Put the O-ring (4) in the correct position on the flange of the wave
R guide (5).

R (9) Connect the wave guide (5) to the antenna drive (2) with the quick
R disconnect clamp (3).

R (10) Connect the electrical connector(s) (12).


R


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-11

Page 413
Config-3 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
Subtask 34-41-11-420-057-A

B. Installation of the Antenna Plate

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to do this work.


____
It is possible to install the antenna (1) with the antenna drive
(2) installed on the aircraft.

(1) Put the dowels (16) in the holes (18) of the antenna (1). Then engage
R the plate (19) between the two slots (17).

R (2) Install the screws (15) in the dowels (16).

R (3) TORQUE the screws (15) to 0.23 m.daN (20.35 lbf.in).

R (4) Safety the two bolts (15) with lockwire corrosion resistant steel
0.8mm (0.30 in.).

R (5) Make sure that the antenna assembly turns correctly in azimuth (AZ)
and in elevation (EL).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-11-865-061

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1, 5SQ2

Subtask 34-41-11-730-053

D. Do the system test of the weather radar system (para. Antenna control)
(Ref. TASK 34-41-00-730-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-41-11-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-11

Page 414
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-11

Page 415
Config-3 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
CONTROL UNIT - WEATHER RADAR (3SQ) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________

TASK 34-41-12-000-001

Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

34-41-12-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-12-991-001-A Fig. 401A



EFF :

ALL  34-41-12

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-12-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-12-991-001)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-41-12-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-12-020-051

A. Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit

(1) Loosen the four quarter-turn fasteners (1).

(2) Pull the weather radar control unit (2) from its housing (5).

(3) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (4) and hold it them away from
the panel.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-12

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-12-991-001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-41-12

Page 403
May 01/05
 
CES 
Weather Radar Control Unit
Figure 401A/TASK 34-41-12-991-001-A


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-12

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(4) Remove the weather radar control unit (2).

(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (3) and
(4).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-12

Page 405
May 01/05
R  
CES 
TASK 34-41-12-400-001

Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-41-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Weather Radar

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

34-41-12-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-12-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-12-865-051

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14



EFF :

ALL  34-41-12

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-12-991-001)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-41-12-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-301,

Subtask 34-41-12-420-051

A. Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and (4).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Connect the electrical connector(s) (4) to the weather radar control
unit (2).

(6) Install the weather radar control unit (2) in its housing (5).

(7) Tighten the four quarter-turn fasteners (1).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-12

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 106-149, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 302-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

R Subtask 34-41-12-420-051-B

R A. Installation of the Weather-Radar Control Unit

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and (4).

R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.

R (5) Connect the electrical connector(s) (4) to the weather-radar control


R unit (2).

R (6) Install the weather-radar control unit (2) in its housing (5).

R (7) Tighten the four quarter-turn fasteners (1).

R (8) If applicable, install a DEACT sticker near the position 2 of the


R activation switch.

**ON A/C 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-301,

Post SB 34-1310 For A/C 151-199,201-228,236-238,301-301,

Subtask 34-41-12-420-051-A

R A. Installation of the Weather-Radar Control Unit

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and (4).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

R (5) Connect the electrical connector(s) (4) to the weather-radar control


R unit (2).

R (6) Install the weather-radar control unit (2) in its housing (5).


R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-12

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(7) Tighten the four quarter-turn fasteners (1).
R

R (8) If applicable, install a DEACT sticker near the position 2 of the


R activation switch.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-12-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1, 5SQ2

Subtask 34-41-12-740-050

C. Do the BITE test of the weather radar system


(Ref. TASK 34-41-00-740-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-41-12-860-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-12

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TRANSCEIVER - WEATHER RADAR (1SQ1,1SQ2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________

TASK 34-41-33-000-004

Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV


Page

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

34-41-33-991-003 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-33-991-003-A Fig. 401A



EFF :

ALL  34-41-33

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-33-810-050

A. Print the Trouble Shooting Data

(1) If required and applicable, print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as
follows:

(a) Get access to the SYSTEM/REPORT TEST NAV page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-010).

(b) Get access to the WXR1 (WXR2) page.

(c) Get access to the Trouble Shooting Data page.

(d) Print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD).

Subtask 34-41-33-865-058

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-33-010-052

C. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811 in zone
122.

(2) Open the access door 811.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-33

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-33-991-003)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-41-33-991-003-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-33-020-050

A. Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver

(1) Loosen the nuts (5).

(2) Lower the nuts (5).

(3) Pull the weather radar transceiver (2) on its rack (1) to disconnect
the electrical connectors (4) and (6).

(4) Remove the weather radar transceiver (2) from its rack (1).

(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (4) and
(6).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-33

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-33-991-003


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238,
301-310, 401-499,
 34-41-33

Page 404
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Weather Radar Transceivers
Figure 401A/TASK 34-41-33-991-003-A


R

EFF : 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-33

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TASK 34-41-33-400-003

Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-41-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Weather Radar

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

34-41-33-991-003 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-33-991-003-A Fig. 401A



EFF :

ALL  34-41-33

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-33-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811 in zone 122.

(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 34-41-33-865-059

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-33-991-003)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-41-33-991-003-A)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-33

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-33-420-050

A. Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (4) and (6).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Install the weather radar transceiver (2) on its rack (1).

(6) Push the weather radar transceiver (2) on its rack (1) to connect the
electrical connectors (4) and (6).

(7) Engage the nuts (5) on the lugs (3) and tighten.

Subtask 34-41-33-865-060

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 5SQ1, 5SQ2

Subtask 34-41-33-740-050

C. Do the BITE test of the weather radar


(Ref. TASK 34-41-00-740-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-41-33-860-051

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-33

Page 408
May 01/05
 
CES 
Subtask 34-41-33-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-33

Page 409
May 01/05
 
CES 
MOUNTING TRAY - WEATHER RADAR TRANSCEIVER (9SQ) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-41-37-000-001

Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver Mounting Tray (9SQ)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific blanking plugs

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-41-33-000-004 Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

34-41-37-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-37-991-001-B Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 151-199,

34-41-37-991-001-C Fig. 401B



EFF :

ALL  34-41-37

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

Subtask 34-41-37-020-050

A. Remove the Weather Radar Transceiver (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-000-004).

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-37-020-050-A

A. Remove the Weather Radar Transceivers (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-000-004).

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-37-991-001)

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-41-37-991-001-B)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-41-37-991-001-C)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-37

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar Transceiver Mounting Tray
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-37-991-001


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105,  34-41-37

Page 403
May 01/05
 
CES 
Weather Radar Transceiver Mounting Tray
Figure 401A/TASK 34-41-37-991-001-B


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-41-37

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Weather Radar Transceiver Mounting Tray
R Figure 401B/TASK 34-41-37-991-001-C


R

EFF :

151-199,  34-41-37

Page 405
May 01/05
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

Subtask 34-41-37-020-052

A. Removal of the Mounting tray

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (9).

(2) Loosen the four clamps (7).

(3) Disconnect the ventilation lines (8).

(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends (8).

(5) Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (10).

(6) Remove the four screws (10) and the washers (11).

(7) Remove the wave guide (12) from its support. Remove the window (13)
and the O-rings (14).

(8) Remove the ten screws (6), the washers (5) and the attachment plates
(4).

(9) Remove the electrical connectors (3) from their housings.

(10) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1), (3)
and (9).

(11) Remove the eight screws (22).

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-37-020-052-B

A. Removal of the Mounting Tray

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (9).

(2) Loosen the four clamps (7).

(3) Disconnect the ventilation lines (8).

(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends (8).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-41-37

Page 406
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
(5) Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (10).

(6) Remove the four screws (10) and the washers (11).

(7) Remove the wave guide (12) from its support. Remove the window (13)
and the O-rings (14).

(8) Remove the twenty screws (6), the washers (5) and the attachment
plates (4).

(9) Remove the electrical connectors (3) from their housings.

(10) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1), (3)
and (9).

(11) Remove the eight screws (22) and the washers (23).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 34-41-37-020-052-C

A. Removal of the Mounting tray

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (9).

(2) Loosen the four clamps (7).

(3) Disconnect the ventilation lines (8).

(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends (8).

(5) Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (10).

(6) Remove the four screws (10) and the washers (11).

(7) Remove the wave guide (12) from its support. Remove the window (13)
and the O-rings (14).

(8) Remove the twenty screws (6), the washers (5) and the attachment
plates (4).

(9) Remove the electrical connectors (3) from their housings.

(10) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1), (3)
and (9).


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-41-37

Page 407
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
R (11) Remove the eight screws (22).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-37-020-051

B. Removal of the Wave Guide Switch

(1) Remove the eight screws (15) and the eight washers (16).

(2) Hold the wave guide switch (17) and remove the four screws (18) and
the eight washers (19).

(3) Disengage the wave guide switch (17) from its support (20).

(4) Remove the Mounting tray (21).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-37

Page 408
May 01/05
 
CES 
TASK 34-41-37-400-001

Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver Mounting Tray (9SQ)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14 O-rings 34-41-01 02B-120

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-41-33-400-003 Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1,


1SQ2)

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

34-41-37-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

34-41-37-991-001-B Fig. 401A



EFF :

ALL  34-41-37

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 34-41-37-991-001-C Fig. 401B

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-37-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811 in zone 122.

(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-41-37-420-050

A. Installation of the Wave Guide Switch

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Precaution:
If you install a new Mounting tray, make sure that you removed the
attachment plates (4).

(4) Clean and inspect the wave guide switch (17) interface and the
adjacent area.

(5) Install the wave guide switch (17) on its support (20).

(6) Install the four screws (18) and the eight washers (19). Do not
tighten.

(7) Install the eight screws (15) and the eight washers (16) and tighten.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-37

Page 410
May 01/05
 
CES 
(8) Tighten the four screws (18).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

Subtask 34-41-37-420-052

B. Installation of Mounting Tray

(1) Install the Mounting tray (21) in its housing (2). Install the eight
screws (22) and tighten.

(2) Remove the blanking caps from the disconnected electrical connectors
(1), (3) and (9).

(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(4) Install the electrical connectors (3) in their housing.

(5) Install the attachment plates (4) and attach them with the ten
washers (5) and the screws (6).

(6) Put the O-rings (14) in their housings.

(7) Put the window (13) and the wave guide (12) in position.

(8) Install the four washers (11) and the screws (10).

(9) Tighten the screws (10) and safety them with the lockwire.

(10) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends (8).

(11) Connect the ventilation lines (8). Tighten the clamps (7).

(12) Connect the connector (9) to the receptacle (1).

(13) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
R


R

EFF :

ALL  34-41-37

Page 411
May 01/05
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

Subtask 34-41-37-420-052-B

B. Installation of Mounting tray

(1) Install the Mounting tray (21) in its housing (2) with the eight
washers (23) and the screws (22).

(2) Remove the blanking caps from the disconnected electrical connectors
(1), (3) and (9).

(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(4) Install the electrical connectors (3) in their housing.

(5) Install the attachment plates (4) and attach them with the twenty
washers (5) and the screws (6).

(6) Put the O-rings (14) in their housings.

(7) Put the window (13) and the wave guide (12) in position.

(8) Install the four washers (11) and the screws (10).

(9) Tighten the screws (10) and safety them with the lockwire.

(10) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends (8).

(11) Connect the ventilation line (8). Tighten the clamps (7).

(12) Connect the connector (9) to the receptacle (1).

(13) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-41-37

Page 412
May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-37-420-052-C

B. Installation of Mounting Tray

(1) Install the Mounting tray (21) in its housing (2) with the eight
screws (22).

(2) Remove the blanking caps from the disconnected electrical connectors
(1), (3) and (9).

(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(4) Install the electrical connectors (3) in their housing.

(5) Install the attachment plates (4) and attach them with the twenty
washers (5) and the screws (6).

(6) Put the O-rings (14) in their housings.

(7) Put the window (13) and the wave guide (12) in position.

(8) Install the four washers (11) and the screws (10).

(9) Tighten the screws (10) and safety them with the lockwire.

(10) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends (8).

(11) Connect the ventilation lines (8). Tighten the clamps (7).

(12) Connect the connector (9) to the receptacle (1).

(13) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-37-991-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-41-37

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-41-37-991-001-B)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-41-37-991-001-C)

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-238, 301-310, 401-499,

Subtask 34-41-37-420-051

A. Install the Weather Radar Transceiver (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-400-003).

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-41-37-420-051-A

A. Install the Weather Radar Transceivers (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-400-003).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-41-37

Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
WAVE GUIDE ASSEMBLY (301FM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________

TASK 34-41-41-000-001

Removal of the Wave Guide Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL


34-41-41-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-41-865-050

A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 34-41-41-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) In the cockpit, put a warning notice on the center pedestal to tell
persons not to operate the weather radar.

(2) Put the access platform in position.

(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).

(4) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811.

(5) Open the access door 811.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-41-991-001)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR
_______
ARE OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.

Subtask 34-41-41-020-050

A. Removal of the Flexible Wave Guide Part (10) Connected to the Mounting
Tray of the Weather Radar Transceiver

(1) Remove the lockwire and then the four screws (18) and the four
washers (17).

(2) Disconnect the flange (11). Remove and discard the two O-rings (13)
and (16) and the adaptor (12).

(3) At the other end, remove the lockwire and then the four screws (5)
and washers (6).

(4) Disconnect the flange (9) from the flange (7).


Remove and discard the O-ring (8).

(5) Remove the flexible wave guide part (10).

(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected ends.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 402
May 01/05
 
CES 
Wave Guide Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-41-991-001



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 403
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
Subtask 34-41-41-020-051

B. Removal of the Rigid Wave Guide Part (14) Installed in the Avionics
Compartment

(1) Remove the lockwire and then the four screws (5) and the four washers
(6).

(2) Disconnect the flange (9). Remove and discard the O-ring (8).

(3) At the wave guide feedthrough (25), remove the lockwire and then the
four screws (36) and the four washers (35).

(4) Hold the wave guide part (14) and remove the screw (21) and the
washer (20) which attach the clamp (19) to the structure.

(5) Move the rigid wave guide part (14) away from the structure. Remove
and discard the O-ring (24).

(6) Remove the clamp (19) and the two half bushings (22) from the wave
guide.

(7) Remove the rigid wave guide part (14).

(8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected ends.

Subtask 34-41-41-020-052

C. Removal of the Wave Guide Feedthrough (25)

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to remove the wave guide feedthrough.
____

(1) If necessary, remove the two rigid wave guide parts (14) and (37)
which are connected to the feedthrough. Refer to Para. B. above and
Para. D. below.

(2) Remove the eight screws (34), the washers (33) and the nuts (32).

(3) Move the wave guide feedthrough (25) away from the pressure bulkhead
(27). Remove and discard the packing (26).

(4) Remove the wave guide feedthrough (25) and put blanking caps on the
disconnected ends.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 404
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
Subtask 34-41-41-020-053

D. Removal of the Rigid Wave Guide Part (37) Installed in the Radome

(1) Remove the lockwire and then the four screws (38) and the washers
(39).

(2) Disconnect the flange (2). Remove and discard the O-ring (3).

(3) At the wave guide feedthrough (25), remove the lockwire and then the
four screws (30) and the four washers (31).

(4) Hold the wave guide part (37) and remove the screw (21) and the
washer (20) which attach the clamp (19) to the structure.

(5) Move the rigid wave guide part (37) away from the structure. Remove
and discard the O-ring (28).

(6) Remove the clamp (19) and the two half bushings (22) from the wave
guide.

(7) Remove the rigid wave guide part (37) and put blanking caps on the
disconnected ends.

Subtask 34-41-41-020-054

E. Removal of the Flexible Wave Guide Part (1) Connected to the Antenna
Drive

(1) Release the quick-disconnect attach (40).


Disconnect the flange (42) from the antenna drive. Remove and discard
the O-ring (41).

(2) Remove the screw (21) and the washer (20).


Then remove the clamp (19) and the two half bushings (22) from the
wave guide.

(3) At the other end, remove the lockwire and then the four screws (38)
and the four washers (39).

(4) Disconnect the flange (2) from the flange (4).


Remove and discard the O-ring (3).

(5) Remove the flexible wave guide part (1) and put blanking caps on the
disconnected ends.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 405
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
TASK 34-41-41-400-001

Installation of the Wave Guide Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)


No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific corrosion resistant steel lockwire dia. 0.5 mm


(0.020 in.)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

41 O-ring (7) 34-41-01 02B-120



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 406
May 01/05
 
CES 
D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
34-41-41-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-41-41-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position and that the radome
110AL is open.

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811 and that the access door 811 is open.

(3) In the cockpit make sure that there is a warning notice on the center
pedestal to tell persons not to operate the weather radar.

NOTE : Remove the blanking caps before you install parts of the wave
____
guide. Make sure that all mating surfaces are clean and in
correct condition.

NOTE : Each part of the wave guide is identified (ANT, 1, 2, 3, 4 and


____
RT or ANTENNE 1, 2, 3, 4 and EMETTEUR depending on the Vendor
marking).
When you install the wave guide part, make sure that the
number sequence is correct.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 407
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
Subtask 34-41-41-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13

R **ON A/C 051-099, 239-249, 251-299, 311-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-41-991-001)

Subtask 34-41-41-420-050

A. Installation of the Flexible Wave Guide Part (1) Connected to the Antenna
Drive

(1) Install a new O-ring (41) and put the flange (ANT reference) in
position.

(2) Lock the quick-disconnect attach (40).

(3) At the other end, install a new O-ring (3) and connect the flanges
(2) and (4).

(4) Install the four washers (39) and the four screws (38).
TORQUE the screws to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81 and 18.58
lbf.in) and install the corrosion resistant steel lockwire dia. 0.5
mm (0.020 in.).

(5) Install the two half bushings (22) and the clamp (19) on the wave
guide.
Put the clamp in position and install the washer (20) and the screw
(21).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Subtask 34-41-41-420-051

B. Installation of the Rigid Wave Guide Part (37) in the Radome

(1) If necessary, install the wave guide feedthrough (25). Refer to Para.
C. below.

(2) At the two ends, install new O-rings (3) and (28).

(3) Hold the rigid wave guide part (37) in position: install the eight
washers (31) and (39) and the eight screws (30) and (38).

(4) Tighten the screws and install lockwire.

(5) Install the two half bushings (22) and the clamp (19) on the wave
guide. Put the clamp in position and install the washer (20) and the
screw (21).

Subtask 34-41-41-420-052

C. Installation of the Wave Guide Feedthrough (25)

NOTE : Two persons are necessary to install the wave guide feedthrough.
____

(1) Install a new packing (26) and put the feedthrough (25) into the
cutout of the pressure bulkhead (27).

(2) Install the eight screws (34), the washers (33) and the nuts (32).
TORQUE the nuts to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81 and 18.58
lbf.in). Seal the nuts with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016).

(3) If necessary, install the rigid wave guide parts (14) and (37) which
are connected to the feedthrough. Refer to Para. B. above and to
Para. D. below.

Subtask 34-41-41-420-053

D. Installation of the Rigid Wave Guide Part (14) in the Avionics


Compartment

(1) If necessary, install the wave guide feedthrough (25). Refer to Para.
C. above.

(2) At the two ends, install new O-rings (24) and (8).

(3) Hold the rigid wave guide part (14) in position and install eight
washers (35) and (6) and eight screws (36) and (5).

(4) TORQUE the screws to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81 and 18.58
lbf.in) and install the lockwire.



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 409
May 01/05
R  
CES 
(5) Install the two half bushings (22) and the clamp (19) on the wave
guide. Put the clamp in position and install the washer (20) and the
screw (21).

Subtask 34-41-41-420-054

E. Installation of the Flexible Wave Guide Part (10) Connected to the


Mounting Tray of the Weather Radar Transceiver

(1) Install a new O-ring (8) and connect the flange (9) to the flange
(7).

(2) Install the four washers (6) and the four screws (5). TORQUE the
screws to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81 and 18.58 lbf.in) and
install the lockwire.

(3) On the flange of the mounting tray (15), install a new O-ring (13).

(4) On the flange (11) (RT reference), install a new O-ring (16).

(5) Put the adaptor (12) in position with the arrow which points in the
direction of the mounting tray.

(6) Install the flange (11) with the four washers (17) and the four
screws (18). TORQUE the screws to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81
and 18.58 lbf.in) and install the lockwire.

(7) Make sure that the pressurization hole in the wave guide is clean.

Subtask 34-41-41-865-052

F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1, 5SQ2

Subtask 34-41-41-710-050

G. Test

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:


_______
-ALL PERSONS ARE MORE THAN 5 METERS (16.4FT) FROM THE ANTENNA.
-NO PERSON IS IN THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 135 ON EACH SIDE
OF THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE. -THERE IS A MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE
OF 5 METERS (16.4FT) BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OBSTACLE IN
THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 90 ON EACH SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT
CENTERLINE.
R THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE IN A HANGAR OR CLOSED AREA.

(1) Make sure that all wave guide parts are correctly installed.

(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 410
May 01/07
 
CES 
(3) Do the EIS start procedure (ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(4) On the ADIRS CDU, on the panel 20VU:


- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

(5) On the center pedestal, on the weather radar control unit, set the
system to ON.

(6) Make sure that the system operates normally: on the ND, the weather
radar display is shown.

(7) On the weather radar control unit, set the system to OFF.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-41-41-860-052

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS Stop Procedure (ND only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) On the ADIRS CDU set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(5) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 34-41-41-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  34-41-41

Page 411
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
RADIO ALTIMETER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________

1. _______
General
The function of the radio altimeter (RA) is to determine the height of the
aircraft above the terrain.
One of the main characteristics of the system is that it locks onto the
leading edge of the reflected wave. This permits to measure the distance
between the aircraft and the nearest obstacle. The radio altimeter can
therefore operate over non-flat ground surface.

2. __________________
Component Location

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 001)

**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 001A)

**ON A/C 301-399,

(Ref. Fig. 001B)

**ON A/C ALL

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2SA1 XCVR-RA, 1 152 826 34-42-33
2SA2 XCVR-RA, 2 152 826 34-42-33
3SA1 FAN-RA XCVR 1 152 826 34-42-45
3SA2 FAN-RA XCVR 2 152 826 34-42-45
5SA1 ANTENNA-RA RCPTN, 1 153 34-42-11
5SA2 ANTENNA-RA RCPTN, 2 153 34-42-11
6SA1 ANTENNA-RA XMSN, 1 153 34-42-11
6SA2 ANTENNA-RA XMSN, 2 153 34-42-11



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Component Location
Figure 001


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-42-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Component Location
Figure 001A


R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499,  34-42-00

Page 3
Aug 01/05
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Component Location
R Figure 001B


R

EFF :

301-399,  34-42-00

Page 4
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
3. __________________
System Description

A. Principle
The principle of the radio altimeter is to :
- transmit a frequency modulated signal from the aircraft to the ground
- receive the ground reflected signal after a certain delay.
The time between the transmitted frequency and the received frequency is
proportional to the aircraft height.

B. System Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The radio altimeter comprises two independent systems. Each system
consists of :
- one transceiver 2SA1 (2SA2)
- one transmission antenna 6SA1 (6SA2)
- one reception antenna 5SA1 (5SA2)
- one fan 3SA1 (3SA2).
In addition, the Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) 1TW
controls the system through the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1
(2) (MCDU) 3CA1 (3CA2) for test causes.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The radio height data is shown on the Primary Flight Display (PFD). In
normal operation, system 1 provides information to the CAPT PFD and
system 2 to the F/O PFD.

C. Utilization Technical Data


(Ref. Fig. 004)

(1) Height data display (Item 3)


The aircraft height data with respect to the ground is shown in the
sector 2 of the PFD. This indication is at the bottom of the attitude
sphere, for height less than or equal to 2500 ft.
The dimension and color of the digits change in relation to the
height (H) and decision height (DH) as follows :
H more than or equal to 400 ft. : 3 mm green digits
400 ft. > H > DH + 100 ft. : 4 mm green digits
H < DH + 100 ft. : 4 mm amber digits.
The sensitivity of the digits is also a function of the height :
H > 50 ft. : 10 ft. increments
50 ft > or = to H and H > or = to 5 ft : 5 ft. increments
H < 5 ft. : 1 ft. increments.
With failure of both radio altimeters, a red RA warning message is
shown in place of the radio height information (Item 4) in slats
extented configuration only. The message flashes during 3 seconds
then remains on.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10
R  
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Block Diagram
Figure 002


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 6
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Control and Indicating
Figure 003



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 7
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Data and Warning Displays
Figure 004



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 8
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
When the aircraft is below 500 ft. height above the terrain : a red
ribbon comes into view on the bottom of the altitude scale and moves
up with this scale as the aircraft is in the descent phase (Item 2).
When the aircraft has touched down the ground : the top of this
ribbon is at the middle of the altitude window.
With failure of both radio altimeters, the ribbon goes out of view.
Below 300 ft., the height is shown by the distance between the
horizon line and the limit of the sector 2. The limit of the sector 2
moves up as the aircraft is in the descent phase.
The distance between these two lines is proportional to the ground
height (sensitivity 5 ft./mm).
As it moves up, the limit line erases the graduations on the pitch
scale.
With failure of both radio altimeters, this indication goes out of
view.

(2) Decision height display (DH) (Item 1)


The pilot sets the DH on the MCDU. The DH data are shown on the R top
corner of the PFD (3 mm high digits) as soon as the radio altimeter
operates.
When the height is lower than the DH, a DH amber warning message
comes into view at the bottom of the attitude sphere (Item 5).

D. Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The warnings related to the radio altimeter are :
- local warning on the instruments that use the radio altimeter data
- MASTER CAUT lights on the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels
- aural warning : single chime
- warning message shown on the upper ECAM display unit.
R

4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
Energization of each system is through 115VAC, 400 Hz normal buses :
- 115VAC BUS1 101XP via circuit breaker 1SA1 for system 1
- 115VAC BUS2 202XP via circuit breaker 1SA2 for system 2.

5. _____________________
Component Description

A. Transceiver


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 9
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R

(1) External description


R (Ref. Fig. 005)
The face of the transceiver is fitted with a handle, two attaching
parts, a TEST pushbutton switch, a connector (TEST CONN) to connect
test set for system test and four LEDs.
The name, color and function of the four LEDs are as follows:
- SYSTEM OK (green) indicates no fault.
- R/T UNIT (red) indicates a fault in the reception-transmission
circuit.
- ANT (red) indicates a fault in the antenna circuit.
- IND (red) indicates a fault in the indicating circuit.
The back is equipped with one ARINC 600 electrical receptacle and a
slot for the test connector.

(2) Internal description


(Ref. Fig. 006)
The transceiver includes the following boards:
- microprocessor
- search Track control - Sawtooth generator
- UHF source
- power supplies
- alarm outputs and altitude trips
- amplifier - Discriminators.

(3) Operation

(a) Layout
The transmitted wave Tx is mixed with the reflected wave Rx to
provide several beat frequencies the weakest of which alone is
selected after separation in the amplifier filter.
The tracking discriminator generates an error signal Fb (Fb = Fb
- Fbo) serving to modify the sawtooth wave so as to obtain a
correct Fb ; the sawtooth generator modifies the slope of the
sawtooth the amplitude of which is constant.
The purpose of the monitoring discriminator is to ensure that the
Fb spectrum is definitely centered on the Fbo.
In the absence of this spectrum, the monitoring discriminator
switches the search track control to search mode. The wave is
then transmitted in sawtooth form. The search cycle duration is
0.4 seconds and repeats until Fb is correct.
The energy detected by the monitoring discriminator is then
sufficient to exceed a preset threshold and the monitoring
discriminator performs switching to track mode.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 10
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Transceiver
R Figure 005


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 11
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Transceiver
R Figure 005A


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 12
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 006


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 13
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(b) Monitoring
The radio altimeter is permanently monitored by the monitoring
discriminator. In addition, calibration is performed twice per
second.
During calibration :
- the mixer is cut off and the amplifier filter output signal is
no longer present.
- the monitoring discriminator triggers the search mode.
- a second source known as the test source is set into operation
and injects an input signal into the amplifier filter.
When Fb = Fbo (25 KHz), search is cut off by the monitoring
discriminator.
The sawtooth generator, which has the same input as the test
source, generates a 1 ms sawtooth and the microprocessor
calibrates delta F and Fo. The calibration test is then
completed.

(c) Microprocessor
The microprocessor consists of a Motorola 6802 MCU with a 6840
programmable timer module (PTM) and a PROM memory.
The microprocessor controls the loop management, inputs, outputs,
self calibration and the self monitoring circuits.
It measures the duration T of the modulation sawtooth, subtracts
the aircraft installation delay value read on the main connector,
computes the altitude, filters out the Doppler effect and issues
the output information.
The microprocessor monitors the monitoring discriminator output
and determines whether the loop should be in the track mode or
switched to the search mode. In the later case, it energizes the
search generator.
R

**ON A/C 001-004,

Post SB 34-1171 For A/C 001-004,

(1) External description


R (Ref. Fig. 005A)
The face of the receiver is fitted with a handle, two attaching
parts, two momentary pushbutton switches and a front panel Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD).
The LCD is used as a fault display and as an operator interface
during certain modes. The front panel display also provides user
interfaces for test and troubleshooting.
The front panel contains two momentary pushbutton switches for
interfacing with the LCD pages.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 14
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The back is equipped with one ARINC 600 size one connector, which
includes three plugs:
- Top Plug (TP): connection with the reception antenna
- Middle Plug (MP): service interconnection and connection with the
transmission antenna
- Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit.

(2) Internal description


R (Ref. Fig. 006A)
The transceiver includes the following boards:
- an RF module
- a main processor module
- a monitor processor module
- a power supply module
- a rear interconnect module
- a display data module
- a memory card module.

(a) RF module
The RF module, controlled by the main processor, transmits and
receives the altimeter signal. BITE circuitry is included to both
test and continuously monitor the RF module functions.
The process of generating a transmission begins with the Voltage
Controlled Oscillator (VCO) output which is split between the
transmitter and receiver Local Oscillator (LO).
The received signal is mixed with the VCO signal, producing a
difference frequency signal that is amplified and fed to an
Analog-to-Digital (A/D) converter on the main processor module.

(b) Main processor module


The main processor module controls the radio altimeter operation,
performs signal processing of the difference frequency and test
signals, and controls the aircraft interfaces and the data
displayed on the front panel.
The main processor module is divided into three major sections:
the Digital Signal Processor (DSP) section, the 486 CPU
microprocessor section, and the Input/Output (I/O) section.

1
_ DSP section
The DSP section is used to process the analog outputs from the
RF module and to generate some of the control signals to the
RF module for transmit modulation, automatic gain control, and
test signals.
The DSP processes the difference frequency and calibration
frequency into altitude information.


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 15
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Data is exchanged with the CPU section through a dual-port
Random Access Memory (RAM), providing maximum throughput of
both processors.

2
_ 486 CPU microprocessor section
The CPU section does frame-to-frame processing of the altitude
data from the DSP section providing the resulting altitude to
the I/O section.
The microprocessor in the CPU section controls all major
functions of the radio altimeter. Programmable logic devices
serve as the microprocessor controller and provide the
interfaces to the memory devices (boot routine, program,
fault, and data), the data recorder/data loader flash card,
and the front panel display driver.

3
_ I/O section
The I/O section provides the two ARINC 429 altitude outputs as
well as ARINC 429 interfaces with other aircraft systems
including the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU).
All discrete inputs external to the radio altimeter are
processed by the I/O section. The I/O section also generates
the external discrete outputs which are buffered to prevent
damage to the processor circuitry.

(c) Monitor processor module


The monitor processor module provides a second signal processing
path using a Digital Signal Processor (DSP). The DSP processes
the received signal and calibration signal supplied in digital
form from the main processor A/D converter. Also present are a
clock, an ARINC 429 receiver/selector and static memory.

(d) Power supply module


The power supply module is a self-contained, high-efficiency,
switching power supply that converts the 115VAC, 400 Hz A/C power
into the required +5VDC, +12VDC, -12VDC, and +24VDC operating
voltages. A power-down interrupt provides advanced notice of a
power loss allowing the processors to temporarily retain their
status.



EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 16
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Simplified Block Diagram
R Figure 006A


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 17/18
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(e) Rear interconnect module
To prevent High Intensity Radiated Fields (HIRF) from entering
via rear connector cables, an HIRF compartment is formed in the
rear of the RA. The signal and power cables are filtered by using
discrete and distributed filter elements and limiting devices on
the rear interconnect module located inside this HIRF
compartment. The filtered lines are then fed to the appropriate
points in the RA.

(f) Display date module


The display data module is mounted behind the front panel and
provides an interface to an operator via a low-power Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) which is visible from the front of the RA.
In addition to the LCD, the module contains LED Light Box
backlighting, temperature compensation circuitry, and a PC board
containing an associated LDC driver, two pushbutton switches, and
a 9-pin D connector.

(g) Memory card module


The memory card interface is used to load data into the CPU or
record data from the CPU. The memory card module supports either
flash cards or RAM cards via the front panel Personal Computing
Memory Card Interface Adapter (PCMCIA) slot.
The flash card or RAM card is inserted through the front panel.
In one mode, data stored on the flash card memory manual is used
to update program or data memory in the RA. In another mode, the
flash card functions as a data recorder.

(3) Not Applicable

R **ON A/C ALL

(4) Digital outputs


This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives :
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE OPER RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 19
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 164 |RADIO | 8192 | FT | 29 | 16 | 80 |BNR |RALT | |
| |HEIGHT | 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Antennas
R (Ref. Fig. 007)
R
The transmission and reception antennas are identical. The small -
thickness antenna is installed on the skin of the aircraft.
Each antenna is supplied through a coaxial connector linked to the
transceiver. The operating range of the antenna according to the attitude
of the aircraft is limited to + or - 30 for roll and pitch.

C. Fans
The six-blade fan is integral with a removable base plate attached under
the transceiver mount. It is contained in a square aluminum alloy case.
It is supplied with 115VAC through a connector and associated wiring
connecting it to the transceiver. Interference is suppressed by a
capacitor mounted on the fan case.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 20
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Antennas
R Figure 007


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 21
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
6. Operation
_________

A. Control
In normal operation, system 1 automatically provides the height data for
the CAPT PFD and system 2 for the F/O PFD.
With failure of one system, the valid system is automatically switched to
both CAPT and F/O PFDs.
With failure of the two systems, the digits go out of view from the PFD :
in place of the digits, a red RA warning message flashes during three
seconds then remains on.
For information : the pilot sets the DH on the MCDU. The Flight Warning
Computer (FWC) generates the DH warning message.
With loss of DH information, the DH data are not shown.

B. Reconfiguration Switching
In normal utilization, the radio altimeter data are shown on the CAPT PFD
and F/O PFD through the Display Management Computers 1 and 2 (DMC).
With failure of the radio altimeter transceiver 1, the DMC 1 and 2
automatically switch over to the transceiver 2.
With failure of the DMC 1 (2), it is possible to switch over to the DMC 3
with the EIS DMC selector switch.
This selector switch is located on panel 8VU on the center pedestal.
In this case the DMC 3 totally replaces the DMC 1 (2) through the stage
of the output switching relay of the failed DMC.
With failure of the PFD, there is an automatic transfer of the PFD image
onto the Navigation Display (ND).
When you set the PFD potentiometer to OFF on panel 301VU (500VU), this
causes :
- deactivation of the PFD
- transfer of the PFD image onto the ND.

7. ____
Test
R (Ref. Fig. 008)

R **ON A/C 001-004,

R Post SB 34-1171 For A/C 001-004,

R (Ref. Fig. 008A)


R

**ON A/C ALL

A. Access to Radio Altimeter Sub-menu Functions


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 22
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Maintenance Test Procedure
R Figure 008


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 23
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter - Maintenance Test Procedure
R Figure 008A


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 24
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R
It is possible to select the maintenance functions of the radio altimeter
transceiver 1(2) by pressing the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST indication on the CFDS menu, and then selecting the relevant
RA on the NAV menu.
After these actions the RA 1(2) provides its own menu page and the
sub-menu functions can then be chosen by the operator.

NOTE : The test can be performed on the ground only. It is inhibited (the
____
EIU1 (EIU2) sends a ground discrete to the RA1 (RA2)) as soon as
N2 rating (high pressure compressor rotational speed) is greater
than minimum idle rating.

B. Activation of the Test Function

(1) ARINC TEST


The RA ARINC TEST function can be activated by pressing the line key
adjacent to the corresponding indication on the RA maintenance
sub-menu or by pressing the pushbutton switch on the face of the
transceiver.
The following sequence is then generated on the output of the
equipment:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DURATION | LED STATUS | MESSAGE |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|-------------------------|
| 0.8 s | ALL ON | FUNCTIONAL TEST |
| See NOTE | GREEN ON | ALTITUDE VALUE : |
| | | 40 FEET |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : The green LED remains on :


____
- until the test sub-menu mode is deactivated.
- or until the pushbutton switch on the face of the
transceiver is released.

(2) RAMP TEST


The RAMP TEST function can be activated from the MCDU by pressing the
line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST indication on the CFDS
menu then selecting the LRRA 1 (LRRA2) on the NAV menu and then
selecting the RAMP TEST page.
On the RAMP TEST page select :
- START ALT : 0 ft.
- STOP ALT : 2500 ft.
- SLOPE : 25 ft./s.
Push the line key adjacent to the TRIGGER indication.
On the PFD :


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 25
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
* the ramp test starts, it moves up to 2500 ft. it stops after
approximately 1 minute 40 seconds.
* when the altitude is between 0 and 160 ft. the horizon line moves
down. The elevation scale comes into view.
* when the altitude is between 0 and 570 ft. the red ribbon
adjacent to the altitude scale moves down and then it goes out of
view.
- on the MCDU, at the altitude 2500 ft. the RAMP TEST STOPPED page
comes into view.
R

**ON A/C 001-004,

Post SB 34-1171 For A/C 001-004,

It is possible to select the maintenance functions of the radio


altimeter transceiver 1(2) by pressing the line key adjacent to the
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST indication on the CFDS menu, and then selecting
the relevant RA on the NAV menu.
After these actions the RA 1(2) provides its own menu page and the
sub-menu functions can then be chosen by the operator.

NOTE : The test can be performed on the ground only. It is inhibited


____
(the EIU1 (EIU2) sends a ground discrete to the RA1 (RA2)) as
soon as N2 rating (high pressure compressor rotational speed)
is greater than minimum idle rating.

B. Activation of the Test Function

(1) Self-Test
The self-test can be activated by pushing the TEST pushbutton switch
as designed on the front panel LCD, if the test inhibit discrete is
not active.
A TEST IN PROGRESS message is displayed approximately one second
after the TEST pushbutton is pressed.
At the end of the self-test, either a TEST COMPLETE, NO FAILURES
message screen or a TEST COMPLETE, FAILURES message screen is
displayed. The TEST COMPLETE, NO FAILURES screen contains two
pushbutton selections (MAINT and RETURN). The TEST COMPLETE, FAILURES
screen also contains two pushbutton selections (MAINT and WHY?).
For both screens, pressing the left (MAINT) pushbutton initiates the
extented maintenance pages of the system for troubleshooting. The
right (RETURN) pushbutton associated with the TEST COMPLETE, NO
FAILURES screen returns the system to its normal mode screen. The
right (WHY?) pushbutton associated with the TEST COMPLETE, FAILURES
screen places the system in the display-failures mode where


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 26
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
individual system failures (fault memory codes) are displayed, one
per page.

(2) RAMP TEST


The RAMP TEST function can be activated from the MCDU by pressing the
line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST indication on the CFDS
menu then selecting the RA1 (RA2) on the NAV menu and then selecting
the RAMP TEST page.
The RA then begins simulating a ramp starting from 500 ft. down to 0
ft. (with a slope of 10 ft/s from 500 ft. to 50 ft. and approximately
3 ft/s from 50 ft. to 0 ft.).

(3) SYSTEM TEST


The RA SYSTEM TEST function can be activated by pressing the line key
adjacent to the corresponding indication on the RA 1(2) maintenance
sub-menu.
The following sequence occurs :
- on the PFD :
* the bottom sector line moves down from the horizon line.
* the radio altimeter is 40 ft.
- on the MCDU, at the end of the test, the TEST OK message comes into
view.

NOTE : During the test :


____
- You can hear auto call-out announcements 40, 41 or 42
- You must open the RA1 circuit breaker to hear auto call-out
announcements during the RA2 SYSTEM TEST.

NOTE : If the system test or the ramp test cannot be initiated on


____
ground from the MCDU (which means that a fault affects either
the LGCIU, the EIU or the RA) a TEST page comes into view on
the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011)

**ON A/C ALL

R C. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions

(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization


- How long the computer must be de-energized: 2 s.
- A/C configuration:
- whatever the A/C configuration on ground


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 27
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
RA Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 4/6
R Figure 009



EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 28
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
RA Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 5/6
R Figure 010


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 29
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
RA Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 6/6
R Figure 011


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 30
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(2) Progress of power-up tests
- Duration: 3 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- MASTER CAUT light on

(3) Results of power-up tests


(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
- MASTER CAUT light off
- Tests failed:
- MASTER CAUT light on
- ECAM warning
NAV RA 1 or 2 FAULT
- ECAM STATUS
RA 1 or 2 INOP
R

**ON A/C 001-004,

Post SB 34-1171 For A/C 001-004,

R D. CFDIU Interface
(Ref. Fig. 002)

(1) BITE description


The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the RA system. The BITE of the
radio altimeter is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. 31-32-00).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently RA system status and its identification
message to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
selt-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.

(a) Normal mode


During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the RA system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during
the concerned flight.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 31
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU by an
ARINC 429 message with label 356.

(b) Menu mode


The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RA BITE
by means of the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 008A)
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE Test
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
The RA menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
This menu contains the fault messages (class 1 and 2, internal
and external) detected during the last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external
or internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous
63 flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
Allows to display the P/N, the S/N and the SW/N of the equipment.
- GND SCANNING
R (Ref. Fig. 013)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight,
provides information of the failures detected while using this
function.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
R (Ref. Fig. 013)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
R (Ref. Fig. 014)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT.
R (Ref. Fig. 014)
Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected
on ground.
- SYSTEM TEST.
R (Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the RA transceiver on
the ground.


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 32
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
RA Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 1/6
R Figure 012


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 33
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
RA Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 2/6
R Figure 013


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 34
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
RA Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to Sub-menus 3/6
R Figure 014


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 35
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
- RAMP TEST.
R (Ref. Fig. 011)
Allows to verify that auto call out altitudes are correctly
announced.

(2) List of components


All the components are listed in the Para. 2. Component Location.


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 36
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
RADIO ALTIMETER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________

TASK 34-42-00-740-002

BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-00-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

(4) On the center pedestral, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 501
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
Subtask 34-42-00-865-056

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-42-00-740-051

A. BITE Test

NOTE : - During the test, you can hear auto call out announcements 40 or
____
41 or 42.
- You must open the RA1 circuit breaker to hear auto call out
announcements during the RA2 ARINC TEST.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

On the MCDU:

- get the LRRA1 (LRRA2) page then On the CAPT (F/O PFD):
push the line key adjacent to the - the bottom sector line moves down
ARINC TEST indication. from the horizon line.
- the radio altitude indication is 40
ft.
At the end of the test, on the MCDU,
the NO FAILURE DETECTED message comes
into view.

- push the line key adjacent to the On the CAPT (F/O PFD):
RETURN indication. - the bottom sector line moves up to
the horizon line.
- the radio altitude indication is O
ft.
On the MCDU, the LRRA1 (LRRA2) page
comes into view.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 502
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-004,

Post SB 34-1171 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-42-00-740-051-A

A. BITE Test

NOTE : - During the test, you can hear auto call out announcements 40 or
____
41 or 42.
- You must open the RA1 circuit breaker to hear auto call out
announcements during the RA2 SYSTEM TEST.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- get the RA1 (RA2) page then - the INITIAL CONDITIONS are shown
push the line key adjacent to (page 1 to 2).
the SYSTEM TEST indication.

- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 5S indication


the START TEST indication. comes into view.

On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:


- the bottom sector line moves down
from the horizon line.
- the radio altitude indication is 40
ft.

On the MCDU:
- at the end of the test, the TEST OK
message comes into view.

- push the line key adjacent to - the RA1 (RA2) page comes into view.
the RETURN indication.

On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:


- the bottom sector line moves up to
the horizon line.
- the radio altitude indication is O
ft.


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 503
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-42-00-860-055

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 504
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
TASK 34-42-00-750-001

Operational Check and Detailed Inspection for Contamination of the Radio


Altimeter Fan

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 344200-01


Operational Check and Detailed Inspection for Contamination of Radio
Altimeter Fan.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air blower


No specific soft brush
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-42-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter
34-42-33-000-001 Removal of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and
2SA2
34-42-33-400-001 Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1
and 2SA2
34-42-45-000-001 Removal of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1
(3SA2)
34-42-45-400-001 Installation of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan
3SA1 (3SA2)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 505
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 34-42-00

Page 506
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the


Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-00-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 34-42-00-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the aft cargo door 826.

(2) Open the aft cargo door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(3) Remove the sidewall panel 152GW.

Subtask 34-42-00-865-055

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-42-00-020-050

A. Remove the two Radio Altimeter Transceivers (Ref. TASK 34-42-33-000-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 507
May 01/09
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-42-00-210-051

B. Detailed Inspection of the two RA transceiver Fans

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the two RA transceiver fans and of


the fan housing.

(2) Remove the RA transceiver fans (Ref. TASK 34-42-45-000-001).

(3) Lock the RA transceiver fans and their housings to prevent movement.

NOTE : When you clean the fan with the air blower, the fan can turn
____
too quickly and thus a fault can occur.

(4) Clean the RA transceiver fans and their housings with a soft brush
and/or an air blower.

(5) Install the RA transceiver fans (Ref. TASK 34-42-45-400-001).

Subtask 34-42-00-420-050

C. Install the two Radio Altimeter Transceivers (Ref. TASK 34-42-33-400-


001).

(1) Close the circuit breakers 1SA1 and 1SA2 on the panel 121VU.

Subtask 34-42-00-720-053

D. Functional Test

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the rear circuit breaker panel In the aft cargo compartment (zone 152,
121VU: door 826), below the transceiver mount:

- open the circuit breaker 1SA1 - make sure that the RA transceiver fan
(1SA2). 3SA1 (3SA2) does not blow.

- close the circuit breaker 1SA1 - make sure that the RA transceiver fan
(1SA2). 3SA1 (3SA2) blows air up.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 508
May 01/09
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-42-00-740-052

E. Do the BITE test of the radio altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-002).

NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT III conditions, you
____
must also do the LAND CAT III capability test (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-
710-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-42-00-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the sidewall panel 152GW.

(2) Close the aft cargo door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 34-42-00-865-059

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11

Subtask 34-42-00-860-057

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 509
May 01/09
R  
CES 
TASK 34-42-00-730-002

Ramp Test of the Radio Altimeter

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Test of the automatic simulation of a change in altitude.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-50-00-710-006 Operational Test of the Automatic Call-Out
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-00-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).

(3) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 510
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(4) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches to NAV.
R

Subtask 34-42-00-865-057

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11

Subtask 34-42-00-865-058

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-42-00-730-050

A. System Test

NOTE : This note is for RA1 test, for RA2 test you must open the circuit
____
breaker 1SA1.
If you do this test in descent, you can make sure that the auto
call out announcements are correct. To do this, set a small SLOPE.
To decrease the total test time, increase the speed of the
altitude change. To do this, adjust SLOPE to a larger value or set
a lower STOP ALT.

NOTE : This test is the radio altimeter ramp test. For auto call-out
____
announcement, do the operational test of the automatic call-out
(Ref. TASK 31-50-00-710-006).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 511
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the LRRA1 (LRRA2) RAMP TEST page
the RA1 (RA2) indication. Then comes into view.
push the line key adjacent to
the RAMP TEST indication.

- for each value, enter the On the MCDU, these values come into
number in the scratchpad and view:
push the related line key:

* START ALT : 0 ft. * + 0 ft.


* STOP ALT : 2500 ft. * + 2500 ft.
* SLOPE : 25 ft/s. * 25 ft/s.
(Ref. NOTE).

- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the ramp test
the TRIGGER indication. starts. The speed scale moves up to
2500 ft. and stops after approximately
1 minute 40 seconds.

On the MCDU, the RAMP TEST PROCESSING


message comes into view.
When the altitude increases:
- on the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
. when the altitude is between 0 and
160 ft., the horizon line moves down.
The elevation scale comes into view.
. when the altitude is between 0 and
570 ft., the red ribbon adjacent to
the altitude scale moves down and
then it goes out of view.

- push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU:


the RETURN indication. - the LRRA1 (LRRA2) page comes into
view.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 512
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 001-004,

Post SB 34-1171 For A/C 001-004,

Subtask 34-42-00-730-050-A

A. System Test

NOTE : This note is for RA1 test, for RA2 test you must open the circuit
____
breaker 1SA1.
If you do this test in descent, you can make sure that the auto
call out announcements are correct. To do this, set a small SLOPE.
To decrease the total test time, increase the speed of the
altitude change. To do this, adjust SLOPE to a larger value or set
a lower STOP ALT.

NOTE : This test is the radio altimeter ramp test. For auto call-out
____
announcement, do the operational test of the automatic call-out
(Ref. TASK 31-50-00-710-006).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:


- push the line key adjacent to - the RA1 (RA2) RAMP TEST page comes
the RA1 (RA2) indication. Then into view with these indications:
push the line key adjacent to TWO SUCCESSIVES RAMPS:
the RAMP TEST indication. RAMP1: 500-50FT (10FT/S)
RAMP2: 50-0FT (3FT/S)
MAKE SURE THAT AUTO
CALL OUT ALTITUDES ARE
CORRECTLY ANNOUNCED

On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:


- the ramp test starts. The speed scale
moves down from 500 to 0 ft. and
stops after approximately 1 minute.
- when the altitude is between 500 and
0 ft., the red ribbon adjacent to the
altitude scale moves up.

On the MCDU:
- at the end of the test, the TEST OK
page comes into view.


R

EFF :

001-004,  34-42-00

Page 513
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the RA1 (RA2) page comes into view.
the RETURN indication.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-42-00-860-053

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) On the center pedestral, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the CFDS page comes into view.

(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(3) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches to OFF.

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 514
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TASK 34-42-00-710-001

Warning Test of the Radio Altimeter

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Test of the operation of the RA warning.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-80-00-866-004 Extending the Slats on the Ground
27-80-00-866-005 Retracting the Slats on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 515
Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Subtask 34-42-00-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-42-00-710-051

A. Test of the Operation of the RA Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the center pedestal:

- move the slat/flap control The slats extend to the full position.
lever to the position 1
(Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004).

2. On the rear circuit breaker panel


121VU:

- open the circuit breaker 1SA1. On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- the altitude 0 ft. stays in view.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
- the NAV RA1 FAULT indication comes
into view.
On the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels:
- the MASTER CAUT lights come on.
In the loud speakers:
- you can hear the single chime.

- open the circuit breaker 1SA2. On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- the altitude 0 ft. goes out of view.
- the RA warning comes into view.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
- the NAV RA1 FAULT indication stays in
view.
- the NAV RA2 FAULT indication comes
into view.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 516
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels:
- the MASTER CAUT lights stay on.
In the loud speakers:
- you can hear the single chime.

3. On the rear circuit breaker panel


121VU:

- close the circuit breakers 1SA1 On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
and 1SA2. - the RA warning goes out of view after
15 seconds.
- the altitude 0 ft. comes into view.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
- the NAV RA1 FAULT and NAV RA2 FAULT
indications go out of view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-42-00-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) Put the aircraft in clean configuration (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-00

Page 517
Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
ANTENNA - RADIO ALTIMETER (5SA1,5SA2,6SA1,6SA2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-42-11-000-001

Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antennas 5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific 3 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power

R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-105, 151-199, 201-220,

34-42-11-991-001-A Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-524,

34-42-11-991-001-B Fig. 401A

R **ON A/C 525-526, 528-599,

R 34-42-11-991-001 Fig. 401B



EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-42-11-991-003 Fig. 402

**ON A/C 301-399,

34-42-11-991-003-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-11-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 34-42-11-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 5SA1(6SA1)
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 5SA2(6SA2)
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-105, 151-199, 201-220,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-524,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-B)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter Antennas
Figure 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-A


R

EFF :

061-099, 102-105, 151-199, 201-220,  34-42-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter Antennas
Figure 401A/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-B


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-524,
 34-42-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 525-526, 528-599,

R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003)

**ON A/C 301-399,

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 34-42-11-991-003-A)


R

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,

Subtask 34-42-11-020-055

R A. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antenna with Teflon Seal and Water Ingress
Protection

R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-105, 151-199, 201-220,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,

NOTE : This new procedure is the same for the radio altimeter antennas
____
5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2.

(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.

(2) Remove the attachment screws (5) from the antenna (4).

(3) Pull the antenna (4) carefully away until you can see the shrink
sleeve(11).

(4) Remove the sealant from the shrink sleeve (11) with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-42-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R Radio Altimeter Antennas
R Figure 401B/TASK 34-42-11-991-001


R

EFF :

525-526, 528-599,  34-42-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter Antennas (Alternative)
Figure 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-42-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
Radio Altimeter Antennas
Figure 402A/TASK 34-42-11-991-003-A


R

EFF :

301-399,  34-42-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(5) Carefully remove the shrink sleeves (11),(10) and (12) from the
connectors (2) and (3).

(6) Temporarily attach the coaxial connector (2) on the external side of
the fuselage.

NOTE : The connector (2) could move inside the hole, if is not
____
blocked.

(7) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the antenna connector (3).

(8) Remove the antenna (4).

(9) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(10) Make sure that:


- there is no rust on the antenna connector (3),
- there is no erosion, corrosion or scratches at the bottom of the
antenna (4),
- there are no paint or paint flaking at the bottom antenna (4) area,
- the alignment marks are fuly visible.
Discard all parts with damages or stains of paint and use new ones.

R (11) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(12) Remove the O-ring (6).

NOTE : If the O-ring is in a good condition you can keep it for the
____
subsequent installation.

(13) Remove the teflon gasket (8).

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

Subtask 34-42-11-020-055-A

R A. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antenna with Teflon Seal and Water Ingress
Protection

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-524,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-B)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-42-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
R **ON A/C 525-526, 528-599,

R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

NOTE : This new procedure is the same for the radio altimeter antennas
____
5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2.

(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.

(2) Remove the attachment screws (5) from the antenna (4).

(3) Pull the antenna (4) carefully away until you can see the shrink
sleeve(11).

(4) Remove the sealant from the shrink sleeve (11) with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.

(5) Carefully remove the shrink sleeves (11), and (10) from the
connectors (2) and (3).

(6) Temporarily attach the coaxial connector (2) on the external side of
the fuselage.

NOTE : The connector (2) could move inside the hole, if is not
____
blocked.

(7) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the antenna connector (3).

(8) Remove the antenna (4).

(9) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(10) Make sure that:


- there is no rust on the antenna connector (3),
- there is no erosion, corrosion or scratches at the bottom of the
antenna (4),
- there are no paint or paint flaking at the bottom antenna (4) area,
- the alignment marks are fuly visible.
Discard all parts with damages or stains of paint and use new ones.

R (11) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-42-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(12) Remove the O-ring (6).

NOTE : If the O-ring is in a good condition you can keep it for the
____
subsequent installation.

(13) Remove the teflon gasket (8).

R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R Subtask 34-42-11-020-051

R B. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antenna with Teflon Seal

R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-105, 151-199, 201-220,

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-524,

R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-B)

R **ON A/C 525-526, 528-599,

R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)

R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

R WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
_______
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R NOTE : The procedure is the same for the radio altimeter antennas 5SA1,
____
R 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2.

R (1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.

R (2) Remove the attachment screws (5) from the antenna (4).

R (3) Pull the antenna (4) carefully away until you can see the coaxial
R connector (2).


R

EFF : 061-099, 102-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
 34-42-11

Page 411
Feb 01/10
528-599, 
CES 
R (4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the coaxial connector (2), if
R installed.

R (5) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the antenna connector (3).

R (6) Remove the antenna (4).

R (7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

R (8) Remove the O-ring (6).

R NOTE : If the O-ring is in a good condition you can keep it for the
____
R subsequent installation.

R (9) Remove the teflon gasket (8).

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Subtask 34-42-11-020-054

C. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antenna without Teflon Seal


(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003)

WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
_______
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

NOTE : The procedure is the same for the radio altimeter antennas 5SA1,
____
5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2.

(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.

(2) Remove the attachment screws (5) from the antenna (4).

(3) Pull the antenna (4) carefully away until you can see the coaxial
connector (2).

(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the coaxial connector (2), if
installed.

(5) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the antenna connector (3).

(6) Remove the antenna (4).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-42-11

Page 412
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
(7) Remove the O-ring (6).

NOTE : If the O-ring is in a good condition you can keep it for the
____
subsequent installation.

R (8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

**ON A/C 301-399,

Subtask 34-42-11-020-054-A

C. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antenna without Teflon Seal


(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 34-42-11-991-003-A)

WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
_______
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

NOTE : The procedure is the same for the radio altimeter antennas 5SA1,
____
5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2.

(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.

(2) Remove the attachment screws (5) from the antenna (4).

(3) Pull the antenna (4) carefully away until you can see the coaxial
connector (2).

(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the coaxial connector (2), if
installed.

(5) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the antenna connector (3).

(6) Remove the antenna (4).

(7) Remove the O-ring (6).

NOTE : If the O-ring is in a good condition you can keep it for the
____
subsequent installation.

R (8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-42-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 34-42-11-400-001

Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antennas 5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.


_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R No specific 2 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific O-ring P/N 2611-080-07275


R
Material No. 07-001
NO LONGER AVAILABLE RPLD BY 07001B/D/F
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R
Material No. 08-092 C Z-15.243
ADHESIVE/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-001B USA AMS-S-8802 TYPE 1 CLASS A
FUEL TANK SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-001D F ASNA 4157
FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-008E USA AMS 3277
QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA NK SEALANT TEMPORARY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 05A-035


8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 05B-035
8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 05B-035A
8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 05C-035
8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 06B-025
8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 06C-025
8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 06C-025A



EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 415
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.


24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-42-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter

R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-105, 151-199, 201-220,

34-42-11-991-001-A Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-524,

34-42-11-991-001-B Fig. 401A

R **ON A/C 525-526, 528-599,

R 34-42-11-991-001 Fig. 401B

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,


R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

34-42-11-991-003 Fig. 402

**ON A/C 301-399,

34-42-11-991-003-A Fig. 402A

R **ON A/C ALL

R 34-42-11-991-004 Fig. 403



EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 416
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-11-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(2) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 34-42-11-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 5SA1(6SA1)
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 5SA2(6SA2)
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 061-099, 102-105, 151-199, 201-220,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-524,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-B)

R **ON A/C 525-526, 528-599,

R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 417
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003)

**ON A/C 301-399,

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 34-42-11-991-003-A)

**ON A/C ALL

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,

R Subtask 34-42-11-140-052

R A. Preparation for Installation of Radio Altimeter Antenna with Teflon Seal


R and Water Ingress Protection

R (1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (1) with a
R SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

R (2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).

R (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R NOTE : Make sure that the antenna-attachment screw-head recesses have


____
R no signs of paint, corrosion or sealant because the antenna
R electrical bonding is made through the attachment screws.

R (4) Make sure that the O-ring (6) is in good condition.

R NOTE : If necessary install a new O-ring.


____

R (5) Install the O-ring P/N 2611-080-07275 (6).

R NOTE : If necessary install a new teflon-gasket.


____

R (6) Install the teflon-gasket (8) to the antenna (4).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 418
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,

R Subtask 34-42-11-140-052-A

R A. Preparation for Installation of Radio Altimeter Antenna with Teflon Seal


R and Water Ingress Protection

R (1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (1) with a
R SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

R (2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).

R (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R NOTE : Make sure that the antenna-attachment screw-head recesses have


____
R no signs of paint, corrosion or sealant because the antenna
R electrical bonding is made through the attachment screws.

R (4) Make sure that the O-ring (6) is in good condition.

R NOTE : If necessary install a new O-ring.


____

R (5) Install the O-ring P/N 2611-080-07275 (6).

R NOTE : If necessary install a new teflon-gasket.


____

R (6) Install the teflon-gasket (8) to the antenna (4).

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

Subtask 34-42-11-420-055-B

R B. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antenna with Teflon Seal and Water
Ingress Protection

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-524,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-42-11-991-001-B)


R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-42-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 525-526, 528-599,

R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

(1) Push the shrink sleeve (11) ABS0916B08 in position below the thread
(12) of the antenna connector (3) and shrink it.

R (2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(4) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna connector (3).

(5) TORQUE the coaxial connector (2) to 0.265 m.daN (23.45 lbf.in).

(6) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-092) (10)
around the cable.

(7) Apply sealant:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Apply some sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001B) or SEALANTS


(Material No. 09-001D) over the ends of the shrink sleeve (11)
and also on the antenna body (inner part up to the O-ring).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-42-11

Page 420
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Apply sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-008E) on the periphery of the antenna flange an
approximately 3 mm (0.1181 in.) wide interface.

(8) Put the antenna (4) in position.

(9) Make sure that the FWD sign or the datum mark on the antenna points
are in the direction of flight.

(10) Install the screws (5).

(11) Prepare for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).

NOTE : The antenna mounting screws give the electrical bonding


____
between the antenna and the fuselage structure.

(12) TORQUE the screws (5) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in) in a diagonally opposite sequence.

(13) Remove sealant:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

(14) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).

(15) Apply the sealant:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Apply a sealant bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or


SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008E) around the antenna (4).

(16) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
008E) to the heads of the screws (5).


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-42-11

Page 421
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(17) Make the contour of the sealant:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (5) and around the
antenna (4) smooth.

(18) Let the sealant cure.

NOTE : If the cure time of the sealant will cause a flight delay, the
____
aircraft can operate without the sealant for a maximum period
of 24 hours from installation of the antenna.
Before application of the sealant, it is necessary to make
sure that the surfaces are clean and in the correct condition
(no moisture, dust, etc.).

(19) Apply to the sealant:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(a) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant


around the base of the antenna (4).

(20) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001) to the sealant on the head of the screws (5).

NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of


____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.


R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-42-11

Page 422
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C ALL

R Subtask 34-42-11-420-056

R C. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antenna with Teflon Seal and Water
R Ingress Protection
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 34-42-11-991-004)

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R (1) Push the shrink sleeve (12) ABS0916B07 in position below the thread
R (14) of the antenna connector (3) and shrink it.

R (2) Push the shrink sleeve (11) ABS0916B08 over the coaxial cable.

R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.

R (5) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna connector (3).

R (6) TORQUE the coaxial connector (2) to 0.265 m.daN (23.45 lbf.in).

R (7) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-092) (10)
R around the cable.

R (8) Push the shrink sleeve (12) ABS0916B08 in position over both
R connectors (2) and (3) and shrink it.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 423
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R Radio Altimeter Antennas with Teflon Seal and Water Ingress Protection
R Figure 403/TASK 34-42-11-991-004


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 424
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (9) Apply sealant:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Apply some sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001B) or SEALANTS


R (Material No. 09-001D) over the ends of the shrink sleeve (11)
R and also on the antenna body (inner part up to the O-ring).

R (b) Apply sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS


R (Material No. 09-008E) on the periphery of the antenna flange an
R approximately 3 mm (0.1181 in.) wide interface.

R (10) Put the antenna (4) in position.

R (11) Make sure that the FWD sign or the datum mark on the antenna points
R are in the direction of flight.

R (12) Install the screws (5).

R (13) Prepare for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).

R NOTE : The antenna mounting screws give the electrical bonding


____
R between the antenna and the fuselage structure.

R (14) TORQUE the screws (5) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
R lbf.in) in a diagonally opposite sequence.

R (15) Remove the unwanted sealant from the antenna:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

R (16) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
R and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).

R (17) Apply a new sealant on the antenna:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 425
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R (a) Aplly a sealant bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or
R SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008E) around the antenna (4).

R (18) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 008E) to the heads of the screws (5).

R (19) Make the contour of the sealant:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (5) and around the
R antenna (4) smooth.

R (20) Let the sealant cure.

R NOTE : If the cure time of the sealant will cause a flight delay, the
____
R aircraft can operate without the sealant for a maximum period
R of 24 hours from installation of the antenna.
R Before application of the sealant, it is necessary to make
R sure that the surfaces are clean and in the correct condition
R (no moisture, dust, etc.).

R (21) Apply paint to the sealant:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

R (a) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant


R around the base of the antenna (4).

R (b) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
R 07-001) to the sealant on the head of the screws (5).

R NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base


____
R of the antenna and on the head of the screws.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 426
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R

Subtask 34-42-11-865-052

R D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 5SA1(6SA1)
1SA1
FOR 5SA2(6SA2)
1SA2

Subtask 34-42-11-740-050

R E. Do the BITE test of the radio altimeter system (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-
002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-42-11-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


R

EFF :

ALL  34-42-11

Page 427
Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TRANSCEIVER - RADIO ALTIMETER (2SA1,2SA2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-42-33-000-001

Removal of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
34-42-33-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-33-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-33

Page 401
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
Subtask 34-42-33-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 2SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12

Subtask 34-42-33-010-050

C. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT Cargo Door 826. (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001)

(2) Put the access platform at the aft cargo door 826.

R (3) Remove the access panel 152GW.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-33-991-001)

Subtask 34-42-33-020-051

A. Removal of Radio Altimeter Transceiver

NOTE : The removal procedure is the same for the radio altimeter
____
transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2.

(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (3) and lower the fasteners.

R (2) Carefully remove the transceiver (1) from the rack (2).

R NOTE : Make sure that you do not damage the electrical connector
____
R pins.

(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-33

Page 402
Aug 01/98
 
CES 
R Radio Altimeter Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 34-42-33-991-001



EFF :

ALL  34-42-33

Page 403
Aug 01/98
 
CES 
TASK 34-42-33-400-001

Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-42-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
34-42-33-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-33-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) is open.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-33

Page 404
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
R (3) Make sure that the access panel 152GW is removed.

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the Aft cargo
door 826.

Subtask 34-42-33-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 2SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-33-991-001)

Subtask 34-42-33-420-050

A. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver

NOTE : The installation procedure is the same for the radio altimeter
____
transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2.

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Carefully install the transceiver (1) into the rack (2).

NOTE : Make sure that the transceiver is correctly aligned to prevent


____
damage to the electrical connectors (4).

(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (3) until the
transceiver (1) is correctly attached.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-33

Page 405
Aug 01/98
 
CES 
Subtask 34-42-33-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 2SA1
1SA1
FOR 2SA2
1SA2

Subtask 34-42-33-740-050

C. Do the BITE test of the radio altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-002).

NOTE : If the aircraft is operated in actual CAT 3 conditions, you must


____
also do the LAND CAT III capability test: (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-
001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-42-33-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) On the FTL CTL panel 23VU, push the FAC1 pushbutton switch (the OFF
R legend goes off.

R (2) On the FTL CTL panel 24VU, push the ELAC2 pushbutton switch (the OFF
R legend goes off.

Subtask 34-42-33-410-052

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the access panel 152GW.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Close the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-33

Page 406
Feb 01/02
 
CES 
Subtask 34-42-33-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-33

Page 407
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
FAN - RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER (3SA1,3SA2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-42-45-000-001

Removal of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1 (3SA2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
34-42-45-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-45-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 401
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
Subtask 34-42-45-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 3SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12

Subtask 34-42-45-010-050

C. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Put the access platform at the aft cargo door 826.

(3) Remove the access panel 152HW.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-45-991-001)

Subtask 34-42-45-020-052

A. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver Fan

NOTE : The procedure is the same for the radio altimeter-transceiver fans
____
3SA1 and 3SA2.

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (8).

(2) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and remove the fan assembly
(1).

(3) Remove the nuts (6), the washers (5), the bolts (4), and remove the
cover (7).

(4) Disconnect the electrical connections (13).

(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(6) Remove the nuts (11), the washers (10) and the bolts (9).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 402
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan.
Figure 401/TASK 34-42-45-991-001



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 403
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
(7) Remove the blower (12).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 404
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
TASK 34-42-45-400-001

Installation of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1 (3SA2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 34-42-00-750-001 Detailed Inspection and Operational Check of the
R Radio Altimeter Fan
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-45-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

(2) Make sure that the Aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) is open.



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 405
Aug 01/02
 
CES 
(3) Make sure that the access panel 152HW is removed.

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the Aft cargo
door 826.

Subtask 34-42-45-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 3SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-42-45-420-050

A. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver Fan

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Install the blower (12) with the bolts (9), the washers (10) and the
nuts (11).

(6) Connect the electrical connections (13).

(7) Install the cover (7) with the bolts (4), the washers (5) and the
nuts (6).

(8) Install the fan assembly (1) with the screws (2) and the washers (3).

(9) Connect the electrical connector (8).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 406
Aug 01/02
R  
CES 
Subtask 34-42-45-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3SA1
1SA1
FOR 3SA2
1SA2

Subtask 34-42-45-750-050

C. Do the fan test of the radio altimeter system (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-750-
001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-42-45-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the access panel 152HW.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Close the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

Subtask 34-42-45-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 407
Feb 01/98
 
CES 
FAN - RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER (3SA1,3SA2) - CLEANING/PAINTING
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 34-42-45-100-001

Cleaning of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver Fan

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air blower


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific soft brush
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability


24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-42-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter
34-42-00-750-001 Detailed Inspection and Operational Check of the
Radio Altimeter Fan
34-42-33-000-001 Removal of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and
2SA2
34-42-33-400-001 Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1
and 2SA2
34-42-45-000-001 Removal of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1
(3SA2)
34-42-45-400-001 Installation of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan
3SA1 (3SA2)
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 701
Aug 01/02
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the


Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 34-42-45-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 34-42-45-865-053

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 3SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12

Subtask 34-42-45-010-051

C. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Put the access platform at the aft cargo door 826.

(3) Remove the access panel 152HW.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 34-42-45-020-053

A. Remove the radio altimeter units

(1) Remove the radio altimeter transceiver (Ref. TASK 34-42-33-000-001).

(2) Remove the radio altimeter transceiver fan (Ref. TASK 34-42-45-000-
001).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 702
Aug 01/02
 
CES 
Subtask 34-42-45-100-052

B. Cleaning

(1) Use a soft brush and/or an air blower to clean the fan or the fan
housing.

NOTE : Make sure that the fan and the fan housing are blocked when
____
you use an air blower. Cleaning with an air blower can cause
exessive fan rotation speed and thus fan failure.

Subtask 34-42-45-420-051

C. Install the radio altimeter units

(1) Install the radio altimeter transceiver fan (Ref. TASK 34-42-45-400-
001).

(2) Install the radio altimeter transceiver (Ref. TASK 34-42-33-400-001).

Subtask 34-42-45-865-054

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3SA1
1SA1
FOR 3SA2
1SA2

Subtask 34-42-45-710-051

E. Do the test

(1) Do the fan test of the radio altimeter system (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-
750-001).

(2) Do the Bite test of the radio altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-002).

NOTE : If the aircraft is operated in actual CAT 3 conditions, you


____
must also do the LAND CAT III capabillity test (Ref. TASK 22-
97-00-710-001).



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 703
Aug 01/02
 
CES 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 34-42-45-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the access panel 152HW.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Close the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

Subtask 34-42-45-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)



EFF :

ALL  34-42-45

Page 704
Aug 01/02
 
CES 
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________________

1. General
_______

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 208-209,

A. Presentation
The TCAS II (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) is an optional system
whose function is to detect and display aircraft in the immediate
vicinity and to provide the flight crew with indications to avoid these
intruders by changing the flight path in the vertical plane only.
The TCAS periodically interrogates their transponders, computes their
trajectories and constantly determines their potential threat. The
acquisition of their signals is achieved by means of two transmit/receive
antennas, one located on the underside of the fuselage and the other on
the top.
The system can establish individualized communications with each aircraft
through ATC/Mode S transponders, thus permitting operation in dense
traffic areas while avoiding an overload of radio-electric transmissions
that would result from a general all-intruder response.
The TCAS II system is designed to provide the air traffic control system
with an additional possibility. It usually operates independently but may
be controlled from ground stations.
The TCAS has the capability to communicate with ATCRBS (Air Traffic
Control Radar Beacon System) ground stations equipped with the Mode S
system to indicate to them the vertical maneuver orders presented to the
aircraft pilot. This information can facilitate the task of the ground
station controller who, in turn, can modify the TCAS operating mode and
cancel the avoidance orders if he deems it necessary for safety.
The system maintains surveillance within a sphere determined by the
transmit power and receiver sensitivity of the TCAS computer. The area in
which a threat is imminent depends on the speed and path of the own A/C
and the threat A/C.
There is an area defined as TAU within the surveillance arc which
represents the minimum time the flight crew needs to discern a collision
threat and take evasive action.
The TCAS detection capability covers an area of 30 NM in range and plus
or minus 9900 ft in altitude but display range is authorized up to plus
or minus 2700 ft in altitude.
(Ref. Fig. 001)


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 1
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Surveillance and Display
Figure 001


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
208-209, 251-299,
 34-43-00

Page 2
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

A. Presentation
The TCAS II (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) is a system whose
function is to detect and display aircraft in the immediate vicinity and
to provide the flight crew with indications to avoid these intruders by
changing the flight path in the vertical plane only.
TCAS change 7 has been mandatory in Europe since year 2000.
The TCAS periodically interrogates their transponders, computes their
trajectories and constantly determines their potential threat. Their
acquisition is achieved by means of two transmit/receive antennas, one
located on the underside of the fuselage and the other on the top.
The system can establish individualized communications with each aircraft
through ATC/Mode S transponders, thus permitting operation in dense
traffic areas while avoiding an overload of radio-electric transmissions
that would result from a general all-intruder response.
The TCAS II system is designed to provide the air traffic control system
with an additional possibility: it usually operates independently but may
be also controlled from ground stations.
The TCAS has the capability to communicate with ATCRBS (Air Traffic
Control Radar Beacon System) ground stations equipped with the Mode S
system to indicate to them the vertical maneuver orders presented to the
aircraft pilot. This information can facilitate the task of the ground
station controller who, in turn, can modify the TCAS operating mode and
cancel the avoidance orders if he deems it necessary for safety.
The system maintains surveillance within a sphere determined by the
transmit power and receiver sensitivity of the TCAS computer. The area in
which a threat is imminent depends on the speed and path of the own A/C
and the threat A/C.
There is an area defined as TAU (Ref. para. 6.D.(2)) within the
surveillance arc which represents the minimum time the flight crew needs
to discern a collision threat and take evasive action.
The TCAS can track up to 40 intruders at the same time.
Its detection capability covers:
- in range: an area of 30 NM around the aircraft
- in altitude: plus or minus 9900 ft.
Display is authorized in three possible ranges:
- Above: -2700 ft to 9900 ft
- Below: -9900 ft to 2700 ft
- Normal: -2700 ft to 2700 ft
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The description of the system is conform to the RTCA DO 185A change 7.


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 3
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 201-207,

R A. Presentation
R The TCAS II (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) is an optional system
R whose function is to detect and display aircraft in the immediate
R vicinity and to provide the flight crew with indications to avoid these
R intruders by changing the flight path in the vertical plane only.
R The TCAS periodically interrogates their transponders, computes their
R trajectories and constantly determines their potential threat. The
R acquisition of their signals is achieved by means of two transmit/receive
R antennas, one located on the underside of the fuselage and the other on
R the top.
R The system can establish individualized communications with each aircraft
R through ATC/Mode S transponders, thus permitting operation in dense
R traffic areas while avoiding an overload of radio-electric transmissions
R that would result from a general all-intruder response.
R The TCAS II system is designed to provide the air traffic control system
R with an additional possibility. It usually operates independently but may
R be controlled from ground stations.
R The TCAS has the capability to communicate with ATCRBS (Air Traffic
R Control Radar Beacon System) ground stations equipped with the Mode S
R system to indicate to them the vertical maneuver orders presented to the
R aircraft pilot. This information can facilitate the task of the ground
R station controller who, in turn, can modify the TCAS operating mode and
R cancel the avoidance orders if he deems it necessary for safety.
R The current surveillance envelope covers an area of plus or minus 2700 ft
R in altitude and 14 NM minimum in range, but display range is authorized
R up to 30 NM in range and plus or minus 1200 ft in altitude.
R The system maintains surveillance within a sphere determined by the
R transmit power and receiver sensitivity of the TCAS computer. The area in
R which a threat is imminent depends on the speed and path of the own A/C
R and the threat A/C.
R There is an area defined as TAU within the surveillance arc which
R represents the minimum time the flight crew needs to discern a collision
R threat and take evasive action.
R The TCAS detection capability covers an area of 30 NM in range and plus
R or minus 9900 ft in altitude but display range is authorized up to plus
R or minus 1200 ft in altitude.
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)



EFF :

201-207,  34-43-00

Page 4
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Surveillance and Display
Figure 001A



EFF :

051-061, 201-207,  34-43-00

Page 5
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

A. Presentation
The TCAS II (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) is a system whose
function is to detect and display aircraft in the immediate vicinity and
to provide the flight crew with indications to avoid these intruders by
changing the flight path in the vertical plane only.
TCAS Change 7 has been mandatory in Europe since year 2000.
The TCAS periodically interrogates their transponders, computes their
trajectories and constantly determines their potential threat. The
acquisition of their signals is achieved by means of two transmit/receive
antennas, one located on the underside of the fuselage and the other on
the top.
The system can establish individualized communications with each aircraft
through ATC/Mode S transponders, thus permitting operation in dense
traffic areas while avoiding an overload of radio-electric transmissions
that would result from a general all-intruder response.
The TCAS II system is designed to provide the air traffic control system
with an additional possibility. It usually operates independently but may
be controlled from ground stations.
The TCAS has the capability to communicate with ATCRBS (Air Traffic
Control Radar Beacon System) ground stations equipped with the Mode S
system to indicate to them the vertical maneuver orders presented to the
aircraft pilot. This information can facilitate the task of the ground
station controller who, in turn, can modify the TCAS operating mode and
cancel the avoidance orders if he deems it necessary for safety.
The system maintains surveillance within a sphere determined by the
transmit power and receiver sensitivity of the TCAS computer. The area in
which a threat is imminent depends on the speed and path of the own A/C
and the threat A/C.
There is an area defined as TAU within the surveillance arc which
represents the minimum time the flight crew needs to discern a collision
threat and take evasive action.
The TCAS can track up to 40 intruders at the same time.
Its detection capability covers:
- in range: an area of 60 NM in forward direction, 30 NM in the side
quadrants and 20 NM in aft direction. However (in forward direction and
on condition that the aircraft is at FL 180 or above, and in an area of
low traffic density) the detection capability can cover up to 100 NM
- in altitude: plus or minus 9900 ft.
Display is authorized in three possible ranges:
- Above: -2700 ft to 9900 ft
- Below: -9900 ft to 2700 ft
- All traffic: -2700 ft to 2700 ft.
(Ref. Fig. 001B)


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page 6
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS - Surveillance and Display
Figure 001B


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page 7
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The TCAS computer can store the ten most recent Resolution Advisory (RA)
and the sixty most recent Traffic Advisory (TA) events in its memory with
information related to the aircraft involved (range, altitude, bearing,
Mode S adress,etc.). These events can be downloaded through a PCMCIA card
inserted in the front face of the TCAS computer.
The TCAS can also receive and compute passive surveillance Automatic
Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B or extended squitters) from the
Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) transponders.
This function is activated through pin programming.

NOTE : The description of this system is based on the information


____
provided by RTCA D0185A change 7.0.

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,


Post SB 34-1238 For A/C 201-207,

A. Presentation
The TCAS II (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) is a system whose
function is to detect and display aircraft in the immediate vicinity and
to provide the flight crew with indications to avoid these intruders by
changing the flight path in the vertical plane only.
The TCAS periodically interrogates their transponders, computes their
trajectories and constantly determines their potential threat. The
acquisition of their signals is achieved by means of two transmit/receive
antennas, one located on the underside of the fuselage and the other on
the top.
The system can establish individualized communications with each aircraft
through ATC/Mode S transponders, thus permitting operation in dense
traffic areas while avoiding an overload of radio-electric transmissions
that would result from a general all-intruder response.
The TCAS II system is designed to provide the air traffic control system
with an additional possibility. It usually operates independently but may
be controlled from ground stations.
The TCAS has the capability to communicate with ATCRBS (Air Traffic
Control Radar Beacon System) ground stations equipped with the Mode S
system to indicate to them the vertical maneuver orders presented to the
aircraft pilot. This information can facilitate the task of the ground
station controller who, in turn, can modify the TCAS operating mode and
cancel the avoidance orders if he deems it necessary for safety.
The system maintains surveillance within a sphere determined by the
transmit power and receiver sensitivity of the TCAS computer. The area in
which a threat is imminent depends on the speed and path of the own A/C
and the threat A/C.


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 8
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
There is an area defined as TAU within the surveillance arc which
represents the minimum time the flight crew needs to discern a collision
threat and take evasive action.
The TCAS detection capability covers an area of 35-40 NM in range and
plus or minus 9900 ft in altitude but display range is authorized up to
plus or minus 2700 ft in altitude.

NOTE : The ABOVE/BELOW function on the ATC/TCAS control unit is used to


____
increase the display range above 1200 ft and below -1200 ft.

NOTE : The description of the system conforms to RTCA/DO-185A Change 7.0.


____

(Ref. Fig. 001C)

R **ON A/C ALL

B. Principle
When an aircraft is airborne, its TCAS periodically transmits
interrogation signals for all ATCRBS and Mode S transponder-equipped
aircraft in the vicinity. These interrogations are received by the ATCRBS
ground stations and by the transponders of the other aircraft.
In response to these interrogations, the transponders of nearby aircraft
return signals containing their altitude value. The TCAS computes the
range between the two aircraft by measuring the elapsed time between
transmission of the interrogation and reception of the reply.
The altitude, altitude rate, range and range rate are determined by a
periodic tracking of these exchanges and the data are used for intruder
threat assessment.
Each threat is treated individually but the TCAS determines the best
collision avoidance possibility with respect to all aircraft in its
vicinity, while establishing maneuver coordination with the other
TCAS-equipped aircraft. The optimum maneuver is the one that ensures an
adequate separation of trajectories with a minimum vertical trend
variation.

C. Advisories
Visual and aural advisories are supplied by the TCAS computer whenever
assessment of the relative position of two aircraft reveals a potential
collision hazard.
The Traffic Advisories (TA) indicate the position of nearby aircraft
which are or may become a threat. Their display alerts the flight crew to
the presence of intruders and facilitates their visual acquisition.
The Resolution Advisories (RA) may be divided into two categories:
- Corrective Advisories that instruct the pilot to deviate from current
vertical rate


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 9
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Surveillance and Display
Figure 001C



EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399,  34-43-00

Page 10
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
- Preventive Advisories that instruct the pilot to avoid certain
maneuvers.

D. Display
Visual indications are presented on the Electronic Flight Instrument
System (EFIS).
The Navigation Display (ND) is used to indicate the situation in the
nearby traffic area: a symbol is displayed for each intruder on the image
in the ARC or ROSE mode.
The avoidance maneuver indications, if any, are displayed on the vertical
speed scale of the Primary Flight Display (PFD) by means of a band of
colored sectors showing the vertical speed value to be adopted in order
to avoid any risk of collision.

E. Coordination
The avoidance maneuvers initiated by the TCAS could create a conflict
situation if directed at another TCAS-equipped aircraft as this aircraft
may also take similar evasive action, resulting in an unchanged
situation.
To avoid this situation, a communication link between the two aircraft is
established via the transponders, exchanging coordination messages.
The first aircraft to detect the other one initiates the communication
procedure, indicates the maneuvers it intends to perform and communicates
orders to the other aircraft requesting it to maintain its trajectory.
This necessarily involves the use of Mode S transponders, the only
equipment of this type possessing the LINK function required for data
exchange.
The Mode S transponders provide the capability to transmit a unique
address (24 bits) assigned to each aircraft, permitting them to reply
individually to other TCAS-equipped aircraft. It can respond to ground
station interrogations in Mode A and Mode C and also in Mode S if the
stations are suitably equipped.
The ground stations can modify the TCAS operating mode via the
transponder link so as to inhibit resolution advisories in certain
conditions.

2. __________________
Component Location

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 002)

**ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)



EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 11
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS - Component Location
Figure 002


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 12
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS - Component Location
Figure 002A


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 13
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 002B)

**ON A/C ALL

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3SH CTL UNIT-ATC/TCAS 11VU 211 831 34-52-12
1SG CMPTR-TCAS 82VU 128 824 34-43-34
7SG1 ANTENNA-TCAS, TOP 230 34-43-11
7SG2 ANTENNA-TCAS, BOTTOM 130 34-43-11

3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-239, 301-312, 315-399,


401-499, 501-501, 503-503,

(Ref. Fig. 004)

R **ON A/C 240-249, 251-299, 313-314, 502-502, 504-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 004A)

**ON A/C ALL

The TCAS environment is composed of items closely associated with its


operation, such as the transponders and the EFIS display units and
peripherals supplying parameters or with maintenance functions.

A. TCAS Computer
The TCAS computer is the heart of the TCAS II system.
It complies with the dimensional standard in ARINC 600 for 6 MCU form
factor.
It is compatible with ARINC 600 forced air cooling.
It ensures two main functions:
- a radio-electric transmission reception function in the L-band
frequency for intruder acquisition



EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 14
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS - Component Location
Figure 002B



EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,  34-43-00

Page 15
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Block Diagram - Data Acquisition
Figure 003


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 16
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Block Diagram - Maintenance and Display
Figure 004



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-239, 301-312, 315-399, 401-499, 501-501,
 34-43-00

Page 17
Config-1 May 01/09
503-503, 
CES 
TCAS Block Diagram - Maintenance and Display
Figure 004A


R

EFF : 240-249, 251-299, 313-314, 502-502,
504-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 18
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- a processing function ensuring total operation control: digital,
discrete and analog-type interfaces, intruder trajectory computation
and tracking, visual and aural alert commands.

B. Directional Antennas
The TCAS has two antennas, one located on the top of the aircraft and the
other on the underside of the fuselage. These antennas, of the
transmit/receive type, provide azimuth information on aircraft located
within the TCAS surveillance range. They consist of four independent
elements. In reception, the amplitude of the signals received by each
element depends on the direction of the signal source, which permits the
relative bearing of the transmitting aircraft to be determined.

C. ATC/TCAS Control Unit


The ATC/TCAS control unit common to the ATC transponders and the TCAS,
enables the operating modes of these two items of equipment to be
selected. Information intended for the TCAS is transmitted via an ARINC
429 bus to the transponders which in turn transmit it to the TCAS
computer.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

D. Associated Items

(1) ATC/Mode S transponders


Two ATC/Mode S transponders, one active and the other on standby, are
used with their antennas. Each transponder is linked to the TCAS by
one high-speed ARINC 429 bus for transmission and another one for
reception.
Apart from the specific transponder functions (response to ATC ground
station interrogations) they permit communication between the TCAS
and a TCAS-equipped detected aircraft.

(2) Displays
Advisories are displayed by the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) by
high speed transmission of ARINC 429 messages on the buses linking
the TCAS to the DMCs 1 on one hand and to the DMC2 on the other hand.
Depending on the EFIS DMC selection, the DMC 3 receives either the
TA/RA display bus 1 (CAPT3/NORM positions) or the TA/RA display bus 2
(FO3 position). The FWCs connected in parallel on these buses monitor
the validity of the information.
The NDs provide indications on the location of intruders in the
traffic area. The PFDs provide the flight crew with vertical speed
correction information to avoid them.
The ECAM system also presents warning messages.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 19
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
E. Peripherals
The TCAS receives information from the following equipment:

(1) Radio altimeter


The radio altitude is an essential parameter for the TCAS. In the 0
to 2500 ft range it permits modulation of system sensitivity and
triggering of inhibit orders. For this reason, two radio altimeters,
one active and the other in standby, are linked to the TCAS via the
low speed ARINC 429 bus.

(2) Air data system


Barometric altitude information fulfils the same functions as radio
altitude information but for the range over 2500 ft. The ADIRU, which
is not directly linked to the TCAS computer, transmits this
information to the computer across the transponders via the ARINC 429
buses.

(3) Inertial reference system


The TCAS is linked by a high speed ARINC 429 bus to the aircraft
ADIRU1 which supplies it with magnetic heading and pitch and roll
attitude information.

(4) Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)


The LGCIU provides the TCAS with the following discrete signals:
- ground/flight signal
- landing gear extended signal.

(5) Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)


The TCAS computer communicates with the Centralized Fault Display
System (CFDS) via two low speed ARINC 429 buses.

(6) Data loader


It is possible to load software data into the TCAS computer by means
of a mobile data loader with remote loading capability linked by two
low speed ARINC 429 buses to a dedicated connector in the aircraft.

(7) Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)


The FDIU receives TCAS data from the DMC.
The following parameters are recorded by the FDIU:
- RA related information (label 270):
* advisory rate to maintain
* combined control
* vertical control
* up advisory
* down advisory
- manual sensitivity level (SL 0, 1, 2)
- TA issued or not.



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 20
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
(8) Various discrete signals
Discretes are used for the inhibition of certain advisories by
equipment with higher priority than the TCAS:
- advisory inhibit by the windshear signal
- advisory inhibit by the stall warning
- advisory inhibits by the ground proximity warning.

(9) Pin programming


Discrete pin program inputs are used:
- audio level to set the audio level of the synthetic voice output
- all traffic/threat traffic display at Threat Traffic indicates that
intruders are only displayed if a TA or RA is presented
- ground display mode: specifies that the display mode, when the
aircraft is on the ground, is the TA mode only
- display intruder limit: indicates the maximum number of intruders
that can be displayed (8)
- aircraft altitude limit, configured at 48,000 ft informs the TCAS
computer that it must inhibit climb orders above this altitude.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

D. Associated Items

(1) ATC/Mode S transponders


Two ATC/Mode S transponders, one active and the other on standby, are
used with their antennas. Each transponder is linked to the TCAS by
one high-speed ARINC 429 bus for transmission and another one for
reception.
Apart from the specific transponder functions (response to ATC ground
station interrogations) they permit communication between the TCAS
and a TCAS-equipped detected aircraft.

(2) Displays
Advisories are displayed by the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) by
high speed transmission of ARINC 429 messages on the buses linking
the TCAS to the DMCs 1 on one hand and to the DMC2 on the other hand.
Depending on the EFIS DMC selection, the DMC 3 receives either the
TA/RA display bus 1 (CAPT3/NORM positions) or the TA/RA display bus 2
(FO3 position). The FWCs connected in parallel on these buses monitor
the validity of the information.
The NDs provide indications on the location of intruders in the
traffic area. The PFDs provide the flight crew with vertical speed
correction information to avoid them.
The ECAM system also presents warning messages.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 21
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
E. Peripherals
The TCAS receives information from the following equipment:

(1) Radio altimeter


The radio altitude is an essential parameter for the TCAS. In the 0
to 2500 ft range it permits modulation of system sensitivity and
triggering of inhibit orders. For this reason, two radio altimeters,
are linked to the TCAS via the low speed ARINC 429 bus. Radio
Altimeter 1 is used first, and if not available (or if it is NCD),
then Radio Altimeter 2 is used to calculate altitude, and compute
inhibitions.

(2) Air data system


Barometric altitude information fulfils the same functions as radio
altitude information but for the range over 2500 ft. The ADIRU, which
is not directly linked to the TCAS computer, transmits this
information to the computer across the transponders via the ARINC 429
buses.

(3) Inertial reference system


The TCAS is linked by a high speed ARINC 429 bus to the aircraft
ADIRU1 which supplies it with magnetic heading and pitch and roll
attitude information.

(4) Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)


The LGCIU provides the TCAS with the following discrete signals:
- ground/flight signal (RH main landing gear compressed)
- landing gear extended signal (LH main landing gear downlocked).

(5) Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)


The TCAS computer communicates with the Centralized Fault Display
System (CFDS) via two low speed ARINC 429 buses.

(6) Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)


It is possible to load software data (operating algorithms and the
reconfiguration of the inputs/outputs) into the TCAS computer by
means of the MDDU via two low speed ARINC 429 buses. These data are
stored on a 3.5 inch disk. It is then used by the data loader to
transfer its contents into the Non-Volatile Memories (NVM) of the
TCAS computer (more details in chapter 31-38-00).

NOTE : Data loading is allowed only through application of Airbus


____
Service Bulletin or Vendor Service Bulletin.


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 22
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(7) Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
The FDIU receives TCAS data from the DMC.
The following parameters are recorded by the FDIU:
- RA related information (label 270):
* advisory rate to maintain
* combined control
* vertical control
* up advisory
* down advisory
- manual sensitivity level (SL 0, 1, 2)
- TA issued or not.

(8) Various discrete signals


Discretes are used for the inhibition of certain advisories by
equipment with higher priority than the TCAS:
- advisory inhibit by the windshear signal
- advisory inhibit by the stall warning
- advisory inhibits by the ground proximity warning.
The TCAS has higher priority than the auto call outs supplied by the
FWC. Three TCAS discretes (aural advisory discrete outputs) inhibit
these auto call outs.

(9) Pin programming


Discrete pin program inputs are used:
- audio level to set the audio level of the synthetic voice output
- all traffic/threat traffic display at Threat Traffic indicates that
intruders are only displayed if a TA or RA is presented
- ground display mode: specifies that the display mode, when the
aircraft is on the ground, is the TA mode only
- display intruder limit: indicates the maximum number of intruders
that can be displayed (8 intruders)
- aircraft altitude limit, configured at 48,000 ft informs the TCAS
computer that it must inhibit climb orders above this altitude.

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

D. Associated Items

(1) ATC/Mode S transponders


Two ATC/Mode S transponders, one active and the other on standby, are
used with their antennas. Each transponder is linked to the TCAS by
one high-speed ARINC 429 bus for transmission and another one for
reception.
Apart from the specific transponder functions (response to ATC ground
station interrogations) they permit communication between the TCAS
and a TCAS-equipped detected aircraft.


R

EFF :
528-599,
051-099, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,  34-43-00

Page 23
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(2) Displays
Advisories are displayed by the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) by
high speed transmission of ARINC 429 messages on the buses linking
the TCAS to the DMCs 1 on one hand and to the DMC2 on the other hand.
Depending on the EFIS DMC selection, the DMC 3 receives either the
TA/RA display bus 1 (CAPT3/NORM positions) or the TA/RA display bus 2
(FO3 position). The FWCs connected in parallel on these buses monitor
the validity of the information.
The NDs provide indications on the location of intruders in the
traffic area. The PFDs provide the flight crew with vertical speed
correction information to avoid them.
The ECAM system also presents warning messages.

E. Peripherals
The TCAS receives information from the following equipment:

(1) Radio altimeter


The radio altitude is an essential parameter for the TCAS. In the 0
to 2500 ft range it permits modulation of system sensitivity and
triggering of inhibit orders. For this reason, two radio altimeters,
are linked to the TCAS via the low speed ARINC 429 bus. Radio
Altimeter 1 is used first, and if not available (or if it is NCD),
then Radio Altimeter 2 is used to calculate altitude, and compute
inhibitions.

(2) Air data system


Barometric altitude information fulfils the same functions as radio
altitude information but for the range over 2500 ft. The ADIRU, which
is not directly linked to the TCAS computer, transmits this
information to the computer across the transponders via the ARINC 429
buses.

(3) Inertial reference system


The TCAS is linked by a high speed ARINC 429 bus to the aircraft
ADIRU1 which supplies it with magnetic heading and pitch and roll
attitude information.

(4) Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)


The LGCIU provides the TCAS with the following discrete signals:
- ground/flight signal (RH main landing gear compressed)
- landing gear extended signal (LH main landing gear downlocked).

(5) Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)


The TCAS computer communicates with the Centralized Fault Display
System (CFDS) via two low speed ARINC 429 buses.


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page 24
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(6) Data loader
It is possible to load software data into the TCAS computer by means
of a mobile data loader with remote loading capability linked by two
low speed ARINC 429 buses to a dedicated connector in the aircraft.

NOTE : Data loading is allowed only through application of Airbus


____
Service Bulletin or Vendor Service Bulletin.

(7) Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)


The FDIU receives TCAS data from the DMC.
The following parameters are recorded by the FDIU:
- RA related information (label 270):
* advisory rate to maintain
* combined control
* vertical control
* up advisory
* down advisory
- manual sensitivity level (SL 0, 1, 2)
- TA issued or not.

(8) Various discrete signals


Discretes are used for the inhibition of certain advisories by
equipment with higher priority than the TCAS:
- advisory inhibit by the windshear signal
- advisory inhibit by the stall warning
- advisory inhibits by the ground proximity warning.

(9) Pin programming


Discrete pin program inputs are used:
- audio level to set the audio level of the synthetic voice output
- all traffic/threat traffic display at Threat Traffic indicates that
intruders are only displayed if a TA or RA is presented
- ground display mode: specifies that the display mode, when the
aircraft is on the ground, is the TA mode only
- display intruder limit: indicates the maximum number of intruders
that can be displayed (8)
- aircraft altitude limit, configured at 48,000 ft informs the TCAS
computer that it must inhibit climb orders above this altitude.
R


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page 25
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Power
____________
Supply
The TCAS is supplied with 115VAC, 100 watt power rating. The ATC/TCAS
control unit, common to the transponders and the TCAS, is also supplied with
115VAC:
- the 115VAC BUS1 101XP supplies the TCAS via circuit breaker 4SG
- the 115VAC SHED ESS BUS 801XP supplies the ATC1 system via circuit breaker
5SH1
- the 115VAC BUS2 204XP supplies the ATC2 system via circuit breaker 5SH2.
The ATC/TCAS control unit is energized through the two circuit breakers
5SH1 and 5SH2.
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07

5. _____________________
Component Description

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

A. TCAS Computer

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 005)

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 005C)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 006)



EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 26
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS Computer
Figure 005



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-43-00

Page 27
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Computer
Figure 005A


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 28
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Computer
Figure 005B



EFF :

201-209,  34-43-00

Page 29
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Computer
Figure 005C


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page 30
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS Computer
Figure 005D



EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399,  34-43-00

Page 31
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Computer - Block Diagram
Figure 006


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 32
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(1) Introduction
The TCAS computer is divided into four major sections:
- Radio Frequency section (RF)
- Video Processor (VP)
- Data Processor (DP)
- Input/Output Processor (IOP)

(2) Radio frequency section

(a) General
The RF section consists of receiver, transmitter and RF switch
portions.
The receiver processes the raw ATCRBS or Mode S intruder reply
data received from either the top or bottom antenna. The
transmitter portion of the RF section interrogates intruders once
per second, also using either antenna.
The RF switch portion selects the antenna (top or bottom) for the
transmission and reception of the TCAS signals.
For ATCRBS intruders, interrrogations are accomplished by
controlling a whisper shout attenuation system which provides
successive responses, starting with the nearest aircraft and
continuing progressively to those farther away so as to avoid
saturating the radio-electric space and resulting interference.

(b) RF switch
The RF switch is dual-purpose:
- it switches the transmission/reception circuits between the top
and bottom antennas
- it directs antenna links either to the transmit circuits or to
the receive circuits as the antenna links and elements are used
indifferently for transmission and reception.
The four elements of each antenna are connected to hyperfrequency
multiplexers controlled by the video controller.

(c) Transmitter
The transmitter generates the 1030 MHz carrier frequency required
for TCAS transmission. For a Mode S interrogation, this frequency
is modulated in DPSK (Data Phase Shift Keyed) format by the video
controller module. For Mode C interrogations the frequency is
applied to the whisper shout attenuator which attenuates the
signal from 0 to 32 dB in 1 dB increments. The modulated
frequency is then split into four parts by a programmable circuit
controlled by the video controller so as to divide transmitter
output into four separate antenna-element drive channels.


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 33
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(d) Receiver
The receive circuitry consists of three RF channels. The signals
are received through the antenna elements and processed as pairs.
The paths of the signals between antenna element pairs and
receiver pairs are exchanged by swap switches to eliminate the
phase error in the different circuits.
In each receiver, the RF signal is mixed with the local
oscillator signal to produce a 60 MHz intermediate frequency
signal.
The processed signals are applied to phase detectors that
determine the sine and cosine relationship between antenna
element pairs. After amplification, these signals are transmitted
to the video processor where relative bearing is determined.
Logarithmic outputs from the three receivers are also applied to
a log summer which passes the log sum signal to the video
processor where it is decoded to determine range and altitude.

(3) Not Applicable

**ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

A. TCAS Computer

(1) Introduction
The TCAS computer is divided into five major sections:
- a receiver (A5)
- a transmitter (A6)
- an Input/Output (I/O) module (A4)
- two Central Processing Units (CPU) (A2, A3)
- a power supply unit (A1)

(Ref. Fig. 005A, 006A)

(2) Radio frequency section

(a) General
The RF section consists of a receiver, a transmitter and an I/O
module.
The receiver processes the raw ATCRBS or Mode S intruder reply
data received from either the top or the bottom antenna. The
transmitter portion of the RF section controls all interrogation,
it interrogates intruders once per second, also using either
antenna.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 34
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS Computer - Block Diagram
Figure 006A


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 35
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The I/O module is used to route signals to and from the antennas.
For ATCRBS intruders, interrogations are accomplished by
controlling a whisper-shout attenuation system which provides
successive responses, starting with the nearest aircraft and
continuing progressively to those farther away so as to avoid
saturating the radio-electric space and resulting interference.

(b) I/O module


The I/O module controls the transmit and receive RF path
selection, generates self-test signals and waveforms. All RF
switching is done electronically by pin-diodes.
The antenna steering is an electronic switch consisting of
electronic components which send receive and transmit signals
into different paths according to the antenna direction (0, 90,
180 and 270 degrees). The selected path is routed to the
appropriate switch which drives the signal to either a top or
bottom antenna. There are 8 ports on the switch: 4 for each
direction of the top antenna and 4 for each direction of the
bottom antenna.
The received signals (all 4 received channels are on at one time)
are channeled to the antenna steering where they are
electronically connected to the receiver.
The I/O module incorporates self-test circuitry for the receiver
and the transmitter. There is also the antenna self-test
function.
The receiver self-test circuitry simulates ATCRBS/mode S replies
which are injected at an appropriate level into each receiver RF
path.
The transmitter self-test verifies proper power/path integrity
and the I/O module continuously monitors antenna integrity as
well.

(c) Transmitter
The transmitter controls all interrogations waveforms and power
levels.
It consists of both pulse and DPSK modulators, all power
amplification stages, high-power precision step attenuator
(whisper-shout), as well as harmonic filter and spectrum filter,
and BITE power detection circuitry.
The L-band transmitter has a peak power output of 1.2 kW at 1030
MHz. The transmitter signal is amplified and a DPSK modulator is
also provided for Mode S interrogations.
This signal is divided into 4 in the proper phase relationship.
The modulator/driver provides power and control signals, it sends
discrete signals to the CPU which provides the correct pulse
width for modulation.


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 36
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The final signal is increased up to 1500 W and it is fed into the
whisper-shout module. This module is a precision 27 step
attenuator (1 dB by step) which controls the power level.
The output is fed through the filters before it is driven to the
I/O module which applies the power to the appropriate antenna.

(d) Receiver
The receiver consists of 4 matched channels which provide very
accurate bearing information. Each receiver channel consists of a
single conversion receiver, high-quality logarithmic amplifier
and high-resolution A/D converter.
The receiver consists of 4 virtually identical receive channels
coupled to 2 separate digital video sections. Each receiver uses
a single conversion heterodyne circuit.
The preselector, included in each receiver, contains an L-band,
band pass filter which selects the 1090 MHz frequency band. It
provides selection of unwanted signals in excess of 60 dB outside
the 30 MHz bandwidth.
This signal is converted from 1090 MHz to 60 MHz.
The processed signal is applied to the logarithmic amplifier. The
logarithmic amplifier video output is fed to a video amplifier
where the actual magnitude of the slope and offset level is
controlled precisely.
This video signal is fed to the digital video circuit. This one
samples the analog video signal at an 8 MHz rate for mode S and
8.276 MHz for ATCRBS.
Each of the 2 digital video A/D converters selects the 2
strongest signals from the 4 receive channels.

(3) Not Applicable

**ON A/C 201-209,

A. TCAS Computer

(Ref. Fig. 005B, 006B)

(1) Introduction
The TCAS computer is divided into four major sections:
- Radio Frequency section (RF Assembly A6)
- Signal Processor (A4)
- Central Processing Unit (CPU A3)
- Input/Output Processor (I/O A2)


R

EFF :

051-099, 201-209, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 37
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Computer - Block Diagram
Figure 006B



EFF :

201-209,  34-43-00

Page 38
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
(2) Radio frequency section

(a) General
The RF section consists of receiver, transmitter and RF switch
portions.
The receiver processes the raw ATCRBS or Mode S intruder reply
data received from either the top or bottom antenna. The
transmitter portion of the RF section interrogates intruders once
per second, also using either antenna.
The RF switch portion selects the antenna (top or bottom) for the
transmission and reception of the TCAS signals.
For ATCRBS intruders, interrrogations are accomplished by
controlling a whisper shout attenuation system which provides
successive responses, starting with the nearest aircraft and
continuing progressively to those farther away so as to avoid
saturating the radio-electric space and resulting interference.

(b) Description

1
_ Transmitter
The transmitter is a solid-state circuit that develops 1030
MHz outputs. The TCAS transmitter/receiver has a
transmit/listen cycle of approximately 1 s intervals. A series
of increasing power mode C interrogations is first
transmitted. This is the whisper-shout sequence (4-pulse group
repeated with increasing power to 20 dB at 1 ms intervals).
Immediately following is a mode S interrogation modulated in
DPSK (Data Phase Shift Keyed) format. The remainder of the
1s-cycle is spent in listen mode.
After the whisper shout attenuator, the signal is fed through
diplexers, beam-steering networks and top/bottom antenna
switch. The beam-steering network generates and controls the
phase relationships of the four RF outputs from the
transmitter. These outputs are connected to the four elements
of the TCAS antenna.

2
_ Receiver
The receiver has four individual RF and IF sections, one for
each directional antenna segment. The receive frequency is
1090 MHz. The signal received from each antenna element is
passed through one of the four parallel top/bottom antenna
switches, beam-steering networks, transmit/receive switches,
then to four identical receiver RF circuits. These four
signals are further applied to mixer circuits to develop IF
signals (the local oscillator frequency used by the mixers is
1030 MHz from the transmitter sub-assembly). These IF signals



EFF :

201-209,  34-43-00

Page 39
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
are amplified, filtered and applied to splitters for output to
the video processor.

3
_ Video processor
One output from each of the four signal splitters is
recombined and output as a video signal. This signal is used
to detect mode C and mode S data pulses. These items of
information are checked and invalid pulses eliminated so the
outputs of the video processor are mode C and mode S data. The
output from each signal splitter is applied to the bearing
detector.

4
_ Bearing detector
One of the IF signals is applied to one limiter as a reference
signal. Outputs of two other limiters are mixed with the
reference signal for phase detection. The resulting phase
detector outputs are dc signals whose levels are directly
proportional to the angle of arrival of the RF signal at the
antenna.

(3) Not Applicable

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,


Post SB 34-1238 For A/C 201-207,

A. TCAS Computer

(Ref. Fig. 005D, 006C)

(1) Introduction
The TCAS computer is divided into four major sections:
- Beam Steering/Receiver Module (A2)
- Transmitter Module Assembly (A3)
- Digital Signal Processor (DSP) Assembly (A4)
- Input/Output (I/O) CPU Assembly (A5)

(2) Beam Steering/Receiver Module (A2)

(a) Beam steering


The purpose of beam steering is to vary phasing of the transmit
signal to the four directional elements in each (top and bottom)
antenna.



EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,  34-43-00

Page 40
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Computer - Block Diagram
Figure 006C



EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399,  34-43-00

Page 41
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
The antenna elements are numbered 1 through 4 with number 1
element of the top antenna pointing to the nose of the aircraft,
number 2 to the right, number 3 to the rear, and number 4 to the
left.

(b) Receiver
The TCAS 1090 MHz receiver sensitivity level is such that it has
the ability to receive broadcast messages (squitters) from an
intruder Mode S transponder. Data contained in these squitters
allow passive tracking of aircraft beyond 100 NM with the
introduction of a software upgrade option. This requires that the
intruder aircraft be equipped with an ADS-B capable transponder
and a GNSS receiver.

(3) Transmitter module assembly (A3)


The transmitter is a solid-state circuit that develops 1030 MHz
outputs.
The TCAS transmitter/receiver has a transmit/listen cycle of
approximately 1s intervals. A series of increasing power mode C
interrogations is first transmitted. This is the whisper-shout
sequence (4-pulse group repeated with increasing power to 20 dB at 1
ms intervals). Immediately following is a Mode S interrogation
modulated in DPSK ( Differential Phase-Shift Keying) format.
The remainder of the 1 s-cycle is spent in listen mode.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

(4) Video processor


The video processor contains circuitry needed to perform the
following functions:
- analog-to-digital conversion of the sine, cosine and log sum inputs
- quantization of the log video inputs by comparing the log video
against a threshold level to reduce the effect of multi-path
replies
- decoding of ATCRBS Mode A and Mode C replies and elimination of
phantom replies
- Mode S and address decoding and error detection/correction
- storing of real time bearing information versus range during ATCRBS
or Mode S interrogations.
The video processor uses the video memory module to temporarily store
the following information:
- squitter bearing and data
- interrogation bearing and data
- range
- reply edge data for range measurement.



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-207,
210-249, 301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 42
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
The video controller generates outputs as required for control of the
transmitter, antenna switches and receiver.

(5) Data processor


The data processor module processes the data input from the video
processor and input/output circuits. It also operates the links
between the associated transponders and supplies the connector,
reserved for the data recorder, mounted on the computers front
panel, via the interface circuits.
The data processor module provides the computational capabilities
required for processing the TCAS functions. It is based on an Intel
80386 microprocessor operated at 32 MHz. It is optimized for numeric
processing and associated with an 80387 numeric data coprocessor.
Program memory, which contains the preprogrammed system operating
instructions is contained in EPROMs (programmable read only memory
erasable by ultra-violet rays ) on memory module I. Random access
memory (RAM) on memory modules I and II provides temporary storage
for data that is acquired or used during system operation.
Input/output circuitry permits direct communication with the
transponders via an ARINC 429 high speed bus interface. It also
includes a discrete I/O interface for a data recorder, a port for
connection to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) and an RS-232 interface
for use with a simulator.

(6) Inputs/Outputs (I/O)


Managed by an Intel 80C186 microprocessor whose program is contained
in a Read Only Memory (ROM), the I/O module provides the main
interface between the data processor and external hardware. It
acquires most of the aircraft data used by the TCAS and transmits
control and information signals to the other equipment. This modules
activity is under control of the data processor who exchanges with it
specific messages via a storage serving as a mailbox in both
directions.
The data is composed of discrete inputs/outputs, program pins and
ARINC 429 data except those of the transponder, acquired directly by
the data processor. This module also contains the synthesized voice
message generation and possess the capability to process analog
signals for non-digital aircraft. A validity check is performed on
ARINC 429 input data.
The synthesized voice generator transmits messages from a ROM
containing all the information required to generate advisories. Two
audio output channels (low and high level) are available. The low
level audio outputs are connected to the cockpit loud speakers
through the AMU.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-43-00

Page 43
Config-1 Nov 01/09
R  
CES 
(7) Data loader
A plug is installed next to the computer for the loading of the
operational program and I/O configuration data into the TCAS computer
via 2 ARINC 429 low speed buses, by means of a data loader.
Presently, this operation can only be done by Vendor Service
Bulletin.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

(4) CAS CPU


The Collision Avoidance System (CAS) function is performed at the
beginning of each processing cycle (nominally 1 second). The CAS
processes own altitude and data from the intruder surveillance buffer
to track intruders, detects threats and generates proximity traffic
and resolution advisories. The CAS function also performs
coordination with TCAS-equipped intruders.
It contains CAS CPU, supporting logic, memory devices and interface
circuits.
The CAS CPU controls the following functions which are executed by
the hardware on the surveillance card:
- speech synthesis
- ARINC 429 interfaces
- access to shared RAM.
This CPU utilizes a 16-bit SDP 185 as the processing element. This
processor uses a 36 MHz clock to control internal operation.
External extension registers are incorporated to expand the
addressable memory to 128 kwords. The SDP 185 companion ASIC contains
memory cycle timing, system reset, general purpose timers and a
digital heartbeat monitor.
. Onboard memory is provided for program, variable and maintenance
fault storage.
. The remainder of the CCA is utilized to accommodate the aircraft
interfaces specified in ARINC 735.
The input, output and discrete interfaces are buffered, level shifted
and sent to specific internal and/or external interface.

(5) Surveillance CPU


The surveillance function uses information from squitters, Mode S
fruit, Mode S replies, and ATCRBS replies to generate the
surveillance track file.
This surveillance CPU supports logic circuits, memory devices and
interface circuits.
- The CPU uses the same SDP 185 processor and SDP 185 companion ASIC
as the CAS CPU. Processor memory consists of 72 K words of EEPROM
to provide 64 K words of usable program memory and 8 K words of
configuration memory. The remainder of this CCA is utilized by the


R

EFF :
251-299,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,  34-43-00

Page 44
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
CPU shared SRAM, ARINC 735 I/O, RF interface circuitry and speech
processor.
- Aural annunciation is provided through a speech synthesis processor
which contains speech data in ROM. Two outputs are provided with
program pin volume control selection.
- The interface to the RF modules is contained in 3 ASICs.
The pulse decoder ASIC accepts receiver data and performs basic
pulse detection of incoming replies. A reply decoder ASIC sends
processed replies to FIFO for processor retrieval. The CPU
initiates and controls the generation of ATCRBS and mode S
interrogations through the transmitter control ASIC. This ASIC also
provides CPU interface for the RF self-test capability.
Suppression pulse interface is provided by the transmitter control
ASIC. The pulse decoder ASIC checks the suppression bus for proper
transmit receive sequencing.

(6) Inputs/Outputs (I/O)


Managed by an Intel 80C186 microprocessor whose program is contained
in a Read Only Memory (ROM), the I/O module provides the main
interface between the data processor and external hardware. It
acquires most of the aircraft data used by the TCAS and transmits
control and information signals to the other equipment. This modules
activity is under control of the data processor who exchanges with it
specific messages via a storage serving as a mailbox in both
directions.
The data is composed of discrete inputs/outputs, program pins and
ARINC 429 data except those of the transponder, acquired directly by
the data processor. This module also contains the synthesized voice
message generation and possess the capability to process analog
signals for non-digital aircraft. A validity check is performed on
ARINC 429 input data.
The synthesized voice generator transmits messages from a ROM
containing all the information required to generate advisories. Two
audio output channels (low and high level) are available. The low
level audio outputs are connected to the cockpit loud speakers
through the AMU.

(7) Data loader


A plug is installed next to the computer for the loading of the
operational program and I/O configuration data into the TCAS computer
via 2 ARINC 429 low speed buses, by means of a data loader. It will
be possible to load data by means of the Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
(MDDU) (data loader installed on the aircraft), or the Portable Data
Loader.


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 45
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
**ON A/C 201-209,

(4) Signal processor (A4)


The signal processor serves as an interface between the RF assembly
and the system software. It receives the three signal outputs from
the RF assembly: bearing information, mode S and mode C data.
The bearing data are converted into digital signals and applied to
the RAM. The mode S and C video signals are formatted, checked for
errors and applied to the RAM. Data from range counters are also
stored in the RAM. So in linking mode S and C data with bearing data,
the CPU is able to estimate the target aircraft range and bearing.
Additional tasks of the signal processor are: management of system
interface, buffer configuration, test, monitoring and fault
isolation, mode S and C interrogation/reply management.

(5) CPU card (A3)


The CPU is the computational center of the TCAS. The CPU is made up
of three microprocessors and associated circuits. It contains the
programs for analyzing data developed as a result of signals from
other transponders, and generates the traffic and resolution
advisories for the cockpit display. Intruder range, altitude and
bearing are calculated from received data. For TCAS equipped
intruders, a data link is established to coordinate resolution of the
threat condition.

(6) Input/output card (A2)


The input/output interface circuits handle the A/D, D/A, ARINC,
discrete and analog signal conversions required for communication
with external TCAS equipment.

(7) Data loader


A plug is installed next to the computer for the loading of the
operational program and I/O configuration data into the TCAS computer
via 2 ARINC 429 low speed buses, by means of a data loader.

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(4) Video processor


The video processor contains circuitry needed to perform the
following functions:
- analog-to-digital conversion of the sine, cosine and log sum inputs
- quantization of the log video inputs by comparing the log video
against a threshold level to reduce the effect of multi-path
replies


R

EFF :

201-209, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page 46
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- decoding of ATCRBS Mode A and Mode C replies and elimination of
phantom replies
- Mode S and address decoding and error detection/correction
- storing of real time bearing information versus range during ATCRBS
or Mode S interrogations.
The video processor uses the video memory module to temporarily store
the following information:
- squitter bearing and data
- interrogation bearing and data
- range
- reply edge data for range measurement.
The video controller generates outputs as required for control of the
transmitter, antenna switches and receiver.

(5) Data processor


The data processor module processes the data input from the video
processor and input/output circuits. It also operates the links
between the associated transponders and supplies the connector,
reserved for the data recorder, mounted on the computers front
panel, via the interface circuits.
The data processor module provides the computational capabilities
required for processing the TCAS functions. It is based on an Intel
80386 microprocessor operated at 32 MHz. It is optimized for numeric
processing and associated with an 80387 numeric data coprocessor.
Program memory, which contains the preprogrammed system operating
instructions is contained in EPROMs (programmable read only memory
erasable by ultra-violet rays ) on memory module I. Random access
memory (RAM) on memory modules I and II provides temporary storage
for data that is acquired or used during system operation.
Input/output circuitry permits direct communication with the
transponders via an ARINC 429 high speed bus interface. It also
includes a discrete I/O interface for a data recorder (via PCMCIA
card or a Portable Data Loader). It uses a new Simsoft protocol by
means of the PCMCIA card inserted in the front face of the computer
TPA 100A. A converter from PCMCIA to RS-232 protocol is necessary to
link the TCAS to the simulator.

(6) Inputs/Outputs (I/O)


Managed by an Intel 80C186 microprocessor whose program is contained
in a Read Only Memory (ROM), the I/O module provides the main
interface between the data processor and external hardware. It
acquires most of the aircraft data used by the TCAS and transmits
control and information signals to the other equipment. This modules
activity is under control of the data processor who exchanges with it
specific messages via a storage serving as a mailbox in both
directions.


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page 47
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
The data is composed of discrete inputs/outputs, program pins and
ARINC 429 data except those of the transponder, acquired directly by
the data processor. This module also contains the synthesized voice
message generation and possess the capability to process analog
signals for non-digital aircraft. A validity check is performed on
ARINC 429 input data.
The synthesized voice generator transmits messages from a ROM
containing all the information required to generate advisories. Two
audio output channels (low and high level) are available. The low
level audio outputs are connected to the cockpit loud speakers
through the AMU.

(7) Data loader


A plug is installed next to the computer for the loading of the
operational program and I/O configuration data into the TCAS computer
via 2 ARINC 429 low speed buses, by means of a data loader. It will
be possible to load data by means of the Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
(MDDU) (data loader installed on the aircraft), or the Portable Data
Loader or throught the PCMCIA card incerted in the front face of the
TCAS computer.

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,


Post SB 34-1238 For A/C 201-207,

(4) DSP assembly (A4)


A signal processor and CPU (Central Processing Unit) provide the
control and data analysis necessary for the TCAS computer operation.
The signal processor circuits serve as a preprocessor between the
system software and the RF circuits.
The CPU is made of two microprocessors and their associated memories.
This is the portion of the TCAS computer that contains the algorithms
for analyzing data developed as a result of signals from transponders
of other aircraft.
The CPU generates the traffic and resolution advisories for output to
the cockpit displays. It is software-controlled and communicates with
the signal processor and input/output interface through the system
bus. The input/output interface circuits are the A/D, D/A, ARINC,
discrete and analog circuits required to communicate with external
TCAS equipment. The interface has a CPU to control its operation.


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 48
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(5) I/O CPU assembly (A5)
Three ARIES ARINC 429 unloader Application Specific Integrated
Circuits (ASIC) are used to load/unload ARINC 429 data directly
from/to the global memory space. Access to the global memory space is
arbitrated between CPU A (AMP2) and CPU I (AMP5V) and the ARIES
devices.
CPU A is without peripherals in its local memory space. CPU A
communicates with CPU I and the signal processor through the global
memory space.
CPU A local memory space contains only RAM, program memory (FLASH),
memory mapped access to the global space, and an interrupt
controller.
CPU I memory space also contains RAM, program memory (FLASH), memory
mapped access to the global space and an interrupt controller, plus
several local peripherals, an analog-to-digital converter, a dual
serial port, a speech device, and discrete I/O.
The global memory space contains a 2-channel timer, RAM, the signal
processor dual port, EEPROM (for fault logging), cross interrupts,
discrete I/O, ARINC 429, display port, a memory card interface and
discrete I/O. Data is passed directly to the memory card.

(6) Input/output card (A2)


The input/output interface circuits handle the A/D, D/A, ARINC,
discrete and analog signal conversions required for communication
with external TCAS equipment.

(7) Data loader


A plug is installed next to the computer for the loading of the
operational program and I/O configuration data into the TCAS computer
via 2 ARINC 429 low speed buses, by means of a data loader.

R **ON A/C ALL

B. ATC/TCAS Control Unit


For detailed description, Ref. 34-52-00, Para. 5.B.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 49
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

C. TCAS Antennas

(Ref. Fig. 007)


The directional antenna is composed of four passive vertically-polarized
elements. This high-strength composite antenna is provided with a curved
base (110 in), eight fuselage mounting screws and four color-coded
connectors used to coaxially connect the four antenna elements to the
TCAS computer.
A teflon gasket is located between the fuselage and the base of the
antenna, in order to facilitate the removal of the antenna.
An O-ring is provided to seal the antenna to the fuselage. The antenna is
used to receive and provide directional information for 1090 MHz Mode S
squitters, Mode S and Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS)
replies. Proper phasing of the four antenna elements enables omni or
directional transmission of 1030 MHz broadcast or coordination messages
and ATCRBS or Mode S interrogations.

**ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

C. TCAS Antennas

(Ref. Fig. 007A)


The TCAS directional antenna is a four-element, vertically polarized,
monopole array which is capable of transmitting in four selected
directions at 1030 MHz and receiving omnidirectionally with bearing at
1090 MHz using amplitude monopulse techniques.
Both directional antennas are curved base plates (77 in. Radius).
A teflon gasket is located between the fuselage and the base of the
antenna. One O-ring is used at the center connectors in order to
withstand the max pressure differential.

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

C. TCAS Antennas

(Ref. Fig. 007B)


The directional antenna is composed of four passive vertically-polarized
elements. This high-strength composite antenna is provided with a curved
base (110 in), eight fuselage mounting screws and four color-coded
connectors used to coaxially connect the four antenna elements to the
TCAS computer.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-43-00

Page 50
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
TCAS Antenna
Figure 007


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 51
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS Antenna
Figure 007A


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page 52
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS Antenna
Figure 007B



EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,  34-43-00

Page 53
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
A teflon gasket is located between the fuselage and the base of the
antenna, in order to facilitate the removal of the antenna.
An O-ring is provided to seal the antenna to the fuselage. The antenna is
used to receive and provide directional information for 1090 MHz Mode S
squitters, Mode S and Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS)
replies. Proper phasing of the four antenna elements enables omni or
directional transmission of 1030 MHz broadcast or coordination messages
and ATCRBS or Mode S interrogations.

R **ON A/C ALL

6. Operation
_________

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 008)

A. Intruder Detection
The TCAS detects A/C equipped with Mode S transponders by listening for
squitter transmissions. Mode S transponders announce their presence by
transmitting squitter messages once every second. The TCAS also detects
A/C equipped with transponders that do not reply to Mode S interrogations
but do reply to Mode C interrogations. The TCAS must actively search for
Mode C equipped intruder aircraft because Mode C transponders do not
transmit squitter messages. Once the presence of a Mode C intruder is
confirmed, it is tracked by the TCAS. The TCAS is capable of tracking up
to a combined total of 30 Mode S and Mode C intruders.
Tracking is performed by repetitive TCAS interrogations in Mode S and
Mode C format.

(1) Interrogation of aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders


With respect to aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders,
the TCAS is active and transmits Mode C only all-call interrogations
(P1, P3 and P4 pulses). The code is similar to the one used by the
Mode A and Mode C ground stations. The P4 pulse informs those Mode S
transponders that this interrogation is not addressed to them
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The nominal time interval between two interrogations is one second.
But, to limit radio-electric interference in dense traffic areas,
each interrogation consists of a series of interrogations of
increasing strength to reach more remote aircraft (whisper-shout)
with 1 ms time periods inside the series.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The first transmission consists of relatively low power P1, P3 and P4
pulses only.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 54
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Operation / Control and Indicating
Figure 008


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 55
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Mode C Only All-Call Interrogation
Figure 009


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 56
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Whisper-Shout Transmitter Sequence
Figure 010


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 57
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Therefore, only the nearest aircraft will receive and reply to these
interrogations.
Then an S1 pulse is also transmitted. This pulse is at a lower
amplitude, causing the close-in aircraft to interpret this as a side
lobe from the transmitting station, requiring no reply. The purpose
of the whisper-shout sequence is to reduce the number of aircraft
replying to any one interrogation, thus limiting interference.

(2) Replies of aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders


Aircraft equipped with Mode C transponders reply by transmitting
their altitude, octal encoded in four digits ABCD, with a value of
100 ft for the LSB in the ATCRBS format.
For aircraft of which the Mode A and C transponders do not have the
altitude report, the intruder presentation on the ND is limited to a
display of its position in range and bearing.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Aircraft equipped with Mode A transponders only cannot be detected by
the TCAS.

R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(Ref. Fig. 008)

A. Intruder Detection
The TCAS detects A/C equipped with Mode S transponders by listening for
squitter transmissions. Mode S transponders announce their presence by
transmitting squitter messages once every second. The TCAS also detects
A/C equipped with transponders that do not reply to Mode S interrogations
but do reply to Mode C interrogations. The TCAS must actively search for
Mode C equipped intruder aircraft because Mode C transponders do not
transmit squitter messages. Once the presence of a Mode C intruder is
confirmed, it is tracked by the TCAS. The TCAS is capable of tracking up
to a combined total of 45 Mode S and Mode C intruders.
Tracking is performed by repetitive TCAS interrogations in Mode S and
Mode C format.

(1) Interrogation of aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders


With respect to aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders,
the TCAS is active and transmits Mode C only all-call interrogations
(P1, P3 and P4 pulses). The code is similar to the one used by the
Mode A and Mode C ground stations. The P4 pulse informs those Mode S
transponders that this interrogation is not addressed to them
(Ref. Fig. 009)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-43-00

Page 58
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
TCAS - Mode C Reply
Figure 011


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 59
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The nominal time interval between two interrogations is one second.
But, to limit radio-electric interference in dense traffic areas,
each interrogation consists of a series of interrogations of
increasing strength to reach more remote aircraft (whisper-shout)
with 1 ms time periods inside the series.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The first transmission consists of relatively low power P1, P3 and P4
pulses only.
Therefore, only the nearest aircraft will receive and reply to these
interrogations.
Then an S1 pulse is also transmitted. This pulse is at a lower
amplitude, causing the close-in aircraft to interpret this as a side
lobe from the transmitting station, requiring no reply. The purpose
of the whisper-shout sequence is to reduce the number of aircraft
replying to any one interrogation, thus limiting interference.

(2) Replies of aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders


Aircraft equipped with Mode C transponders reply by transmitting
their altitude, octal encoded in four digits ABCD, with a value of
100 ft for the LSB in the ATCRBS format.
For aircraft of which the Mode A and C transponders do not have the
altitude report, the intruder presentation on the ND is limited to a
display of its position in range and bearing.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Aircraft equipped with Mode A transponders only cannot be detected by
the TCAS.

R **ON A/C ALL

(3) Interrogation of aircraft equipped with Mode S transponders

(a) Transmission coding


The TCAS uses the Mode S function for certain identification of
intruders as a 24-bit address is definitively assigned to each
aircraft by air traffic control.
The interrogation comprises three pulses: P1, P2 and P6. P2 level
is equal to or greater than the P1 level, which is the no-reply
condition for the aircraft equipped with Mode A or C
transponders. Therefore, only Mode S transponders reply to the
interrogation.
The useful information is contained in P6 divided into 56 or 112
chips.
A chip is an unmodulated interval of 0.25 microseconds, preceded
by possible phase reversals.
The message formats contain a number of bits permitting a more
complete and diversified information exchange than in Mode C.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 60
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
There are two distinct message formats:
- all Mode S interrogations (UPLINK format) are binary
differential phase shift keying (DPSK) signals
- Mode S replies (DOWNLINK format) are formed by pulse position
modulation (PPM) encoding the reply data.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The Mode S reply is preceded by a preamble containing four
pulses of specific duration and intervals intended to guarantee
received message validity. Any messages whose preamble is not
in complete conformity with the model are rejected by the TCAS.
This information is encoded in PPM mode with, for each bit, a
logic level one if the first half of the interval is at 1 and a
logic level zero if it is at zero.

(b) Squitters
The Mode S transponder participates actively in its own detection
by transmitting signals, at one second intervals, intended to
inform nearby aircraft of its presence.
This transmission, called squitter transmission, consists of a
Format DF = 11 message, containing the Mode S 24-bit address
assigned to the aircraft, whereas all the bits of the message PI
field at zero indicates a squitter.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

(c) Mode S communication messages


The Mode S ATC communications system supporting personalized
exchanges between ATC ground stations and Mode S
transponder-equipped aircraft comprises:
- a set of 25 standard messages for station-aircraft uplinks
(Uplink format) identified UFxx
- another set of 25 standard messages for downlinks (Downlink
format) identified DFxx.
The message may be long or short and contain either 56 or 112
bits.
Each message consists of specific fields with bit combinations
that have specific meanings. Two fields, however, have an
identical definition for all messages:
- the message-type field consisting of bits 1 to 5 whose coding
translates the format decimal value into binary
- the address field containing the last 24 bits of the message
(bits 33 to 56 or bits 89 to 112 depending on whether the
message is short or long). These 24 bits contain the Mode S
address of the transmitter.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 61
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Mode S - Interrogation and Reply
Figure 012


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 62
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The TCAS uses this bidirectional link capability to communicate
with other TCAS equipped aircraft to coordinate avoidance
maneuvers. It may also dialog with ground stations: these
stations have the possibility of monitoring and modifying its
action.
In the Mode S message set, the TCAS uses only six UF-type
messages and seven DF-type messages. These messages are:
- UF0, UF4, UF5, UF16, UF20, UF21
- DF0, DF4, DF5, DF11, DF16, DF20, DF21.
The following two figures give the list of messages used by the
TCAS for communications with other aircraft and with ground
stations.
They are followed by the definition of the fields used in the
messages.

NOTE : The TCAS only uses short messages (56 bits).


____

(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 63
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Message Uplink Format
Figure 013


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 64
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Message Downlink Format
Figure 014



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 65
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
DEFINITION OF UPLINK FORMAT MESSAGE FIELDS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| AP | ADDRESS PARITY | Coded address with parity check |
| AQ | ACQUISITION | Indicates if it is an interrogation message; |
| | | 1 = interrogation |
| DI | DESIGNATOR | Specifies type of information contained in SD|
| | IDENT | field |
| MA | MESSAGE | Used by ground station to transmit a TCAS SL |
| | Comm-A | command to a TCAS-equipped aircraft |
| MU | MESSAGE | Used by TCAS to transmit to other aircraft RA|
| | Comm-U | coordination information (under fields UDS, |
| | | MTB, CVC, VRC, CHC, HRC, HSB, VSB) |
| PC | PROTOCOL | Operating commands to the transponder |
| RL | REPLY LENGTH | Indicates if message is short (0) or long (1)|
| RR | REPLY REQUEST | Length and content of reply information |
| | | requested by the interrogator |
| SD | SPECIAL | Contains control codes affecting the |
| | DESIGNATOR | transponder protocol |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEFINITION OF DOWNLINK FORMAT MESSAGE FIELDS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| AA | ADDRESS | Mode S address in the clear in 24 bits |
| | ANNOUNCED | |
| AC | ALTITUDE CODE | Information indicating aircraft altitude |
| AP | ADDRESS PARITY | Coded address with parity check |
| CA | CAPABILITY | Transponder capability |
| DR | DOWNLINK | Requests extraction of downlink message by |
| | REQUEST | the interrogator (existing RA) |
| FS | FLIGHT STATUS | Flight status of the aircraft: ground, |
| | | flight, alert, SPI |
| ID | IDENTIFICATION | Contains the Mode A identification code |
| | CODE | |
| MB | MESSAGE | Indicates Advisory content to the ground |
| | Comm-B | station |
| MV | MESSAGE | Contains ARA, RAC, VDS subfields used for |
| | Comm-V | coordination |
| RI | REPLY | Type of reply and airspeed capability |
| | INFORMATION | |
| SL | SENSITIVITY | TCAS current sensitivity level |
| | LEVEL | |



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 66
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| UM | UTILITY MESSAGE| Transponder status readouts |
| VS | VERTICAL STATUS| Aircraft status: 0 = airborne, 1 = ground |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(c) Mode S communication messages


The Mode S ATC communications system supporting personalized
exchanges between ATC ground stations and Mode S
transponder-equipped aircraft comprises:
- a set of 25 standard messages for station-aircraft uplinks
(Uplink format) identified UFxx
- another set of 25 standard messages for downlinks (Downlink
format) identified DFxx.
The message may be long or short and contain either 56 or 112
bits.
Each message consists of specific fields with bit combinations
that have specific meanings. Two fields, however, have an
identical definition for all messages:
- the message-type field consisting of bits 1 to 5 whose coding
translates the format decimal value into binary
- the address field containing the last 24 bits of the message
(bits 33 to 56 or bits 89 to 112 depending on whether the
message is short or long). These 24 bits contain the Mode S
address of the transmitter.
The TCAS uses this bidirectional link capability to communicate
with other TCAS equipped aircraft to coordinate avoidance
maneuvers. It may also dialog with ground stations: these
stations have the possibility of monitoring and modifying its
action.
In the Mode S message set, the TCAS uses only six UF-type
messages and eight DF-type messages. These messages are:
- UF0, UF4, UF5, UF16, UF20, UF21
- DF0, DF4, DF5, DF11, DF16, DF17, DF20, DF21.
The following two figures give the list of messages used by the
TCAS for communications with other aircraft and with ground
stations.
They are followed by the definition of the fields used in the
messages.

(Ref. Fig. 013, 014A)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-43-00

Page 67
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
TCAS - Message Downlink Format
Figure 014A


R

EFF :
528-599,
051-099, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,  34-43-00

Page 68
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
DEFINITION OF UPLINK FORMAT MESSAGE FIELDS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| AP | ADDRESS PARITY | Coded address with parity check |
| AQ | ACQUISITION | Indicates if it is an interrogation message; |
| | | 1 = interrogation |
| DI | DESIGNATOR | Specifies type of information contained in SD|
| | IDENT | field |
| MA | MESSAGE | Used by ground station to transmit a TCAS SL |
| | Comm-A | command to a TCAS-equipped aircraft |
| MU | MESSAGE | Used by TCAS to transmit to other aircraft RA|
| | Comm-U | coordination information (under fields UDS, |
| | | MTB, CVC, VRC, CHC, HRC, HSB, VSB) |
| PC | PROTOCOL | Operating commands to the transponder |
| RL | REPLY LENGTH | Indicates if message is short (0) or long (1)|
| RR | REPLY REQUEST | Length and content of reply information |
| | | requested by the interrogator |
| SD | SPECIAL | Contains control codes affecting the |
| | DESIGNATOR | transponder protocol |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEFINITION OF DOWNLINK FORMAT MESSAGE FIELDS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| AA | ADDRESS | Mode S address in the clear in 24 bits |
| | ANNOUNCED | |
| AC | ALTITUDE CODE | Information indicating aircraft altitude |
| AP | ADDRESS PARITY | Coded address with parity check |
| CA | CAPABILITY | Transponder capability |
| DR | DOWNLINK | Requests extraction of downlink message by |
| | REQUEST | the interrogator (existing RA) |
| FS | FLIGHT STATUS | Flight status of the aircraft: ground, |
| | | flight, alert, SPI |
| ID | IDENTIFICATION | Contains the Mode A identification code |
| | CODE | |
| MB | MESSAGE | Indicates Advisory content to the ground |
| | Comm-B | station |
| MV | MESSAGE | Contains ARA, RAC, VDS subfields used for |
| | Comm-V | coordination |
| RI | REPLY | Type of reply and airspeed capability |
| | INFORMATION | |
| SL | SENSITIVITY | TCAS current sensitivity level |
| | LEVEL | |


R

EFF :
528-599,
051-099, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,  34-43-00

Page 69
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| UM | UTILITY MESSAGE| Transponder status readouts |
| VS | VERTICAL STATUS| Aircraft status: 0 = airborne, 1 = ground |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

B. Measurement of Intruder Parameters

(1) Principle

(a) Determination of relative altitude


Upon confirmed transponder reception, the TCAS starts to
interrogate the intruder. Its altitude is transmitted directly in
the reply (standard barometric altitude) and this information is
used to determine the relative altitude of the two aircraft, by
calculating the barometric altitude difference.
This computation is, however, only possible with respect to Mode
C or Mode S transponder-equipped aircraft.
(Ref. Fig. 015)

(b) Range measurement


The range is calculated by measuring the elapsed time between
transmission of the interrogation signal and return of the reply
transmitted by the intruder. Aircraft are detected from a minimum
range of 14 NM.

(c) Determination of Azimuth


There are several methods for calculating the angle of reception
of a radio-electric signal with respect to a reference direction
such as the aircraft centerline.
The technique used in the TCAS II computer is the interferometer
system.
The interferometry principle is based on a comparison of signal
phases received by four independent elements of the directional
antenna, taken in pairs.
With two poles, E2 and E4, the phase difference of signals
received on the two elements depends on the angle of reception of
these signals since the difference in distance to the source of
the two reception poles varies with this angle.
(Ref. Fig. 016)
If the distance separating the two poles, and the source signal
wavelength are known, the following ratio is obtained:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 70
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS - Relative Altitude Calculation Principle
Figure 015


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 71
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Determination of Azimuth
Figure 016


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 72
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
d
S2-S4 = -------- x 360 x sin B
Lambda
where
B : source signal reception angle
S2-S4 : phase difference of signal received on poles E2 and E4
d : distance between the two poles
Lambda : signal wavelength, i.e. for
f = 1090 MHz, 3.10expnt8/1.09 x 10expnt9 = 0.2752 m.

To calculate angle B, the TCAS uses 4 elements installed


perpendicularly two by two which gives:
d
S2-S4 = -------- x 360 x sin B
Lambda

d
S1-S3 = -------- x 360 x cos B
Lambda
and therefore:
S2 - S4
B = Arc tan ---------
S1 - S3
If the antenna is aligned on the aircraft centerline, angle B
represents the source azimuth and may be used to indicate the
intruders bearing on the ND.

**ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

B. Measurement of Intruder Parameters

(1) Principle

(a) Determination of relative altitude


Upon confirmed transponder reception, the TCAS starts to
interrogate the intruder. Its altitude is transmitted directly in
the reply (standard barometric altitude) and this information is
used to determine the relative altitude of the two aircraft, by
calculating the barometric altitude difference.
This computation is, however, only possible with respect to Mode
C or Mode S transponder-equipped aircraft.
(Ref. Fig. 015)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 73
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Range measurement
The range is calculated by measuring the elapsed time between
transmission of the interrogation signal and return of the reply
transmitted by the intruder. Aircraft are detected from a minimum
range of 14 NM.

(c) Determination of bearing


Two basic means exist for performing the direction finding
function required by the TCAS: one based on phase and the other
one based on amplitude.
The amplitude monopulse technique is used. This system is a four
element, vertically polarized, monopole array which is capable of
transmitting in 4 selectable directions at 1030 MHz and receiving
omnidirectionally with bearing at 1090 MHz.
The amplitude monopulse system generates four separate cardioid
antenna patterns, each with its own receiver channel to view all
four 90 degree sectors simultaneously (forward, aft, left and
right sectors).
The bearing angle of a target is determined by the amplitude
ratio of adjacent patterns.
The TCAS takes a ratio of the amplitude of the two strongest
signals from two 90-degree antenna beams to determine a bearing
angle.
This technique also prevents a bearing measurement from being
reflected into a wrong quadrant. Because an amplitude ratio is
used, distortions in the antenna patterns tend to be cancelled
out.
When transmitting, the TCAS computer interrogates one sector at a
time using a whisper-shout sequence of stepped power level
interrogations.

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

B. Measurement of Intruder Parameters

(1) Principle

(a) Determination of relative altitude


Upon confirmed transponder reception, the TCAS starts to
interrogate the intruder. Its altitude is transmitted directly in
the reply (standard barometric altitude) and this information is
used to determine the relative altitude of the two aircraft, by
calculating the barometric altitude difference.
This computation is, however, only possible with respect to Mode
C or Mode S transponder-equipped aircraft.
(Ref. Fig. 015)


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 74
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(b) Range measurement
The range is calculated by measuring the elapsed time between
transmission of the interrogation signal and return of the reply
transmitted by the intruder. Aircraft are detected from a minimum
range of 14 NM.

(c) Determination of Azimuth


There are several methods for calculating the angle of reception
of a radio-electric signal with respect to a reference direction
such as the aircraft centerline.
The TCAS utilizes a four-element antenna and a form of phase
interferometry to derive bearing from the received signal.
The interferometry principle is based on a comparison of signal
phases received by four independent elements of the directional
antenna.
For any given direction of reception, three antenna elements and
their corresponding receiver channels are used. The elements
which are used are the one physically positioned in the center of
the quadrant being interrogated and the elements adjacent to it.
Two phase measurements are performed: one corresponding to the
difference in phase between the center element and the element on
its right, and one corresponding to the phase difference between
the center element and the element on its left. These two signals
are converted from analog to digital information and stored. The
bearing is calculated by reading the phase detector outputs,
taking the ratio of the phase detector outputs with respect to
each other, and performing a table lookup which relates the ratio
to the phase difference from beam center.

R **ON A/C ALL

(d) Tracking
Once identified, the intruders are tracked by a series of
interrogation-replies in Mode C only all-call for Mode C
transponder-equipped aircraft, and in Mode S for Mode S
transponder-equipped aircraft.
These exchanges permit the TCAS to periodically update the
altitude, range and bearing data for each intruder and to compute
the range rate and altitude rate variations. These data are then
used to determine the time separating the two aircraft from their
closest point of approach.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 75
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(e) Broadcast messages
Every ten seconds, the TCAS transmits a broadcast message
intended to inform nearby aircraft, themselves equipped with a
TCAS, of the presence of a TCAS-equipped aircraft in their
traffic area.
These messages, received by the Mode S transponders, are
communicated to the TCAS computer to enable it to know the number
of TCAS-equipped aircraft in its detection envelope. This
information is then used in the interference limitation formulas
whose results modulate the Mode S interrogation output power
level in inverse proportion to the number of aircraft. This
reduces the number of non-elicited replies received by ground ATC
stations.
The messages transmitted are of the uplink format type UF = 16
with the Mode S 24 bit address of the interrogating TCAS included
in the MID field (bits 65 to 88) with the UDS field (bits 33 to
40) containing the code F50. No response is expected for this
type of message.

(f) Communications frequencies


Communications between two aircraft are always crossed between
transponder and TCAS. The TCAS transmits at a frequency of 1030
MHz to the transponder of the other aircraft, whose reply signals
are at a frequency of 1090 MHz to the TCAS receiver. This choice
allows system compatibility with ground station-transponder links
as the ground stations use the same frequencies as the TCAS.

(Ref. Fig. 017)

C. Coordination
Two TCAS-equipped aircraft must coordinate their maneuvers to avoid the
flight path corrections ordered by each TCAS resulting in a hazardous
situation.

(1) Coordination principle


In most cases of encounters between two TCAS-equipped aircraft,
mutual identification is almost but not quite simultaneous, with
sufficient time lag to establish the priority necessary for the
coordination process.
The first aircraft to detect a potentially dangerous configuration
computes a deviation maneuver sense and communicates it to the other
aircraft.
This aircraft takes the information into account and in turn computes
a correction.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 76
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Communication Principle
Figure 017


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 77
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
If two aircraft detect each other at exactly the same time and
simultaneously transmit coordination messages containing incompatible
deviation senses it is, by convention, the aircraft that has the
highest Mode S address that cancels its trajectory correction. A time
delay in the display of orders on the display units avoids opposing
orders.

(2) Communications protocol


Communications between two aircraft comprises three phases:

(a) Detection phase


The TCAS receives squitter messages transmitted by the
transponder of the intruder aircraft. These are DF11-type
messages transmitted periodically at one second intervals and
intended to enable its detection and identification.
This message essentially uses two fields:
- an AA (Address Announced) field containing the Mode S address
which must be acknowledged
- A PI (parity interrogator Identity) field which is the result
of a parity encoding using a method of polynominal
multiplication. On reception, the Address Announced field is
multiplied by the same polynominal and the result is compared
with the received value.

(b) Surveillance phase


After detection, a surveillance phase starts. This phase is
composed of an acquisition part and a tracking part.

1
_ Acquisition interrogation
When the TCAS receives a squitter and acquires the Mode S
address of the intruder it enters into contact by transmitting
a UFO-type message (Short special surveillance interrogation)
with the following specific fields:
- bit 9, RL = 0: reply message length requested short (56
bits)
- bit 14, AQ = 1: acquisition-type message indication.

2
_ Acquisition reply
The intruders transponder replies to this request by a DFO
message containing the following information:
- bit 6, VS: Vertical Status, = 1 if the aircraft is on the
ground, = 0 if the aircraft is airborne
- bits 9 to 11, SL: Sensitivity level indicates in which
sensitivity level its TCAS is operating
- bits 14 to 17, RI: combinations of bits, from values 8 to
15, specify the maximum speed the aircraft can reach. The
other combinations are not used


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 78
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
- bits 20 to 32, AC: aircraft altitude code indicating the
barometric altitude.

3
_ Tracking interrogation
After its acquisition, the intruder is tracked by UFO-type
interrogations with the following field values:
- RL = 0: reply message length requested short
- AQ = 0: not an acquisition message.

4
_ Tracking reply
The intruders transponder replies with a DFO message
indicating altitude and TCAS sensitivity level by a
combination of fields SL and RI:
- SL: bits 9 to 11
- RI: bits 14 to 17, combination values 0 to 7. Values 8 to 15
are not used
- AC: bits 20 to 32, aircraft altitude code.

(c) Coordination phase


If the intruder becomes a threat, the TCAS programs a deviation
maneuver to avoid a risk of collision. A coordination procedure
is initiated between the two aircraft with an exchange of the
following messages:

1
_ Coordination interrogation
The TCAS transmits a UF16 Long Special Surveillance message
whose fields contain the following indications:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| BITS | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------|--------|--------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | RL | = 1: reply message length requested long |
| 14 | AQ | = 0: non-acquisition type interrogation |
| 33-40 | UDS | U Definition Subfield - defines the other data |
| | | in the MU field (Comm-U), composed of bits 42 |
| | | to 88 |
| 42 | MTB | Indicates multiple threat processing |
| 43-44 | CVC | Cancel Vertical resolution advisory Complement - |
| | | used to cancel an RA complement sent earlier to |
| | | an intruder |
| 45-46 | VRC | Vertical Resolution advisory Complement - used to|
| | | transmit an RA vertical complement to the intru- |
| | | der requesting it not to modify its trajectory |
| | | (dont climb, dont descend) |
| 47-49 | CHC | Cancel Horizontal resolution advisory Complement-|
| | | not used in TCAS II |
| 50-52 | HRC | Horizontal Resolution advisory Complement - not |


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 79
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| BITS | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------|--------|--------------------------------------------------|
| | | used in TCAS II |
| 53-55 | | not used |
| 56-60 | HSB | Encoded Sense bits for Horizontal resolution |
| | | advisory complement - not used in TCAS II |
| 61-64 | VSB | Encoded Sense Bits for Vertical resolution advi- |
| | | sory complement - parity code to protect the 4 |
| | | vertical command bits (43-46) |
| 65-88 | MID | Interrogator TCAS-equipped aircraft Mode S |
| | | address. |
---------------------------------------------------------------------

2
_ Coordination reply
After acquisition of this message, the intruders transponder
replies with a Long Special Surveillance DF 16 type message,
containing the information previously transmitted to it by its
own TCAS:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
| BITS | FIELD | INDICATION |
|------ |-------|---------------------------------------------------|
| 6 | VS | Vertical Status - indicates whether aircraft is |
| | | on ground or airborne |
| 9-11 | SL | With RI, SL indicates the sensitivity level at |
| | | which the interrogated aircrafts TCAS is |
| | | operating |
| 14-17 | RI | Reply Information |
| 20-32 | AC | Altitude Code - contains aircraft altitude |
| | | encoded in 100 ft increments if bit 28 equals 0, |
| | | and in 25 ft increments if bit 28 equals 1 |
| 33-40 | VDS | V Definition Subfield defines the contents of the|
| | | data and coding in the field MV (Comm V) composed|
| | | of bits 41 to 88 |
| 41-54 | ARA | Active Resolution Advisory - indicates the RA |
| | | type currently generated by the TCAS |
| 55-58 | RAC | Resolution Advisory Complement - Indicates the RA|
| | | complement type currently received from other |
| | | TCAS-equipped aircraft |
| 59-88 | | Not used |
---------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 80
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(d) Correspondence of radio messages with ARINC 429 words
The coordination information exchanged between two aircraft
transits via ARINC 429 buses linking the transponder to the TCAS.
The following table gives the correspondence between the two
types of link:

---------------------------------------------------
| 1 - TRANSPONDER TO TCAS |
|-------------------------------------------------|
| | RADIO MESSAGE | ARINC MESSAGE |
|---------|-------------------|-------------------|
| FIELD | MESSAGE | BITS | LABEL | BITS |
|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| MTB | UF16 | 42 | 271 | 09 |
| CVC | | 43-44 | | 10-11 |
| VRC | | 45-46 | | 12-13 |
| CHC | | 47-49 | | 14-16 |
| HRC | | 50-52 | | 17-19 |
| HSB | | 56-60 | | 20-24 |
| VSB | | 61-64 | | 25-28 |
---------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------
| 2 - TCAS TO TRANSPONDER |
|-------------------------------------------------|
| | RADIO MESSAGE | ARINC MESSAGE |
|---------|-------------------|-------------------|
| FIELD | MESSAGE | BITS | LABEL | BITS |
|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| SL | DF16 | 09-11 | 274 | 23-25 |
| RI | | 14-17 | | 26-29 |
| ARA | | 41-54 | 273 | 12-25 |
| RAC | | 55-58 | | 26-29 |
---------------------------------------------------

D. Principles of Computation
In the TCAS, target aircraft are categorized depending on specific
criteria varying in function of altitude.
The TCAS essentially uses two types of information to perform this
classification:
- the relative altitude between two aircraft, known by the difference of
their barometric altitudes
- the distance or range separating them.
(Ref. Fig. 018)
Acquisition of these two parameters at regular intervals (tracking)
enables their variations to be calculated:
- altitude rate


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 81
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Definition of Main Parameters
Figure 018


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 82
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
- range rate.
Assessment of the potential threat represented by an intruder depends
on two criteria determined with respect to a point in the traffic area
called Closest Point of Approach (CPA).
This is the point of minimum distance between the two aircraft,
assuming that their trajectories do not deviate.
The two criteria are:
- vertical separation at CPA
- time left before reaching CPA.

(1) Projected vertical separation


The threat is evaluated by calculating the vertical separation
between the two aircraft at the closest point of approach.
(Ref. Fig. 019)
The TCAS computer processes the current altitude and altitude rate of
the intruder to predict whether it will be within limits considered
dangerous at the closest point of approach.
Intruder 1 penetrates the altitude zone delimited by the upper and
lower thresholds but when it reaches CPA, it will be outside this
zone.
Therefore no advisory will be issued.
However, when intruder 2 reaches CPA it is still inside this zone and
therefore an advisory will be issued.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,

(2) Time to intercept (TAU)


The TCAS does not need to locate the CPA in space, but rather it
needs to know the time to intercept for two aircraft. For example, if
two aircraft are approaching on the same axis on a collision course,
this time is the ratio of distance between them to the sum of their
speeds.
D
T = ---------
V1 + V2
More generally, the TCAS uses range and range rate measurement to
compute this time:
RANGE R(NM)
TAU = ------------ i.e. TAU(s) = 3600 --------
RANGE RATE RR (Kts)
With the risk of collision being in inverse proportion to this time,
trajectory correction orders are initiated by crossing predetermined
time thresholds whose values depend on the altitude layer in which
the aircraft is located.



EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 83
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS - Threat Evaluation
Figure 019


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 84
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
This method of calculation avoids the initiation of corrections if,
from a certain distance, the TAU trend is inverted even though the
distance separating the two aircraft decreases. For example, in the
case of two aircraft moving on parallel axes but in the opposite
direction.
(Ref. Fig. 020)
The curve represents the TAU variation before the closest point of
approach.
(Ref. Fig. 021)
This time decreases as the range decreases, reaches a minimum when
the intruders relative bearing is 45 deg. and then increases
rapidly. If the time corresponding to a predetermined threshold has
not been reached before the minimum TAU value, a trajectory
correction is not initiated.
Certain conditions exist, however, in which this formula may prove
insufficient. This may arise for example when two aircraft fly in the
same direction with a very low closure rate. In this case, the
range/range rate ratio gives a high TAU value whereas in fact, the
two aircraft could be very near.
The TCAS uses a slightly different formula to preclude this
situation:
range - X (DMOD) to the power two
TAU = ---------- with X = ---------
range rate range
This formula represents an estimate of the time the aircraft would
take to penetrate a sphere around the intruder with a radius equal to
(DMOD)expnt2/range. The DMOD coefficients are in function of
altitude, ranging from 0.20 NM for 1000-2350 ft, to 1.1 NM above
30,000 ft as shown below (for the RA DMOD):
Altitude DMOD TA DMOD RA
(ft) (NM) (NM)
0-1000 0.30 -
1000-2350 0.33 0.20
2350-5000 0.48 0.35
5000-10000 0.75 0.55
10,000-20,000 1.0 0.80
>20,000 1.3 1.1

**ON A/C 201-209,

(2) Time to intercept (TAU)


The TCAS does not need to locate the CPA in space, but rather it
needs to know the time to intercept for two aircraft. For example, if
two aircraft are approaching on the same axis on a collision course,
this time is the ratio of distance between them to the sum of their
speeds.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-209, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 85
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
TCAS - TAU Minimum Configuration
Figure 020


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 86
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - TAU Curve
Figure 021


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 87
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R D
R T = ---------
R V1 + V2
R More generally, the TCAS uses range and range rate measurement to
R compute this time:
R RANGE R(NM)
R TAU = ------------ i.e. TAU(s) = 3600 --------
R RANGE RATE RR (Kts)
R With the risk of collision being in inverse proportion to this time,
R trajectory correction orders are initiated by crossing predetermined
R time thresholds whose values depend on the altitude layer in which
R the aircraft is located.
R This method of calculation avoids the initiation of corrections if,
R from a certain distance, the TAU trend is inverted even though the
R distance separating the two aircraft decreases. For example, in the
R case of two aircraft moving on parallel axes but in the opposite
R direction.
R (Ref. Fig. 020, 021)
R The curve represents the TAU variation before the closest point of
R approach.
R (Ref. Fig. 021)
R This time decreases as the range decreases, reaches a minimum when
R the intruders relative bearing is 45 deg. and then increases
R rapidly. If the time corresponding to a predetermined threshold has
R not been reached before the minimum TAU value, a trajectory
R correction will not be initiated.
R Certain conditions exist, however, in which this formula may prove
R insufficient. This may arise for example when two aircraft fly in the
R same direction with a very low closure rate. In this case, the
R range/range rate ratio gives a high TAU value whereas in fact, the
R two aircraft could be very near.
R The TCAS uses a slightly different formula to preclude this
R situation:
R range - X (DMOD) to the power two
R TAU = ---------- with X = ---------
R range rate range
R This formula represents an estimate of the time the aircraft would
R take to penetrate a sphere around the intruder with a radius equal to
R (DMOD)expnt2/range. The DMOD coefficients are in function of
R altitude, ranging from 0.20 NM for 1000-2350ft, to 1.1 NM above
R 20,000 ft as shown below:



EFF :

201-209,  34-43-00

Page 88
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
R Altitude DMOD
R (ft) (NM)
R 0-1000
R 1000-2350 0.20
R 2350-5000 0.35
R 5000-10000 0.55
R 10000-20000 0.80
R more than 20000 1.10

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-207, 210-249, 301-399, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,


Post SB 34-1238 For A/C 201-207,

(2) Time to intercept (TAU)


The TCAS does not need to locate the CPA in space, but rather it
needs to know the time to intercept for two aircraft. For example, if
two aircraft are approaching on the same axis on a collision course,
this time is the ratio of distance between them to the sum of their
speeds.
D
T = ---------
V1 + V2
More generally, the TCAS uses range and range rate measurement to
compute this time:
RANGE R(NM)
TAU = ------------ i.e. TAU(s) = 3600 --------
RANGE RATE RR (Kts)
With the risk of collision being in inverse proportion to this time,
trajectory correction orders are initiated by crossing predetermined
time thresholds whose values depend on the altitude layer in which
the aircraft is located.
This method of calculation avoids the initiation of corrections if,
from a certain distance, the TAU trend is inverted even though the
distance separating the two aircraft decreases. For example, in the
case of two aircraft moving on parallel axes but in the opposite
direction.
(Ref. Fig. 020, 021)
The curve represents the TAU variation before the closest point of
approach.
(Ref. Fig. 021)
This time decreases as the range decreases, reaches a minimum when
the intruders relative bearing is 45 deg. and then increases
rapidly. If the time corresponding to a predetermined threshold has
not been reached before the minimum TAU value, a trajectory
correction will not be initiated.



EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,  34-43-00

Page 89
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
Certain conditions exist, however, in which this formula may prove
insufficient. This may arise for example when two aircraft fly in the
same direction with a very low closure rate. In this case, the
range/range rate ratio gives a high TAU value whereas in fact, the
two aircraft could be very near.
The TCAS uses a slightly different formula to preclude this
situation:
range - X (DMOD) to the power two
TAU = ---------- with X = ---------
range rate range
This formula represents an estimate of the time the aircraft would
take to penetrate a sphere around the intruder with a radius equal to
(DMOD)expnt2/range. The DMOD coefficients are in function of
altitude, ranging from 0.20 NM for 1000-2350ft, to 1.1 NM above
20,000 ft as shown below:
Altitude DMOD
(ft) (NM)
0-1000
1000-2350 0.20
2350-5000 0.35
5000-10000 0.55
10000-20000 0.80
20000-42000 1.10
above 42000 1.10

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

E. Definition of Target Aircraft


Target aircraft are divided into four categories: OTHER - PROXIMATE -
TRAFFIC ADVISORY (TA) RESOLUTION ADVISORY (RA).

NOTE : Since the Display Management Computers (DMC) do not sort the OTHER
____
intruders, the latter are not presented on the NDs. Their
presentation is optional. It is activated by pin programming and
replacement of ATC/TCAS control unit (ALL TRAFFIC configuration).

(1) Other traffic (optional)


Aircraft detected by the TCAS are defined as OTHER traffic if:
- they are within + or - 2700 ft vertically of own aircraft
- and if they do not enter in the PROXIMATE, TA or RA categories.
These targets are represented by a white diamond, outline only, on
the ND.



EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 90
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
(2) Proximate aircraft
Targets are defined as proximate traffic if the difference between
their altitude and that of the TCAS aircraft is less than 1200 ft and
if their range is within 6 NM.
R Their presentation on the ND is conditioned by the presence of
R another TA or RA intruder.
Generally aircraft not in the immediate vicinity enter into this
category.
Depending on their trajectory, they may:
- conserve this status and move away without an advisory being
declared.
In this case the pilot is informed of their presence on the ND by a
white filled diamond symbol and can monitor their progress, or
- have a trajectory liable to lead to a conflict situation and in
this case they require a traffic advisory and their symbol changes.

(3) Traffic advisory aircraft

(Ref. Fig. 022)


When an intruder is relatively near but does not represent an
immediate threat the TCAS issues a traffic advisory. Its presence is
displayed on the ND by an amber filled circle. Its display is
accompanied by an aural alert:
Traffic Traffic.
The pilot is therefore aware of its presence and knows its range and
relative bearing. Its display is linked to vertical separation and
time TAU before CPA values.
Depending on its trajectory, an intruder may conserve this status and
move away, or it may become a collision threat. In this case
avoidance maneuvers are suggested to the pilot via a resolution
advisory.

(4) Resolution advisory aircraft

(Ref. Fig. 022)


In resolution displays, the intruder is represented on the ND by a
red filled square and corrective orders are issued on the vertical
speed scale of the PFD. Crossing into resolution advisory occurs for
a TAU time threshold 10 to 15 seconds lower than a traffic advisory
threshold.
Vertical separation between the two aircraft is also taken into
account for this category. There are two types of resolution
advisory, in function of the vertical separation value:
- Preventive Advisories
- Corrective Advisories.



EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 91
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Threat Threshold Scale
Figure 022


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page 92
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(a) Preventive Advisory
In this case the vertical separation is less than a threshold S1
and greater than a threshold S2. The advisory instructs the pilot
to avoid certain deviations from current vertical rate, this
measure being sufficient to avoid a risk of collision. On the PFD
speed scale, the forbidden values are indicated by red sectors.

(b) Corrective advisory


In this case, the vertical separation is lower than the threshold
S2.
On the vertical speed scale of the PFD, colored sectors depict
avoidance maneuvers to be performed:
- red sector = forbidden vertical speeds
- green fly to sector = a vertical speed range to be respected.

(Ref. Fig. 022)

**ON A/C 062-099,

E. Definition of Target Aircraft


Target aircraft are divided into four categories: OTHER - PROXIMATE -
TRAFFIC ADVISORY (TA) - RESOLUTION ADVISORY (RA).

(1) Other aircraft


Depending on the Above/Below selection, targets are defined as other
intruders if their:
- altitude is between 2700 ft and 9900 ft above or below the TCAS
equipped aircraft
- distance is more than 14 NM.
Their presentation on the ND is permanent (TFC function selected =
full time display function activated) or conditioned by the
presence of a TA/RA intruder (TA or TA/RA function selected).
Depending on their trajectory, they may:
- conserve this status and move away without an advisory being
declared.
In this case the pilot is informed of their presence on the ND by a
white outlined diamond symbol and can monitor their progress, or
- have a trajectory liable to lead to a conflict situation and in
this case they require a new category and a symbol change.



EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page 93
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
(2) Proximate aircraft
Targets are defined as proximate traffic if the difference between
their altitude and that of the TCAS aircraft is less than 1200 ft and
if their range is within 6 NM.
Their presentation on the ND is permanent (TFC function selected =
full time display function activated) or conditioned by the presence
of a TA/RA intruder (TA or TA/RA function selected).
Generally aircraft not in the immediate vicinity enter into this
category.
Depending on their trajectory, they may:
- conserve this status and move away without an advisory being
declared.
In this case the pilot is informed of their presence on the ND by a
white filled diamond symbol and can monitor their progress, or
- have a trajectory liable to lead to a conflict situation and in
this case they require a traffic advisory and their symbol changes.

(3) Traffic advisory aircraft

(Ref. Fig. 022)


When an intruder is relatively near but does not represent an
immediate threat the TCAS issues a traffic advisory. Its presence is
displayed on the ND by an amber filled circle. Its display is
accompanied by an aural alert:
Traffic Traffic.
The pilot is therefore aware of its presence and knows its range and
relative bearing. Its display is linked to vertical separation and
time TAU before CPA values.
Depending on its trajectory, an intruder may conserve this status and
move away, or it may become a collision threat. In this case
avoidance maneuvers are suggested to the pilot via a resolution
advisory.

(4) Resolution advisory aircraft

(Ref. Fig. 022)


In resolution displays, the intruder is represented on the ND by a
red filled square and corrective orders are issued on the vertical
speed scale of the PFD. Crossing into resolution advisory occurs for
a TAU time threshold 10 to 15 seconds lower than a traffic advisory
threshold.
Vertical separation between the two aircraft is also taken into
account for this category. There are two types of resolution
advisory, in function of the vertical separation value:
- Preventive Advisories
- Corrective Advisories.



EFF :

062-099,  34-43-00

Page 94
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
(a) Preventive Advisory
In this case the vertical separation is less than a threshold S1
and greater than a threshold S2. The advisory instructs the pilot
to avoid certain deviations from current vertical rate, this
measure being sufficient to avoid a risk of collision. On the PFD
speed scale, the forbidden values are indicated by red sectors.

(b) Corrective advisory


In this case, the vertical separation is lower than the threshold
S2.
On the vertical speed scale of the PFD, colored sectors depict
avoidance maneuvers to be performed:
- red sector = forbidden vertical speeds
- green fly to sector = a vertical speed range to be respected.

(Ref. Fig. 022)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,


R 528-599,
Post SB 34-1177 For A/C 001-049,101-105,

E. Definition of Target Aircraft


Target aircraft are divided into four categories: OTHER - PROXIMATE -
TRAFFIC ADVISORY (TA) RESOLUTION ADVISORY (RA).

NOTE : Since the Display Management Computers (DMC) do not sort the OTHER
____
intruders, the latter are not presented on the NDs. Their
presentation is optional. It is activated by pin programming and
replacement of ATC/TCAS control unit (ALL TRAFFIC configuration).

(1) Other traffic (optional)


Aircraft detected by the TCAS are defined as OTHER traffic if:
- they are in the area from +/- 1200 ft to +/- 9900ft,
- and if they do not enter in the PROXIMATE, TA or RA categories.
These targets are represented by a white diamond, outline only, on
the ND.

(2) Proximate aircraft


Targets are defined as proximate traffic if the difference between
their altitude and that of the TCAS aircraft is less than 1200 ft and
if their range is within 6 NM.
Their presentation on the ND is conditioned by the presence of
another TA or RA intruder.
Generally aircraft not in the immediate vicinity enter into this
category.
Depending on their trajectory, they may:


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 95
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- conserve this status and move away without an advisory being
declared.
In this case the pilot is informed of their presence on the ND by a
white filled diamond symbol and can monitor their progress, or
- have a trajectory liable to lead to a conflict situation and in
this case they require a traffic advisory and their symbol changes.

(3) Traffic advisory aircraft

(Ref. Fig. 022)


When an intruder is relatively near but does not represent an
immediate threat the TCAS issues a traffic advisory. Its presence is
displayed on the ND by an amber filled circle. Its display is
accompanied by an aural alert:
Traffic Traffic.
The pilot is therefore aware of its presence and knows its range and
relative bearing. Its display is linked to vertical separation and
time TAU before CPA values.
Depending on its trajectory, an intruder may conserve this status and
move away, or it may become a collision threat. In this case
avoidance maneuvers are suggested to the pilot via a resolution
advisory.

(4) Resolution advisory aircraft

(Ref. Fig. 022)


In resolution displays, the intruder is represented on the ND by a
red filled square and corrective orders are issued on the vertical
speed scale of the PFD. Crossing into resolution advisory occurs for
a TAU time threshold 10 to 15 seconds lower than a traffic advisory
threshold.
Vertical separation between the two aircraft is also taken into
account for this category. There are two types of resolution
advisory, in function of the vertical separation value:
- Preventive Advisories
- Corrective Advisories.

(a) Preventive Advisory


In this case the vertical separation is less than a threshold S1
and greater than a threshold S2. The advisory instructs the pilot
to avoid certain deviations from current vertical rate, this
measure being sufficient to avoid a risk of collision. On the PFD
speed scale, the forbidden values are indicated by red sectors.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 96
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(b) Corrective advisory
In this case, the vertical separation is lower than the threshold
S2.
On the vertical speed scale of the PFD, colored sectors depict
avoidance maneuvers to be performed:
- red sector = forbidden vertical speeds
- green fly to sector = a vertical speed range to be respected.

(Ref. Fig. 022)

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-207,

(c) Aural alerts


Trajectory correction or holding visual orders are accompanied by
synthesized voice announcements whose level cannot be adjusted by
the pilot. These announcements are generated by the TCAS computer
and broadcast via the cockpit loud speakers. These messages and
their meanings are described below:
- CLIMB, CLIMB, CLIMB.
Climb at the rate shown by the green sector on the PFD (1500
ft/mn),
- CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB, CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB.
As above except that it further indicates that own flight path
will cross through that of the intruder,
- REDUCE CLIMB, REDUCE CLIMB.
Reduce vertical speed to that shown by the green sector on the
PFD,
- INCREASE CLIMB, INCREASE CLIMB
Follows a climb advisory. The vertical speed of the aircraft
should be increased (2500 ft/mn),
- CLIMB, CLIMB NOW, CLIMB, CLIMB NOW.
Follows a descend advisory when a reversal in sense is
required to achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering
intruder,
- DESCEND, DESCEND, DESCEND
Descend at the rate indicated by the green sector on the PFD
(-1500 ft/mn),
- DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND, DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND
As above except that it further indicates that own flight path
will cross through that of the intruder,
- REDUCE DESCENT, REDUCE DESCENT
Reduce vertical speed to that shown by the green sector on the
PFD,
- INCREASE DESCENT, INCREASE DESCENT
Follows a descend advisory. The vertical speed of the descent
should be increased (-2500 ft/mn),


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199,
201-207, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 97
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- DESCEND, DESCEND NOW, DESCEND, DESCEND NOW
Follows a climb advisory when a reversal in sense is required
to achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering
intruder.
Two other aural advisories are also generated:
- MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED, MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED
Indicates that a forbidden vertical speed range exists (red
sector) and that pilot must monitor vertical speed so as not to
enter this range (Preventive Advisory).
This message is spoken only once if softening from a previous
corrective advisory,
- CLEAR OF CONFLICT
Indicates that separation has been achieved and range has
started to increase.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Post SB 34-1177 For A/C 001-049,101-105,

(c) Aural alerts


Trajectory correction or holding visual orders are accompanied by
synthesized voice announcements whose level cannot be adjusted by
the pilot. These announcements are generated by the TCAS computer
and broadcast via the cockpit loud speakers. These messages and
their meanings are described below:
- CLIMB, CLIMB
Climb at the rate shown by the green sector on the PFD (1500
ft/mn),
- CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB, CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB
As above except that it further indicates that own flight path
will cross through that of the intruder,
- INCREASE CLIMB, INCREASE CLIMB
Follows a climb advisory. The vertical speed of the aircraft
should be increased (2500 ft/mn),
- CLIMB, CLIMB NOW, CLIMB, CLIMB NOW
Follows a descend advisory when a reversal in sense is
required to achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering
intruder,
- DESCEND, DESCEND
Descend at the rate indicated by the green sector on the PFD
(-1500 ft/mn),
- DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND, DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND
As above except that it further indicates that own flight path
will cross through that of the intruder,
- ADJUST VERTICAL SPEED, ADJUST
Reduce vertical speed to that shown by the green sector on the
PFD,


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-199,
201-207, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page 98
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- INCREASE DESCENT, INCREASE DESCENT
Follows a descend advisory. The vertical speed of the descent
should be increased (-2500 ft/mn),
- DESCEND, DESCEND NOW, DESCEND, DESCEND NOW
Follows a climb advisory when a reversal in sense is required
to achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering
intruder.
Three other aural advisories are also generated:
- MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED
Indicates that a forbidden vertical speed range exists (red
sector) and that pilot must monitor vertical speed so as not to
enter this range (Preventive Advisory),
- MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, MAINTAIN
Indicates a non-crossing advisory type, maintains rate RAs
(corrective),
- MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, CROSSING MAINTAIN
Indicates an altitude crossing advisory type, maintains rate
RAs (corrective).
This message is spoken only once if softening from a previous
corrective advisory,
- CLEAR OF CONFLICT.
Indicates that separation has been achieved and range has
started to increase.

**ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,


Post SB 34-1238 For A/C 201-207,

(c) Aural alerts


Trajectory correction or holding visual orders are accompanied by
synthesized voice announcements whose level cannot be adjusted by
the pilot. These announcements are generated by the TCAS computer
and broadcast via the cockpit loud speakers. These messages and
their meanings are described below:

- CLIMB, CLIMB:
Climb at the rate shown by the green sector on the PFD (1500
ft/min),

- CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB, CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB:


As above except that it further indicates that own flight path
will cross through that of the intruder,

- INCREASE CLIMB, INCREASE CLIMB:


Follows a climb advisory. The vertical speed of the aircraft
should be increased (2500 ft/min),


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
 34-43-00

Page 99
Config-1 Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599, 
CES 
- CLIMB, CLIMB NOW, CLIMB, CLIMB NOW:
Follows a descend advisory when a reversal in sense is
required to achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering
intruder,

- DESCEND, DESCEND:
Descend at the rate indicated by the green sector on the PFD
(-1500 ft/min),

- DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND, DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND:


As above except that it further indicates that own flight path
will cross through that of the intruder,

- INCREASE DESCENT, INCREASE DESCENT:


Follows a descend advisory. The vertical speed of the descent
should be increased (-2500 ft/min),

- DESCEND, DESCEND NOW, DESCEND, DESCEND NOW:


Follows a climb advisory when a reversal in sense is required
to achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering
intruder,

- ADJUST VERTICAL SPEED, ADJUST:


Reduce vertical speed to that shown by the green sector on the
PFD.
It can correspond to a corrective reduce climb or reduce
descent.
It can also represent a weakening of corrective RA.
Four other aural advisories are also generated:

- MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED:


Indicates that a forbidden vertical speed range exists (red
sector) and that pilot must monitor vertical speed so as not to
enter this range (Preventive Advisory).

- MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, MAINTAIN:


Indicates a non-crossing advisory type, maintains rate RAs
(corrective).

- MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, CROSSING MAINTAIN:


Indicates an altitude crossing advisory type, maintains rate
RAs (corrective).

These messages are spoken only once if softening from a


previous corrective advisory,

- CLEAR OF CONFLICT:


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page A0
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
Indicates that separation has been achieved and range has
started to increase.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

(5) Advisory inhibit conditions


In certain particular conditions, certain advisories are not
generated as they could lead to the pilot adopting flight conditions
that are hazardous or outside the aircrafts performance capability.

(a) Low altitude inhibitions


Ground proximity leads to the inhibition of those advisories
liable to cause a hazardous situation at this level. In
decreasing altitude, these are:
- below 1450 ft above ground level (AGL) inhibition of Increase
Descend resolution advisories (RA)
- below 1200 ft AGL at take-off and 1000 ft AGL in approach,
inhibition of Descend resolution advisories (RA)
- inhibition of all resolution advisories (RA) and inhibition of
aural traffic advisories (TA) below 1000 ft +/- 100 ft (1100 ft
in climb, 900 ft in descent).

(b) High altitude inhibition


Above 48,000 ft, further climb orders are inapplicable as the
aircraft performance capability does not permit them to be taken
into account.
As the certified envelope of the A320 is 39,000 ft, it means that
there is no altitude limitation for the TCAS on the A320.
Climb advisories are therefore inhibited above this altitude.

(c) Advisory inhibit discretes


Three discretes are used to manage priority between:
- windshear/stall
- GPWS - G/S
- and the TCAS computer.
The environmental alert priorities are: windshear/stall, GPWS -
G/S and then TCAS II.
When TCAS II is inhibited, the TA ONLY mode is selected and the
voice announcements are cancelled.


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page A1
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(d) Rejection of signals from aircraft on ground

(Ref. Fig. 023)


Aircraft on the ground may reply to TCAS interrogations,
producing an unnecessary overload in the processing and display
of information. For this reason, the TCAS systematically
eliminates responses from aircraft at an altitude below 180 ft
when its own altitude is itself below 1700 ft AGL.
But, as the altitude transmitted by the intruder is a barometric
altitude with respect to sea level, the TCAS shall process this
value to convert it into height above ground level in order to
compare it with the 180 ft threshold.
In the figure below, the intruders height above ground level can
be deduced:
Z i/s = Z t/s -(Z t/m - Z i/m)
where: Z i/s = height of intruder above ground level
Z i/m = altitude of intruder above sea level
Z t/s = height of TCAS above ground level measured
by radio altimeter
Z t/m = altitude of TCAS above sea level measured
by ADIRU.

(e) Not Applicable

R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

(5) Advisory inhibit conditions


In certain particular conditions, certain advisories are not
generated as they could lead to the pilot adopting flight conditions
that are hazardous or outside the aircrafts performance capability.

(a) Low altitude inhibitions


Ground proximity leads to the inhibition of those advisories
liable to cause a hazardous situation at this level. In
decreasing altitude, these are:
- below 1550 +/- 100 ft above ground level (AGL) inhibition of
Increase Descend resolution advisories (RA),
- below 1100 +/- 100 ft AGL, inhibition of Descend resolution
advisories (RA),
- below 1000 ft +/- 100 ft AGL, TCAS automatic switching to TA
Only mode (inhibition of all resolution advisories),
- below 500 +/- 100 ft AGL (600 ft in climb, 400 ft in descent),
inhibition of all resolution advisories (RA) and of aural
traffic advisories (TA).


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page A2
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Inhibition Condition
Figure 023


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A3
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(b) High altitude inhibition
Above 48,000 ft, given by pin program (ref para. 3. E. (9)),
further climb orders are inapplicable as the aircraft performance
capability does not permit them to be taken into account.
Climb advisories are therefore inhibited above this altitude.

(c) Advisory inhibit discretes


Three discretes are used to manage priority between:
- windshear/stall,
- Enhanced GPWS - G/S,
- and the TCAS computer.
The environmental alert priorities are:
windshear/stall, Enhanced GPWS - G/S and then TCAS II.
When TCAS II is inhibited, the TA ONLY mode is selected and the
voice announcements are cancelled.

(d) Rejection of signals from aircraft on ground


(Ref. Fig. 023)
Aircraft on the ground may reply to TCAS interrogations,
producing an unnecessary overload in the processing and display
of information. The ground logic aircraft declared on the
ground is enabled when the own aircraft descends below 1650 ft
AGL and when it climbs up to 1750 ft AGL (1700 +/- 50 ft.).
Intruders are declared to be on-ground if they are within 360 ft
from the ground when descending, and if they are within 400 ft
from the ground when climbing (380 +/- 20 ft.).
All on-ground intruders are displayed as non-threat traffic
(white unfilled diamond).
Intruders declared to be on-ground can never cause proximate,
traffic or resolution advisory (TA, RA).
But, as the altitude transmitted by the intruder is a barometric
altitude with respect to sea level, the TCAS shall process this
value to convert it into height above ground level in order to
compare it with the 380 ft (plus or minus 20 ft) threshold.
In the figure, the intruders height above ground level can be
deduced:
Z i/s = Z t/s -(Z t/m - Z i/m)
where: Z i/s = height of intruder above ground level
Z i/m = altitude of intruder above sea level
Z t/s = height of TCAS above ground level measured
by radio altimeter
Z t/m = altitude of TCAS above sea level measured
by ADIRU.

NOTE : If the intruder is equipped with a Mode S transponder, the


____
ground/flight information is sent in the DF message. The
TCAS directly knows if this intruder is on the ground.


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page A4
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(e) Rejection of non altitude reporting aircraft by the own aircraft
The TCAS does not display non altitude reporting aircraft above
15,500 ft MSL.

**ON A/C 201-207,

(5) Advisory inhibit conditions


In certain particular conditions, certain advisories are not
generated as they could lead to the pilot adopting flight conditions
that are hazardous or outside the aircrafts performance capability.

(a) Low altitude inhibitions


Ground proximity leads to the inhibition of those advisories
liable to cause a hazardous situation at this level. In
decreasing altitude, these are:
- below 1450 ft above ground level (AGL) inhibition of Increase
Descend resolution advisories (RA)
- below 1200 ft AGL at take-off and 1000 ft AGL in approach,
inhibition of Descend resolution advisories (RA)
- below 1100 ft AGL at take-off and 900 ft AGL in approach,
inhibition of all aural traffic advisories (TA) and all
resolution advisories (RA).

(b) High altitude inhibition


Above 48,000 ft, further climb orders are inapplicable as the
aircraft performance capability does not permit them to be taken
into account.
Climb advisories are therefore inhibited above this altitude.

(c) Advisory inhibit discretes


Three discretes are used to manage priority between:
- windshear/stall
- GPWS - G/S
- and the TCAS computer.
The environmental alert priorities are: windshear/stall, GPWS -
G/S and then TCAS II.
When TCAS II is inhibited, the TA ONLY mode is selected and the
voice announcements are cancelled.

(d) Rejection of signals from aircraft on ground


(Ref. Fig. 023)
Aircraft on the ground may reply to TCAS interrogations,
producing an unnecessary overload in the processing and display
of information. The ground logic aircraft declared on the
ground is enabled when the own aircraft descends below 1650 ft
AGL and when it climbs up to 1750 ft AGL.


R

EFF :

051-099, 201-207, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page A5
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
All on-ground intruders are displayed as non-threat traffic white
unfilled diamond.
Intruders are declared to be on-ground if they are within 380 ft
from the ground when descending, and if they are within 400 ft
from the ground when climbing.
Intruders declared to be on-ground can never cause proximate,
traffic or resolution advisory.
But, as the altitude transmitted by the intruder is a barometric
altitude with respect to sea level, the TCAS shall process this
value to convert it into height above ground level in order to
compare it with the 380 ft (+ or - 20 ft) threshold.

(e) Rejection of non altitude reporting aircraft by the own aircraft


The TCAS does not display non altitude reporting aircraft above
15,500 ft MSL.

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

(5) Advisory inhibit conditions


In certain particular conditions, certain advisories are not
generated as they could lead to the pilot adopting flight conditions
that are hazardous or outside the aircrafts performance capability.

(a) Low altitude inhibitions


Ground proximity leads to the inhibition of those advisories
liable to cause a hazardous situation at this level. In
decreasing altitude, these are:
- below 1550 +/- 100 ft above ground level (AGL) inhibition of
Increase Descend resolution advisories (RA),
- below 1100 +/- 100 ft AGL, inhibition of Descend resolution
advisories (RA),
- below 1000 ft +/- 100 ft AGL, TCAS automatic switching to TA
Only mode (inhibition of all resolution advisories),
- below 500 +/- 100 ft AGL (600 ft in climb, 400 ft in descent),
inhibition of all resolution advisories (RA) and of aural
traffic advisories (TA).

(b) High altitude inhibition


Above 48,000 ft, further climb orders are inapplicable as the
aircraft performance capability does not permit them to be taken
into account.
Climb advisories are therefore inhibited above this altitude.


R

EFF :

201-207, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page A6
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
(c) Advisory inhibit discretes
Three discretes are used to manage priority between:
- windshear/stall,
- GPWS - G/S,
- and the TCAS computer.
The environmental alert priorities are: windshear/stall, GPWS -
G/S and then TCAS II.
When TCAS II is inhibited, the TA ONLY mode is selected and the
voice announcements are cancelled.

(d) Rejection of signals from aircraft on ground


(Ref. Fig. 023)
Aircraft on the ground may reply to TCAS interrogations,
producing an unnecessary overload in the processing and display
of information. The ground logic aircraft declared on the
ground is enabled when the own aircraft descends below 1650 ft
AGL and when it climbs up to 1750 ft AGL.
All on-ground intruders are displayed as non-threat traffic white
unfilled diamond.
Intruders are declared to be on-ground if they are within 380 ft
from the ground when descending, and if they are within 400 ft
from the ground when climbing.
Intruders declared to be on-ground can never cause proximate,
traffic or resolution advisory.
But, as the altitude transmitted by the intruder is a barometric
altitude with respect to sea level, the TCAS shall process this
value to convert it into height above ground level in order to
compare it with the 380 ft (plus or minus 20 ft) threshold.

(e) Rejection of non altitude reporting aircraft by the own aircraft


The TCAS does not display non altitude reporting aircraft above
15,500 ft MSL.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

Post SB 34-1177 For A/C 001-049,101-105,


Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,

(5) Advisory inhibit conditions


In certain particular conditions, certain advisories are not
generated as they could lead to the pilot adopting flight conditions
that are hazardous or outside the aircrafts performance capability.

(a) Low altitude inhibitions


Ground proximity leads to the inhibition of those advisories
liable to cause a hazardous situation at this level. In
decreasing altitude, these are:


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page A7
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R - below 1550 +/- 100 ft above ground level (AGL) inhibition of
R Increase Descend resolution advisories (RA),
R - below 1100 +/- 100 ft AGL, inhibition of Descend resolution
R advisories (RA),
R - below 1000 ft +/- 100 ft AGL, TCAS automatic switching to TA
R Only mode (inhibition of all resolution advisories),
R - below 500 +/- 100 ft AGL (600 ft in climb, 400 ft in descent),
R inhibition of all resolution advisories (RA) and of aural
R traffic advisories (TA).

R (b) High altitude inhibition


R Above 48,000 ft, further climb orders are inapplicable as the
R aircraft performance capability does not permit them to be taken
R into account.
R Climb advisories are therefore inhibited above this altitude.

R (c) Advisory inhibit discretes


R Three discretes are used to manage priority between:
R - windshear/stall,
R - GPWS - G/S,
R - and the TCAS computer.
R The environmental alert priorities are: windshear/stall, GPWS -
R G/S and then TCAS II.
R When TCAS II is inhibited, the TA ONLY mode is selected and the
R voice announcements are cancelled.

R (d) Rejection of signals from aircraft on ground


R (Ref. Fig. 023)
R Aircraft on the ground may reply to TCAS interrogations,
R producing an unnecessary overload in the processing and display
R of information. The ground logic aircraft declared on the
R ground is enabled when the own aircraft descends below 1650 ft
R AGL and when it climbs up to 1750 ft AGL.
R All on-ground intruders are displayed as non-threat traffic white
R unfilled diamond.
R Intruders are declared to be on-ground if they are within 380 ft
R from the ground when descending, and if they are within 400 ft
R from the ground when climbing.
R Intruders declared to be on-ground can never cause proximate,
R traffic or resolution advisory.
R But, as the altitude transmitted by the intruder is a barometric
R altitude with respect to sea level, the TCAS shall process this
R value to convert it into height above ground level in order to
R compare it with the 380 ft (plus or minus 20 ft) threshold.



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page A8
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
R (e) Rejection of non altitude reporting aircraft by the own aircraft
R The TCAS does not display non altitude reporting aircraft above
R 15,500 ft MSL.

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105,

F. Sensitivity Level
The notion of sensitivity level is very important in the TCAS as many of
the operating modes depend on it.
The TCAS separates the surrounding airspace into altitude layers. A
different Sensitivity Level (SL) threshold for issuing advisories is
applied to each altitude layer.
The sensitivity level is decreased at low altitude to prevent unnecessary
advisories in higher traffic densities such as terminal areas.
Generally, the level is determined automatically by the TCAS in function
of:
- altitude values from the radio altimeter up to 2500 ft AGL
- barometric altitude values in the 2500 ft to 48,000 ft range. TAU
values corresponding to each sensitivity level indicate the TA and RA
thresholds. The vertical separation thresholds at CPA also vary in
function of the sensitivity level for the different types of advisory.
The following table summarizes these data:

----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | TAU thresholds | Vertical separation |
| | | thresholds |
|----------------------------|-----------------|---------------------|
| Source | Altitude | SL TA RA | S0 S1 S2 |
| Altitude | | | TA RA RA |
| | | | prev cor |
| | | (sec) (sec) | (ft) (ft) (ft) |
|------------|---------------|-----------------|---------------------|
| Radio Alt |less than 1000 | 2 20 | 850 |
| Radio Alt | 1000-2350 | 3 25 15 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 2350-5000 | 4 30 20 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 5000-10000 | 5 40 25 | 850 600 350 |
| Baro | 10000-20000 | 6 45 30 | 850 600 400 |
| Baro | 20000-30000 | 7 48 35 | 850 700 600 |
| Baro |more than 30000| 7 48 35 | 1200 800 700 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : Level 1 corresponds to Standby Mode in which no advisory is


____
generated.

NOTE : This table indicates the threshold based on own aircraft altitude.
____
Each aircraft altitude depends on an hysteresis:



EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page A9
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
- 1000 + or - 100 ft
- 2350 + or - 200 ft
- 5000 + or - 500 ft
- 10000 + or - 500 ft
- 20000 + or - 500 ft
- 30000 + or - 500 ft
For example, to switch from sensitivity level 3 to sensitivity
level 2, the altitude must fall below 900 ft.
However, to switch from sensitivity level 2 to sensitivity level
3, the altitude value must go above 1100 ft.
(Ref. Fig. 024)
There are two other means of modifying the sensitivity level:
- selecting TA only mode on the ATC/TCAS control unit forces level
2. In this case, intruders of all types are displayed but will
not be transformed into RA symbols and no vertical speed
modification indications will be issued.
- the ATC/Mode S equipped ground stations may modify the
sensitivity level of the aircraft TCAS via the uplink without,
however, having the capability to force the Standby Mode. If
several ground stations command sensitivity levels, the TCAS
logic selects the lowest level.
Definition of priority logic:
First a sensitivity level based on altitude is selected. Level 2
is selected if the radio altimeter altitude is less than 1000
ft. Level 2 is also selected if own aircraft is configured such
that both CLIMB and DESCEND RAs are inhibited. Level 3 is
selected if the aircraft is above 1000 ft and below 2350 ft AGL.
If the aircraft is above 2350 ft AGL, barometric altitude is
used to select either level 4 (below 5000 ft), 5 (from 5000 to
10,000 ft), 6 (from 10,000 to 20,000 ft), and 7 (above 20,000
ft).
ATC/TCAS control unit input is read by the TCAS computer. If the
pilot has selected Automatic Mode (TA/RA), then the
altitude-based sensivity level will be used in comparisons to
determine the final level.
From all sensitivity level commands, if any, received from
ground stations, the lowest is selected.
If the TA ONLY mode is selected, either manually via the control
unit or by a ground station, the altitude-based sensitivity
level is used for TA thresholds and the RAs are inhibited.
Otherwise, the lowest of all inputs is chosen.



EFF :

001-049, 101-105,  34-43-00

Page A10
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Separation into Altitude Layers
Figure 024



EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105,  34-43-00

Page A11
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

F. Sensitivity Level
The notion of Sensitivity Level (SL) is very important in the TCAS as
many of the operating modes depend on it.
The TCAS separates the surrounding airspace into altitude layers. A
different sensitivity level threshold for issuing advisories is applied
to each altitude layer.
The sensitivity level is decreased at low altitude to prevent unnecessary
advisories in higher traffic densities such as terminal areas.
Generally, the level is determined automatically by the TCAS in function
of:
- altitude values from the radio altimeter up to 2500 ft AGL
- barometric altitude values in the 2500 ft to 48,000 ft range. TAU
values corresponding to each sensitivity level indicate the TA and RA
thresholds. The vertical separation thresholds at CPA also vary in
function of the sensitivity level for the different types of advisory.
The following table summarizes these data:

----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | TAU thresholds | Vertical separation |
| | | thresholds |
|-----------------------------|----------------|---------------------|
| Source | Altitude | SL TA RA | S0 S1 S2 |
| Altitude | | | TA RA RA |
| | | | prev cor |
| | | (sec) (sec) | (ft) (ft) (ft) |
|------------|----------------|----------------|---------------------|
| Radio Alt |less than 1000 | 2 20 | 850 |
| Radio Alt | 1000-2350 | 3 25 15 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 2350-5000 | 4 30 20 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 5000-10,000 | 5 40 25 | 850 600 350 |
| Baro | 10,000-20,000 | 6 45 30 | 850 600 400 |
| Baro | 20,000-42,000 | 7 48 35 | 850 700 600 |
| Baro |more than 42,000| 7 48 35 | 1200 800 700 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : This table shows the sensitivity levels based on the TCAS
____
altitude. There is an hysteresis when switching from a sensitivity
level to another one:
- 1000 plus or minus 100 ft;
- 2350 plus or minus 200 ft;
- 5000 plus or minus 500 ft;
- 10,000 plus or minus 500 ft;
- 20,000 plus or minus 500 ft;
- 42,000 plus or minus 500 ft.


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page A12
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
for example: switching from SL3 to SL2 is performed at 900 ft
and switching from SL2 to SL3 at 1100 ft.
Level 1 corresponds to Standby Mode in which no advisory is
generated.
(Ref. Fig. 024B)
There are two other means of modifying the sensitivity level:
- selecting TA only mode on the ATC/TCAS control unit forces level
2. In this case, intruders of all types are displayed but are
not transformed into RA symbols and no vertical speed
modification indications are issued.
- the ATC/Mode S-equipped ground stations may modify the
sensitivity level of the aircraft TCAS via the uplink without,
however, having the capability to force the Standby Mode. If
several ground stations command sensitivity levels, the TCAS
logic selects the lowest level.
Definition of priority logic:
First a sensitivity level based on altitude is selected. Level 2
is selected if the radio altimeter altitude is less than 1000
ft. Level 2 is also selected if own aircraft is configured such
that both CLIMB and DESCEND RAs are inhibited (e.g., below 1000
ft AGL with insufficient climb performance). Level 3 is selected
if the aircraft is above 1000 ft and below 2350 ft AGL. Level 4
is selected if the aircraft is above 2350 ft and below 5000 ft
AGL. Level 3 is the least sensitive of the levels selected
automatically by the TCAS; in fact in this altitude layer, the
numerous inhibitions reduce the appearance of RA. If the
aircraft is above 2500 ft AGL, barometric altitude is used to
select either level 4 (from 2350 to 5000 ft), 5 (from 5000 to
10,000 ft), 6 (from 10,000 to 20,000 ft) and 7 (above 20,000
ft).

NOTE : Intruders which do not report their altitude are not displayed
____
above 15,500 ft.

ATC/TCAS control unit input is read by the TCAS computer. If the pilot
has selected Automatic Mode (TA/RA), then the altitude-based sensivity
level is used in comparisons to determine the final level.
From all sensitivity level commands, if any, received from ground
stations, the lowest is selected.
If the TA ONLY mode is selected, either manually via the control unit or
by a ground station, the altitude-based sensitivity level is used for TA
thresholds and the RAs are inhibited. Otherwise, the lowest of all inputs
is chosen.


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page A13
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Separation into Altitude Layers
Figure 024A



EFF :
401-499,
106-149, 201-207, 211-249, 301-399,  34-43-00

Page A14
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Separation into Altitude Layers
Figure 024B


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page A15
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
**ON A/C 201-207,

F. Sensitivity Level
The notion of sensitivity level is very important in the TCAS as many of
the operating modes depend on it.
The TCAS separates the surrounding airspace into altitude layers. A
different Sensitivity Level (SL) threshold for issuing advisories is
applied to each altitude layer.
The sensitivity level is decreased at low altitude to prevent unnecessary
advisories in higher traffic densities such as terminal areas.
Generally, the level is determined automatically by the TCAS in function
of:
- altitude values from the radio altimeter up to 2500 ft AGL
- barometric altitude values in the 2500 ft to 48,000 ft range. TAU
values corresponding to each sensitivity level indicate the TA and RA
thresholds. The vertical separation thresholds at CPA also vary in
function of the sensitivity level for the different types of advisory.
The following table summarizes these data:

----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | TAU thresholds | Vertical separation |
| | | thresholds |
|----------------------------|-----------------|---------------------|
| Source | Altitude | SL TA RA | S0 S1 S2 |
| Altitude | | | TA RA RA |
| | | | prev cor |
| | | (sec) (sec) | (ft) (ft) (ft) |
|------------|---------------|-----------------|---------------------|
| Radio Alt |less than 1000 | 2 20 | 850 |
| Radio Alt | 1000-2350 | 3 25 15 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 2350-5000 | 4 30 20 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 5000-10000 | 5 40 25 | 850 600 350 |
| Baro | 10000-20000 | 6 45 30 | 850 600 400 |
| Baro | 20000-30000 | 7 48 35 | 850 700 600 |
| Baro |more than 30000| 7 48 35 | 1200 800 700 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : Level 1 corresponds to Standby Mode in which no advisory is


____
generated.

NOTE : This table indicates the threshold based on own aircraft altitude.
____
Each aircraft altitude depends on an hysteresis:
- 1000 + or - 100 ft
- 2350 + or - 200 ft
- 5000 + or - 500 ft
- 10000 + or - 500 ft



EFF :

201-207,  34-43-00

Page A16
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
- 20000 + or - 500 ft
- 30000 + or - 500 ft
For example, to switch from sensitivity level 3 to sensitivity
level 2, the altitude must fall below 900 ft.
However, to switch from sensitivity level 2 to sensitivity level
3, the altitude value must go above 1100 ft.
(Ref. Fig. 024A)
There are two other means of modifying the sensitivity level:
- selecting TA only mode on the ATC/TCAS control unit forces level
2. In this case, intruders of all types are displayed but are
not transformed into RA symbols and no vertical speed
modification indications are issued.
- the ATC/Mode S-equipped ground stations may modify the
sensitivity level of the aircraft TCAS via the uplink without,
however, having the capability to force the Standby Mode. If
several ground stations command sensitivity levels, the TCAS
logic selects the lowest level.
Definition of priority logic:
First a sensitivity level based on altitude is selected. Level 2
is selected if the radio altimeter altitude is less than 1000
ft. Level 2 is also selected if own aircraft is configured such
that both CLIMB and DESCEND RAs are inhibited. Level 3 is
selected if the aircraft is above 1000 ft and below 2350 ft AGL.
If the aircraft is above 2350 ft AGL, barometric altitude is
used to select either level 4 (below 5000 ft), 5 (from 5000 to
10,000 ft), 6 (from 10,000 to 20,000 ft), and 7 (above 20,000
ft).
ATC/TCAS control unit input is read by the TCAS computer. If the
pilot has selected Automatic Mode (TA/RA), then the
altitude-based sensivity level is used in comparisons to
determine the final level.
From all sensitivity level commands, if any, received from
ground stations, the lowest is selected.
If the TA ONLY mode is selected, either manually via the control
unit or by a ground station, the altitude-based sensitivity
level is used for TA thresholds and the RAs are inhibited.
Otherwise, the lowest of all inputs is chosen.



EFF :

201-207,  34-43-00

Page A17
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1177 For A/C 001-049,101-105,
Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,
Post SB 34-1238 For A/C 201-207,

F. Sensitivity Level
The notion of sensitivity level is very important in the TCAS as many of
the operating modes depend on it.
The TCAS separates the surrounding airspace into altitude layers. A
different Sensitivity Level (SL) threshold for issuing advisories is
applied to each altitude layer.
The sensitivity level is decreased at low altitude to prevent unnecessary
advisories in higher traffic densities such as terminal areas.
Generally, the level is determined automatically by the TCAS in function
of:
- altitude values from the radio altimeter up to 2500 ft AGL,
- barometric altitude values in the 2500 ft to 48,000 ft range. TAU
values corresponding to each sensitivity level indicate the TA and RA
thresholds. The vertical separation thresholds at CPA also vary in
function of the sensitivity level for the different types of advisory.
The following table summarizes these data:

----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | TAU thresholds | Vertical separation |
| | | thresholds |
|----------------------------|-----------------|---------------------|
| Source | Altitude | SL TA RA | S0 S1 S2 |
| Altitude | | | TA RA RA |
| | | | prev cor |
| | | (sec) (sec) | (ft) (ft) (ft) |
|------------|---------------|-----------------|---------------------|
| Radio Alt |less than 1000 | 2 20 | 850 |
| Radio Alt | 1000-2350 | 3 25 15 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 2350-5000 | 4 30 20 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 5000-10000 | 5 40 25 | 850 600 350 |
| Baro | 10000-20000 | 6 45 30 | 850 600 400 |
| Baro | 20000-42000 | 7 48 35 | 850 700 600 |
| Baro |more than 42000| 7 48 35 | 1200 800 700 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : Level 1 corresponds to Standby Mode in which no advisory is


____
generated.

NOTE : This table indicates the threshold based on own aircraft altitude.
____
Each aircraft altitude depends on an hysteresis:
- 1000 plus or minus 100 ft,


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page A18
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
- 2350 plus or minus 200 ft,
- 5000 plus or minus 500 ft,
- 10,000 plus or minus 500 ft,
- 20,000 plus or minus 500 ft,
- 42,000 plus or minus 500 ft.
For example, to switch from sensitivity level 3 to sensitivity
level 2, the altitude must fall below 900 ft.
However, to switch from sensitivity level 2 to sensitivity level
3, the altitude value must go above 1100 ft.

**ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 301-399, 401-499,

(Ref. Fig. 024A)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

Post SB 34-1177 For A/C 001-049,101-105,


Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,
Post SB 34-1238 For A/C 201-207,

(Ref. Fig. 024B)

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,


R 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 34-1177 For A/C 001-049,101-105,
Post SB 34-1179 For A/C 201-207,
Post SB 34-1238 For A/C 201-207,

There are two other means of modifying the sensitivity level:


- selecting TA only mode on the ATC/TCAS control unit forces level
2. In this case, intruders of all types are displayed but will
not be transformed into RA symbols and no vertical speed
modification indications will be issued.
- the ATC/Mode S equipped ground stations may modify the
sensitivity level of the aircraft TCAS via the uplink without,
however, having the capability to force the Standby Mode. If
several ground stations command sensitivity levels, the TCAS
logic selects the lowest level.
Definition of priority logic:
First a sensitivity level based on altitude is selected. Level 2
is selected if the radio altimeter altitude is less than 1000
ft. Level 2 is also selected if own aircraft is configured such
that both CLIMB and DESCEND RAs are inhibited. Level 3 is
selected if the aircraft is above 1000 ft and below 2350 ft AGL.
If the aircraft is above 2350 ft AGL, barometric altitude is
used to select either level 4 (below 5000 ft), 5 (from 5000 to


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page A19
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
10,000 ft), 6 (from 10,000 to 20,000 ft), and 7 (above 20,000
ft).
ATC/TCAS control unit input is read by the TCAS computer. If the
pilot has selected Automatic Mode (TA/RA), then the
altitude-based sensivity level will be used in comparisons to
determine the final level.
From all sensitivity level commands, if any, received from
ground stations, the lowest is selected.
If the TA ONLY mode is selected, either manually via the control
unit or by a ground station, the altitude-based sensitivity
level is used for TA thresholds and the RAs are inhibited.
Otherwise, the lowest of all inputs is chosen.

R **ON A/C ALL

G. Information Display
The TCAS information is presented on the CAPT and F/O NDs of the EFIS
system. Additional messages can also be presented on the display units of
the ECAM system.

(1) Traffic information on the ND


Target aircraft are presented on the ND in ROSE or ARC mode but not
in PLAN mode.
These traffic indications show the situation in the surveillance
zone.
The aircraft present in this zone are represented by symbols whose
shape and color correspond to the type of intruders defined in the
TCAS.
The symbols are positioned on the ND so as to depict their relative
bearing and range. Data tags are associated with intruders.
These tags consist of:
- two digits indicating their relative altitude in hundreds of feet
- a symbol indicating whether the intruder is above (+) or below (-)
the aircraft.
An arrow to the right of the symbol indicates the vertical trend of
the aircraft.
Targets are symbolized according to their type:
- OTHER TRAFFIC: white outlined diamond, height 7 mm
- PROXIMATE TRAFFIC: white filled diamond, height 7 mm
- TRAFFIC ADVISORY: amber filled circle, diameter 5 mm
- RESOLUTION ADVISORY: red filled square, side 5 mm.
The display only presents the eight most threatening intruders
(number determined through program pins on the TCAS computer).
The own aircraft is represented by the aircraft symbol at the
center of the dial in ROSE mode and at the lower quarter and at the
center of the image in ARC mode.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A20
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
A white range ring with markings at each of the twelve clock
positions is placed around the own aircraft symbol at a radius of
2.5 NM.
The following figure shows an example of the display on the ND:

(Ref. Fig. 025)


These indications are only presented for the 10, 20 and 40 NM range
selections. If a TA or RA type intruder is detected and the display
range is at a higher scale, the following message comes into view
at the center of the display, in red for RA and in amber for TA:
REDUCE RANGE
If a TA or RA type intruder is detected and the ND mode is
inadequate for display, the following message comes into view at
the center of the display in the same colors as above:
CHANGE MODE
The TCAS can detect an intruder without acquiring its bearing (for
instance, multipath problem). In this case its range, relative
altitude and an arrow are displayed in the TCAS area (at the bottom
of the ND).
The color of the display is the same as the color of the intruder
symbol.
(Ref. Fig. 026)
OFF SCALE intruder: if only a half of a symbol is displayed, the
target is defined as an off scale intruder. This calls for
increasing the range selection on the ND.

(2) Aircraft control information on the PFD


Resolution advisories are represented on the vertical speed scale of
the PFD by indications given in the form of a band made up of colored
sectors:
- a red sector represents a forbidden vertical speed range
- a green sector indicates the vertical speed range the aircraft
should fly in to avoid a collision threat represented by one or
more intruders.

(3) Corrective advisory display


Corrective resolution advisories are displayed to advise the crew to
perform an avoidance maneuver in the vertical sense.
This maneuver may take different forms:
- climb or descent if the aircraft is in level flight
- reducing or increasing rate of climb or reversing to descent if the
aircraft is in climb
- reducing or increasing rate of descent or reversing to climb if the
aircraft is in descent.
When resolution advisories are displayed, the vertical speed scale
surface changes from trapezoidal to rectangular.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A21
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - ND Data Display
Figure 025


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A22
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Display of Intruders on ND
Figure 026


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A23
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The grey background is replaced by green and red sectors defining
the optimum vertical speed values.
The pilots task is to maneuver the aircraft to keep the needle out
of the red sectors and place it in the adjacent green Fly-to
sector.
The vertical speed information needle and digits are colored in red
when the vertical speed is in the forbidden area. It becomes green
when the vertical speed is in the authorized area.
(Ref. Fig. 027)

(4) Preventive advisory display


Preventive resolution advisories advise the pilot to avoid vertical
speeds that could lead to a hazardous situation.
They are represented by one or two red sectors on the vertical speed
scale.
The pilot must keep the vertical speed of his aircraft outside these
zones.
For example, if own and intruders flight paths are horizontal and
cross through each other, the intruder being at a higher flight
level, if the vertical separation is sufficient, it is not necessary
to modify the aircraft flight path. The positive vertical speed
sector is in red to indicate that the aircraft may remain at its
present level or may descend but must not climb.
(Ref. Fig. 027)
If intruders are detected above and below, two red sectors are
displayed leaving an uncolored zone around the zero value on the
vertical speed scale advising the pilot to maintain the aircraft at
its current level.
The following figure shows several examples of corrective and
preventive advisories.
(Ref. Fig. 028)

(5) Messages annunciated on the ND


As well as intruder information, the ND also displays operating mode
messages or fault data. This information is presented in the lower
section of the ND (message zone):
- TA ONLY - white - for the TA mode (automatic or manual switching)
- TCAS - red - to indicate a TCAS computer failure.
(Ref. Fig. 029)

(6) Display on the PFD


A red TCAS flag appears to the left of the vertical speed scale on
the PFD if the TCAS cannot deliver RA data.
(Ref. Fig. 030)


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A24
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - PFD Data Display
Figure 027


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A25
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Sector Displays on Vertical Speed Scale
Figure 028


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A26
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Messages Displayed on ND
Figure 029


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A27
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Messages Displayed on PFD and ECAM
Figure 030


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A28
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(7) Display on the upper ECAM DU
- If a TCAS fault is detected, the amber warning message NAV TCAS
FAULT is displayed on the upper ECAM DU.
- Selection of the TCAS STBY mode on the ATC/TCAS control unit
results in the display of the TCAS STBY message (green) in the memo
section of the upper ECAM DU.
(Ref. Fig. 030)

H. ATC/TCAS Control Unit Operational Use


The TCAS is a cooperative system whose operating mode is very close to
the ATC Mode S transponder associated to it.
The main controls are thus grouped on the ATC/TCAS control unit and the
traffic and conflict resolution information is presented on the EFIS
displays.

NOTE : - Operation of the ATC Mode S transponder is described in 34-52.


____
- The EFIS components are also described in 31-64 for the PFD
and 31-65 for the ND.

The manual operating modes of the TCAS are selected via the ATC/TCAS
control unit

(Ref. Fig. 031)

(1) TCAS modes of operation


The TCAS mode of operation is selected by means of two selectors
switches.
- STBY, TA and TA/RA
- THRT, ALL, ABV and BLW

(a) STBY mode


In the Standby Mode, the advisory generation and surveillance
functions are inhibited. No TCAS information can be displayed on
the PFDs and NDs.
The aircraft symbol and the range ring remain on the ND and
vertical speed information is not displayed on the PFD.
The green TCAS STBY message is displayed in the memo section of
the upper ECAM DU.
If the mode selector is set to XPDR, the TCAS also operates in
standby mode.

(b) TA mode
In this mode, intruders are displayed on the ND according to
their position in the airspace. The RA type intruder symbols are
converted into TA type symbols. The TCAS performs surveillance
functions but does not generate any resolution advisories.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A29
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - ATC/TCAS Control Unit
Figure 031


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A30
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
The TA ONLY message is displayed in white on the NDs in the left
corner of the TCAS message area.

(c) TA/RA mode


The TCAS performs all TA mode functions and also issues
preventive or corrective resolution advisories, represented in
the form of colored sectors along the vertical speed scale on the
PFD.
The sensitivity level is determined automatically in function of
altitude.

NOTE : The final mode of operation is a combination taking into


____
account the aircraft altitude and any instructions
received from ATC Mode S ground stations. For further
information refer to the priority logic definition (Ref.
Para. 6.F.).

(d) THRT mode


In this mode, TCAS intruders (proximate or/and other) are
displayed if a TA or a RA is already displayed.

(e) ALL mode


This selection enables display of all intruders without any
conditions (TCAS intruders are displayed when detected).

(f) ABV and BLW modes


This selection controls the above and below vertical altitude for
traffic advisory:
- ABV: altitude range is set to 9900 ft above the aircraft and
2700 ft below
- BLW: altitude range is set to 9900 ft below the aircraft and
2700 ft above.

(2) ATC mode of operation


The mode of operation of the transponder is selected by a switch with
three positions STBY, AUTO, ON.

(a) STBY mode


When the transponder is in standby it does not transmit either
squitters or replies to ground station or other aircraft
interrogations.


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A31
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(b) AUTO mode
In flight, the aircraft operates as in the ON mode: all its
functions are active.
When the aircraft touches down, the landing gear ground/flight
relay disables the Mode A and C replies of the selected
transponder from ground station interrogations.
However the Mode S replies and squitter are not inhibited when
the A/C is on the ground.

(c) ON mode
The Mode S transponder operates permanently, both in flight and
on the ground. It periodically transmits squitters (at 1 second
intervals) to be detected by other aircraft and replies to their
interrogations and those from ground stations.
This function permits, on ground, to override the inhibition of
replies from interrogations in Mode A or C. It is used by the air
traffic controller to check the correct operation of the aircraft
Mode A or C transponder prior to takeoff.

(3) Altitude reporting

(a) OFF position


Selection of the ALT RPTG switch OFF position has the following
results:
- the Mode S transponder continues to transmit squitters and
replies to Mode A, C and S interrogations but does not report
altitude.
- the TCAS switches to STBY (TCAS STBY message in green on the
upper ECAM DU),
- the PFD and ND display corresponds to the standby mode.

(b) ON position
The active transponder replies to interrogations and reports its
altitude. The TCAS operates in the mode selected by its logic in
function of information input from the control unit, ATCRBS/MODE
S ground stations and in function of aircraft altitude.

(4) Selection of system 1/2 active transponder


The 1/2 switch permits selection of the active transponder. The
non-selected transponder is placed in standby.

(5) Identification code in Mode A


The Mode S transponder also replies to Mode A interrogations from
ground stations. A keyboard permits the pilot to set the Mode A octal
code assigned to the aircraft by the ATC ground station controller
and included in the transmitted replies. A window on the control unit


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A32
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
displays this code permanently as long as the content of the digital
output message complies with the displayed data.

(6) IDENT pushbutton switch


On ground station request, an addition pulse must be included in the
Mode A and Mode C replies transmitted by the transponder to enable a
more precise location. This operation is performed by pressing the
IDENT pushbutton switch on the control unit.

7. Test
____

**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,

A. Self-Test
A quick check of the correct operation of the TCAS installation can be
performed by activating the TEST function:
- either by pressing the pushbutton switch on the front of the TCAS
computer
- or through the CFDIU by applying the procedure TCAS functional test on
the MCDU.
The self-test sequence checks the main functions of the computer and
transmits to the displays:
- resolution advisory characteristics (0 ft/mn advisory, up corrective
advisory, dont descend, dont climb > 2000 ft/mn, rate to maintain) on
label 270
- label frames 130, 131, 132 containing the data for each of the four
intruders according to the following table:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INTRUDER | TYPE | RANGE | REL ALT | BEARING | VERTICAL RATE |
| | | (NM) | (FEET) | (DEG) | |
|------------|--------|---------|-----------|-----------|----------------|
| 1 | RA | 2.00 | -1000 | +90 |no vertical rate|
| 2 | TA | 2.00 | -200 | -90 |climbing |
| 3 | PROX | 3.625 | +200 | +33.75 |descending |
| 4 | OTHER | 3.625 | +1000 | -33.75 |no vertical rate|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) ND image
The ND must display the images corresponding to the four types of
intruders: Other, Proximate, TA and RA.
The shapes and colors of the traffic symbols are:
- white outlined diamond for Other traffic
- white diamond for Proximate traffic
- yellow circle for TA traffic
- red square for RA traffic


R

EFF :

ALL  34-43-00

Page A33
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(Ref. Fig. 032)

(2) PFD image


At the beginning of the test sequence, the vertical speed scale on
the PFD is divided in three sectors: one green and two red ones. Then
a resolution advisory display is shown.
(Ref. Fig. 032)

(3) Fault indication


At the end of the test sequence, the system generates a synthesized
voice message:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK
if the system operates correctly or:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST FAIL
if an anomaly has been detected.
In this case the NDs, the PFDs and the ECAM show the fault messages
described in Para. 6.G.(5), (6) and (7).
In addition, two windows on the front of the TCAS computer display a
code identifying the failed component according to the table below:

----------------------------------------
| CODE | COMPONENT |
|----------|---------------------------|
| TP | TCAS PROCESSOR |
| T1 | TOP ANTENNA ELEMENT E1 |
| T2 | TOP ANTENNA ELEMENT E2 |
| T3 | TOP ANTENNA ELEMENT E3 |
| T4 | TOP ANTENNA ELEMENT E4 |
| B1 | BOTTOM ANTENNA ELEMENT E1|
| B2 | BOTTOM ANTENNA ELEMENT E2|
| B3 | BOTTOM ANTENNA ELEMENT E3|
| B4 | BOTTOM ANTENNA ELEMENT E4|
| X1 | MODE S TRANSPONDER 1 |
| X2 | MODE S TRANSPONDER 2 |
| RA | RADIO ALTIMETER 1 AND 2 |
| | OR 1 FOR SINGLE |
| | INSTALLATION |
| PT | PITCH ATTITUDE DATA |
| RL | ROLL ATTITUDE DATA |
| HD | HEADING DATA |
| RD | RA DISPLAY 1 AND 2 |
| PP | PROGRAM PINS |
| SP | SUPPRESSION LINE |
| AG | AIR/GROUND DISCRETE |
----------------------------------------



EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 151-199,  34-43-00

Page A34
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Test Display
Figure 032


R

EFF : 001-049, 101-105, 151-199, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page A35
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
R **ON A/C 051-099, 251-299,

A. Self-Test
A quick check of the correct operation of the TCAS installation can be
performed by activating the FUNCTIONAL TEST function:
- either by pressing the pushbutton switch on the front of the TCAS
computer
- or through the CFDIU by applying the procedure TCAS functional test on
the MCDU.
The self-test sequence checks the main functions of the computer and
transmits to the displays:
- resolution advisory characteristics (0 ft/mn advisory, up corrective
advisory, dont descend, dont climb > 2000 ft/mn, rate to maintain) on
label 270
- label frames 130, 131, 132 containing the data for each of the four
intruders according to the following table:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INTRUDER | TYPE | RANGE | REL ALT | BEARING | VERTICAL RATE |
| | | (NM) | (FEET) | (DEG) | |
|------------|--------|---------|-----------|-----------|----------------|
| 1 | RA | 2.00 | +200 | +90 |no vertical rate|
| 2 | TA | 2.00 | -200 | -90 |climbing |
| 3 | PROX | 3.625 | -1000 | +33.75 |descending |
| 4 | OTHER | 3.625 | +1000 | -33.75 |no vertical rate|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) ND image
The ND must display the images corresponding to the four types of
intruders: Other, Proximate, TA and RA.
The shapes and colors of the traffic symbols are:
- white outlined diamond for Other traffic
- white diamond for Proximate traffic
- yellow circle for TA traffic
- red square for RA traffic
(Ref. Fig. 032A)

NOTE : Presentation of the TCAS test on the NDs does not agree with
____
ARINC 735 specification.

(2) PFD image


At the beginning of the test sequence, green and red sectors must
appear sequentially on the vertical speed scale of the PFD. Then a
resolution advisory display is shown
(Ref. Fig. 032A)


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page A36
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Test Display
Figure 032A


R

EFF :

051-099, 251-299,  34-43-00

Page A37
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
(3) Fault indication
At the end of the test sequence, the system generates a synthesized
voice message:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST PASS
if the system operates correctly or:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST FAIL
if an anomaly has been detected.
In this case the NDs, the PFDs and the ECAM show the fault messages
described in Para. 6.G.(5), (6) and (7).
There are several fail lamps on the face of the TCAS computer to
identify the failed component according to the table below:

--------------------------------------------------
| LIGHTS | ASSOCIATED FAULTS |
|-------------|----------------------------------|
| TCAS PASS | No fault detected |
| TCAS FAIL | Any detected faults |
| TOP ANT | Top antenna |
| BOT ANT | Bottom antenna |
| XPDR BUS | Update rate, data format, |
| | signal range |
| RAD ALT | Radio Altimeter |
| RA DISP | Resolution advisory display |
| TA DISP | Traffic advisory display |
--------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,

A. Self-Test
A quick check of the correct operation of the TCAS installation can be
performed by activating the TEST function:
- either by pressing the pushbutton switch on the front of the TCAS
computer
- or through the CFDIU by applying the procedure TCAS functional test on
the MCDU.
The self-test sequence checks the main functions of the computer and
transmits to the displays:
- resolution advisory characteristics (0 ft/mn advisory, up corrective
advisory, dont descend, dont climb > 2000 ft/mn, rate to maintain) on
label 270
- label frames 130, 131, 132 containing the data for each of the four
intruders according to the following table:


R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,
 34-43-00

Page A38
Config-1 Nov 01/09
 
CES 
R --------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | INTRUDER | TYPE | RANGE | REL ALT | BEARING | VERTICAL RATE |
R | | | (NM) | (FEET) | (DEG) | |
R |------------|--------|---------|-----------|-----------|----------------|
R | 1 | RA | 2.00 | +200 | +90 |no vertical rate|
R | 2 | TA | 2.00 | -200 | -90 |climbing |
R | 3 | PROX | 3.625 | -1000 | +33.75 |descending |
R | 4 | OTHER | 3.625 | +1000 | -33.75 |no vertical rate|
R --------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (1) ND image
R The ND must display the images corresponding to the four types of
R intruders: Other, Proximate, TA and RA.
R The shapes and colors of the traffic symbols are:
R - white outlined diamond for Other traffic
R - white diamond for Proximate traffic
R - yellow circle for TA traffic
R - red square for RA traffic
R (Ref. Fig. 032B)

R (2) PFD image


R At the beginning of the test sequence, green and red sectors must
R appear sequentially on the vertical speed scale of the PFD. Then a
R resolution advisory display is shown.
R (Ref. Fig. 032B)

R (3) Fault indication


R At the end of the test sequence, the system generates a synthesized
R voice message:
R TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK
R if the system operates correctly or:
R TCAS SYSTEM TEST FAIL
R if an anomaly has been detected.
R In this case the NDs, the PFDs and the ECAM show the fault messages
R described in Para. 6.G.(5), (6) and (7).
R In addition, two windows on the front of the TCAS computer display a
R code identifying the failed component according to the table below:



EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,  34-43-00

Page A39
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
TCAS - Test Display
Figure 032B



EFF :

106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,  34-43-00

Page A40
Config-1 May 01/09
 
CES 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CONTROL/ | LOCATION | FUNCTION |
| INDICATING | | |
|------------------|-------------|--------------------------------------------|
| TTR PASS | Front panel | Comes on to indicate TTR has passed self- |
|(indicator light) | | test |
| TTR FAIL | Front panel | Comes on to indicate TTR has failed self- |
|(indicator light) | | test |
| XPNDR | Front panel | Comes on to indicate transponder or data |
|(indicator light) | | link interface failure |
| UPPER ANT | Front panel | Comes on to indicate upper TCAS antenna |
|(indicator light) | | failure |
| LOWER ANT | Front panel | Comes on to indicate lower TCAS antenna |
|(indicator light) | | failure |
| RAD ALT | Front panel | Comes on to indicate lack of radio |
|(indicator light) | | altimeter data |
| HDNG | Front panel | Comes on to indicate lack of heading data |
|(indicator light) | | |
| R/A | Front panel | Comes on to indicate RA indicator failure |
|(indicator light) | | |
| T/A | Front panel | Comes on to indicate TA indicator failure |
|(indicator light) | | |
| TEST (pushbutton | Front panel | Initiates self-test when pressed |
| switch) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

A. Self-Test
A quick check of the correct operation of the TCAS installation can be
performed by activating the TEST function:
- either by pressing the pushbutton switch on the front of the TCAS
computer
- or through the CFDIU by applying the procedure TCAS functional test on
the MCDU.
The self-test sequence checks the main functions of the computer and
transmits to the displays:
- resolution advisory characteristics (0 ft/mn advisory, up corrective
advisory, dont descend, dont climb > 2000 ft/mn, rate to maintain) on
label 270
- label frames 130, 131, 132 containing the data for each of the four
intruders according to the following table:


R

EFF : 106-149, 201-249, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
 34-43-00

Page A41
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INTRUDER | TYPE | RANGE | REL ALT | BEARING | VERTICAL RATE |
| | | (NM) | (FEET) | (DEG) | |
|------------|--------|---------|-----------|-----------|----------------|
| 1 | RA | 2.00 | -1000 | +90 |no vertical rate|
| 2 | TA | 2.00 | -200 | -90 |climbing |
| 3 | PROX | 3.61 | +200 | +33.69 |descending |
| 4 | OTHER | 3.61 | +1000 | -33.69 |no vertical rate|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) ND image
The ND must display the images corresponding to the four types of
intruders: Other, Proximate, TA and RA.
The shapes and colors of the traffic symbols are:
- white outlined diamond for Other traffic
- white diamond for Proximate traffic
- yellow circle for TA traffic
- red square for RA traffic
(Ref. Fig. 032)

(2) PFD image


At the beginning of the test sequence, the vertical speed scale on
the PFD is divided in three sectors: one green and two red ones. Then
a resolution advisory display is shown.
(Ref. Fig. 032)

(3) Fault indication


At the end of the test sequence, the system generates a synthesized
voice message:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK
if the system operates correctly or:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST FAIL
if an anomaly has been detected.
In this case the NDs, the PFDs and the ECAM show the fault messages
described in Para. 6.G.(5), (6) and (7).
In addition, two windows on the front of the TCAS computer display a
code identifying the failed component according to the table below:


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  34-43-00

Page A42
Config-1 Feb 01/10
 
CES 
------------------------------------------------------------------
| CODE | COMPONENT |
|--------------------------|-------------------------------------|
| System OK | NO FAILURE |
| Top Ant Fail | TCAS TOP ANTENNA |
| Top Ant E1 | TOP ANTENNA ELEMENT 1 |
| Top Ant E2 | TOP ANTENNA ELEMENT 2 |
| Top Ant E3 | TOP ANTENNA ELEMENT 3 |
| Top Ant E4 | TOP ANTENNA ELEMENT 4 |
| Bott Ant Fail | TCAS BOTTOM ANTENNA |
| Bot Ant E1 | BOTTOM ANTENNA ELEMENT 1 |

Вам также может понравиться

  • Nammcesa 000023 PDF
    Nammcesa 000023 PDF
    Документ5 396 страниц
    Nammcesa 000023 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • A320
    A320
    Документ4 803 страницы
    A320
    Diego Diego
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000028 PDF
    Nammcesa 000028 PDF
    Документ1 409 страниц
    Nammcesa 000028 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000033 PDF
    Nammcesa 000033 PDF
    Документ2 112 страниц
    Nammcesa 000033 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000022 PDF
    Nammcesa 000022 PDF
    Документ4 766 страниц
    Nammcesa 000022 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000019 PDF
    Nammcesa 000019 PDF
    Документ3 912 страниц
    Nammcesa 000019 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000024 PDF
    Nammcesa 000024 PDF
    Документ1 691 страница
    Nammcesa 000024 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000017 PDF
    Nammcesa 000017 PDF
    Документ1 102 страницы
    Nammcesa 000017 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000010 PDF
    Nammcesa 000010 PDF
    Документ1 543 страницы
    Nammcesa 000010 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000014 PDF
    Nammcesa 000014 PDF
    Документ3 732 страницы
    Nammcesa 000014 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000016 PDF
    Nammcesa 000016 PDF
    Документ4 147 страниц
    Nammcesa 000016 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000035 PDF
    Nammcesa 000035 PDF
    Документ547 страниц
    Nammcesa 000035 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    100% (1)
  • Nammcesa 000026 PDF
    Nammcesa 000026 PDF
    Документ896 страниц
    Nammcesa 000026 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000036 PDF
    Nammcesa 000036 PDF
    Документ519 страниц
    Nammcesa 000036 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    100% (1)
  • Untitled
    Untitled
    Документ873 страницы
    Untitled
    joker hot
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000034 PDF
    Nammcesa 000034 PDF
    Документ1 117 страниц
    Nammcesa 000034 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000018 PDF
    Nammcesa 000018 PDF
    Документ6 020 страниц
    Nammcesa 000018 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000042
    Nammcesa 000042
    Документ183 страницы
    Nammcesa 000042
    joker hot
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000050 PDF
    Nammcesa 000050 PDF
    Документ1 186 страниц
    Nammcesa 000050 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000052 PDF
    Nammcesa 000052 PDF
    Документ733 страницы
    Nammcesa 000052 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Manual A320
    Manual A320
    Документ3 079 страниц
    Manual A320
    IVAN MAURO
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000041 PDF
    Nammcesa 000041 PDF
    Документ1 153 страницы
    Nammcesa 000041 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000057 PDF
    Nammcesa 000057 PDF
    Документ1 075 страниц
    Nammcesa 000057 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000044
    Nammcesa 000044
    Документ93 страницы
    Nammcesa 000044
    joker hot
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000003 PDF
    Nammcesa 000003 PDF
    Документ1 257 страниц
    Nammcesa 000003 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • AMM
    AMM
    Документ2 113 страниц
    AMM
    Денис Гаценко
    Оценок пока нет
  • Amar A320 Ata 29
    Amar A320 Ata 29
    Документ3 224 страницы
    Amar A320 Ata 29
    Challa Amarsrinu
    Оценок пока нет
  • 23.nammthya 000014
    23.nammthya 000014
    Документ4 469 страниц
    23.nammthya 000014
    Huseyin Burak Avci
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000051 PDF
    Nammcesa 000051 PDF
    Документ1 474 страницы
    Nammcesa 000051 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    100% (1)
  • 8.-ATA 11 Placard and Marking PDF
    8.-ATA 11 Placard and Marking PDF
    Документ727 страниц
    8.-ATA 11 Placard and Marking PDF
    Juan Esteban Arcila Sereno
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammiaca 000025
    Nammiaca 000025
    Документ3 033 страницы
    Nammiaca 000025
    gangadhark196
    100% (1)
  • ATA 26 Fire Protections 3 PDF
    ATA 26 Fire Protections 3 PDF
    Документ762 страницы
    ATA 26 Fire Protections 3 PDF
    Daniel Santiago Montaño Suarez
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000058 PDF
    Nammcesa 000058 PDF
    Документ398 страниц
    Nammcesa 000058 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000046 PDF
    Nammcesa 000046 PDF
    Документ1 073 страницы
    Nammcesa 000046 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammsroa 000009
    Nammsroa 000009
    Документ901 страница
    Nammsroa 000009
    Pablo Restrepo
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000054 PDF
    Nammcesa 000054 PDF
    Документ678 страниц
    Nammcesa 000054 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammiaca 000023
    Nammiaca 000023
    Документ5 724 страницы
    Nammiaca 000023
    gangadhark196
    Оценок пока нет
  • A330 AMM ch05
    A330 AMM ch05
    Документ886 страниц
    A330 AMM ch05
    Larry Bogues
    Оценок пока нет
  • Amm Ata 32
    Amm Ata 32
    Документ4 270 страниц
    Amm Ata 32
    Borise Vince
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammsyra 000023
    Nammsyra 000023
    Документ3 920 страниц
    Nammsyra 000023
    Dalia Muradd
    Оценок пока нет
  • University of Jammu: Result Gazette
    University of Jammu: Result Gazette
    Документ99 страниц
    University of Jammu: Result Gazette
    hjhj
    Оценок пока нет
  • PDF
    PDF
    Документ99 страниц
    PDF
    Gokul Chidambaram
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammafra 000003
    Nammafra 000003
    Документ1 179 страниц
    Nammafra 000003
    delvalle
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000039 PDF
    Nammcesa 000039 PDF
    Документ1 170 страниц
    Nammcesa 000039 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammsyra 000019
    Nammsyra 000019
    Документ2 610 страниц
    Nammsyra 000019
    Dalia Muradd
    Оценок пока нет
  • Ata 34-A320
    Ata 34-A320
    Документ1 481 страница
    Ata 34-A320
    BRAYAN DAVID CHAMBO GONZALEZ
    Оценок пока нет
  • 21.nammthya 000012
    21.nammthya 000012
    Документ3 537 страниц
    21.nammthya 000012
    Huseyin Burak Avci
    Оценок пока нет
  • Ata 31 A320
    Ata 31 A320
    Документ3 527 страниц
    Ata 31 A320
    Santiago Cordero Ayala
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammsbia 000020
    Nammsbia 000020
    Документ3 433 страницы
    Nammsbia 000020
    Владимир Чеботарев
    Оценок пока нет
  • Lampiran Object 5 Grup 1
    Lampiran Object 5 Grup 1
    Документ12 страниц
    Lampiran Object 5 Grup 1
    Chalidea Ramadhina
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000008 PDF
    Nammcesa 000008 PDF
    Документ197 страниц
    Nammcesa 000008 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Balluiviam Emg
    Balluiviam Emg
    Документ34 страницы
    Balluiviam Emg
    RODRI
    Оценок пока нет
  • Canon IR Advance 4025-4035-4045-4051 PartsList
    Canon IR Advance 4025-4035-4045-4051 PartsList
    Документ152 страницы
    Canon IR Advance 4025-4035-4045-4051 PartsList
    donpnchojr
    100% (2)
  • Nammcesa 000008
    Nammcesa 000008
    Документ175 страниц
    Nammcesa 000008
    joker hot
    Оценок пока нет
  • 34 Navigation
    34 Navigation
    Документ1 800 страниц
    34 Navigation
    beto
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nilai To Simulasi SBMPTN Ipa
    Nilai To Simulasi SBMPTN Ipa
    Документ2 страницы
    Nilai To Simulasi SBMPTN Ipa
    ogi agus
    Оценок пока нет
  • IR4570 - PC - DU7-3127-000 Free
    IR4570 - PC - DU7-3127-000 Free
    Документ213 страниц
    IR4570 - PC - DU7-3127-000 Free
    Tjan Lianni
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammiaca 000032
    Nammiaca 000032
    Документ5 323 страницы
    Nammiaca 000032
    gangadhark196
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammmxaa 000018
    Nammmxaa 000018
    Документ5 828 страниц
    Nammmxaa 000018
    Master Dark
    Оценок пока нет
  • A320 Circuit Breakers
    A320 Circuit Breakers
    Документ12 страниц
    A320 Circuit Breakers
    Muhammad Ichsan
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000014 PDF
    Nammcesa 000014 PDF
    Документ3 732 страницы
    Nammcesa 000014 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000018 PDF
    Nammcesa 000018 PDF
    Документ6 020 страниц
    Nammcesa 000018 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000024 PDF
    Nammcesa 000024 PDF
    Документ1 691 страница
    Nammcesa 000024 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000015 PDF
    Nammcesa 000015 PDF
    Документ2 420 страниц
    Nammcesa 000015 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000032 PDF
    Nammcesa 000032 PDF
    Документ5 187 страниц
    Nammcesa 000032 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    100% (2)
  • Nammcesa 000019 PDF
    Nammcesa 000019 PDF
    Документ3 912 страниц
    Nammcesa 000019 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000009 PDF
    Nammcesa 000009 PDF
    Документ885 страниц
    Nammcesa 000009 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000020 PDF
    Nammcesa 000020 PDF
    Документ3 879 страниц
    Nammcesa 000020 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    100% (1)
  • Nammcesa 000017 PDF
    Nammcesa 000017 PDF
    Документ1 102 страницы
    Nammcesa 000017 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000016 PDF
    Nammcesa 000016 PDF
    Документ4 147 страниц
    Nammcesa 000016 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000021 PDF
    Nammcesa 000021 PDF
    Документ1 263 страницы
    Nammcesa 000021 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000012 PDF
    Nammcesa 000012 PDF
    Документ3 245 страниц
    Nammcesa 000012 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000005 PDF
    Nammcesa 000005 PDF
    Документ57 страниц
    Nammcesa 000005 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000010 PDF
    Nammcesa 000010 PDF
    Документ1 543 страницы
    Nammcesa 000010 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000004 PDF
    Nammcesa 000004 PDF
    Документ251 страница
    Nammcesa 000004 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000013 PDF
    Nammcesa 000013 PDF
    Документ1 461 страница
    Nammcesa 000013 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000011 PDF
    Nammcesa 000011 PDF
    Документ680 страниц
    Nammcesa 000011 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000003 PDF
    Nammcesa 000003 PDF
    Документ1 257 страниц
    Nammcesa 000003 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000050 PDF
    Nammcesa 000050 PDF
    Документ1 186 страниц
    Nammcesa 000050 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000007 PDF
    Nammcesa 000007 PDF
    Документ126 страниц
    Nammcesa 000007 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000054 PDF
    Nammcesa 000054 PDF
    Документ678 страниц
    Nammcesa 000054 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000057 PDF
    Nammcesa 000057 PDF
    Документ1 075 страниц
    Nammcesa 000057 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000008 PDF
    Nammcesa 000008 PDF
    Документ197 страниц
    Nammcesa 000008 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000006 PDF
    Nammcesa 000006 PDF
    Документ42 страницы
    Nammcesa 000006 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000059 PDF
    Nammcesa 000059 PDF
    Документ111 страниц
    Nammcesa 000059 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000001 PDF
    Nammcesa 000001 PDF
    Документ66 страниц
    Nammcesa 000001 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000002 PDF
    Nammcesa 000002 PDF
    Документ92 страницы
    Nammcesa 000002 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • Nammcesa 000058 PDF
    Nammcesa 000058 PDF
    Документ398 страниц
    Nammcesa 000058 PDF
    Basel Osama Raafat
    Оценок пока нет
  • SICEM
    SICEM
    Документ6 страниц
    SICEM
    andreea toma
    Оценок пока нет
  • Diagnostics Book
    Diagnostics Book
    Документ184 страницы
    Diagnostics Book
    Satayish Anjum
    Оценок пока нет
  • Generalised Model of Multiphase Tesla's Egg of Columbus and Practical Analysis of 3-Phase Design
    Generalised Model of Multiphase Tesla's Egg of Columbus and Practical Analysis of 3-Phase Design
    Документ9 страниц
    Generalised Model of Multiphase Tesla's Egg of Columbus and Practical Analysis of 3-Phase Design
    José Antonio Neves
    Оценок пока нет
  • Novel Control Method For Multimodule PV Microinverter With Multiple Functions
    Novel Control Method For Multimodule PV Microinverter With Multiple Functions
    Документ4 страницы
    Novel Control Method For Multimodule PV Microinverter With Multiple Functions
    Brightworld Projects
    Оценок пока нет
  • Chapter One:: Introduction To Industrial Automation and Control
    Chapter One:: Introduction To Industrial Automation and Control
    Документ75 страниц
    Chapter One:: Introduction To Industrial Automation and Control
    amr
    Оценок пока нет
  • DPR For 20 MW Solar Project at Jalukie
    DPR For 20 MW Solar Project at Jalukie
    Документ54 страницы
    DPR For 20 MW Solar Project at Jalukie
    Bee Jet
    100% (1)
  • Manual - GT1-3K-SS - Livoltek
    Manual - GT1-3K-SS - Livoltek
    Документ52 страницы
    Manual - GT1-3K-SS - Livoltek
    Patrick Ferreira
    Оценок пока нет
  • Relé de Protección Motor Multilín 239 Manual (Tamrock)
    Relé de Protección Motor Multilín 239 Manual (Tamrock)
    Документ156 страниц
    Relé de Protección Motor Multilín 239 Manual (Tamrock)
    ddiaz004
    Оценок пока нет
  • Ba Bi O3
    Ba Bi O3
    Документ8 страниц
    Ba Bi O3
    Sajna Hameed
    Оценок пока нет
  • lm2937 Datasheet
    lm2937 Datasheet
    Документ30 страниц
    lm2937 Datasheet
    anon_660018118
    Оценок пока нет
  • Microelectronics Reliability: Yong Liu
    Microelectronics Reliability: Yong Liu
    Документ8 страниц
    Microelectronics Reliability: Yong Liu
    李云龙
    Оценок пока нет
  • Output Transformer Specifications - Norman H. Crowhurst (Audio, Jun 1957)
    Output Transformer Specifications - Norman H. Crowhurst (Audio, Jun 1957)
    Документ6 страниц
    Output Transformer Specifications - Norman H. Crowhurst (Audio, Jun 1957)
    jimmy67music
    Оценок пока нет
  • BAC06A V1.0 en
    BAC06A V1.0 en
    Документ7 страниц
    BAC06A V1.0 en
    Rahmat Nur Ilham
    Оценок пока нет
  • Boost Converter:: 4.6 Modes of Operation
    Boost Converter:: 4.6 Modes of Operation
    Документ7 страниц
    Boost Converter:: 4.6 Modes of Operation
    Pravat Satpathy
    Оценок пока нет
  • Current Electricity - Assignment 01 - Lakshya NEET 2024
    Current Electricity - Assignment 01 - Lakshya NEET 2024
    Документ4 страницы
    Current Electricity - Assignment 01 - Lakshya NEET 2024
    Yash Kumar Das
    Оценок пока нет
  • Ecm3 Electronic Fuel Injection Control: Installation Manual
    Ecm3 Electronic Fuel Injection Control: Installation Manual
    Документ104 страницы
    Ecm3 Electronic Fuel Injection Control: Installation Manual
    Mohamed Elsayed
    Оценок пока нет
  • Infineon Selection-Guide High Res
    Infineon Selection-Guide High Res
    Документ86 страниц
    Infineon Selection-Guide High Res
    naiad09
    Оценок пока нет
  • GAL Databook 1991 PDF
    GAL Databook 1991 PDF
    Документ251 страница
    GAL Databook 1991 PDF
    bkaplan452
    Оценок пока нет
  • Solns - 5 Cmos
    Solns - 5 Cmos
    Документ12 страниц
    Solns - 5 Cmos
    ramprakash_rampelli
    Оценок пока нет
  • Unit 5 DC Motor
    Unit 5 DC Motor
    Документ13 страниц
    Unit 5 DC Motor
    Sayali Hadap
    Оценок пока нет
  • Medium-Voltage Vacuum Contactor For NER
    Medium-Voltage Vacuum Contactor For NER
    Документ16 страниц
    Medium-Voltage Vacuum Contactor For NER
    alfaruq
    Оценок пока нет
  • Introduction To Solar Energy Systems
    Introduction To Solar Energy Systems
    Документ16 страниц
    Introduction To Solar Energy Systems
    Kant Kanyarusoke
    Оценок пока нет
  • Sony CD Changer Cdp-cx235 XXXX Training Manual
    Sony CD Changer Cdp-cx235 XXXX Training Manual
    Документ68 страниц
    Sony CD Changer Cdp-cx235 XXXX Training Manual
    Filiberto barbieri
    Оценок пока нет
  • ITC Catalog25
    ITC Catalog25
    Документ108 страниц
    ITC Catalog25
    ariadi supriyanto
    Оценок пока нет
  • 1 0 1 1 0 2 0 Rot Oss
    1 0 1 1 0 2 0 Rot Oss
    Документ2 страницы
    1 0 1 1 0 2 0 Rot Oss
    Emerging Tube
    Оценок пока нет
  • BDEW Manual For ComAp Paralleling Controllers v.1.1.0
    BDEW Manual For ComAp Paralleling Controllers v.1.1.0
    Документ21 страница
    BDEW Manual For ComAp Paralleling Controllers v.1.1.0
    vmpiz
    Оценок пока нет
  • APD220C
    APD220C
    Документ4 страницы
    APD220C
    Anh Nguyen
    Оценок пока нет
  • BKN Type: Technical Data
    BKN Type: Technical Data
    Документ8 страниц
    BKN Type: Technical Data
    Laura Melissa Espitia Gallo
    Оценок пока нет
  • LIOU Residual Current CT
    LIOU Residual Current CT
    Документ20 страниц
    LIOU Residual Current CT
    ALLAN YUE
    Оценок пока нет
  • Frick 090.020-M - QLX - 2013-11 - Rev - 2014-08
    Frick 090.020-M - QLX - 2013-11 - Rev - 2014-08
    Документ172 страницы
    Frick 090.020-M - QLX - 2013-11 - Rev - 2014-08
    tutoautomata
    Оценок пока нет